A318/A319/A320/A321 Communications Manual Chapter

@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
CHAPTER 23 - COMMUNICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
REFERENCE
CHAPTER 23
23-00-00
23-00-00 PB 001
23-11-00
23-11-00 PB 001
23-11-00-12500-A
23-11-00-12600-A
23-11-00-14100-O
23-11-00-16100-I
23-11-00-19900-D
23-11-00-22200-B
COMMUNICATIONS - GENERAL
COMMUNICATIONS - GENERAL - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
HF SYSTEM
HF SYSTEM - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
HF System - Component Location
HF System - Block Diagram
HF System - Power Supply
HF Transceiver Face
HF Antenna Coupler
23-11-00-27900-B
HF System - SYSTEM REPORT/TEST
23-11-00-28000-D
23-11-00-28100-D
23-11-00-28200-D
23-11-00-28300-D
23-11-00-28400-D
23-11-00-28500-D
23-11-00-28600-B
23-11-00-28700-A
23-11-00-28900-B
23-11-00-29000-A
BITE - LAST LEG REPORT

BITE - PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT
BITE - LRU IDENTIFICATION
BITE - TROUBLE SHOOT DATA
HF System - CLASS 3 FAULTS
BITE - TEST
BITE - GROUND REPORT
HF System - GROUND SCANNING
Interactive Menu Tree
HF System - BITE Monitoring
23-11-00 PB 501
23-11-00-710-001-A
23-11-00-740-001-A
23-11-00 PB 601
23-11-00-200-001-A
23-11-00-991-00200-A
HF SYSTEM - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
Operational Test of the HF System
Bite Test of the HF System
HF SYSTEM - INSPECTION/CHECK
Check of the Electrical Bonding of the HF System
HF System - Electrical Bonding of the Coupler Rack
23-11-00-991-00400-A
HF System - Electrical Bonding of the Antenna/Feeder Assembly
23-11-00-991-00300-A
HF System - Electrical Bonding of the Antenna
23-11-00-991-00600-A
HF System - Electrical bonding of the Fuselage/Circular Plate
23-11-00-991-00100-A
23-11-00-991-00700-A
HF System - Electrical Bonding on the Feeder Connector Support

23-11-00-991-00800-A
HF System - Electrical bonding of the Fuselage/Circular Plate
23-11-11
23-11-11 PB 401
23-11-11-000-001-A
AES
SUBJECT
ANTENNA - HF
ANTENNA - HF - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Removal of the HF Antenna
T.O.C.
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
REFERENCE
23-11-11-991-00100-A
23-11-11-400-001-A
23-11-33
23-11-33 PB 401
SUBJECT
HF Antenna.
Installation of the HF Antenna
TRANSCEIVER - HF
TRANSCEIVER - HF - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
23-11-33-000-001-A
23-11-33-991-00100-A
23-11-33-400-001-A
23-11-36
23-11-36 PB 401
Removal of the HF Transceiver

HF Transceiver
Installation of the HF Transceiver
COUPLER - HF
COUPLER - HF - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
23-11-36-000-001-A
23-11-36-991-00100-C
23-11-36-400-001-A
23-11-37
23-11-37 PB 401
Removal of the HF Antenna Coupler

HF Antenna Coupler
Installation of the HF Antenna Coupler
FEEDER - HF
FEEDER - HF - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
23-11-37-000-001-A
23-11-37-991-00100-A
23-11-37-991-00200-A
23-11-37-400-001-A
23-12-00
23-12-00 PB 001
23-12-00-13100-A
23-12-00-13200-A
23-12-00-14600-A
23-12-00-14600-B
23-12-00-18100-A
23-12-00-22000-E
23-12-00-24500-C
23-12-00-26000-A
23-12-00-31200-B
23-12-00-31300-B
23-12-00-31400-C
23-12-00-31500-A
23-12-00-31900-A
23-12-00-32000-A
23-12-00-32100-B
23-12-00-32200-A
Removal of the HF Feeder

HF Coupler Rack
HF Feeder
Installation of the HF Feeder
VHF SYSTEM
VHF SYSTEM - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
VHF System - Component Location - A320 A/C
VHF
VHF
VHF
VHF
VHF
VHF
VHF
VHF
VHF
VHF
VHF
VHF
VHF
VHF
VHF
System - Component Location

System - Block Diagram
System - Block Diagram
Systems - Power Supply
Transceiver
Transceiver - Block Diagram of the Audio Processing
Antenna
system - LAST LEG REPORT
system - PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT
system - LRU IDENT
system - GND SCANNING
system - CLASS 3 FAULTS
system - TROUBLE SHOOT DATA
system - TEST
system - GROUND REPORT
23-12-00 PB 501
VHF SYSTEM - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
23-12-00-710-001-A
23-12-00-740-001-A
23-12-00 PB 801
23-12-00-370-001-A
23-12-00-991-00100-A
Operational Test of the VHF System

BITE Test of the VHF System
VHF SYSTEM - REPAIRS
Repair of VHF Antenna
VHF Antenna
AES
T.O.C.
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
REFERENCE
23-12-11
23-12-11 PB 401
SUBJECT
ANTENNA - VHF
ANTENNA - VHF - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
23-12-11-000-001-A
23-12-11-991-00100-A
23-12-11-400-001-A
23-12-11-000-002-A
23-12-11-991-00300-B
23-12-11-400-002-A
23-12-33
23-12-33 PB 401
Removal of the VHF Antennas and

VHF Antennas
Installation of the VHF Antennas and
Removal of the VHF Antenna
VHF Antenna.
Installation of the VHF Antenna
TRANSCEIVER - VHF
TRANSCEIVER - VHF - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
23-12-33-000-001-A
23-12-33-991-00100-A
23-12-33-400-001-A
23-13-00
23-13-00 PB 001
23-13-00-12500-B
23-13-00-12500-D
23-13-00-14000-B
23-13-00-14200-A
23-13-00-15700-B
23-13-00-17300-B
23-13-00-17300-C
23-13-00-18700-A
23-13-00-20800-C
23-13-00-20800-E
23-13-00-23200-B
23-13-00-23200-C
23-13-00-27900-D
23-13-00-29200-D
23-13-00-29900-A
23-13-00-30200-A
23-13-00-34900-A
23-13-00-34900-B
23-13-00-35000-A
23-13-00-35000-B
23-13-00-35100-A
23-13-00-35100-B
23-13-00-35200-A
23-13-00-35300-A
23-13-00-35400-A
23-13-00-35500-A
23-13-00-35600-A
23-13-00-35600-B
AES
Removal of the VHF Transceiver

VHF Transceiver
Installation of the VHF Transceiver
RADIO MANAGEMENT
RADIO MANAGEMENT - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
Radio Management - Component Location
Radio Management - Communication Architecture
Radio Management - Navigation Architecture
Radio Management - System Power Supply
RMP - Front Face
RMP - Front Face
RMP - Channelling/Frequency pairing (118.000 to 136.975 MHz) with
8.33 KHz actived
RMP - Operation in Normal Mode
RMP - Frequency and Course Selection for VOR and ILS
Radio Communication - Normal Configuration
Radio Communication - Reconfiguration
Radio Navigation - Normal Configuration
Radio Navigation - Reconfiguration
BITE - GROUND SCANNING
BITE - TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA
BITE - CLASS 3 FAULTS
BITE - TEST
BITE - TEST
T.O.C.
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
REFERENCE
23-13-00 PB 501
23-13-00-710-001-A
23-13-00-710-002-A
23-13-00-740-001-A
23-13-13
23-13-13 PB 401
23-13-13-000-001-A
23-13-13-991-00100-B
23-13-13-400-001-A
23-24-00
23-24-00 PB 001
Operational Test of the Radio Management

Operational Test of the Radio Navigation Selection in Standby Mode with
the RMP1 and 2.
BITE Test of the Radio Management
RADIO MANAGEMENT PANEL (RMP)
RADIO MANAGEMENT PANEL (RMP) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Removal of the Radio Management Panel (RMP)
Radio Management Panels (RMP) 1,2 and 3
Installation of the Radio Management Panel (RMP)
AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION ADDRESSING AND REPORTING SYSTEM
(ACARS)
AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION ADDRESSING AND REPORTING
SYSTEM (ACARS) - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
23-24-00-13200-A
23-24-00-15600-A
23-24-00-18000-A
23-24-00-26900-A
ACARS - Component Location in the Avionics Compartment

ACARS - Block Diagram
ACARS - General Power Supply
ACARS - Modification of Voice Communication Frequency Through the
RMPs (Sheet 1/2)
23-24-00-27000-A
ACARS - Modification of Voice Communication Frequency Through the

RMPs (Sheet 2/2)
23-24-00-27700-A
23-24-00-27800-A
23-24-00-27900-A
23-24-00-29100-A
23-24-00-29200-A
23-24-00-29300-A
23-24-00-29400-A
23-24-00-29500-A
23-24-00-29600-A
23-24-00-29700-A
23-24-00 PB 201
23-24-00-860-001-A
23-24-00 PB 301
23-24-00-610-001-A
23-24-00 PB 501
AES
SUBJECT
RADIO MANAGEMENT - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
ACARS - Data Coding

ACARS - ISO Alphabet No.5
ACARS - Characters Transmittable in the Useful Data Field
ACARS System - Last Leg Report
ACARS System - Previous Legs Report
ACARS System - LRU Identification
ACARS System - Trouble Shooting Data
ACARS System - Class 3 Faults
ACARS System - Test
ACARS System - Ground Report
SYSTEM (ACARS) - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
Check of the Airline ID and Aircraft Registration Number on the ACARS
MU after a Change of the Aircraft Registration Number
SYSTEM (ACARS) - SERVICING
Uploading procedure with the portable data loader (SFIM) to load the
Software Standard and the standard application database on the ACARS
MU front face.
SYSTEM (ACARS) - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
T.O.C.
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
REFERENCE
23-24-00-710-001-A
23-24-00-740-004-A
23-24-00-710-005-A
23-24-34
23-24-34 PB 401
23-24-34-000-001-A
23-24-34-991-00100-A
23-24-34-400-001-A
23-26-00
23-26-00 PB 001
23-26-00-13500-A
AES
SUBJECT
Operational Test of the ACARS
BITE test of the ACARS
Link Test of the ACARS
MANAGEMENT UNIT (MU) - ACARS
MANAGEMENT UNIT (MU) - ACARS - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Removal of the ACARS Management Unit (MU)
ACARS Management Unit (MU)
Installation of the ACARS Management Unit (MU)
OPERATIONAL USE
OPERATIONAL USE - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
ACARS PREFLT MENU Page 1/2
23-26-00-13600-A
23-26-00-13700-A
23-26-00-14200-A
23-26-00-14300-A
23-26-00-14800-A
23-26-00-15300-A
23-26-00-15800-A
23-26-00-16300-A
23-26-00-16800-A
23-26-00-17200-A
23-26-00-17600-A
23-26-00-18000-A
23-26-00-18200-A
23-26-00-18400-A
23-26-00-18600-A
23-26-00-18800-A
23-26-00-19000-A
23-26-00-19200-A
23-26-00-19300-A
23-26-00-19400-A
23-26-00-19500-A
23-26-00-19600-A
23-26-00-19700-A
23-26-00-19800-A
23-26-00-19900-A
23-26-00-20000-A
23-26-00-20100-A
ACARS
ACARS
ACARS
ACARS
ACARS
ACARS
ACARS
ACARS
ACARS
ACARS
ACARS
ACARS
ACARS
ACARS
ACARS
ACARS
ACARS
ACARS
ACARS
ACARS
ACARS
ACARS
ACARS
ACARS
ACARS
ACARS
23-26-00-20200-A
ACARS DISCRETE Page 1/5 to 3/5
23-26-00-20300-A
INFLT MENU Page

POSTFLT MENU Page
PREFLIGHT INIT Page
DELAY REPORT Page
ATIS REQUEST Page
WEATHER REQUEST Page
VOICE CONT REPORT Page
VHF CONTROL Page
TELEX Page
REC MSGS Page
MISC Page
DATA FREQ Page
OOOI STATUS Page
VHF STATISTICS Page
SAT STATISTICS Page
PARAMETER DISPLAY Page
MAINTENANCE Page
PART NUMBER Page
STATUS Page
ERROR LOG Page
CLASS 1 AND 2 FAULTS Page
CLASS 3 FAULTS Page
GROUND FAULTS Page
RCV 429 DATA Page
TX 429 DATA Page
LRU STATUS Page
T.O.C.
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
REFERENCE
23-26-00-20400-A
23-26-00-20500-A
23-26-00-20600-A
23-26-00-20700-A
23-26-00-20800-A
23-26-00-20900-A
23-26-00-21000-A
SUBJECT
ACARS TEST Page
ACARS-MCDU-SCRN-TEST Page
ACARS COMM AUDIT Page
ACARS COMM STATUS Page
ACARS INIT Page
ACARS AIRLINE ID INIT Page
ACARS CFDIU PROG Page
23-26-00-21100-A
ACARS UTC/DATE INIT Page
23-26-00-21200-A
ACARS DEBUG Page
23-26-00-21300-A
ACARS VHF DEBUG Page 1/2
23-26-00-21400-A
ACARS VHF CAT B Page 2/2
23-26-00-21500-A
23-26-00-21600-A
23-26-00-21700-A
ACARS MEMORY DUMP Page

ACARS PRINTER DEBUG Page
ACARS MCDU DEBUG Page
23-26-00-21800-A
ACARS SDU DEBUG Page 1/2
23-26-00-21900-A
23-26-00-22000-A
23-26-00-22100-A
ACARS File Transfer LRU Debug Page

ACARS BUILD VERSIONS Page
23-30-00
23-30-00 PB 001
PASSENGER ADDRESS AND ENTERTAINMENT

PASSENGER ADDRESS AND ENTERTAINMENT - DESCRIPTION AND
OPERATION
23-31-00
23-31-00 PB 001
PASSENGER ADDRESS SYSTEM

PASSENGER ADDRESS SYSTEM - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
23-32-00
23-32-00 PB 001
ANNOUNCEMENT - MUSIC TAPE REPRODUCER SYSTEM

ANNOUNCEMENT - MUSIC TAPE REPRODUCER SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
Component Location
Power Supply - Schematic
ANNOUNCEMENT - MUSIC TAPE REPRODUCER SYSTEM MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
Replacement of the Sound Recording Medium of the Prerecorded
Announcement and Boarding Music (PRAM) Reproducer
23-32-00-12500-F
23-32-00-15600-A
23-32-00-15600-C
23-32-00 PB 201
23-32-00-860-001-A
23-32-00-991-00100-B
23-32-00-860-002-A
23-32-00 PB 501
23-32-00-700-001-A
AES
Replacement of the Audio Cassettes

Initialization of the Prerecorded Anouncement and Boarding Music
(PRAM) Reproducer
ANNOUNCEMENT - MUSIC TAPE REPRODUCER SYSTEM ADJUSTMENT/TEST
Test of the Prerecorded Announcement Operation of the Prerecorded
T.O.C.
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
REFERENCE
23-32-00-710-002-A
23-32-34
23-32-34 PB 401
23-32-34-000-001-A
23-32-34-991-00100-A
23-32-34-400-001-A
23-33-00
23-33-00 PB 001
23-33-00-12400-O
23-33-00-12400-AJ
SUBJECT
Test of the Boarding Music Operation of the Prerecorded Announcement
and Boarding Music (PRAM) Reproducer
TAPE REPRODUCER - ANNOUNCEMENT/ MUSIC
TAPE REPRODUCER - ANNOUNCEMENT/ MUSIC REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Removal of the Announcement/Music Tape Reproducer
Announcement/Music Tape Reproducer
Installation of the Announcement/Music Tape Reproducer
PASSENGER ENTERTAINMENT
PASSENGER ENTERTAINMENT - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
Component Location
Main Multiplexer and CD-Audio Reproducer - Component Location
23-33-00-12500-A
Seat Equipment of the PES Music and Forward Attendant Panel (Audio
Module) - Component Location
23-33-00-14400-A
Passenger Entertainment System (PES) Interconnection
23-33-00-14600-F
Passenger Entertainment System (PES)
23-33-00-16000-D
23-33-00-16000-H
23-33-00-16000-N
Power Supply
Power Supply
Power Supply
23-33-00-19100-A
Main Multiplexer (MM)
23-33-00-19200-A
Main Multiplexer (MM) Block Diagram
23-33-00-19200-D
23-33-00-19300-A
23-33-00-19400-AQ
Main Multiplexer Unit Interface

AUDIO REPRODUCER
Seat Layout
23-33-00-19800-A
Programming and Test Panel (PTP)
23-33-00-19900-B
Wall Disconnect Box (WDB)
23-33-00-19900-C
23-33-00-20000-A
Wall Disconnect Box (WDB) Block Diagram
23-33-00-20000-C
23-33-00-20100-A
Wall Disconnect Box Electrical Interface

Seat Electronic Box (SEB)
23-33-00-20100-C
23-33-00-20200-A
Seat Electronic Box

Seat Electronic Box (SEB) Electrical Interface
23-33-00-20200-C
23-33-00-20400-U
Seat Electronic Box Electrical Interface

Passenger Control Unit (PCU)
23-33-00-20400-AF
23-33-00-20500-A
Passenger Control Unit (PCU) Electrical Interface Block Diagram
23-33-00-20500-I
23-33-00 PB 201
23-33-00-860-001-A
Passenger Control Unit Electrical Interface

PASSENGER ENTERTAINMENT - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
Replacement of the Audio Cassettes of the Passenger Entertainment
System (PES)
23-33-00-991-00100-A
AES
T.O.C.
Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
REFERENCE
23-33-00-860-002-A
23-33-00-991-00200-B
23-33-00 PB 501
Replacement of the Compact Disks

PASSENGER ENTERTAINMENT - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
23-33-00-740-002-A
BITE-Test of the Passenger Entertainment System (Music) with the

23-33-00-740-003-A

Multipurpose Control and Display Unit (MCDU)
23-33-00-710-002-A
Operational Test of the Passenger Entertainment System (Music)
23-33-00-820-001-A
Adjustment of the DIP - Switch Positions of the Main Multiplexer
23-33-12
23-33-12 PB 401
23-33-12-000-001-A
23-33-12-991-00100-S
23-33-12-991-00100-AH
23-33-12-400-001-A
23-33-31
23-33-31 PB 401
23-33-31-000-001-A
23-33-31-991-00100-A
23-33-31-400-001-A
23-33-46
23-33-46 PB 401
PASSENGER CONTROL UNIT (PCU)

PASSENGER CONTROL UNIT (PCU) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Removal of the Passenger Control Unit (PCU)
Passenger Control Unit
Installation of the Passenger Control Unit (PCU)
MULTIPLEXER - PASSENGER ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEM, MAIN
MULTIPLEXER - PASSENGER ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEM, MAIN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Removal of the Passenger Entertainment System Main Multiplexer
PES Main Multiplexer
Installation of the Passenger Entertainment System Main Multiplexer
SEAT ELECTRONIC BOX (SEB)
SEAT ELECTRONIC BOX (SEB) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
23-33-46-000-001-A
Removal of the Seat Electronic Box (SEB)
23-33-46-991-00100-B
23-33-46-991-00100-C
23-33-46-400-001-A
Seat Electronic Box

Seat Electronic Box
Installation of the Seat Electronic Box (SEB)
23-33-47
23-33-47 PB 401
23-33-47-000-001-A
23-33-47-991-00100-J
23-33-47-991-00100-Q
23-33-47-400-001-A
23-33-52
23-33-52 PB 401
23-33-52-000-001-A
23-33-52-991-00100-A
23-33-52-400-001-A
23-34-34
AES
SUBJECT
Replacement of the Compact Disks for the Passenger Entertainment
System (PES)
WALL DISCONNECT BOX (WDB)

WALL DISCONNECT BOX (WDB) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Removal of the Wall Disconnect Box (WDB)
Wall Disconnect Box
Wall Disconnect Box
Installation of the Wall Disconnect Box (WDB)
REPRODUCER - PASSENGER ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEM
REPRODUCER - PASSENGER ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Removal of the PES Reproducer
PES Reproducer
Installation of the PES Reproducer
DIGITAL INTERFACE UNIT (DIU)
T.O.C.
Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
REFERENCE
23-34-34 PB 401
23-34-34-000-001-A
23-34-34-991-00100-A
23-34-34-400-001-A
23-36-00
23-36-00 PB 001
23-36-00-12500-V
Removal of the Digital Interface Unit (DIU)

Digital Interface Unit
Installation of the Digital Interface Unit (DIU)
PASSENGER ENTERTAINMENT - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
Passenger Entertainment System (Video) - Component Location
23-36-00-12500-BU
Passenger Entertainment System (Video) - Component Location
23-36-00-13100-AH
Passenger Entertainment System (Video) - Component Location (Sheet

2/2)
23-36-00-13100-DF
Display Units of the PES Video - Component Location
23-36-00-15500-A0
Passenger Entertainment System (Video) - Block Diagram
23-36-00-15500-D0
23-36-00-17600-AB
23-36-00-17600-DN
23-36-00-17600-EM

23-36-00-19600-B
System Control Unit (SCU).
23-36-00-19600-E
System Control Unit (SCU)
23-36-00-20300-D
Video Tape Reproducer (VTR)
23-36-00-20300-J
23-36-00-21300-D
Hatrack Mounted Display Unit (HMDU)
23-36-00-21300-I
23-36-00-22000-A
23-36-00-22000-C

Tapping Unit
Tapping Unit
23-36-00-25800-R
Passenger Entertainment System (Video) - Interconnection
23-36-00-26100-A
23-36-00-26500-A
23-36-00-26800-A
SCU Power-on and Initial Menu

Video Program Preview Function - Activation
Normal Operation - Menu Selection
23-36-00-27100-A
Random-Access Tape Operation - Example (Sheet 1/2)
23-36-00-27400-A
23-36-00 PB 201
23-36-00-100-002-A
23-36-00 PB 301
23-36-00-100-001-A
23-36-00-600-002-A
23-36-00 PB 501
23-36-00-710-001-A
23-36-00-991-00100-A
23-36-22
AES
SUBJECT
DIGITAL INTERFACE UNIT (DIU) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

Cleaning of the Video Tape Reproducer
PASSENGER ENTERTAINMENT - SERVICING
Cleaning of the Monitor and Display Screens in the Cabin
Configuration of the Passenger Entertainment (Video) with the
Programmable System Control Unit
Operational Test of the Passenger Entertainment (Video)
System Control Unit - Menus
MONITOR
T.O.C.
Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
REFERENCE
23-36-22 PB 401
23-36-22-000-001-A
23-36-22-991-00100-AE
23-36-22-991-00100-DE
Removal of the LH Hatrack-Mounted Display-Units (HMDU)

Hatrack Mounted Display-Unit
Hatrack Mounted Display-Unit and Wall Mounted Display-Unit
23-36-22-400-001-A
Installation of the LH Hatrack Mounted Display-Units (HMDU)
23-36-22-000-002-A
Removal of the RH Hatrack Mounted Display-Units (HMDU)
23-36-22-400-002-A
Installation of the RH Hatrack Mounted Display-Units (HMDU)
23-36-34
23-36-34 PB 401
23-36-34-000-001-A
23-36-34-991-00100-L
23-36-34-991-00100-AA
23-36-34-400-001-A
23-36-44
23-36-44 PB 401
23-36-44-000-001-A
CONTROL UNIT - VIDEO

CONTROL UNIT - VIDEO - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Removal of the System Control Unit (SCU)
System Control Unit.
System Control Unit
Installation of the System Control Unit (SCU)
TAPPING UNIT
TAPPING UNIT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Removal of the Tapping Unit (TU)
23-36-44-991-00100-K
Tapping Unit (TU)
23-36-44-991-00100-P
Tapping Unit (TU)
23-36-44-400-001-A
23-36-52
23-36-52 PB 401
Installation of the Tapping Unit (TU)

VIDEO REPRODUCER UNIT
VIDEO REPRODUCER UNIT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
23-36-52-000-001-A
23-36-52-991-00100-L
23-36-52-991-00100-AF
Removal of the Video Tape Reproducer (VTR)

Video Tape Reproducer
23-36-52-400-001-A
Installation of the Video Tape Reproducer (VTR)
23-42-00
23-42-00 PB 001
23-42-00-12300-A
23-42-00-15900-A
23-42-00 PB 501
23-42-00-710-001-A
23-42-21
23-42-21 PB 401
23-42-21-000-001-A
23-42-21-991-00100-B
23-42-21-400-001-A
23-43-00
23-43-00 PB 001
23-43-00 PB 501
AES
SUBJECT
MONITOR - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
COCKPIT TO GROUND CREW CALL SYSTEM

COCKPIT TO GROUND CREW CALL SYSTEM - DESCRIPTION AND
OPERATION
Ground Crew Call System - Component Location
Ground Crew Call System - Schematic
COCKPIT TO GROUND CREW CALL SYSTEM - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
Operational Test of the Mechanic Call
HORN - MECHANIC CALL
HORN - MECHANIC CALL - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Removal of the Mechanic Call Horn
Mechanic Call Horn
Installation of the Mechanic Call Horn
FLIGHT CREW INTERPHONE
FLIGHT CREW INTERPHONE - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
FLIGHT CREW INTERPHONE - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
T.O.C.
Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
REFERENCE
23-43-00-700-001-A
23-44-00
23-44-00 PB 001
23-44-00-12400-B
23-44-00-15600-B
23-44-00 PB 201
23-44-00-860-001-A
23-44-00 PB 501
23-44-00-700-001-A
23-44-41
23-44-41 PB 401 CONF 13
23-44-41-000-002-A
23-44-41-991-15000-B
23-44-41-400-002-A
23-44-42
23-44-42 PB 401
23-44-42-000-001-A
23-44-42-991-00100-A
23-44-42-991-00200-A
23-44-42-991-00300-A
23-44-42-991-00400-A
23-44-42-991-00500-A
23-44-42-400-001-A
23-51-00
23-51-00 PB 001
23-51-00-11400-C
AES
SUBJECT
Operational Test of the Cabin and Flight Crew Interphone System.
CABIN AND SERVICE INTERPHONE
CABIN AND SERVICE INTERPHONE - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
Service Interphone System - Component Location
Service Interphone System - Schematic Diagram
CABIN AND SERVICE INTERPHONE - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
Operation of the Service Interphone System
CABIN AND SERVICE INTERPHONE - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
Operational Test of the Service Interphone
JACK - MAINTENANCE INTERPHONE (POWER PLANT)
JACK - MAINTENANCE INTERPHONE (POWER PLANT) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Removal of the Jack - Maintenance Interphone
Air Intake Cowl - Interphone Harness
Installation of the Jack - Maintenance Interphone
ISOLATION UNIT - SERVICE INTERPHONE JACKS
ISOLATION UNIT - SERVICE INTERPHONE JACKS REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Removal of the Isolation Units
Isolation Unit
Isolation Unit
Isolation Unit
Isolation Unit
Isolation Unit
Installation of the Isolation Units
AUDIO MANAGEMENT
AUDIO MANAGEMENT - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
Audio Management - Block Diagram
23-51-00-14200-A
Audio Management - Component Location (CAPT & F/O Stations)
23-51-00-14300-A
Audio Management - Component Location (CAPT & F/O Stations)
23-51-00-14400-A
Audio Management - Component Location (3rd Occupant Station)
23-51-00-14500-C
Audio Management - Component Location (4th Occupant Station)
23-51-00-14600-B
Audio Management - Component Location (Avionics Compartment)
23-51-00-20800-A
23-51-00-23300-A
23-51-00-23700-A
23-51-00-25800-A
23-51-00-25900-A
23-51-00-26300-A
23-51-00-26500-A
23-51-00-26600-A
Audio Management - Electrical Power Supply of System

Audio Control Panel - Front Face
Audio Control Panel - Functional Description
Audio Control Panel - Block Diagram
Protocol for Data Exchange - Flow Diagram
SELCAL Code Panel - FRONT Face
SELCAL Code Panel - Operation of Knurled Knobs
SELCAL Code Panel - Operating Diagram
T.O.C.
Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
REFERENCE
23-51-00-28300-A
23-51-00-30300-A
23-51-00-30400-A
23-51-00-30800-A
23-51-00-31400-A
23-51-00-31500-A
23-51-00-31900-A
SUBJECT
Audio Management Unit - Block Diagram
Audio Management Unit - Block Diagram of Transmitter Circuit
Oxygen Mask Microphone - Circuit Block Diagram
Hand Microphone - Circuit Block Diagram
Muting Circuit - Block Diagram
Direct Muting - Block Diagram
Audio Circuit - Block Diagram
23-51-00-32200-A
23-51-00-32400-A
23-51-00-33000-A
23-51-00-33100-A
23-51-00-33700-A
23-51-00-33800-A
23-51-00-34000-A
23-51-00-34500-A
23-51-00-34600-A
23-51-00-35100-A
23-51-00-35200-A
23-51-00-35300-A
23-51-00-35400-A
23-51-00-35900-A
23-51-00-36300-A
23-51-00-38300-A
23-51-00-39300-A
VOR/DME/ILS/MLS Switching - Block Diagram

Navigation Reception Mode - Block Diagram
Microphone Switching - Block Diagram
Audio Switching - Block Diagram
CAA Certification - Block Diagram
FAA Certification - Block Diagram
Flight Interphone - Block Diagram
Logic Processing - Block Diagram
SELCAL System - Ground System
SELCAL System - Aircraft System
SELCAL System - Block Diagram
Ground Crew and Cabin Attendant Call System - Block Diagram
Pin-Program - Block Diagram
Electrical Power Supplies of the AMU - Block Diagram
MCDU - Location
MCDU - Functional Description
23-51-00-39700-B
Audio Integrating System (AIS) - LAST LEG REPORT - (Sheet 2/2)
23-51-00-39800-B
Audio Integrating System (AIS) - PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT - (Sheet

2/2)
23-51-00-40100-B
Audio Integrating System (AIS) - LRU IDENTIFICATION - (Sheet 2/2)
23-51-00-40200-B
Audio Integrating System (AIS) - TEST - (Sheet 2/2)
23-51-00 PB 401
AUDIO MANAGEMENT - DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION
23-51-00-040-001-A
23-51-00-991-00100-A
23-51-00-440-001-A
23-51-00 PB 501
Deactivation of the Radio PTT Switch

Side Stick Assembly
Reactivation of the Radio PTT Switch
AUDIO MANAGEMENT - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
23-51-00-710-001-A
23-51-00-710-002-A
Operational Test of the Audio Management

Operational Test of the SELCAL System
23-51-00-710-003-A
Operational Test of the CAPT and F/O ACPs Switching to the 3rd
OCCUPANT ACP
Operational Test of the Oxygen Mask Microphone
BITE Test of the Audio System
23-51-00-710-004-A
23-51-00-740-002-A
23-51-12
23-51-12 PB 401
AES
CONTROL PANEL - AUDIO (ACP)

CONTROL PANEL - AUDIO (ACP) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
T.O.C.
Page 12
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
REFERENCE
23-51-12-000-001-A
23-51-12-991-00100-A
23-51-12-400-001-A
SUBJECT
Removal of the Audio Control Panel (ACP) (2RN1, 2RN2, 2RN3, 2RN4,
2RN5)
Audio Control Panel (ACP)
Installation of the Audio Control Panel (ACP) (2RN1, 2RN2, 2RN3,
2RN4, 2RN5)
23-51-13
23-51-13 PB 401
CODE PANEL - SELCAL

CODE PANEL - SELCAL - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
23-51-13-000-001-A
23-51-13-991-00100-A
23-51-13-400-001-A
23-51-17
23-51-17 PB 401
Removal of the SELCAL Code Panel

SELCAL Code Panel
Installation of the SELCAL Code Panel
SWITCH - RADIO PTT
SWITCH - RADIO PTT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
23-51-17-000-001-A
23-51-17-400-001-A
23-51-34
Removal of the Radio PTT Switch

Installation of the Radio PTT Switch
MANAGEMENT UNIT - AUDIO (AMU)
23-51-34 PB 401
23-51-34-000-001-A
23-51-34-991-00100-A
23-51-34-400-001-A
MANAGEMENT UNIT - AUDIO (AMU) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

Removal of the Audio Management Unit (AMU) (1RN)
Audio Management Unit (AMU)
Installation of the Audio Management Unit (AMU) (1RN)
23-60-00
23-60-00 PB 001
23-60-00-12400-C
STATIC DISCHARGING
STATIC DISCHARGING - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
Static Dischargers - Location
23-61-00
23-61-00 PB 001
23-61-00 PB 601
STATIC DISCHARGER
STATIC DISCHARGER - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
STATIC DISCHARGER - INSPECTION/CHECK
23-61-00-200-001-A
23-61-00-991-00100-B
23-61-41
23-61-41 PB 401
- Check Resistance of Tip to Retainer - Check Bonding of Retainer to

Structure
Static Dischargers
DISCHARGER - STATIC
DISCHARGER - STATIC - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
23-61-41-000-001-A
23-61-41-991-00100-D
23-61-41-400-001-A
23-61-42
23-61-42 PB 401
Removal of the Static Discharger

Static Discharger - Location and Detail
Installation of the Static Discharger
RETAINER - STATIC DISCHARGER
RETAINER - STATIC DISCHARGER - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
23-61-42-000-001-A
23-61-42-991-00200-A
23-61-42-991-00300-B
23-61-42-991-00400-A
23-61-42-991-00500-B
23-61-42-991-00600-A
AES
Removal of the Static Discharger Retainer

Static Discharger Retainers - Tailplane, Rudder and THS
Static Discharger Retainers - Flap Track Fairings
Static Discharger Retainers - Ailerons
Static Discharger Retainers - Wing Tips
Static Discharger Retainers - Wing Tip Fences
T.O.C.
Page 13
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
REFERENCE
23-61-42-400-001-A
23-71-00
23-71-00 PB 001
23-71-00-12400-B
23-71-00-13700-C
23-71-00-15500-A
23-71-00-19400-E
23-71-00-19600-B
23-71-00-21100-G
23-71-00 PB 501
SUBJECT
Installation of the Static Discharger Retainer
COCKPIT VOICE RECORDER
COCKPIT VOICE RECORDER - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
Cockpit Voice Recorder - Component Location
Cockpit Voice Recorder - Block Diagram
Cockpit Voice Recorder - Schematic
SSCVR - Component Description
Solid State Cockpit Voice Recorder - Face
Cockpit Voice Recorder - Operation
COCKPIT VOICE RECORDER - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
23-71-00-710-001-A
23-71-00-710-002-A
Operational Test of the CVR and the CVR Channel Recording

Operational Test of the CVR Recording Logic Including Time Delay Relay
23-71-00-720-001-A
Operational Test of the Underwater Locator Beacon (ULB)
23-71-00-720-002-A
23-71-13
23-71-13 PB 401
Functional Test of the bulk-erase function and bulk-erase inhibition-logic

of the CVR
MICROPHONE - CVR
MICROPHONE - CVR - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
23-71-13-000-001-A
23-71-13-991-00100-A
23-71-13-400-001-A
23-71-14
23-71-14 PB 401
Removal of the CVR Microphone

CVR Microphone
Installation of the CVR Microphone
AMPLIFIER - CVR MICROPHONE
AMPLIFIER - CVR MICROPHONE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
23-71-14-000-001-A
23-71-14-991-00100-A
23-71-14-400-001-A
23-71-35
23-71-35 PB 401
23-71-35-000-001-A
23-71-35-991-00100-D
RECORDER - COCKPIT VOICE (CVR)

RECORDER - COCKPIT VOICE (CVR) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Removal of the Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR) 1RK
Solid State Cockpit Voice Recorder (SSCVR)
23-71-35-400-001-A
Installation of the Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR) 1RK
23-71-35-000-002-A
Removal of the Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR) Rack
23-71-35-991-00600-A
Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR) Rack
23-71-35-400-002-A
Installation of the Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR) Rack
23-71-35-920-001-A
Scheduled Replacement of the Underwater Locator Beacon (ULB) and

Battery
23-71-35-991-00500-C
23-72-00
23-72-00 PB 001
23-72-00-12400-A
AES
Removal of the CVR Microphone Amplifier

CVR Microphone Amplifier
Installation of the CVR Microphone Amplifier
Underwater Locator Beacon (ULB)

ANTI HIJACK CAMERA MONITORING
ANTI HIJACK CAMERA MONITORING - DESCRIPTION AND
OPERATION
Cockpit-Door Surveillance-System
T.O.C.
Page 14
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
REFERENCE
23-72-00-14000-A
23-72-00 PB 501
SUBJECT
ANTI HIJACK CAMERA MONITORING - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
23-72-00-710-001-A
23-72-00-740-001-A
23-72-22
23-72-22 PB 401
Operational Test of the Anti-Hijack Camera-Monitoring-System

BITE Test of the Anti-Hijack Camera-Monitoring-System
MONITOR - COCKPIT DOOR SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM
MONITOR - COCKPIT DOOR SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
23-72-22-000-001-A
23-72-22-991-00200-A
23-72-22-991-00100-A
23-72-22-400-001-A
23-72-51
23-72-51 PB 401
Removal of the Cockpit-Door Surveillance-System Monitor

Monitor
Monitor
Installation of the Cockpit-Door Surveillance-System Monitor
CAMERA - ANTI HIJACK SYSTEM
CAMERA - ANTI HIJACK SYSTEM - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
23-72-51-000-001-A
23-72-51-991-00100-A
23-72-51-400-001-A
23-72-51-820-001-A
23-73-00
23-73-00 PB 001
23-73-00-13700-A
23-73-00-13700-O
23-73-00-13800-A
23-73-00-13900-A
23-73-00-14000-A
23-73-00-14100-A
23-73-00-14200-A
23-73-00-14300-A
23-73-00-17600-A
23-73-00-17700-B
23-73-00-17800-B
23-73-00-17900-B
23-73-00-22000-A
23-73-00-22100-B
23-73-00-22200-A
23-73-00-22300-J
23-73-00-22400-Q
23-73-00-22400-U
23-73-00-22500-F
23-73-00-22500-I
23-73-00-22800-A
23-73-00-23400-B
AES
Removal of the Anti-Hijack-System Cameras

Cameras
Installation of the Anti-Hijack-System Cameras
Adjustment of the Cameras
CABIN INTERCOMMUNICATION DATA SYSTEM (CIDS)
CABIN INTERCOMMUNICATION DATA SYSTEM (CIDS) DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
CIDS associated Components in the Cockpit - Component Location
CIDS associated Components in the Cockpit - Component Location
FWD Attendant Station and Cockpit Handset - Component Location
CIDS Components in the Cabin - Component Location
MCDU - Component Location
DEU A, DEU Mount and CIDS Director - Component Location
DEU B and DEU Mount - Component Location
Power Supply - CIDS Director, FAP and PTP
Power Supply NORM BUS - Top Line
Power Supply ESS BUS - Top Line
Power Supply - Middle Line
CIDS Director
CIDS DATA BUS - Top Line
CIDS Director - Block Diagram
CIDS DATA BUS - Middle Line DEU B Interface - Block Diagram
CIDS Director - Connections
DEU - Physical Appearance
DEU Connection to Data Bus Power Supply and Address Coding
T.O.C.
Page 15
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AES
REFERENCE
23-73-00-23500-B
23-73-00-23600-E
23-73-00-24200-D
23-73-00-24200-L
23-73-00-24300-A
23-73-00-24300-B
23-73-00-24400-E
23-73-00-24800-A
23-73-00-24900-Y
23-73-00-24900-AF
23-73-00-25800-A
23-73-00-27000-B
23-73-00-27300-B
23-73-00-27700-A
23-73-00-27800-B
23-73-00-28300-A
23-73-00-28300-B
23-73-00-30500-A
23-73-00-30500-G
23-73-00-30800-B
23-73-00-31200-B
23-73-00-32600-B
23-73-00-33900-D
23-73-00-37000-D
23-73-00-37000-E
23-73-00-38000-E
23-73-00-38100-B
23-73-00-38200-A
23-73-00-38400-A
SUBJECT
DEU A - Connections to Cabin Systems
DEU B - Connections to Cabin Systems
Light Module
Light Module
Connections to the Forward Attendant Panel.
Audio Module
Air Temperature Module
Aft Attendant Panel
Aft Attendant Panel
Connections to the Aft Attendant Panel
Programming and Test Panel
Programming and Test Panel-System Connections
Attendant Indication Panel
Attendant Indication Panel - Block Diagram
Area Call Panel
Area Call Panel
PA System Architecture
Attendant Indication Panel - PA Selection Messages
Interphone System Architecture .
Passenger Lighted Signs - System Architecture.
Passenger Call System - Architecture
PTP Menu Guided Structure
SYSTEM STATUS - Example
System Status - Failure Examples 1
System Status - Example
23-73-00-38600-A
System Report/Test - GROUND SCAN - CLASS 3 FAULTS - Example
23-73-00-38700-H
System Report/Test - TEST - Example
23-73-00-38800-B
23-73-00-39400-G
23-73-00-39500-B
System Report/Test - Leg Reports - LRU ident. - Trouble Shooting Data Example
System Test - Example
System Test - AIP - Example
23-73-00-39700-A
Operational Test - ACP/Loudspeaker - Example
23-73-00-39900-C
System Test - Reading/Work Light Test - Example
23-73-00-40100-B
23-73-00-40600-F
23-73-00-40600-L
23-73-00-40800-C
23-73-00-40900-A
23-73-00-41300-B
System TEST - Emergency Lighting - Example

Programming - Zoning - Example
Programming - CAM Layout Selection - Example
Programming - PA Level Adjustment - Example
Failure Transmission List
T.O.C.
Page 16
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
REFERENCE
23-73-00-41400-C
23-73-00-41500-D
23-73-00-41600-E
23-73-00-41700-C
23-73-00-41800-E
23-73-00-41800-G
23-73-00-41900-B
23-73-00-42000-B
23-73-00-42100-B
23-73-00 PB 201
23-73-00-861-001-A
23-73-00-862-001-A
De-energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS)
23-73-00-860-002-A
23-73-00-991-00100-A
23-73-00-860-003-A
23-73-00-991-00200-A
23-73-00-991-00300-A
23-73-00-991-00400-A
Cabin Layout Selection

Cabin Layout Selection - Example
Cabin Zones Programming
Cabin Zones Programming Example
No Smoking Zones Programming Example
Class Divider Activation - Deactivation Example
23-73-00-860-006-A
Programming of a NON SMOKER A/C
23-73-00-991-00900-A
23-73-00-860-004-A
23-73-00-991-00600-A
Passenger Address (PA) Level Adjustment via PTP

PA Level Adjustment Example
23-73-00-860-005-A
23-73-00-991-00700-A
Passenger Address (PA) Level Interrogation via CFDS

PA Level Interrogation Example
23-73-00 PB 301
23-73-00-600-001-A
23-73-00 PB 401
23-73-00-040-001-A
23-73-00-440-001-A
23-73-00-040-002-A
23-73-00-440-002-A
23-73-00-040-005-A
23-73-00-440-005-A
23-73-00-040-006-A
23-73-00-440-006-A
23-73-00-040-007-A
23-73-00-440-007-A
AES
SUBJECT
CABIN INTERCOMMUNICATION DATA SYSTEM (CIDS) MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS)
CABIN INTERCOMMUNICATION DATA SYSTEM (CIDS) - SERVICING

Cleaning of the Flight Attendant Panel (FAP)
CABIN INTERCOMMUNICATION DATA SYSTEM (CIDS) DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION
Deactivation of the CIDS Director
Reactivation of the CIDS Director
Deactivation of the Forward Attendant Panel
Reactivation of the Forward Attendant Panel
Deactivation of the Programming and Test Panel
Reactivation of the Programming and Test Panel
Deactivation of the Programming and Test Panel - Slide Bottle Pressure
Indication, Emergency Exits
Reactivation of the Programming and Test Panel - Slide Bottle Pressure
Indication, Emergency Exits
Deactivation of the Programming and Test Panel - Emergency System
Test, Cabin Emergency Lighting System
Reactivation of the Programming and Test Panel - Emergency System
Test, Cabin Emergency Lighting System
T.O.C.
Page 17
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
REFERENCE
23-73-00 PB 501
23-73-00-740-003-A
SUBJECT
CABIN INTERCOMMUNICATION DATA SYSTEM (CIDS) ADJUSTMENT/TEST
23-73-00-710-015-A
23-73-00-710-003-A
BITE-test of the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) through

the PTP
BITE-test of the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) through
the CFDS
Operational test of the DEU, the secondary power supply and the DEU-A
cut-off
Operational test of the power-transfer function
Operational test of the Cabin and Flight Crew Interphone System
23-73-00-710-005-A
Operational test of the Passenger Address (PA) system
23-73-00-710-007-A
23-73-00-710-017-A
Operational test of the passenger call system

Operational test of the cabin signs
23-73-00-710-004-A
Operational test of the Emergency Evacuation (EVAC) Signaling System
23-73-00-710-008-A
23-73-00-710-033-A
23-73-00-710-035-A
Operational test of the Temperature Module

Operational test of the passenger call lamps through the MCDU
Operational test of the cabin LED lamps through the MCDU
23-73-00-740-005-A
23-73-00-710-002-A
23-73-00-720-002-A
23-73-00-991-00500-A
23-73-11
23-73-11 PB 401
Verification of Speech Intelligibility of the Passenger Address (PA) System

according to CAA Spec. 15
Sound Pressure Measurement
CALL PANEL - AREA
CALL PANEL - AREA - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
23-73-11-000-001-A
23-73-11-991-00100-A
23-73-11-991-00100-H
23-73-11-400-001-A
23-73-12
23-73-12 PB 401
Removal of the Area Call Panel

Area Call Panel.
Area Call Panel
Installation of the Area Call Panel
ATTENDANT PANEL - FORWARD
ATTENDANT PANEL - FORWARD - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
23-73-12-000-002-A
23-73-12-991-00200-B
23-73-12-400-002-A
23-73-12-000-003-A
23-73-12-991-00300-A
23-73-12-400-003-A
23-73-12-000-004-A
23-73-12-991-00400-A
23-73-12-400-004-A
23-73-12-000-005-A
23-73-12-991-00500-A
23-73-12-400-005-A
23-73-12-960-001-A
Removal of the Forward Attendant Panel

Forward Attendant Panel 120RH
Installation of the Forward Attendant Panel
Removal of the Light Module
Light Module
Installation of the Light Module
Removal of the Audio Module
Audio Module
Installation of the Audio Module
Removal of the Miscellaneous Module
Miscellaneous Module
Installation of the Miscellaneous Module
Replacement of the Switchguard from the Forward Attendant Panel
23-73-12-991-00700-A
Replacement: Switchguard of the Forward Attendant Panel (FAP)
23-73-13
23-73-13 PB 401
AES
ADDITIONAL ATTENDANT PANEL (AAP)

ADDITIONAL ATTENDANT PANEL (AAP) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
T.O.C.
Page 18
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
REFERENCE
23-73-13-000-001-A
23-73-13-991-00100-A
23-73-13-400-001-A
23-73-14
23-73-14 PB 401
SUBJECT
Removal of the Aft/Additional Attendant Panel
Aft/Additional Attendant Panel
Installation of the Aft/Additional Attendant Panel
LIGHT - CALL, LAVATORY
LIGHT - CALL, LAVATORY - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
23-73-14-000-001-A
23-73-14-991-00100-A
23-73-14-991-00100-B
23-73-14-400-001-A
Removal of the Lavatory Call Light

Lavatory Call Light
Lavatory Call Light
Installation of the Lavatory Call Light
23-73-14-000-006-A
Removal of the Seat Row Call/Numbering Light
23-73-14-991-00600-A
23-73-14-400-006-A
Seat Row Call/Numbering Light

Installation of the Seat Row Call/Numbering Light
23-73-18
23-73-18 PB 401
PROGRAMMING AND TEST PANEL

PROGRAMMING AND TEST PANEL - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
23-73-18-000-001-A
23-73-18-991-00100-A
23-73-18-400-001-A
23-73-19
23-73-19 PB 401
Removal of the Programming and Test Panel

Installation of the Programming and Test Panel
MODULE - CABIN ASSIGNMENT
MODULE - CABIN ASSIGNMENT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
23-73-19-000-001-A
23-73-19-991-00100-A
Removal of the Cabin Assignment Module

Cabin Assignment Module (115RH) - Removal/Installation
23-73-19-400-001-A
23-73-22
23-73-22 PB 401
Installation of the Cabin Assignment Module

INDICATING PANEL - ATTENDANT
INDICATING PANEL - ATTENDANT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
23-73-22-000-001-A
23-73-22-991-00100-A
23-73-22-400-001-A
23-73-34
23-73-34 PB 401
Removal of the Attendant Indication Panel

Installation of the Attendant Indication Panel
DIRECTOR - CIDS
DIRECTOR - CIDS - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
23-73-34-000-001-A
23-73-34-991-00100-A
23-73-34-400-001-A
23-73-38
23-73-38 PB 401
Removal of the CIDS Director

CIDS Director
Installation of the CIDS Director
POWER UNIT - PASSENGER READING LIGHT
POWER UNIT - PASSENGER READING LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
23-73-38-000-001-A
23-73-38-991-00100-A
23-73-38-400-001-A
23-73-38-960-002-A
23-73-38-991-00200-A
23-73-44
23-73-44 PB 401
AES
Removal of the Power Unit for the Passenger Reading Light

Power Unit - Removal/Installation
Installation of the Power Unit for the Passenger Reading Light
Replacement of the Power Unit Fuses for the Passenger Reading Light
Fuses - Power Unit
CRADLE - HANDSET
CRADLE - HANDSET - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
T.O.C.
Page 19
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
REFERENCE
23-73-44-000-001-A
23-73-44-991-00600-A
23-73-44-400-001-A
23-73-46
23-73-46 PB 401
23-73-46-000-001-A
23-73-46-991-00100-B
23-73-46-400-001-A
23-73-47
23-73-47 PB 401
23-73-47-000-001-A
23-73-47-991-00100-B
23-73-47-400-001-A
23-73-48
23-73-48 PB 401
23-73-48-000-001-A
23-73-48-991-00100-B
23-73-48-400-001-A
SUBJECT
Removal of the Handset/Cradle
Handset/Cradle
Installation of the Handset/Cradle
DECODER/ENCODER UNIT A
DECODER/ENCODER UNIT A - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Removal of the Decoder/Encoder Unit A (200RH)
Decoder/Encoder Unit A
Installation of the Decoder/Encoder Unit A (200RH)
DECODER/ENCODER UNIT B
DECODER/ENCODER UNIT B - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Removal of the Decoder/Encoder Unit B (300RH)
Decoder/Encoder Unit B.
Installation of the Decoder/Encoder Unit B (300RH)
MOUNT - DEU A / DEU B
MOUNT - DEU A / DEU B - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Removal of the DEU A/DEU B - Mount
Mount DEU A / DEU B
Installation of the DEU A/DEU B - Mount
23-73-49
23-73-49 PB 401
BOARD - PRINTED CIRCUIT

BOARD - PRINTED CIRCUIT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
23-73-49-000-001-A
23-73-49-991-00100-A
23-73-49-400-001-A
23-73-51
23-73-51 PB 401
Removal of the Printed Circuit Board

Printed Circuit Board 2038VUA
Installation of the Printed Circuit Board
LOUDSPEAKER
LOUDSPEAKER - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
23-73-51-000-001-A
23-73-51-991-00100-A
23-73-51-991-00200-A
23-73-51-991-00500-A
23-73-51-400-002-A
23-73-62
23-73-62 PB 401
Removal of the Loudspeaker

Loudspeaker of the PSIU
Loudspeaker of the circuit breaker panel 2001VU
Loudspeaker Lavatory
Installation of the Loudspeaker
SIGN - RETURN TO SEAT
SIGN - RETURN TO SEAT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
23-73-62-000-001-A
23-73-62-991-00100-A
23-73-62-991-00200-A
Removal of the Return to Seat sign

Return to Seat Sign
Return To Seat Sign
23-73-62-000-006-A
Removal of the Return to Seat sign (LED)
23-73-62-991-00600-A
23-73-62-400-001-A
Return To Seat-Sign with LEDs

Installation of the Return to Seat sign
23-73-62-400-006-A
23-73-63
AES
Installation of the Return to Seat sign (LED)

SIGN - NO SMOKING/FASTEN SEAT BELT
T.O.C.
Page 20
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
REFERENCE
23-73-63 PB 401
23-73-63-000-001-A
23-73-63-991-00100-A
23-73-63-400-001-A
23-73-64
23-73-64 PB 401
23-73-64-000-001-A
23-73-64-991-00100-A
23-73-64-400-001-A
23-73-64-720-001-A
23-73-64-991-00200-A
AES
SUBJECT
SIGN - NO SMOKING/FASTEN SEAT BELT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Removal of the No Smoking/Fasten Seat Belt sign from the Passenger
Service Information Unit and the C/B panels 2000VU/2001VU
No Smoking/Fasten Seat Belt Signs
Installation of the No Smoking/Fasten Seat Belt sign in the Passenger
Service Information Unit and the C/B panels 2000VU/2001VU
LIGHT - READING
LIGHT - READING - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Removal of the Reading Light
Reading Light
Installation of the Reading Light
Operational test of the Reading Light
Adjustment of the Reading Light
T.O.C.
Page 21
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
COMMUNICATIONS - GENERAL - DESCRIPTION AND

OPERATION
** On A/C ALL
1.
General
The communication system is used for speech communications and optionally for data communications.
The communication system is used for communication between the crew members and betwenn the crew members
and the ground personnel.
It is also used to communicate with the passengers, other aircraft and the ground stations (speech and data).
AES
23-00-00 PB001
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
2.
Description
A.
Speech Communication
(1) High Frequency (HF) system (Ref. 23-11) (optional system)
This system has two transceivers and their related equipment for long-range voice communications.
(2) Very High Frequency (VHF) system (Ref. 23-12)
This system has two or three transceivers and their related equipment for short-range voice
communications.
The VHF3 system (if installed) is also used to transmit data (Aircraft Communication Addressing and
Reporting System (ACARS) or Air Traffic Service Unit (ATSU)).
(3) Radio Management Panels (RMP) (Ref. 23-13)
The RMPs enable a centralized frequency control of the VHF and HF radio communication equipment.
The RMPs also enable the frequency control of the radio navigation equipment (VHF Omnidirectional
Range (VOR), Distance Measuring Equipment (DME), Instrument Landing System (ILS), Automatic
Direction Finder (ADF)) in case of failure of the Flight Management and Guidance System (FMGC).
(4) Voice privacy system (Ref. 23-14)
The voice privacy system provides a means for coding HF communications between the aircraft and
DT.HU.Department in order to protect confidential communications.
B.
Data Transmission (optional system)

(1) ACARS (Ref. 23-24) (optional system)
The ACARS management unit allows the management of the data entered by the crews and transmitted to
the ground (SDAC, AIDS, CFDS, FMGEC). It also allows the reception, printing and display of ground
messages on the Multipurpose Control and Display Unit (MCDU).
These data are transmitted through the VHF3 system (or through the Satellite Communication (SATCOM)
system if installed).
(2) SATCOM (Ref. 23-28) (optional system)
The function of the SATCOM system is the reception in the L-Band and processing of signals through
aeronautical services satellites. This system is used for all aeronautical satellite communications (cockpit
voice, passenger telephone and data services) with the ground.
C.
Passenger Address and Entertainment

This system comprises: (Ref. 23-30)
. Prerecorded Announcements and Music (PRAM) system (Ref. 23-32)
. Passenger Entertainment System (Music)/Passenger Services System (PES (Music)/PSS) (Ref. 23-33)
. Passenger Visual Information System (PVIS) (Ref. 23-34)
. Passenger Air-to-ground Telephone System (PATS) (Ref. 23-35)
. Passenger Entertainment System (Video) (PES (Video)) (Ref. 23-36)
. Passenger facility (AM/FM radio) (Ref. 23-37)
The Passenger Address System (Ref. 23-31) is part of the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) (Ref.
23-73).
D. Interphone
The Interphone system comprises:
(1) Cockpit-to-ground crew call system (Ref. ATA 23-42)
Moreover, when the aircraft is battery supplied, the system comprises an aural warning function for the
following status:
. Auxiliaire Power Unit (APU) fire
. ADIRS supplied by batteries
. Equipment ventilation faulty
AES
23-00-00 PB001
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
.
Emergency Locator Transmitter (ELT) operation (if installed).
(2) Flight crew interphone (Ref. 23-43)

The cockpit-to-ground crew call system is used to:
. Call a ground mechanic from the cockpit
. Call a crew member from the ground.
The flight crew interphone system is part of the CIDS.
(3) Cabin and service interphone (Ref. 23-44)
The cabin and service interphone system is used for the telephone communications on the ground between
the flight crew and the ground service personnel.
E.
Audio Integrating
The Audio Integrating System (AIS):
The AIS integrates and manages all audio signals (audio outputs, microphone inputs, sidetone and push-to-talk)
supplied by and sent to the radio communication and radio navigation systems.
This system also provides the SELCAL function and call and flight interphone functions.
F.
Static Discharging (Ref. 23-60)

Static dischargers are installed on the aircraft to protect the communication systems from interference caused by
static electricity.
G.
Audio-Video Monitoring and Intercommunication

This system comprises:
(1) Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR) (Ref. 23-71)
The CVR automatically records the crew conversations and audio communications to help investigation
after an aircraft accident or incident.
(2) CIDS (Ref. 23-73)
The CIDS is a microprocessor-based system.
It is used to do the functional control, operation, testing and monitoring of the cabin systems.
These system functions are provided by the CIDS:
. Passenger address
. Passenger call
. Passenger lighted signs
. General cabin illumination control
. Cabin and flight crew interphone
. Emergency evacuation signalling
. Lavatory smoke warning
. Escape slide reservoir pressure monitoring
. Service interphone (partially integrated into the CIDS)
. Extended emergency lighting test.
(3) Cabin Management System (CMS) (Ref. 23-74) (optional system)
The CMS provides a direct contact for the cabin crew with the ground.
The cabin crew uses the CMS to transmit and receive real-time data (e.g. passenger information and
reservations, maintenance reports, security catering and beverages), through the ACARS.
AES
23-00-00 PB001
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
HF SYSTEM - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION

** On A/C 003-005
1.
General
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1204 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
The High Frequency (HF) system is used for all long-distance voice and data communications between:
. Different aircraft (in flight or on the ground)
. The aircraft and one or several ground stations.
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
The HF system operates within the frequency range defined by ARINC 719 (i.e. 2.8 to 23.999 MHz, with 1 KHz
spacing between channels).
The aircraft is provided with a single HF system (HF1).
AES
23-11-00 PB001
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-005
2.
Component Location
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
(Ref. Fig. 23-11-00-12500-A - HF System - Component Location)
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1204 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
(Ref. Fig. 23-11-00-12600-A - HF System - Component Location)
FIN
FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION
PANEL
ZONE ACCESS ATA REF.

DOOR
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
3RE1
XCVR-HF, 1
4RE1
COUPLER-HF, 1
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1387 FOR A/C 003-005
81VU
5RE
ANTENNA
** On A/C 003-005
127
261
23-11-33
23-11-36
322
23-11-11
3CA1
3CA2
1RG1
MCDU-1
MCDU-2
RMP-COM/NAV FREQ SEL, 1
11VU
11VU
11VU
210
210
210
22-82-12
22-82-12
23-13-13
1RG2
11VU
210
23-13-13
1RG3
RMP-COM FREQ SEL, 3
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 22-1085 FOR A/C 003-004
20VU
210
23-13-13
3CA3
101VU
211
22-82-12
AES
MCDU-3
23-11-00 PB001
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-005
3.
System Description
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1049 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1204 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
(Ref. Fig. 23-11-00-14100-O - HF System - Block Diagram)
** On A/C 003-005
A.
General
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
The HF system has:
. An HF transceiver
. An HF coupler
. An HF antenna.
** On A/C 003-005
B.
Interface
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1204 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
Each HF system has an interface with the following systems and components:
. Radio Management Panels (RMP)
. Audio Management Unit (AMU)
. Centralized Fault Display Interface Unit (CFDIU)
. Landing Gear Control Interface Unit (LGCIU)
. System Data Acquisition Concentrator (SDAC)
. Air Data/Inertial Reference Units (ADIRU)
. Air Traffic Service Unit (ATSU)
. Ground HF DATA LINK (GND HF DATA LINK)
. International Civil Aircraft Organization (ICAO) address
. Multipurpose Disk Drive Unit (MDDU) or Portable Data Loader (PDL)
(1) Interface with the RMPs
The RMPs are centralized systems used for selection of the frequency/channel and display of the HF
system. They are also used to switch between the voice/data modes (Ref. 23-13).
(2) Interface with the AMU
The AMU is used for the connection to the audio integrating and SELective CALLing (SELCAL) systems by
means of the Audio Control Panels (ACP) (Ref. 23-51).
(3) Interface with the CFDIU
The CFDIU is the centralized maintenance system (Ref. 31-32).
AES
23-11-00 PB001
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(4) Interface with the LGCIU
In case of CFDIU failure, the LGCIU gives the aircraft status (in flight or on the ground) to the HF BITE
(Ref. 32-31). When the LGCIU informs the HFDR of the ground aircraft status, the HF data link emission
is inhibited.
(5) Interface with the SDACs
The SDACs receive the transmission information from the HF system through the KEY EVENT output of
the HF transceiver and record the transmit mode.
When the SDACs detect that the HF system has been transmitting (Push-To-Talk (PTT) switch on) for
last more 1 minute, the HF-X EMITTING indication is displayed on the ECAM display (EWD) (Ref. ATA
31-54).
(6) Interface with the ADIRU
The ADIRU which provides the HFDR with the following information:
- time
- latitude
- longitude.
(7) Interface with the ATSU
The ATSU which is in charge of routing data towards the HF system for Data communications.
(8) Interface with the GND HF DATA Link
. The GND HF DATA LINK pushbutton switch which is used to override the data transmission inhibition
of the HF1 transceiver on the ground.
(9) Interface with the ICAO address
The ICAO address which is used to uniquely identify the aircraft by the ground station during data link
message exchanges.
(10) Interface with the MDDU or PDL
The MDDU or PDL is used to load the HFDR software.
AES
23-11-00 PB001
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-005
4.
Power Supply
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1049 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
(Ref. Fig. 23-11-00-16100-I - HF System - Power Supply)
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1049 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
The HF1 system is supplied with three-phase 115VAC:
. From the 115VAC ESS BUS/SHEDDABLE (sub-busbar 801XP)
. Through circuit breaker 1RE1 located on the overhead panel 49VU.
The HF1 transceiver (3RE1) provides the supplied to the HF1 antenna coupler (4RE1) with 28VDC and monophase
115VAC.
AES
23-11-00 PB001
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-005
5.
Interface
A.
Output Interface
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1204 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
(1) Digital Outputs

The HF transceivers transmit labels 354, 356 and 357 to the CFDIU through a type-1 ARINC 429 bus. This
connection is capable of two-way communication with the CFDIU (Ref. 31-32).
The equipement code of the HF transceiver is 019.
An ARINC 429 High-Speed (HS) output bus between the HF1 transceiver (HFDR1) and the ATSU is used
to transmit user data and control data.
Only the HF1 transceiver transmits the label 270.
Another output bus between the HF1 transceiver (HFDR1) and the MDDU is used to load data. The table
below contains the characteristics of all these parameters:
------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
PARAMETER LIST
PARAMETER CHARACTERISTICS (NUMERIC)
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
|
|DEFINITION| OPER RANGE |
|BIT |
|INTV|
|CODE |ORIGIN |
|
|(*=REMARK)| RESOLUTION |
|
|
|
|
|
|BUS No.|
|
|(X=NOTE) | ACCURACY |
|
|
|
|
|
|ATA REF|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|CONV
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
172
!SAL MODE !
!
!
!
!1000! BCD!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
270
!STATUS
!
!
!
!
!1000!BOOL!
!
!
!MODE
!
!
!
!
!
!WORD!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
354
!LRU IDENT !
!
!
!
!250 !ISO5!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
356
!BITE
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!STATUS
!
!
!
!
!250 !ISO5!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
377
!EQUIP
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!IDENT
!
!
!
!
!1000! BCD!
!
------------------------------------------------------------------------------** On A/C 003-005
B.
Output Analog Signals
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1204 FOR A/C 003-005
The HF circuits have the same output analog signals, i.e:
------------------------------------------------------------------------------NAME
ELECTRICAL LEVEL
TO
SIGNAL STATUS
------------------------------------------------------------------------------AUDIO SIDETONE OUTPUT
MODULATION
AMU
SELCAL OUTPUT
MODULATION
AMU
AES
23-11-00 PB001
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ANTENNA OUTPUT
AES
MODULATION
CPLR
23-11-00 PB001
Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-005
6.
Component Description
A.
HF Transceiver - Description 3RE1

** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1204 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
The HF transceiver conforms to ARINC 600 specifications. The case size is 6cu.m.
(1) HF transceiver face
(Ref. Fig. 23-11-00-19900-D - HF Transceiver Face)
The transceiver features:
. Two jacks (PHONE and MIC)
. A TEST pushbutton switch
. A red/grenn warning light: LRU STATUS
. Two red warning lights : KEY INTERLOCK, CONTROL FAIL
. A transportation handle
. An identification plate.
(2) HF transceiver back
The back comprises three connectors to enable connection with:
. the automatic test circuits (Top Plug (TP))
. the antenna circuit and peripheral circuits (Middle Plug (MP))
. the power supply circuits (Bottom Plug (BP)).
** On A/C 003-005
B.
HF Transceiver - Characteristics
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1204 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
The HF transceiver complies with the standards defined in ARINC 719.
The transmission and reception of coded messages between the various control units (CFDIU, RMP) comply
with ARINC 429.
** On A/C 003-005
C.
HF Antenna Coupler - Description

** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1204 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
The antenna coupler enables matching of the aircraft HF shunt-type antenna with the output circuit (50 ohms)
of the HF transceiver.
The coupler is a pressurized sealed box.
(1) The face features:
(Ref. Fig. 23-11-00-22200-B - HF Antenna Coupler)
. a connector J1 for connection with the transmitter
. a coaxial connector J2 to connect the coaxial cable from the transmitter
. a pressurizing valve
. a handle
. an identification plate.
AES
23-11-00 PB001
Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(2) The back carries:
. a connector providing connection between the coupler and the antenna.
** On A/C 003-005
D. HF Antenna Coupler - Operation
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
** On A/C 003-005
E.
HF Antenna Coupler - Fault indications

** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
Fault information of the coupler can be transmitted by discretes to the HF transceiver.
In this case, the HF transceiver will take these items of information into account and will transmit them to the
CFDIU.
AES
23-11-00 PB001
Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-005
7.
Operation
A.
Receive Function
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1204 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
The HF audio integrating signals transmitted by the stations are picked-up by the antenna and transmitted to
the antenna coupler. The coupler adapts the impedance between the antenna and the HF transceiver. The signal
from the HF coupler is transmitted to the HF transceiver by a coaxial cable.
In voice mode, the HF transceiver, tuned to the selected frequency by one RMP, demodulates HF signals into
AF signals.
The AF signals are transmitted via the AMU, to the audio equipment or SELCAL system.
In data mode, the HF1 transceiver, tuned to the auto-selected frequency, demodulates the HF1 received signals
into digital information, which is transmitted to the ATSU (through ARINC 429 HS bus).
** On A/C 003-005
B.
Transmit Function
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1204 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
Before transmissions, the HF transceiver has to be tuned to the new frequency selected by one RMP. This
tuning consists in activating the PTT switch, a 1000 Hz signal is heard during several seconds. The new antenna
coupler is now able to reduce the tuning duration thanks to a learning mode which memorizes several last
tuned frequencies.
In voice mode, the AF signals from the microphones are transmitted to the HF transceiver through the AMU.
The HF transceiver tuned to the frequency selected by one RMP, transforms the AF signals into HF modulated
signals. The HF signals are fed to the antenna by the coaxial cable and antenna coupler. They are then
transmitted to the various stations.
A connection between the HF transceiver and the SDAC enables to record the use of the HF system in transmit
mode. The connection is obtained through the KEY EVENT output information of the HF transceiver.
In data mode, the digital information is transmitted from the ATSU to the HF1 transceiver (tuned to the
frequency auto-selected and transmitted to the transceiver through ARINC 429 HS bus) which modulates it.
The HF signals are fed to the antenna by a coaxial cable. They are then transmitted to the various stations.
** On A/C 003-005
C.
HF Data Link ground network

** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1204 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
One service provider (ARINC) proposes the HFDL ground network with a worldwide coverage including polar
areas. Its ground stations cover a radius if approximately 3,000 miles and may cover more than one service
region. The continuous communications are offered thanks to overlapping coverage with a total of about 13
ground stations fielded worldwide and with several frequencies for each of them.
AES
23-11-00 PB001
Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-005
8.
Test
A.
CFDS Interface
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1204 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
(1) System description - Architecture
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1204 FOR A/C 003-005
(Ref. Fig. 23-11-00-29000-A - HF System - BITE Monitoring)
The BITE facilitates maintenance on in-service aircraft.
The BITE detects and determines a failure related to the HF system.
The BITE of the HF transceiver is connected to the CFDIU (Ref. ATA 31-32).
The units tested are the transceiver and the coupler.
The BITE:
. transmits permanently HF system status and its identification message to the CFDIU.
. memorizes the failures occurred during the last 63 flight segments,
. monitors data input from the various peripherals (RMP, CFDIU and ATSU),
. transmits to the CFDIU the result of the tests performed and self-tests,
. can communicate with the CFDIU by the menus.
The BITE may operate in two modes:
. the normal mode,
. the interactive mode.
(a) Normal mode
In normal mode the BITE monitors cyclically the status of the HF system. It transmits its information
to the CFDIU during the flight concerned.
In case of fault detection, the BITE stores the information in the fault memories.
These items of information are transmitted to the CFDIU every 250 ms maximum by an ARINC 429
message with label 356.
(b) Interactive mode
The interactive mode can only be activated on the ground.
This mode enables communication between the CFDIU and the HF transceiver BITE.
This is by means of the MCDU.
The HF transceiver interactive mode is composed of:
. LAST LEG REPORT
. PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT
. LRU IDENTIFICATION
. TEST
. CLASS 3 FAULTS
. GROUND REPORT
. TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA
. GROUND SCANNING
(c) Reporting function description

. The tables below give the list of internal/external failures.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| COCKPIT EFFECT |
|CONSEQUENCE|
MAINTENANCE
|
| INTERNAL |----------------|DETECTION|ON THE
|-------------------------|
| FAILURES | LOCAL |ECAM|LVL|
|SYSTEM
|CLASS|MESSAGE |RECOMMEN- |
AES
23-11-00 PB001
Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|LABEL356|DED ACTION|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------! HF XCVR
!
!
! !Permanent!Loss of the! 1 !23-11-33! Replace !
!
FAULT
!
!
! !Moni!considered !
! HFx
! HF
!
!-Voltage / !
!
! !toring + ! HF System !
! (3REx) ! XCVR
!
!Supply
!
!
! !Moni!
!
!(x=1or2)!
!
!Voltage out !
!
! !toring
!
!
!
!
!
!of range
!
!
! !during
!
!
!
!
!
!-Power sup- !
!
! !xmsn
!
!
!
!
!
!ply too high!
!
! !
!
!
!
!
!
!-Loss of syn!
!
! !
!
!
!
!
!
!thesizer lock
!
! !
!
!
!
!
!
!-RF transmit!
!
! !
!
!
!
!
!
!too low
!
!
! !
!
!
!
!
!
!-Amplifier !
!
! !
!
!
!
!
!
!too low or !
!
! !
!
!
!
!
!
!too high
!
!
! !
!
!
!
!
!
------------------------------------------------------------------------------! HF XCVR
!
!
! !Permanent!Loss of the! 1 !23-11-33! Check:
!
!
FAULT
!
!
! HFx
!- HF XCVR !
!-Freq ctl
!
!
! !toring + ! HF System !
! (3REx)/!- HF
!
!microproce- !
!
! !Moni!
!
! COAX
! coaxial !
!ssor failure!
!
! !toring
!
!
!(x=1or2)! cable
!
!-Loss of
!
!
! !during
!
!
!
!
!
!synthesizer !
!
! !xmsn
!
!
!
!
!
!lock
!
!
! !
!
!
!
!
!
!-RF transmit!
!
! !
!
!
!
!
!
!too low
!
!
! !
!
!
!
!
!
!(<30W) in
!
!
! !
!
!
!
!
!
!AM Mode
!
!
! !
!
!
!
!
!
------------------------------------------------------------------------------!COUPLER
!
!
! !Permanent!Loss of the! 1 !23-11-33!Check:
!
!FAULT
!
!
!HFx CPLR!-HF XCVR !
!-Failure to !
!
! !toring + !HF System !
!(4REx)/ !-HF CPLR !
!tune within !
!
! !Moni!
!
!FEEDER !-HFcoaxial!
!15s with RF !
!
! !toring
!
!
!(6REx)/ ! cable
!
!applied
!
!
! !during
!
!
!ANTENNA !-HF feeder!
!-Failure of !
!
! !xmsn
!
!
!(5RE)
!-HF ant
!
!tuning
!
!
! !
!
!
!(x=1or2)!
!
!elements
!
!
! !
!
!
!
!
!
!to home
!
!
! !
!
!
!
!
!
!within 15s !
!
! !
!
!
!
!
!
!-Occurrence !
!
! !
!
!
!
!
!
!of an Arc
!
!
! !
!
!
!
!
!
!-Pressure
!
!
! !
!
!
!
!
!
!fault
!
!
! !
!
!
!
!
!
!-Failure to !
!
! !
!
!
!
!
!
!tune due to !
!
! !
!
!
!
!
!
!insufficient!
!
! !
!
!
!
!
!
!RF power
!
!
! !
!
!
!
!
!
!from XCVR
!
!
! !
!
!
!
!
!
!(link with !
!
! !
!
!
!
!
!
!an HF XCVR !
!
! !
!
!
!
!
!
AES
23-11-00 PB001
Page 12
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
!fault)
!
!
! !
!
!
!
!
!
------------------------------------------------------------------------------!COUPLER
!
!
! !Permanent!Loss of the! 1 !23-11-33!Check:
!
!-Failure to !
!
!CPLR
!-HF CPLR !
!tune within !
!
! !toring + !HF system !
!(4REx) !
!
!15s with RF !
!
! !Moni!
!
!(x=1or2)!
!
!applied
!
!
! !toring
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
! !during
!
!
!
!
!
------------------------------------------------------------------------------!ICAO ADRESS !
!
! !Power up !Missing or ! 1 !23-11-00!Check:
!
!
!
!
! !
!invalid
!
!ICAO
!-ICAO
!
!
!
!
! !
!ICAO adress!
!ADRESS/ !adress
!
!
!
!
! !
!input
!
!HFx
!
!
!
!
!
! !
!detected
!
!(3REx) !
!
!
!
!
! !
!during
!
!(x=1or2)!
!
!
!
!
! !
!power up
!
!
!
!
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| COCKPIT EFFECT |
|CONSEQUENCE|
MAINTENANCE
|
| EXTERNAL |----------------|DETECTION|ON THE
|-------------------------|
| FAILURES | LOCAL |ECAM|LVL|
|SYSTEM
|CLASS|MESSAGE |RECOMMEN- |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|LABEL356|DED ACTION|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------! FAULT
!
!
! !Permanent! HF XCVR
! 1 !23-81-13!Check:
!
! DETECTED
!
!
! !Moni!remains
!
!RMP1/2/3!-RMP Sys !
! ON THE
!
!
! !toring
!tuned on
!
!(1RG1/2/!-Tuning
!
!DGTL SERIAL !
!
! !
!the last
!
!3)/HFx !buses and !
!TUNING BUS !
!
! !
!valid Freq !
! (3REx) !associated!
!-Label 037 !
!
! !
!
!
!
!connectors!
!missing for !
!
! !
!
!
!(x=1or2)!
!
!more than
!
!
! !
!
!
!
!
!
!10 s
!
!
! !
!
!
!
!
!
!-SSM of
!
!
! !
!
!
!
!
!
!label 037
!
!
! !
!
!
!
!
!
!NCD
!
!
! !
!
!
!
!
!
!-Correct SDI!
!
! !
!
!
!
!
!
!never
!
!
! !
!
!
!
!
!
!received
!
!
! !
!
!
!
!
!
!-Incorrect !
!
! !
!
!
!
!
!
! parity
!
!
! !
!
!
!
!
!
!-Frequency !
!
! !
!
!
!
!
!
!out of range!
!
! !
!
!
!
!
!
------------------------------------------------------------------------------!CFDIU FAULT !
!
! !Permanent!No exchange! 3 !31-32-34!Check:
!
!-Label 227 !
!
! !Moni!with CFDIU !
! CFDIU !-CFDIU
!
!missing for !
!
! !toring
!for HF
!
!(1TW)/ !-Buses and!
!more than
!
!
! !
!BITE Info !
! /HFx !associated!
!10s
!
!
! !
!No access !
! (3REx) !connectors!
!
!
!
! !
!to the MENU!
!
!
!
!
!
!
! !
!MODE of the!
!(x=1or2)!
!
!
!
!
! !
! HF XCVR
!
!
!
!
------------------------------------------------------------------------------!LGCIU FAULT !
!
! !Permanent!Loss of
! 3 !32-31-71!
!
AES
23-11-00 PB001
Page 13
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
!
!
!
! !Moni!LGCIU/HF
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
! !toring
!connection !
!
!
!
!
!
!
! !when
!
!
!LGCIUx !
!
!
!
!
! !inconsis !
!
!(5Gax)/ !
!
!
!
!
! !tency bet!
!
!HFx
!
!
!
!
!
! !ween air/!
!
!(3REx) !
!
!
!
!
! !ground
!
!
!(x=1or2)!
!
!
!
!
! !infor
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
! !mation
!
!
!
!
!
------------------------------------------------------------------------------!ATSU FAULT !
!
! !Permanent!Loss of
! 3 !46-21-34!
!
!- Label 270 !
!
! !Moni!ATSU/HF
!
!ATSU1
!
!
!missing for !
!
! !toring
!connection !
!(1TX1)/ !
!
!more than
!
!
! !
!
!
!HFx
!
!
!10s
!
!
! !
!
!
!(3REx) !
!
!
!
!
! !
!
!
!(x=1or2)!
!
------------------------------------------------------------------------------** On A/C 003-005
B.
Interactive menu description

** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1204 FOR A/C
** On A/C 003-005
(Ref. Fig. 23-11-00-28900-B
003-005
003-005
003-005
- Interactive Menu Tree)
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1204 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1204 FOR A/C 003-005
(Ref. Fig. 23-11-00-27900-B - HF System - SYSTEM REPORT/TEST)
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1204 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
(Ref. Fig. 23-11-00-28000-D - BITE - LAST LEG REPORT)
(Ref. Fig. 23-11-00-28100-D - BITE - PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT)
(Ref. Fig. 23-11-00-28200-D - BITE - LRU IDENTIFICATION)
(Ref. Fig. 23-11-00-28300-D - BITE - TROUBLE SHOOT DATA)
(Ref. Fig. 23-11-00-28400-D - HF System - CLASS 3 FAULTS)
(Ref. Fig. 23-11-00-28500-D - BITE - TEST)
(Ref. Fig. 23-11-00-28600-B - BITE - GROUND REPORT)
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1204 FOR A/C 003-005
(Ref. Fig. 23-11-00-28700-A - HF System - GROUND SCANNING)
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1204 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
AES
23-11-00 PB001
Page 14
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
To utilize the BITE system it is necessary to get through one of the three MCDUs (2CA1, 2CA2 and 2CA3 (if
installed)) (Ref. ATA 31-32).
The MCDUs are installed in the cockpit, on the center pedestal.
All the information displayed on the MCDUs during the BITE TEST configuration can be printed by the printer
(Ref. ATA 31-35).
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
To utilize the BITE system, it is necessary to get through one of the two MDCUs (Multipurpose Control Display
Unit) (3CA1 and 3CA2) (Ref.ATA 31-32).
The MCDUs are installed in the cockpit, on the center pedestal.
AES
23-11-00 PB001
Page 15
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
HF ANTENNA 5RE
HF1 COUPLER 4RE1
A
ELECTRONICS RACK
80VU
80VU
A
HF TRANSCEIVER 3RE1
SHELF 81VU
N_MM_231100_0_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-11-00-12500-A SHEET 1

23-11-00 PB001
Page 16
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1204 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
* = IF INSTALLED
C
*
C
A
B
A
A
RADIO MANAGEMENT PANEL

AUDIO CONTROL PANEL
CALL
CALL
CALL
CALL
CALL
MECH
ATT
VHF1
VHF2
VHF3
HF1
HF2
INT
CAB
INT
ON
VOICE
RAD
VOR1
VOR2
RESET
VHF1
VHF2
VHF3
HF1
SEL
HF2
LS
AM
STBY NAV
PA
NAV
MKR
STBY/CRS
ACTIVE
ADF1
VOR
LS
ON
ADF
BFO
ADF2
OFF
1RG1 (1RG2) (1RG3)

2RN1, 2, 3
B
MCDU
BRT
F
A
I
L
F
M
G
C
DIR
PROG
PERF
INIT
FPLN
RAD
NAV
FUEL
PRED
SEC
FPLN
DATA
MCDU
MENU
AIR
PORT
NEXT
PAGE
X
OVFY
M
C
D
U
M
E
N
U
Y
CLR
3CA1 (3CA2) (3CA3)

N_MM_231100_0_AGM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-11-00-12600-A SHEET 1

23-11-00 PB001
Page 17
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
5RE
IF INSTALLED
COM/NAV
FREQ SEL
RMP 2
1RG2
1RG3
COM
FREQ
SEL
RMP 3
HF1
COUPLER
4RE1
1TW
3RE1
CFDIU
1RN
COM/NAV
FREQ SEL
RMP 1
1RG1
HF1
TRANSCEIVER
AMU
SDAC
1WV1 (2)
5GA2
LGCIU
1RE1
801XP
115VAC
ESS BUS/
SHEDDABLE
HF ANTENNA
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1049 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1204 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
N_MM_231100_0_ALN0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-11-00-14100-O SHEET 1

HF System - Block Diagram
23-11-00 PB001
Page 18
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1049 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
801XP
115VAC
ESS BUS/
SHEDDABLE
115V AC
28V DC
A
B
C
HF1
TRANSCEIVER
1RE1
HF1
COUPLER
AC
AC
DC
3RE1
CHASSIS
4RE1
CHASSIS
N_MM_231100_0_ASN0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-11-00-16100-I SHEET 1

HF System - Power Supply
23-11-00 PB001
Page 19
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1204 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
IDENTIFICATION
PLATE
HANDLE
MICRO JACK
PHONE JACK
N_MM_231100_0_AJM1_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-11-00-19900-D SHEET 1

HF Transceiver Face
23-11-00 PB001
Page 20
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1204 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
N_MM_231100_0_AYM1_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-11-00-22200-B SHEET 1

HF Antenna Coupler
23-11-00 PB001
Page 21
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1204 FOR A/C 003-005
FROM MAINTENANCE MENU

(FOR ACCESS TO THE PAGE BELOW
SEE CHAPTER 313200)
HF
1L
2L
3L
4L
5L
6L
L AS T LEG
REPORT
PRE V I OU S LEGS
REPORT
LRU
CL AS S 3
F AU LT S
2R
TE S T
3R
I DEN T
GND SCANN I NG
TROUBLE SHOOT
DATA
1R
4R
GROUND
R EPOR T
5R
6R
RE TU R N
THEN SELECT
THE DESIRED
SUBMENU FUNCTION
N_MM_231100_0_BTP1_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-11-00-27900-B SHEET 1

HF System - SYSTEM REPORT/TEST
23-11-00 PB001
Page 22
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1204 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
SEE CHAPTER 313200)
SELECT LAST
LEG REPORT
REF. FIG. RELATED TO
PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT
LRU IDENTIFICATION
GROUND SCANNING
TROUBLE SHOOT DATA
1L
2L
3L
4L
5L
6L
HF 1
LAS T LEG
REPORT
PRE V I OUS LEGS
REPORT
LRU
NOTES: 1. DENOTES THIS SCREEN

FUNCTION IS SELECTABLE.
CL ASS 3
FAU LT S
TEST
I DENT
GND SCANN I NG
TROUBLE SHOOT
DATA
1R

CLASS 3 FAULTS
2R
REF. FIG. RELATED TO TEST
3R
4R
GROUND
REPORT
RE TURN
5R

GROUND REPORT
6R
NOTES: 1. PAGE ONE OF A TWO PAGE

LAST LEG REPORT.
1L
HF 1
LAS T LEG REPORT
U TC
ATA
2L
093 1
3L
4L
ANTENNA( 5 R E ) /CPLR
( 4R E x ) / FEEDER( 6RE x )
0 9 3 5 2 3 1 1 33
5L
HF 1 ( 1 RE 1 )
6L
1 /2
NOV2 8
CL AS S
2 3 1 1 33
RE TURN
2. 1/2 DENOTES THIS IS THE

FIRST OF TWO PAGES
1R
3. UTC DENOTES UNIVERSAL

TIME COORDINATED
2R
3R
4. ATA DENOTES ATA CHAPTER.
4R
5. WHEN PRINT IS SELECTED,

THE PAGE DISPLAYED ON
THE MCDU IS PRINTED.
5R
PR I N T
6R
NOTES: 1. PAGE TWO OF A TWO PAGE

LAST LEG REPORT.
1L
2L
3L
HF 1
LAS T LEG REPORT
U TC
ATA
2 /2
NOV2 8
CL AS S
0 9 40 2 3 8 1 1 3
RMP1 /2 / 3 ( 1 RG1 / 2 / 3 ) /
HF 1 ( 1 RE 1 )
1R
2R
3R
4L
4R
5L
5R
6L
RE TURN
PR I N T
6R
N_MM_231100_0_BSP1_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-11-00-28000-D SHEET 1

23-11-00 PB001
Page 23
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1204 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
SEE CHAPTER 313200)

LAST LEG REPORT
SELECT PREVIOUS
LEGS REPORT
LRU IDENTIFICATION
GROUND SCANNING
TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA
1L
2L
3L
4L
5L
6L
HF 1
LAS T LEG
REPORT
PRE V I OUS LEGS
REPORT
LRU
CL ASS 3
FAU LT S
TEST
I DENT
GND SCANN I NG
TROUBLE SHOOT
DATA
1R

CLASS 3 FAULTS
2R
3R
4R
GROUND
REPORT
RE TURN
5R

GROUND REPORT
6R
NOTES: 1. "AF1411" DENOTES AIRCRAFT

TAIL NUMBER.
1L
2L
HF1
1 /2
PRE VI OUS LEGS REPORT
AF 1 4 1 1
LEG DAT E UTC
ATA CL AS S
0 1 DEC1 4 0 95 7 2 3 1 1 3 3 1
HF2 ( 1 RE 2 )
3L
4L
1L
2L
3L
4L
4R
5R
RE TURN
PR I N T
HF 1
2 /2
PRE VI OUS LEGS REPORT
AF 1 4 1 1
LEG DAT E UTC
ATA CL AS S
1 2 NOV1 0 1 64 0 2 3 8 1 1 3 1
RPM 1 / 2 / 3 ( 1 RG 1 / 2 / 3 ) /
HF 1 ( 1 RE 1 )
SM 5 6 78
2 0 NOV0 8 1 94 7 2 3 1 1 3 3 1
HF 1 ( 1 RE 1 )
5L
6L
2R
3R
0 4 DEC1 0 1 7 1 2 2 3 1 1 3 3 1
ANTENN A(5 RE ) /CPLR
( 4RE x ) / FEEDER( 6RE x )
5L
6L
1R
6R
1R
2R
3R
4R
5R
RE TURN
PR I N T
6R
N_MM_231100_0_AUU1_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-11-00-28100-D SHEET 1

23-11-00 PB001
Page 24
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1204 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005

SEE CHAPTER 313200)

LAST LEG REPORT
SELECT LRU
IDENTIFICATION
GROUND SCANNING
1L
2L
3L
4L
5L
6L
HF 1
LAS T LEG
REPORT
PRE V I OUS LEGS
REPORT
LRU
CL ASS 3
FAU LT S
TEST
I DENT
GND SCANN I NG
TROUBLE SHOOT
DATA
3L
4L
5L
6L
2R
REF. FIG. RELATED TO TEST
4R
GROUND
REPORT
5R

GROUND REPORT
6R
HF 1
I DEN T I F I CAT I ON
1L
2L

CLASS 3 FAULTS
3R
RE TURN
LRU
1R
1R
TRANSCE I VE R
P / N : 9 6 4 04 5 2 0 1 2
S /N:
CONTROL SWP/N :
DATA SWP/N :
ST :
COUPLER
P / N : 9 6 4 04 5 3 0 0 1
S /N:
SWP/N :
RE TURN
PR I N T
2R
3R
4R
5R
6R
N_MM_231100_0_HNW1_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-11-00-28200-D SHEET 1

23-11-00 PB001
Page 25
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1204 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
SEE CHAPTER 313200)

LAST LEG REPORT
SELECT LRU
IDENTIFICATION
GROUND SCANNING
1L
2L
HF 1
LAS T LEG
REPORT
PRE V I OUS LEGS
REPORT
LRU
3L
4L
5L
CL ASS 3
FAU LT S
TEST
I DENT
4R
GROUND
REPORT
RE TURN
5R

GROUND REPORT
6R
IF NO FAULT
IF FAULT
HF 1
TROUBLE SHOOT I NG DATA
1L
2R

CLASS 3 FAULTS
REF. FIG. RELATED
TO TEST
3R
GND SCANN I NG
TROUBLE SHOOT
DATA
6L
1R
1R
1L
2R
2L
HF 1
1 /4
TROUBLE SHOOT I NG DATA
DAT E UTC
1R
NO FAULT DETECTED
2L
3L
3R
3L
4L
4R
4L
5L
6L
RE TURN
PR I N T
5R
5L
6R
6L
DEC2 8 0 9 4 7
F FFF 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0
1 F 1 F F FFF 0 0 0 0
0 1 0 1 1 2 34 000 2
NOV2 8 1 45 0
F FFF 0 0 02 0 0 0 0
1 F 1 F 2 EA2 1 1 1 1
AC2 2 1 2 2 2 BBC0
RE TURN
2R
2F 1 E 6D8A
2F E 1 39 5 6
1 2 44 00 0 3
3R
4R
2F 1 E 44 8 0
223 1 1 2 33
0B 1 1 00 0 4
PR I N T
5R
6R
N_MM_231100_0_DEM1_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-11-00-28300-D SHEET 1

BITE - TROUBLE SHOOT DATA
23-11-00 PB001
Page 26
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1204 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
SEE CHAPTER 313200)
NOTE: 1. DENOTES THIS SCREEN
FUNCTION IS SELECTABLE.
SELECT LAST
LEG REPORT
LRU IDENTIFICATION
GROUND SCANNING
TROUBLE SHOOT DATA
1L
2L
HF 1
LAS T LEG
REPORT
PRE V I OUS LEGS
REPORT
LRU
3L
4L
5L
CL ASS 3
FAU LT S
TEST
I DENT
4R
GROUND
REPORT
RE TURN
5R

GROUND REPORT
6R
IF NO FAULT
IF FAULT
HF 1
LAS T LEG CL ASS 3 FAU LT S
1L
2R

CLASS 3 FAULTS
REF. FIG. RELATED
TO TEST
3R
GND SCANN I NG
TROUBLE SHOOT
DATA
6L
1R
LAS T LEG
UTC ATA
HF 1
CL ASS 3 FAU LT S
1R
1L
1R
2L
2R
2L
3L
3R
3L
3R
4L
4R
4L
4R
5L
5R
5L
5R
6R
6L
NO FAULT DETECTED
6L
RE TURN
PR I N T
09 2 0 4 5 1 3 3 4
CFD I U ( 1 TW ) / HF1 ( 3RE 1 )
RE TURN
PR I N T
2R
6R
N_MM_231100_0_DFM1_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-11-00-28400-D SHEET 1

HF System - CLASS 3 FAULTS
23-11-00 PB001
Page 27
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1204 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
SEE CHAPTER 313200)

LAST LEG REPORT
SELECT LRU
IDENTIFICATION
GROUND SCANNING
1L
2L
3L
4L
5L
6L
HF 1
LAS T LEG
REPORT
PRE V I OUS LEGS
REPORT
LRU
CL ASS 3
FAU LT S
TEST
I DENT
1R
2R

CLASS 3 FAULTS
REF. FIG. RELATED
TO TEST
3R
GND SCANN I NG
TROUBLE SHOOT
DATA
4R
GROUND
REPORT
RE TURN
5R

GROUND REPORT
6R
HF 1
TEST
1L
1R
2L
2R
TEST
I N PROGRESS 6 s
3L
3R
4L
4R
5L
5R
6L
RE TURN
PR I N T
IF NO FAULT
6R
IF FAULT
HF 1
TEST
HF 1
TEST
1R
1L
ATA
2R
2L
23 1 1 33
HF1 ( 1 RE 1 )
3L
3R
3L
3R
4L
4R
4L
4R
5L
5R
5L
5R
6R
6L
1L
TEST OK
2L
6L
RE TURN
PR I N T
RE TURN
CL ASS
1R
2R
PR I N T
6R
N_MM_231100_0_DLM1_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-11-00-28500-D SHEET 1

BITE - TEST
23-11-00 PB001
Page 28
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1204 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
SEE CHAPTER 313200)

LAST LEG REPORT
SELECT LRU
IDENTIFICATION
GROUND SCANNING
1L
2L
3L
4L
5L
6L
HF 1
LAS T LEG
REPORT
PRE V I OUS LEGS
REPORT
LRU
CL ASS 3
F AU LT S
TEST
I DENT
GND SCANN I NG
TROUBLE SHOOT
DATA
4R
GROUND
REPORT
RE TURN
5R

GROUND REPORT
6R
IF FAULT
NOV2 8
1L
2R

CLASS 3 FAULTS
REF. FIG. RELATED
TO TEST
3R
IF NO FAULT
HF 1
GROUND REPORT
1R
HF 1
GROUND REPORT
U TC
ATA
NOV2 8
CL ASS
1R
1L
2R
2L
3L
3R
3L
3R
4L
4R
4L
4R
5L
5R
5L
5R
6R
6L
2L
6L
NO FAULT DETECTED
RE TURN
PR I N T
1L
2L
3L
1 8 06
2 3 1 1 33
HF 1 ( 3RE 1 )
RE TURN
PR I N T
HF 1
GROUND REPORT
DATE
U TC
1R
2R
6R
1R
NOV2 8 1 80 6
0 1 9 2 0 00 0 0 00 0 2E6F 3 1 5E
E6 4 5 2 2 1 B BCFF 1 2 6C A 1 2 0
F9 9 2 ABCD 0 1 2 2 1 2 2 8 0 00 1
2R
3R
4L
4R
5L
5R
6L
RE TURN
PR I N T
6R
N_MM_231100_0_DMM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-11-00-28600-B SHEET 1

23-11-00 PB001
Page 29
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1204 FOR A/C 003-005
SEE CHAPTER 313200)

LAST LEG REPORT
LRU IDENTIFICATION
SELECT GROUND
SCANNING
1L
2L
3L
4L
5L
6L
1L
2L
HF 1
LAS T LEG
REPORT
PRE V I OUS LEGS
REPORT
LRU
CL ASS 3
FAU LT S
TEST
I DENT
GND SCANN I NG
TROUBLE SHOOT
DATA
5L
6L
1L
2L
4R
GROUND
REPORT
RE TURN
HF 1
GROUND SCANN I NG
U TC
ATA
0 9 30 2 3 1 1 33
HF 1 ( 3RE 1 ) COAX
1 /2
NOV2 5
CL ASS
1

GROUND REPORT
1R
2R
3R
09 35 23 8 1 1 3
RMP1 / 2 / 3 ( 1RG1 / 2 / 3 )
/HF 1 ( 3RE 1 )
RE TURN
HF 1
GROUND SCANN I NG
U TC
ATA
09 40 2 3 1 1 1 3
HF 1 ( 3RE 1 )
4R
5R
PR I N T
2 /2
NOV2 5
CL ASS
1
6R
1R
2R
3R
0 9 43 3 2 3 1 7 1
3
LGCI U 1 ( 5G A1 ) / HF 1 ( 3RE 1 )
5L
6L
5R
6R
3L
4L
2R

CLASS 3 FAULTS
TEST
3R
3L
4L
1R
4R
5R
RE TURN
PR I N T
6R
N_MM_231100_0_AZM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-11-00-28700-A SHEET 1

HF System - GROUND SCANNING
23-11-00 PB001
Page 30
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1204 FOR A/C 003-005
TROUBLE
SHOOTING
DATA
LAST LEG
REPORT
LAST LEG
CLASS 3
FAULTS
TROUBLE
SHOOTING
DATA
GROUND
REPORT
TROUBLE
SHOOTING
DATA
MAIN
MENU
TROUBLE
SHOOTING
DATA
PREV. LEGS
REPORT
LRU
IDENT
TROUBLE
SHOOTING
DATA
TEST
GND
SCANNING
TROUBLE
SHOOTING
DATA
= MORE THAN ONE PAGE MAY BE AVAILABLE
N_MM_231100_0_BXP1_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-11-00-28900-B SHEET 1

Interactive Menu Tree
23-11-00 PB001
Page 31
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
1RG3
RMP3
AES
FIGURE 23-11-00-29000-A SHEET 1

HF System - BITE Monitoring
1RG2
1RG1
RMP2
RMP1
RMP2
COM
BUS2
RMP1
COM
BUS1
1TW
COAXIAL
CABLE
TRANSCEIVER
HF
23-11-00 PB001
FEEDER
HF ANTENNA
4 RE 1 OR 2
HF COUPLER
3 RE1 OR 2
CFDIU
IF INSTALLED
PERMANENT MONITORING
DISCRETE
ANALOG SIGNAL
ARINC 429
ATSU
(ONLY FOR HF1)
AMU
SDAC
(1 AND 2)
LGCIU
(1 OR 2)
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1204 FOR A/C 003-005
N_MM_231100_0_AXT0_01_00
Page 32
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
HF SYSTEM - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
** On A/C 003-005
Task 23-11-00-710-001-A
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CIRCUITS IN MAINTENANCE ARE ISOLATED BEFORE YOU SUPPLY
ELECTRICAL POWER TO THE AIRCRAFT.
WARNING : DO NOT TRANSMIT WITH THE HF SYSTEM DURING REFUEL/DEFUEL OR TRANSFER OPERATIONS.
TRANSMISSION WITH THE HF SYSTEM DURING THESE FUEL OPERATIONS CAN CAUSE INJURY
AND/OR START A FIRE.
NOTE :
During this test, the aircraft must be in an open area.
NOTE :
The transmission and reception test of the HF system is the same for all the crew stations. You must do the test
at each crew station.
1.
Reason for the Job

To make sure that the reception and transmission from each station operate correctly.
2.
Job Set-up Information

A.
Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
1
BOOMSET 600 OHMS
DESIGNATION
Work Zones and Access Panels

ZONE/ACCESS
210
ZONE DESCRIPTION
CKPT,FWD COMPT BHD TO FLT COMPT BULKHEAD
C.
Referenced Information
REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A
DESIGNATION
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the External Power
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the APU
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from Engine 1(2)
24-41-00-862-002-A
De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the External Power
24-41-00-862-002-A-01
De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the APU
24-41-00-862-002-A-02
De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied from the Engine 1(2)
3.
Job Set-up
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-00-860-050-A
A.
Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1)
AES
Energize the aircraft electrical circuits
23-11-00 PB501
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-005
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-02).
(2)
On the face of the transceiver, make sure that no lights are on.
(3)
Connect a BOOMSET 600 OHMS to the jack panel at all the crew stations.
** On A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-00-865-050-A
B.
Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:
PANEL
** On A/C 003-004
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
49VU
COM/AUDIO/FLT/INTPH
9RN
G08
49VU
COM/AUDIO/ACP/F/O
5RN
G07
49VU
COM/AUDIO/ACP/CAPT
4RN
G06
COM HF1
1RE1
HA14
COM/RMP/1
2RG1
G10
INT 1 + 2
ACP F/O BITE INT 2 AUDIO 3/5 OCCPNT
9RN
5RN
G08
G07
ACP CAPT SELCAL INT 1 AUDIO AVNCS
4RN
G06
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1049 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1387 FOR A/C 003-005
49VU
** On A/C 003-005
49VU
** On A/C 005-005
49VU
49VU
49VU
** On A/C 003-005
121VU
COM NAV/SELCAL
8RN
M04
121VU
COM NAV/ACP/THIRD/OCCPNT
6RN
M02
4.
Procedure
WARNING : OBEY THE RADIO REGULATIONS AND MAKE SURE THAT THE FREQUENCY IS AVAILABLE
BEFORE YOU TRANSMIT.
CAUTION :
IF THE TRANSCEIVER FAN DOES NOT OPERATE STOP THE TRANSMISSION IMMEDIATELY.
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-00-710-050-I
A.

ACTION
1.On the RMP1:

. Set the ON/OFF selector switch to ON.
AES
RESULT
.
The RMP shows the last frequencies and the last

function used.
23-11-00 PB501
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ACTION
Push the HF1 pushbutton switch.
In the STBY/CRS display window, with the dual

selector knob, set the frequency of a station that
transmits.
Start this frequency. To do this, push the transfer

pushbutton switch (double arrow) between the two
display windows.
.
.
RESULT
The green LED on this pushbutton switch comes on.
The SEL indicator light (amber LED) comes on.
The frequency set comes into view in the ACTIVE

display window.
2.On the ACP of the station under maintenance:

. Push the HF1 transmission pushbutton switch.
Push and release the HF1 reception pushbutton

switch.
The green bars on the HF1 transmission pushbutton

switch come on.
The reception pushbutton switch moves fully out and
comes on.
Set the INT/RAD switch to RAD and release it (You

can do this operation on the PTT switch of the
sidestick controller at the CAPT. or F/O station).
During the tuning (which continues for approximately 5

seconds), the reception stops and you can hear a signal
of 1000 Hz in the boomset.
After the tuning, make sure that the reception in the

boomset is correct.
Smoothly turn the HF1 reception pushbutton switch

clockwise.
The reception you can hear must change smoothly

without interference.
Set the INT/RAD switch to RAD and hold it in this

.
position (You can do this operation on the PTT
switch of the sidestick controller at the CAPT. or F/O
station).
Make sure that the fan of the transceiver operates

correctly.
Hold the INT/RAD switch in the RAD position and

speak in the boomset microphone (At the CAPT. or
F/O station, you can hold the PTT switch on the
sidestick controller).
You must hear your voice in the boomset.
Make sure that the transmission is correct.
The INT/RAD switch comes back to the center

position.
Release the INT/RAD switch (or the PTT switch on

the sidestick controller at the CAPT. or F/O station).
5.
Close-up
Subtask 23-11-00-860-051-A
A.
AES
Put the aircraft back to its initial configuration.

(1)
On the ACP, push the HF1 transmission pushbutton switch and the HF1 reception pushbutton switch.
(2)
On the RMP1, set the ON/OFF selector switch to OFF.
(3)
Disconnect the boomset at all the crew stations.
(4)
De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
23-11-00 PB501
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-005
24-41-00-862-002-A-02)
AES
23-11-00 PB501
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-005
Task 23-11-00-740-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

To make sure that the HF system operates correctly.
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
210
ZONE DESCRIPTION
B.
REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
24-41-00-862-002-A
24-41-00-862-002-A-01
24-41-00-862-002-A-02
31-32-00-860-003-A
Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/COM Page
3.
Job Set-up
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-00-860-054-A
A.

(1)

** On A/C 003-005
24-41-00-861-002-A-02).
AES
(2)
Make sure that the annunciator lights on the front panel of the transceiver do not come on.
(3)
On one MCDU, get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST COM menu page (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-003-A).
23-11-00 PB501
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-00-865-051-A
B.
PANEL
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1049 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1387 FOR A/C 003-005
49VU
4.
DESIGNATION
FIN
COM HF1
1RE1
LOCATION
HA14
Procedure
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-00-740-050-E
A.
BITE Test of the HF System

NOTE :
This test is for the system 1. For the other system(s), use the indications between the parentheses.
ACTION
1.On the MCDU, on the COM menu page:
On the MCDU:
Push the line key adjacent to the HF1(HF2)

indication.
2.On the HF-1(2) page :
The HF-1(2) page comes into view.
The HF-1(2) TEST page comes into view and shows

the TEST OK indication.
The MCDU MENU page comes into view.
Push the line key adjacent to the TEST indication.
RESULT
3.On the MCDU keyboard :

.
Push the MCDU MENU mode key.
5.
Close-up
Subtask 23-11-00-862-051-A
A.

** On A/C 003-005
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002A-02).
AES
23-11-00 PB501
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
HF SYSTEM - INSPECTION/CHECK
** On A/C 003-005
Task 23-11-00-200-001-A
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY WITH A
GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANT.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
GET MEDICAL AID.
1.
Reason for the Job

To measure the electrical bonding resistance.
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT)
No specific
MILLIOHMMETER 0,5 OHM MAX, 10 A MAX - MULTIRANGE
No specific
AR
SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER
B.
Consumable Materials
REFERENCE
Material No: 09-018
Material No: 11-026
C.

ZONE/ACCESS
261
262
321
322
AES
DESIGNATION
SEALANTS
LOWADHESION POLYSULFIDE SEALANT
CLEANING AGENTS
SOLVENT GENERAL PURPOSE
ZONE DESCRIPTION
AFT CABIN UTILITY AREA
DORSAL FIN
VERTICAL STABILIZER LEADING EDGE
23-11-00 PB601
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
D.
REFERENCE
20-28-00-720-005-A
DESIGNATION
Check of the Electrical Bonding of the Different Components (But not the Fluid
Systems and the Components Installed on Composite materials)
23-11-00-710-001-A
23-11-00-740-001-A
23-11-36-000-001-A
23-11-36-400-001-A

53-45-11-000-001-A
53-45-11-400-001-A
55-32-11-000-001-A
Removal of the Dorsal Fin 321AL

Installation of the Dorsal Fin 321AL
Removal of the Vertical Stabilizer Leading-Edge
55-32-11-400-001-A
Installation of the Vertical Stabilizer Leading-Edge
(Ref. Fig. 23-11-00-991-00200-A - HF System - Electrical Bonding of the Coupler Rack)

(Ref. Fig. 23-11-00-991-00400-A - HF System - Electrical Bonding of the Antenna/Feeder Assembly)
(Ref. Fig. 23-11-00-991-00300-A - HF System - Electrical Bonding of the Antenna)
(Ref. Fig. 23-11-00-991-00600-A - HF System - Electrical bonding of the Fuselage/Circular Plate)
(Ref. Fig. 23-11-00-991-00100-A - HF System - Electrical Bonding on the Feeder Connector Support)
3.
Job Set-up
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-00-941-050-A
A.
Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) at Zone 322.
Subtask 23-11-00-010-050-A
B.
Remove the access panels 321AL and 322AL

** On A/C 003-005
(Ref. TASK 53-45-11-000-001-A) (Ref. TASK 55-32-11-000-001-A).
** On A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-00-865-061-A
C.
Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1049 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1387 FOR A/C 003-005
49VU
AES
COM HF1
DESIGNATION
FIN
1RE1
LOCATION
HA14
23-11-00 PB601
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-00-869-052-A
D.
Tool
To do this procedure, use a MILLIOHMMETER 0,5 OHM MAX, 10 A MAX - MULTIRANGE , with the
related leads and prods, as follows:
(1)
Range and output test current:

. 200 milliohms with an output test current of 10 amperes (for a max. resistance value of not more
than 200 milliohms).
(2)
Accuracy:
. plus or minus 10% of the measured value.
Subtask 23-11-00-020-051-A
E.
Remove the HF antenna coupler

** On A/C 003-005
(Ref. TASK 23-11-36-000-001-A).
4.
Procedure
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-00-820-050-A
A.

(1)
On the coupler rack:

(a)
(2)
Measure the electrical bonding resistance between the rack cutout (not painted) and the bonding
lead (1):
1
If the value is less than 2 milliohms:

. Go to step (2).
If the value is more than 2 milliohms:

. Remove the six screws (2) and the washers.
. Remove the coupler rack.
. Remove the four screws (3) and the washers.
. Repair the bonding of the screws (2) and (3) of the coupler rack
** On A/C 003-005
(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-720-005-A).
. Put back the coupler rack with the screws (2), (3) and washers.
. Do again the step (1).
On the antenna/feeder assembly:

** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
AES
23-11-00 PB601
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(a)
(3)
(5)

. Go to the para. B.

. Go to step (3).
On the antenna:
(Ref. Fig. 23-11-00-991-00300-A - HF System - Electrical Bonding of the Antenna)
(a)
Disconnect the feedline (1) from the antenna (4).
(b)
Measure the electrical bonding resistance between the antenna/feedline screw (5) and the bonding
lead (2).
(c)
(4)
Measure the electrical bonding resistance between the rack cutout contour (not painted) and the
center contact.

. Go to step (4).

. Repair the bonding of the twelve screws (3) on the upper and lower parts of the
antenna
** On A/C 003-005
(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-720-005-A) and/or change the feedline (1).
Connect the feedline (1) to the antenna (4).
Do the operational test of the HF system (Ref. TASK 23-11-00-710-001-A).

(a)
If the time necessary for the tuning is more than 8 seconds:

. Go to step (5).
(b)
If the time necessary for the tuning is less than 8 seconds:

On the fuselage/circular plate:

** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
AES
(a)
Remove the screws (1) from the circular plate (2).
(b)
Disconnect and isolate the circular plate (2) from the fuselage.
(c)
Measure the electrical bonding resistance between the disc of the rack and the bonding lead (3).
(Ref. Fig. 23-11-00-991-00100-A - HF System - Electrical Bonding on the Feeder Connector
Support)
1
If the value is less than 1 milliohm:

. Go to step (6).
If the value is more than 1 milliohm:

. Remove the aft galley unit (Ref. 25-33-41 PB 401)
. Remove the six screws (6) and the washers
. Remove the coupler rack
23-11-00 PB601
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
.
.
.
(d)
Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No:
11-026) .
CAUTION :
(6)
Repair the bonding of the five screws (4) of the disc (5)
** On A/C 003-005
(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-720-005-A) of the coupler rack
Install the coupler rack
Do again the step (5).
DO NOT LET THE SEALANT GO INTO THE HOLE OF THE SCREWS.
(e)
Apply SEALANTS (Material No: 09-018) on the fuselage.
(f)
Clean the hole of the four screws (1) with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) .
(g)
Install the circular plate (2) on the fuselage with the screws (1).
On the fuselage/circular plate:

** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
(a)
Measure the electrical bonding resistance between the circulate plate (2) and the bonding lead:
1
If the value is less than 1 milliohm:

. Go to step (7).
CAUTION :
2
(7)
DO NOT LET THE SEALANT GO INTO THE HOLE OF THE SCREWS.
If the value is more than 1 millohm:

. Remove the four screws (1) from the circular plate (2)
. Repair the bonding of the four screws (1)
** On A/C 003-005
(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-720-005-A)
. Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with CLEANING AGENTS
(Material No: 11-026) .
. Apply SEALANTS (Material No: 09-018) on the fuselage between the fusealge and the
circular plate
. Clean the hole of the four screws (1) with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026)
. Install the circular plate (2) on the fuselage with the srews (1)
On the antenna/feeder assembly:

** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
(a)
AES
Measure the electrical bonding resistance between the rack cutout contour (not painted) and the
center contact.
1

If the value more than 10 milliohms:

. Go back to step (1).
23-11-00 PB601
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 23-11-00-420-051-A
B.
Install the HF antenna coupler

** On A/C 003-005
(Ref. TASK 23-11-36-400-001-A).
** On A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-00-865-063-A
C.
Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit breaker(s):
PANEL
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1049 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1387 FOR A/C 003-005
49VU
DESIGNATION
COM HF1
FIN
1RE1
LOCATION
HA14
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-00-740-054-A
D.
Do the BITE test of the HF system

** On A/C 003-005
(Ref. TASK 23-11-00-740-001-A).
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-00-710-060-A
E.
Do the operational test of the HF system

** On A/C 003-005
(Ref. TASK 23-11-00-710-001-A).
5.
Close-up
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-00-410-050-A
A.
Close Access
(1)
Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.
(2)
Install the access panels 321AL and 322AL

** On A/C 003-005
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-00-942-050-A
B.
AES
Remove the access platform(s).
23-11-00 PB601
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
A
A
B
C
C
B
3
1
2
2
2m
N_MM_231100_6_AAB0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-11-00-991-00200-A SHEET 1

23-11-00 PB601
Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
A
A
10m
N_MM_231100_6_AAD0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-11-00-991-00400-A SHEET 1

HF System - Electrical Bonding of the Antenna/Feeder
Assembly
23-11-00 PB601
Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
A
3
B
B
5m
5
2
1
N_MM_231100_6_AAC0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-11-00-991-00300-A SHEET 1

HF System - Electrical Bonding of the Antenna
23-11-00 PB601
Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
N_MM_231100_6_AAF0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-11-00-991-00600-A SHEET 1

HF System - Electrical bonding of the Fuselage/Circular
Plate
23-11-00 PB601
Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
A
A
B
C
B
3
1m
N_MM_231100_6_AAA0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-11-00-991-00100-A SHEET 1

HF System - Electrical Bonding on the Feeder Connector
Support
23-11-00 PB601
Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
A
A
6
6
N_MM_231100_6_AAG0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-11-00-991-00700-A SHEET 1

23-11-00 PB601
Page 12
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
1m
N_MM_231100_6_AAH0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-11-00-991-00800-A SHEET 1

HF System - Electrical bonding of the Fuselage/Circular
Plate
23-11-00 PB601
Page 13
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ANTENNA - HF - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
** On A/C 003-005
Task 23-11-11-000-001-A
FIN 5RE
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE
No specific
AR
B.
REFERENCE
53-45-11-000-001-A
55-32-11-000-001-A
DESIGNATION
(Ref. Fig. 23-11-11-991-00100-A - HF Antenna.)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-11-11-865-056-A
A.
PANEL
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1049 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1387 FOR A/C 003-005
49VU
DESIGNATION
COM HF1
FIN
1RE1
LOCATION
HA14
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-11-941-050-A
B.
Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE at Zone 322.
Subtask 23-11-11-010-050-A
C.
Remove the access panels 321AL and 322AL

** On A/C 003-005
AES
23-11-11 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
4.
Procedure
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-11-020-051-A
A.
AES

(1)
Remove, the cap nut (3) from the feedline (2).
(2)
Disconnect the feedline (2) from the antenna (1).
(3)
Remove the screws (4) and the washers (5).
(4)
Remove the antenna (1) from the antenna supports (6).
23-11-11 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
Z332
A
C
322AL
1
5RE
Z321
D
321AL
D
TYPICAL
D
6
1
5
C
6
4
4
5
1
5
1
4
1
2
NOTE:
FEEDLINE CONNECTION POINT

N_MM_231111_4_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-11-11-991-00100-A SHEET 1

HF Antenna.
23-11-11 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-005
Task 23-11-11-400-001-A
GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
DO NOT SMOKE.
FIN 5RE
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
REFERENCE
Material No: 05-002
Material No: 05-027
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 16-003
Material No: 19-003
C.
DESIGNATION
SPECIAL MATERIALS
PUTTY, ZINC CHROMATE GENERAL PURPOSE
SPECIAL MATERIALS
CLEANING AGENTS
STRUCTURE PAINTS
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH
ZONE/ACCESS
321AL, 322AL
D.
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ZONE DESCRIPTION
REFERENCE
20-28-00-720-005-A
DESIGNATION
23-11-00-200-001-A
23-11-00-710-001-A
53-45-11-000-001-A
53-45-11-400-001-A
55-32-11-000-001-A

AES
23-11-11 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
REFERENCE
55-32-11-400-001-A
DESIGNATION
Installation of the Vertical Stabilizer Leading-Edge

3.
Job Set-up
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-11-860-050-A
A.

(1)
Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) - ADJUSTABLE is in position at zone 322.
(2)
Make sure that the access panels 321AL and 322AL are removed
** On A/C 003-005
(Ref. TASK 53-45-11-000-001-A) and (Ref. TASK 55-32-11-000-001-A).
** On A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-11-865-057-A
B.
Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and tagged:
PANEL
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1049 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1387 FOR A/C 003-005
49VU
4.
DESIGNATION
COM HF1
FIN
1RE1
LOCATION
HA14
Procedure
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-11-910-051-C
A.
Preparation for Installation

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY
WITH A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
DO NOT SMOKE.
AES
23-11-11 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
GET MEDICAL AID.
(1)
Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No:
11-026) and a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) .
NOTE :
(2)
The antenna mounting screws give electrical bonding between the antenna and the fuselage
structure.
Do a check of the electrical bonding between antenna and the fuselage structure
** On A/C 003-005
(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-720-005-A).
(3)
Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE SPECIAL MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.
(4)
Apply the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-002) to all the screws.
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-11-420-050-A
B.

(1)
Put the antenna (1) on the antenna supports (6) and install with the screws (4) and the washers (5).
(2)
Connect the feedline (2) to the antenna (1) with the cap nut (3).
(3)
Apply the STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No: 16-003) to all the screw heads (4).
(4)
Examine the antenna assembly for the condition of the moisture-removing oil layer, SPECIAL
MATERIALS (Material No: 05-027) . Apply a new layer if necessary.
(5)
Do a check of the electrical bonding of the HF system

** On A/C 003-005
(Ref. TASK 23-11-00-200-001-A).
** On A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-11-865-058-A
C.
PANEL
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1049 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1387 FOR A/C 003-005
49VU
AES
COM HF1
DESIGNATION
FIN
1RE1
LOCATION
HA14
23-11-11 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-11-710-050-A
D.

** On A/C 003-005
(Ref. TASK 23-11-00-710-001-A).
5.
Close-up
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-11-410-051-A
A.
Close Access
(1)
(2)
Install the access panels 321AL and 322AL

** On A/C 003-005
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-11-942-050-A
B.

(1)
AES
23-11-11 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
TRANSCEIVER - HF - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
** On A/C 003-005
Task 23-11-33-000-001-A
FIN 3RE1
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
No specific
AR
CAP - BLANKING
No specific
AR
B.

ZONE/ACCESS
127
128
824
ZONE DESCRIPTION
REAR AVIONIC COMPARTMENT
C.
REFERENCE
(Ref. Fig. 23-11-33-991-00100-A - HF Transceiver)
3.
DESIGNATION
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-11-33-865-050-A
A.
PANEL
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1049 FOR
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR
EMB SB 23-1387 FOR
FOR FIN 3RE1
49VU
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
A/C 003-005
A/C 003-005
A/C 003-005
COM HF1
1RE1
HA14
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-33-010-050-A
B.
Get Access
(1)
AES
Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position at the access door 824 in zone
128.
23-11-33 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(2)
4.
Open the access door 824.
Procedure
Subtask 23-11-33-020-050-A
A.
AES

(1)
Loosen the nuts (3).
(2)
Lower the nuts (3).
(3)
Pull the HF transceiver (5) on its rack (2), to disconnect the electrical connectors (1).
(4)
Remove the HF transceiver (5).
(5)
Put CAP - BLANKING on the disconnected electrical connectors (1).
23-11-33 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
ACCESS
DOOR 824
A
80VU
FR24A
3RE1
FR20
B
81VU
B
1
5
1
2
3
N_MM_231133_4_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-11-33-991-00100-A SHEET 1

HF Transceiver
23-11-33 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-005
Task 23-11-33-400-001-A
FIN 3RE1
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
1

ZONE/ACCESS
127
128
824
ZONE DESCRIPTION
C.
REFERENCE
23-11-00-710-001-A
DESIGNATION
23-11-00-740-001-A
52-41-00-410-002-A
Close the Avionics Compartment Doors after Access

3.
Job Set-up
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-33-860-050-A
A.

(1)
Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE is in position at the access door
824 in zone 128.
(2)
Make sure that the access door 824 is open.
** On A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-33-865-051-A
B.
PANEL
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1049 FOR
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR
EMB SB 23-1387 FOR
FOR FIN 3RE1
49VU
AES
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
A/C 003-005
A/C 003-005
A/C 003-005
COM HF1
1RE1
HA14
23-11-33 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
4.
Procedure
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-33-420-050-A
A.

(1)
Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(2)
(3)
Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (1).
(4)
Make sure that the electrical connectors (1) are clean and in the correct condition.
(5)
Install the HF transceiver (5) in its rack (2).
(6)
Push the HF transceiver (5) on its rack (2) to connect the electricals connectors (1).
(7)
Engage the nuts (3) on the lugs (4) and tighten.
** On A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-33-865-061-A
B.
PANEL
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1049 FOR
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR
EMB SB 23-1387 FOR
FOR FIN 3RE1
49VU
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
A/C 003-005
A/C 003-005
A/C 003-005
COM HF1
1RE1
HA14
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-33-740-050-A
C.
Do the BITE test of the HF system

** On A/C 003-005
(Ref. TASK 23-11-00-740-001-A)
NOTE :
5.
As an alternative procedure, you can do this operational test without the CFDS (Ref. TASK
23-11-00-710-001-A).
Close-up
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-33-410-050-A
A.
AES
Close Access
(1)
(2)
Close the access door 824
23-11-33 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-005
(Ref. TASK 52-41-00-410-002-A).
(3)
AES
23-11-33 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
COUPLER - HF - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
** On A/C 003-005
Task 23-11-36-000-001-A
FIN 4RE1
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
AR CAP - BLANKING
AR SAFETY CLIP - CIRCUIT BREAKER

ZONE/ACCESS
261
262
261CC
C.
ZONE DESCRIPTION
REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
25-23-42-000-002-A
Removal of the Ceiling Panels - Aft Utility Area
(Ref. Fig. 23-11-36-991-00100-C - HF Antenna Coupler)

3.
Job Set-up
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-36-860-051-A
A.

(1)

** On A/C 003-005
24-41-00-861-002-A-02).
AES
23-11-36 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-36-865-066-A
B.
PANEL
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1049 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1387 FOR A/C 003-005
49VU
DESIGNATION
COM HF1
FIN
1RE1
LOCATION
HA14
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-36-860-052-A
C.

(1)
Make sure that the lights on the face of the transceiver are not on.
(2)
On the related Radio Management Panel (RMP), put the ON/OFF selector switch to ON. Make sure
that the RMP shows the last frequency and function used.
(3)
Push the related HF1 (HF2) pushbutton switch and monitor that the integrated green LED comes on.
Additionally the white SEL indicator light comes on.
(4)
With the dual selector knob set a station frequency in the STBY/CRS window.
(5)
Push the transfer pushbutton switch (left-right arrow) between the two display windows to start the set
frequency. This sets the antenna coupler to its home position.
(6)
NOTE :
You must not transmit on this set frequency. If you activate the transceiver to transmit, the
home position of the coupler is discarded.
NOTE :
The HF antenna coupler must not be removed before it is set to its home position.
NOTE :
If you activated the transmitter by mistake, do the procedure described above again.
On the related RMP, set the ON/OFF selector switch to OFF.
** On A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-36-865-067-A
D.
PANEL
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1049 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1387 FOR A/C 003-005
49VU
AES
COM HF1
DESIGNATION
FIN
1RE1
LOCATION
HA14
23-11-36 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-36-010-050-A
E.
Get Access
(1)
Remove the ceiling panel 261CC in the AFT cabin utility area
** On A/C 003-005
(Ref. TASK 25-23-42-000-002-A).
4.
Procedure
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-36-020-050-A
A.

(1)
Disconnect the electrical connectors (2) from the antenna coupler (1).
(2)
Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connector(s).
(3)
Loosen the knurled nuts (3) and lower the fasteners.
(4)
Carefully remove the antenna coupler (1) from the rack (4).
(5)
Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors (5) and (6).
CAUTION :
(6)
AES
CAREFULLY PUT THE COUPLER DOWN ON ITS BOTTOM PLATE ONLY. IF YOU PUT THE
COUPLER DOWN ON ITS END, YOU CAN CAUSE INTERNAL DAMAGE.
If the aircraft is operated, when an antenna coupler is removed, make sure that:
(a)
FOR 4RE1 (COUPLER-HF, 1)

the electrical connectors (2) are connected to the related dummy plugs, which are installed near
to FR68.
(b)
FOR 4RE2
the alternative SHIELD ASSY - EMI P/N A9239825400000 is installed and the electrical
connectors (2) are connected to it.
23-11-36 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
4RE1
A
B
FR69
FR68
5
2
3
4
N_MM_231136_4_AAE0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-11-36-991-00100-C SHEET 1

HF Antenna Coupler
23-11-36 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-005
Task 23-11-36-400-001-A
FIN 4RE1
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION

ZONE/ACCESS
261
262
261CC
C.
ZONE DESCRIPTION
REFERENCE
23-11-00-710-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-862-002-A
24-41-00-862-002-A-01
24-41-00-862-002-A-02
25-23-42-000-002-A
25-23-42-400-002-A
Installation of the Ceiling Panels - Aft Utility Area

3.
Job Set-up
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-36-860-050-A
A.

(1)
Make sure that the ceiling panel 261CC is removed

** On A/C 003-005
(Ref. TASK 25-23-42-000-002-A).
AES
23-11-36 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-36-865-068-A
B.
PANEL
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1049 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1387 FOR A/C 003-005
49VU
4.
DESIGNATION
COM HF1
FIN
1RE1
LOCATION
HA14
Procedure
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-36-420-050-A
A.

(1)
(2)
(3)
Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (5) and (6).
(4)
Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct condition.
(5)
Carefully install the HF antenna coupler (1) into the rack (4).
(6)
Lift the fasteners and tighten the knurled nuts (3), until the antenna coupler (1) is correctly attached.
(7)
Remove the blanking caps from the connectors (2).
(8)
(9)
Connect the electrical connectors (2) to the antenna coupler (1)
(10) If the aircraft is operated, when an antenna coupler is removed, make sure that:
AES
(a)
FOR 4RE1 (COUPLER-HF, 1)

the electrical connectors (2) are disconnected from the related dummy plugs, which are installed
near to FR68.
(b)
FOR 4RE2
the alternative SHIELD ASSY - EMI P/N A9239825400000 is removed and the electrical
connectors (2) are disconnected from it.
23-11-36 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-36-865-072-A
B.
PANEL
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1049 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1387 FOR A/C 003-005
49VU
DESIGNATION
COM HF1
FIN
1RE1
LOCATION
HA14
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-36-710-050-A
C.
Test
(1)

** On A/C 003-005
(Ref. TASK 23-11-00-710-001-A).
5.
Close-up
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-36-410-051-A
A.
Close Access
(1)
(2)
Install the ceiling panel 261CC in the Aft cabin utility area
** On A/C 003-005
(Ref. TASK 25-23-42-400-002-A).
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-36-862-051-A
B.

(1)

** On A/C 003-005
24-41-00-862-002-A-02).
AES
23-11-36 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
FEEDER - HF - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
** On A/C 003-005
Task 23-11-37-000-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
1
SCRAPER - NON METALLIC
DESIGNATION
REFERENCE
23-11-36-000-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-861-002-A
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
25-33-41-000-002-A
Removal of the Aft Galley Unit
53-45-11-000-001-A
(Ref. Fig. 23-11-37-991-00100-A - HF Coupler Rack)
(Ref. Fig. 23-11-37-991-00200-A - HF Feeder)
3.
Job Set-up
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1387 FOR A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-37-860-050-A
A.

(1)

** On A/C 003-005
24-41-00-861-002-A-02).
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1387 FOR A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-37-010-050-A
B.
Get Access
(1)
Remove the related HF antenna coupler

** On A/C 003-005
(Ref. TASK 23-11-36-000-001-A).
AES
23-11-37 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(2)
If necessary, remove the upper attachment of the aft galley (Ref. TASK 25-33-41-000-002-A).
(3)
In the cabin:
(a)
Remove the related HF coupler rack.

** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1387 FOR A/C 003-005
(4)
Hold the HF coupler rack (3) in position and remove the screws (1) and the washers (2).
Remove the HF coupler rack (3).
From the external side of the fuselage:

(a)
Remove the dorsal fin

** On A/C 003-005
(Ref. TASK 53-45-11-000-001-A).
** On A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-37-865-050-A
C.
PANEL
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1049 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1387 FOR A/C 003-005
49VU
4.
DESIGNATION
COM HF1
FIN
1RE1
LOCATION
HA14
Procedure
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1387 FOR A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-37-020-050-A
A.

(1)
In the cabin:
(a)
Remove the countersunk screws (10), which attach the flange (8) to the coupler rack support
bracket (9).
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT, REMOVE
AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT
OR BLIND YOU.
AES
(b)
Removal of lockwire:
Remove and discard the lockwire from the nut (7).
(c)
Loosen the nut (7).
23-11-37 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(2)
(3)

(a)
Remove the cap nut (11) for the related feedline lug (12) from the HF antenna (1).
(b)
Remove the feedline lug (12) from the HF antenna (1).
(c)
Carefully remove the sealant from the heads of the bolts (3) and from around the flange (5) of
the HF feeder (6) with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.
(d)
Remove the bolts (3) and the washers (4) from the flange (5).
(e)
Carefully loosen the flange (5) of the HF feeder (6) from the aircraft structure.
In the cabin:
(a)
(4)
Fully loosen the nut (7) and remove the flange (8).

(a)
Carefully remove the HF feeder (6).

NOTE :
AES
The feedline (2) is part of the feeder (6). It is not possible to disconnect the feedline from
the feeder.
23-11-37 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1387 FOR A/C 003-005
A
STGR2
Z260
EXAMPLE
STGR3
A
FR68
FR69
FR68
FR69
STGR1
1
2
3
1
2
1
NOTE:
1
LH SHOWN, RH SYMMETRICAL
2
N_MM_231137_4_AAA0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-11-37-991-00100-A SHEET 1

HF Coupler Rack
23-11-37 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1387 FOR A/C 003-005
Z320
Z260
A
EXAMPLE
3
4
3
4
5
6RE2
FR69
8
7
9
8
6
6RE1
B
EXAMPLE
11
10
12
10
12
11
N_MM_231137_4_BAA0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-11-37-991-00200-A SHEET 1

HF Feeder
23-11-37 PB401
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-005
Task 23-11-37-400-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
No specific
B.
DESIGNATION
Torque wrench: range to between 0.20 and 3.60 M.DAN (2.00 and 26.00
LBF.FT)
REFERENCE
Material No: 04-012
Material No: 07-001B
Material No: 09-013
Material No: 11-003
Material No: 19-003
Material No: 19-010
C.
QTY
1
DESIGNATION
COMMON GREASES
PURE MINERAL VASELINE OR PETROLATUMLACQUERS
ELECTRICAL BOND VARNISH
SEALANTS
SEALANT-BRUSH CONSISTENCY (OBSOLETE)
CLEANING AGENTS
METHYL-ETHYL-KETONE
LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA
REFERENCE
20-28-00-720-005-A
DESIGNATION
20-28-00-869-002-A
20-28-00-912-004-A
Table of the Maximum Permitted Resistance Values

Electrical Bonding of Components With Conductive Bolts and Screws and
Bonding Straps in the Fuselage and in the Wings (this does not include the
tanks)-
23-11-00-710-001-A
23-11-36-000-001-A
23-11-36-400-001-A
24-41-00-861-002-A

24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
24-41-00-862-002-A
24-41-00-862-002-A-01
24-41-00-862-002-A-02
25-33-41-000-002-A
Removal of the Aft Galley Unit
25-33-41-400-002-A
Installation of the Aft Galley Unit
AES
23-11-37 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
REFERENCE
DESIGNATION
53-45-11-000-001-A
53-45-11-400-001-A
3.
Job Set-up
WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL MATERIALS ONLY WITH
A GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
DO NOT SMOKE.
WARNING : DO NOT GET THE COMPOUND ON YOUR SKIN.
IF YOU DO:
RUB IT OFF IMMEDIATELY WITH A CLEAN CLOTH
WASH THE SKIN WITH SOAP AND RINSE WITH CLEAN WATER.
GET MEDICAL AID.
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1387 FOR A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-37-860-051-A
A.

(1)
Make sure that the aircraft electrical circuits are energized

** On A/C 003-005
24-41-00-861-002-A-02).
AES
(2)
Make sure that the related HF coupler is removed (Ref. TASK 23-11-36-000-001-A).
(3)
If necessary, make sure that the upper attachment of the aft galley is removed (Ref. TASK
25-33-41-000-002-A).
(4)
Make sure that the related HF coupler rack is removed.
(5)
Make sure that the dorsal fin is removed (Ref. TASK 53-45-11-000-001-A).
23-11-37 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-37-865-051-A
B.
PANEL
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1049 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1387 FOR A/C 003-005
49VU
4.
DESIGNATION
COM HF1
FIN
1RE1
LOCATION
HA14
Procedure
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1387 FOR A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-37-160-050-A
A.

(1)
Remove the sealant from around the hole for the HF feeder and from the antenna (1) connection with a
SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.
(2)

Use CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-003) and a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No:
19-003) .
(3)
(4)
Prepare for electrical bonding

** On A/C 003-005
(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004-A).
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1387 FOR A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-37-420-050-A
B.

(1)

(a)
(2)
In the cabin:
(a)
(3)
AES
Put the HF feeder (6) in position through its hole in the aircraft structure.
Loosely install the flange (8) on the HF feeder (6) with the nut (7).
From the external side of the aircraft:

(a)
Apply SEALANTS (Material No: 09-013) to the mating surface of the flange (5).
(b)
Apply COMMON GREASES (Material No: 04-012) to the lower side of the flange (5).
(c)
Install the bolts (3) with the washers (4) on the flange (5).
23-11-37 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(d)
Tighten the bolts (3) in a diagonally opposite sequence.

NOTE :
(e)
The bolts (3) give the electrical bonding between the HF feeder (6) and the aircraft
structure.
Do a check of the bonding contact resistance between the flange (5) and the aircraft structure
** On A/C 003-005
(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-720-005-A).
Make sure that the measured value is not more than the applicable value given in (Ref. TASK
20-28-00-869-002-A).
(4)
(f)
Apply SEALANTS (Material No: 09-013) around the flange (5) and on the heads of the bolts
(3).
(g)
Make the contour of the sealant around the flange (5) and on the heads of the bolts (3) smooth.
(h)
Install the feedline lug (12) on the HF antenna (1).
(i)
Install the cap nut (11).
(j)
Torque the cap nut (11) to between 0.35 and 0.45 M.DAN (30.97 and 39.82 LBF.IN)
(k)
Do a check of the bonding contact resistance between the HF antenna (1) and the feedline (2)
(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-720-005-A).
20-28-00-869-002-A).
(l)
Apply LACQUERS (Material No: 07-001B) to the cap nut (11), the feedline lug (12) and if
necessary to the adjacent area of the HF antenna (1).
In the cabin:
(a)
Install the flange (8) on the coupler rack support bracket (9) with the countersunk screws (10).
(b)
Tighten the countersunk screws (10) in a diagonally opposite sequence.

NOTE :
(c)
The countersunk screws (10) give the electrical bonding between the HF feeder (6) and
the coupler rack support bracket (9).
Tighten the Nut (7).
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT, REMOVE
AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT
OR BLIND YOU.
AES
(d)
Safety the nut (7).

Safety the nut (7) with LOCKWIRE STAINLSS STL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA (Material No:
19-010) .
(e)
Do a check of the bonding contact resistance between the HF feeder (6) and the coupler rack
support bracket (9) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-720-005-A).
20-28-00-869-002-A).
(f)
Apply LACQUERS (Material No: 07-001B) to the countersunk screws (10).
23-11-37 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1387 FOR A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-37-410-050-A
C.
Close Access
(1)
From the cabin side:

(a)
Install the related HF coupler rack

1
Prepare for electrical bonding

** On A/C 003-005
(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004-A).
Hold the HF coupler rack (3) in position and install the screws (1) and the washers (2).
Tighten the screws (1).

NOTE :
The screws (1) give the electrical bonding between the HF coupler rack (3) and the
aircraft structure.
Do a check of the bonding contact resistance between the HF coupler rack (3) and the
aircraft structure (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-720-005-A).
Make sure that the measured value is not more than the applicable value given in (Ref.
TASK 20-28-00-869-002-A).
Apply LACQUERS (Material No: 07-001B) to the heads of the screws (1).
(2)
If removed, install the upper attachment of the aft galley (Ref. TASK 25-33-41-400-002-A).
(3)
Install the related HF antenna coupler (Ref. TASK 23-11-36-400-001-A).
(4)

(a)
Install the dorsal fin (Ref. TASK 53-45-11-400-001-A).
** On A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-37-865-052-A
D.
PANEL
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1049 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1387 FOR A/C 003-005
49VU
DESIGNATION
COM HF1
FIN
1RE1
LOCATION
HA14
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1387 FOR A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-37-710-050-A
E.
AES
23-11-37 PB401
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-005
(Ref. TASK 23-11-00-710-001-A).
5.
Close-up
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1387 FOR A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-11-37-860-052-A
A.

** On A/C 003-005
AES
23-11-37 PB401
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
VHF SYSTEM - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION

** On A/C ALL
1.
General
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 23-1119 FOR A/C 003-004
EMB SB 23-1249 FOR A/C 005-008
The Very High-Frequency (VHF) system is used for all short-range voice communications between:
. different aircraft in flight
. aircraft (in flight or on the ground) and ground stations.
The VHF system operates within the frequency range defined by ARINC 716 (i.e. 118 to 136.975 MHz with 8.33
KHz spacing between channels).
The aircraft is equipped with two identical VHF systems which are fully independent: VHF1, VHF2 and VHF3.
The VHF3 system (if installed) is also used to transmit data link messages (ACARS or ATSU).
AES
23-12-00 PB001
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
2.
Component Location
(Ref. Fig. 23-12-00-13100-A - VHF System - Component Location - A320 A/C)
(Ref. Fig. 23-12-00-13200-A - VHF System - Component Location)
FIN
PANEL
ATA REF.
23-12-33
23-12-33
23-12-33
23-12-11
23-12-11
23-12-11
22-82-12
22-82-12
23-13-13
1RC1
1RC2
1RC3
4RC1
4RC2
4RC3
3CA1
3CA2
1RG1
XCVR-VHF, 1
XCVR-VHF, 2
XCVR-VHF, 3
ANTENNA-VHF,
ANTENNA-VHF,
ANTENNA-VHF,
MCDU-1
MCDU-2
RMP-COM/NAV
FREQ SEL, 1
11VU
11VU
11VU
1RG2
11VU
210
23-13-13
1RG3
RMP-COM FREQ SEL, 3
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 22-1085 FOR A/C 003-004
20VU
210
23-13-13
3CA3
101VU
211
22-82-12
AES
MCDU-3
81VU
82VU
81VU
ZONE ACCESS
DOOR
127
128
127
220
152
250
210
210
210
1
2
3
23-12-00 PB001
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
3.
System Description
** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 23-12-00-14600-A - VHF System - Block Diagram)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 23-12-00-14600-B - VHF System - Block Diagram)
Each VHF system is composed of:
. A transceiver
. A blade antenna.
The VHF system is associated with:
. The Radio Management Panels (RMP).
These are centralized systems which enable the frequency display of the VHF system (Ref. 23-13).
. The Audio Management Unit (AMU) for connections to the audio integrating and SELCAL systems (Ref. 23-51)
. The Centralized Fault Display Interface Unit (CFDIU) (by the MCDU) which is a centralized maintenance system
(Ref. 31-32)
. The Landing Gear Control and Interface Unit (LGCIU) which indicates the aircraft status (flight or ground) (Ref.
32-31)
. The System Data Acquisition Concentrator (SDAC) which collects transmission data from the VHF system (Ref.
31-54).
** On A/C 003-004
A.
AES
Interface with the ATSU

The VHF3 system is also associated with the Aircraft Communication Addressing and Reporting System
(ACARS).
This system transmits the data from the SDAC, FWC, AIDS, and CFDS to the ground.
23-12-00 PB001
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
4.
Power Supply
(Ref. Fig. 23-12-00-18100-A - VHF Systems - Power Supply)
AES
A.
VHF1 System
The VHF1 system is supplied with 28VDC:
. From the 28VDC ESS BUS 4PP (sub-busbar 401PP)
. Through circuit breaker 2RC1 located on the overhead panel 49VU, in the cockpit.
In case of emergency the VHF1 system operates through the DC emergency generation.
B.
VHF2 System
. From the 28VDC BUS 2 2PP (sub-busbar 204PP)
. Through circuit breaker 2RC2 located on the rear panel 121VU, in the cockpit.
C.
VHF3 System
. From the 28VDC BUS1 1PP (sub-busbar 101PP)
. Through circuit breaker 2RC3 located on the rear panel 121VU in the cockpit.
23-12-00 PB001
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
5.
Interface
A.
Output Interface
** On A/C 003-004
(1) Digital Outputs The connections with the CFDIU is a type-1 system.
This type of system has an ARINC 429 input from the CFDIU and an ARINC 429 output. This system is
thus capable of two-way communication with the CFDIU (Ref.31-32).
The radio-communication equipment receives the frequency data through words from the RMPs. These
words have a structure and a refresh rate defined in ARINC 429 characteristics specification.
On the output bus, each VHF transceiver transmits the labels 356, 377, 350, 354.
This table contains all the output parameters in the digital form.
They are sorted as per the numerical order of their output label.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
PARAMETER LIST
|
|
|BIT |
|INTV|
|CODE |ORIGIN |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|BUS No.|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|ATA REF|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|CONV
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------!
356
!BITE
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!STATUS
!
!
!
!
! 100! BNR!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
377
!EQUIP
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!IDENT
!
!
!
!
!1000! BCD!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
350
!FAULT
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!SUMMARY
!
!
!
!
!1000! DIS!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
354
!LRU
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!IDENT
!
!
!
!
! 250! ISO!
!
!
------------------------------------------------------------------------------The equipment code of the VHF transceiver is 016.
(2) Output Discretes
These Output discretes are the same for each VHF circuit.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------NAME
ELECTRICAL LEVEL
TO
SIGNAL STATUS
------------------------------------------------------------------------------KEY EVENT
GND/O.C.
SDAC
GND=EMISSION
(3) Output Analog Signals
These Output Analog Signals are the same for each VHF circuit.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------NAME
ELECTRICAL LEVEL
TO
SIGNAL STATUS
MODULATION
AMU
SELCAL OUTPUT
MODULATION
AMU
AES
23-12-00 PB001
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
(4) Digital Outputs
The connections with the CFDIU is a type-1 system. This type of system has anARINC 429 input from the
CFDIU and an ARINC 429 output. This system is thus capable of two-way communication with the CFDIU
(Ref.31-32).
The radio-communication equipment receives the frequency data through words from the RMPs. These
words have a structure and a refresh rate defined in ARINC 429 characteristics specification.
On the output bus, each VHF transceiver transmits the labels 354, 356, 377.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
PARAMETER LIST
|
|
|BIT |
|INTV|
|CODE |ORIGIN |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|BUS No.|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|ATA REF|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|CONV
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------!
354
!LRU
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!IDENT
!
!
!
!
! 250!ISO5!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
377
!EQUIP
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!IDENT
!
!
!
!
!1000! BCD!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
356
!FAULT
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!MESSAGE
!
!
!
!
! 250!ISO5!
!
!
------------------------------------------------------------------------------The equipment code of the VHF transceiver is 016.
These Output discretes are the same for each VHF circuit.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------NAME
ELECTRICAL LEVEL
TO
SIGNAL STATUS
------------------------------------------------------------------------------KEY EVENT
GND/O.C.
SDAC
GND=EMISSION
(6) Output Analog Signals
These Output Analog Signals are the same for each VHF circuit.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------NAME
ELECTRICAL LEVEL
TO
SIGNAL STATUS
MODULATION
AMU
SELCAL OUTPUT
MODULATION
AMU
AES
23-12-00 PB001
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
6.
A.
VHF Transceiver - Description 1RC1 1RC2 1RC3

The VHF transceiver conforms to ARINC 600 specifications.
The case size is 3MCU.
(Ref. Fig. 23-12-00-22000-E - VHF Transceiver)
(1) VHF transceiver face
The face features :
(Ref. Fig. 23-12-00-22000-E - VHF Transceiver)
. Two jacks (PHONE and MIC)
. A TEST pushbutton switch
. A red/green warning light: LRU STATUS
. A red indicator light: CONTROL FAIL
. A red warning light: ANTENNA FAIL
. A handle
. An identification plate.
(2) VHF transceiver back
The back comprises three connectors to enable connection with:
. vendor specific test-equipment (Top Plug TP)
. The peripheral systems (Middle Plug MP)
. The antenna and the power supply circuits (Bottom Plug BP).
B.
VHF transceiver - Characteristics

** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 23-1119 FOR A/C 003-004
EMB SB 23-1249 FOR A/C 005-008
The VHF transceiver complies with the standards defined in ARINC 716.
The transmission and reception of coded messages between the various control units (CFDIU, RMP) comply
with ARINC 429.
The transceiver operates within the frequency range between 118.000 and 136.975 MHz with 8,33 KHz spacing
between channels (it has a possibility of 2278 channels).
** On A/C ALL
C.
VHF transceiver - Operation

(1) General operation
The VHF transceiver ensures its primary functions through :
. the receiver
. the transmitter
. the synthesizer
The antenna switch and final filter assembly:
. route the input signal from the antenna to the receiver in the receive mode
. connect the transmitter RF output to the antenna in the transmit mode.
In Receive Mode:
The signal is applied through a transmit/receive switch to a hight-pass filter on the RF assembly that
rejects signals in the the FM broadcast band. RF is then applied through an attenuator which reduces
high level signals to prevent cross-modulation effects and spurious responses. The signal is then filtered
by two varactors-tuned filters and an RF amplifier which provides 80dB rejection to image frequencies.
Tuning voltage is provided by d/a converters on the system processor.
AES
23-12-00 PB001
Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
A passive mixer converts the 118 - 138Mhz signals with a +20-dBm synthesiser frequency from the
signal processor to a 20.125Mhz if frequency. Anolog AGC is provided for IF and RF amplifiers by opamp integrator circuits.
The AM baseband input from the RF assembly is low-pass filtered by an analog filter, applied to a 12bit A/D converter, and sampled at 84kHz. The signal is amplitude compressed so that modulation
levels over a 6dB range provided the same output level. The signal is digitally filtered to provide a -3dB
response of 300 to 2500 hZ. The signal also has the capability of being muted at least 80 dB. A squelch
decision logic function that monitors the inputs from the AGC and noise squelch is used to remove
muting from the receive audio when the signal strengh is above a certain level. These are dc levels that
vary in proportion to signal strengh.
In Transmit mode:
The input from the microphone inputs is low-pass filtered by an analog filter, applied to a 12-bit A/D
converter, and sampled at 84 kHz. The signal is amplitude compressed so that modulation levels over a
20 dB range provide the same output level. The compressor treshold level is sofware selectable via
commands from the system processor. The signal is digitally filtered to provide a -3dB response of 300
to 2500Hz. The sidetone audio output signal is amplified to a nominal 10 mW level and routed to the
rear connector.
A +20-dBM signal is applied from the signal processor to a QAM modulator. Proper phase shift for the
I and Q modulators is adjustable by a voltage from the system processor providing optimun phase shift
at all VHF band frequencies. The baseband I and Q channels from the signal processor are applied to
the balanced modulators and summed to provide the QAM function.
The modulator signal is amplified to the +20-dB level and sampled by the phase correcting loop. The
main path of the signal is applied to a phase correcting element and an amplitude adjusting element.
The signal is then amplified by a four linear power amplifier to +51-dBm peak level. A pre-tuned lowpass filter reduces the harmonic level to better than -60 dB. A 20 dB dual directional coupler provides
samples of incident and reflected power for linear diode detectors. A T/R switch outputs the
transmitter to the main antenna. Baseband feedback is used for both phase and amplitude components
of modulation signal.
(2) Power supply
The power supply provides four voltages to the transceiver +12 Vdc, -12 Vdc, +35 Vdc, and 5Vdc. The
power supply will be shut down by over/undervoltage circuits when the input voltage is not within limits.
The power supply monitor a power supply over/under voltage output to the system processor. Energystorage circuits provide operation during input power interrups of 200 msec or less.
(3) Frequency Synthesizer
A dual loop digital synthesizer is used. The first loop operates at 50 kHz spacing. This output is divided by
a fixed divide by 128 digital divider to produce a variable reference in the 3.6 to 5 mHz band. The output
loop VCO operates directly at the required VHF frequency, 118 to 158 mHz. This VCO output is divided by
a fixed divide by 32 digital divider to the variable reference frequency range of 3.6 to 5 mHz. This signal is
then compared in a phase detector with the variable frequency from the reference loop. Aany phase or
frequency error is corrected by the negative feedback of the loop.
Two VCOs are used: one to operate at the output range of 118 to 158 mHz and one to operate at the
reference range of 472 to 632 mHz. A tuning voltage of approximately 5 to 10 Vdc is used to cover the
tuning range of each VCO. A common emitter RF amplifier amplifies the output loop VCO to the +20dBm level where it is routed via a pin diode switch to either the transmitter or receiver RF assembly.
A separate BITE is used during self-test and alignment modes to monitor the transmit signal with the
receiver. The BITE synthesizer is a single loop indirect phase-locked loop (PLL) providing mixer injection in
25 kHz frequency steps. A single phase-locked loop (PLL) combining dual modulus prescaler and
programmable divider provides the PLL function. The BITE synthesizer is powered off when not in use to
eliminate any possibility of spurious outputs feeding through to the output of the main synthesizer. When in
the self-test or alignment mode, a command from the system processor connects the self-test synthesizer to
the receiver mixer while the main synthesizer remains connected to the transmitter.
AES
23-12-00 PB001
Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(4) Audio processing
(Ref. Fig. 23-12-00-24500-C - VHF Transceiver - Block Diagram of the Audio Processing)
The microphone input-circuit provides excitation and couples voice modulation to the compressor circuits.
The compressor circuits level the range of input signal amplitudes to maintain a high level of modulation
without overmodulating. The compressed signal is amplified and applied to the modulator located on the
transmitter assembly. Data inputs are similarly processed and applied to the modulator.
In addition to transmitted audio or data control, final receiver audio amplification and filtering are
performed on this circuit board. Service adjustments are provided for data and voice audio output levels in
accordance with ARINC requirements.
D. VHF transceiver - Test
. The purpose of this test is to test the front panel LEDs and to test the functioning of the radio. The color
of the LEDs in the fourth phase indicate the result of the selftest. The duration of the LED illumination is
for reference only.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------! PHASE ! LRU STATUS
! CONTROL FAIL ! ANTENNA FAIL ! DURATION
!
--------------------------------------------------------------------------!
1
! RED
! RED
! RED
! 1-3 sec
!
!
2
! GREEN
! RED
! RED
! 1-3 sec
!
!
3
! OFF
! OFF
! OFF
! 1-3 sec
!
!
4
! GREEN
! OFF
! OFF
! 20-40 sec !
--------------------------------------------------------------------------E.
VHF Antenna
(1) Description
(Ref. Fig. 23-12-00-26000-A - VHF Antenna)
The VHF antenna is a white blade antenna. It weighs 1.2 kg.
This antenna is composed of:
. An aluminum base plate
. A laminated radome
. A duralinox leading edge
. A C-type coaxial connector surrounded by a seal.
The antenna is connected to the transceiver by means of a coaxial cable. It is screwed on to the fuselage.
The attachment screws ensure the electrical bonding.
(2) Operation
The VHF antenna, the height of which corresponds to a quarter of the wavelength, provides a quasiomnidirectional radiation.
This antenna allows the transmission and reception of VHF signals over the 116 to 156 MHz frequency
range. Its impedance is 50 ohms and its standing-wave ratio is lower than 2 over the 118 to 137 MHz VHF
frequency range.
AES
23-12-00 PB001
Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
7.
AES
Operation
A.
Receive Function
The antenna picks up the VHF radio-communication signals from the stations. These signals are transmitted to
the transceiver by a coaxial cable.
The transceiver, tuned on the frequency selected on one RMP (Ref. 23-13) demodulates the VHF received
signals into AF signals.
The AF signals are transmitted via the AMU to the audio equipment or SELCAL system.
B.
Transmit Function
The AF signals from the microphones are transmitted to the VHF transceiver through the AMU.
The VHF transceiver tuned on the frequency selected on one RMP transforms the AF signals into VHF
modulated signals.
The VHF signals are fed to the antenna by a coaxial cable. They are then transmitted to the various stations.
A connection between the VHF transceiver and the SDAC enables to record the use of the VHF system in
transmit mode. The connection is obtained through the PTT switch.
23-12-00 PB001
Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
8.
Test
** On A/C 003-004
** On A/C 005-099
** On A/C ALL
A.
Built-in-Test Equipment (BITE)

** On A/C 003-004
The BITE detects and determines a failure related to the VHF system.
The BITE of the VHF transceiver is connected to the Centralized Fault Display Interface Unit (CFDIU). Refer to
ATA 31-32.
The BITE:
. Transmits permanently VHF system status and an identification message to the CFDIU
. Memorizes the failures occurred during the last 63 flight legs
. Monitors data input from the various peripherals (RMP, CFDIU and ATSU for VHF3 only)
. Transmits to the CFDIU the result of the tests performed and self-tests
. Can communicate with the CFDIU by the menus.
** On A/C 005-099
The BITE detects and determines a failure related to the VHF system.
The BITE of the VHF transceiver is connected to the Centralized Fault Display Interface Unit (CFDIU). Refer to
ATA 31-32.
The BITE:
. Transmits permanently the VHF system status and an identification message to the CFDIU
. Memorizes the failures occurred during the last 63 flight legs
. Monitors data input from the various peripherals (RMP, CFDIU and ATSU)
. Transmits to the CFDIU the result of the tests performed and the result of the self-tests
. Can communicate with the CFDIU through menus.
** On A/C ALL
B.
General Operation
** On A/C 003-004
The BITE has two operation modes:
. The normal mode
. The menu mode.
** On A/C 005-099
The BITE has two operation modes:
. The normal mode
. The menu mode.
** On A/C 003-004
(1) Normal mode
During the normal mode, the BITE monitors cyclically the momentaneous status of the VHF system. It
transmits these information signals to the CFDIU during the flight concerned.
AES
23-12-00 PB001
Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
In case of fault detection, the BITE stores the information signals in the fault memories.
These information signals are transmitted to the CFDIU every 250 ms by an ARINC 429 message with label
356.
(2) Menu mode
The menu mode can only be activated on the ground.
This mode enables communication between the CFDIU and the VHF transceiver BITE. This is by means of
the MCDU of the maintenance system.
The VHF transceiver menu mode is composed of:
. LAST LEG REPORT
. GND SCANNING
. TROUBLE SHOOT DATA
. CLASS 3 FAULTS
. TEST
. GROUND REPORT
** On A/C 005-099
(3) Normal mode
In normal mode, the BITE monitors cyclically the momentaneous status of the VHF system. It transmits
these information signals to the CFDIU during the flight.
These information signals are transmitted to the CFDIU every 250 ms (max) through an ARINC 429
message with label 356.
(4) Menu mode
This mode enables communication between the CFDIU and the VHF transceiver BITE, through the MCDU
(maintenance menu).
In menu mode, the VHF menu gives access to these pages:
. LAST LEG REPORT
. GND SCANNING
. CLASS 3 FAULTS
. TEST
. GROUND REPORT
** On A/C ALL
C.
Functional Description
(1) LAST LEG REPORT
(Ref. Fig. 23-12-00-31200-B - VHF system - LAST LEG REPORT)
This report contains the Class 1 and 2 internal and external faults recorded during the last flight.
(2) PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT
(Ref. Fig. 23-12-00-31300-B - VHF system - PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT)
The messages shown on this report are identical to those given in the paragraph above but they are related
to the faults that occurred during the last 63 flights.
(3) LRU IDENTIFICATION
(Ref. Fig. 23-12-00-31400-C - VHF system - LRU IDENT)
This report displays the Part Number (P/N) and the Serial Number (S/N).
AES
23-12-00 PB001
Page 12
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(4) GROUND SCANNING
(Ref. Fig. 23-12-00-31500-A - VHF system - GND SCANNING)
This function is used to monitor and detect anomalies on the ground.
(5) TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA
(Ref. Fig. 23-12-00-32000-A - VHF system - TROUBLE SHOOT DATA)
This function is used to analyze the snapshot of the recorded fault to detect any software bug. Two types
of data are displayed on the MCDU:
. Correlation parameters, which are the date and the UTC.
. Snapshot data.
(6) CLASS 3 FAULTS
(Ref. Fig. 23-12-00-31900-A - VHF system - CLASS 3 FAULTS)
This report contains the Class 3 internal and external faults recorded during the last flight.
(7) TEST
(Ref. Fig. 23-12-00-32100-B - VHF system - TEST)
A VHF built-in functional test can be initiated by pushing, on the MCDU, the line key adjacent to the
TEST indication on the VHF maintenance sub-menu. The test sequence is shown on the figure.
(8) GROUND REPORT
(Ref. Fig. 23-12-00-32200-A - VHF system - GROUND REPORT)
This function is used to display Class 1, 2 or 3 internal faults when they are detected on the ground. These
faults differ from these faults displayed in the LAST LEG REPORT and CLASS 3 FAULTS. The figure
shows examples of internal faults recorded on the ground by the VHF system.
(9) SPECIFIC DATA
This report displays the total flight time. The BITE system is used through one of the two MCDUs 3CA1
and 3CA2 (Ref. ATA 22-82-00).
AES
23-12-00 PB001
Page 13
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
ANTENNAVHF,1
4RC1
ANTENNAVHF,3
4RC3
FR52 FR53
FR19 FR20
FR51 FR52
4RC2
ANTENNAVHF,2
ELECTRONICS RACK
80VU
A
XCVRVHF,2
1RC2
1RC1
XCVRVHF,1
1RC3
XCVRVHF,3
SHELF 82VU
SHELF 81VU
N_MM_231200_0_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-12-00-13100-A SHEET 1

VHF System - Component Location - A320 A/C
23-12-00 PB001
Page 14
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
A*
B
B
A
B
MCDU
* IF INSTALLED
A
BRT
F
A
I
L
F
M
G
C
DIR
PROG
PERF
INIT
FPLN
RAD
NAV
FUEL
PRED
SEC
FPLN
MCDU
MENU
AIR
PORT
NEXT
PAGE
1RG1 (1RG2) (1RG3)
DATA
OVFY
M
C
D
U
M
E
N
U
CLR
3CA1 (3CA2) (3CA3)
N_MM_231200_0_ARS0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-12-00-13200-A SHEET 1

VHF System - Component Location
23-12-00 PB001
Page 15
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
1RC3
ACARS
MU
1RB
4RC3
1RG2
RMP 2
VHF 3
TRANSCEIVER
LGCIU 2
5GA2
1RG3
VHF 3 ANTENNA
1RC2
RMP 3
1RG1
VHF 2
TRANSCEIVER
5GA1
RMP 1
4RC2
ANTENNA
VHF 2
1RC1
VHF 1
TRANSCEIVER
4RC1
VHF1 ANTENNA
LGCIU 1
AMU
CFDIU
1RN
1TW
1WV1 (2)
SDAC 1 (2)
** On A/C 003-004
IF INSTALLED
N_MM_231200_0_AFN0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-12-00-14600-A SHEET 1

VHF System - Block Diagram
23-12-00 PB001
Page 16
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
AES
1RG3
RMP 3
FIGURE 23-12-00-14600-B SHEET 1

VHF System - Block Diagram
1RG2
RMP 2
1RG1
RMP 1
ATSU
1TX1
1RC3
VHF 3
TRANSCEIVER
4RC3
VHF 3 ANTENNA
1RC2
VHF 2
TRANSCEIVER
4RC2
VHF 2 ANTENNA
1RC1
VHF 1
TRANSCEIVER
4RC1
VHF 1 ANTENNA
LGCIU 2
5GA2
LGCIU 1
5GA1
CFDIU
1TW
AMU
1RN
DISCRETE
INPUT / OUTPUT
ANALOG SIGNAL
ARINC 429
INPUT / OUTPUT
IF INSTALLED
1WV1(2)
SDAC 1(2)
ACPs
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
N_MM_231200_0_BLM1_01_00
23-12-00 PB001
Page 17
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
2RC1
401PP
28VDC
ESSENTIAL BUS
DC AND CHASSIS
GROUND
VHF1
TRANSCEIVER
GROUND
1RC1
2RC2
204PP
28VDC
BUS 2
DC AND CHASSIS
GROUND
VHF2
TRANSCEIVER
GROUND
1RC2
2RC3
101PP
28VDC
BUS 1
DC AND CHASSIS
GROUND
VHF3
TRANSCEIVER
GROUND
1RC3
N_MM_231200_0_AGN0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-12-00-18100-A SHEET 1

VHF Systems - Power Supply
23-12-00 PB001
Page 18
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Collins
LRU STATUS
TRANSCEIVER LED
CONTROL FAIL
CONTROL LED
ANTENNA FAIL
ANTENNA LED
PHONE
TEST
TEST SWITCH
MIC
VHF900
N_MM_231200_0_AMN0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-12-00-22000-E SHEET 1

VHF Transceiver
23-12-00 PB001
Page 19
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
AMPL
SIDETONE
AUDIO
PROCESSING
RECEIVER
AUDIO
DATA
OUTPUT
REC
AUDIO/SIDETONE
OUTPUT
AMPL
MIC
INPUT
SIDETONE
DATA
MIC
EXCITATION
M
U
X
COMPRESSOR
AMPL
VOICE
DATA
INPUT
AUDIO/DATA
TO
TRANSMITTER
AMPL
N_MM_231200_0_CWM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-12-00-24500-C SHEET 1

VHF Transceiver - Block Diagram of the Audio Processing
23-12-00 PB001
Page 20
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
CTYPE COAXIAL CONNECTOR
ORING
N_MM_231200_0_BAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-12-00-26000-A SHEET 1

VHF Antenna
23-12-00 PB001
Page 21
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
SEE CHAPTER 313200)
SELECT LAST
LEG REPORT
LRU IDENTIFICATION
GND SCANNING
TROUBLE SHOOT DATA
VHF 1
LAST LEG
REPORT
PREV I OUS LEGS
REPORT
1L
2L
LRU
3L
CLASS 3
FAULTS
TEST
I DENT
5L
4R
GROUND
REPORT
RETURN
6L
2R

TO CLASS 3 FAULTS
TEST
3R
GND SCANN I NG
TROUBLE SHOOT
DATA
4L
1R

GROUND REPORT
5R
6R
NOTES:
1. 1/2 DENOTES THIS IS THE FIRST
OF THE TWO PAGES OF THE LAST LEG REPORT
2. UTC DENOTES UNIVERSAL
TIME COORDINATED
3. ATA DENOTES ATA CHAPTER
4. WHEN PRINT * IS SELECTED,
IF FAULT
1L
2L
VHF 1
LAST LEG REPORT
UTC
ATA
1 /2
NOV 2 8
CLASS
0935 23 1 233
VHF 1 ( 1 RC1 )
3L
4L
0938 23 1 2 1 1
1
VHF 1 ANTENNA ( 4RC1 ) / COAX
5L
6L
1L
2L
3L
RETURN
PR I NT
VHF 1
LAST LEG REPORT
UTC
ATA
2/2
NOV 2 8
CLASS
0940 23 1 3 1 3
RMP 1 / 2 / 3 ( 1 RG1 / 2 / 3 ) /
VHF 1 ( 1 RC1 )
IF NO FAULT
VHF 1
LAST LEG REPORT
1L
2R
2L
3R
3L
3R
4R
4L
4R
5R
5L
5R
6R
6L
RETURN
PR I NT
2R
6R
3R
5L
5R
PR I NT
NO FAULT DETECTED
2R
4R
RETURN
1R
1R
4L
6L
NOV 2 8
1R
6R
N_MM_231200_0_CSM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-12-00-31200-B SHEET 1

VHF system - LAST LEG REPORT
23-12-00 PB001
Page 22
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
SEE CHAPTER 313200)

LAST LEG REPORT
SELECT
LRU IDENTIFICATION
GND SCANNING
TROUBLE SHOOT DATA
<
>
<
>

TO CLASS 3 FAULTS
TEST
<
<
<
>

GROUND REPORT
<
IF FAULT
<
IF NO FAULT
<
NOTE:
<
1. WHEN PRINT * IS SELECTED,

N_MM_231200_0_CTM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-12-00-31300-B SHEET 1

VHF system - PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT
23-12-00 PB001
Page 23
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
SEE CHAPTER 313200)

LAST LEG REPORT
SELECT
LRU IDENTIFICATION
GND SCANNING
TROUBLE SHOOT DATA
<
>
<
>

TO CLASS 3 FAULTS
TEST
<
<
<
>

GROUND REPORT
<
<
N_MM_231200_0_ACN1_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-12-00-31400-C SHEET 1

VHF system - LRU IDENT
23-12-00 PB001
Page 24
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
SEE CHAPTER 313200)

LAST LEG REPORT
LRU IDENTIFICATION
SELECT
GND SCANNING
TROUBLE SHOOT DATA
<
>
<
>

TO CLASS 3 FAULTS
TEST
<
<
<
>

GROUND REPORT
<
IF FAULT
<
IF NO FAULT
<
A SECOND FAILURE
IS DETECTED
<
N_MM_231200_0_ASM1_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-12-00-31500-A SHEET 1

VHF system - GND SCANNING
23-12-00 PB001
Page 25
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
SEE CHAPTER 313200)

LAST LEG REPORT
LRU IDENTIFICATION
GND SCANNING
TROUBLE SHOOT DATA
<
>
<
>
SELECT
CLASS 3 FAULTS
TEST
<
<
<
>

GROUND REPORT
<
IF FAULT
<
IF NO FAULT
<
N_MM_231200_0_ADN1_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-12-00-31900-A SHEET 1

VHF system - CLASS 3 FAULTS
23-12-00 PB001
Page 26
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
SEE CHAPTER 313200)

LAST LEG REPORT
LRU IDENTIFICATION
GND SCANNING
SELECT
TROUBLE SHOOT DATA
<
>
<
>

TO CLASS 3 FAULTS
TEST
<
<
<
>

GROUND REPORT
<
IF FAULT
<
IF NO FAULT
<
N_MM_231200_0_ADP0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-12-00-32000-A SHEET 1

VHF system - TROUBLE SHOOT DATA
23-12-00 PB001
Page 27
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
SEE CHAPTER 313200)

LAST LEG REPORT
LRU IDENTIFICATION
GND SCANNING
TROUBLE SHOOT DATA
<
>

CLASS 3 FAULTS
<
>
SELECT TEST
>

GROUND REPORT
<
<
<
<
<
IF FAULT
<
IF NO FAULT
<
N_MM_231200_0_BTM1_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-12-00-32100-B SHEET 1

VHF system - TEST
23-12-00 PB001
Page 28
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
SEE CHAPTER 313200)

LAST LEG REPORT
LRU IDENTIFICATION
GND SCANNING
TROUBLE SHOOT DATA
<
>
<
>

CLASS 3 FAULTS
TEST
<
<
<
>
SELECT
GROUND REPORT
<
IF FAULT
IF NO FAULT
>
<
<
<
N_MM_231200_0_BDP0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-12-00-32200-A SHEET 1

VHF system - GROUND REPORT
23-12-00 PB001
Page 29
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
VHF SYSTEM - ADJUSTMENT/TEST

** On A/C ALL
Task 23-12-00-710-001-A
NOTE :
NOTE :
The transmission and reception test of the VHF system is the same for all the crew stations. You must do the test
at each station.
1.
Reason for the Job

To make sure that the reception and transmission from each station operate correctly.
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
1
BOOMSET 600 OHMS
DESIGNATION

ZONE/ACCESS
210
ZONE DESCRIPTION
C.
REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
24-41-00-862-002-A
24-41-00-862-002-A-01
24-41-00-862-002-A-02
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-12-00-860-050-A
A.
AES

(1)
Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).
(2)
Connect a BOOMSET 600 OHMS to the jack panel at all the crew stations.
23-12-00 PB501
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 23-12-00-865-050-A
B.

PANEL
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
49VU
COM/RMP/1
2RG1
G10
49VU
COM/VHF/1
2RC1
G09
49VU
COM/AUDIO/FLT/INTPH
9RN
G08
49VU
COM/AUDIO/ACP/F/O
5RN
G07
49VU
COM/AUDIO/ACP/CAPT
4RN
G06
INT 1 + 2
9RN
5RN
G08
G07
4RN
G06
121VU
COM NAV/VHF/3
2RC3
L05
121VU
COM NAV/VHF/2
2RC2
L04
121VU
COM NAV/SELCAL
8RN
M04
121VU
6RN
M02
** On A/C 003-004
** On A/C 005-099
49VU
49VU
49VU
** On A/C ALL
4.
Procedure
Subtask 23-12-00-710-050-B
A.

NOTE :
ACTION
1.On the RMP1:
.
Push the VHF1 (VHF2, VHF3) pushbutton switch.

transmits.

display windows.
2.On the ACP of the station under maintenance:
AES
RESULT
On the RMP1:
. The RMP shows the last frequencies and the last
function used.
. The green LED on this pushbutton switch comes on.
. The SEL indicator light (amber LED) comes on only for
the VHF2 system.

display window.
On the ACP:
23-12-00 PB501
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
.
.
ACTION
Push the VHF1 (VHF2, VHF3) transmission
pushbutton switch.
Push and release the VHF1 (VHF2, VHF3) reception
pushbutton switch.
RESULT
The green bars on the VHF1 (VHF2, VHF3)
transmission pushbutton switch come on.
The reception pushbutton switch comes fully out and

comes on.
Make sure that the reception in the boomset is correct.

without interference.
Smoothly turn the VHF1 (VHF2, VHF3) reception

pushbutton switch clockwise.
Set the INT/RAD switch to RAD and hold it in this

position (You can do this operation on the PTT
switch of the sidestick controller at the CAPT. or F/O
station).
Speak in the boomset microphone.
Make sure that the transmission is correct.
Release the INT/RAD switch (or the PTT switch on

the sidestick controller at the CAPT. or F/O station).
The INT/RAD switch comes back to the center

position.
5.
Close-up
Subtask 23-12-00-860-051-B
A.
AES

(1)
On the ACP, push the VHF1 (VHF2, VHF3) transmission pushbutton switch and the VHF1 (VHF2,
VHF3) reception pushbutton switch.
(2)
On the RMP1, set the ON/OFF selector switch to OFF.
(3)
Disconnect the boomset at all the crew stations.
(4)
De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).
23-12-00 PB501
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-12-00-740-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

To make sure that the VHF system operates correctly.
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
210
ZONE DESCRIPTION
B.
REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
24-41-00-862-002-A
24-41-00-862-002-A-01
24-41-00-862-002-A-02
31-32-00-860-003-A
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-12-00-860-052-A
A.

(1)
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).
(2)
On the RMPs, set the ON/OFF switch to ON.
(3)
Subtask 23-12-00-865-051-A
B.

PANEL
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
49VU
COM/RMP/1
2RG1
G10
49VU
COM/VHF/1
2RC1
G09
121VU
COM NAV/VHF/3
2RC3
L05
121VU
COM NAV/VHF/2
2RC2
L04
121VU
COM NAV/RMP/3
2RG3
L03
121VU
COM NAV/RMP/2
2RG2
L02
AES
23-12-00 PB501
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
4.
Procedure
Subtask 23-12-00-740-050-C
A.

NOTE :
ACTION
.
Push the line key adjacent to the VHF1 (VHF2,

VHF3) indication.
RESULT
.
The VHF-1 (2, 3) page comes into view.
After some seconds the TEST OK indication comes into

view.
2.On the VHF-1 (2, 3) page:

.
3.On the MCDU:

. On the MCDU, push the line key adjacent to the
RETURN indication until the CFDS menu page comes
into view.
5.
Close-up
Subtask 23-12-00-862-051-A
A.
AES

(1)
On the RMPs, set the ON/OFF switch to OFF.
(2)
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).
23-12-00 PB501
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
VHF SYSTEM - REPAIRS

** On A/C ALL
Task 23-12-00-370-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
Material No: 05-065
DESIGNATION
Material No: 19-003

No specific
SPECIAL MATERIALS
EROSION PROTECTIVE TAPE
BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
MASKING TAPE
CLEANING AGENTS
ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL
STRUCTURE PAINTS
POLYURETHANE FINISH PAINT
STRUCTURE PAINTS
LOW VOC EXT. TOP COAT FOR 2 COAT SYSTEMS
emery cloth, 320 degrees
No specific
masking paper
Material No: 08-074

Material No: 11-010
Material No: 16-018
Material No: 16-059
B.
REFERENCE
23-12-11-000-001-A
23-12-11-000-002-A
23-12-11-400-001-A
23-12-11-400-002-A
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
Energize the Ground Service Network from the External Power
24-42-00-862-001-A
De-energize the Ground Service Network Supplied from the External Power
CMM 23-12-11
SIL 34-058
SRM 515712
(Ref. Fig. 23-12-00-991-00100-A - VHF Antenna)
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-12-00-861-052-A
A.
Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Subtask 23-12-00-010-050-A
B.
AES
If necessary, remove the VHF Antenna (Ref. TASK 23-12-11-000-001-A) or (Ref. TASK 23-12-11-000-002-A).
23-12-00 PB801
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
4.
Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 23-12-00-991-00100-A - VHF Antenna)
Subtask 23-12-00-370-050-B
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK AREA WHEN YOU
USE SPECIAL MATERIALS.
IF YOU GET ONE OF THESE MATERIALS ON YOUR SKIN, IN YOUR MOUTH OR IN YOUR EYES :
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH A FLOW OF CLEAN WATER FOR BETWEEN 10 AND 15 MINUTES.
- GET IMMEDIATE MEDICAL AID IF IRRITATION OCCURS.
DO NOT BREATHE THE FUMES FROM THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT SMOKE WHEN YOU USE THE MATERIAL.
DO NOT USE THE MATERIAL NEAR A FLAME, SPARKS OR SOURCES OF HEAT.
THESE MATERIALS ARE DANGEROUS : THEY ARE POISONOUS, FLAMMABLE AND SKIN
IRRITANTS.
A.

NOTE :
In case of erosion, the antenna can be repaired with:

- paint
or
- anti-erosion tape
(1)
If the antenna shows paint cracks or any other physical damage outside the authorized area for repair,
the antenna must be replaced:
(Ref. TASK 23-12-11-000-001-A) (Ref. TASK 23-12-11-400-001-A)
or
(Ref. TASK 23-12-11-000-002-A) (Ref. TASK 23-12-11-400-002-A)
(2)
Apply the paint:

(a)
Clean the component with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-010) and a lint-free cotton
cloth LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) .
(b)
Apply masking paper and BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-074) to
the adjacent components and areas.
(c)
Make the surface smooth with emery cloth, 320 degrees.
(d)
Clean the surface with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-010) and a lint-free cotton cloth
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) .
WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THIS/THESE

MATERIAL/S.
USE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, RUBBER GLOVES, GOGGLES AND A MASK.
(e)
Apply a layer of STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No: 16-018) or STRUCTURE PAINTS

(Material No: 16-059) on the authorized area.
NOTE :
AES
For the geometrical details of the authorized area use the Service Information Letter (Ref.
SIL 34-058).
Make sure that the thickness of the paint layer is not more than 0.35 mm (0.0138 in.).
The paint layer must be of the same colour as the original (Ref. CMM 23-12-11).
23-12-00 PB801
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(3)
Apply anti-erosion tape:

(a)
Apply the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-065) on the authorized area (Ref. SRM
515712).
NOTE :
5.
The procedure to apply the anti-erosion tape is similar to the procedure described in the
Structure Repair Manual.
The anti-erosion tape can be an electro-static discharger to the antenna. After the antierosion tape is installed, if the flight crew reports static noise on VHF Antenna, the tape
must be removed.
Close-up
Subtask 23-12-00-410-050-B
A.
Close Access
(1)
If necessary, install the VHF Antenna (Ref. TASK 23-12-11-400-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
23-12-11-400-001-A).
(2)
Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and standard tools and all other
items.
Subtask 23-12-00-862-052-A
B.
AES
De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
23-12-00 PB801
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
NOTE: FOR THE GEOMETRICAL DETAILS REFER TO SIL 340058

AUTHORIZED AREA FOR APPLICATION OF PAINT OR ANTIEROSION TAPE
N_MM_231200_8_AAA0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-12-00-991-00100-A SHEET 1

VHF Antenna
23-12-00 PB801
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ANTENNA - VHF - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 23-12-11-000-001-A
FIN 4RC1, 4RC2
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
No specific
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
AR CAP - BLANKING
1
FOR FIN 4RC1(ANTENNA-VHF, 1)

No specific
B.
REFERENCE
Material No: 08-074
C.
DESIGNATION
MASKING TAPE
REFERENCE
(Ref. Fig. 23-12-11-991-00100-A - VHF Antennas)
3.
DESIGNATION
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-12-11-865-050-A
A.
PANEL
FOR FIN 4RC1
49VU
COM/VHF/1
2RC1
G09
FOR FIN 4RC2

121VU
COM NAV/VHF/2
2RC2
L04
AES
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
23-12-11 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 23-12-11-010-050-A
B.
Get Access
(1)
4.
Get access to the VHF Antennas:

(a)
FOR 4RC1 (ANTENNA-VHF, 1)

put the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) in position at Zone 220.
(b)
FOR 4RC2 (ANTENNA-VHF, 2)

find the VHF antenna 4RC2 at Zone 154.
Procedure
Subtask 23-12-11-020-050-A
A.
Removal of the VHF Antenna 4RC1

(1)
Remove the sealant from the heads of the screws (6) with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.
(2)
Remove the sealant from the base of the antenna (1) and the fuselage structure with a SCRAPER NON METALLIC.
(3)
Remove the screws (6) from the antenna (1).
(4)
Lift the antenna (1) until you can see the coaxial cable connector (4)
(5)
Disconnect the coaxial cable connector (4) from the antenna connector (2).
(6)
Safety the coaxial cable (5). Put masking tape BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material
No: 08-074) around the coaxial cable (5) and attach it to the fuselage.
(7)
(8)
Remove and discard the O-ring (3) from the antenna (1).
Subtask 23-12-11-020-054-A
B.
AES
Removal of the VHF Antenna 4RC2

(1)
Remove the sealant from the heads of the screws (6) and (7) with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.
(2)
(3)
Remove the screws (6) and (7) from the antenna (1).
(4)
Lift the antenna (1) until you can see the coaxial cable connector (4).
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
23-12-11 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
FR18
FR20
FR51
FR52
B
A
4RC1
5
6
4
2
3
2
4
6
5
1 4RC2
N_MM_231211_4_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-12-11-991-00100-A SHEET 1

VHF Antennas
23-12-11 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-12-11-400-001-A
FIN 4RC1, 4RC2
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
No specific
B.
REFERENCE
Material No: 05-013A
Material No: 08-074
Material No: 09-016
Material No: 09-019B
Material No: 11-003
Material No: 16-021
Material No: 19-003
C.
DESIGNATION
SPECIAL MATERIALS
RELEASE AGENT
MASKING TAPE
SEALANTS
CORROSION INHIBITING FILLET CONSISTENCY
SEALANTS
LOW ADHESION POLYSULFIDE SEALANT
CLEANING AGENTS
METHYL-ETHYL-KETONE
STRUCTURE PAINTS
FLEXIBLE POLYURETHANE
Expendable Parts
FIG.ITEM
3
DESIGNATION
IPC-CSN
23-12-11-01-010
O-ring
D.
REFERENCE
20-28-00-912-005-A
DESIGNATION
Electrical Bonding of Antennas With Conductive Bolts.
23-12-00-710-001-A

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-12-11-860-050-A
A.

(1)
AES
Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) is in position at Zone 220.
23-12-11 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 23-12-11-865-051-A
B.
PANEL
FOR FIN 4RC1
49VU
COM/VHF/1
2RC1
G09
FOR FIN 4RC2

121VU
COM NAV/VHF/2
2RC2
L04
4.
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
Procedure
Subtask 23-12-11-910-052-A
A.

DO NOT SMOKE.
GET MEDICAL AID.
(1)
(2)
Remove the sealant with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC and clean the fuselage structure with the
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-003) .
(3)
Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No:
11-003) and the lint-free cloth LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) .
(4)
Apply the masking tape BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-074) to:
. the edge of the antenna (1)
. the holes of the screws (6) or (7)
. the hole for the antenna connector (2).
(5)
Apply the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-013A) to the bottom of the antenna (1).
(6)
Apply the SEALANTS (Material No: 09-019B) to the area of the fuselage adjacent to the antenna (1).
Subtask 23-12-11-420-051-A
B.
Installation of the VHF Antennas 4RC1

DO NOT SMOKE.
AES
23-12-11 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
GET MEDICAL AID.
(1)
Remove the blanking caps from the coaxial cable connector (4) and the antenna connector (2).
(2)
Remove the masking tape from:

. The coaxial cable (5)
. The holes of the screws (6)
. The hole for the antenna connector (2).
(3)
(4)
Put the new (IPC-CSN 23-12-11-01) O-ring (3) in its correct position, on the base of the antenna (1).
(5)
Connect the coaxial cable connector (4) to the antenna connector (2).
(6)
Put the antenna (1) in position and install the screws (6) at the fuselage structure.
(7)
Tighten the screws (6) diagonally.

NOTE :
The antenna mounting screws (6) give the electrical bonding between the antenna (1) and the
fuselage structure.
(8)
Make sure that the bonding resistance between the antenna (1) and the fuselage structure in not more
than 5 milliohms (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-005-A).
(9)
Remove the unwanted sealant with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.
(10) Clean the area with the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-003) and a lint-free cotton cloth LINTFREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) .
(11) Remove the masking tape from the base of the antenna (1).
(12) Apply the SEALANTS (Material No: 09-016) to all the screw heads (6).
(13) Apply the SEALANTS (Material No: 09-016) around the base of the antenna (1).
(14) Let the sealant become dry.
(15) Apply the STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No: 16-021) to all of the sealed screw heads (6), and the
antenna base seal.
NOTE :
It is not mandatory to paint the sealant around the base of the antenna and on the head of the
screws.
Subtask 23-12-11-420-054-A
C.
Installation of the VHF Antenna 4RC2

DO NOT SMOKE.
AES
23-12-11 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
GET MEDICAL AID.
(1)
Remove the blanking caps from the coaxial cable connector (4) and the antenna connector (2).
(2)

. The holes of the screws (6) and (7)
(3)
(4)
(5)
Connect the coaxial cable connector (4) to the antenna connector (2).
(6)
Put the antenna (1) in position and install the screws (6) and (7) at the fuselage structure.
(7)
Tighten the screws (6) and (7) diagonally.

NOTE :
The antenna mounting screws (6) and (7) give the electrical bonding between the antenna (1)
and the fuselage structure.
(8)
Make sure that the bonding resistance between the antenna (1) and the fuselage structure in not more
(9)
(12) Apply the SEALANTS (Material No: 09-016) to all the screw heads (6) and (7).
(15) Apply the STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No: 16-021) to all of the sealed screw heads (6) and (7),
and the antenna base seal.
NOTE :
screws.
Subtask 23-12-11-865-052-A
D.
PANEL
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
49VU
COM/VHF/1
2RC1
G09
121VU
COM NAV/VHF/2
2RC2
L04
Subtask 23-12-11-710-050-A
E.
Test of the VHF System

(1)
AES
Do the operational test of the VHF system (Ref. TASK 23-12-00-710-001-A).
23-12-11 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
5.
Close-up
Subtask 23-12-11-942-050-A
A.
AES

(1)
Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other items.
(2)
23-12-11 PB401
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-12-11-000-002-A
FIN 4RC3
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
No specific
AR
CAP - BLANKING
No specific
No specific
AR
1

B.
REFERENCE
Material No: 08-074
C.
DESIGNATION
MASKING TAPE
REFERENCE
(Ref. Fig. 23-12-11-991-00300-B - VHF Antenna.)
3.
DESIGNATION
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-12-11-865-053-A
A.

PANEL
DESIGNATION
COM NAV/VHF/3
121VU
FIN
2RC3
LOCATION
L05
Subtask 23-12-11-010-051-A
B.
Get Access
(1)
4.
Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) in position at Zone 254.
Procedure
Subtask 23-12-11-020-052-A
A.
AES

(1)
Remove the sealant from the heads of the screws (6) with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC.
(2)
23-12-11 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AES
(3)
Remove the screws (6) from the antenna (1).
(4)
Lift the antenna (1) until you can see the coaxial cable connector (4).
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
23-12-11 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
FR53
4RC3
FR52
6
2
3
4
N_MM_231211_4_ACU0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-12-11-991-00300-B SHEET 1

VHF Antenna.
23-12-11 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-12-11-400-002-A
FIN 4RC3
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
No specific
B.
REFERENCE
Material No: 05-013
Material No: 08-074
Material No: 09-016
Material No: 09-019
Material No: 11-003
Material No: 16-021
Material No: 19-003
C.
DESIGNATION
SPECIAL MATERIALS
MASKING TAPE
SEALANTS
CORROSION INHIBITING FILLET CONSISTENCY
SEALANTS
LOW ADHESION POLYSULFIDE SEALANT
CLEANING AGENTS
METHYL-ETHYL-KETONE
STRUCTURE PAINTS
FLEXIBLE POLYURETHANE
Expendable Parts
FIG.ITEM
3
DESIGNATION
IPC-CSN
23-12-11-01-010
O-ring
D.
REFERENCE
20-28-00-912-005-A
DESIGNATION
Electrical Bonding of Antennas With Conductive Bolts.
23-12-00-710-001-A

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-12-11-860-051-A
A.

(1)
AES
Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 6M (20 FT) is in position at Zone 254.
23-12-11 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 23-12-11-865-054-A
B.
PANEL
121VU
4.
DESIGNATION
COM NAV/VHF/3
FIN
2RC3
LOCATION
L05
Procedure
Subtask 23-12-11-910-053-A
A.

DO NOT SMOKE.
GET MEDICAL AID.
(1)
(2)
Remove the sealant with a SCRAPER - NON METALLIC and clean the fuselage structure with the
CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-003) .
(3)
Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area with the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No:
11-003) and the lint-free cloth LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) .
(4)
Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No: 08-074) at the edge of the antenna
(1), the holes of the screws (6) and the antenna connector (2).
(5)
Apply the release agent SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No: 05-013) to the bottom of the antenna
(1).
(6)
Apply the SEALANTS (Material No: 09-019) on to the area of the fuselage that interfaces with the
antenna (1).
Subtask 23-12-11-420-052-A
B.

DO NOT SMOKE.
AES
23-12-11 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
GET MEDICAL AID.
(1)
Remove the blanking caps from the coaxial cable connector (4) and from the antenna connector (2).
(2)

. The holes of the screws (6)
(3)
(4)
(5)
Connect the coaxial cable connector (4) to the VHF antenna connector (2).
(6)
Put the antenna (1) in position and install the screws (6) at the fuselage structure.
(7)
Tighten the screws (6) diagonally.

NOTE :
The antenna mounting screws (6) give the electrical bonding between the antenna (1) and the
fuselage structure.
(8)
Make sure that the bonding resistance between the antenna (1) and the fuselage structure is not more
(9)
(12) Apply the SEALANTS (Material No: 09-016) to all the screw heads (6).
(15) Apply the STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No: 16-021) to all of the sealed screw heads (6), and the
antenna base seal.
NOTE :
screws.
Subtask 23-12-11-865-055-A
C.
PANEL
121VU
DESIGNATION
COM NAV/VHF/3
FIN
2RC3
LOCATION
L05
Subtask 23-12-11-710-051-A
D.
5.
Do the operational test of the VHF system (Ref. TASK 23-12-00-710-001-A).
Close-up
Subtask 23-12-11-942-051-A
A.
AES

(1)
(2)
23-12-11 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
TRANSCEIVER - VHF - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 23-12-33-000-001-A
FIN 1RC1, 1RC2, 1RC3
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
No specific
AR
CAP - BLANKING
No specific
AR
B.

ZONE/ACCESS
127
128
824
ZONE DESCRIPTION
C.
REFERENCE
(Ref. Fig. 23-12-33-991-00100-A - VHF Transceiver)
3.
DESIGNATION
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-12-33-865-050-A
A.
PANEL
FOR FIN 1RC1
49VU
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
COM/VHF/1
2RC1
G09
FOR FIN 1RC2

121VU
COM NAV/VHF/2
2RC2
L04
FOR FIN 1RC3

121VU
COM NAV/VHF/3
2RC3
L05
Subtask 23-12-33-010-050-A
B.
AES
Get Access
(1)
128.
(2)
23-12-33 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
4.
Procedure
Subtask 23-12-33-020-050-A
A.
AES

(1)
(2)
Lower the nuts (3).
(3)
Pull the VHF transceiver (5) on its rack (2), to disconnect the electrical connectors (1).
(4)
Remove the VHF transceiver (5).
(5)
23-12-33 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
FR24A
FR20
ACCESS
DOOR 824
A
80VU
1RC1
1RC2
1RC3
82VU
81VU
1
5
4
2
3
N_MM_231233_4_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-12-33-991-00100-A SHEET 1

VHF Transceiver
23-12-33 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-12-33-400-001-A
FIN 1RC1, 1RC2, 1RC3
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
1

ZONE/ACCESS
127
128
824
ZONE DESCRIPTION
C.
REFERENCE
23-12-00-710-001-A
DESIGNATION
23-12-00-740-001-A
52-41-00-410-002-A

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-12-33-860-050-A
A.

(1)
824 in zone 128.
(2)
Subtask 23-12-33-865-051-A
B.
PANEL
FOR FIN 1RC1
49VU
COM/VHF/1
2RC1
G09
FOR FIN 1RC2

121VU
COM NAV/VHF/2
2RC2
L04
FOR FIN 1RC3

121VU
COM NAV/VHF/3
2RC3
L05
4.
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
Procedure
AES
23-12-33 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 23-12-33-420-050-A
A.

(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
Install the VHF transceiver (5) on its rack (2).
(6)
Push the VHF transceiver (5) on its rack (2) to connect the electrical connectors(1).
(7)
Subtask 23-12-33-865-052-A
B.
PANEL
FOR FIN 1RC1
49VU
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
COM/VHF/1
2RC1
G09
FOR FIN 1RC2

121VU
COM NAV/VHF/2
2RC2
L04
FOR FIN 1RC3

121VU
COM NAV/VHF/3
2RC3
L05
Subtask 23-12-33-740-050-A
C.
Do the BITE test of the VHF system (Ref. TASK 23-12-00-740-001-A)

NOTE :
5.
23-12-00-710-001-A).
Close-up
Subtask 23-12-33-410-050-A
A.
AES
Close Access
(1)
(2)
Close the access door 824 (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-410-002-A).
(3)
23-12-33 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
RADIO MANAGEMENT - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION

** On A/C ALL
1.
General
** On A/C 006-099
The radio management panels (RMP) centralize radio communication (VHF) frequency control.
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
The radio management panels (RMP) centralize radio communication (VHF, HF) frequency control.
** On A/C 003-004
PRE SB 23-1188 FOR A/C 003-004
They can also serve as backups of the flight management and guidance computers (FMGC) for radio navigation
frequencies control (VOR/DME, ILS, MLS/GLS (if activated), ADF(if installed)).
** On A/C 005-099
POST SB 23-1188 FOR A/C 003-004
They can also serve as backups of the flight management and guidance computers (FMGC) for radio navigation
frequencies control (VOR/DME, LS, ADF(if installed)).
The aircraft is equipped with three RMPs which are identical and interchangeable.
AES
23-13-00 PB001
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
2.
Component Location
** On A/C
POST SB 23-1188 FOR A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 23-13-00-12500-D - Radio Management - Component Location)
** On A/C ALL
PRE SB 23-1188 FOR A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 23-13-00-12500-B - Radio Management - Component Location)
FIN
PANEL

DOOR
** On A/C ALL
1RG1
11VU
210
23-13-13
1RG2
11VU
210
23-13-13
FIN
1RG3
RMP-COM FREQ SEL, 3
FIN
PANEL

DOOR
210
23-13-13
PANEL
20VU
3CA1
MCDU-1
3CA2
MCDU-2
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 22-1085 FOR A/C 003-004
11VU
11VU

DOOR
210
22-82-12
210
22-82-12
3CA3
101VU
211
AES
MCDU-3
23-13-00 PB001
22-82-12
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
3.
System Description
(Ref. Fig. 23-13-00-14000-B - Radio Management - Communication Architecture)
(Ref. Fig. 23-13-00-14200-A - Radio Management - Navigation Architecture)
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
The radio management system is connected to:
. The VHF and HF radio-communication equipment (Ref. 23-12 and 23-11)
** On A/C 006-099
The radio management system is connected to:
. The VHF radio-communication equipment (Ref. 23-12)
. The VOR, DME, ADF (if installed) and ILS radio-navigation equipment (Ref. 34-55, 34-51, 34-53 and 34-36)
. The Flight Management and Guidance Computers (FMGC) (Ref. 22-83)
. The Centralized Fault-Display Interface-Unit (CFDIU) (Ref. 31-32)
. The Landing Gear Control and Interface Unit (LGCIU) (Ref. 32-31).
AES
23-13-00 PB001
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
4.
Electrical Power Supply

(Ref. Fig. 23-13-00-15700-B - Radio Management - System Power Supply)
The RMP1 is supplied with 28VDC from the 28VDC ESS bus 4PP (sub-busbar 401PP) through 3A circuit breaker
2RG1 on the overhead panel 49VU (in the cockpit).
The RMP1 is supplied by the emergency system.
The RMP2 is supplied with 28VDC from the 28VDC bus 2PP (sub-busbar 204PP) through 3A circuit breaker 2RG2
on the rear circuit breaker panel 121VU (in the cockpit).
The RMP3 is supplied with 28VDC from the 28VDC bus 1PP (sub-busbar 103PP) through 3A circuit breaker 2RG3
on the rear circuit breaker panel 121VU (in the cockpit).
AES
23-13-00 PB001
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
5.
A.
RMP External Description - Front face 1RG1 1RG2 1RG3

** On A/C 003-004
PRE SB 23-1188 FOR A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 23-13-00-17300-B - RMP - Front Face)
** On A/C 005-099
POST SB 23-1188 FOR A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 23-13-00-17300-C - RMP - Front Face)
Front face features:
. Two display windows. These windows have liquid crystal displays (LCD) with a high contrast:
. ACTIVE frequency display for frequencies output by the RMP.
. STBY/CRS (standby/course) display for preset frequencies (and courses for the VOR and the ILS).
. A pushbutton switch which permits the transfer of frequencies from one display to the other.
. Five pushbutton switches with selection feedback for the selection of the VHF and HF systems.
. ** On A/C ALL
PRE SB 23-1188 FOR A/C 003-004
A SEL indicator light (amber LED) to indicate the interactions between the different RMPs.
. A dual selector knob for the selection of frequency and course.
. Two pushbutton switches with selection feedback for the selection of specific modes :
. ** On A/C
POST SB 23-1188 FOR A/C 003-004
A SEL indicator light (amber LED) to indicate the interactions between the different RMPs.
. A dual turbo tuning selector knob for the selection of frequency and course proportionally to its rotation
speed.
. Two pushbutton switches with selection feedback for the selection of specific modes :
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
.AM pushbutton switch for the HF system
.BFO pushbutton switch for the ADF system (if installed)
** On A/C 006-099
.AM pushbutton switch for the HF system (this pushbutton switch is not used on all RMPs)
.BFO pushbutton switch for the ADF system (if installed)
. A pushbutton switch with NAV selection feedback. A Plexiglas guard protects this pushbutton switch. This
pushbutton switch lets the selection of the radio-navigation back up mode.
. Four pushbutton switches with selection feedback for the selection of the radio navigation systems (VOR,
ILS, ADF (if installed) and a provision)
. A latching ON/OFF switch to set the RMP to ON and to OFF.
** On A/C ALL
B.
RMP External Description - Back

The back is equipped with a round 55-pin connector.
C.
Characteristics - Frequency ranges

** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 23-1119 FOR A/C 003-004
EMB SB 23-1249 FOR A/C 005-008
(Ref. Fig. 23-13-00-18700-A - RMP - Channelling/Frequency pairing (118.000 to 136.975 MHz) with 8.33 KHz
AES
23-13-00 PB001
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
actived)
. VHF: 118 to 136.975 MHz
Channel width: 8,33 KHz or 25 KHz according to the pin prog
The KHz figure is not given with 25 KHz spacing.
. ** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
HF: narrow band 2.8 to 23.999 MHz or wide band 2 to 29.999 MHz, according to the pin prog.
Channel width: 1 KHz or 100Hz according to the pin prog.
NOTE :
.
.
For narrow band, the frequencies between 2 and 2.799 are selectable for operating facilities but the HF
transceiver could not be tuned on these frequencies.
ADF: 190 to 1750.5 KHz

Channel width: 0.5 KHz
VOR : 108 to 117.95 MHz
Channel width : 50 KHz
Between 108 and 112 MHz, the VOR frequencies are the ones in which the figure corresponding to the
tenths of MHz is even (e.f. 108.00, 108.05, 108.20... 111.85).
All the frequencies from 112 MHz included, which end in 50 KHz are VOR frequencies.
Only the frequencies assigned to the VOR system can be displayed when VOR is selected.
Course : 0 to 359.
ILS : 108 to 111.95 MHz
Channel width : 50 KHz.
The ILS frequencies are the one in which the figure corresponding to the tenths of MHz is odd (e.f. 108.10,
108.15, 108.30... 111.95).
Only the frequencies assigned to the ILS can be displayed when ILS is selected.
Course : 0 to 359.
** On A/C ALL
D. Characteristics - Electrical power supply
Power: 27.5VDC
Placard: 5VAC
Selection feedback: 5VAC
AES
E.
Characteristics - Data transmission and reception

The RMP transmits and receives data in compliance with low speed ARINC 429 standards (between 12.5 and 14
kbits/s).
The radio-communication and the radio-navigation equipment receives the frequency and course data through
words having a structure and a refresh rate defined in the ARINC characteristics related to these systems.
F.
Characteristics - Light and display test

This test is initiated when you set the three-position INT LT/ANN LT switch on the overhead panel 25VU in
the cockpit to TEST (Ref. 33-10).
During the test:
. The displays show 8s on the RMP.
. All the selection feed back lights come on.
During the test, the RMP does not take into account selection made on its front face. It transmits the data
corresponding to its configuration at the test initiation.
G.
Characteristics - Micro power interruption and power supply cut-off

Any micro power interruption less than 200 ms has no influence on the RMP. In the event of power supply cutoff, the RMP memorizes the context. Consequently, the last configuration selected can be restored when the
power supply becomes available again.
23-13-00 PB001
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
H. Operation - General
The RMPs have two modes of operation:
. The normal mode (radio communication selection)
. The back up mode (radio communication and radio navigation selection).
J.
Normal Mode - Frequency selection

** On A/C
EMB SB 23-1119 FOR A/C 003-004
POST SB 23-1188 FOR A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 23-13-00-20800-E - RMP - Operation in Normal Mode)
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 23-1119 FOR A/C 003-004
PRE SB 23-1188 FOR A/C 003-004
EMB SB 23-1249 FOR A/C 005-008
(Ref. Fig. 23-13-00-20800-C - RMP - Operation in Normal Mode)
** On A/C 006-099
The RMPs control the frequencies of the VHF transceiver.
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
The RMPs control the frequencies of the HF and VHF transceivers.
. Selection of the transceiver is accompanied by a selection feedback and the frequencies which have been
previously selected and preset appear in the ACTIVE and STBY/CRS display windows respectively.
. Only the preset frequency can be modified by means of the dual selector knob.
. When the preset frequency corresponds to the desired value, you press the transfer pushbutton to render it
active. The displayed values are then changed over and the RMP modifies its output data accordingly.
** On A/C ALL
K.
Normal Mode - SEL indicator light

It is possible to control the operating frequency of any transceiver through one RMP. Nevertheless each RMP is
more particularly allocated to one or several systems:
If 3 RMPs are installed:
. The RMP1 is associated with the VHF1 transceiver
. The RMP2 is associated with the VHF2 transceiver
. The RMP3 is associated with the VHF3(*), HF1(*) and HF2(*) transceivers.
(* = if installed)
Each time the system operates in a different configuration (cross selection), the SEL indicator lights on the two
RMPs concerned come on (e.g. when the VHF2 transceiver is selected on the RMP1, the SEL indicator lights on
the RMP1 and the RMP2 come on).
In certain configurations, the SEL indicator lights on the three RMPs are on (e.g. selection of the VHF2
transceiver on the RMP1 and selection of the VHF1 transceiver on the RMP3).
** On A/C 003-005
L.
Normal Mode - AM mode selection

** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
The AM pushbutton switch with selection feedback enables the selection of the AM mode (amplitude
modulation) for the HF transceivers.
This pushbutton is inoperative unless an HF transceiver has been previously selected on the same RMP.
The selection is memorized when another system is selected.
AES
23-13-00 PB001
Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
The other RMPs take into account this selection through their dialogue buses.
If AM mode is not selected , the default mode is USB.
** On A/C ALL
M. Normal Mode - ON/OFF latching switch
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
The power supply of each RMP can be switched off by means of the ON/OFF latching switch (OFF position).
When the RMP1 or the RMP2 is off, it becomes transparent for the RMP3. The de-activated RMP then directly
connects (by means of internal relays) the RMP3 communication buses to the VHF and HF transceivers.
** On A/C 006-099
The power supply of each RMP can be switched off by means of the ON/OFF switch (OFF position). When the
RMP1 or the RMP2 is off, it becomes transparent for the RMP3. The de-activated RMP then directly connects
(by means of internal relays) the RMP3 communication buses to the VHF transceivers.
** On A/C ALL
N. Radio-Navigation Back-Up Mode - Mode selection
** On A/C
POST SB 23-1188 FOR A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 23-13-00-23200-C - RMP - Frequency and Course Selection for VOR and ILS)
** On A/C ALL
PRE SB 23-1188 FOR A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 23-13-00-23200-B - RMP - Frequency and Course Selection for VOR and ILS)
It is possible to select this mode when you press the NAV pushbutton switch (protected by a grid-type guard to
avoid unwanted selections).
The selection is accompanied by a selection feedback.
This selection has no effect on the display (the same radio communication transceiver remains selected) but the
values on the RMP radio-navigation output bus are modified. These values are no longer the values delivered by
the FMGC but those memorized by the RMP (i.e. values previously selected in radio-navigation back-up mode).
It is not possible to select radio-navigation equipment unless the radio-navigation back-up mode has been
previously selected.
The selection of this mode is possible only on the RMP1 and the RMP2.
** On A/C ALL
P.
Radio-Navigation Back-Up Mode - Frequency and course selection for radio navigation equipment
The selection of a radio navigation system is accompanied by a selection feedback.
The frequency previously selected in radio-navigation back-up mode for this system is displayed.
For the ADF, there is only a selection of frequency. This selection is the same as for the VHF and HF
transceivers (if installed) (Ref. para. 5. (3) (a) 1_ Frequency selection).
If ADF 1 is not installed, a hard pin-prog on the RMP will inform this one about NO ADF configuration.
This programming must be done on all RMPs. Then the ADF keys shall not be usable on the RMP 1.
In addition a label 040 will be generated by the RMP to inform accordingly the CFDIU and other peripherals.
For the VOR and the ILS, there is a selection of frequency and course as described in figure
** On A/C
POST SB 23-1188 FOR A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 23-13-00-23200-C - RMP - Frequency and Course Selection for VOR and ILS)
** On A/C ALL
PRE SB 23-1188 FOR A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 23-13-00-23200-B - RMP - Frequency and Course Selection for VOR and ILS)
AES
23-13-00 PB001
Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
There is no selection for the DME : the DME receives the VOR and ILS frequencies from the RMP with the
corresponding label.
The DME then operates with the DME frequencies associated with the VOR and ILS frequencies.
** On A/C ALL
Q. Radio-Navigation Back-Up Mode - BFO mode selection
A BFO pushbutton switch with selection feedback enables the selection of the BFO mode (Beat Frequency
Oscillator) for the ADF system. This pushbutton switch is inoperative unless the ADF has been previously
selected.
This selection is memorized when another system is selected.
R.
AES
Radio-Navigation Back-Up Mode - Frequency selection for radio communication transceivers

In radio-navigation back-up mode, the radio-communication systems can be selected as in normal mode.
Transition from a radio-navigation system to a radio-communication system does not require de-activation of the
back-up mode.
When a radio navigation system is selected, the SEL indicator light continues to indicate the configurations
described in paragraph 5. (3) (a) 2_ SEL indicator light.
23-13-00 PB001
Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
6.
Operation
The RMPs have two modes of operation:
. The normal mode
. The radio-navigation back-up mode.
A.
Normal Mode
(Ref. Fig. 23-13-00-27900-D - Radio Communication - Normal Configuration)
B.
Normal Mode
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
In normal mode, the RMPs control the frequencies of the VHF and HF transceivers.
** On A/C 006-099
In normal mode, the RMPs control the frequencies of the VHF transceivers.
The operating frequencies of all the transceivers can be displayed and modified on one RMP.
The RMPs exchange the various frequencies selected for the transceivers through dialogue buses.
Any new selection made on one RMP is taken into account by the others two.
Each RMP has two output buses connected to the radio communication equipment:
. ** On A/C 005-099
The RMP1(2) COM BUS 1 delivers the VHF1, VHF3 (if fitted) and HF1 (if fitted) frequencies.
. ** On A/C 003-004
The RMP1(2) COM BUS 1 delivers the VHF1 and HF1 (if fitted) frequencies.
. The RMP2 COM BUS 1 delivers the VHF3 frequencies.
. The RMP2(1) COM BUS 2 delivers the VHF2 and HF2 (if fitted) frequencies.
Each transceiver receives the appropriate output bus from the RMP1 and RMP2.
The transceiver only takes into account one of the two signals (depending on the status of a discrete received
from the RMP1 or 2).
In addition, the RMP1 or the RMP2 (set to OFF) can be made transparent for the RMP3 (its output buses are
linked to the RMP1 and RMP2 only).
In the event of failures of one or two RMPs, the reconfigurations are possible to control the radio
communication equipment.
** On A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 23-13-00-29200-D - Radio Communication - Reconfiguration)
C.
AES
Radio-Navigation Back-Up Mode

This mode is selected in the event of failure of both FMGCs, on the RMP1 and the RMP2 only.
In addition to normal mode functions it also enables the frequency control of the radio navigation equipment :
. On Captain side (VOR1, DME1, ILS1, ADF1(*)) for the RMP1
. On First Officer side (VOR2, DME2, ILS2, ADF2(*)) for the RMP2.
(*) if installed
(Ref. Fig. 23-13-00-29900-A - Radio Navigation - Normal Configuration)
The RMP1 and the RMP2 transmit on a dedicated output bus the frequencies to the radio navigation
equipment. In addition, the RMP1 (RMP2) receives the FMGC1 (FMGC2) management bus.
In normal mode, these input and output are directly interconnected by means of internal relays. The RMP is
thus transparent to the onside FMGC.
In radio-navigation back-up mode, the output bus transmits frequencies generated by the RMP.
Each radio-navigation system receives the output bus from the onside RMP and the management bus from the
offside FMGC. Only one input is taken into account according to the status of a discrete received from the
RMP.
23-13-00 PB001
Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
This enables reconfigurations in case of failure of one or two FMGCs.
(Ref. Fig. 23-13-00-30200-A - Radio Navigation - Reconfiguration)
The RMP1 and the RMP2 exchange, through the dialogue buses, the frequency and the course for the ILS: the
selected values are identical for the ILS1 and the ILS2 at selection of the back-up mode on the RMP1 and the
RMP2.
The ILS course and frequency are the only radio-navigation data exchanged through the dialogue buses.
AES
23-13-00 PB001
Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
7.
Interface
A.
Connection with the Centralized Fault Display System (CFDS)

The RMP1 is linked to the CFDS by means of two buses:
. The RMP1 receives a bus from the CFDIU which transmits general parameters (UTC, date, flight phase
etc.) and interrogations (selection of the menu mode, etc.).
. The RMP1 then transmits these data to the RMP2 and the RMP3 through its output dialogue bus.
. The RMP1 output bus sent to the VHF1 (and VHF3 and HF1 if installed) is also connected to the CFDIU.
In addition to VHF1 (and VHF3 and HF1 if installed) frequencies, the RMP1 transmits system maintenance
data through this bus.
When the CFDIU interrogates the RMP2 or the RMP3, the interrogated RMP transmits the data (menu pages,
data pages, etc.) to the RMP1 through its dialogue output bus.
The RMP1 then transmits these data to the CFDIU.
Each RMP receives a discrete giving the landing gear configuration.
The RMP1 receives this discrete from the LGCIU1 (Landing Gear Control and Interface Unit) and the RMP2
and 3 from the LGCIU2.
Each RMP uses this discrete for confirmation of the flight phase information coming from the CFDIU.
B.
Output Interface
** On A/C ALL
PRE SB 23-1188 FOR A/C 003-004
(1) Digital Outputs
The radio-communication and radio-navigation equipment receives the frequency and course data through
words. These words have a structure and a refresh rate defined in ARINC 429 Characteristics.
On the COM bus 1, each RMP transmits the labels 030, 037, 356 and 377.
On the COM bus 2, each RMP transmits the labels 030, 037 and 377.
On the NAV bus, each RMP transmits the labels 034, 035, 024, 100, 033, 017, 105, 032 and 377.
The following table gives:
. SYS LABEL SDI: (SDAC,FWC,DMC...) output label for which the parameter is available
. PARAMETER DEFINITION: parameter name
. RANGE ACCURACY: measurement range. Maximum value transmitted. When the digital value
changes, the change step is equal to the accuracy
. UNIT: unit in which the digital value is transmitted
. SIG BIT: indicates whether a sign bit is available
. DATA BITS: number of bits used by the parameter in the label
. UPD/MSEC: output transmission interval. The refresh rate is given in milliseconds
. CODE:
BNR: binary data word
BCD: binary coded decimal data word
ISO: data word coded in ISO5 code
DIS: discrete data word
HEX: hexadecimal coded
HYB: mixed code
. ALPHA CODE: indicates the parameter mnemonic code
. SOURCE ORIGIN: parameter source computer or system.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
PARAMETER LIST
|
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AES
23-13-00 PB001
Page 12
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
|EQ.SYS.LAB.SDI|PARAMETER | WORD RANGE |UNIT|SIG |BITS|XMSN|CODE|ALPHA|SOURCE |
|
|BIT |
|INTV|
|CODE |ORIGIN |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|BUS No.|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|ATA REF|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|CONV
|
------------------------------------------------------------------------------!
030
! VHF
!118-136.975 !MHz !
! 18 ! 180! BCD!
!
!
!
! FREQ
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!--------------!----------!------------!----!----!----!----!----!-----!-------!
!
037
! HF
!2.8-24
!MHz !
! 18 ! 180! BCD!
!
!
!
! FREQ
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!--------------!----------!------------!----!----!----!----!----!-----!-------!
!
035
! DME
!108.00
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
! FREQ
!135.95
!MHz !
! 15 ! 180! BCD!
!
!
!--------------!----------!------------!----!----!----!----!----!-----!-------!
!
032
! ADF
!190-1750
!KHz !
! 15 ! 180! BCD!
!
!
!
! FREQ
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!--------------!----------!------------!----!----!----!----!----!-----!-------!
!
034
! VOR
!108.00
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
! FREQ
!117.95
!MHz !
! 15 ! 180! BCD!
!
!
!--------------!----------!------------!----!----!----!----!----!-----!-------!
!
024
! VOR CRS !0-359
!Deg ! 3 ! 15 ! 180! BCD!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!--------------!----------!------------!----!----!----!----!----!-----!-------!
!
100
! VOR CRS !0-359
!Deg ! 12 ! 11 ! 180! BNR!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!--------------!----------!------------!----!----!----!----!----!-----!-------!
!
033
! ILS
!108.00
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
! FREQ
!111.95
!MHz !
! 15 ! 180! BCD!
!
!
!--------------!----------!------------!----!----!----!----!----!-----!-------!
!
017
! ILS CRS !0-359.9
!Deg ! 4 ! 15 ! 180! BCD!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!--------------!----------!------------!----!----!----!----!----!-----!-------!
!
105
! ILS CRS !0-359.9
!Deg ! 11 ! 11 ! 180! BNR!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!--------------!----------!------------!----!----!----!----!----!-----!-------!
!
356
!BITE
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!STATUS
!
!
!
!
! 100! BNR!
!
!
!--------------!----------!------------!----!----!----!----!----!-----!-------!
!
377
!EQUIP
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!IDENT
!
!
!
!
!1000! BCD!
!
!
------------------------------------------------------------------------------** On A/C
POST SB 23-1188 FOR A/C 003-004
(2) Digital Outputs
The radio-communication and radio-navigation equipment receives the frequency and course data through
words. These words have a structure and a refresh rate defined in ARINC 429 Characteristics.
On the COM bus 1, each RMP transmits the labels 030, 037, 040, 047, 356, 377.
On the COM bus 2, each RMP transmits the labels 030, 037, 040, 047, 377.
On the NAV bus, each RMP transmits the labels 034, 035, 024, 100, 033, 017, 105, 032 and 377.
The table below contains the characteristics of all these parameters:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AES
23-13-00 PB001
Page 13
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
! LABEL ! Parameter/Def. ! Word range ! Unit ! Rate ! Code ! Source Orig ! Bit!
------------------------------------------------------------------------------! 030 !VHF FREQ 25KHz ! 118-136.975! MHz ! 190ms! BCD ! BUS COM 1/2 !
!
! 047 !VHF FREQ 8.33KHz! 118-136.975! MHz ! 190ms! BCD ! BUS COM 1/2 !
!
! 037 ! HF FREQ
! 2.8 - 24 ! MHz ! 190ms! BCD ! BUS COM 1/2 !
!
! 035 ! DME FREQ
! 108-135.95 ! MHz ! 150ms! BCD ! BUS NAV 1/2 !
!
! 032 ! ADF FREQ
! 190 - 1750 ! KHz ! 150ms! BCD ! BUS NAV 1/2 !
!
! 040 !" 0 ADF " option!
!
! 190ms!
! BUS COM 1
! 11 !
! 034 ! VOR FREQ
! 108-117.95 ! MHz ! 150ms! BCD ! BUS NAV 1/2 !
!
! 024 ! VOR CRS
!
0 - 359 ! deg ! 150ms! BCD ! BUS NAV 1/2 !
!
! 100 ! VOR CRS
!
0 - 359 ! deg ! 150ms! BNR ! BUS NAV 1/2 !
!
! 033 ! ILS FREQ
! 108-111.95 ! MHz ! 150ms! BCD ! BUS NAV 1/2 !
!
! 017 ! ILS FREQ
! 0 - 359.9 ! deg ! 150ms! BCD ! BUS NAV 1/2 !
!
! 105 ! ILS CRS
! 0 - 359.9 ! deg ! 150ms! BNR ! BUS NAV 1/2 !
!
! 356 ! BITE STATUS
!
!
! 190ms! ISO ! BUS COM 1
!
!
! 377 ! EQUIP IDENT
!
!
! 190ms! BCD ! BUS COM 1/2 !
!
------------------------------------------------------------------------------** On A/C ALL
(a) From RMP1 & RMP2:
------------------------------------------------------------------------------NAME
ELECTRICAL LEVEL
TO
SIGNAL STATUS
------------------------------------------------------------------------------COM PORT SELECT
GND/O.C.
RADIO COM
GND = PORT B
EQUIPMENT
SELECT
NAV PORT SELECT
GND/O.C.
RADIO NAV
GND = PORT B
EQUIPMENT
SELECT
NAV CONTROL
GND/O.C.
FMGC
GND = RMP FAIL
------------------------------------------------------------------------------(b) From RMP3:
------------------------------------------------------------------------------NAME
ELECTRICAL LEVEL
TO
SIGNAL STATUS
------------------------------------------------------------------------------COM PORT SELECT
GND/O.C.
RMP1 & RMP2
GND = PORT B
SELECT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AES
23-13-00 PB001
Page 14
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
8.
Test
A.
Built-In Test Equipment (BITE)

** On A/C 003-004
PRE SB 23-1188 FOR A/C 003-004
The BITE facilitates maintenance on in-service aircraft. It detects and identifies a failure related to the RMP.
The BITE of the RMP is connected to the Centralized Fault Display Interface Unit (CFDIU) (Ref. 31-32).
The BITE:
. Transmits permanently RMP status and its identification message to the CFDIU.
. Memorizes the failures which occurred during the last 63 flight segments.
. Monitors data inputs from the various peripherals (VHF, HF and CFDIU).
. Transmits to the CFDIU the result of the tests performed and self-tests.
. Can communicate with the CFDIU through the menus.
** On A/C 005-099
POST SB 23-1188 FOR A/C 003-004
The BITE facilitates maintenance on in-service aircraft. It detects and identifies a failure related to the RMP.
The BITE of the RMP is connected to the Centralized Fault Display Interface Unit (CFDIU) (Ref. 31-32).
The BITE:
. Transmits permanently RMP status and its identification message to the CFDIU.
. Memorizes the failures which occurred during the last 63 flight segments.
. Monitors data inputs from the various peripherals (VHF, HF and CFDIU).
. Transmits to the CFDIU the result of the tests performed and self-tests.
. Can communicate with the CFDIU through the menus.
** On A/C ALL
B.
General Operation
** On A/C 003-004
PRE SB 23-1188 FOR A/C 003-004
The BITE can operate in two modes:
. The normal mode
. The menu mode.
** On A/C 005-099
POST SB 23-1188 FOR A/C 003-004
The BITE can operate in two modes:
. The normal mode
. The menu mode.
** On A/C 003-004
PRE SB 23-1188 FOR A/C 003-004
(1) Normal mode
In normal mode the BITE monitors cyclically the momentaneous status of the RMP. It transmits these
information signals to the CFDIU during the concerned flight.
356, and label 377 with equipment id:36.
AES
23-13-00 PB001
Page 15
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(2) Menu mode
This mode enables communication between the CFDIU and the RMP BITE by means of the Multipurpose
Control and Display Unit (MCDU).
The RMP menu mode is composed of:
. LAST LEG REPORT
. TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA
. TEST.
** On A/C 005-099
POST SB 23-1188 FOR A/C 003-004
(3) Normal mode
In normal mode the BITE monitors cyclically the momentaneous status of the RMP. It transmits these
information signals to the CFDIU during the concerned flight.
356, and label 377 with equipment id:36.
(4) Menu mode
This mode enables communication between the CFDIU and the RMP BITE by means of the Multipurpose
Control and Display Unit (MCDU).
The RMP menu mode is composed of:
. LAST LEG REPORT
. GROUND SCANNING
. CLASS 3 FAULT
. GROUND REPORT
. TEST.
** On A/C ALL
C.
Functional Description
** On A/C 003-004
PRE SB 23-1188 FOR A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 23-13-00-34900-A - BITE - LAST LEG REPORT)
** On A/C 005-099
POST SB 23-1188 FOR A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 23-13-00-34900-B - BITE - LAST LEG REPORT)
** On A/C 003-004
PRE SB 23-1188 FOR A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 23-13-00-35000-A - BITE - PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT)
** On A/C 005-099
POST SB 23-1188 FOR A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 23-13-00-35000-B - BITE - PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT)
** On A/C 003-004
AES
23-13-00 PB001
Page 16
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
PRE SB 23-1188 FOR A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 23-13-00-35100-A - BITE - LRU IDENTIFICATION)
** On A/C 005-099
POST SB 23-1188 FOR A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 23-13-00-35100-B - BITE - LRU IDENTIFICATION)
(Ref. Fig. 23-13-00-35200-A - BITE - GROUND SCANNING)
** On A/C 003-004
PRE SB 23-1188 FOR A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 23-13-00-35600-A - BITE - TEST)
** On A/C 005-099
POST SB 23-1188 FOR A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 23-13-00-35600-B - BITE - TEST)
(Ref. Fig. 23-13-00-35300-A - BITE - TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA)
(Ref. Fig. 23-13-00-35400-A - BITE - CLASS 3 FAULTS)
(Ref. Fig. 23-13-00-35500-A - BITE - GROUND REPORT)
(Ref. Fig. 23-13-00-35500-A - BITE - GROUND REPORT)
To gain access to the BITE, it is necessary to use one MCDU (Ref. 31-32).
The MCDUs 3CA1 and 3CA2 are installed in the cockpit, on the center pedestal.
AES
23-13-00 PB001
Page 17
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
PRE SB 23-1188 FOR A/C 003-004
(IF INSTALLED
MCDU
BRT
F
A
I
L
F
M
G
C
DIR
PROG
PERF
INIT
FPLN
RAD
NAV
FUEL
PRED
SEC
FPLN
DATA
MCDU
MENU
AIR
PORT
NEXT
PAGE
OVFY
1RG1
(1RG2) & 1RG3
M
C
D
U
M
E
N
U
CLR
3CA1 (3CA2)
N_MM_231300_0_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-13-00-12500-B SHEET 1

23-13-00 PB001
Page 18
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C
POST SB 23-1188 FOR A/C 003-004
(IF INSTALLED
MCDU
BRT
F
A
I
L
F
M
G
C
DIR
PROG
PERF
INIT
FPLN
RAD
NAV
FUEL
PRED
SEC
FPLN
DATA
MCDU
MENU
AIR
PORT
NEXT
PAGE
1RG1,2,3
OVFY
M
C
D
U
M
E
N
U
CLR
3CA1 (3CA2, 3CA3)

N_MM_231300_0_BAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-13-00-12500-D SHEET 1

23-13-00 PB001
Page 19
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
LGCIU 1
LGCIU 2
5GA2
5GA1
DIALOGUE
BUS 3
RMP 3 COM BUS 1
RMP 3 COM BUS 2

RMP 3
1RG3
RMP 3 COM
DSCRT
DIALOGUE BUS 1
DIALOGUE BUS 2
RMP 1
RMP 1 COM BUS 2
RMP 2
RMP 2 COM BUS 1
RMP2 COM DSCRT

VHF1
A
1RC1
HF1
RMP 2 COM BUS 2
1RG2
RMP 1 COM DSCRT
RMP 1 COM BUS 1
DATA BUS 4
1RG1
VHF2
1RC2 A
3RE1
HF2
3RE2 A
CFDIU
1TW
VHF3
1RC3
PORT SELECT DSCRT

IF INSTALLED
ACARS
ATSU
1RB
FREQ SELECT
N_MM_231300_0_AGP0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-13-00-14000-B SHEET 1

Radio Management - Communication Architecture
23-13-00 PB001
Page 20
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
FMGC 1
FMGC 2
RMP 2
MANAGEMENT BUS FMGC 1
RMP 2 NAV PORT SELECT DSCRT
1RG2
RMP 2 NAV BUS
RMP 1 NAV BUS
RMP 1 NAV PORT SELECT DSCRT
1RG1
FMGC 2 FAIL DSCRT INPUT
RMP 1
MANAGEMENT BUS FMGC 2
FMGC 2 MANAGEMENT BUS
OUTPUT
NAV OPERATION DISCT
NAV OPERATION DISCT
FMGC 1 MANAGEMENT BUS
INPUT
FMGC 1 FAIL DSCRT
1CA2
OUTPUT
1CA1
VOR 1
3RS1 A
VOR 2 B
3RS2
DME 1
2SD1 A
DME 2 B
2SD2
ILS 1
2RT1 A
ILS 2
B
2RT2
ADF 1
2RP1 A
ADF 2 B
2RP2
IF INSTALLED
N_MM_231300_0_AEM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-13-00-14200-A SHEET 1

Radio Management - Navigation Architecture
23-13-00 PB001
Page 21
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
401PP
28VDC
ESS BUS
3A
2RG1
RMP 1
HI
LO
DC GROUND
HI
5VAC
MONITOR LIGHT
LO
CHASSIS GROUND
SDI
204PP
28VDC
NORM BUS
3A
2RG2
1RG1
RMP 2
HI
LO
DC GROUND
5VAC
PANEL LIGHT
HI
5VAC
MONITOR LIGHT
LO
CHASSIS GROUND
SDI
103PP
28VDC
NORM BUS
5VAC
PANEL LIGHT
3A
2RG3
1RG2
RMP 3
HI
LO
DC GROUND
5VAC
PANEL LIGHT
HI
5VAC
MONITOR LIGHT
LO
CHASSIS GROUND
SDI
1RG3
N_MM_231300_0_AJN0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-13-00-15700-B SHEET 1

Radio Management - System Power Supply
23-13-00 PB001
Page 22
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
PRE SB 23-1188 FOR A/C 003-004
GREEN SELECTION
FEEDBACK
DISPLAY
GREEN TRANSFER
PUSHBUTTON SWITCH
SEL INDICATOR LIGHT

(WHITE LED)
DUAL SELECTOR KNOB
N_MM_231300_0_ALM1_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-13-00-17300-B SHEET 1

RMP - Front Face
23-13-00 PB001
Page 23
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
POST SB 23-1188 FOR A/C 003-004
GREEN SELECTION
FEEDBACK
DISPLAY
GREEN TRANSFER
PUSHBUTTON SWITCH
SEL INDICATOR LIGHT

(WHITE LED)
DUAL SELECTOR
KNOB
N_MM_231300_0_ADP0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-13-00-17300-C SHEET 1

RMP - Front Face
23-13-00 PB001
Page 24
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 23-1119 FOR A/C 003-004
EMB SB 23-1249 FOR A/C 005-008
FREQUENCY
(MHZ)
CHANNEL
NAME
(DISPLAY)
CHANNEL
SPACING
(KHZ)
ARINC 429
WORD
CONTENT
LABEL
TRANSMITTED
118.0000
118.000
25
18.000
030
118.0000
118.005
8.33
18.000
047
118.0083
118.010
8.33
18.008
047
118.0167
118.015
8.33
18.017
047
118.0250
118.025
25
18.025
030
118.0250
118.030
8.33
18.025
047
118.0333
118.035
8.33
18.033
047
118.0417
118.040
8.33
18.042
047
118.0500
118.050
25
18.050
030
118.0500
118.055
8.33
18.050
047
118.0583
118.060
8.33
18.058
047
118.0667
118.065
8.33
18.067
047
118.0750
118.075
25
18.075
030
118.0750
118.080
8.33
18.075
047
118.0833
118.085
8.33
18.083
047
118.0917
118.090
8.33
18.092
047
118.1000
118.100
25
18.100
030
118.1000
118.105
8.33
18.100
047
ETC.
N_MM_231300_0_AZA0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-13-00-18700-A SHEET 1

RMP - Channelling/Frequency pairing (118.000 to 136.975
MHz) with 8.33 KHz actived
23-13-00 PB001
Page 25
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 23-1119 FOR A/C 003-004
PRE SB 23-1188 FOR A/C 003-004
EMB SB 23-1249 FOR A/C 005-008
ACTIVE
VHF1
HF1
STBY/CRS
VHF2
VHF3
SEL
HF2
AM
STBY NAV
NAV
VOR
ILS
MLS
ON
ADF
BFO
OFF
ACTIVE
VHF1
HF1
STBY/CRS
VHF2
VHF3
SEL
HF2
AM
STBY NAV
NAV
VOR
ILS
MLS
ON
ADF
BFO
OFF
ACTIVE
VHF1
HF1
STBY/CRS
VHF2
VHF3
SEL
HF2
AM
STBY NAV
NAV
VOR
ILS
MLS
ON
ADF
BFO
OFF
N_MM_231300_0_AEX0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-13-00-20800-C SHEET 1

23-13-00 PB001
Page 26
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C
EMB SB 23-1119 FOR A/C 003-004
POST SB 23-1188 FOR A/C 003-004
N_MM_231300_0_BNM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-13-00-20800-E SHEET 1

23-13-00 PB001
Page 27
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
PRE SB 23-1188 FOR A/C 003-004
ACTIVE
VHF1
HF1
STBY/CRS
VHF2
VHF3
SEL
HF2
AM
STBY NAV
NAV
VOR
ILS
MLS
ON
ADF
BFO
OFF
SELECT
RMP TO NAV
ACTIVE
VHF1
HF1
STBY/CRS
VHF2
VHF3
SEL
HF2
AM
STBY NAV
NAV
VOR
ILS
MLS
ON
ADF
BFO
OFF
SELECT VOR
ACTIVE
ACTIVE
STBY/CRS
VHF1
HF1
VHF1
HF1
VHF2
VHF3
SEL
HF2
AM
STBY NAV
NAV
SEL
VOR
VHF2
VHF3
VOR
ILS
MLS
ON
ADF
BFO
AM
OFF
STBY NAV
NAV
STBY/CRS
ILS
MLS
ON
ADF
CHOOSE NEW FREQ
BFO
OFF
ACTIVATE FREQ
ACTIVE
VHF1
HF1
STBY/CRS
VHF2
VHF3
SEL
HF2
AM
STBY NAV
NAV
VOR
ILS
MLS
ON
ADF
BFO
OFF
CHOOSE NEW CRS

ACTIVE
VHF1
HF1
SELECT FREQ. CHANGE

READY FOR NEW STATION
VHF2
STBY/CRS
VHF3
SEL
AM
STBY NAV
NAV
VOR
ILS
MLS
ON
ADF
BFO
OFF
N_MM_231300_0_AFP0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-13-00-23200-B SHEET 1

23-13-00 PB001
Page 28
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C
POST SB 23-1188 FOR A/C 003-004
SELECT
RMP TO NAV
SELECT VOR
CHOOSE NEW FREQ
ACTIVATE FREQ
CHOOSE NEW CRS
POSSIBLE DISPLAY
OF COM FREQ
SELECT FREQ CHANGE

READY FOR NEW STATION
N_MM_231300_0_BQM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-13-00-23200-C SHEET 1

23-13-00 PB001
Page 29
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
DIALOGUE BUS 3
RMP 3
DIALOGUE BUS 1
DIALOGUE BUS 2
VHF 1
A
VHF 2
B
HF 2
HF 1
A
RMP2 COM BUS 2
RMP2 COM DSCRT
RMP 2
RMP1 COM DSCRT
RMP1 COM BUS 1
RMP 1
INFORMATION ACQUIRED
VHF 3
INFORMATION AVAILABLE BUT
NOT ACQUIRED
INFORMATION MISSING
FREQ SELECT
IF INSTALLED
ACARS
ATSU
PORT SELECT DSCRT

N_MM_231300_0_APR0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-13-00-27900-D SHEET 1

Radio Communication - Normal Configuration
23-13-00 PB001
Page 30
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
DIALOGUE BUS 3
RMP3 COM BUS 2
RMP 3
RMP3 COM
DSCRT
DIALOGUE BUS 1
RMP 2
OFF
VHF 1
A
VHF 2
B
HF 2
HF 1
A
RMP2 COM BUS 2
RMP2 COM DSCRT
RMP1 COM DSCRT
RMP1 COM BUS 1
RMP 1
VHF 3
FAILURE OF RMP 2
(SYMMETRICAL CONFIGURATION
IN CASE OF RMP 1 FAILURE)
IF INSTALLED
FREQ SELECT
ACARS/ATSU
PORT SELECT DSCRT

N_MM_231300_0_ATR0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-13-00-29200-D SHEET 1

23-13-00 PB001
Page 31
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
RMP3 COM BUS 1
RMP3 COM BUS 2

RMP 3
VHF 1
A
RMP 2
OFF
VHF 2
B
HF 2
HF 1
A
RMP2 COM BUS 2
RMP1 COM DSCRT
RMP1 COM BUS 1
RMP 1
OFF
DSCRT
RMP2 COM DSCRT
RMP3 COM
VHF 3
B
FAILURE OF RMP 1 AND RMP 2

IF INSTALLED
FREQ SELECT
ACARS/ATSU
PORT SELECT DSCRT

N_MM_231300_0_ATR0_02_00
AES
FIGURE 23-13-00-29200-D SHEET 2

23-13-00 PB001
Page 32
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
RMP 3
OFF
RMP3 COM
DSCRT
RMP 1
RMP 2
OFF
RMP2 COM DSCRT
RMP1 COM DSCRT
RMP1 COM BUS 1
RMP1 COM BUS 2
VHF 1
A
VHF2
B
HF 2
HF 1
A
FAILURE OF RMP 2 AND RMP 3

(SYMMETRICAL CONFIGURATION
IN CASE OF RMP 1 AND RMP 3
FAILURE)
VHF 3
B
IF INSTALLED
FREQ SELECT
ACARS/ATSU
PORT SELECT DSCRT

N_MM_231300_0_ATR0_03_00
AES
FIGURE 23-13-00-29200-D SHEET 3

23-13-00 PB001
Page 33
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
ILS 1
ADF 1
NAV OPERATION
DISCT OUTPUT
FMGC 2
FMGC 1 MGT
DSCRT
VOR 2
DME 2
ILS 2
ADF 2
RMP 2 NAV
RMP 2 NAV BUS
DME 1
RMP 1 NAV
RMP 2
A
RMP 1 NAV
VOR 1
RMP 1
BUS
DSCRT
NAV OPERATION DISCT

B
MGT BUS
FMGC 2
BUS
OUTPUT
FMGC 1
INFORMATION ACQUIRED
INFORMATION AVAILABLE
BUT NOT ACQUIRED
INFORMATION MISSING
IF INSTALLED
N_MM_231300_0_AWM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-13-00-29900-A SHEET 1

Radio Navigation - Normal Configuration
23-13-00 PB001
Page 34
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
FMGC 1
VOR 1
DME 1
ILS 1
ADF 1
FMGC 2
RMP 1
RMP 2
NAV SELECTED
NAV SELECTED
VOR 2
DME 2
ILS 2
ADF 2
FAILURE OF FMGC 1 AND FMGC 2
IF INSTALLED
N_MM_231300_0_AYN0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-13-00-30200-A SHEET 1

23-13-00 PB001
Page 35
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
FMGC 2
DME 1
ILS 1
ADF 1
VOR 2
DME 2
ILS 2
ADF 2
A
RMP 1 NAV
VOR 1
RMP 1 NAV
RMP 2
BUS
DSCRT
RMP 1
NAV OPERATION
DISCT OUTPUT
NAV OPERATION DISCT
BUS
OUTPUT
FMGC 1
FAILURE OF FMGC 2
(SYMMETRICAL CONFIGURATION FOR FMGC 1 FAILURE)
IF INSTALLED
N_MM_231300_0_AYN0_02_00
AES
FIGURE 23-13-00-30200-A SHEET 2

23-13-00 PB001
Page 36
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
PRE SB 23-1188 FOR A/C 003-004
SEE CHAPTER 313200)
SELECT LAST LEG REPORT
<
REF.FIG.RELATED TO PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT
<
REF.FIG.RELATED TO LRU IDENTIFICATION
<
REF.FIG.RELATED TO TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA
<
REF.FIG.RELATED TO TEST
<
<
<
NEXT
PAGE
NOTE: WHEN RETURN IS SELECTED

THE MAIN MENU IS DISPLAYED
ON THE MCDU.
WHEN PRINT * IS SELECTED
THE ENTIRE LAST LEG REPORT
PAGE IS PRINTED.
<
N_MM_231300_0_ACS0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-13-00-34900-A SHEET 1

23-13-00 PB001
Page 37
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
POST SB 23-1188 FOR A/C 003-004
<
>
<
>
<
<
<
>
<
>
>
<
<
N_MM_231300_0_BCS0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-13-00-34900-B SHEET 1

23-13-00 PB001
Page 38
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
PRE SB 23-1188 FOR A/C 003-004

SEE CHAPTER 313200)
REF.FIG.RELATED TO LAST LEG REPORT
<
SELECT PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT
<
<
<
<
<
<
NEXT
PAGE
NOTE:
<
WHEN < RETURN IS SELECTED

ON THE MCDU.
THE ENTIRE PREVIOUS LEGS
REPORT PAGE IS PRINTED.
N_MM_231300_0_ADS0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-13-00-35000-A SHEET 1

23-13-00 PB001
Page 39
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
POST SB 23-1188 FOR A/C 003-004
<
>
<
>
<
<
>
<
<
>
>
<
<
N_MM_231300_0_BDS0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-13-00-35000-B SHEET 1

23-13-00 PB001
Page 40
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
PRE SB 23-1188 FOR A/C 003-004

SEE CHAPTER 313200)
<
<
SELECT LRU IDENTIFICATION
<
<
<
<
<
NOTE: WHEN < RETURN IS SELECTED

THE MAIN MANU IS DISPLAYED
ON THE MCDU.
THE LRU IDENTIFICATION
PAGE IS PRINTED
N_MM_231300_0_AES0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-13-00-35100-A SHEET 1

23-13-00 PB001
Page 41
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
POST SB 23-1188 FOR A/C 003-004
<
>
<
>
<
<
<
>
<
<
N_MM_231300_0_BES0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-13-00-35100-B SHEET 1

23-13-00 PB001
Page 42
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
POST SB 23-1188 FOR A/C 003-004
<
>
<
>
<
<
>
<
<
>
<
<
N_MM_231300_0_BHS0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-13-00-35200-A SHEET 1

BITE - GROUND SCANNING
23-13-00 PB001
Page 43
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
POST SB 23-1188 FOR A/C 003-004
SEE CHAPTER 313200)
<
<
<
SELECT TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA
<
<
<
<

THE MAN MENU IS DISPLAYED
ON THE MCDU.
THE TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA
PAGE IS PRINTED.
<
N_MM_231300_0_AFS0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-13-00-35300-A SHEET 1

BITE - TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA
23-13-00 PB001
Page 44
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
POST SB 23-1188 FOR A/C 003-004
<
>
<
>
<
<
<
>
<
>
>
<
<
N_MM_231300_0_BJS0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-13-00-35400-A SHEET 1

BITE - CLASS 3 FAULTS
23-13-00 PB001
Page 45
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
POST SB 23-1188 FOR A/C 003-004
<
>
<
>
<
<
<
>
<
>
<
<
<
N_MM_231300_0_BKS0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-13-00-35500-A SHEET 1

23-13-00 PB001
Page 46
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
PRE SB 23-1188 FOR A/C 003-004
SEE CHAPTER 313200)
<
REF.FIG.RELATED TO PRIVIOUS LEGS REPORT
<
<
<
SELECT TEST
<
<

ON THE MCDU.
THE ENTIRE TEST PAGE IS
PRINTED.
<
<
N_MM_231300_0_AGS0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-13-00-35600-A SHEET 1

BITE - TEST
23-13-00 PB001
Page 47
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
POST SB 23-1188 FOR A/C 003-004
<
>
<
>
<
<
<
>
<
SELECT TEST
<
NO FAULT
DETECTED
FAULT
>
<
<
N_MM_231300_0_BLS0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-13-00-35600-B SHEET 1

BITE - TEST
23-13-00 PB001
Page 48
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
RADIO MANAGEMENT - ADJUSTMENT/TEST

** On A/C ALL
Task 23-13-00-710-001-A
NOTE :
1.
You can do this test in the hangar.
Reason for the Job

To do a check of the dialog between the Radio Managemnt Panels (RMP).
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
210
ZONE DESCRIPTION
B.
REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
24-41-00-862-002-A
24-41-00-862-002-A-01
24-41-00-862-002-A-02
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-13-00-861-050-A
A.
Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02)
Subtask 23-13-00-865-050-A
B.

PANEL
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
49VU
COM/RMP/1
2RG1
G10
49VU
COM/VHF/1
2RC1
G09
121VU
COM NAV/RMP/3
2RG3
L03
121VU
COM NAV/RMP/2
2RG2
L02
AES
23-13-00 PB501
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
4.
Procedure
Subtask 23-13-00-710-050-B
A.
ACTION
1.On the RMP1:
. Set the ON/OFF switch to ON.
RESULT
The RMP1 shows the last frequencies and the last function
used.
2.On the RMP1:

. Push the VHF1 pushbutton switch.
On the RMP1:
. The green LED on the VHF1 pushbutton switch comes
on (it does not come on if the last function used was
the VHF1 function).
3.On the RMP1:

. In the right window, with the dual selector knob, set
the frequency of a station that transmits.
4.On the RMP1:
. Start the frequency set. To do this, push the
windows.
5.On the RMP2 and the RMP3:
. Set the ON/OFF switch to ON.
On the RMP1:
. In the left window, the frequency set comes into view.
6.On the RMP2 and the RMP3:

. Push the VHF1 pushbutton switch.
On the RMP2 and the RMP3:

. The left window shows the same frequency as the
RMP1
. The green LED on the VHF1 pushbutton switch comes
on.
On the RMP1, the RMP2 and the RMP3:
. The SEL indicator light (amber LED) is on.
The RMP2 and 3 show the last frequencies and the last
functions used.
7.On the RMP2:

. In the right window, set a new frequency with the dual
selector knob.
8.On the RMP2:
On the RMP2:
windows.
. The left window shows the same frequency as on the
RMP2.
9.On the RMP3:
. In the right window, set a new frequency with the dual
selector knob.
10.On the RMP3:
On the RMP3:
windows.
. The left window shows the same frequency as on the
RMP3.
5.
Close-up
Subtask 23-13-00-860-050-A
A.

(1)
AES
On the RMPs, set the ON/OFF selector switch to OFF.
23-13-00 PB501
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(2)
AES
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).
23-13-00 PB501
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-13-00-710-002-A
Operational Test of the Radio Navigation Selection in Standby Mode with the RMP1 and 2.
1.
Reason for the Job

(Ref. MPD 23-13-00-01-)
OPERATIONAL CHECK OF RADIO NAVIGATION SELECTION IN STANDBY MODE USING RMP 1 AND 2
To do a check of the RMP1 and RMP2 operation in standby mode for the radio navigation.
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
1
HEADSET 600 OHMS
DESIGNATION

ZONE/ACCESS
210
ZONE DESCRIPTION
C.
REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
24-41-00-862-002-A
24-41-00-862-002-A-01
24-41-00-862-002-A-02
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-13-00-860-051-A
A.

(1)
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).
(2)
Connect a HEADSET 600 OHMS to the HEADSET connector of the Captain station.
Subtask 23-13-00-865-051-A
B.

PANEL
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
49VU
NAV/VOR/1
2RS1
G13
49VU
COM/RMP/1
2RG1
G10
49VU
NAV/ADF/1
1RP1
H14
COM/AUDIO/ACP/CAPT
4RN
G06
** On A/C 003-004
49VU
AES
23-13-00 PB501
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
PANEL
** On A/C 005-099
49VU
** On A/C ALL
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
4RN
G06
121VU
COM NAV/VOR/2
2RS2
K08
121VU
COM NAV/ADF/2
1RP2
K02
121VU
COM NAV/RMP/2
2RG2
L02
4.
Procedure
Subtask 23-13-00-710-051-A
A.
Operational Test of the Radio Navigation Selection in Standby Mode with the RMP1 and 2
NOTE :
ACTION
1.On the RMP1 and RMP2:
RESULT
On the RMP1 and RMP2:
. The RMP shows the last frequencies and the last
function used.
Push the NAV pushbutton switch.
Push the ILS pushbutton switch.
The set ILS frequency comes into view in the two

display windows.
NOTE :
For the RMPs that have the LS label (and not

the ILS label), push the LS pushbutton switch.
2.On the RMP1 (RMP2):

. In the STBY/CRS window, set an ILS frequency of
109.5 Mhz with the dual selector knob.
. Start this frequency. To do this, push the transfer
display windows.
On the RMP1 and RMP2:

. In the ACTIVE display window, the set frequency comes
into view.
On the RMP1 (RMP2):
.
Set a course of C090 with the dual selector knob.
Start this course. To do this, push the transfer

display windows.
In the STBY/CRS display window, the set course comes

into view.
In the STBY/CRS display window, the course C090
comes into view.
In the STBY/CRS display window, the frequency
109.5MHz comes into view.
On the RMP2 (RMP1):
The green LED on this pushbutton switch goes off.
Set the ON/OFF selector switch to OFF.
The two display windows go off.
AES
On the RMP1 (RMP2):
23-13-00 PB501
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ACTION
Push the VOR pushbutton switch.
RESULT
On the ILS pushbutton switch, the green LED goes off.
NOTE :
.
.
In the STBY/CRS display window, set a VOR

frequency of 117.5 MHz with the dual selector knob.

display windows.
For the RMPs that have the LS label (and not the
ILS label), push the LS pushbutton switch.
On the VOR pushbutton switch, the green LED comes

on.
The set VOR frequency comes into view in the two
display windows.
In the ACTIVE display window, the frequency 117.5

MHz comes into view.
In the STBY/CRS display window, the set course comes

into view.
In the STBY/CRS display window, the course C075
comes into view.
In the STBY/CRS display window, the frequency 117.5
MHz comes into view.
Set a course of C075 with the dual selector knob.
Start this course. To do this, push the transfer

display windows.
5.On the RMP1 (on the RMP2, only if the aircraft has
two ADFs):
On the RMP1 (on the RMP2, only if the aircraft has two
ADFs):
.
.
Push the ADF pushbutton switch.
On the VOR pushbutton switch, the green LED goes off

On the ADF pushbutton switch, the green LED comes
on.
The set ADF frequency comes into view in the two
display windows.
6.On the CAPT ACP (F/O ACP) :
On the CAPT ACP (F/O ACP):
Push and release the ADF1 and ADF2 reception

pushbutton switch.
7.On the RMP1 (on the RMP2, only if the aircraft has
two ADFs):
.
.
The ADF1 and ADF2 reception pushbutton switches

come fully out and come on.
On the RMP1 (on the RMP2, only if the aircraft has two
ADFs):
Set a local NDB frequency (non-radiophonic) with the .

dual selector knob.
.
display windows.
In the STBY/CRS display window, the set frequency

comes into view.
The two frequencies change.
If the frequency is tuned to an A1-type station:

. You cannot hear the identification signal in the headset.
. You can hear the identification signal in the headset.
AES
23-13-00 PB501
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ACTION
Push the BFO pushbutton switch.
RESULT
. You can hear the identification signal in the headset.
. You cannot hear the identification signal in the headset.
The green LED on this pushbutton switch goes off.
The RMP shows the set frequencies and function in the

communication mode.
5.
Close-up
Subtask 23-13-00-860-052-A
A.
AES

(1)
On the ACP, push the ADF1 (ADF2) reception pushbutton switch
(2)
(3)
Disconnect the headset from the HEADSET connector of the Captain station.
(4)
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).
23-13-00 PB501
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-13-00-740-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

To make sure that the RMPs operate correctly.
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
210
ZONE DESCRIPTION
B.
REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
24-41-00-862-002-A
24-41-00-862-002-A-01
24-41-00-862-002-A-02
31-32-00-860-003-A
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-13-00-860-053-A
A.

(1)
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).
(2)
On the RMPs, set the ON/OFF selector switch to ON.
(3)
Subtask 23-13-00-865-052-A
B.

PANEL
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
49VU
COM/RMP/1
2RG1
G10
121VU
COM NAV/RMP/3
2RG3
L03
121VU
COM NAV/RMP/2
2RG2
L02
AES
23-13-00 PB501
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
4.
Procedure
** On A/C ALL
PRE SB 23-1188 FOR A/C 003-004
Subtask 23-13-00-740-050-B
A.
Bite Test of the Radio Management

NOTE :
ACTION
On the MCDU:
the RMP 1(2,3) page comes into view.
the TEST OK indication comes into view.
Push the line key adjacent to the RMP1(RMP2RMP3) indication.
RESULT
2.On the RMP 1(2,3) page:

.
3.On the MCDU :

. On the MCDU, push the line key adjacent to the
into view.
** On A/C
POST SB 23-1188 FOR A/C 003-004
Subtask 23-13-00-740-050-C
A.
Bite Test of the Radio Management

NOTE :
ACTION
On the MCDU:
the RMP 1(2,3) page comes into view.
the initial conditions and the normal test sequence come

into view the WAIT FOR XX SECONDS indication
comes into view the TEST OK indication comes into
view.
Push the line key adjacent to the RMP1(RMP2RMP3) indication.
RESULT
2.On the RMP 1(2,3) page:

.
3.On the RMP 1 page:

. the SWITCH ON RMP3 indication is shown.
4.On the MCDU, push the line key adjacent to the
into view.
5.
Close-up
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-13-00-862-052-A
A.

(1)
AES
On the MCDU, set the BRT knob to OFF.
23-13-00 PB501
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AES
(2)
(3)
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).
23-13-00 PB501
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
RADIO MANAGEMENT PANEL (RMP) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 23-13-13-000-001-A
Removal of the Radio Management Panel (RMP)
FIN 1RG1, 1RG2, 1RG3
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
AR CAP - BLANKING

ZONE/ACCESS
210
ZONE DESCRIPTION
C.
REFERENCE
DESIGNATION
(Ref. Fig. 23-13-13-991-00100-B - Radio Management Panels (RMP) 1,2 and 3)
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-13-13-865-050-A
A.
PANEL
FOR FIN 1RG1
49VU
COM/RMP/1
2RG1
G10
FOR FIN 1RG2

121VU
COM NAV/RMP/2
2RG2
L02
FOR FIN 1RG3

121VU
COM NAV/RMP/3
2RG3
L03
4.
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
Procedure
Subtask 23-13-13-020-050-A
A.
AES
Removal of the RMP

(1)
Loosen the quarter-turn fasteners (1).
(2)
Pull the RMP (2) from its housing.
23-13-13 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AES
(3)
Disconnect the plug (4) from the receptacle (3).
(4)
Remove the RMP (2).
(5)
Put CAP - BLANKING on the plug (4) and on the receptacle (3).
23-13-13 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
1RG3
1RG1
1RG2
A
1
1
2
N_MM_231313_4_ABM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-13-13-991-00100-B SHEET 1

Radio Management Panels (RMP) 1,2 and 3
23-13-13 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-13-13-400-001-A
Installation of the Radio Management Panel (RMP)
FIN 1RG1, 1RG2, 1RG3
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
210
ZONE DESCRIPTION
B.
REFERENCE
23-13-00-710-001-A
DESIGNATION
23-13-00-740-001-A

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-13-13-865-051-A
A.
PANEL
FOR FIN 1RG1
49VU
COM/RMP/1
2RG1
G10
FOR FIN 1RG2

121VU
COM NAV/RMP/2
2RG2
L02
FOR FIN 1RG3

121VU
COM NAV/RMP/3
2RG3
L03
4.
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
Procedure
Subtask 23-13-13-420-050-A
A.
AES
Installation of the RMP

(1)
(2)
(3)
Remove the blanking caps from the plug (4) and the receptacle (3).
(4)
Make sure that the plug (4) and the receptacle (3) are clean and in the correct condition.
(5)
Connect the plug (4) to the receptacle (3).
(6)
Install the RMP (2) in its housing.
(7)
Tighten the quarter-turn fasteners (1).
23-13-13 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 23-13-13-865-056-A
B.
PANEL
FOR FIN 1RG1
49VU
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
COM/RMP/1
2RG1
G10
FOR FIN 1RG2

121VU
COM NAV/RMP/2
2RG2
L02
FOR FIN 1RG3

121VU
COM NAV/RMP/3
2RG3
L03
Subtask 23-13-13-740-050-A
C.
Do the BITE test of the Radio Management (Ref. TASK 23-13-00-740-001-A)

NOTE :
5.
23-13-00-710-001-A).
Close-up
Subtask 23-13-13-860-050-A
A.
AES
23-13-13 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321

SYSTEM (ACARS) - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
** On A/C 003-004
1.
General
The Aircraft Communications Addressing and Reporting System Management Unit (ACARS MU) is an equipment
which permits exchanges of data between the aircraft and the airline.
The radio transmission/reception of messages is performed by the VHF 3 transceiver which is controlled (in
frequency and in transmission activation) by the ACARS MU.
The main functions of the ACARS are:
A.
Transmission mode
(1) Management of data delivered by the:
. System Data Acquisition Concentrator (SDAC)
. Flight Warning Computer (FWC)
. Data Management Unit (DMU)
. Centralized fault display interface unit (CFDIU)
. Flight Management and Guidance Computer (FMGC).
(2) Transmission to the airline of the OOOI time (Out,Off,On,In).
(3) Updating of the MU clock.
(4) Transmission of free text to the ground.
B.
Reception mode
(1) Management of the reception, printing and display of the ground messages.
(2) Reception of the meteo data
AES
23-24-00 PB001
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
2.
Component Location
(Ref. Fig. 23-24-00-13200-A - ACARS - Component Location in the Avionics Compartment)
FIN
1RB
4WT1
3CA1
3CA2
1RG1
MU-ACARS
DU-ECAM, UPPER
MCDU-1
MCDU-2
82VU
4VU
11VU
11VU
11VU
ZONE ACCESS
DOOR
128
210
210
210
210
1RG2
11VU
210
AES
PANEL
23-24-00 PB001
ATA REF.
23-24-34
31-63-22
22-82-12
22-82-12
23-13-13
23-13-13
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
3.
System Description
The ACARS system includes:
. an ACARS Management Unit (MU)
AES
23-24-00 PB001
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
4.
Power Supply
(Ref. Fig. 23-24-00-18000-A - ACARS - General Power Supply)
The ACARS MU is supplied with 115VAC from the 115VAC BUS1 1XP (sub-busbar 103XP) through the circuit
breaker 2RB located in the cockpit on the panel 121VU.
AES
23-24-00 PB001
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
5.
Interface
(Ref. Fig. 23-24-00-15600-A - ACARS - Block Diagram)
A.
ACARS MU Peripheral Computers Interface

The peripheral computers are:
. the Flight Management Guidance Computers 1 and 2 (FMGC) (Ref. 22-86)
. the Data Management Unit (DMU) (Ref. 31-36)
. the System Data Acquisition Concentrators 1 and 2 (SDAC) (Ref. 31-54)
. the Centralized Fault Display Interface Unit (CFDIU) (Ref. 31-32)
. the Flight Warning Computers 1 and 2 (FWC) (ref. 31-52).
The exchanges of data between the MU and the peripheral computers use ARINC 429 buses.
These exchanges are made in two different ways:
. data transfer at low speed
. broadcast of parameters at high or low speed.
The MU uses the data transparent protocol (defined in the ARINC 429 specification) when it communicates
with the onboard avionics systems.
The file data transfer uses the System Address Label to identify the receiving system as all the peripheral
computers are connected to the two general output buses of the MU.
B.
Page Organisation
(1) MU/FMGCs interface
(a) Data transmission
The FMGC 1 and 2 exchange data with the MU in ARINC 429 at low speed.
The MU transmits data to the FMGC 1 on its general output bus 1 and to FMGC 2 on its general
output bus 2.
The ACARS system enables to initialize and update the flight plan by uplinks from airline to FMGCs.
With downlinks, FMGCs through ACARS inform the airline of the configuration of the aircraft
(preflight, inflight, postflight reports); a set of broadcast data is transmitted from FMGCs to ACARS.
(2) MU/DMU interface
The MU transmits data to and receives data from the DMU in file.
For example, the following messages are transmitted:
. engine cruise report
. cruise performance report
. engine take-off report
. engine report on request
. engine gas path advisory report
. engine mechanical advisory report
. engine divergence report
. engine start report
. engine run up report
. APU MES/IDLE report
. APU shut down report
. loader report
. ECS report
. free programmable report No. 1
AES
23-24-00 PB001
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
. RAT report .
The above listed reports can be either reports stored in the DMU buffer after automatic generation, or
reports generated on request (manual request or MU request).
(3) MU/FWCs and SDACs interfaces
The MU receives parameters broadcast by the SDAC 1 and 2 and the FWC 1 and 2 at high speed, and
broadcasts a status parameter to the FWCs at low speed.
(4) MU/CFDIU interface
The MU receives data from the CFDIU in file and receives parameters broadcast by the CFDIU at low
speed. The MU transmits requests to the CFDIU.
C.
ACARS MU/MCDUs interface

The MU is interfaced with three MCDUs. When the MU dialogs with more than one MCDU, it cannot dialog
with another MCDU.
All the displays are organized and managed with the MU. The MCDU sends a code to the MU only when a key
line is pushed.
The MCDU 1 and 3 are connected to the MU general output bus 1 and the MCDU 2 is connected to the MU
general output bus 2.
D. ACARS MU/printer interface (If installed)

The MU transmits data to the multi-input cockpit printer.
The printer is not dedicated only to the ACARS. The MU can buffer data printing when the printer is busy with
another system.
E.
ACARS MU/VHF 3 interface

The MU receives uplinks and transmits downlinks through the VHF 3 transceiver.
The VHF 3 transceiver is not dedicated only to ACARS, it is also used as a back-up of the VHF 1 or VHF 2.
Each of the three RMPs is connected to the remote voice/data select discrete-input of the MU. This discrete
can apply on this input a voice/data mode transfer command.
The MU is connected to the key event discrete-output from the VHF 3 which indicates that the push-to-talk
input of the VHF 3 is activated.
The MU can use this information to automatically resume control of the transceiver after a voice conversation
through VHF 3 (the MU can resume control of the VHF 3 after a time interval of 2 minutes has elapsed since
the last VHF 3 push-to-talk activation).
F.
Interface with the ground network

The airline can exchange data with its aircraft through a ground network which is managed by four world
service providers:
These providers are:
. ARINC, in the USA
. CANADIAN, in Canada
. JAPANESE, in Japan
. SITA, in the other regions.
In this ground network, each service provider is responsible for its own network.
The networks are interconnected, therefore the data is transferred over any network.
The aircraft can be in liaison with the network through the VHF.
On the network, it is possible to communicate through two types of transmission:
AES
23-24-00 PB001
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(1) CATEGORY A
The aircraft can transmit or receive data to or from all the VHF transceivers which are in the line of sight
of the aircraft.
(2) CATEGORY B
The aircraft can transmit or receive data to or from one VHF transceiver only. It selects the VHF
transceiver with which it wants to communicate after reception of a squitter.
On the ground, each service provider works on a special frequency:
. 131,55 MHz for the ARINC network
. 131,475 MHz for the CANADIAN network
. 131,450 MHz for the JAPANESE network
. 131,725 MHz for the SITA network.
In order to communicate, the ACARS MU tunes the frequency through a frequency management algorithm.
AES
23-24-00 PB001
Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
6.
Operation
A.
Connection with the DMU

(1) Each report generated by the DMU can be programmed individually for transmission to the ACARS MU
either automatically or manually.
(2) The ACARS MU can also require generation and transmission of any report by the DMU.
(3) The ACARS MU can send information to the DMU when each report has been duly transmitted to the
ground.
(4) All these functions are described with their operational use related to the DMU in the ATA 31-36.
B.
Connection with the CFDIU

(1) All the fault messages and all the warnings recorded by the CFDIU can be transmitted automatically to the
ACARS MU as soon as the CFDIU receives them from a system or a Flight Warning Computer.
(2) The CFDIU can transmit the post-flight report automatically to the ACARS MU at the end of the flight.
This report can also be transmitted to the ACARS MU manually.
(3) Any page displayed by the CFDIU on one MCDU, which is a resultant of the dialogue in menu mode
between the CFDIU and a system, can be transmitted manually to the ACARS MU.
(4) Each function is rendered operational or not depending on the message transmitted by the ACARS MU to
the CFDIU. These functions are described with their operational use related to the CFDIU in the ATA
31-32.
(5) The ACARS MU (and all the systems linked to the CFDIU) is provided by the CFDIU with the following:
. Aircraft identification (tail number)
. Flight number
. Identifications of departure and destination airports
. Date
. Time
. Flight phase
. Installed optional systems.
C.
Connection with the FMGCs

(1) The ACARS MU is linked to the FMGC1 and 2.
(2) The FMGCs transmit the following messages to the ACARS MU either automatically or manually:
. Request for flight plan initialization
. Request for wind messages
. Pre-flight report
. In-flight report
. Post-flight report.
(3) The ACARS MU transmits the following messages to the FMGCs either automatically or manually:
. Flight plan initialization
. Wind message
. Advisory message related to a request not transmitted to the ground
. Request for a pre-flight report
. Request for a post-flight report.
(4) Each function is rendered operational or not depending on the message transmitted by the ACARS MU to
the FMGCs.
(5) The ACARS MU receives parameters from the FMGCs.
AES
23-24-00 PB001
Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
D. Connection with the FWCs and SDACs
(1) The ACARS MU provides the FWC1 and 2 with data indicating four ACARS configurations. The FWC1
and 2 enable display of the corresponding indications on the memo zone of the upper ECAM display unit.
These indications are:
. ACARS MSG: indicates reception of a ground message
. ACARS STBY: indicates loss of communication with the ground
. VHF3 : VOICE: indicates that the VHF3 transceiver is not controlled by the ACARS
. ACARS CALL: indicates reception of a voice communication demand with the ground.
The display unit only shows one indication even if several configurations are present at the same time.
When the FWCs are no longer provided with this data by the ACARS MU, or do not receive it in normal
conditions (incorrect refresh or validity), the ACARS MU appears on the faulty system list (ECAM
STATUS page) and the amber ACARS FAULT warning appears on the upper ECAM display unit.
(2) The ACARS MU receives the FWC1 main bus and can use any information present on this bus (available
parameters are listed in the FWC interfaces ATA 31-52).
(3) The ACARS MU receives the SDAC1 main bus and can use any information present on this bus (available
parameters are listed in the SDAC interfaces ATA 31-54).
E.
Connection with the VHF3 Transceiver

(1) The VHF3 has two audio type interfaces:
(a) An audio input, an audio output and a transmission control discrete (push-to-talk) linked to the audio
management unit (AMU) (Ref. ATA 23-51).
This interface is used for voice communications.
(b) An audio input, an audio output and a transmission control discrete (data keyline) linked to the
ACARS MU. This interface is used for transmission and reception of the ACARS data.
(2) The VHF3 can operate in two modes:
(a) Radio mode: in this case, it activates its audio type interface with the AMU and de-activates its audio
interface with the ACARS MU.
(b) DATA mode: in this case, the process is reversed.
(3) The ACARS MU controls the VHF3 operating mode through the voice/data select discrete:
(a) When this discrete is a ground signal, the VHF3 operates in DATA mode.
(b) When this discrete is in open circuit, the VHF3 operates in radio mode.
(4) The VHF3 has two frequency control interfaces:
(a) A digital input linked to the ACARS MU (input A)
(b) A digital input linked to the RMPs (input B).
(5) The ACARS MU applies a command signal to the VHF3 to take into account its frequency inputs through
the port select discrete.
(a) When this discrete is a ground signal, the VHF3 takes into account input A and operates on the
frequency transmitted by the ACARS MU.
(b) When this discrete is in open circuit, the VHF3 takes into account input B and operates on the
frequency transmitted by the RMPs.
(6) Three cases may arise:
(a) The VHF3 operates in DATA mode. In this case the VHF3 frequency is controlled through the ACARS
MU. The voice/data select and the port select discretes are grounded by the ACARS MU.
AES
23-24-00 PB001
Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(b) The VHF3 operates in radio mode and its frequency is controlled through the RMPs. The voice/data
select and the port select discretes are in open circuit.
(c) The VHF3 operates in radio mode and its frequency is controlled through the ACARS MU. The
voice/data select discrete is in open circuit and the port select discrete is grounded.
In this case, the frequency transmitted by the ACARS MU is a frequency entered by the crew (on one
MCDU) or a frequency received in a ground message.
NOTE :
When the ACARS MU is not supplied or if it is faulty, the voice/data select and port select
discretes are in open circuit: the VHF3 operates in radio mode and its frequency is controlled
by the RMPs.
(7) The ACARS MU can switch the VHF3:

(a) From DATA to radio mode
1
Upon crew command: through the RMPs (Ref. para. Operation-Connection with the RMPs) or
one MCDU.
Automatically: further to the reception of a demand from the ground (this corresponds to the
ACARS CALL configuration described in para. Operation-Connection with the FWCs).
(b) From radio to DATA mode
F.
Upon crew command: through the RMPs (Ref. para. Operation-Connection with the RMPs) or
one MCDU.
Automatically: the ACARS MU receives the push-to-talk discrete sent by the Audio Management
Unit to the VHF3 and therefore detects the transmissions performed in radio mode. The ACARS
MU can require automatic reversion to the DATA mode when it no longer detects transmissions
in radio mode.
Connection with the RMPs

(Ref. Fig. 23-24-00-26900-A - ACARS - Modification of Voice Communication Frequency Through the RMPs
(Sheet 1/2))
(Ref. Fig. 23-24-00-27000-A - ACARS - Modification of Voice Communication Frequency Through the RMPs
(Sheet 2/2))
(1) Each RMP receives the port select discrete (Ref. para. Operation- Connection with the VHF3 Transceiver).
(a) If the ACARS MU controls the VHF3 frequency, the following appears when the VHF3 mode is
selected on one RMP:
. ACARS in the ACTIVE display window
. A frequency in the STBY/CRS display.
This frequency can be modified by means of the selector knob located under the STBY/CRS
display window. It can be different on each RMP.
(b) If the RMPs control the VHF3 frequency, the following appears when the VHF3 mode is selected on
one RMP:
. A frequency (the same for all the RMPs) in the ACTIVE display window
. ACARS in the STBY/CRS display.
NOTE :
AES
The ACARS indication in the ACTIVE display window of the RMPs indicates that the VHF3
frequency is controlled through the ACARS MU. It does not mean that the VHF3 operates in
DATA mode (the VHF3 can operate in radio mode with a frequency controlled through the
ACARS MU). If the ACARS indication appears in the STBY/CRS display window, the VHF3
shall operate in radio mode on the frequency shown in the ACTIVE display window of the
RMPs.
23-24-00 PB001
Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(2) Depending on the pin-programming of the ACARS MU (TP 11C grounded or in open circuit), the VHF3
frequency is controlled through the RMPs (in radio mode), the ACARS MU (in DATA mode ) or through
the ACARS MU only (in radio or DATA mode).
(a) Control of VHF3 frequency through RMPs and ACARS MU
1
When it is necessary to switch over VHF3 frequency control from the ACARS MU to the RMPs
(or vice versa), the RMPs send the remote voice/data select discrete with a momentary change in
state from open circuit to ground.
The command is initiated when, the VHF3 display mode being selected on one RMP, the transfer
pushbutton switch (between the two display windows) is pushed.
When the command is initiated with VHF3 frequency controlled through the ACARS MU (the
ACARS indication appears in the ACTIVE display window):
. The RMP display in VHF3 mode remains unchanged until the control is given to the RMPs by
the ACARS MU by changing the state of the port select discrete to open circuit.
. When the control is given to the RMPs by the ACARS MU, the RMPs (which receive the port
select discrete), modify their display in VHF3 mode as follows:
* The ACARS indication appears in the STBY/CRS display window of all the RMPs.
* The frequency which was in the STBY/CRS display window of the RMP which has
generated the command, appears in the ACTIVE display of all the RMPs.
NOTE :
Three seconds can elapse between command and display modification.
When the remote voice/data select command is initiated with VHF3 frequency controlled through
the RMPs (the ACARS indication appears in the STBY display):
. The display of the RMP which has generated the command is modified immediately, as
follows, until control is taken over by the ACARS MU:
* Dashes appear in the ACTIVE display
* The frequency which was in the ACTIVE display appears in the STBY/CRS display window
. The display of the other RMPs in VHF3 mode remains unchanged until control is taken over
by the ACARS MU.
. When the ACARS MU takes the control again (by changing the state of the port select
discrete to ground), the display of the RMPs in VHF3 mode is modified as follows :
* For the RMP which has generated the command the dashes in the ACTIVE display window
are replaced by the ACARS indication.
* For the other RMPs, the ACARS indication appears in the ACTIVE display window. The
frequency which was in the ACTIVE display window appears in the STBY/CRS display
window.
NOTE :
Time elapsed between command initiation and the taking of control by the ACARS MU is
very short.
(b) Control of VHF3 frequency through ACARS MU only (in radio or DATA mode)
The pilots can modify the frequency or the operating mode (radio or DATA mode) through the
MCDU.
G.
Connection with the MCDUs

(1) The ACARS MU is interfaced with two or three MCDUs
(2) The MCDUs enable:
(a) The display of data generated by the ACARS MU from data transmitted by the ground or by
peripheral computers (DMU, CFDIU, FWC1, SDAC1).
(b) The selection of the various functions of the ACARS MU.
(c) The entry of data or text by the crew.
AES
23-24-00 PB001
Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(3) Dialogue between one MCDU and the ACARS MU is initiated when ACARS is selected on the MCDU
menu.
This dialogue is performed according to the protocol specific to the exchanges of data with the MCDUs, the
same protocol being used for the dialogues between the MCDUs and the following: FMGCs, CFDIU and
DMU (Ref. ATA 22-82).
H. Connection with the Printer
(1) The ACARS MU is linked to the printer. This enables to print:
. The data generated by the ACARS MU from data transmitted by the ground and by peripheral
computers,
. The data entered by the crew through the MCDUs.
(2) The data are transmitted to the printer by the ACARS MU according to a specific protocol which is also
used by the other computers operating in conjunction with the printer (Ref. ATA 31-35).
J.
Data Exchange between Aircraft and Ground Network

(1) Data coding
The data exchanged between the ACARS MU and the VHF3 transceiver are coded by 1200 and 2400 Hz
tones
(Ref. Fig. 23-24-00-27700-A - ACARS - Data Coding)
A zero-bit is coded:
. By a positive half period of 1200 Hz when it is the first of a string of zero-bits (even if the string only
comprises this single bit).
. By a 2400 Hz period starting by the negative half period when this is not the case.
A one-bit is coded:
. by a negative half period of 1200 Hz when it is the first of a string of one-bits (even if the string only
comprises this single bit).
. by a 2400 Hz period starting by the positive half period when this is not the case.
The signal transmitted by the ACARS MU to the VHF3 modulates the VHF radio signal sent to the
ground. Conversely, the signal transmitted by the VHF3 to the ACARS MU is obtained after demodulation
of the radio signal from the ground.
The result of this coding is that the transmission rate is 2400 bits per second from aircraft to ground and
vice versa.
The transmitted data are characters from the ISO alphabet No.5 except the block check sequence field at
the end of transmission.
(Ref. Fig. 23-24-00-27800-A - ACARS - ISO Alphabet No.5)
(2) Message format
The format of the messages exchanged between the ground and the aircraft is as follows (in the
transmission order):
Pre-key
(16 characters)
Bit synchro
(2 characters)
Character synchro
(2 characters)
Start of heading
(1 character)
Mode
(1 character)
Address
(7 characters)
Technical acknowledgement (1 character)
Label
(2 characters)
Uplink block identifier
(1 character)
Start of text
(1 character)
Text
(220 characters max.)
Suffix
(1 character)
Block check sequence (BCS) (16 bits)
BCS suffix
(1 character)
AES
23-24-00 PB001
Page 12
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Pre-key: all the bits are at 1. This phase enables adjustment of VHF transmission and reception levels.
Bit synchro: enables to cross check the bits value.
Character synchro: enables to establish synchronization on the characters.
Start of heading: indicates the start of data transmission.
Mode: enables selection of a ground station or a specific group of ground stations for communication
with the aircraft.
Address: contains the identification of the aircraft which transmits or receives the message.
Technical acknowledgement: acknowledgement (either positive or negative) related to the last message
received.
Label: identifies a specific type of message.
Uplink block identifier: only appears in the messages transmitted by the ground. Enables the aircraft to
detect duplicated ground messages (aircraft-to- ground messages may have a downlink block identifier
to enable detection of duplicated aircraft messages on the ground).
Start of text: indicates the start of useful data transmission.
Text: useful data. Only one part of the ISO 5 characters can be transmitted in this field
(Ref. Fig. 23-24-00-27900-A - ACARS - Characters Transmittable in the Useful Data Field)
Suffix: indicates the end of useful data transmission.
Block check sequence: result of a computation made before transmission on the previous bits set. At
reception, the same computation is made and the two results are compared. If they are identical, the
transmission is correct.
BCS suffix: indicates the end of transmission.
(3) Exchange protocol between the aircraft and the ground

This protocol is described in the ARINC 597 Specification (to which the ARINC 724B refers for the
description of this protocol).
AES
23-24-00 PB001
Page 13
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
7.
Test
(Ref. Fig. 23-24-00-29100-A - ACARS System - Last Leg Report)
(Ref. Fig. 23-24-00-29200-A - ACARS System - Previous Legs Report)
(Ref. Fig. 23-24-00-29300-A - ACARS System - LRU Identification)
(Ref. Fig. 23-24-00-29400-A - ACARS System - Trouble Shooting Data)
(Ref. Fig. 23-24-00-29500-A - ACARS System - Class 3 Faults)
(Ref. Fig. 23-24-00-29600-A - ACARS System - Test)
(Ref. Fig. 23-24-00-29700-A - ACARS System - Ground Report)
The state of the ACARS is determined by monitoring the exchanges of information that it can have with the
associated processing card.
If the exchange protocol is correct, the data transmitted is in the correct format and the ACARS does not declare
that it is wrong further to its own internal test, then the ACARS is said to be operational.
If not, it is declared to be faulty. The state of the ACARS is determined by monitoring the exchanges of information
that each of the processing cards can have with its corresponding ACARS and by analysing the results of the internal
tests of each of the processing cards.
There are two operation modes:
. normal mode: during the normal mode, the BITE monitors cyclically the status of the ACARS cards and
transmits these data to the CFDIU during the concerned flight. In case of fault detection the BITE stores the
information in the fault memory.
. menu mode: the menu mode can only be activated on the ground and the command is given by the CFDIU via
the MCDU. This ground data is supplied by the CFDIU, otherwise it can be given by a Flight-Ground discrete
provided by the ACARS.
The menu mode enables communications between the CFDIU and the ACARS BITE through the MCDU.
AES
23-24-00 PB001
Page 14
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
MU ACARS
(1RB)
SHELF 82VU
ELECTRONICS RACK 80VU
N_MM_232400_0_ABM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-24-00-13200-A SHEET 1

ACARS - Component Location in the Avionics Compartment
23-24-00 PB001
Page 15
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
FREQUENCY DATA
REMOTE VOICE/DATA SELECT
RMP1
RMP2
1RG1
RMP3
1RG3
1RG2
PORT SELECT
FREQUENCY DATA
B
A
VHF3
SDAC1
VOICE/DATA SELECT
1WV1
ACARS DATA (AUDIO)
ACARS DATA (AUDIO)

1RC3
ACARS
MU
DATA KEYLINE
1RB
MCDU2
3CA2
FMGC2
MCDU1
3CA1
MCDU3
1CA2
3CA3
FMGC1
1CA1
AIDS
DMU
1TV
CFDIU
1TW
FWC2
1WW2
PRINTER
4TW
FWC1
1WW1
N_MM_232400_0_ZDM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-24-00-15600-A SHEET 1

ACARS - Block Diagram
23-24-00 PB001
Page 16
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
2RB
103XP
115VAC
BUS 1
ACARS
MU
AC
CHASSIS
1RB
N_MM_232400_0_ADM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-24-00-18000-A SHEET 1

ACARS - General Power Supply
23-24-00 PB001
Page 17
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
ACTIVE
STBY/CRS
VHF 1
VHF 2
VHF 3
HF 1
SEL
HF 2
"PORT SELECT"
DISCRETE IN
OPEN CIRCUIT
AM
STBY NAV
NAV
VOR
ILS
MLS
ON
ADF
BFO
OFF
ACTIVE
ACTIVATION OF
"REMOTE VOICE/
DATA SELECT"
DISCRETE
STBY/CRS
VHF 1
VHF 2
VHF 3
HF 1
SEL
HF 2
AM
STBY NAV
NAV
VOR
ILS
MLS
ON
ADF
BFO
OFF
ACTIVE
STBY/CRS
VHF 1
VHF 2
VHF 3
HF 1
SEL
HF 2
"PORT SELECT"
DISCRETE TRANSITION
TO GROUND
AM
STBY NAV
NAV
VOR
ILS
MLS
ON
ADF
BFO
OFF
N_MM_232400_0_ALM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-24-00-26900-A SHEET 1

ACARS - Modification of Voice Communication Frequency
Through the RMPs (Sheet 1/2)
23-24-00 PB001
Page 18
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
ACTIVE
STBY/CRS
VHF 1
VHF 2
VHF 3
HF 1
SEL
HF 2
NEW FREQUENCY SELECTION

AM
STBY NAV
NAV
VOR
ILS
MLS
ON
ADF
BFO
OFF
ACTIVE
ACTIVATION OF
"REMOTE VOICE/
DATA SELECT"
DISCRETE
STBY/CRS
VHF 1
VHF 2
VHF 3
HF 1
SEL
HF 2
AM
STBY NAV
NAV
VOR
ILS
MLS
ON
ADF
BFO
OFF
ACTIVE
STBY/CRS
VHF 1
VHF 2
VHF 3
HF 1
SEL
HF 2
"PORT SELECT"
DISCRETE TRANSITION
TO OPEN CIRCUIT
AM
STBY NAV
NAV
VOR
ILS
MLS
ON
ADF
BFO
OFF
N_MM_232400_0_AMM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-24-00-27000-A SHEET 1

ACARS - Modification of Voice Communication Frequency
Through the RMPs (Sheet 2/2)
23-24-00 PB001
Page 19
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
BIT ORDER
10
11
MESSAGE
WAVEFORM
1200 HZ
2400 HZ
N_MM_232400_0_AGM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-24-00-27700-A SHEET 1

ACARS - Data Coding
23-24-00 PB001
Page 20
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
b
7b
IT
00
b5
b4 b3
b2
b1
COLUMN
ROW
00
01
01
10
10
5
11
11
NUL
DLE
SP
SOH
DC1
STX
DC2
"
ETX
DC3
EOT
DC4
ENQ
NAK
$
%
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
1
6
7
ACK
BEL
SYN
ETB
&
6
7
F
G
V
W
f
g
v
w
BS
CAN
HT
EM
10
LF
SUB
11
VT
ESC
12
FF
FS
13
CR
GS
14
SO
RS
15
SI
US
^
_
ACK
BEL
BS
CAN
CR
DC
DEL
DLE
EM
ENQ
EQT
ESC
ETB
ETX
FF
ACKNOWLEDGE
BELL
BACKSPACE
CANCEL
CARRIAGE RETURN
DEVICE CONTROL
DELETE
DATA LINK ESCAPE
END OF MEDIUM
ENQUIRY
END OF TRANSMISSION
ESCAPE
END OF TRANSMISSION
BLOCK
END OF TEXT
FORM FEED
N
?
FS
GS
HT
LF
RAK
NUL
RS
SI
SO
SOH
SP
STX
SUB
SYN
US
VT
DEL
FILE SEPARATOR
GROUP SEPARATOR
HORIZONTAL TABULATION
LINE FEED
NEGATIVE ACKNOWLEDGE
NULL
RECORD SEPARATOR
SHIFTIN
SHIFTOUT
START OF HEADING
SPACE
START OF TEXT
SUBSTITUTE
SYNCHRONOUS IDLE
UNIT SEPARATOR
VERTICAL TABULATION
N_MM_232400_0_AHM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-24-00-27800-A SHEET 1

ACARS - ISO Alphabet No.5
23-24-00 PB001
Page 21
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
00
COLUMN
ROW
00
1
01
01
SP
10
10
10
11
12
13
14
15
11
6
11
N_MM_232400_0_AJM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-24-00-27900-A SHEET 1

ACARS - Characters Transmittable in the Useful Data Field
23-24-00 PB001
Page 22
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
SEE CHAPTER 313200)
SELECT LAST
LEG REPORT
<
>
<
>
<
<
>
<
IF FAULT
<
OR
<
N_MM_232400_0_MAA0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-24-00-29100-A SHEET 1

ACARS System - Last Leg Report
23-24-00 PB001
Page 23
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
SEE CHAPTER 313200)
SELECT PREVIOUS
LEGS REPORT
<
>
<
>
<
<
>
<
IF FAULT
<
OR
<
N_MM_232400_0_MAB0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-24-00-29200-A SHEET 1

ACARS System - Previous Legs Report
23-24-00 PB001
Page 24
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
SEE CHAPTER 313200)
SELECT LRU
IDENTIFICATION
<
>
<
>
<
<
>
<
NOTE: THIS SCREEN DISPLAYED

PART NUMBERS OF THE HARDWARE
AND THE SOFTWARE AND THE SERIAL
NUMBER OF THE ACARS MANAGEMENT
UNIT.
<
N_MM_232400_0_MBA0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-24-00-29300-A SHEET 1

ACARS System - LRU Identification
23-24-00 PB001
Page 25
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
SEE CHAPTER 313200)
<
>
<
>
<
SELECT TROUBLE
SHOOTING DATA
<
>
<
IF FAULT
<
OR
<
N_MM_232400_0_MAC0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-24-00-29400-A SHEET 1

ACARS System - Trouble Shooting Data
23-24-00 PB001
Page 26
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
SEE CHAPTER 313200)
<
>
<
>
SELECT LAST LEG

CLASS 3 FAULTS
<
<
>
<
IF FAULT
<
OR
<
N_MM_232400_0_MAD0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-24-00-29500-A SHEET 1

ACARS System - Class 3 Faults
23-24-00 PB001
Page 27
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
SEE CHAPTER 313200)
<
>
<
>
SELECT TEST
<
>
<
<
IF FAULT
<
OR
<
N_MM_232400_0_MAE0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-24-00-29600-A SHEET 1

ACARS System - Test
23-24-00 PB001
Page 28
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004

SEE CHAPTER 313200)
<
>
<
>
<
<
>
SELECT
GROUND REPORT
<
IF FAULT
OR
>
<
<
<
N_MM_232400_0_MAF0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-24-00-29700-A SHEET 1

ACARS System - Ground Report
23-24-00 PB001
Page 29
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321

SYSTEM (ACARS) - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
** On A/C 003-004
Task 23-24-00-860-001-A
Check of the Airline ID and Aircraft Registration Number on the ACARS MU after a Change of the Aircraft Registration
Number
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
210
ZONE DESCRIPTION
B.
REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
24-41-00-862-002-A
24-41-00-862-002-A-01
24-41-00-862-002-A-02
31-33-00-710-010-A
Procedure to Use the Aircraft Coding Plug 197VC-A
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-24-00-860-076-A
A.

(1)

24-41-00-861-002-A-02).
Subtask 23-24-00-865-067-A
B.
49VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/MCDU/1
11CA1
B01
121VU
COM NAV/ACARS/MU
2RB
L06
121VU
121VU
DUMMY CB
AUTO FLT/MCDU/2
11CA3
11CA2
N21
N20
AES
FIN
LOCATION
23-24-00 PB201
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
4.
Procedure
Subtask 23-24-00-860-077-A
A.
Procedure to change the airline identification (ID) for the Honeywell ACARS.
To change the airline ID on the Honeywell ACARS MU:
. Get a new database from Honeywell, or
. Make the changes directly in the database if you have the reconfiguration tool.
Subtask 23-24-00-860-079-A
B.
Procedure to do a check of the airline ID and the aircraft registration number for the COLLINS ACARS
ACTION
1.On the MCDU:

. Push the line key adjacent to the ACARS indication.
2.Push the line key adjacent to the MAINT MENU
indication.
3.Push the line key adjacent to the SYS STATUS
indication.
4.Make sure that the airline two-letter code (below ID)
and the aircraft registration number (below REG NO) are
correct.
5.If the airline ID is incorrect, then get the change
procedure from Collins.
6.If the aircraft registration number is incorrect, use the
procedure to change the aircraft registration number on
the FDIU (Ref. TASK 31-33-00-710-010-A).
RESULT
On the MCDU:
. The ACARS MENU page comes into view.
. The MAINT MENU page comes into view.
.
The SYSTEM STATUS page comes into view.
Subtask 23-24-00-860-080-A
C.
Procedure to do a check of the airline ID and the aircraft registration number for the TELEDYNE ACARS
ACTION
RESULT
1.On the MCDU:

. Push the line key adjacent to the ACARS indication.
On the MCDU:
. The ACARS MAIN MENU page comes into view.
2.Push the line key adjacent to the MISCELLANEOUS

indication.
3.Push the line key adjacent to the MAINTENANCE
indication.
4.Push the line key adjacent to the PROG ID/SENSOR
STATUS indication.
5.Make sure that the A/L & REG indication agrees with
the airline two-letter code (A/L indication) and the
aircraft registration number (REG indication).
The MISCELLANEOUS MENU page comes into view.
The MAINTENANCE MENU page comes into view.
The PROG ID/SENSOR STATUS page comes into

view.
6.If the A/L indication does not agree with the airline twoletter code:
. Tell Teledyne to supply you with the procedure to
change it (if applicable for your ACARS PN).
7.If the aircraft registration number is incorrect, use the
procedure to change the aircraft registration number on
the FDIU (Ref. TASK 31-33-00-710-010-A).
AES
23-24-00 PB201
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
5.
Close-up
Subtask 23-24-00-860-078-A
A.
AES

(1)
On the MCDU, push the line key adjacent to the RETURN indication until the MCDU MENU page
comes into view.
(2)
Fully decrease the brightness of the MCDU screen (display off).
(3)

24-41-00-862-002-A-02).
23-24-00 PB201
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321

SYSTEM (ACARS) - SERVICING
** On A/C 003-004
Task 23-24-00-610-001-A
Uploading procedure with the portable data loader (SFIM) to load the Software Standard and the standard application
database on the ACARS MU front face.
FIN 1RB
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
704-2383-001
964-0400-005
B.
QTY
1
ADAPTER CABLE
1
DATA LOADER
DESIGNATION

ZONE/ACCESS
128
210
ZONE DESCRIPTION
C.
REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
24-41-00-862-002-A
24-41-00-862-002-A-01
24-41-00-862-002-A-02
31-32-00-860-003-A
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-24-00-861-054-A
A.

Subtask 23-24-00-480-051-D
B.
AES
On the DATA LOADER (964-0400-005) or equivalent, make sure that the ON/OFF switch is at OFF.
(1)
Remove the blanking cap from the DATA LOADER connector.
(2)
Connect the ADAPTER CABLE (704-2383-001) to the DATA LOADER connector on the ACARS MU
front face.
23-24-00 PB301
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 23-24-00-865-076-A
C.

PANEL
49VU
DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/MCDU/1
11CA1
B01
49VU
L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM
1GA
C09
49VU
FWS/FWC1/SPLY
3WW
F01
121VU
CFDS/CFDIU/SPLY
2TW
J18
121VU
DATA/LOADER/SPLY
3TD
J16
121VU
COM NAV/ACARS/MU
2RB
L06
121VU
121VU
DUMMY CB
AUTO FLT/MCDU/2
11CA3
11CA2
N21
N20
121VU
HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS2
2GA
Q35
121VU
EIS/FWC2/SPLY
2WW
Q07
4.
FIN
LOCATION
Procedure
Subtask 23-24-00-970-053-A
A.
Loading of the Software Standard Application (disk 5RB) and the Standard Application Data Base (AP)
ACTION
1.On the MCDU:
. adjust the brightness of the MCDU screen.
The MCDU is on.
RESULT
2.On the portable data loader:

. set the ON/OFF switch to ON.
On the portable data loader:

. the < <MDDU READY> > indication is shown.

. put the software standard application disk (5RB) into
the disk drive, the label in the forward direction.
On the MCDU:
. the ACARS indication goes out of view.
. the READY indication is shown
. then the WAIT RESPONSE indication is shown
. then the TRANSF IN PROG indication is shown.
NOTE :

. eject the disk from the disk drive.
AES
If more than one disk is necessary to upload a

same type of data, the EJECT DISK and INSERT
NEXT DISK indications are shown one after the
other.
They tell the operator that he must put a new
disk into the portable data loader.
. when all the data are put into the computer,
the TRANSF COMPLETE indication is
shown.
23-24-00 PB301
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ACTION
. put the standard application data base (AP) disk into
the disk drive, the label in the forward direction.
On
.
.
.
RESULT
the portable data loader:
the READY indication is shown
then the WAIT RESPONSE indication is shown
then the TRANSF IN PROG indication is shown.
NOTE :

. eject the disk from the disk drive.
7.If the buzzer still operates, on the glareshield panel:

. push the MASTER CAUT light.
If more than one disk is necessary to upload a

same type of data, the EJECT DISK and INSERT
NEXT DISK indications are shown one after the
other. They tell the operator that he must put a
new disk into the portable data loader.
. when all the data are put into the computer,
the TRANSF COMPLETE indication is
shown.
On the MCDU:
. the ACARS indication comes into view
. the buzzer operates.
The buzzer stops.
Subtask 23-24-00-280-053-A
B.
Check on the MCDU of the Reference of the Data Loaded into the ACARS MU
(1)
Do the procedure to get access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST COM: RADIO page (Ref. TASK
31-32-00-860-003-A).
(2)
Check of the identification of the loaded disk(s)
ACTION
1.Push the line key adjacent to the ACARS indication.
RESULT
The ACARS menu page comes into view.
2.Push the line key adjacent to the LRU IDENT

indication.
The LRU IDENTIFICATION page comes into view:

. make sure that the CORE SW P/N and the APP SW
P/N references shown are the same as the CORE SW
P/N and the APP SW P/N references read on the
standard application disk (5RB).
3.Push the MCDU MENU key.
4.Push the line key adjacent to the ACARS indication.
The ACARS PREFLT MENU 1/4 page comes into view.
5.Push the line key adjacent to the MISC indication.
The ACARS MISC page comes into view.
6.Push the line key adjacent to the MAINT indication.
The ACARS MAINTENANCE page comes into view.
7.Push the line key adjacent to the PART NUMBERS

indication.
The ACARS PART NUMBERS page comes into view.

. make sure that the DB P/N reference shown is the
same as the DB reference read on the standard
application data base (AP) disk.
5.
Close-up
Subtask 23-24-00-860-063-A
A.
Put the Aircraft back to its Initial Configuration

(1)
AES
On the keyboard of the MCDU, push the MCDU MENU key to get the MCDU MENU page.
23-24-00 PB301
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(2)
Subtask 23-24-00-080-053-A
B.
On the PORTABLE DATA LOADER (YV68A100), set the ON/OFF switch to OFF.
(1)
Disconnect the portable data-loader cable from the DATA LOADER connector.
(2)
Install the blanking cap to the DATA LOADER connector.
Subtask 23-24-00-862-054-A
C.
AES

23-24-00 PB301
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321

SYSTEM (ACARS) - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
** On A/C 003-004
Task 23-24-00-710-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

To make sure that the ACARS MU operates correctly.
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
210
ZONE DESCRIPTION
B.
REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
24-41-00-862-002-A
24-41-00-862-002-A-01
24-41-00-862-002-A-02
31-60-00-860-001-A
31-60-00-860-002-A
EIS Start Procedure

EIS Stop Procedure
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-24-00-861-050-A
A.

(1)
Energize the Aircraft electrical circuits. (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02)
(2)
Do the EIS Start Procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001-A).
Subtask 23-24-00-865-050-A
B.
49VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/MCDU/1
11CA1
B01
49VU
COM/RMP/1
2RG1
G10
121VU
COM NAV/ACARS/MU
2RB
L06
121VU
COM NAV/VHF/3
2RC3
L05
AES
FIN
LOCATION
23-24-00 PB501
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
121VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
COM NAV/RMP/3
2RG3
L03
121VU
COM NAV/RMP/2
2RG2
L02
121VU
AUTO FLT/MCDU/2
11CA2
N20
4.
FIN
LOCATION
Procedure
Subtask 23-24-00-710-050-D
A.
ACTION
1.On the RMP 1, RMP 2 (and RMP 3 if installed):
. set the ON/OFF selector switch to ON.
RESULT
Each RMP shows the last frequencies and the last function
used.
2.On the RMPs:

. push the VHF 3 pushbutton switch.
Two configurations are possible:
First configuration:
. the ACARS MU controls the VHF 3 frequency.
Second case:
. the RMPs control the VHF 3 frequency.
On the RMPs:
. the ACARS indication shows in the ACTIVE display
window and a frequency shows in the STBY display
window.
On each the RMPs:
. the same frequency shows in the ACTIVE display
window and the ACARS indication shows in the STBY
display window.
3.In the first configuration, go to the step (5):

In the second configuration, go to the step (4):
4.On the RMP 1:
. push the transfer pushbutton switch (double arrow)
between the two windows.
On the RMPs:
after not many seconds, the frequency (which was in the
STBY display window of the RMP 1) shows in the ACTIVE
display window and the ACARS indication shows in the
STBY display window.
5.On the ACP 2:

. push and release the VHF 3 reception pushbutton
switch.
On the ACP 2:
. the VHF 3 reception pushbutton switch moves in then
out to level above that of the unselected pushbutton
switches.
6.On the ACP 2:

. turn the VHF 3 reception pushbutton swtich to the
middle position.
7.On the F/O LOUD SPEAKER control panel:
. turn the LOUD SPEAKER potentiometer to the
middle position.
8.On the RMP 1:
On the RMP 1:
. the green LED on the VHF 1 pushbutton switch comes
on.
9.On the RMP 1:

. in the right window, with the dual selector knob, set
the frequency of the ground station.
AES
23-24-00 PB501
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ACTION
10.On the RMP 1:
. start this frequency. To do this, push the pushbutton
switch (double arrow) between the two windows.
RESULT
On the RMP 1:
. the set frequency comes into view in the left window.
11.On the ACP 1:

. push and release the VHF 1 reception pushbutton
switch.
On the ACP 1:
. the VHF 1 reception pushbutton switch moves in then
out to a level above that of the unselected pushbutton
switches.
12.On the ACP 1:

. turn the VHF 1 reception pushbutton switch to the
middle position.
13.On the CAPT LOUD SPEAKER control panel:
. turn the LOUD SPEAKER potentiometer to the
middle position.
14.On the ACP 1:
. push the VHF 1 transmission pushbutton switch.
15.On the RMP 2:
On the ACP 1:
. the green lines on the VHF 1 transmission pushbutton
switch come on.
On the RMP 2:
. the ACARS indication shows in the ACTIVE display
window and the frequency (which was in the ACTIVE
display window) shows in the STBY display window.
Now the ACARS MU controls the VHF 3 frequency.
16.On the MCDU 2 keyboard:

. push the MCDU MENU mode key.
On the MCDU 2:
. the MCDU MENU page comes into view.
17.On the MCDU 2:

. push the line key adjacent to the CFDS indication.
On the MCDU 2:
. the MAINTENANCE MENU page comes into view.
18.On the MCDU 2:

. push the line key adjacent to the SEND indication
related to the Post FLIGHT REPORT (PFR).
On the MCDU 2:
. the asterisk adjacent to the SEND indication goes out
of view.
After not many seconds:
. on the MCDU 2, the asterisk adjacent to the SEND
indication comes again into view.
19.On the MCDU 2:

On the MCDU 2:
. push the line key adjacent to the PRINT indication for . the asterisk adjacent to the PRINT indication goes out
the PFR.
of view. It comes again into view when you get the
printing.
20.On the CAPT side stick controller:
. push the PTT switch and tell the ground station to
give the A/C identification.
NOTE :
The ground station finds this data on the POST

FLIGHT REPORT it received.
. release the PTT switch.
. push the PTT switch and tell the ground station to
send a VOICE GO AHEAD message.
AES
On the CAPT loud speaker:

. the ground station gives the A/C identifaction which
must be the same as the one your printing.
On the MCDU 2 scratchpad:
. the VOICE GO AHEAD message comes into view.
23-24-00 PB501
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ACTION
23.On the ECAM control panel:
. Push the CLR key until the MEMO page comes into
view on the lower ECAM DU (engine paramaters).
RESULT
At the bottom of the Engine/Warning Display (EWD):
. the ACARS CALL message comes into view.

. push the MCDU mode key.
On the MCDU 2:
25.On the MCDU 2:

. push the line key adjacent to the ACARS indication.
On the MCDU 2:
. the ACARS MENU page comes into view.
26.On the MCDU 2:

. push the line key adjacent to the indication related to
the message received.
On the MCDU 2:
. the page that includes all the received messages comes
into view.
27.On the MCDU 2:

. read the last message received and compare it with
the ground message.
. push the MCDU MENU mode key.
On the MCDU 2:
29.On the ECAM control panel:

. push the CLR key until the MEMO section comes into
view on the lower ECAM DU.
30.On the RMP 2:
After not many seconds, on the RMP 2 (and RMP 3 if
installed):
. the ACARS indication shows in the STBY display
windows and the frequency (which was in the STBY
display window of the RMP 2) shows in the ACTIVE
display window.
At the bottom of the Engine/Warning Display (in the
MEMO section):
. the VOICE message comes into view.
NOTE :
5.
If no ground station is available, you must do a

reset of the ACARS MU (pushbutton switch on
the front face of the ACARS MU). This will
prevent the queueing-up of the downlinks not sent.
Close-up
Subtask 23-24-00-860-050-A
A.
AES

(1)
On the RMP 1, set the ON/OFF selector switch to OFF.
(2)
Do the EIS Stop Procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002-A).
(3)
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).
23-24-00 PB501
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
Task 23-24-00-740-004-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

ZONE/ACCESS
128
210
811
ZONE DESCRIPTION
C.
REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
24-41-00-862-002-A
24-41-00-862-002-A-01
24-41-00-862-002-A-02
31-32-00-860-003-A
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-24-00-860-096-A
A.

(1)

24-41-00-861-002-A-02).
(2)
Do the procedure to get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/COM page. (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-003-A)
(3)
On the RMP 2, set the ON/OFF switch to ON.
Subtask 23-24-00-865-075-A
B.

PANEL
49VU
DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/MCDU/1
11CA1
B01
49VU
SDAC/1/SPLY
3WV
F04
49VU
FWS/FWC1/SPLY
3WW
F01
121VU
CFDS/CFDIU/SPLY
2TW
J18
AES
FIN
LOCATION
23-24-00 PB501
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
PANEL
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
121VU
AIDS/DMU
4TV
K15
121VU
COM NAV/ACARS/MU
2RB
L06
121VU
COM NAV/VHF/3
2RC3
L05
121VU
COM NAV/RMP/2
2RG2
L02
121VU
121VU
DUMMY CB
AUTO FLT/MCDU/2
11CA3
11CA2
N21
N20
121VU
EIS/FWC2/SPLY
2WW
Q07
Subtask 23-24-00-010-058-A
C.
4.
Get Access
(1)
Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at the access door 811.
(2)
Procedure
Subtask 23-24-00-710-068-D
A.
BITE Test of the ACARS
ACTION
1.On the RMP 2:
RESULT
. on the RMP 2, the ACARS indication comes into view
in the ACTIVE display window
. on the RMP 2, a frequency comes into view in the
STBY display window.
Second configuration:
. on the RMP 2, a frequency comes into view in the
ACTIVE display window
. on the RMP 2, the ACARS indication comes into view
in the STBY display window.
2.In the first configuration, go to step (4).

In the second cofiguration, go to step (3).
3.On the RMP2:
On the RMP 2:
. dashes show in the ACTIVE display window and the
frequency (before in the ACTIVE display window)
shows in the STBY display window
. then, the ACARS indication shows in the ACTIVE
display window.
4.On the MCDU:

On the MCDU:
. the ACARS page comes into view.
5.On the MCDU:

. push the line key adjacent to the TEST indication.
On the MCDU:
. the TEST IN PROGRESS XXS message comes into
view
. the TEST OK message comes into view.
AES
23-24-00 PB501
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
5.
Close-up
Subtask 23-24-00-860-097-A
A.
AES

(1)
On the MCDU, push the line key adjacent to the RETURN indication until the MCDU MENU page
comes into view.
(2)
(3)
On the RMP 1 and RMP 2, set the ON/OFF switch to OFF.
(4)

24-41-00-862-002-A-02).
23-24-00 PB501
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
Task 23-24-00-710-005-A
NOTE :
1.
Make sure that there is no ACARS STBY indication on the ECAM.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
1

ZONE/ACCESS
210
824
ZONE DESCRIPTION
C.
REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
24-41-00-862-002-A
24-41-00-862-002-A-01
24-41-00-862-002-A-02
52-41-00-410-002-A
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-24-00-860-090-A
A.

(1)

24-41-00-861-002-A-02).
(2)
On the RMP 2, set the ON/OFF switch to ON.
Subtask 23-24-00-865-072-A
B.

PANEL
49VU
DESIGNATION
AUTO FLT/MCDU/1
11CA1
B01
49VU
SDAC/1/SPLY
3WV
F04
49VU
FWS/FWC1/SPLY
3WW
F01
121VU
CFDS/CFDIU/SPLY
2TW
J18
AES
FIN
LOCATION
23-24-00 PB501
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
PANEL
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
121VU
AIDS/DMU
4TV
K15
121VU
COM NAV/ACARS/MU
2RB
L06
121VU
COM NAV/VHF/3
2RC3
L05
121VU
COM NAV/RMP/2
2RG2
L02
121VU
121VU
DUMMY CB
AUTO FLT/MCDU/2
11CA3
11CA2
N21
N20
121VU
EIS/FWC2/SPLY
2WW
Q07
Subtask 23-24-00-010-055-A
C.
4.
Get Access
(1)
Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position at the access door 824.
(2)
Procedure
Subtask 23-24-00-710-067-D
A.
ACTION
1.On the RMP2:
. push the VHF3 pushbutton switch.
2.In the first configuration, go to step (3) to continue the

test.
In the second configuration, push the transfer pushbutton
switch (double arrow) between the two windows on the
RMP2.
RESULT
. on the RMP2, the ACARS indication comes into view in
the ACTIVE display
. on the RMP2, a frequency comes into view in the
STBY display.
Second configuration :
. on the RMP2, a frequency comes into view in the
ACTIVE display
. on the RMP2, the ACARS indication comes into view in
the STBY display.
On the RMP2:
. dashes come into view in the ACTIVE display and the
frequency (which was in the ACTIVE display) comes
into view in the STBY display
. then, the ACARS indication comes into view in the
ACTIVE display.
3.On one MCDU:

. adjust the brightness of the MCDU screen.
The MCDU starts to operate.
4.On the MCDU keyboard :

. push the MCDU MENU mode key
5.On the MCDU:

The ACARS PREFL MENU 1/2 page comes into view.
6.On the MCDU:

. push the line key adjacent to the MISC indication.
The ACARS MISC page comes into view.
7.On the MCDU:

. push the line key adjacent to the MAINT indication.
The ACARS MAINTENANCE page comes into view.
AES
23-24-00 PB501
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ACTION
8.On the MCDU:
. push the line key adjacent to the TEST indication.
RESULT
The ACARS TEST 1/2 page comes into view.
9.On the MCDU:

. push the line key adjacent to the VHF LINK
indication.
The TEST indication comes into view (and not INITIATE

indication).
At the end of the test, the PASS indication comes into
view.
10.On the MCDU, push the line key adjacent to the

RETURN indication until the MCDU MENU page comes
into view.
11.On the RMP2, push the transfer pushbutton switch
(double arrow) between the two windows.
5.
After not many seconds:

. the frequency (which was in the STBY display) comes
into view in the ACTIVE display and the ACARS
indication comes into view in the STBY display.
Close-up
Subtask 23-24-00-860-091-A
A.

(1)
(2)
On the RMP 1 and RMP 2, set the ON/OFF switch to OFF.
(3)

24-41-00-862-002-A-02).
Subtask 23-24-00-410-052-A
B.
AES
Close Access
(1)
(2)
23-24-00 PB501
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
MANAGEMENT UNIT (MU) - ACARS REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C 003-004
Task 23-24-34-000-001-A
Removal of the ACARS Management Unit (MU)
FIN 1RB
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
No specific
AR
CAP - BLANKING
No specific
AR
B.

ZONE/ACCESS
128
824
ZONE DESCRIPTION
C.
REFERENCE
(Ref. Fig. 23-24-34-991-00100-A - ACARS Management Unit (MU))
3.
DESIGNATION
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-24-34-865-050-A
A.

PANEL
DESIGNATION
COM NAV/ACARS/MU
121VU
FIN
2RB
LOCATION
L06
Subtask 23-24-34-010-050-A
B.
4.
Get Access
(1)
Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position in the access door 824 in zone
128.
(2)
Procedure
AES
23-24-34 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 23-24-34-020-050-A
A.
AES
Removal of the ACARS MU

(1)
(2)
Lower the nuts (3).
(3)
Pull the ACARS MU (5) on its rack (2) to disconnect the electrical connectors (1).
(4)
Remove the ACARS MU (5).
(5)
23-24-34 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
FR24A
FR20
ACCESS
DOOR 824
A
80VU
1RB
B
82VU
B
1
1
5
4
3
N_MM_232434_4_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-24-34-991-00100-A SHEET 1

ACARS Management Unit (MU)
23-24-34 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
Task 23-24-34-400-001-A
Installation of the ACARS Management Unit (MU)
FIN 1RB
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
1

ZONE/ACCESS
128
824
ZONE DESCRIPTION
C.
REFERENCE
23-24-00-610-001-A
DESIGNATION
Uploading procedure with the portable data loader (SFIM) to load the Software
Standard and the standard application database on the ACARS MU front face.
23-24-00-740-004-A
23-24-00-860-001-A

Check of the Airline ID and Aircraft Registration Number on the ACARS MU
after a Change of the Aircraft Registration Number
52-41-00-410-002-A

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-24-34-860-050-A
A.

(1)
824 in zone 128.
(2)
Subtask 23-24-34-865-051-A
B.
PANEL
121VU
4.
DESIGNATION
COM NAV/ACARS/MU
FIN
2RB
LOCATION
L06
Procedure
Subtask 23-24-34-420-050-A
A.
Installation of the ACARS MU

(1)
AES
23-24-34 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
Install the ACARS MU (5) on its rack (2).
(6)
Push the ACARS MU (5) on its rack (2) to connect the electrical connectors (1).
(7)
Subtask 23-24-34-865-052-A
B.
PANEL
DESIGNATION
COM NAV/ACARS/MU
121VU
FIN
2RB
LOCATION
L06
Subtask 23-24-34-610-050-A
C.
Do the uploading procedure of ACARS MU using the Portable Data Loader (PDL) (Ref. TASK
23-24-00-610-001-A)
Subtask 23-24-34-710-055-A
D.
Do the check of the Airline ID and Aircraft Registration Number on the ACARS MU (Ref. TASK
23-24-00-860-001-A).
Subtask 23-24-34-740-050-A
E.
5.
Do the BITE test of the ACARS (Ref. TASK 23-24-00-740-004-A).
Close-up
Subtask 23-24-34-410-050-A
A.
AES
Close Access
(1)
(2)
(3)
23-24-34 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
OPERATIONAL USE - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION

** On A/C 003-004
1.
General
The Multipurpose Control and Display Unit (MCDU) is used as an interface between the operator and the Aircraft
Communication Addressing and Reporting System (ACARS). It provides the means necessary to enter the text into
the ACARS for data storage, data review and transmission-System Status and ground-to-air voice signaling functions
are also presented on the MCDU. The ACARS Management Unit (MU) is interfaced with three MCDUs.
AES
23-26-00 PB001
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
2.
System Description
The MCDU is used for various systems:
. the Centralized Fault Display System (CFDS)
. the Aircraft Communication Addressing and Reporting System (ACARS)
. the Aircraft Integrated Data System Data Management Unit (AIDS DMU)
. the Flight Management function (FM).
AES
23-26-00 PB001
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
3.
Operation/Control and Indicating

This paragraph describes the interaction of the MU with the MCDU. The formats pictured here depict the exact
layout of each page. Along each side of the display are six line select keys. The arrows off to the sides of each display
format by the line select keys indicate the section number that defines the display to be called up or the action to be
taken for that key.
When the MCDU is initially powered up, it establishes contact with each LRU connected to it.
When the ACARS MU is given control of an MCDU, the MU displays the ACARS MENU page. The ACARS MENU
page is the root page through which all other ACARS pages may be accessed.
(Ref. Fig. 23-26-00-13500-A - ACARS PREFLT MENU Page 1/2)
(Ref. Fig. 23-26-00-13600-A - ACARS PREFLT MENU Page 2/2)
(Ref. Fig. 23-26-00-13700-A - ACARS INFLT MENU Page)
(Ref. Fig. 23-26-00-14200-A - ACARS POSTFLT MENU Page)
Each page of the ACARS Main Menu can display different data bases. These pages are created upon energization of
aircraft electrical network and are recreated when the flight phase changes from preflight to inflight, from inflight to
postflight, and from postflight to preflight. When the flight phase changes or the aircraft electrical network is
energized, then the MU updates the text and functions displayed on the ACARS Main Menu.
A.
Preflight Initialization
(Ref. Fig. 23-26-00-14300-A - ACARS PREFLIGHT INIT Page)
On the ACARS PREFLT MENU page, by pushing the line key adjacent to the PREFLIGHT indication, you get
the ACARS PREFLIGHT INIT page.
(Ref. Fig. 23-26-00-14300-A - ACARS PREFLIGHT INIT Page)
On this page, preflight initialization information is given in these fields:
(1) FMC FLT NO: It displays the FMC flight number. The default value is white dashes.
(2) ACARS FLT NO: It displays the ARINC flight number. The default value is white dashes, however, the MU
will try to initialize this parameter from the FMC flight-number broadcast-data.
The line key 2L and the alphanumeric keyboard can be used to overwrite the MU generated value. Up to 4
alphanumeric characters can be entered. If less than 4 characters are entered, then the MU will right-justify
the data and fill with zero characters.
(3) ORIGIN: It displays the origin. The default value is white dashes.
(4) DESTINATION: It displays the destination. The default value is white dashes.
(5) CAPTAIN: It displays the Captains name or identifier which can be entered by the crew. The default value
is cyan brackets.
(6) UTC: It displays the Universal Time Coordinated. The default value is white dashes.
(7) DATE: It displays the date. The default value is white dashes.
(8) ALT DEST: It displays the alternate destination. The default value is white dashes.
(9) FIRST OFF: It displays the First Officers name or identifier which can be entered by the crew. The default
value is cyan brackets.
B.
Delay Report
(Ref. Fig. 23-26-00-14800-A - ACARS DELAY REPORT Page)
The ACARS DELAY REPORT page is accessed by pushing the line key adjacent to the DELAY indication on
the ACARS PREFLT MENU page.
(1) DELAY CODE: This parameter is displayed adjacent to line key 1L. The default value is cyan brackets. The
crew can enter the two-character delay code by using the line key 1L and the alphanumeric keyboard.
(2) MINUTES: This parameter is diplayed adjacent to line key 2L. The default value is cyan brackets. The crew
can enter up to 4 digits by using the line key 2L and the alphanumeric keyboard.
AES
23-26-00 PB001
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(3) UTC: This parameter is displayed adjacent to line key 1R. The default value is white dashes.
(4) ETA: This parameter is displayed adjacent to line key 2R. The default value is amber boxes.
(5) DEST: The destination is displayed adjacent to line key 3R. The default value is white dashes.
(6) SEND: The line key 6R will attempt to downlink the delay report via the downlink media defined by the
data base.
C.
ATIS Request
(Ref. Fig. 23-26-00-15300-A - ACARS ATIS REQUEST Page)
The ACARS ATIS REQUEST page is accessed by pushing the line key adjacent to the ATIS REQUEST
indication on the ACARS PREFLT MENU page.
(1) ARRIVAL/DEPART: This parameter is displayed adjacent to line key 1L. The default value is an amber
box. The crew will enter a single character by using line key 1L and the alphanumeric keyboard.
(2) ORIGIN: This parameter is diplayed adjacent to line key 2L. The default value is white dashes.
(3) DESTINATION: This parameter is displayed adjacent to line key 3L. The default value is white dashes.
(4) ALT DEST: Alternate destination is displayed adjacent to line key 4L. The default value is white dashes.
(5) AIRPORTS: Airport codes are displayed adjacent to line keys 1R through 5R. The default values are cyan
brackets. The crew can enter the three or four-character airport codes using respective right line keys and
the keyboard.
(6) SEND: The line key 6R will attempt to downlink the ATIS request via the downlink media defined by the
data base.
D. Weather Request
(Ref. Fig. 23-26-00-15800-A - ACARS WEATHER REQUEST Page)
The ACARS WEATHER REQUEST page is accessed by pushing the line key adjacent to the WEATHER
REQUEST indication on the ACARS PREFLT MENU page.
(1) ORIGIN: This parameter is displayed adjacent to the line key 1 L. The default value is white dashes.
(2) DESTINATION: This parameter is displayed adjacent to the line key 2L. The default value is white dashes.
(3) ALT DEST: Alternate destination is displayed adjacent to the line key 3L. The default value is white
dashes.
(4) AIRPORTS : Airport codes are displayed adjacent to the line keys 1R through 5R. The default values are
cyan brackets. The crew can enter the 3 or 4 character airport codes using respective right line keys and
the keyboard.
(5) SEND: The line key 6R will attempt to downlink the weather request via the downlink media defined by the
data base.
E.
Voice Contact Request

(Ref. Fig. 23-26-00-16300-A - ACARS VOICE CONT REPORT Page)
The ACARS VOICE CONT REQUEST page is accessed by pushing the line key adjacent to the VOICE
CONTACT indication on the ACARS PREFLT MENU page.
(1) ON VHF: Voice Contact Request is displayed adjacent to the line key 1L. The default value is cyan
brackets. The crew can enter the six-digit frequency prior to initiating a downlink.
(2) ON HF: HF frequency is displayed adjacent to the line key 2L. The default value is cyan brackets. The crew
can enter the four or five-digit frequency prior to initiating a downlink.
(3) SEND: This key will attempt to downlink the voice report via the downlink media defined by the data base.
F.
AES
ACARS VHF CONTROL Page

(Ref. Fig. 23-26-00-16800-A - ACARS VHF CONTROL Page)
23-26-00 PB001
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
The ACARS VHF CONTROL page is displayed by pushing the line key adjacent to the VHF 3 CONTROL
indication on the ACARS PREFLT MENU page. This page enables the user to select voice or data mode on the
VHF link. The voice frequency can be selected from manual/entry or database table.
The current VHF mode of operation is displayed on line 2. Data field AAAAA contains either the VOICE or
DATA indication.
(1) Database voice frequency menu.
Line keys 1L and 1R-4R are used to select from the voice frequencies defined in the database table. The
prompt text displayed adjacent to line keys 1L-4L and 1R-4R is obtained from the voice frequency database
table and is displayed using large cyan font. The prompt text field is 11 characters in length. Line keys
2L-4L and 2R-4R also have title fields on the line above the line key. The title field text is derived from the
voice frequency database table and is displayed in small cyan font.
Actuation of one of the database defined line keys attempts to enter voice mode.
If the frequency contained in the voice frequency database table is invalid, then the star, title and prompt
are blanked and actuation of the key is ignored.
If the database does not contain an entry for a particular line key, then the asterisk for that line key is
blanked and actuation of that key has not effect.
(2) Manual voice frequency.
Line key 5L can be used to manually enter a frequency or to select a previously entered frequency. The
default value is amber boxes. Entered data is displayed using large cyan font.
If an incorrect frequency is entered, the scratchpad displays the INVALID ENTRY indication.
(3) Uplink voice frequency.
Line key 5R is used to tune the radio to a frequency received.
The default value is white dashes.
If an invalid frequency is received, then it is ignored.
(4) Select data mode.
Actuation of line key 6R causes the MU to attempt to enter data mode. If the VHF link is already in data
mode, then actuation of this key is ignored.
(5) VHF voice frequency validation.
In order for a VHF voice frequency to be considered valid, its value must be comprised between 118000 and
136975 and be a multiple of 25.
G.
TELEX with Address Selection Data Entry Screen

(Ref. Fig. 23-26-00-17200-A - ACARS TELEX Page)
The ACARS TELEX ADDRESS is selected by pushing line key 5L from the ACARS PREFLT MENU page. The
hardcoded data entry screen creates a multi-page screen that provides address selection. The telex downlinks can
contain either a 4 or 7 character ground address.
H. Received Messages Page

(Ref. Fig. 23-26-00-17600-A - ACARS REC MSGS Page)
The ACARS REC MSGS page is accessed by pushing line key 6R from the ACARS PREFLT MENU page.
This page is used to view REPORT uplink titles, and to select REPORT uplinks. Each REPORT uplink has its
Title, or Default Title, displayed on the Prompt Lines of line keys 1L through 5L.
Each REPORT uplink is queued for display on the ACARS REC MSGS page in the order in which it was
received. A REPORT will be identified by its associated title. The most recent REPORT Title appears at the top
of the ACARS REC MSGS page. Up to five REPORT uplinks may be displayed on a single page of this screen.
A maximum of ten pages are allowed for a total display capability of fifty REPORT uplinks.
The Message Display pages (ACARS MSG DISPLAY prompt) are selected by pushing the line key on the
ACARS REC MSGS page associated with a specific Report uplink.
If the maximum of fifty REPORT uplinks are received and queued, the MU deletes reports according to the
following priorities until enough room is available:
. reports that have been previously selected and are not Flush Override reports, oldest first
AES
23-26-00 PB001
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
.
.
.
.
reports that have not yet been selected and are not Flush Override reports, oldest first
Flush Override reports, oldest first.
Each REPORT Title is initially displayed in large font upon reception. After the crew selects a report or
after the report is automatically printed, then the associated Title changes to small font. The transition to
small font does not occur until the pilot returns to the REC MSGS page. Upon subsequent returns to the
ACARS MSG DISPLAY page, the Title is displayed in small font.
A report may be deleted from the ACARS MSG DISPLAY page by initiating the following sequence:
push the CLR function key, the string CLR appears in the scratchpad
push the line key adjacent to the RETURN TO REC MSGS indication.
The results are the same as if the report was deleted from the ACARS REC MSGS page.
For all the Message Display prompts (i.e. ACCEPT, REJECT, PRINT) if the star is absent then line key
presses for that prompt will be ignored.
J.
Miscellaneous Menu
(Ref. Fig. 23-26-00-18000-A - ACARS MISC Page)
(1) ACARS data frequency page
(Ref. Fig. 23-26-00-18200-A - ACARS DATA FREQ Page)
The ACARS DATA FREQ page is accessed by pushing the line key 1L from the ACARS MISC page.
This page presents a menu of the regions of the world that can be selected by the crew. Each region is
associated with a VHF data frequency.
The associated data frequency is displayed on the second line of this page.
The first character of this string indicates the following modes:
. A for Automatic Frequency Management mode
. M for Manual mode (frequency selected by the Pilot)
. R for Remote mode (frequency selected by the Airport)
. S for Automatic search mode (scanning)
. D for Automatic search mode for data.
The left arrow or right arrow points to the current service provider region determined by the aircraft
position data.
Action on line key 6L returns the user to the ACARS PREFLT MENU page.
(a) Automatic frequency management mode
When line key 6R is pushed, the MU sets the automatic frequency management mode and blanks the
star adjacent to line key 6R. The data frequency displayed on the second line of this page reflect the
frequency determined by the MU automatic frequency management mode.
(b) Manual mode
The manual frequency management mode is entered by selecting a line key with a frequency defined.
The star adjacent to the name of the frequency in use is blanked in order to indicate the last selection
mode. While in Manual mode, if the selected frequency is different from the frequency determined by
the aircraft position data, the MU displays the AUTO/MAN FREQ MISMATCH indication in the
MCDU scratchpad. The left arrow and right arrow are displayed next to the line key selected by the
automatic frequency management. While in manual mode, the arrow is not displayed if the MU does
not receive aircraft position.
(2) ACARS OOOI STATUS pages
(Ref. Fig. 23-26-00-18400-A - ACARS OOOI STATUS Page)
The ACARS OOOI STATUS 1/3 page is accessed by pushing the line key 3L from the ACARS MISC page.
There are three ACARS OOOI STATUS pages.
AES
23-26-00 PB001
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
On page 1/3, OOOI states which have not yet encountered time values are represented with white dashes.
When the aircraft transitions to one of these states, the time is inserted as hhmm. The current state is
indicated with an arrow in column 12 pointing to the appropriate state name.
NOTE :
Only one arrow is displayed at any one time, all arrows are depicted in the figure below to indicate
their position.
Absence of the arrow indicates the current state is INIT.

FLT NO: This field displays the flight number.
RETURN: This field displays time when the aircraft returns just after an OUT event.
OUT, OFF, ON, IN: These fields display the OUT, OFF, ON, IN times.
DEPT/DEST: This field displays the departure and destination stations.
UTC: This field displays the universal coordinated time.
BLOCK: This field displays the aircraft time from the OUT event to the IN event. The block time is
computed by subtracting the OUT time from the IN time. Whenever a new OUT or IN time is posted, this
value is updated.
FLIGHT: This field displays the time that aircraft has been airborne during one flight. The flight time is
computed by subtracting the OFF time from the ON time. Whenever a new OFF or ON time is posted this
value is updated.
Pages 2/3 and 3/3 display the values of the inputs used to determine the OOOI state and the time of the
last change in value. Page 3/3 displays the individual door discretes. The door status on page 2/3
represents the output of the door logic.
Door status is displayed in data field AAAAAA. When one of the doors is open, then the OPEN
indication is displayed, and when all the doors are closed then the CLOSED indication is displayed.
Slide status is displayed in data field BBBBBB. When the slide is armed, then ARMED is displayed, and
when the slide is not armed, then UNARMD is displayed.
Parking brake status is displayed in data field CCC. When the parking brake is set, then the SET
indication is displayed, and when the parking brake is released, then the REL indication is displayed.
Aircraft movement status is displayed in data field EEEEE. When the aircraft movement is detected, then
the MOVE indication is displayed, and when no aircraft movement is detected, then the STABLE indication
is displayed.
The flight phase is displayed in data field F.
The current OOOI state is displayed in data field GGGGGG, OUT, OFF, ON, IN, RET IN, INIT, and
HOLD.
Each entry has a corresponding time tag.
Actuation of line key 6R (PRINT prompt) on any page will attempt to print only that page of the ACARS
OOOI STATUS screen on the cockpit printer.
Actuation of line key 6L (RETURN TO ACARS MENU prompt) returns the user to the ACARS PREFLT
MENU page.
(3) VHF statistics page
(Ref. Fig. 23-26-00-18600-A - ACARS VHF STATISTICS Page)
The ACARS VHF STATISTICS page is accessed by pushing the line key 2R from the ACARS MISC page.
This page displays statistics concerning transmissions and receptions of the VHF used by the ACARS.
When line key 6R is pushed (PRINT prompt), then the MU attempts to print the ACARS VHF
STATISTICS page on the cockpit printer.
Actuation of line key 6L (RETURN TO ACARS MENU prompt) returns the user to the ACARS Main
menu.
(4) Satellite statistics page
(Ref. Fig. 23-26-00-18800-A - ACARS SAT STATISTICS Page)
The ACARS SAT STATISTICS page is accessed by pushing the line key 3R from the ACARS MISC page.
This page displays statistics concerning transmissions and receptions of the SATCOM used by the ACARS.
AES
23-26-00 PB001
Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
When line key 6R is pushed (PRINT prompt), then the MU attempts to print the ACARS SAT
STATISTICS page on the cockpit printer.
menu.
(5) Parameter display page
(Ref. Fig. 23-26-00-19000-A - ACARS PARAMETER DISPLAY Page)
The ACARS PARAMETER DISPLAY page is accessed by pushing the line key 5R from the ACARS MISC
page.
This page allows the user to display the value of any parameter in the parameter table. The user selects the
parameter by entering a three-digit number, representing the parameter index, into the scratchpad and
pushing line key 1L. If the index entered by the user is non-numeric (greater than three digits in length) or
exists outside the range of valid table indexes (000-255), the entry is discarded and the INVALID ENTRY
indication is displayed in the scratchpad. If the index is valid, the contents of the parameter is displayed on
the page.
Actuation of line key 6R (PRINT prompt) attempts to print the ACARS PARAMETER DISPLAY page on
the cockpit printer.
menu.
(6) Maintenance page
(Ref. Fig. 23-26-00-19200-A - ACARS MAINTENANCE Page)
The ACARS MAINTENANCE page is accessed by pushing the line key 6R from the ACARS MISC page.
The user can get access to other maintenance pages through the following MCDU line keys:
- 1L: PART NUMBERS prompt on ACARS PART NUMBER page
- 2L: STATUS prompt on ACARS STATUS page
- 3L: TEST prompt on ACARS TEST page
- 4L: COMM prompt on ACARS COMM Status page
- 1R: hidden prompt on ACARS INIT page
- 6R: hidden prompt on ACARS DEBUG page
Actuation of line key 6L (RETURN TO ACARS MENU prompt) returns the user to the ACARS MENU
page.
(a) Part number page
(Ref. Fig. 23-26-00-19300-A - ACARS PART NUMBER Page)
The ACARS PART NUMBER page can be accessed via the ACARS MAINTENANCE page.
The ACARS PART NUMBER page displays the following data:
- MU P/N: ACARS MU hardware part number
- MU S/N: MU serial number
- CORE SW P/N REV: Core software part number
- APP SW P/N REV: Application software part number
- DB P/N: Data base part number.
Actuation of line key 6R (PRINT prompt) attempts to print the ACARS PART NUMBER page on the
cockpit printer.
Actuation of line key 6L (RETURN TO MAINT MENU prompt) returns the user to the ACARS
MAINTENANCE page.
(b) ACARS status page
(Ref. Fig. 23-26-00-19400-A - ACARS STATUS Page)
The ACARS STATUS page is accessed via the ACARS MAINTENANCE page.
MAINTENANCE page.
1
AES
Error log page

(Ref. Fig. 23-26-00-19500-A - ACARS ERROR LOG Page)
23-26-00 PB001
Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
The ACARS ERROR LOG page is accessed via the ACARS STATUS page. The ACARS ERROR
LOG page allows access to submenus which provide detailed information about faults detected by
the MU.
Actuation of line key 1L (CLASS 1 AND 2 FAULTS prompt) displays the CLASS 1 AND 2
FAULTS page, on the MCDU. Access to this page is prevented if no faults exist for that category.
(Ref. Fig. 23-26-00-19600-A - ACARS CLASS 1 AND 2 FAULTS Page)
Actuation of line key 2L (CLASS 3 FAULTS prompt) displays the CLASS 3 FAULTS page on the
MCDU.
Access to this page is prevented if no faults exist for that category.
(Ref. Fig. 23-26-00-19700-A - ACARS CLASS 3 FAULTS Page)
Actuation of line key 3L (GROUND FAULTS prompt) displays the GROUND FAULTS page on
the MCDU. Access to this page is prevented if no faults exist for that category.
(Ref. Fig. 23-26-00-19800-A - ACARS GROUND FAULTS Page)
The data fields adjacent to each prompt indicate the number of fault entries residing in memory
for that category.
Actuation of line key 6R (PRINT prompt) attempts to print the ACARS ERROR LOG screen on
Actuation of line key 6L (RETURN TO STATUS MENU prompt) returns the user to the ACARS
STATUS page.
Anomalies given by the CLASS 1 and 2 FAULTS page and those given by the CLASS 3 FAULTS
page are detected and recorded by the software while the aircraft is in flight.
Anomalies given by the GROUND FAULTS page are detected and recorded by the software while
the aircraft is on the ground.
The operation of all FAULTS pages is the same.
The most recent error is displayed as the first page. Actuation of the next page function key and
down-arrow function key allows the user to advance to less recent entry pages.
Data field AAA indicates the relative leg number on which the fault occurred.
Data field BBBBB indicates the date on which the fault was detected.
Data field CCCC indicates the UTC at which the fault was detected.
Data field DDDDDD indicates the ATA number of the faulty LRU.
Data field E indicates the class of the fault.
Data field FF...F indicates the fault message text.
Data field GG...G indicates the troubleshooting message text.
Data field HHHH:HHHH: indicates the segment/offset registers of the software which detected
the fault.
Data field I indicates which LRU detected the fault A for AMP, M for MOP, S for SAP,
and * for non-fatal error.
Data field K indicates the number of times that the fault was detected.
Data field M contains the aircraft registration number.
Actuation of line key 6R (PRINT prompt) attempts to print the screen on the cockpit printer.
Actuation of line key 6L (RETURN TO ERROR MENU prompt) returns the user to the ACARS
ERROR LOG menu.
2
AES
Received 429 broadcast data page

(Ref. Fig. 23-26-00-19900-A - ACARS RCV 429 DATA Page)
The ACARS RCV 429 DATA page is accessed via the ACARS STATUS page.
This page allows the user to inspect specific broadcast values received from other LRUs.
The following information is displayed:
A/C REG number, UTC, DATE.
Data displayed is actual broadcast value.
For example, if UTC data is 124500, then that will be displayed until a different value is
received.
23-26-00 PB001
Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Actuation of line key 6L (RETURN TO STATUS MENU prompt) returns the user to ACARS
STATUS page.
Actuation of line key 6R (PRINT prompt) attempts to print the ACARS RCV 429 DATA page on
Actuation of line key 4R (SELECT prompt) causes the MU to display the ACARS SEL 429 RCV
page. The purpose of this page is to allow the user to view the last value received for a 429
broadcast word specified by either the core or the application.
Line key 1L is used to select the LRU. LRUs that are installed, from which 429 Broadcast data is
processed, are selectable.
Each time line key 1L is pushed, the MU selects the next LRU on the list. The LRUs are listed in
order of the input channel they utilize.
Line key 2L is used to enter the 429 label. Any value within the 1-377 octal range may be entered.
If less than 3 characters are entered, then the entered data is right-justified and zero-filled.
Line key 3L is used to select the value for SDI. Every time that line key 3L is pushed, the next
value from the list is selected. The order of values in list is:
XX (dont care)
00
01
10
11.
The default value is dont care (XX).
The data of the selected word is displayed on line 10 of the MCDU display.
AES
Transmit 429 data page

(Ref. Fig. 23-26-00-20000-A - ACARS TX 429 DATA Page)
The ACARS TX 429 DATA page is accessed via the ACARS STATUS page.
The purpose of this page is to display the status of the 429 words broadcast by the MU. The bits
of labels 030, 172, 270 and 377 are displayed on this page.
Line key 2L is used to select the 429 word to be displayed. The initial value is label 172.
Every time that line key 2L is pushed, the label changes to the next value in the sequence (030,
172, 270, 377). When label 377 is displayed and line key 2L is pushed, then label 030 is displayed.
Bits 32 to 9 inclusive of the selected label are displayed on line 9, adjacent to line keys 4L and 4R.
LRU status page

(Ref. Fig. 23-26-00-20100-A - ACARS LRU STATUS Page)
The ACARS LRU STATUS page is accessed via the ACARS STATUS page. The ACARS LRU
STATUS page displays the state of the activity logic for each LRU. The name of each LRU is
displayed in columns 1-10 and its status in columns 12-24. The ACTIVE indication is displayed for
each active LRU and the INACTIVE indication is displayed for each inactive LRU.
If an LRU is not installed, according to either the aircraft configuration broadcast words, the
Application, database, or the default LRU configuration specification, then the corresponding field
shows the NOT INSTALLED indication. If an LRU is installed but no 429 broadcast words are
processed, the NO 429 DATA indication is displayed. If an LRU name is not supplied, then neither
the name or status will be displayed.
Actuation of LSK 6R (PRINT prompt) attempts to print the ACARS LRU STATUS page on the
cockpit printer.
Actuation of LSK 6L (RETURN TO STATUS MENU prompt) returns the user to the ACARS
STATUS menu.
23-26-00 PB001
Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
5
Discrete status page

(Ref. Fig. 23-26-00-20200-A - ACARS DISCRETE Page 1/5 to 3/5)
(Ref. Fig. 23-26-00-20300-A - ACARS DISCRETE Page 4/5 to 5/5)
The ACARS DISCRETE pages are accessed via the ACARS STATUS page. The status of the
ACARS discrete inputs and outputs are displayed and updated at 1 second intervals.
The character 1 represents an open circuit and the character 0 represents ground on the
MCDU page generated by the MU.
(c) Test page

(Ref. Fig. 23-26-00-20400-A - ACARS TEST Page)
The ACARS TEST page is selected via the ACARS MAINTENANCE page.
The first page of the ACARS TEST page enables the user to exercise basic features of the ACARS
system. The ACARS TEST 2/2 page enables the user to perform a SOLO word loop back test on
LRUs. Test functions are activated by pushing the following MCDU keys:
Page 1
Line key 1L (VHF LINK prompt) - VHF Link Test
Line key 2L (PRINTER prompt) - Printer Interface Test
Line key 3L (COMM AUDIT prompt) - Display Audit screens
Line key 1R (SAT LINK prompt) - Satellite Link Test
Line key 2R (SDU prompt) - SDU Interface Test
Line key 3R (MCDU TEST prompt) - MCDU Screen Test
Line key 5R (RAM TEST prompt) - MU RAM Test
Page 2
Line key 1L (LRU1 designation) - LRU1 Interface Test
Line key 2R (LRU4 designation) - LRU4 Interface Test
Line key 3R (LRU5 designation) - LRU5 Interface Test
The LRU names displayed on the second page are dependent upon which LRUs are installed.
MAINTENANCE page.
AES
VHF link test

The LINK TEST function attempts to downlink a label Q0 message to the ground network. If
there is another downlink message queued, then its success will be used for purposes of this test
and the Q0 will not be sent. Success of the test is determined by whether or not the downlink is
acknowledged by the service provider.
The data field displayed alongside the line key indicates the status/results of the test, initially
displaying the INITIATE indication.
When the function is first selected, the status changes to TEST to indicate that the test is active.
The asterisk (*) alongside the line key also changes to a blank. Attempts to initiate the test while
the asterisk is missing are ignored.
If the downlink is acknowledged by the ground station before the last message attempt, the status
changes to PASS and the asterisk is shown again. After the last downlink attempt, the status
changes to FAIL and the asterisk is shown again.
Five seconds after completing the test, the status changes to INITIATE.
Printer test
The PRINTER TEST function allows to print all characters on the cockpit printer.
The data field displayed alongside the line key indicates the status/results of the test, initially
displaying INITIATE indication.
23-26-00 PB001
Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
When the function is first selected, the status changes to TEST to indicate that the test is active.
The asterisk (*) alongside the line key also changes to a blank. Attempts to initiate the test while
the asterisk is missing are ignored.
If the message containing the test pattern is determined to be undeliverable, the status changes to
FAIL and the asterisk is shown again. If the data transfer is successful, the status changes to
PASS and the asterisk disappears.
3
MCDU test
(Ref. Fig. 23-26-00-20500-A - ACARS-MCDU-SCRN-TEST Page)
The MCDU TEST function causes the MU to display the ACARS-MCDU-SCRN-TEST page.
From this page, the user may select line key 6L (RETURN TO TEST MENU prompt) to return to
the ACARS TEST menu, or select line key 6R (PRINT prompt) to print the page.
Satellite link test

The SAT LINK test function is disabled because the SDU is not installed, so the MU displays the
NO SDU indication and the asterisk is blanked.
SDU test
The SDU test function is disabled because the SDU is not installed, so the MU displays the NO
SDU indication and the asterisk is blanked.
SDU test
The SDU TEST function performs a simple loop back analysis to evaluate the status of the SDU.
The data field alongside the prompt line key initially displays INITIATE. When the function is
selected, the field changes to TEST, and the asterisk alongside the line key changes to a blank.
Attempts to initiate the test while a file transfer is in progress results in the display of the BUSY
indication while a file transfer is in progress, then a return to INITIATE.
If the TEST is correct, then the MU changes the status field to PASS and displays the prompt
asterisk. Any other results cause the MU to display the FAIL indication.
If the LRU activity logic indicates that the SDU is inactive, then the MU:
. blanks the asterisk
. displays INACTIVE or INITIATE
. ignores key actuations.
When the LRU activity logic indicates that the SDU is active, the MU displays:
. the asterisk
. the INITIATE indication.
Common audit
(Ref. Fig. 23-26-00-20600-A - ACARS COMM AUDIT Page)
The VHF and satellite communication AUDIT function is monitored via the ACARS COMM
AUDIT page. This page is accessed via the ACARS TEST 1/2 page.
Line key 1L (VHF AUDIT prompt) toggles VHF audit on and off.
Line key 2L (UPLINKS prompt) enables/disables printing of uplinks addressed to this aircraft.
Line key 3L (DOWNLINKS prompt) enables/disables printing of downlinks from this aircraft.
Line key 2R (LABEL FILTER prompt) enables/disables filtering of uplinks and downlinks.
Line key 3R (LABEL prompt) enters label to be used for label filter.
Access to each audit function can be separately disabled by the application.
AES
Common audit
The VHF and satellite communication AUDIT function is monitored via the ACARS COMM
AUDIT page. This page is accessed via the ACARS TEST 1/2 page.
Line key 1L (VHF AUDIT prompt) toggles VHF audit on and off.
Line key 2L (UPLINKS prompt) enables/disables printing of uplinks addressed to this aircraft.
23-26-00 PB001
Page 12
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Line key 3L (DOWNLINKS prompt) enables/disables printing of downlinks from this aircraft.
Line key 1R (SAT AUDIT prompt) toggles satellite channel audit on and off.
Line key 2R (LABEL FILTER prompt) enables/disables filtering of uplinks and downlinks.
Line key 3R (LABEL prompt) enters label to be used for label filter.
Access to each audit function can be separately disabled by the application.
9
RAM test
The RAM test performs a simple write/read test over portions of RAM. All data stored in RAM
are saved. If no errors are detected, then the status field displays the PASS indication for 5
seconds. If errors are detected, then the status field displays the FAIL indication for 5 seconds.
While the test is performed, the status field displays the TEST indication.
10 LRU X test
The LRU X TEST function, on page 2/2 of the ACARS TEST page, performs a simple loop back
analysis to evaluate the status of the displayed LRU.
The data field alongside the prompt line key displays initially the INITIATE indication. Actuation
of the function changes the field to TEST, and the asterisk alongside the line key changes to a
blank. Attempts to initiate the test while a file transfer is in progress results in displaying the
BUSY indication while a file transfer is in progress, then a return to INITIATE.
If the TEST is correct, then the MU changes the status field to PASS and displays the prompt
asterisk. Any other result causes the MU to display the FAIL indication.
If a LRU specified for file transfer is not installed, then the MU:
. blanks the star (*)
. displays NO LRU instead of INITIATE
. ignore actions on keys.
If the LRU is the slave FMC, then the MU:
. displays the NO TEST instead of the INITIATE indication.
If the LRU activity logic indicates that the displayed LRU is inactive, then the MU:
. displays the INACTIVE indication instead of the INITIATE indication.
When the LRU activity logic indicates that the displayed LRU is active, then the MU displays:
. the star (*)
. the INITIATE indication.
(d) Communication status page
(Ref. Fig. 23-26-00-20700-A - ACARS COMM STATUS Page)
The ACARS COMM STATUS page is selected by pushing line key 4L on the ACARS MAINTENANCE
menu.
The VHF link can be enabled for use and disabled by pushing line key 1L when allowed by the
database. The ACARS MU indicates that the link status can be changed by displaying the prompt title
SELECT. When SELECT is not displayed, then the link status cannot be changed. The default value is
enabled for use and is indicated by displaying <OP>. Pushing line key 1L causes the VHF link to be
disabled, when allowed by the database, and this is indicated by displaying <INOP>. Pushing line key
again causes the VHF link to be enabled.
AES
23-26-00 PB001
Page 13
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
The satellite link can be enabled for use and disabled by pushing line key 1R when allowed by the
database. The ACARS MU indicates that the link status can be changed by displaying the prompt title
SELECT. When SELECT is not displayed, then the link status cannot be changed. The default value is
enabled for use and is indicated by displaying <OP>. Pushing line key 1R causes the satellite link to
be disabled, when allowed by the database and this is indicated by displaying <INOP>. Pushing line
key 1R again causes the satellite link to be enabled.
The ACARS MU ignores uplinks on an air/ground channel that is set to INOP.
Data field AAAAAA contains COMM when the VHF communications link is available and NOCOMM
when the link is not available. When the VHF link is not selected (see line key 1L), then the status is
NOCOMM.
Data field BBBBB contains DATA when the VHF link is in data mode and VOICE when the VHF link
is in voice mode.
Data field CC displays the number of unsent downlinks in the VHF queue.
Data field FFFFFF contains COMM when the SAT communications link is available and NOCOMM
when the link is not available. When the SAT link is not selected (see line key 1L), then the status is
NOCOMM.
Data field GGGGG contains DATA when the SAT link is in data mode and VOICE when the SAT link
is in voice mode.
Data field DD displays the number of unsent messages in the router queue.
Data field EE displays the number of unsent messages in the SAT queue.
(e) ACARS INIT page
(Ref. Fig. 23-26-00-20800-A - ACARS INIT Page)
The ACARS INIT page is selected via the ACARS MAINTENANCE menu. The ACARS INIT page
enables the user to examine and change the values of some variables. The following line keys have been
defined:
Line key 1L (AIRLINE ID prompt) selects and/or enters airline identifier source.
Line key 2L (CFDIU PROG prompt) sets CFDIU program bits of label 270 word.
Line key 3L (UTC prompt) selects and/or enters UTC source.
MAINTENANCE menu.
1
AES
Airline identifier page

(Ref. Fig. 23-26-00-20900-A - ACARS AIRLINE ID INIT Page)
The ACARS AIRLINE ID INIT page is selected from the ACARS INIT menu.
The ACARS AIRLINE ID INIT page enables the user to select the source for the two-character
airline identifier using the line keys on the left side of the screen. The ACARS AIRLINE ID INIT
page enables the user to select the source for the three-character airline identifier using the line
keys on the right side of the screen. The values of the selected two-character airline identifier and
the three-character airline identifier are passed to the application. The default value used when all
other values are invalid is SS.
Line key 1L displays the value of the airline identifier extracted from the FMGC. The initial value
is small white dashes. When a valid value is received, then it is displayed (small, green) and can
be selected, via line key 4L, as the source for the value of airline identifier in all ACARS MU
generated messages.
23-26-00 PB001
Page 14
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Line key 2L is used to enter a value for the airline identifier. The initial value is amber boxes.
When a valid value is received, then it is displayed (small, green) and can be selected, via line key
4L, as the source for the value of airline identifier in all ACARS MU generated messages.
Line key 3L is used to display the value of the airline identifier extracted from the database.
Line key 4L is used to select which source of airline identifier (FMGC manual or database) should
be used. Pushing line key 4L causes the MU to toggle to the next value and indicate it with an
arrow adjacent to the selected value.
Line key 1R displays the value of the three-character airline identifier extracted from the FMGC.
The initial value is small white dashes. Valid values are A to Z for all three characters. When a
valid value is received, then it is displayed (small, green) and can be selected, via line key 4R, as
the source for the value of three-character airline identifier.
Line key 2R is used to enter a value for the three-character airline identifier. The initial value is
amber boxes. Valid values are A to Z for all three-characters. When a valid value is received, then
it is displayed and can be selected, via line key 4R, as the source for the value of three-character
airline identifier.
Line key 3R is used to display the value of the three-character airline identifier extracted from the
database.
Line key 4R is used to select which source of three-character airline identifier (FMGC manual or
database) should be used. Pushing line key 4R causes the MU to toggle to the next value and
indicate it with an arrow adjacent to the selected value.
AES
CFDIU Program page

(Ref. Fig. 23-26-00-21000-A - ACARS CFDIU PROG Page)
The ACARS CFDIU PROG page is selected via the ACARS INIT page. This page enables the user
to examine and change the setting of the Centralized Fault Display Interface Unit (CFDIU)
program flag in the label 270 broadcast word transmitted by the MU. The setting can be changed
by pushing the line keys, this does not change the database. When you energize the aircraft, then
the setting is initialized to the value in the database.
Line key 1L displays the current default value (YES or NO) for the CFDIU BIT Data Report
Downlink.
Line key 2L displays the current default value (YES or NO) for the CFDIU Post Flight Report
Downlink.
Line key 3L displays the current default value (YES or NO) for the CFDIU Real Time Failure
Report Downlink.
Line key 4L displays the current default value (YES or NO) for the CFDIU Real Time Warning
Report Downlink.
If YES is displayed, then the generation of the report is enabled. If NO is displayed, then the
generation of the report is disabled. Pushing one of these line keys toggles the value.
UTC Initialization page

(Ref. Fig. 23-26-00-21100-A - ACARS UTC/DATE INIT Page)
The ACARS UTC/DATE INIT page is selected via the ACARS INIT menu.
This page enables the user to examine the UTC value and select the source of the initialization
data.
Line key 1L displays the ACARS UTC.
Line key 2L displays the UTC value from the aircraft clock.
line ley 3L displays the crew-entered value for the UTC.
Line key 4L is pushed to generate an UTC request.
Line key 5L selects which source the MU should use to initialize its clock.
Line key 5L toggles between A/C, ENTER, and UPLINK. The selected source is identified
by a left arrow.
Line key 1R displays the ACARS DATE.
Line key 2R displays the DATE value from the aircraft clock.
Line key 3R displays the crew-entered value for the DATE.
23-26-00 PB001
Page 15
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Line key 4R is pushed to generate a date request.
Line key 5R selects which source the MU should use to initialize its date.
Line key 5R toggles between A/C, UPLINK, and ENTER. The selected source is identified
by a right arrow.
(f) ACARS DEBUG page
(Ref. Fig. 23-26-00-21200-A - ACARS DEBUG Page)
The ACARS DEBUG page is selected via the ACARS MAINTENANCE page. It provides a mechanism
to view the status of internal processing and the ability to perform a reset of the MU.
AES
ACARS VHF DEBUG page

(Ref. Fig. 23-26-00-21300-A - ACARS VHF DEBUG Page 1/2)
Line key 6L is used to display the ACARS DEBUG menu.
Line key 6R is used to print screen page. Data displayed XX...XX indicates the VHF state
machine status.
Data displayed AA indicates number of downlinks queued for transmission.
ACARS VHF CAT B page

(Ref. Fig. 23-26-00-21400-A - ACARS VHF CAT B Page 2/2)
Line key 6L is used to display the ACARS DEBUG menu.
Line key 6R is used to print screen page.
Data displayed HH:MM:SS indicates time. The time displayed in the upper right-hand corner is
the current time. Data XX represents station ID letter.
Data displayed X0 indicate selected station.
Data displayed X1-X7 indicate active stations in the table stored by the first time from most
recent (X1) to Xn.
ACARS MEMORY DUMP page

(Ref. Fig. 23-26-00-21500-A - ACARS MEMORY DUMP Page)
Data displayed SSSS represent the segment.
Data displayed AAAA represent the offset from the segment.
Data displayed HO-H7 represent binary data read from memory displayed in Hex ASCII or ASCII.
Line key actions:
1L - Enter address and data from sratchpad: Entered data is in the form:
segment(.offset)(/data)...
All information is entered in hexadecimal form. If no offset is entered, then the segment data is
considered as a real address which will be converted to segment and offset for display purposes.
2L - Increase memory address by 1.
2R - Decrease memory address by 1.
5L - Toggle prompt displayed FREEZE and LIVE. When FREEZE is selected, the memory
displayed will not be updated. When LIVE is selected, the memory data displayed will be
updated periodically.
5R - Toggle prompt displayed between ASCII and HEX. When ASCII is selected, the
memory dump will be displayed in Hexadecimal ASCII.
6L - Return to Debug Menu.
6R - Print Screen page.
ACARS PRINTER DEBUG page

(Ref. Fig. 23-26-00-21600-A - ACARS PRINTER DEBUG Page)
Line key actions:
1L - Clear Debug Area.
23-26-00 PB001
Page 16
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
6L - Display ACARS DEBUG Menu.
The Printer state machine debug codes are displayed on this page.
AES
ACARS MCDU DEBUG page

(Ref. Fig. 23-26-00-21700-A - ACARS MCDU DEBUG Page)
Line key actions:
1L - Clear Williamsburg Debug Area.
1R - Set Link Layer Type to BOP.
2R - Set Link Layer Type to COP.
3L - Clear Ground to LRU Debug Area.
5L - Clear LRU to Ground Debug Area.
The MCDU state machine debug codes are displayed on this page.
ACARS SDU DEBUG page

(Ref. Fig. 23-26-00-21800-A - ACARS SDU DEBUG Page 1/2)
(Ref. Fig. 23-26-00-21900-A - ACARS SDU DEBUG Page 2/2)
Line key actions:
1L - Clear Williamsburg Debug Area.
6R - Print screen page.
ACARS File Transfer LRU debug pages

(Ref. Fig. 23-26-00-22000-A - ACARS File Transfer LRU Debug Page)
The following screen format is used for each of the file transfer LRUs to display debug
information.
Line key actions:
1L - Clear Link Layer Debug Area.
1R - Set Link Layer Type to BOP.
2R - Set Link Layer Type to COP.
3L - Clear Ground to LRU Debug Area.
5L - Clear LRU to Ground Debug Area.
6L - Display ACARS Debug Menu.
6R - Print screen page.
Data displayed A indicate the name of LRU.
Data displayed B indicate the file transfer protocol (CHARACTER or WILLIAMSBURG).
Data displayed X indicate a Master/Slaves status. M indicates Master FMGC, S indicates
slave FMGC.
Data displayed Y indicate the LRU state machine status.
Data displayed Z indicate the message processing uplink state machine status.
Data displayed W indicate the message processing downlink state machine status.
ACARS BUILD VERSIONS page

(Ref. Fig. 23-26-00-22100-A - ACARS BUILD VERSIONS Page)
Actuation of line key 6L returns the user to the ACARS DEBUG menu page.
Actuation of line key 6R is used to print screen page.
Data displayed AA...AA indicate the database build version number.
Data displayed BB...BB indicate the application software build version number.
Data displayed CC...CC indicate the AMP core software build version number.
Data displayed DD...DD indicate the MOP core software build version number.
Data displayed EE...EE indicate the SAP core software build version number.
23-26-00 PB001
Page 17
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
<
>
<
>
*
<
<
>
<
>
>
<
>
<
>
N_MM_232600_0_AAA0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-26-00-13500-A SHEET 1

23-26-00 PB001
Page 18
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
<
>
<
<
>
N_MM_232600_0_AAB0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-26-00-13600-A SHEET 1

23-26-00 PB001
Page 19
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
>
<
>
<
<
>
<
>
*
>
<
>
<
>
N_MM_232600_0_AAC0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-26-00-13700-A SHEET 1

ACARS INFLT MENU Page
23-26-00 PB001
Page 20
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
<
<
<
>
<
>
*
>
<
>
<
>
N_MM_232600_0_AAD0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-26-00-14200-A SHEET 1

ACARS POSTFLT MENU Page
23-26-00 PB001
Page 21
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
<
N_MM_232600_0_AAE0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-26-00-14300-A SHEET 1

ACARS PREFLIGHT INIT Page
23-26-00 PB001
Page 22
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
<
N_MM_232600_0_AAF0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-26-00-14800-A SHEET 1

ACARS DELAY REPORT Page
23-26-00 PB001
Page 23
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
<
N_MM_232600_0_AAG0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-26-00-15300-A SHEET 1

ACARS ATIS REQUEST Page
23-26-00 PB001
Page 24
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
<
N_MM_232600_0_AAH0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-26-00-15800-A SHEET 1

ACARS WEATHER REQUEST Page
23-26-00 PB001
Page 25
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
<
N_MM_232600_0_AAJ0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-26-00-16300-A SHEET 1

ACARS VOICE CONT REPORT Page
23-26-00 PB001
Page 26
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
<
N_MM_232600_0_AAK0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-26-00-16800-A SHEET 1

ACARS VHF CONTROL Page
23-26-00 PB001
Page 27
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
*
<
*
<
N_MM_232600_0_AAL0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-26-00-17200-A SHEET 1

ACARS TELEX Page
23-26-00 PB001
Page 28
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
<
<
N_MM_232600_0_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-26-00-17600-A SHEET 1

ACARS REC MSGS Page
23-26-00 PB001
Page 29
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
<
<
<
N_MM_232600_0_AAN0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-26-00-18000-A SHEET 1

ACARS MISC Page
23-26-00 PB001
Page 30
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
*
*
*
<
N_MM_232600_0_AAP0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-26-00-18200-A SHEET 1

ACARS DATA FREQ Page
23-26-00 PB001
Page 31
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
<
<
<
N_MM_232600_0_AAQ0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-26-00-18400-A SHEET 1

ACARS OOOI STATUS Page
23-26-00 PB001
Page 32
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
N_MM_232600_0_AAR0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-26-00-18600-A SHEET 1

ACARS VHF STATISTICS Page
23-26-00 PB001
Page 33
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
N_MM_232600_0_AAS0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-26-00-18800-A SHEET 1

ACARS SAT STATISTICS Page
23-26-00 PB001
Page 34
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
N_MM_232600_0_AAT0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-26-00-19000-A SHEET 1

ACARS PARAMETER DISPLAY Page
23-26-00 PB001
Page 35
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
<
<
<
<
<
N_MM_232600_0_AAU0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-26-00-19200-A SHEET 1

ACARS MAINTENANCE Page
23-26-00 PB001
Page 36
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
<
** On A/C 003-004
N_MM_232600_0_AAV0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-26-00-19300-A SHEET 1

ACARS PART NUMBER Page
23-26-00 PB001
Page 37
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
<
<
<
<
<
<
N_MM_232600_0_AAW0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-26-00-19400-A SHEET 1

ACARS STATUS Page
23-26-00 PB001
Page 38
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
N_MM_232600_0_AAX0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-26-00-19500-A SHEET 1

ACARS ERROR LOG Page
23-26-00 PB001
Page 39
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
N_MM_232600_0_AAY0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-26-00-19600-A SHEET 1

ACARS CLASS 1 AND 2 FAULTS Page
23-26-00 PB001
Page 40
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
N_MM_232600_0_AAZ0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-26-00-19700-A SHEET 1

ACARS CLASS 3 FAULTS Page
23-26-00 PB001
Page 41
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
N_MM_232600_0_ABA0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-26-00-19800-A SHEET 1

ACARS GROUND FAULTS Page
23-26-00 PB001
Page 42
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
>
<
<
N_MM_232600_0_ABB0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-26-00-19900-A SHEET 1

ACARS RCV 429 DATA Page
23-26-00 PB001
Page 43
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
<
N_MM_232600_0_ABC0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-26-00-20000-A SHEET 1

ACARS TX 429 DATA Page
23-26-00 PB001
Page 44
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
<
EXAMPLE :
<
<
<
N_MM_232600_0_ABD0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-26-00-20100-A SHEET 1

ACARS LRU STATUS Page
23-26-00 PB001
Page 45
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
N_MM_232600_0_ABE0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-26-00-20200-A SHEET 1

23-26-00 PB001
Page 46
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
<
<
N_MM_232600_0_ABF0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-26-00-20300-A SHEET 1

23-26-00 PB001
Page 47
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
*
*
*
<
*
<
*
*
<
EXAMPLE :
<
N_MM_232600_0_ABG0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-26-00-20400-A SHEET 1

ACARS TEST Page
23-26-00 PB001
Page 48
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
*
< >
< >
< >
*
<
N_MM_232600_0_ABH0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-26-00-20500-A SHEET 1

ACARS-MCDU-SCRN-TEST Page
23-26-00 PB001
Page 49
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
*
*
<
*
<
<
N_MM_232600_0_ABJ0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-26-00-20600-A SHEET 1

ACARS COMM AUDIT Page
23-26-00 PB001
Page 50
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
N_MM_232600_0_ABK0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-26-00-20700-A SHEET 1

ACARS COMM STATUS Page
23-26-00 PB001
Page 51
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
<
<
<
<
N_MM_232600_0_ABL0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-26-00-20800-A SHEET 1

ACARS INIT Page
23-26-00 PB001
Page 52
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
N_MM_232600_0_ABM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-26-00-20900-A SHEET 1

ACARS AIRLINE ID INIT Page
23-26-00 PB001
Page 53
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
*
*
*
<
N_MM_232600_0_ABN0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-26-00-21000-A SHEET 1

ACARS CFDIU PROG Page
23-26-00 PB001
Page 54
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
<
N_MM_232600_0_ABP0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-26-00-21100-A SHEET 1

ACARS UTC/DATE INIT Page
23-26-00 PB001
Page 55
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
EXAMPLE :
N_MM_232600_0_ABQ0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-26-00-21200-A SHEET 1

ACARS DEBUG Page
23-26-00 PB001
Page 56
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
<
N_MM_232600_0_ABR0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-26-00-21300-A SHEET 1

ACARS VHF DEBUG Page 1/2
23-26-00 PB001
Page 57
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
<
N_MM_232600_0_ABS0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-26-00-21400-A SHEET 1

ACARS VHF CAT B Page 2/2
23-26-00 PB001
Page 58
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
<
N_MM_232600_0_ABT0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-26-00-21500-A SHEET 1

ACARS MEMORY DUMP Page
23-26-00 PB001
Page 59
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
<
N_MM_232600_0_ABU0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-26-00-21600-A SHEET 1

ACARS PRINTER DEBUG Page
23-26-00 PB001
Page 60
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
<
N_MM_232600_0_ABV0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-26-00-21700-A SHEET 1

ACARS MCDU DEBUG Page
23-26-00 PB001
Page 61
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
<
N_MM_232600_0_ABW0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-26-00-21800-A SHEET 1

23-26-00 PB001
Page 62
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
<
<
N_MM_232600_0_ABX0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-26-00-21900-A SHEET 1

23-26-00 PB001
Page 63
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
<
N_MM_232600_0_ABY0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-26-00-22000-A SHEET 1

ACARS File Transfer LRU Debug Page
23-26-00 PB001
Page 64
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
<
N_MM_232600_0_ABZ0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-26-00-22100-A SHEET 1

ACARS BUILD VERSIONS Page
23-26-00 PB001
Page 65
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
PASSENGER ADDRESS AND ENTERTAINMENT - DESCRIPTION

AND OPERATION
** On A/C ALL
1.
General
The function of the Passenger Address and Entertainment Systems is, to give announcements and entertainment
programs to the passengers.
The Passenger Address System (23-31-00) is included in the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) (Ref.
23-73-00-00).
The Passenger Entertainment System options are as follows:
. The Prerecorded Announcement and Music System RX (23-32-00)
. The Passenger Entertainment System Music MK (23-33-00)
. The Pax-Facilities Air to Ground Telephone RD (23-35-00)
. The Passenger Entertainment System Video MH (23-36-00)
. The Pax-facilities AM/FM Radio System MH (23-37-00)
. The Passenger Service System MN (23-38-00).
AES
23-30-00 PB001
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
PASSENGER ADDRESS SYSTEM - DESCRIPTION AND

OPERATION
** On A/C 005-099
1.
General
The passenger address system, circuit RM is described in the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) (Ref.
23-73-00-00).
AES
23-31-00 PB001
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ANNOUNCEMENT - MUSIC TAPE REPRODUCER SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION

** On A/C 005-099
1.
General
The function of the Prerecorded Announcement and Boarding Music (PRAM) Reproducer 10RX is to play
prerecorded messages. It also plays boarding music programs on a cassette tape to the passengers through the
aircraft passenger address system. The PRAM is controlled by the audio module, which is a part of the Fwd Attnd
panel 120RH. It is installed in the cabin at the forward attendant station. The PRAM and the audio module are
connected with two ARINC 429 data buses. They go through the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS)
director (Ref. 23-73-00-00) to receive and transmit control data.
AES
23-32-00 PB001
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
2.
Component Location
(Ref. Fig. 23-32-00-12500-F - Component Location)
FIN
120RH
10RX
AES
FAP
RPDR-ANNOUNCE/MUSIC
PANEL
88VU

DOOR
221
23-73-12
128
23-32-34
23-32-00 PB001
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
3.
System Description
A.
Detailed description of the installed Announcement System

(1) Prerecorded Announcement and Boarding Music Reproducer
The Prerecorded Announcement and Boarding Music (PRAM) Reproducer 10RX is installed in the avionics
compartment in a 4 MCU (ARINC 600) box.
It has one tape deck for boarding music reproduction. Prerecorded announcements are stored in EPROM
memory chips. The memory chips have a capacity to store up to 18 minutes and 8 seconds prerecorded
announcements.
The PRAM has the capability to produce an emergency announcement in the event of rapid cabin
decompression. The emergency announcement is stored in an EPROM memory chip. A ground signal from
a rapid decompression sensor triggers the emergency announcement.
All functions are remotely controlled from the audio module in the Fwd Attnd panel 120RH.
(2) The tape deck for boarding music reproduction has four channels. This allows a maximum playtime of 120
minutes per C-60 cassette.
(3) The audio module in the Fwd Attnd panel 120RH controls the prerecorded announcements and the
Boarding Music (BGM). The reproducer and Fwd Attnd panel have two ARINC 429 data bus lines
(transmit and receive bus) controlled through the CIDS (Ref. 23-73-00-00).
(4) The prerecorded announcement section of the audio module has four 3 digit LED displays, a READY light
(if lit, reproducer is ready to play back the next announcement) and a numeric keyboard with pushbutton
switches as follows:
. START NEXT
. START ALL
. STOP
. CLEAR
. ENTER
(5) The boarding music section (BGM channel) has:
One LED display (a row of LEDs indicate volume control), and pushbutton switches as follows:
. an ON/OFF pushbutton switch,
. a SEL pushbutton switch (channel select),
. a ( - ) pushbutton switch (volume decrease),
. a ( + ) pushbutton switch (volume increase).
AES
23-32-00 PB001
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
4.
Power Supply
** On A/C 005-005
(Ref. Fig. 23-32-00-15600-A - Power Supply - Schematic)
115VAC is supplied to the PRAM from the normal busbar 210XPA through the circuit breaker 2RX.
** On A/C 006-099
(Ref. Fig. 23-32-00-15600-C - Power Supply - Schematic)
115VAC is supplied to the PRAM from the sheddable busbar 220XP-A through the circuit breaker 2RX.
AES
23-32-00 PB001
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
5.
A.
PRAM 10RX
(1) Announcement
EPROM memory chips are installed to give announce playback with direct access. The memory chips are
reprogrammable.
The PRAM has the function to give an emergency announcement automatically in the event of rapid cabin
decompression. The emergency announcement is stored in an EPROM memory chip. A ground signal from
a rapid cabin decompression sensor starts the emergency announcement.
(2) Boarding-Music
The tape deck for boarding music reproduction has four channels. This permit a maximum playtime of 120
minutes per C-60 cassette.
B.
Defined System Characteristics

(1) The frequency response, from 50 to 10,000 Hz +/- 3 dBm for boarding music outputand 50 to 4,000 Hz
+/- 3 dBm for solid state announcement output.
(2) The signal-to-noise ratio, 60 dBm minimum.
(3) The harmonic distortion, less than 1 % maximum (1 kHz/0 dBm).
(4) The wow and flutter, less than 0.15 % weighted (WRMS) per IEEE standard 193-1971.
(5) The output level, announcement and boarding music 0 dBm (1mW into 600 Ohm load) per ARINC 539A,
adjustable from 0 dBm to -21 dBm. Emergency announcement output level +6 dBm nominal.
(6) The access time is less than 1 second for access to announcements and emergency announcement.
(7) The power consumption of less than 75 W average with 115 V AC - 400 Hz.
(8) An interface connector ARINC 600 size 1.
AES
23-32-00 PB001
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
6.
System Operation
A.
Control Keys
The Prerecorded Announcement and Boarding Music (PRAM) system is controlled during normal operation
from the audio module in the Fwd Attnd panel 120RH. The system initialization is made automatically when the
reproducer receives 115 V AC. During the initialization the LED display on the audio module is not shown. The
least significant digit LED of the announcer display will show 0 when the initialization is complete. The
operation procedures to program and release the announcements are as follows:
(1) ENTER
When the ENTER pushbutton is pushed, the cursor moves into the MEMO 1 position.
The required message is keyed-in on the keyboard and appears on the MEMO 1 display. When the ENTER
pushbutton is pushed, the keyed-in data is accepted.
The READY light comes on when the PRAM has found the corresponding announcement.
The required messages for the MEMO 2 and MEMO 3 displays are keyed-in the same as for the MEMO 1
display.
(2) CLEAR
When the cursor has moved into the related position (MEMO 1, MEMO 2 or MEMO 3) and the CLEAR
pushbutton switch is pushed, the display clears.
(3) START NEXT
When the START NEXT pushbutton switch is pushed the message shown on the MEMO 1 display moves
up to the ON ANNOUNCE display. The MEMO 2 display message then moves up to the MEMO 1
display. The message shown on the MEMO 3 display moves up to the MEMO 2 display.
(4) START ALL
All messages keyed on MEMO 1, MEMO 2 and MEMO 3 will be announced continuously until the last
announcement has finished (number 0). In this continuous mode, it can add another message for
announcement after the messages that you have keyed-in.
(5) STOP
When the STOP pushbutton switch is pushed, the message announcement stops immediately.
B.
Boarding Music Control Keys

(1) ON/OFF
When the ON/OFF pushbutton switch is pushed, the light in the pushbutton switch comes ON. The
channel 1 is automatically displayed on the BGM channel display. When the ON/OFF pushbutton is pushed
again, the light goes OFF.
(2) SEL
When the SEL pushbutton switch is pushed, the system selects one of the available channels.
These are displayed in a numerical ascending code (four channels in the mono mode, two in the stereo
mode).
(3) VOLUME
The LEDs on the volume display show the volume level (2 dB steps).
(4) ( - )
When the (-) pushbutton switch is pushed the volume level decreases.
(5) ( + )
When the (+) pushbutton switch is pushed the volume level increases.
AES
23-32-00 PB001
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
B
D
Z120
FORWARD ATTENDANT PANEL

(AUDIO MODULE)
120RH
N_MM_233200_0_AARA_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-32-00-12500-F SHEET 1

Component Location
23-32-00 PB001
Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
B
137MCU
137MCU
82VU
81VU
84VU
83VU
86VU
85VU
88VU
87VU
ACCESS DOOR
PRERECORDED ANNOUNCEMENT
AND BOARDING MUSIC RPDR
10RX
ARINC 600 SIZE 1

CONNECTOR
N_MM_233200_0_AARA_02_00
AES
FIGURE 23-32-00-12500-F SHEET 2

Component Location
23-32-00 PB001
Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-005
210XPA
115V AC
BUS 2
2RX
2000VU
CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
10RX
PRERECORDED
AND ANNOUNCEMENT
BOARDING MUSIC
REPRODUCER
N_MM_233200_0_ACN0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-32-00-15600-A SHEET 1

23-32-00 PB001
Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 006-099
220XPA
SHED BUS
115VAC
2RX
2000VU
CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
10RX
PRERECORDED
AND ANNOUNCEMENT
BOARDING MUSIC
REPRODUCER
N_MM_233200_0_ACU0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-32-00-15600-C SHEET 1

23-32-00 PB001
Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ANNOUNCEMENT - MUSIC TAPE REPRODUCER SYSTEM MAINTENANCE PRACTICES

** On A/C 005-099
Task 23-32-00-860-001-A
Replacement of the Sound Recording Medium of the Prerecorded Announcement and Boarding Music (PRAM)
Reproducer
FIN 10RX
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
No specific
AR
B.

ZONE/ACCESS
ZONE DESCRIPTION
824
C.
REFERENCE
23-32-00-700-001-A
DESIGNATION
23-32-00-710-002-A
Test of the Boarding Music Operation of the Prerecorded Announcement and

Boarding Music (PRAM) Reproducer
23-32-00-860-002-A
Initialization of the Prerecorded Anouncement and Boarding Music (PRAM)

Reproducer
52-41-00-410-002-A
(Ref. Fig. 23-32-00-991-00100-B - Replacement of the Audio Cassettes)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-32-00-865-073-A
A.
PANEL
** On A/C 005-005
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099
PRAM
2RX
E01
2000VU
CABIN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS PRAM 2RX
E01
AES
23-32-00 PB201
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 23-32-00-010-050-A
B.
4.
Get Access
(1)
Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position at zone 128.
(2)
Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 23-32-00-991-00100-B - Replacement of the Audio Cassettes)
Subtask 23-32-00-869-052-B
A.

(1)
Release the quick-release fastener (4) and open the door (3) on the front of the PRAM reproducer (1).
(2)
Remove the audio cassette (2) from the cassette drive.
(3)
Install the new audio cassette (2) in the cassette drive.

NOTE :
(4)
Make sure that you can see the identification label on the cassette after installation.
Close the door (3) on the front of the PRAM reproducer (1) and lock the quick- release fastener (4).
Subtask 23-32-00-865-074-A
B.
PANEL
** On A/C 005-005
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099
PRAM
2RX
E01
2000VU
E01
** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 23-32-00-860-050-A
C.
Do the initialization procedure (Ref. TASK 23-32-00-860-002-A)
Subtask 23-32-00-710-056-A
D.
5.
Do the test of the prerecorded announcement/boarding music operation of the PRAM reproducer (Ref. TASK
23-32-00-700-001-A) and (Ref. TASK 23-32-00-710-002-A).
Close-up
Subtask 23-32-00-410-050-A
A.
AES
Close Access
(1)
(2)
(3)
23-32-00 PB201
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
824
Z128
88VU
B
B
1
2
4
N_MM_233200_2_AAU0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-32-00-991-00100-B SHEET 1

23-32-00 PB201
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
Task 23-32-00-860-002-A
Initialization of the Prerecorded Anouncement and Boarding Music (PRAM) Reproducer
FIN 10RX
1.
Reason for the Job

.
.
2.
To Set the Audio Cassette(s) to the Starting Position

To Inform the PRAM Reproducer about the Contents of the Audio Cassette(s)

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
1

ZONE/ACCESS
ZONE DESCRIPTION
824
C.
REFERENCE
23-32-00-700-001-A
DESIGNATION
23-32-00-860-001-A

24-41-00-861-002-A
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
24-41-00-862-002-A
24-41-00-862-002-A-01
24-41-00-862-002-A-02
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-32-00-861-051-A
A.
Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).
Subtask 23-32-00-865-075-A
B.
PANEL
** On A/C 005-005
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099
PRAM
2RX
E01
2000VU
E01
AES
23-32-00 PB201
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 23-32-00-010-051-A
C.
Get Access
(1)
Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position at zone 128.
(2)
Subtask 23-32-00-820-050-A
D.
Preparation for Initialization

(1)
4.
Make sure that in the avionics compartment the audio cassette(s) is(are) installed correctly in the
PRAM reproducer (10RX). (Ref. TASK 23-32-00-860-001-A)
Procedure
Subtask 23-32-00-860-053-D
A.
Initialization of the PRAM Reproducer

(1)
Open the C/B PRAM (2RX) on the C/B panel 2000VU.
(2)
Close the C/B PRAM (2RX) on C/B panel 2000VU to reset the PRAM reproducer 10RX.
(3)
Make sure that on the audio module of the FAP the ON ANNOUNCE display on the audio module of
the FAP shows INI to indicate that the initialization is in progress.
(4)
Wait for up to 6 minutes.
(5)
Make sure that after the initialization is completed:

. the cursor on the audio module of the FAP 120RH is in the MEMO 1 position
. the I-I indication on the ON ANNOUNCE display goes off and a number is shown in its place.
Subtask 23-32-00-720-051-A
B.
5.
Do the test of the prerecorded announcement operation of the PRAM reproducer (Ref. TASK
23-32-00-700-001-A).
Close-up
Subtask 23-32-00-410-051-A
A.
Close Access
(1)
(2)
Close the access door 824.
(3)
Subtask 23-32-00-862-051-A
B.
AES
De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).
23-32-00 PB201
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ANNOUNCEMENT - MUSIC TAPE REPRODUCER SYSTEM ADJUSTMENT/TEST

** On A/C 005-099
Task 23-32-00-700-001-A
Test of the Prerecorded Announcement Operation of the Prerecorded Announcement and Boarding Music (PRAM)
Reproducer
NOTE :
The AMM task is applicable only if the PRAM unit is installed and function selected thru CAM programming.
FIN 10RX
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
200
ZONE DESCRIPTION
UPPER HALF FUSELAGE
B.
REFERENCE
23-32-00-860-002-A
DESIGNATION
Reproducer
23-73-00-861-001-A
24-41-00-861-002-A
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
24-41-00-862-002-A
24-41-00-862-002-A-01
24-41-00-862-002-A-02
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-32-00-861-050-A
A.
Subtask 23-32-00-865-062-A
B.

PANEL
49VU
DESIGNATION
AIR COND/SDCU/CHAN1
11WQ
C06
49VU
COM/CIDS/DEU A ESS/LINE 2
155RH
G05
AES
FIN
LOCATION
23-32-00 PB501
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
49VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
154RH
FIN
G04
LOCATION
49VU
COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS
153RH
G03
49VU
COM/CIDS/DIR 1 AND 2/ESS
150RH
G02
121VU
COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R AFT
168RH
M13
121VU
COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L AFT
167RH
M12
121VU
COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R MID
166RH
M11
121VU
COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L MID
165RH
M10
121VU
COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/R FWD
164RH
M09
121VU
COM NAV/CIDS/DEU A NORM/L FWD
163RH
M08
121VU
COM NAV/CIDS/DEU B/NORM
162RH
M07
121VU
COM NAV/CIDS/PROG AND TST PNL
161RH
M06
121VU
COM NAV/CIDS/DIR 1 AND 2/NORM
151RH
M05
121VU
COM NAV/CIDS/FWD ATTND/PNL
170RH
Q14
122VU
AIR COND/SDCU/CHAN2
12WQ
T18
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099
PRAM
2RX
E01
2000VU
E01
** On A/C 005-005
** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 23-32-00-865-059-A
C.

PANEL
49VU
DESIGNATION
OXYGEN/PASSENGER/CTL AND WARN
FIN
LOCATION
1WR
HA02
49VU
2WR
HA03
49VU
3WR
HA04
49VU
OXYGEN/PASSENGER/ACTUATION
4WR
HA05
49VU
5WR
HA06
49VU
6WR
HA07
49VU
7WR
HA08
Subtask 23-32-00-860-051-A
D.
AES

(1)
Make sure that the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) is energized (Ref. TASK
23-73-00-861-001-A).
(2)
Do the initialization procedure of the Prerecorded Announcement and Boarding Music (PRAM)
reproducer 10RX (Ref. TASK 23-32-00-860-002-A).
(3)
In the cabin, on each emergency oxygen container, pull the door stops and turn them 90 degrees to the
test position.
23-32-00 PB501
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
4.
Procedure
Subtask 23-32-00-710-050-D
A.
Test of the Prerecorded Announcement Operation

NOTE :
The subsequent procedure is a general test. The prerecorded announcements are normally established
by the operator in accordance with the PRAM-Vendor. Therefore the prerecorded announcement
numbers may be different.
NOTE :
You can check the announcement only if they are recorded.
(1)
Do this test.
ACTION
1.On the circuit breaker panel 2000VU:
. Close the circuit breaker PRAM (2RX).
RESULT
On the Forward Attendant Panel (FAP) 120RH,
prerecorded announcement section:
. All displays show 0.
. The cursor is in the MEMO 1 position.
2.On the FAP 120RH, prerecorded announcement section: On the FAP 120RH, prerecorded announcement section:
. Set the announcement 1 to MEMO 1 and push the
. The MEMO 1 display shows 1.
ENTER pushbutton switch.
. The cursor moves to the MEMO 2 position.
. After some seconds the READY light comes on.
3.On the FAP 120RH, prerecorded announcement section:
. Push the START NEXT pushbutton switch.
On
.
.
On
.
.
On
.
.
.
.
the FAP 120RH, prerecorded announcement

The MEMO 2 display shows 2.
The cursor moves to the MEMO 3 position.
The cursor moves to the MEMO 1 position.
The number shown on the MEMO 1 display
the ON ANNOUNCE display.
the MEMO 1 display.
the MEMO 2 display.
section:
section:
section:
moves to
moves to
moves to
In the cabin and the lavatories:

. You can hear the announcement 1 from the
loudspeakers.
NOTE :
After an announcement has finished the ON

ANNOUNCE display shows 0.
6.On the FAP 120RH, prerecorded announcement section: In the cabin and the lavatories:
. Push the START ALL pushbutton switch.
. You can hear the announcements 2 and 3 from the
loudspeakers in sequence.
On the FAP 120RH, prerecorded announcement section:
. The READY light goes off.
AES
23-32-00 PB501
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ACTION
RESULT
. Push the START NEXT pushbutton switch and before . The number shown on the MEMO 1 display moves to
the announcement has finished Push the STOP
pushbutton switch.
loudspeakers until you push the STOP pushbutton
switch.
. The ON ANNOUNCE display shows 0.
. Set the announcement 350 to MEMO 1.
10.On the FAP 120RH, prerecorded announcement
section:
. Push the ENTER pushbutton switch.

. The MEMO 1 display shows E and after some seconds
the display changes to 0.

section:
CLEAR pushbutton.

. The shown announcement on the MEMO 1 display
changes from 1 to 0.

section:
section:
. Push the START NEXT pushbutton switch.

. The number shown on the MEMO 1 display moves to
loudspeakers.
. The READY light goes off.
Subtask 23-32-00-710-058-A
B.
Test of the Emergency Announcement

CAUTION :
(1)
Make sure that the door stops on the emergency oxygen containers are pulled out and turned to the
TEST position.
NOTE :
AES
DO NOT PUSH IN THE MASK MAN ON PUSHBUTTON SWITCH 14WR FOR MORE THAN
5 SECONDS.
This Test is necessary, if an emergency announcement is recorded on the PRAM.
23-32-00 PB501
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ACTION
1.On the cockpit overhead panel 21VU, oxygen control
section:
. Lift the guard and push the oxygen MASK MAN ON
pushbutton.
RESULT
On the cockpit overhead panel 21VU, oxygen control
section:
. The PASSENGER SYS ON light on the right side of the
MASK MAN ON switch comes on.
In the cabin:
. The automatic emergency announcement is heard from
all the cabin and lavatory loudspeakers.
2.On the cockpit overhead panel 50VU, oxygen control

section:
. Push the OXYGEN TMR RES pushbutton.
On the cockpit overhead panel 21VU, oxygen control

section:
. The PASSENGER SYS ON light on the right side of the
MASK MAN ON switch goes off.
On the FAP 120RH:

. Push the PRE REC ANN STOP membrane switch.
In the cabin:
. The automatic emergency announcement stops.
5.
Close-up
Subtask 23-32-00-410-052-A
A.
Close Access
(1)
(2)
Push the doors of the emergency oxygen container to the closed position until they engage.
(3)
On the emergency oxygen containers turn the door stops to the normal position and let them retract
into their containers.
Subtask 23-32-00-862-050-A
B.
Put the aircraft back to the serviceable condition.

(1)
AES
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).
23-32-00 PB501
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
Task 23-32-00-710-002-A
Test of the Boarding Music Operation of the Prerecorded Announcement and Boarding Music (PRAM) Reproducer
FIN 10RX
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
23-32-00-860-002-A
DESIGNATION
Reproducer
23-73-00-861-001-A
23-73-00-862-001-A
24-41-00-861-002-A
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
24-41-00-862-002-A
24-41-00-862-002-A-01
24-41-00-862-002-A-02
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-32-00-861-052-A
A.
Subtask 23-32-00-865-076-A
B.
49VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
AIR COND/SDCU/CHAN1
11WQ
C06
49VU
155RH
G05
49VU
154RH
G04
49VU
COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS
153RH
G03
49VU
150RH
G02
49VU
1WR
HA02
49VU
7WR
HA08
121VU
168RH
M13
121VU
167RH
M12
121VU
166RH
M11
121VU
165RH
M10
121VU
164RH
M09
121VU
163RH
M08
AES
FIN
LOCATION
23-32-00 PB501
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
121VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
162RH
FIN
M07
LOCATION
121VU
161RH
M06
121VU
151RH
M05
121VU
170RH
Q14
122VU
AIR COND/SDCU/CHAN2
12WQ
T18
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099
PRAM
2RX
E01
2000VU
E01
** On A/C 005-005
** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 23-32-00-860-052-A
C.
4.

(1)
Make sure that the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-861-001-A) is
energized.
(2)
Do the initialization procedure of the Prerecorded Announcement and Boarding Music (PRAM)
reproducer (Ref. TASK 23-32-00-860-002-A).
Procedure
Subtask 23-32-00-710-055-A
A.
Test of the Boarding Music Operation

NOTE :
(1)
You can check the announcements only if they are recorded.
Do this test.
NOTE :
After the selection of a new boarding music channel it may take some seconds before you can
hear the music of the new boarding music channel from the loudspeakers.
ACTION
1.On the Forward Attendant Panel (FAP) 120RH, music
section:
. Push the MUSIC ON/OFF pushbutton switch.
RESULT
On the FAP 120RH, music section:
. The light in the MUSIC ON/OFF pushbutton switch
comes on.
. The channel 1 is shown on the MUSIC channel display.
. You can hear the channel 1 music from the
loudspeakers.
2.On the FAP 120RH, music section:

. Push the MUSIC SEL pushbutton switch.

loudspeakers.

AES

23-32-00 PB501
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ACTION

RESULT
loudspeakers.


loudspeakers.

. Push the (-) pushbutton switch.

. Push the (+) pushbutton switch.

. Push the MUSIC ON/OFF pushbutton switch.

loudspeakers.
. The LEDs on the MUSIC volume display show the new
volume level.
. The volume level of the music decreases.
. The LEDs on the MUSIC volume display show the new
volume level.
. The volume level of the music increases.
. The light in the MUSIC ON/OFF pushbutton switch
goes off.
. The channel 1 music stops.
5.
Close-up
Subtask 23-32-00-942-054-A
A.
Subtask 23-32-00-862-053-A
B.
AES

(1)
De-energize the CIDS (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-862-001-A).
(2)
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).
23-32-00 PB501
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
TAPE REPRODUCER - ANNOUNCEMENT/ MUSIC REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C 005-099
Task 23-32-34-000-001-A
Removal of the Announcement/Music Tape Reproducer
FIN 10RX
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
No specific
AR
CAP - BLANKING
No specific
AR
B.

ZONE/ACCESS
128
824
ZONE DESCRIPTION
C.
REFERENCE
23-32-00-860-001-A
DESIGNATION
(Ref. Fig. 23-32-34-991-00100-A - Announcement/Music Tape Reproducer)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-32-34-865-050-A
A.
PANEL
** On A/C 005-005
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099
PRAM
2RX
E01
2000VU
E01
** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 23-32-34-010-050-A
B.
Get Access
(1)
AES
128.
23-32-34 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(2)
4.
Procedure
Subtask 23-32-34-020-050-A
A.
AES
Removal of the Announcement/Music tape Reproducer

(1)
Remove the audio cassettes or load the new announcement/boarding music files (Ref. TASK
23-32-00-860-001-A).
(2)
Loosen the nuts (3) on the front of the rack (2).
(3)
Lower the nuts (3).
(4)
Pull the reproducer (5) on its rack (2) to disconnect the electrical connectors (1).
(5)
Remove the reproducer (5).
(6)
23-32-34 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
FR24A
FR20
ACCESS
DOOR 824
A
80VU
A
10RX
88VU
1
1
4
3
N_MM_233234_4_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-32-34-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Announcement/Music Tape Reproducer
23-32-34 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
Task 23-32-34-400-001-A
FIN 10RX
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
1

ZONE/ACCESS
128
824
ZONE DESCRIPTION
C.
REFERENCE
23-32-00-700-001-A
DESIGNATION
23-32-00-710-002-A
Test of the Boarding Music Operation of the Prerecorded Announcement and

Boarding Music (PRAM) Reproducer
23-32-00-860-001-A

23-32-00-860-002-A

Reproducer
52-41-00-410-002-A

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-32-34-860-051-A
A.

(1)
824 in zone 128.
(2)
Subtask 23-32-34-865-051-A
B.
PANEL
** On A/C 005-005
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099
PRAM
2RX
E01
2000VU
E01
AES
23-32-34 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
4.
Procedure
** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 23-32-34-420-050-A
A.

(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
Install the reproducer (5) on its rack (2).
(6)
Push the reproducer (5) on its rack (2) to connect the electrical connectors (1).
(7)
(8)
Install the audio cassettes or load the announcement/boarding music files (Ref. TASK
23-32-00-860-001-A).
Subtask 23-32-34-865-053-A
B.
PANEL
** On A/C 005-005
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099
PRAM
2RX
E01
2000VU
E01
** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 23-32-34-860-050-A
C.
Install a new media (Ref. TASK 23-32-00-860-001-A) or load a new announcement/boarding music files and
do the initialization procedure (Ref. TASK 23-32-00-860-002-A).
Subtask 23-32-34-710-050-A
D.
5.
Do the operational tests:

(1)
The Test of the Boarding Music Operation (Ref. TASK 23-32-00-710-002-A).
(2)
The Test of the Prerecorder Announcement (Ref. TASK 23-32-00-700-001-A).
Close-up
Subtask 23-32-34-410-050-A
A.
AES
Close Access
(1)
(2)
(3)
23-32-34 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
PASSENGER ENTERTAINMENT - DESCRIPTION AND

OPERATION
** On A/C ALL
1.
General
** On A/C 005-099
The Multiplex Passenger Entertainment System (MPES) plays prerecorded audio entertainment programs for the
passengers. Each passenger can select entertainment programs which are heard over a headset.
** On A/C 003-004
The Multiplex Passenger Entertainment System (MPES) plays prerecorded audio entertainment programs for the
passengers. Each passenger can select entertainment programs which are heard over a headset.
AES
23-33-00 PB001
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
2.
Component Location
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 23-33-00-12400-AJ - Main Multiplexer and CD-Audio Reproducer - Component Location)
(Ref. Fig. 23-33-00-12500-A - Seat Equipment of the PES Music and Forward Attendant Panel (Audio Module) Component Location)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------FIN
I
I PANEL I ZONE I ACCESS
I
I
I
I
DOOR
------------------------------------------------------------------------------8MK
MAIN MULTIPLEXER
88VU
128
10MK
AUDIO REPRODUCER
88VU
128
50MK
WALL DISCONNECT BOX
200
100MK
SEAT ELECTRONIC BOX
200
200MK
PASSENGER CONTROL UNIT
200
201MK
200
800MK
RELAY
2000VU
220
801MK
RELAY
2000VU
220
120RH
221
** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 23-33-00-12400-O - Component Location)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------FIN
I
I PANEL I ZONE I ACCESS
I
I
I
I
DOOR
------------------------------------------------------------------------------8MK
MAIN MULTIPLEXER
88VU
128
10MK
AUDIO REPRODUCER
88VU
128
50MK
WALL DISCONNECT BOX
200
100MK
SEAT ELECTRONIC BOX
200
200MK
200
201MK
200
800MK
RELAY
2000VU
220
120RH
221
AES
23-33-00 PB001
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
3.
System Description
A.
Description of the installed Systems

(Ref. Fig. 23-33-00-14400-A - Passenger Entertainment System (PES) Interconnection)
(Ref. Fig. 23-33-00-14600-F - Passenger Entertainment System (PES))
(1) BITE System
The BITE system is assembled into the MPES. The Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) (Refer
to 23-73-00) commands the MPES to go into the BITE mode. All input audio channels at the Main
Multiplexer (MM) 8MK are electronically isolated from an active processing. A 400 Hz test tone is put on
each of the channels. At the Seat Electronic Box (SEB) 100MK/ Passenger Control Units (PCUs) 200MK
and 201MK all channels are examined for correct operation. Any failure data is transmitted back to the
MM, the CIDS and the Central Fault Display System (CFDS) (Refer to 31-30-00).
(2) PES Power Test
When the PES power is on, the BITE automatically starts. Maintenance persons operate this test on
command from the Programming and Test Panel (PTP) 110RH. An ARINC 429 high-speed bus transfers
data between the CIDS and the MPES.
(3) Audio
Audio signals from the audio reproducer 10MK, and video audio, supply a minimum of eighteen audio
channels to the MM. Circuits in the MM process this analog input and prepare it for conversion to digital
data. These are sent to the SEB through the Wall Disconnect Boxes (WDB) 50MK.
(4) Audio Output
The SEB changes the MM digital audio, back to its original analog form. This audio output is transmitted
to the passenger headsets through the Passenger Control Units (PCU).
(5) Channels
The audio signals in the MM can give a stereophonic channel. One monophonic channel from the Audio
Reproducer (A/R) is programmed as the left channel; the other monophonic channel is programmed as the
right channel. Two monophonic channels give the effect of one stereophonic channel.
Four channels from the A/R can be used to provide boarding music over the loudspeakers in the cabin and
in the lavatories.
AES
23-33-00 PB001
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
4.
Power Supply
** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 23-33-00-16000-D - Power Supply)
115 V AC is supplied to the PES from the normal busbar 210 XPA through the circuit breaker 21MK.
** On A/C 005-005
(Ref. Fig. 23-33-00-16000-H - Power Supply)
The busbar 210XP-A supplies 115VAC to the PES MUSIC through the circuit breaker 21MK. The busbar 210XP-B
supplies 115VAC to the PES MUSIC through the circuit breaker 23MK and the relay 800MK. The busbar 210XP-C
supplies 115VAC to the PES MUSIC through the circuit breaker 24MK and the relay 800MK. The Compact DISK
(CD) reproducer and the Main Multiplexer (MM) are supplied through the circuit breaker 21MK. This line also
operates the relay 800MK.
The WDBs and SEBs on the LH passenger compartment side are supplied through the circuit breaker 23MK. The
WDBs and SEBs on the RH passenger compartment side are supplied through the circuit breaker 24MK.
** On A/C 006-099
(Ref. Fig. 23-33-00-16000-N - Power Supply)
The busbar 220XP-A supplies 115VAC to the PES MUSIC through the circuit breaker 21MK. The busbar 220XP-B
supplies 115VAC to the PES MUSIC through the circuit breaker 23MK and the relay 800MK. The busbar 220XP-C
supplies 115VAC to the PES MUSIC through the circuit breaker 24MK and the relay 800MK. The Audio Reproducer
(A/R) 10MK and the Main Multiplexer (MM) 8MK are supplied through the circuit breaker 21MK. This line also
operates the relay 800MK.
The WDBs 50MK and SEBs 100MK on the LH passenger compartment side are supplied through the circuit
breaker 23MK. The WDBs and SEBs on the RH passenger compartment side are supplied through the circuit
breaker 24MK.
AES
23-33-00 PB001
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
5.
A.
Installed Units 10MK

** On A/C 003-004
(1) Audio Reproducer
The tape reproducer 10MK has a total of six cassette decks with six cassette tapes. These tapes have four
channels. The tape reproducer has a total of twelve audio output channels. Cassette tapes are used
alternately. While one plays, the other rewinds to give continuous play. All functions are remotely controlled
.
(2) Main Multiplexer
(Ref. Fig. 23-33-00-19200-A - Main Multiplexer (MM) Block Diagram)
The Main Multiplexer (MM) 8MK is mechanically assembled in an ARINC 600 standard from factor 2MCU.
The connector is ARINC 600 size 1. The MPES has a minimum of eighteen audio input channels. Up to six
channels are used for video tape reproducer inputs. The MPES permits a bilingual movie in each of the
aircraft zones (up to three zones).
(a) Boarding Music
Four channel numbers can be used to provide the boarding music. The flight attendants control the
boarding music on the Forward Attendant Panel (FAP).
(b) Passenger Address Audio
(Ref. Fig. 23-33-00-19400-AQ - Seat Layout)
Three Passenger Address (PA) audio-inputs control all the MPES channels in each applicable aircraft
zone. The CIDS controls the MPES mode and permits the use of the PA in each zone of the aircraft.
The aircraft seat layout will have an effect on this system.
(c) Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) Interface (Ref. Fig. 002,005)
The ARINC 429 input databus receives data from the CIDS directors. The ARINC 429 output databus
sends data to the CIDS directors. In the Fig. 002 the CIDS has different functional interfaces. These
are :
. Power ON/OFF,
. Built-In Test Equipment (BITE) information initialization and data transfer,
. PA announcement control and seat layout data transfer to the MPES.
(d) ARINC 429 Output Data Port
The MPES output data has a BITE fault data. The CIDS directors send this data to the Center Fault
Display System (CFDS) and to the Programming and Test Panel (PTP) through the CIDS.
(e) ARINC 429 Input Data Port
(Ref. Fig. 23-33-00-19800-A - Programming and Test Panel (PTP))
This port receives the CIDS data for the electrical location of seats (PA override and movie/video
audio). All the necessary data is stored in the Cabin Assignment Module (CAM). The CAM is included
in the PTP.
(f) MPES Data Lines
(Ref. Fig. 23-33-00-19200-A - Main Multiplexer (MM) Block Diagram)
The MM controls two columns of seats on the aircraft. There are two data busses in each column.
When one is used for the multiplexed digital audio, the other is used for service data.
(g) Main Multiplexer Power Supply
The aircraft electrical system supplies 115 V AC (400 Hz) power to the Main Multiplexer (MM) 8MK.
The MM supplies 35 V AC to the SEB. This voltage comes from the secondary built-in step-down
power transformer. The same transformer develops DC voltage for the MM digital and analog circuits.
AES
23-33-00 PB001
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(h) Audio Processing
Each audio input has an input circuitry with a Low Pass Filter (LPF) and an analog switch. This
circuitry is used to modify the audio signals and prepare it for the analog-to-digital conversion process.
A timing base Large Scale Intergrated (LSI) circuit controls this process in the MM. This circuit
establishes the system timing (controlled with a crystal controlled clock) and the multiplex channel
timing for the insertion of digitalized audio signals into the correct channel.
(3) Wall Disconnect Box
(Ref. Fig. 23-33-00-19900-B - Wall Disconnect Box (WDB))
(Ref. Fig. 23-33-00-20000-A - Wall Disconnect Box (WDB) Block Diagram)
The Wall Disconnect Box (WDB) 50MK gives a disconnect point for the data busses of the MPES. It
supplies line amplification for the data busses. The busses from the MM are fed to the WDBs on each side
of the aircraft. A WDB terminator is installed at the end of each WDB column on the connector J1/J4.
Two other connectors on the WDB (J2 and J3) are used to supply the data busses to the seat groups
(forward and aft of the WDB location).
(4) Seat Electronic Box
(Ref. Fig. 23-33-00-20100-A - Seat Electronic Box (SEB))
(Ref. Fig. 23-33-00-20200-A - Seat Electronic Box (SEB) Electrical Interface)
The Seat Electronic Box (SEB) 100MK is installed on the seat-leg mounting bracket with nylatch fasteners.
Electrical connections to the SEB from the MM are made through the WDB. J1 and J2 are the databus
input/output connectors. Seat to seat cables (or the WDB to the SEB cables) are connected to these
inputs/outputs. Interface connections from the SEB to the PCUs are made through J3. All the connectors
on the SEB are D subminiature types. The SEB 100MK supplies +5 V DC power to the PCUs 200MK
and 201MK in the seat group it controls.
(a) Multiplex Passenger Entertainment System Audio Processing
The input line receiver processes the PES data and supplies it through a decoder to the timing base
Large Scale Integrated (LSI) circuit. The microprocessor processes the digital data and reassembles the
analog audio signal with the digital-to-analog converter. When a passenger selects a channel, the SEB
100MK receives the digital number from the PCU and the digital audio signal from the MM. The SEB
100MK converts this into an analog audio signal. The analog signal is then put through a filter to the
PCU acoustic transducer or the electrical jacks. For each transducer, a seperate digital-to-analog
converter, a volume control circuit and a filter are provided in the PCU.
(5) Passenger Control Unit
(Ref. Fig. 23-33-00-20400-U - Passenger Control Unit (PCU))
The Passenger Control Units (PCU) 200MK and 201MK are the primary interfaces between the passenger
and the MPES. They are installed in the armrest of each passenger seat. Each PCU has:
. a LED display (2 digit LED indicates the channel select),
. Up/Down pushbutton switches (channel select),
. a (-) pushbutton switch (volume decrease),
. a (+) pushbutton switch (volume increase),
. an acoustic transducer increases/decreases the audio level,
. an electrical headset jack socket.
(a) Electrical Components Interface
(Ref. Fig. 23-33-00-20500-A - Passenger Control Unit (PCU) Electrical Interface Block Diagram)
AES
23-33-00 PB001
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
The electrical components are used to process commands for the channel selection and the volume
control. The PCU communicates with the SEB through the SEB to the PCU cable assembly. The
microprocessor reads the volume control and channel selector settings (during the BITE operations, it
checks the transducer continuity). The microprocessor transmits the volume, the channels and the
BITE information to the SEB, and displays the channel on the LED display. The SEB supplies power
and demultiplexed audio signals for the headset connector (the headset connector is mechanically
interlocked to prevent audio leakage when no headset is connected). If the power is stopped for more
than 0.2 s, the PCU circuitry decreases the system volume.
** On A/C 005-099
(6) Main Multiplexer
(Ref. Fig. 23-33-00-19100-A - Main Multiplexer (MM))
(Ref. Fig. 23-33-00-19200-D - Main Multiplexer Unit Interface)
(a) General
The Main Multiplexer (MM) 8MK is installed in the avionic compartment. The MM has a total of 25
audio inputs. These inputs are:
. 16 audio input channels from the Audio Reproducer
. 6 audio input channels from the PES Video System
. 3 audio input channels from the Passenger Address.
(b) Function
The MM has these general functions:
. multiplexing of analog audio sources into a single PCM data stream that is distributed to SEB
throughout the aircraft
. decoding and processing of 7 input keylines (3 Video/3 PA/1 PES test) for a maxium of 3 Video
zones and 3 PA zones
. BITE processing and reporting via the CICS data bus
. processing of the system configuration layout data from the CICS data bus.
The MM supports these methods of loading channel configuration and mapping tables:
. encoded A/R audio disks
. PCU manual entry
. serial maintenance port
. ARINC 485 interface to Sony PSCU.
(c) Control Elements
The MM has these control elements:
. a momentary switch to initiate Download and Bite
. a green contol-LED to indicate the Power on
. an amber control-LED to indicate the status of the unit.
(7) Compact Disk Audio Reproducer
(Ref. Fig. 23-33-00-19300-A - AUDIO REPRODUCER)
(a) General
The Compact Disk Audio Reproducer (CD A/R) 10MK is installed in the avionics compartment. The
CD A/R contains four identical CD decks, which have the numbers No.A thru No.D. Each deck
drives one CD. Up to two stereophonic channels or four monophonic channels are available for each
CD drive. The CD A/R gives up to 16 different music programs, from CDs, to the Main Multiplexer.
(b) Control Elements
The CD A/R itself has the subsequent operation controls:
. a monitor jacks (monaural headset) for sound check
. a channel up and down pushbutton for channel selection
AES
23-33-00 PB001
Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
.
.
.
a volume up and down pushbutton for volume selection

a two-digit channel number display
four disk drive displays.
(8) Wall Disconnect Box

(Ref. Fig. 23-33-00-19900-C - Wall Disconnect Box (WDB))
(Ref. Fig. 23-33-00-20000-C - Wall Disconnect Box Electrical Interface)
(a) General
The function of the Wall disconnect Box (WDB) 50MK is to provide interface, power and
communication, between the MM and Seat Electronics Boxes (SEB) 100MK.
(b) Functionality
WDB provides this functionality:
. pass-through of PCM data from an upstream WDB or MM to a downstream WDB,
. distribution of PCM data from an upstream WDB or MM to locally connected SEB chain
. passive interconnection of address token signals to locally connected SEB as well as upstream and
downstream WDB
. passive interconnection of uplink data from local SEB chains to upstream WDB
. distribution of 115V power to downstream WDB and locally connected SEB.
The last WDB in a column is connected at its downstream output with a termination plug.
(9) Seat Electronic Box
(Ref. Fig. 23-33-00-20100-C - Seat Electronic Box)
(Ref. Fig. 23-33-00-20200-C - Seat Electronic Box Electrical Interface)
(a) General
The SEB only changes the digital signals of the passenger selected channel back to the original analog
form. These signals are transmitted to the PCU. Each SEB supplies up to 3 PCU.
(b) Transmission from/to SEB
The SEB transmits:
. the 3,3VDC to the PCU
. the 20V to the WDB
. the music signal to the PCU
. the video sound signal to the PCU.
(10) Passenger Control Unit
(Ref. Fig. 23-33-00-20400-AF - Passenger Control Unit (PCU))
(Ref. Fig. 23-33-00-20500-I - Passenger Control Unit Electrical Interface)
(a) General
The Passenger Control Units (PCU) 200MK and 201MK are the primary interfaces between the
passengers and the MPES. They are installed in the armrest of each passenger seat.
Each PCU has:
. an LED display (2 digit LED indicates the channel select)
. an Up/Down pushbutton switch (channel select)
. an Up/Down pushbutton switch (volume control)
. an electrical headset jack.
AES
23-33-00 PB001
Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
6.
System Operation
A.
Operation of the PES Music

** On A/C 003-004
(1) General
The Passenger Entertainment System (PES) is energized during normal operation from the audio module
(the PES pushbutton switch) in the fwd attendant panel 221VU. When the system is energized the channel
5 is selected and the audio volume is set to minimum automatically.
The operation procedures are as follows:
(2) Control Keys
(a) The PES section of the audio module has:
. a PES pushbutton switch.
When the PES pushbutton switch is pushed, the system energizes.
. the subsequent PCU control keys.
The PCU control keys control PES functions.
(b) The PCU control keys are:
. a (-) pushbutton switch.
When the (-) pushbutton switch is pushed, the volume decreases.
. a (+) pushbutton switch.
When the (+) pushbutton switch is pushed, the volume increases.
. a left side channel pushbutton switch.
When the left side channel pushbutton switch is pushed, the channel number decreases.
. a right side channel pushbutton switch.
When the right side channel pushbutton switch is pushed,the channel number increases.
** On A/C 005-099
(3) General
The Passenger Entertainment System (PES) is energized during normal operation from the audio module
(the PES membrane switch) on the FAP 120RH. The operation procedures are as follows:
(4) Control Keys
(a) PES Control Keys
The PES section of the audio module has a PES pushbutton switch.
When the PES membrane switch is pushed the system energizes. The PCUs have subsequent control
keys. The control keys control PES functions.
(b) PCU Control Keys
These are:
. the VOLUME membrane switch with an arrow tip up symbol,
when that membrane switch is pushed, the volume increases,
. the VOLUME membrane switch with an arrow tip down symbol,
when that membrane switch is pushed, the volume decreases,
. the CHANNEL membrane switch with an arrow tip up symbol,
when that membrane switch is pushed, the channel number increases,
. the CHANNEL membrane switch with an arrow tip down symbol,
when that membrane switch is pushed, the channel number decreases.
** On A/C ALL
(5) Boarding Music
AES
23-33-00 PB001
Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 23-33-00-12400-O - Component Location)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 23-33-00-12400-AJ - Main Multiplexer and CD-Audio Reproducer - Component Location)
(a) The boarding music section (BGM Channel) has:
-
an LED display (a row of LEDs indicate volume control),

an ON/OFF membrane switch,
a SEL membrane switch (channel select),
a ( - ) membrane switch (volume decrease),
a ( + ) membrane switch (volume increase).
Boarding music control keys are as follows:

(1) ON/OFF
(2) SEL
(3) VOLUME
(4) ( - )
(5) ( + )
When the ON/OFF membrane switch is pushed,

the light in the membrane switch comes on. The
channel 1 is automatically displayed on the
BGM channel display. When the ON/OFF membrane
switch is pushed again, the light goes off.
When the SEL membrane switch is pushed, the
system selects one of the available channels.
These are displayed in a numerical ascending
code (four channels in the mono mode, two in
the stereo mode).
The LED on the volume display show the volume
level (2 dB steps).
When the (-) membrane switch is pushed the
volume level decreases.
When the (+) membrane switch is pushed the
volume level increases.
** On A/C 003-004
(6) System Characteristics
The system characteristics are as follows:
(a) The frequency response, from 25 Hz to 15 kHz +/- 3 dB.
(b) The number of audio inputs, 33 maximum (max. 24 audio tape player, 6 movie/audio tape player, 3
PA override).
(c) The key lines, 3 video and 3 PA.
(d) The output level, 100 mW/ear minimum.
(e) The output impedance, 300 ohms.
(f) The number of selectable programs, a total of 18.
(g) The number of stereo/mono programs, 12/18 or combination.
(h) The signal-to-noise ratio, 75 dB.
(i) A stereo channel separation, 60 dB minimum.
(j) The harmonic distortion, 0.2 % maximum at 100 mW.
(k) A dynamic range, 75 dB minimum.
AES
23-33-00 PB001
Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(l) The audio compression, switchable 20 dB on movie/video.
** On A/C 005-099
(7) System Characteristics
The system characteristics are as follows:
(a) The frequency response, from 50 Hz to 15 kHz +/- 3 dB.
(b) The number of audio inputs, 25 maximum (max. 16 audio tape player, 6 movie/audio tape player, 3
PA override).
(c) The key lines, 3 video, 3 PA and 1 PES
(d) The output level, 100 mW/ear minimum.
(e) The output impedance, 300 ohms.
(f) The number of selectable programs, a total of 18.
(g) The number of mono programs, 18 .
(h) The signal-to-noise ratio, 65 dB.
(i) A stereo channel separation, 80 dB minimum.
(j) The harmonic distortion, 0.1 % maximum at 50mW.
(k) A dynamic range, 75 dB minimum.
(l) The audio compression, switchable 20 dB on movie/video.
AES
23-33-00 PB001
Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
A
80VU
FR24A
Z120
88VU
FR1
B
C
B
PES MAIN
MULTIPLEXER
8MK
CONNECTOR
D
AUDIO REPRODUCER
10MK
CONNECTOR
ACCESS
DOOR
N_MM_233300_0_AAFA_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-33-00-12400-O SHEET 1

Component Location
23-33-00 PB001
Page 12
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
F
(AUDIO MODULE)
120RH
MUSIC
PES
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
SEL
VOLUME
FR16
WALL
DISCONNECT
BOX (WDB)
50MK
PASSENGER
CONTROL
UNITS
(PCU)
200MK
PASSENGER
CONTROL
UNITS
(PCU)
201MK
EXAMPLE TRIPLE SEAT
EXAMPLE TRIPLE SEAT
SEAT
ELECTRONIC
BOX (SEB)
100MK
SEAT
ELECTRONIC
BOX (SEB)
100MK
WALL
DISCONNECT
BOX (WDB)
50MK
N_MM_233300_0_AAFA_02_00
AES
FIGURE 23-33-00-12400-O SHEET 2

Component Location
23-33-00 PB001
Page 13
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
A
80VU
FR24A
Z120
88VU
FR1
B
PES MAIN
MULTIPLEXER (MM)
8MK
C
CDAUDIO REPRODUCER
10MK
N_MM_233300_0_TAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-33-00-12400-AJ SHEET 1

Main Multiplexer and CD-Audio Reproducer - Component
Location
23-33-00 PB001
Page 14
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
Z220
A
(AUDIO MODULE)
120RH
FR21
MUSIC
FR12
ON
ANNOUNCE
READY
MEMO 1
START
NEXT
MEMO 2
START
ALL
MEMO 3
STOP
CLEAR
ENTER
PES
ON
OFF
ON
SEL
OFF
VOLUME
EXAMPLE TRIPLE SEAT

PASSENGER
CONTROL
UNITS
(PCU)
200MK
EXAMPLE TRIPLE SEAT
PASSENGER
CONTROL
UNITS
(PCU)
201MK
WALL
DISCONNECT
BOX (WDB)
50MK
100MK
SEAT
ELECTRONIC
BOX (SEB)
100MK
SEAT
ELECTRONIC
BOX (SEB)
50MK
WALL
DISCONNECT
BOX (WDB)
N_MM_233300_0_TDM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-33-00-12500-A SHEET 1

Seat Equipment of the PES Music and Forward Attendant
Panel (Audio Module) - Component Location
23-33-00 PB001
Page 15
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
FAULT DATA
CIDS
DIR
FAULT DATA REQ
TO DEUS
PSS DATA (RL,CALL ...)
CFDS
FAULT DATA
CAM
PROGRAMMING/
TEST PANEL
BITE INITIALIZATION
SEAT LAYOUT DATA
FAULT DATA REQU.
BITE
MEMORY
POWER BGM SELECT
PES MODULE
FWD
ATTENDANT PANEL
BGM SELECT
POWER
BITE INITIALIZATION
PA ANNOUNCEMENT
SEAT LAYOUT DATA
FAULT DATA
PSS DATA
PSS DATA (RL,CALL ...)
BITE RESULTS
MAX 6 CHANNEL
VIDEO SOUND
AUDIO REPRODUCER
MAX 24 CHANNEL
MUSIC
FROM/TO
SEBS
MAIN MULTIPLEXER
PES DATA
BITE SIGNALS
N_MM_233300_0_ACM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-33-00-14400-A SHEET 1

Passenger Entertainment System (PES) Interconnection
23-33-00 PB001
Page 16
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
AES
FIGURE 23-33-00-14600-F SHEET 1

Passenger Entertainment System (PES)
102RH
CIDS
DIR 2
101RH
CIDS
DIR 1
10MK
PES
A/R
PES
MUX
8MK
2000VU
C/B PANEL
120RH
AUDIO MODUL
FWD ATTND
PANEL
110RH
PROG & TEST

PANEL
11MH
SEB
SCU
WDB
WDB
SEB
PCU
SEB
PCU
SEB
SEB
WDB
SEB
POWER
SUPPLY
WDB
SEB
WDB
SEB
WDB
DATA
LINES
SEB
SEB
PLUGS
PLUGS
SEB
SEB
SEB
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
N_MM_233300_0_AES0_01_00
23-33-00 PB001
Page 17
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
800MK
210XPA
115V AC
BUS
10MK
21MK
A/R
DC
8MK
MUX
101RH
120RH
CIDS
DIR1
FAP
PES
MODUL
102RH
CIDS
DIR2
N_MM_233300_0_AGR0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-33-00-16000-D SHEET 1

Power Supply
23-33-00 PB001
Page 18
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-005
800MK
115VAC BUS
50MK2
50MK4
50MK6
WDB
WDB
WDB
50MK1
50MK3
50MK5
WDB
WDB
WDB
24MK
210XPC
23MK
210XPB
21MK
210XPA
AC
801MK
10MK
PROGRAM HOLD
AUDIO
REPRODUCER
DC
8MK
MAIN
MULTIPLEXER
101RH
CIDS
DIR1
120RH
MUSIC TAPE ON
10RX
FAP
PES
MODUL
PES
ON/OFF
102RH
PRAM
REPRODUCER
CIDS
DIR2
N_MM_233300_0_AGY0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-33-00-16000-H SHEET 1

Power Supply
23-33-00 PB001
Page 19
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 006-099
220XPC
BUS
115VAC
WDB
WDB
WDB
50MK2
50MK4
50MK6
WDB
WDB
WDB
50MK3
50MK5
24MK
220XPB
BUS
115VAC
23MK
50MK1
220XPA
BUS
115VAC
21MK
800MK
PROGRAM HOLD
AUDIO
REPRODUCER
10MK
801MK
MAIN
MULTIPLEXER
8MK
CIDS
DIR1
MUSIC TAPE ON
FAP
PES
MODUL
PES
101RH
PRAM
REPRODUCER
ON/OFF
CIDS
DIR2
120RH
10RX
102RH
N_MM_233300_0_AGV0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-33-00-16000-N SHEET 1

Power Supply
23-33-00 PB001
Page 20
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
CONNECTOR
N_MM_233300_0_KAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-33-00-19100-A SHEET 1

Main Multiplexer (MM)
23-33-00 PB001
Page 21
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
AES
A3
B3
C3
D3
A4
B4
C4
D4
A5
B5
C5
D5
A6
B6
C6
D6
A7
B7
C7
D7
A8
B8
C8
D8
A1
B1
C1
D1
A2
B2
C2
D2
A3
B3
C3
D3
A4
B4
C4
D4
A12
B12
C12
D12
A13
B13
C13
D13
A14
B14
C14
D14
A9
B9
A10
B10
A11
B11
B15
C15
D15
C9
C10
C11
D9
D10
D11
A15
C5
C6
A5
B5
A6
B6
CH. 9 HI
LO
CH. 10 HI
LO
CH. 11 HI
LO
CH. 12 HI
LO
HI
LO
HI
LO
HI
LO
HI
LO
FIGURE 23-33-00-19200-A SHEET 1

Main Multiplexer (MM) Block Diagram
CH. 17 HI
LO
CH. 18 HI
LO
CH. 19 HI
LO
CH. 20 HI
LO
CH. 21 HI
LO
CH. 22 HI
LO
CH. 23 HI
LO
CH. 24 HI
LO
VIDEO 1 . 1 HI
LO
VIDEO 1 . 2 HI
LO
VIDEO 2 . 1 HI
LO
VIDEO 2 . 2 HI
LO
VIDEO 3 . 1 HI
LO
VIDEO 3 . 2 HI
LO
PA INPUT 1 HI
LO
PA INPUT 2 HI
LO
PA INPUT 3 HI
LO
SIGNAL RETURN
SIGNAL GROUND
SIGNAL GROUND
PA 1 KEY
PA 2 KEY
PA 3 KEY
VIDEO 1 KEY
VIDEO 2 KEY
VIDEO 3 KEY
TEST
SIGNAL GROUND
SIGNAL GROUND
HI
429 INPUT
LO
429 OUTPUT HI
LO
CH. 16
CH. 15
CH. 14
MP
23-33-00 PB001
TP
Page 22
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
ANALOG
SWITCH
ANALOG
SWITCH
ANALOG
SWITCH
S/H
S/H
S/H
S/H
S/H
S/H
ARINC
429
INTERFACE
A/D
A/D
A/D
A/D
A/D
A/D
SERIAL
DATA
SERIAL
DATA
CNT
SERIAL
DATA
CNT
SERIAL
DATA
CNT
SERIAL
DATA
CNT
SERIAL
DATA
MICRO
COMPUTER
TIMING
BASE
R/T
R/T
STEREO
TAG
POWER
SUPPLY
DRIVER
LPF
LPF
LPF
LPF
LPF
LPF
LPF
LPF
LPF
LPF
LPF
LPF
LPF
LPF
LPF
LPF
LPF
AMPS
LPF
LPF
LPF
LPF
AMPS
LPF
LPF
LPF
ANALOG
SWITCH
ANALOG
SWITCH
CNT
DRIVER
LPF
AMPS
LPF
LPF
LPF
LPF
AMPS
LPF
LPF
LPF
LPF
AMPS
TP
MP
CHASSIS GND
115V AC
AC 115V HI
AC 115V LO
A9
B9
AC RET
PSS DATA
PSS DATA
A8
B8
PES DATA HI
PES DATA LO
SHIELD GND
AC 115V HI
AC 115V LO
A15
B15
SIG GND
PSS DATA
PSS DATA
A14
B14
A7
B7
C7
PES DATA HI
PES DATA LO
SHIELD GND
A13
B13
C13
D7
SIG GND
D13
R/H
CH. 13
CH. 4
CH. 3
CH. 2
CH. 5 HI
LO
CH. 6 HI
LO
CH. 7 HI
LO
CH. 8 HI
LO
CH. 1
A1
B1
C1
D1
A2
B2
C2
D2
FROM AUDIO REPRODUCER
HI
LO
HI
LO
HI
LO
HI
LO
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
L/H
BP
TP
N_MM_233300_0_AJM0_01_00
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
FROM
AIRCRAFT AC
HI
115VAC
LO
CHASSIS GND
HI
CH 1
LO
HI
CH 3
LO
HI
CH 2
LO
HI
CH 4
LO
HI
CH 5
LO
SHIELD
HI
CH 7
LO
R/H PCM DATA
RH TOKEN OUT
HI
CH 8
LO
RH TOKEN THRU
RH UPLINK
HI
CH 9
LO
LH TOKEN OUT
HI
CH 10
LO
LH TOKEN THRU
HI
CH 11
LO
LT UPLINK
L/H PCM DATA
HI
CH 13
LO
FROM/
TO CIDS
DATA INPUT
HI
LO
DATA OUTPUT
HI
LO
RS485
HI
PAXDATA ARINC 429 INPUT
LO
VIDEO 1.1
HI
PAXDATA ARINC 429 OUTPUT
LO
VIDEO 1.2
HI
PA ZONE 1
LO
VIDEO 2.2
HI
PA ZONE 2
LO
VIDEO 3.2
HI
PA ZONE 3
LO
PA KEYLINE 1
PA KEYLINE 2
PA KEYLINE 3
PRES TEST
HI
LO
SHIELD
HI
CH 14
LO
HI
CH 16
LO
TO LH WDB
COLUMN
SIG GND
HI
CH 12
LO
HI
CH 15
LO
TO RH WDB
COLUMN
SIG GND
HI
CH 6
LO
FROM AUDIO
REPRODUCER
HI
LO
VIDEO 2.1
FROM/TO
PES VIDEO
VIDEO 3.1
VIDEO KEYLINE 1
VIDEO KEYLINE 2
VIDEO KEYLINE 3
8MK
MAIN MULTIPLEXER
N_MM_233300_0_AJA0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-33-00-19200-D SHEET 1

Main Multiplexer Unit Interface
23-33-00 PB001
Page 23
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
CONNECTOR
N_MM_233300_0_HAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-33-00-19300-A SHEET 1

AUDIO REPRODUCER
23-33-00 PB001
Page 24
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
TO 80VU
CA ASSY WDBMM
CA ASSY WDBWDB
CA ASSY SEBSEB
WDB
CA ASSY WDBSEB
SEB
N_MM_233300_0_BMH0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-33-00-19400-AQ SHEET 1

Seat Layout
23-33-00 PB001
Page 25
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
PROGRAMMING AND TEST PANEL (PTP)

110RH
CIDS
SYSTEM STATUS
SYSTEM TEST
PROGRAMMING
DSPL
ON
TEST
BAT
BAT
OK
SYS
SYS
OK
CLR
EMER
LIGHT
CAM
N_MM_233300_0_ANM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-33-00-19800-A SHEET 1

23-33-00 PB001
Page 26
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
NOTE:
CONNECTOR DA15P (ITT CANNON)

OR EQUIVALENT
CONNECTOR DE9S (ITT CANNON)

OR EQUIVALENT
N_MM_233300_0_APN0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-33-00-19900-B SHEET 1

23-33-00 PB001
Page 27
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
OUTPUT CONNECTOR
TO SEB COLUMN
INPUT CONNECTOR FROM
MM OR UPSTREAM WDB
OUTPUT CONNECTOR TO
DOWNSTREAM WDB OR TERMINATOR
N_MM_233300_0_APA0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-33-00-19900-C SHEET 1

23-33-00 PB001
Page 28
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
DRIVER
J2
PES DATA HI
PES DATA LO
SHIELD
PSS DATA 1
PSS DATA 2
SIG GND
AC 115V
AC RET
RCVR
DRIVER
J3
PES DATA HI
PES DATA LO
SHIELD
PSS DATA 1
PSS DATA 2
SIG GND
AC 115V
AC RET
J4
PES DATA HI
PES DATA LO
SHIELD
PSS DATA 1
PSS DATA 2
SIG GND
AC 115V
AC RET
J1
PES DATA HI
PES DATA LO
SHIELD
PSS DATA 1
PSS DATA 2
SIG GND
AC 115V
AC RET
PT
POWER
SUPPLY
5V
N_MM_233300_0_ARM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-33-00-20000-A SHEET 1

Wall Disconnect Box (WDB) Block Diagram
23-33-00 PB001
Page 29
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
115VAC HI
115VAC LO
FROM AIRCRAFT
AC
FROM MM OR
UPSTREAM WDB
HI 115VAC
TX POS
LO 115VAC
TX NEG
CHASSIS GND
SHIELD
PCM/TX POS
TKN PSA
PCM/TX NEG
TKN IN
SHIELD
RX
SIG GND
SIG GND
TKN IN
COL PRES
TKN THRU
20VDC
RX
TKN PSB
TO SEB COLUMN
TKN THRU
CHASSIS GND
115VAC HI
115VAC LO
TO
DOWMSTREAM
WDB
HI 115VAC
TX POS
LO 115VAC
TX NEG
CHASSIS GND
SHIELD
PCM/TX POS
TKN PSA
PCM/TX NEG
TKN IN
SHIELD
RX
SIG GND
SIG GND
TKN IN
COL PRES
TKN THRU
20VDC
RX
TKN PSB
TO SEB COLUMN
TKN THRU
CHASSIS GND
50MK
WALL DISCONNECT BOX
N_MM_233300_0_ASA0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-33-00-20000-C SHEET 1

Wall Disconnect Box Electrical Interface
23-33-00 PB001
Page 30
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
NYLATCH
NOTE: CONNECTORS J1 AND J2: JAE DE9P OR EQUIVALENT

J3 AND J4: JAE DE15S OR EQUIVALENT
N_MM_233300_0_ATM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-33-00-20100-A SHEET 1

Seat Electronic Box (SEB)
23-33-00 PB001
Page 31
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
OUTPUT CONNECTOR TO
DOWNSTREAM SEB
J3
J
4
J5
J6
J2
J1
INPUT CONNECTOR FROM

WDB OR UPSTREAM SEB
J3
J
4
J5
J6
OUTPUT CONNECTORS
TO PCU
N_MM_233300_0_ATA0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-33-00-20100-C SHEET 1

Seat Electronic Box
23-33-00 PB001
Page 32
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
RCV/
DRV
RCV/
DRV
J3
RCVR
J1
MICRO
COMPUTER
TIMING BASE
PES1
DATA2
SHIELD4
AC 115V7
AC RTN8
DATA19
DATA26
SIG GND5
3GND/1
11GND/2
8GND/3
9DATA I/O /1
12DATA I/O /2
14 DATA I/O /3
DECODER
+V
LPF
LPF
CHASSIS
GND
LPF
J2
SIG GND5
DATA26
DATA19
AC RTN8
AC 115V7
SHIELD4
PES2
DATA1
D/A
CONVERTER
LPF
LPF
LPF
LPF
LPF
ELE
ATT
ELE
ATT
ELE
ATT
ELE
ATT
FUSE
POWER
CIRCUIT
10 +5V /1
13 +5V /2
15 +5V /3
1AUDIO LH /1
2AUDIO RH /1
4AUDIO LH /2
5AUDIO LH /2
6AUDIO LH /3
7AUDIO RH /3
POWER
CCT
+5V
+15V
15V
J4
14DATA I/O /1
9DATA I/O /3
12DATA I/O /4
15 +5V /1
3GND /3
11GND /4
8GND /1
10 +5V /3
13 +5V /4
6AUDIO LH /1
7AUDIO RH /1
1AUDIO LH /3
2AUDIO RH /3
4AUDIO LH /4
5AUDIO RH /4
N_MM_233300_0_AVM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-33-00-20200-A SHEET 1

Seat Electronic Box (SEB) Electrical Interface
23-33-00 PB001
Page 33
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
HI 115VAC
LO 115VAC
FROM WDB OR
UPSTREAM SEB
TX POS
RX
TX NEG
TX
TX SHIELD
CLOCK
TK PASS A
GND
TK IN
3.3V
RX
AUDIO RTN
FRSTSEB
SIG GND
TO PCU 1
AUDIO L
AUDIO R
COLSTAT
20VDC
RX
TK PASS B
TX
TK THRU
CLOCK
CHASSIS GND
GND
3.3V
HI 115VAC
LO 115VAC
TX POS
TO PCU 2
AUDIO RTN
AUDIO L
AUDIO R
TX NEG
TO
DOWMSTREAM SEB
TX SHIELD
RX
TK PASS A
TX
TK OUT
CLOCK
RX
GND
SIG GND
3.3V
TO PCU 3
AUDIO RTN
20VDC
AUDIO L
TK PASS B
AUDIO R
TK THRU
CHASSIS GND
100MK
SEAT ELECTRONIC BOX
N_MM_233300_0_AVA0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-33-00-20200-C SHEET 1

Seat Electronic Box Electrical Interface
23-33-00 PB001
Page 34
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
CHANNEL SELECT
SWITCH, UP
CHANNEL
DISPLAY
CHANNEL SELECT
SWITCH, DOWN
ELECTRICAL
HEADSET
JACK
TRANSDUCER
VOLUME CONTROL
SWITCH, UP
VOLUME CONTROL
SWITCH, DOWN
N_MM_233300_0_BXK0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-33-00-20400-U SHEET 1

23-33-00 PB001
Page 35
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
CHANNEL SELECT
SWITCH, UP
ELECTRICAL
HEADPHONE JACK
LIQUID CRYSTAL
DISPLAY (LCD)
PCU
200MK
(201MK)
VOLUME CONTROL
SWITCH, UP
CHANNEL SELECT
SWITCH, DOWN
VOLUME CONTROL
SWITCH, DOWN
NOTE:
1
LH SHOWN
RH MIRROR IMAGE
N_MM_233300_0_CXD0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-33-00-20400-AF SHEET 1

23-33-00 PB001
Page 36
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004

(PCU)
DATA I/O
TRANSDUCER
J2
PCU POWER
GND
J1
AUDIO L
AUDIO R
N_MM_233300_0_AZM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-33-00-20500-A SHEET 1

Passenger Control Unit (PCU) Electrical Interface Block
Diagram
23-33-00 PB001
Page 37
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
RECEIVER
TRANSMITTER
CLOCK
GROUND
3.3V
AUDIO RETURN
AUDIO LEFT
AUDIO RIGHT
N_MM_233300_0_AZB0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-33-00-20500-I SHEET 1

Passenger Control Unit Electrical Interface
23-33-00 PB001
Page 38
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321

** On A/C ALL
** On A/C 003-004
Task 23-33-00-860-001-A
Replacement of the Audio Cassettes of the Passenger Entertainment System (PES)
FIN 10MK
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE
No specific
AR
B.

ZONE/ACCESS
ZONE DESCRIPTION
824
C.
REFERENCE
23-33-00-740-002-A
DESIGNATION
52-41-00-410-002-A
(Ref. Fig. 23-33-00-991-00100-A - Replacement of the Audio Cassettes)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-33-00-865-132-A
A.
PANEL
2000VU
DESIGNATION
PES MUSIC-CTL
FIN
21MK
LOCATION
D01
Subtask 23-33-00-010-050-A
B.
4.
Get Access
(1)
Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position below the access door 824.
(2)
Procedure
Subtask 23-33-00-020-050-A
A.
AES
Removal of the Audio Cassettes

(Ref. Fig. 23-33-00-991-00100-A - Replacement of the Audio Cassettes)
23-33-00 PB201
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(1)
(2)
Disengage the nuts (3) from the lugs (7) and lower them.
(3)
Pull the PES reproducer (8) forward in its rack (2) to disconnect the electrical connector (1).
(4)
Remove the PES reproducer (8) from the rack (2).
(5)
Disengage the latches (5) and open the doors (4) on the two sides of the PES reproducer (8).
(6)
Remove the audio cassettes (9) from the cassette drives.
Subtask 23-33-00-420-050-A
B.
Installation of the Audio Cassettes

(1)
Install the new audio cassettes (9) in the cassette drives.

NOTE :
Make sure that the identification label on each audio cassette agrees with the identification label
on the doors next to each cassette drive (6).
Make sure that you can see the identification label on the cassettes after the installation.
(2)
Close the doors (4) on the two sides of the PES reproducer (8) and let the latches (5) engage.
(3)
Install the PES reproducer (8) on its rack (2).
(4)
Engage the nuts (3) on the lugs (7) and tighten them.
Subtask 23-33-00-865-133-A
C.
PANEL
2000VU
DESIGNATION
PES MUSIC-CTL
FIN
21MK
LOCATION
D01
Subtask 23-33-00-710-050-A
D.
5.
Do the test of the passenger entertainment (music) reproducer (Ref. TASK 23-33-00-740-002-A).
Close-up
Subtask 23-33-00-410-050-A
A.
AES
Close Access
(1)
(2)
(3)
23-33-00 PB201
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
A
824
88VU
Z128
8
4
6
7
6
5
2
3
3
N_MM_233300_2_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-33-00-991-00100-A SHEET 1

23-33-00 PB201
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
Task 23-33-00-860-002-A
Replacement of the Compact Disks for the Passenger Entertainment System (PES)
FIN 10MK
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE
No specific
AR
B.

ZONE/ACCESS
ZONE DESCRIPTION
824
C.
REFERENCE
23-33-00-740-002-A
DESIGNATION
(Ref. Fig. 23-33-00-991-00200-B - Replacement of the Compact Disks)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-33-00-865-134-A
A.
PANEL
** On A/C 005-005
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-RH
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-LH
PES MUSIC CTL
24MK
23MK
21MK
D03
D02
D01
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
PES MUSIC AFT

PES MUSIC AFT
PES MUSIC-CTL
25MK
22MK
21MK
D05
D04
D01
** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 23-33-00-010-051-A
B.
4.
Get Access
(1)
Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position below the access door 824.
(2)
Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 23-33-00-991-00200-B - Replacement of the Compact Disks)
AES
23-33-00 PB201
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 23-33-00-020-051-B
A.
Removal of the Compact Disks

(1)
Push up on the latch located on the face of the reproducer (1) and pull out the disc-drive assembly (2).
(2)
Remove the applicable CD (3) from the central spindle.
Subtask 23-33-00-420-051-B
B.
Installation of the Compact Disks

(1)
If not already open, push up on the latch located on the face of the reproducer (1) and pull out the
disk-drive assembly (2).
(2)
Put the lower edge of the applicable CD (3) in position inside of the support tabs and engage the CD
(3) on the control disk spindle.
(3)
Push the disc-drive assembly (2) into the reproducer (1) und lock it.
Subtask 23-33-00-865-135-A
C.
PANEL
** On A/C 005-005
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-RH
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-LH
PES MUSIC CTL
24MK
23MK
21MK
D03
D02
D01
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
PES MUSIC AFT

PES MUSIC AFT
PES MUSIC-CTL
25MK
22MK
21MK
D05
D04
D01
** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 23-33-00-710-051-A
D.
5.
Do the test of the passenger entertainment (music) reproducer (Ref. TASK 23-33-00-740-002-A).
Close-up
Subtask 23-33-00-410-051-A
A.
AES
Close Access
(1)
(2)
(3)
23-33-00 PB201
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
A
824
88VU
Z128
B
B
1
C
C
2
N_MM_233300_2_AAF0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-33-00-991-00200-B SHEET 1

Replacement of the Compact Disks
23-33-00 PB201
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321

** On A/C ALL
Task 23-33-00-740-002-A
BITE-Test of the Passenger Entertainment System (Music) with the Programming and Test Panel (PTP)
1.
Reason for the Job

To make sure that the Passenger Entertainment System (PES) operates correctly.
2.

A.
REFERENCE
23-73-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
23-73-00-862-001-A
24-41-00-861-002-A
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
24-41-00-862-002-A
24-41-00-862-002-A-01
24-41-00-862-002-A-02
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-33-00-860-050-A
A.

(1)
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).
(2)
Make sure that the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) is energized. (Ref. TASK
23-73-00-861-001-A)
Subtask 23-33-00-865-152-A
B.
49VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
155RH
FIN
G05
LOCATION
49VU
154RH
G04
49VU
COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS
153RH
G03
49VU
150RH
G02
49VU
COM/AUDIO/FLT/INTPH
9RN
G08
49VU
COM/AUDIO/ACP/F/O
5RN
G07
49VU
COM/AUDIO/ACP/CAPT
4RN
G06
INT 1 + 2
9RN
G08
** On A/C 003-004
** On A/C 005-099
49VU
AES
23-33-00 PB501
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
PANEL
DESIGNATION
5RN
G07
4RN
G06
121VU
166RH
M11
121VU
165RH
M10
121VU
164RH
M09
121VU
163RH
M08
121VU
162RH
M07
121VU
161RH
M06
121VU
151RH
M05
121VU
6RN
M02
170RH
M14
170RH
Q14
49VU
49VU
** On A/C ALL
FIN
LOCATION
** On A/C 003-004
121VU
** On A/C 005-099
121VU
** On A/C 003-004 006-099

2000VU
** On A/C 005-005
PES MUSIC-CTL
21MK
D01
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-RH
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-LH
PES MUSIC CTL
PRAM
24MK
23MK
21MK
2RX
D03
D02
D01
E01
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
PES MUSIC AFT

25MK
PES MUSIC AFT
22MK
D05
D04
E01
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-00-865-077-A
C.
49VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
155RH
FIN
G05
LOCATION
49VU
154RH
G04
49VU
COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS
153RH
G03
49VU
150RH
G02
49VU
COM/AUDIO/FLT/INTPH
9RN
G08
49VU
COM/AUDIO/ACP/F/O
5RN
G07
49VU
COM/AUDIO/ACP/CAPT
4RN
G06
** On A/C 003-004
AES
23-33-00 PB501
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
PANEL
** On A/C 005-099
49VU
49VU
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
INT 1 + 2
9RN
5RN
G08
G07
4RN
G06
121VU
166RH
M11
121VU
165RH
M10
121VU
164RH
M09
121VU
163RH
M08
121VU
162RH
M07
121VU
161RH
M06
121VU
151RH
M05
121VU
6RN
M02
170RH
M14
170RH
Q14
49VU
** On A/C ALL
** On A/C 003-004
121VU
** On A/C 005-099
121VU
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-00-865-082-A
D.
49VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
155RH
FIN
G05
LOCATION
49VU
154RH
G04
49VU
COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS
153RH
G03
49VU
150RH
G02
49VU
COM/AUDIO/FLT/INTPH
9RN
G08
49VU
COM/AUDIO/ACP/F/O
5RN
G07
49VU
COM/AUDIO/ACP/CAPT
4RN
G06
INT 1 + 2
9RN
5RN
G08
G07
4RN
G06
121VU
166RH
M11
121VU
165RH
M10
121VU
164RH
M09
121VU
163RH
M08
** On A/C 003-004
** On A/C 005-099
49VU
49VU
49VU
** On A/C ALL
AES
23-33-00 PB501
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
121VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
162RH
FIN
M07
LOCATION
121VU
161RH
M06
121VU
151RH
M05
121VU
6RN
M02
170RH
M14
170RH
Q14
** On A/C 003-004
121VU
** On A/C 005-099
121VU
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-00-865-163-A
E.
4.
Procedure
** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 23-33-00-740-050-A
A.
BITE-Test with the PTP

(1)
Do the subsequent PES test on the Fwd Attnd panel:
ACTION
1.On the Fwd Attnd panel 120RH, audio module:
RESULT
On the Fwd Attnd panel 120RH, audio module:
2.On the Programming and Test Panel (PTP) 110RH:
the PES ON/OFF integral light on the membrane

switch comes on.
On the PTP display 110RH:
push the DSPL ON membrane switch.
the CIDS page comes on.
push the SYSTEM TEST related membrane switch.
the SYSTEM TEST page comes on.
push the CONT related membrane switch and find the

PES MUSIC.
push the PES MUSIC related membrane switch.
.
.
push the PES ON/OFF membrane switch.
the PES MUSIC page comes on.

the message WAIT FOR RESPONSE flashes.
After the end of the BITE test:
push the RET related membrane switch.
.
.
the message WAIT FOR RESPONSE goes off.

the TEST OK message comes on.
AES

switch goes off.
23-33-00 PB501
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 23-33-00-740-050-C
A.
BITE-Test with the PTP

(1)
Do the subsequent PES test on the Fwd Attnd panel:
ACTION
RESULT

switch comes on.
On the PTP display 110RH:
the CIDS page comes on.
push the CONT related membrane switch and find the .

PES MUSIC.
push the PES MUSIC related membrane switch.
.
the PES MUSIC page comes on.

the message WAIT FOR RESPONSE flashes.
After the end of the BITE test:
.
.
the message WAIT FOR RESPONSE goes off.

the TEST OK message comes on.
5.
Close-up

switch goes off.
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-00-862-050-A
A.
AES

(1)
De-energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-862-001-A).
(2)
De-energize the aircraft electrical circuit (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).
23-33-00 PB501
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-33-00-740-003-A
BITE-Test of the Passenger Entertainment System (Music) with the Multipurpose Control and Display Unit (MCDU)
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
23-73-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
23-73-00-862-001-A
24-41-00-861-002-A
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
24-41-00-862-002-A
24-41-00-862-002-A-01
24-41-00-862-002-A-02
31-32-00-860-003-A
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-33-00-860-051-A
A.

(1)
Energize the aircraft electrical circuits.

24-41-00-861-002-A-02)
(2)
Make sure that the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) is energized.
(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-861-001-A)
(3)
Do the procedure to get access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST COM page on the MCDU.
(Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-003-A)
Subtask 23-33-00-865-217-A
B.

PANEL
49VU
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
155RH
G05
49VU
154RH
G04
49VU
COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS
153RH
G03
49VU
150RH
G02
49VU
COM/AUDIO/FLT/INTPH
9RN
G08
49VU
COM/AUDIO/ACP/F/O
5RN
G07
49VU
COM/AUDIO/ACP/CAPT
4RN
G06
** On A/C 003-004
AES
23-33-00 PB501
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
PANEL
** On A/C 005-099
49VU
49VU
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
INT 1 + 2
9RN
5RN
G08
G07
4RN
G06
121VU
166RH
M11
121VU
165RH
M10
121VU
164RH
M09
121VU
163RH
M08
121VU
162RH
M07
121VU
161RH
M06
121VU
151RH
M05
121VU
6RN
M02
170RH
M14
170RH
Q14
49VU
** On A/C ALL
** On A/C 003-004
121VU
** On A/C 005-099
121VU
** On A/C 003-004 006-099

2000VU
** On A/C 005-005
PES MUSIC-CTL
21MK
D01
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-RH
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-LH
PES MUSIC CTL
PRAM
24MK
23MK
21MK
2RX
D03
D02
D01
E01
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
PES MUSIC AFT

25MK
PES MUSIC AFT
22MK
D05
D04
E01
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-00-865-150-A
C.

PANEL
49VU
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
155RH
G05
49VU
154RH
G04
49VU
COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS
153RH
G03
49VU
150RH
G02
49VU
COM/AUDIO/FLT/INTPH
9RN
G08
49VU
COM/AUDIO/ACP/F/O
5RN
G07
** On A/C 003-004
AES
23-33-00 PB501
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
PANEL
DESIGNATION
COM/AUDIO/ACP/CAPT
4RN
G06
INT 1 + 2
9RN
5RN
G08
G07
4RN
G06
121VU
166RH
M11
121VU
165RH
M10
121VU
164RH
M09
121VU
163RH
M08
121VU
162RH
M07
121VU
161RH
M06
121VU
151RH
M05
121VU
6RN
M02
170RH
M14
170RH
Q14
49VU
FIN
LOCATION
** On A/C 005-099
49VU
49VU
49VU
** On A/C ALL
** On A/C 003-004
121VU
** On A/C 005-099
121VU
** On A/C 003-004 006-099

2000VU
** On A/C 005-005
PES MUSIC-CTL
21MK
D01
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-RH
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-LH
PES MUSIC CTL
PRAM
24MK
23MK
21MK
2RX
D03
D02
D01
E01
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
PES MUSIC AFT

25MK
PES MUSIC AFT
22MK
D05
D04
E01
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-00-865-178-A
D.

PANEL
49VU
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
155RH
G05
49VU
154RH
G04
49VU
COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS
153RH
G03
49VU
150RH
G02
COM/AUDIO/FLT/INTPH
9RN
G08
** On A/C 003-004
49VU
AES
23-33-00 PB501
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
49VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
COM/AUDIO/ACP/F/O
5RN
FIN
G07
LOCATION
49VU
COM/AUDIO/ACP/CAPT
4RN
G06
INT 1 + 2
9RN
5RN
G08
G07
4RN
G06
121VU
166RH
M11
121VU
165RH
M10
121VU
164RH
M09
121VU
163RH
M08
121VU
162RH
M07
121VU
161RH
M06
121VU
151RH
M05
121VU
6RN
M02
170RH
M14
170RH
Q14
** On A/C 005-099
49VU
49VU
49VU
** On A/C ALL
** On A/C 003-004
121VU
** On A/C 005-099
121VU
** On A/C 003-004 006-099

2000VU
** On A/C 005-005
PES MUSIC-CTL
21MK
D01
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-RH
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-LH
PES MUSIC CTL
PRAM
24MK
23MK
21MK
2RX
D03
D02
D01
E01
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
PES MUSIC AFT

25MK
PES MUSIC AFT
22MK
D05
D04
E01
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-00-865-078-A
E.

PANEL
49VU
DESIGNATION
155RH
G05
49VU
154RH
G04
49VU
COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS
153RH
G03
49VU
150RH
G02
AES
FIN
LOCATION
23-33-00 PB501
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
PANEL
** On A/C 003-004
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
49VU
COM/AUDIO/FLT/INTPH
9RN
G08
49VU
COM/AUDIO/ACP/F/O
5RN
G07
49VU
COM/AUDIO/ACP/CAPT
4RN
G06
INT 1 + 2
9RN
5RN
G08
G07
4RN
G06
121VU
166RH
M11
121VU
165RH
M10
121VU
164RH
M09
121VU
163RH
M08
121VU
162RH
M07
121VU
161RH
M06
121VU
151RH
M05
121VU
6RN
M02
170RH
M14
170RH
Q14
** On A/C 005-099
49VU
49VU
49VU
** On A/C ALL
** On A/C 003-004
121VU
** On A/C 005-099
121VU
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-00-865-083-A
F.
49VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
155RH
FIN
G05
LOCATION
49VU
154RH
G04
49VU
COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS
153RH
G03
49VU
150RH
G02
49VU
COM/AUDIO/FLT/INTPH
9RN
G08
49VU
COM/AUDIO/ACP/F/O
5RN
G07
49VU
COM/AUDIO/ACP/CAPT
4RN
G06
49VU
49VU
INT 1 + 2
9RN
5RN
G08
G07
49VU
4RN
G06
** On A/C 003-004
** On A/C 005-099
AES
23-33-00 PB501
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
PANEL
** On A/C ALL
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
121VU
166RH
M11
121VU
165RH
M10
121VU
164RH
M09
121VU
163RH
M08
121VU
162RH
M07
121VU
161RH
M06
121VU
151RH
M05
121VU
6RN
M02
170RH
M14
170RH
Q14
** On A/C 003-004
121VU
** On A/C 005-099
121VU
4.
Procedure
** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 23-33-00-740-053-A
A.
BITE-Test with the MCDU
ACTION
RESULT

switch comes on.
On the MCDU:
2.On the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST COM page on the

MCDU:
. push the line key CIDS1.
the CIDS1 (ACT.) menu page comes on.
push the line key TEST.
the CIDS1 (ACT.) / TEST menu page comes on.
push the NEXT PAGE button frequently until PES

MUSIC comes into view.
push the line key PES MUSIC.
the CIDS1 (ACT.) / PES MUSIC TEST menu page

comes on with the message
ATA 23-33-00
IN PROGRESS.
after approximately 5 seconds the message changes to
ATA 23-33-00
TEST OK.
the CFDS menu page comes on.
push the line key RETURN more than one time.
AES

switch goes off.
23-33-00 PB501
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 23-33-00-740-053-C
A.
BITE-Test with the MCDU
ACTION
RESULT

switch comes on.
On the MCDU:
2.On the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST COM page on the

MCDU:
. push the line key CIDS1.
the CIDS1 (ACT.) menu page comes on.
push the line key TEST.
the CIDS1 (ACT.) / TEST menu page comes on.
push the NEXT PAGE button frequently until PES

MUSIC comes into view.
push the line key PES MUSIC.
the CIDS1 (ACT.) / PES MUSIC TEST menu page

comes on with the message
ATA 23-33-00
IN PROGRESS.
after approximately 5 seconds the message changes to
ATA 23-33-00
TEST OK.
the CFDS menu page comes on.
push the line key RETURN more than one time.
5.
Close-up

switch goes off.
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-00-860-052-A
A.
AES

(1)
De-energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS).

(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-862-001-A)
(2)
De-energize the aircraft electrical circuit.

24-41-00-862-002-A-02)
23-33-00 PB501
Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-33-00-710-002-A
Operational Test of the Passenger Entertainment System (Music)
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
REFERENCE
** On A/C 005-099
23-32-00-860-001-A
DESIGNATION
** On A/C 003-004
23-33-00-860-001-A
Replacement of the Audio Cassettes of the Passenger Entertainment System

(PES)
23-73-00-861-001-A
23-73-00-862-001-A
24-41-00-861-002-A
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
24-41-00-862-002-A
24-41-00-862-002-A-01
24-41-00-862-002-A-02
3.
Job Set-up
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-00-860-053-A
A.

(1)
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).
(2)
23-73-00-861-001-A).
(3)
Make sure that the pre-recorded audio cassettes are installed in the audio reproducer 10RX
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. TASK 23-32-00-860-001-A).
AES
23-33-00 PB501
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-00-865-147-A
B.
PANEL
** On A/C 003-004 006-099
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
2000VU
** On A/C 005-005
PES MUSIC-CTL
21MK
D01
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-RH
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-LH
PES MUSIC CTL
PRAM
24MK
23MK
21MK
2RX
D03
D02
D01
E01
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
PES MUSIC AFT

25MK
PES MUSIC AFT
22MK
D05
D04
E01
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-00-865-179-A
C.
PANEL
** On A/C 003-004 006-099
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
2000VU
** On A/C 005-005
PES MUSIC-CTL
21MK
D01
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-RH
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-LH
PES MUSIC CTL
PRAM
24MK
23MK
21MK
2RX
D03
D02
D01
E01
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
PES MUSIC AFT

25MK
PES MUSIC AFT
22MK
D05
D04
E01
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-00-865-149-A
D.

PANEL
49VU
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
155RH
G05
49VU
154RH
G04
49VU
COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS
153RH
G03
49VU
150RH
G02
COM/AUDIO/FLT/INTPH
9RN
G08
** On A/C 003-004
49VU
AES
23-33-00 PB501
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
49VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
COM/AUDIO/ACP/F/O
5RN
FIN
G07
LOCATION
49VU
COM/AUDIO/ACP/CAPT
4RN
G06
INT 1 + 2
9RN
5RN
G08
G07
4RN
G06
121VU
166RH
M11
121VU
165RH
M10
121VU
164RH
M09
121VU
163RH
M08
121VU
162RH
M07
121VU
161RH
M06
121VU
151RH
M05
121VU
6RN
M02
170RH
M14
170RH
Q14
** On A/C 005-099
49VU
49VU
49VU
** On A/C ALL
** On A/C 003-004
121VU
** On A/C 005-099
121VU
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-00-865-181-A
E.
49VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
155RH
FIN
G05
LOCATION
49VU
154RH
G04
49VU
COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS
153RH
G03
49VU
150RH
G02
49VU
COM/AUDIO/FLT/INTPH
9RN
G08
49VU
COM/AUDIO/ACP/F/O
5RN
G07
49VU
COM/AUDIO/ACP/CAPT
4RN
G06
INT 1 + 2
9RN
5RN
G08
G07
4RN
G06
121VU
166RH
M11
121VU
165RH
M10
** On A/C 003-004
** On A/C 005-099
49VU
49VU
49VU
** On A/C ALL
AES
23-33-00 PB501
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
121VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
164RH
FIN
M09
LOCATION
121VU
163RH
M08
121VU
162RH
M07
121VU
161RH
M06
121VU
151RH
M05
121VU
6RN
M02
170RH
M14
170RH
Q14
** On A/C 003-004
121VU
** On A/C 005-099
121VU
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-00-865-079-A
F.
49VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
155RH
FIN
G05
LOCATION
49VU
154RH
G04
49VU
COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS
153RH
G03
49VU
150RH
G02
49VU
COM/AUDIO/FLT/INTPH
9RN
G08
49VU
COM/AUDIO/ACP/F/O
5RN
G07
49VU
COM/AUDIO/ACP/CAPT
4RN
G06
INT 1 + 2
9RN
5RN
G08
G07
4RN
G06
121VU
166RH
M11
121VU
165RH
M10
121VU
164RH
M09
121VU
163RH
M08
121VU
162RH
M07
121VU
161RH
M06
121VU
151RH
M05
121VU
6RN
M02
170RH
M14
** On A/C 003-004
** On A/C 005-099
49VU
49VU
49VU
** On A/C ALL
** On A/C 003-004
121VU
AES
23-33-00 PB501
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
PANEL
** On A/C 005-099
121VU
DESIGNATION
FIN
170RH
LOCATION
Q14
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-00-865-084-A
G.
49VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
155RH
FIN
G05
LOCATION
49VU
154RH
G04
49VU
COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS
153RH
G03
49VU
150RH
G02
49VU
COM/AUDIO/FLT/INTPH
9RN
G08
49VU
COM/AUDIO/ACP/F/O
5RN
G07
49VU
COM/AUDIO/ACP/CAPT
4RN
G06
INT 1 + 2
9RN
5RN
G08
G07
4RN
G06
121VU
166RH
M11
121VU
165RH
M10
121VU
164RH
M09
121VU
163RH
M08
121VU
162RH
M07
121VU
161RH
M06
121VU
151RH
M05
121VU
6RN
M02
170RH
M14
170RH
Q14
** On A/C 003-004
** On A/C 005-099
49VU
49VU
49VU
** On A/C ALL
** On A/C 003-004
121VU
** On A/C 005-099
121VU
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-00-865-162-A
H.
PANEL
** On A/C 003-004 006-099
2000VU
AES
DESIGNATION
PES MUSIC-CTL
FIN
21MK
LOCATION
D01
23-33-00 PB501
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
PANEL
** On A/C 005-005
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-RH
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-LH
PES MUSIC CTL
24MK
23MK
21MK
D03
D02
D01
2000VU
2000VU
PES MUSIC AFT

PES MUSIC AFT
25MK
22MK
D05
D04
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-00-865-148-A
J.
PANEL
** On A/C 003-004 006-099
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
2000VU
** On A/C 005-005
PES MUSIC-CTL
21MK
D01
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-RH
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-LH
PES MUSIC CTL
PRAM
24MK
23MK
21MK
2RX
D03
D02
D01
E01
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
PES MUSIC AFT

25MK
PES MUSIC AFT
22MK
D05
D04
E01
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-00-865-180-A
K.
PANEL
** On A/C 003-004 006-099
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
2000VU
** On A/C 005-005
PES MUSIC-CTL
21MK
D01
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-RH
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-LH
PES MUSIC CTL
PRAM
24MK
23MK
21MK
2RX
D03
D02
D01
E01
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
PES MUSIC AFT

25MK
PES MUSIC AFT
22MK
D05
D04
E01
AES
23-33-00 PB501
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
4.
Procedure
** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 23-33-00-710-052-Y
A.
Operational Test of the PES

NOTE :
Make sure that in the avionic compartment the Compact Disks (CD) are installed in the audio
reproducer 10MK.
NOTE :
Make sure that the headsets that are used with the Passenger Control Unit (PCU) are available.
ACTION
RESULT

.
.
.
.
push the membrane switches in the sequence:

DSPL ON
SYSTEM TEST
CONT frequently until PES MUSIC comes into view
PES MUSIC
3.At each PCU:

. connect the headset to the each PCU and select
channels 3 to 12 in turn.

switch comes on.
On the Programming and Test Panel (PTP) 110RH:
.
.
At
.
.
change the audio volume at each selection.
4.At the PCUs of two related seat rows:

. connect a headset to the PCU
. select one channel between 3 and 12.
WAIT FOR RESPONSE comes into view,

wait until TEST OK comes into view.
each PCU:
the music program is heard from channels 3 to 12 with
the headset.
the related channel comes on, on the PCU channel
display.
the volume of the music changes.
At the related PCUs:

.
.
the music program is heard at the related channel with

the headset.
display.
5.At the FWD attendant station:
At the FWD Attendant Indication Panel (AIP):
lift the handset from the cradle.
the symbol comes on.
push and hold the PTT pushbutton switch and speak

into the headset
the symbol goes off.
In the cabin:
. the announcement is heard from all the passenger and
the lavatory loudspeakers.
At the headsets of the related PCU:
. the music program is cancelled and the announcement
is heard at channels 3 to 12 with the headset.
. the related channel comes on, on the PCU channel
display.
. release the PTT pushbutton switch.
AES
At the forward AIP:

. the symbol comes on.
23-33-00 PB501
Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ACTION
RESULT
At the related PCU:
.
.

.
push the MUSIC ON/OFF membrane switch for the

boarding music.
select a channel with the membrane switch SEL.
the music program is heard at the related channel with

the headset.
display.
.
.
the MUSIC ON/OFF integral light on the membrane

switch comes on.
the related channel comes on, on the boarding-music
channel display.
In the cabin:
. the boarding music is heard from all the passenger and
8.On the Fwd Attnd panel 120RH, prerecorded

announcement section:
. press the membrane switch ENTER frequently until
the cursor is at MEMO 1 position.
.
push the membrane switch 1 and ENTER to set the

MEMO 1/ announcement 1.
push the START ALL membrane switch.
At the related PCU:

. the related music channel is heard.
On the Fwd Attnd panel 120RH, prerecorded announcement
section:
the MEMO 1 display shows 001.
the cursor moves to the MEMO 2 display.
after not many seconds the READY light comes on.
In the cabin:
. the prerecorded announcement 1 is heard from all the
passenger and the lavatory loudspeakers.
At the related PCU:
. the prerecorded announcement 1 is heard at all channels
with the headset.
display.

into the headset
In the cabin:
. the prerecorded announcement 1 is cancelled and the
announcement from the FWD attendant station is heard
from all the passenger and the lavatory loudspeakers.
At the headsets of the related PCU:
at all channels with the headset.
AES
23-33-00 PB501
Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ACTION
10.In the cockpit on the handset 130RH:
RESULT
display.
At the AIP 320RH:
.
.

into the handset.
the PA ALL IN USE message comes on.
In the cabin:
. the announcement from the FWD attendant station is
cancelled and the handset announcement from the
cockpit is heard from all the passenger and the lavatory
loudspeakers.
At the related PCU:
cockpit is heard on channels 3 to 12 with the headset.
.
the selected channel comes on, on the PCU channel

display.
At the AIP 320RH:
release the PTT pushbutton switch and put the

handset back into the cradle.
. release the PTT pushbutton switch and put the
push the MUSIC ON/OFF membrane switch.
the PA ALL IN USE message goes off.
At the AIP 320RH:

. the symbol goes off.

switch goes off.
At the related PCU:

. the music program is heard from channels 3 to 12 with
the headset.
display.
14.At the selected PCU:
. disconnect the headsets from the PCU.
** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 23-33-00-710-052-AD
B.
Operational Test of the PES

NOTE :
Make sure that in the avionic compartment the cassettes are installed in the tape reproducer 10MK
(Ref. TASK 23-33-00-860-001-A).
NOTE :
Make sure that the headsets that are used with the Passenger Control Unit (PCU) are available.
ACTION
RESULT
AES

switch comes on.
23-33-00 PB501
Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ACTION
.
.
.
.
push the membrane switches in the sequence:

DSPL ON
SYSTEM TEST
CONT frequently until PES MUSIC comes into view
PES MUSIC
3.At each PCU:

. connect the headset to the each PCU and select
channels 3 to 10 in turn.
RESULT
.
.
At
.
.
change the audio volume at each selection.
4.At the PCUs of two selected seat rows:

. connect a headset to the PCU
. select one channel between 3 and 10.
WAIT FOR RESPONSE comes into view,

wait until TEST OK comes into view.
each PCU:
the music program is heard from channels 3 to 10 with
the headset.
display.
the volume of the music changes.
At the selected PCUs:

.
.
the music program is heard at the selected channel with

the headset.
display.

into the headset
In the cabin:
. the announcement is heard from all the passenger and
At the headsets of the selected PCUs:
. the music program is cancelled and the announcement
is heard at channels 3 to 10 with the headset.
. the selected channel comes on, on the PCU channel
display.
. release the PTT pushbutton switch.
At the forward AIP:

.
.

.
push the MUSIC ON/OFF membrane switch for the

boarding music.
select a channel with the membrane switch SEL.
.
.
AES
the music program is heard at the selected channel with

the headset.
display.

switch comes on.
the selected channel comes on, on the boarding-music
channel display.
23-33-00 PB501
Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ACTION
8.On the Fwd Attnd panel 120RH, prerecorded

announcement section:
. press the membrane switch ENTER frequently until
the cursor is at MEMO 1 position.
.
push the membrane switch 1 and ENTER to set the

MEMO 1/ announcement 1.
push the START ALL membrane switch.
RESULT
In the cabin:
. the boarding music is heard from all the passenger and
. the selected music channel is heard.
On the Fwd Attnd panel 120RH, prerecorded announcement
section:
the MEMO 1 display shows 001.
the cursor moves to the MEMO 2 display.
after not many seconds the READY light comes on.
In the cabin:
. the prerecorded announcement 1 is heard from all the
passenger and the lavatory loudspeakers.
. the prerecorded announcement 1 is heard at all channels
with the headset.
display.

into the headset
In the cabin:
from all the passenger and the lavatory loudspeakers.

. lift the handset from the cradle.
. push and hold the PTT pushbutton switch and speak
into the handset.
At the headsets of the selected PCUs:

at all channels with the headset.
display.
At the AIP 320RH:
.
In the cabin:
cockpit is heard from all the passenger and the lavatory
loudspeakers.
AES
23-33-00 PB501
Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ACTION
RESULT
cockpit is heard on channels 3 to 10 with the headset.
display.
At the AIP 320RH:
. the PA ALL IN USE message goes off.

push the MUSIC ON/OFF membrane switch.
At the AIP 320RH:

. the symbol goes off.

switch goes off.

. the music program is heard from channels 3 to 10 with
the headset.
display.
14.At the selected PCUs:
. disconnect the headsets from the PCU.
5.
Close-up
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-00-860-054-A
A.
AES

(1)
(2)
De-energize the aircraft electrical circuit (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).
23-33-00 PB501
Page 12
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
Task 23-33-00-820-001-A
FIN 8MK
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
23-33-31-000-001-A
DESIGNATION
23-33-31-400-001-A
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-33-00-010-052-A
A.
4.
Get Access
(1)
Remove the main multiplexer (Ref. TASK 23-33-31-000-001-A).
(2)
Remove the screws with the washers and remove the cover from the main multiplexer.
Procedure
Subtask 23-33-00-820-050-AC
A.

(1)
DSW
DSW
DSW
DSW
DSW
5.
SWITCH
1
2
3
4
5
Make sure that the DIP - switches are set as listed in the table below, adjust them if necessary:
1
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
2
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
3
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
4
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
5
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
6
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
7
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
N.E.
8
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
N.E.
Close-up
Subtask 23-33-00-410-052-A
A.
AES
Close Access
(1)
(2)
Install the cover with the screws and washers to the main multiplexer.
(3)
Install the main multiplexer (Ref. TASK 23-33-31-400-001-A).
23-33-00 PB501
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
PASSENGER CONTROL UNIT (PCU) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 23-33-12-000-001-A
WARNING : ISOLATE THE ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS FROM THE RELATED EQUIPMENT AND THE ENVIRONMENT.
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
** On A/C 005-099
QTY
No specific
No specific
AR
AR
B.
DESIGNATION
CAP - BLANKING
REFERENCE
(Ref. Fig. 23-33-12-991-00100-S - Passenger Control Unit)
DESIGNATION
(Ref. Fig. 23-33-12-991-00100-AH - Passenger Control Unit)

3.
Job Set-up
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-12-865-061-A
A.
PANEL
** On A/C 003-004 006-099
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
2000VU
** On A/C 005-005
PES MUSIC-CTL
21MK
D01
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099
PED
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-RH
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-LH
PES MUSIC CTL
53HP
24MK
23MK
21MK
B03
D03
D02
D01
2000VU
2000VU
PES MUSIC AFT

PES MUSIC AFT
25MK
22MK
D05
D04
AES
23-33-12 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-12-865-054-A
B.
PANEL
** On A/C 003-004 006-099
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
2000VU
** On A/C 005-005
PES MUSIC-CTL
21MK
D01
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099
PED
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-RH
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-LH
PES MUSIC CTL
53HP
24MK
23MK
21MK
B03
D03
D02
D01
2000VU
2000VU
PES MUSIC AFT

PES MUSIC AFT
25MK
22MK
D05
D04
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-12-865-057-A
C.
PANEL
** On A/C 003-004 006-099
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
2000VU
** On A/C 005-005
PES MUSIC-CTL
21MK
D01
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099
PED
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-RH
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-LH
PES MUSIC CTL
53HP
24MK
23MK
21MK
B03
D03
D02
D01
2000VU
2000VU
PES MUSIC AFT

PES MUSIC AFT
25MK
22MK
D05
D04
4.
Procedure
** On A/C 003-004
** On A/C 005-099
** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 23-33-12-020-051-B
A.
AES
Removal of the Passenger Control Unit (PCU).

(1)
Loosen the screw (2) from the Passenger Control Unit (PCU) (1).
(2)
Carefully lift the PCU (1) to get access to the electrical connector(s).
23-33-12 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(3)
Disconnect the electrical connector(s) (3).
(4)
Remove the PCU (1) from the seat armrest.
(5)
Put blanking caps on the disconnected elctrical connectors.
** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 23-33-12-020-051-F
A.
AES

(1)
Loosen the captive screw (3) from the PCU (1) until the hook (2) is unlocked.
(2)
Carefully lift the PCU (1) to get access to the electrical connector(s) (4).
(3)
Disconnect the electrical connector(s) (4).
(4)
Remove the PCU (1) from the seat armrest.
(5)
23-33-12 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
EXAMPLE OF TRIPLE SEAT
200MK
201MK
EXAMPLE
B
2
N_MM_233312_4_AAE0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-33-12-991-00100-S SHEET 1

23-33-12 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
200MK
201MK
A
EXAMPLE
N_MM_233312_4_ABJ0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-33-12-991-00100-AH SHEET 1

23-33-12 PB401
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-33-12-400-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
23-33-00-740-002-A
DESIGNATION
23-73-00-861-001-A
24-41-00-862-002-A
24-41-00-862-002-A-01
24-41-00-862-002-A-02

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-33-12-865-055-A
A.
PANEL
** On A/C 003-004 006-099
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
2000VU
** On A/C 005-005
PES MUSIC-CTL
21MK
D01
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099
PED
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-RH
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-LH
PES MUSIC CTL
53HP
24MK
23MK
21MK
B03
D03
D02
D01
2000VU
2000VU
PES MUSIC AFT

PES MUSIC AFT
25MK
22MK
D05
D04
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-12-865-060-A
B.
PANEL
** On A/C 003-004 006-099
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
2000VU
** On A/C 005-005
PES MUSIC-CTL
21MK
D01
2000VU
PED
53HP
B03
AES
23-33-12 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
PANEL
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099
DESIGNATION
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-RH
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-LH
PES MUSIC CTL
24MK
23MK
21MK
FIN
D03
D02
D01
LOCATION
2000VU
2000VU
PES MUSIC AFT

PES MUSIC AFT
25MK
22MK
D05
D04
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-12-865-062-A
C.
PANEL
** On A/C 003-004 006-099
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
2000VU
** On A/C 005-005
PES MUSIC-CTL
21MK
D01
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099
PED
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-RH
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-LH
PES MUSIC CTL
53HP
24MK
23MK
21MK
B03
D03
D02
D01
2000VU
2000VU
PES MUSIC AFT

PES MUSIC AFT
25MK
22MK
D05
D04
4.
Procedure
** On A/C 003-004
** On A/C 005-099
** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 23-33-12-420-052-B
A.
AES

(1)
(2)
(3)
Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.
(4)
(5)
Connect the electrical connector(s) (3).
(6)
Carefully put the PCU (1) in the correct position.
(7)
Install the PCU (1) with the screw (2).
23-33-12 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 23-33-12-420-052-E
A.

(1)
(2)
(3)
Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connector(s).
(4)
(5)
Connect the electrical connector(s) (4).
(6)
Carefully install the PCU (1) in the seat armrest and make sure that the notch (5) is correctly engaged.
(7)
Carefully turn the captive screw (3) a quarter turn clockwise to engage the hook (2).
(8)
Turn the captive screw (3) until the PCU (1) is tightly installed in the armrest.
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-12-865-056-A
B.
PANEL
** On A/C 003-004 006-099
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
2000VU
** On A/C 005-005
PES MUSIC-CTL
21MK
D01
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099
PED
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-RH
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-LH
PES MUSIC CTL
53HP
24MK
23MK
21MK
B03
D03
D02
D01
2000VU
2000VU
PES MUSIC AFT

PES MUSIC AFT
25MK
22MK
D05
D04
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-12-865-063-A
C.
PANEL
** On A/C 003-004 006-099
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
2000VU
** On A/C 005-005
PES MUSIC-CTL
21MK
D01
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099
PED
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-RH
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-LH
PES MUSIC CTL
53HP
24MK
23MK
21MK
B03
D03
D02
D01
2000VU
2000VU
PES MUSIC AFT

PES MUSIC AFT
25MK
22MK
D05
D04
AES
23-33-12 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-12-861-050-A
D.
Energize the Cabin Intercommunication System CIDS (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-861-001-A).
Subtask 23-33-12-710-051-A
E.
5.
Do the BITE test of the PES (music) (Ref. TASK 23-33-00-740-002-A).
Close-up
Subtask 23-33-12-942-051-A
A.
AES

(1)
(2)
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).
23-33-12 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
MULTIPLEXER - PASSENGER ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEM, MAIN

- REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-33-31-000-001-A
FIN 8MK
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
No specific
AR
CAP - BLANKING
No specific
AR
B.

ZONE/ACCESS
128
824
ZONE DESCRIPTION
C.
REFERENCE
52-41-00-010-002-A
DESIGNATION
Open the Avionics Compartment Doors for Access
(Ref. Fig. 23-33-31-991-00100-A - PES Main Multiplexer)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-33-31-010-050-A
A.
Get Access
(1)
128.
(2)
Open the access door (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-010-002-A) 824.
Subtask 23-33-31-865-050-A
B.

PANEL
123VU
DESIGNATION
BUS 2/210XP/SPLY
7XN2
FIN
AF02
LOCATION
SHED BUS/218XP/220XP SPLY
28XN
AC02
** On A/C 005-099
123VU
AES
23-33-31 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
PANEL
** On A/C 003-004 006-099
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
2000VU
** On A/C 005-005
PES MUSIC-CTL
21MK
D01
2000VU
PES MUSIC CTL
21MK
D01
4.
Procedure
** On A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 23-33-31-991-00100-A - PES Main Multiplexer)
Subtask 23-33-31-020-050-A
A.
AES
Removal of the Main Multiplexer PES

(1)
Loosen the nut (3).
(2)
Lower the nut (3).
(3)
Pull the multiplexer (5) on its rack (2) to disconnect the electrical connectors (1).
(4)
Remove the multiplexer (5) from its rack (2).
(5)
23-33-31 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
FR24A
FR20
ACCESS
DOOR 824
A
80VU
8MK
88VU
1
5
6 (IF NECESSARY)
3
N_MM_233331_4_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-33-31-991-00100-A SHEET 1

PES Main Multiplexer
23-33-31 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-33-31-400-001-A
FIN 8MK
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
1

ZONE/ACCESS
128
824
ZONE DESCRIPTION
C.
Expendable Parts
FIG.ITEM
6
DESIGNATION
IPC-CSN
23-33-08-02-015
DISK COMPACT
D.
REFERENCE
23-33-00-740-002-A
DESIGNATION
** On A/C 003-004
23-33-00-820-001-A
52-41-00-010-002-A
52-41-00-410-002-A
3.
Job Set-up
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-31-860-050-A
A.

(1)
824 in zone 128.
(2)
Make sure that the access door 824 is open (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-010-002-A).
Subtask 23-33-31-865-051-A
B.
PANEL
123VU
AES
DESIGNATION
BUS 2/210XP/SPLY
FIN
7XN2
LOCATION
AF02
23-33-31 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
PANEL
** On A/C 005-099
123VU
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
28XN
AC02
** On A/C 003-004 006-099

2000VU
** On A/C 005-005
PES MUSIC-CTL
21MK
D01
2000VU
PES MUSIC CTL
21MK
D01
4.
Procedure
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-31-420-050-A
A.
Installation of the PES Main Multiplexer

(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
Install the multiplexer (5) on its rack (2).
(6)
Push the multiplexer (5) on its rack (2) to connect the electrical connectors (1).
(7)
Engage the nut (3) on the lug (4) and tighten.
Subtask 23-33-31-865-052-A
B.
PANEL
123VU
DESIGNATION
BUS 2/210XP/SPLY
FIN
LOCATION
7XN2
AF02
28XN
AC02
** On A/C 005-099
123VU
** On A/C 003-004 006-099

2000VU
** On A/C 005-005
PES MUSIC-CTL
21MK
D01
2000VU
PES MUSIC CTL
21MK
D01
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-31-820-050-A
C.
Do the configuration procedure of the main multiplexer:

. with the Dual In-line Package (DIP)
** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. TASK 23-33-00-820-001-A), and/or
. with the (IPC-CSN 23-33-08-02) DISK COMPACT (6) , or
. with the Programmable System Control-Unit (23-33-00 P.Block 301).
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-31-740-050-A
D.
AES
Do the BITE test of the PES Main Multiplexer (Ref. TASK 23-33-00-740-002-A).
23-33-31 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
5.
Close-up
Subtask 23-33-31-410-050-A
A.
AES
Close Access
(1)
(2)
(3)
23-33-31 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
SEAT ELECTRONIC BOX (SEB) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 23-33-46-000-001-A
WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE LOCKWIRE. CUT, REMOVE AND DISCARD
THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK. LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
AR CAP - BLANKING
REFERENCE
(Ref. Fig. 23-33-46-991-00100-B - Seat Electronic Box)
DESIGNATION
(Ref. Fig. 23-33-46-991-00100-C - Seat Electronic Box)

3.
Job Set-up
** On A/C 003-004
** On A/C 005-099
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-46-865-053-A
A.
PANEL
** On A/C 003-004
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
2000VU
PES VIDEO-CTL
** On A/C 003-004 006-099
21MH
C01
2000VU
** On A/C 005-005
PES MUSIC-CTL
21MK
D01
2000VU
2000VU
PED
PES VIDEO CONTROL/VCC
53HP
21MH
B03
C02
AES
23-33-46 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
PANEL
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099
DESIGNATION
PES-VIDEO-CONTROL-MAIN
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-RH
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-LH
PES MUSIC CTL
20MH
24MK
23MK
21MK
FIN
C01
D03
D02
D01
LOCATION
2000VU
2000VU
PES MUSIC AFT

PES MUSIC AFT
25MK
22MK
D05
D04
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-46-865-056-A
B.
PANEL
** On A/C 003-004 006-099
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
2000VU
** On A/C 005-005
PES MUSIC-CTL
21MK
D01
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099
PED
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-RH
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-LH
PES MUSIC CTL
53HP
24MK
23MK
21MK
B03
D03
D02
D01
2000VU
2000VU
PES MUSIC AFT

PES MUSIC AFT
25MK
22MK
D05
D04
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-46-865-062-A
C.
PANEL
** On A/C 003-004
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
2000VU
PES VIDEO-CTL
** On A/C 003-004 006-099
21MH
C01
2000VU
** On A/C 005-005
PES MUSIC-CTL
21MK
D01
2000VU
2000VU
PED
53HP
21MH
B03
C02
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-RH
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-LH
PES MUSIC CTL
20MH
24MK
23MK
21MK
C01
D03
D02
D01
2000VU
2000VU
PES MUSIC AFT

PES MUSIC AFT
25MK
22MK
D05
D04
AES
23-33-46 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
4.
Procedure
** On A/C 003-004
** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 23-33-46-020-051-A
A.

(1)
Release the quick release fasteners (6) and remove the protective cap (7).
CAUTION :
MAKE MATCH MARKS ON ALL THE ELECTRICAL WIRES BEFORE YOU DISCONNECT
THEM. INCORRECT CONNECTION OF WIRES WILL CAUSE DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
(2)
Remove the spring latches (2) and disconnect the electrical connectors (4).
(3)
Disconnect the electrical connectors (5).
(4)
(5)
Carefully loosen the nylatches (3) and remove the SEB (1).
NOTE:
1. At the end of the WDB-SEB-lines the SEB ends with a termination
plug connected to the SEB connector J2. If a related SEB is
removed, remove the termination plug.
2. The SEB connector J4 is not used on A320.
** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 23-33-46-020-051-B
A.

(1)
Release the quick release fasteners (5) and remove the protective cap (6).
CAUTION :
(2)
Remove the spring latches (2) and disconnect all the electrical connectors (4).
(3)
(4)
Carefully loosen the nylatches (3) and remove the SEB (1).
NOTE:
1. At the end of the WDB-SEB-lines the SEB ends with a termination
plug connected to the SEB connector J2. If a related SEB is
removed, remove the termination plug.
AES
23-33-46 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
NOTE:
2. The SEB connector J4 is not used.
AES
23-33-46 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
EXAMPLE OF
TRIPLE SEAT
A
EXAMPLE
B
A
100MK
5
6
C
1
4
1
4
3
4
N_MM_233346_4_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-33-46-991-00100-B SHEET 1

Seat Electronic Box
23-33-46 PB401
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
EXAMPLE OF
TRIPLE SEAT
A
EXAMPLE
100MK
B
C
6
1
J4
J5
J6
J
3
J2
J4
J5
J6
2
J1
4
N_MM_233346_4_AAA0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-33-46-991-00100-C SHEET 1

Seat Electronic Box
23-33-46 PB401
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-33-46-400-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
23-33-00-740-002-A
DESIGNATION
23-73-00-861-001-A
23-73-00-862-001-A

3.
Job Set-up
** On A/C 003-004
** On A/C 005-099
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-46-865-054-A
A.
PANEL
** On A/C 003-004
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
2000VU
PES VIDEO-CTL
** On A/C 003-004 006-099
21MH
C01
2000VU
** On A/C 005-005
PES MUSIC-CTL
21MK
D01
2000VU
2000VU
PED
53HP
21MH
B03
C02
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-RH
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-LH
PES MUSIC CTL
20MH
24MK
23MK
21MK
C01
D03
D02
D01
2000VU
2000VU
PES MUSIC AFT

PES MUSIC AFT
25MK
22MK
D05
D04
AES
23-33-46 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-46-865-057-A
B.
PANEL
** On A/C 003-004 006-099
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
2000VU
** On A/C 005-005
PES MUSIC-CTL
21MK
D01
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099
PED
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-RH
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-LH
PES MUSIC CTL
53HP
24MK
23MK
21MK
B03
D03
D02
D01
2000VU
2000VU
PES MUSIC AFT

PES MUSIC AFT
25MK
22MK
D05
D04
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-46-865-063-A
C.
PANEL
** On A/C 003-004
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
2000VU
PES VIDEO-CTL
** On A/C 003-004 006-099
21MH
C01
2000VU
** On A/C 005-005
PES MUSIC-CTL
21MK
D01
2000VU
2000VU
PED
53HP
21MH
B03
C02
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-RH
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-LH
PES MUSIC CTL
20MH
24MK
23MK
21MK
C01
D03
D02
D01
2000VU
2000VU
PES MUSIC AFT

PES MUSIC AFT
25MK
22MK
D05
D04
4.
Procedure
** On A/C 003-004
** On A/C 005-099
AES
23-33-46 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 23-33-46-420-051-A
A.

(1)
(2)
(3)
Carefully install the SEB (1) and lock the nylatches (3).
NOTE:
1.At the end of the WDB-SEB-lines the SEB has to be ended with a
termination plug. If a related SEB is installed, connect the
termination plug to SEB connector J2.
2.The SEB connector J4 is not used on A320.
(4)
CAUTION :
REFER TO THE MATCH MARKS MADE DURING THE REMOVAL WHEN YOU CONNECT
THE ELECTRICAL WIRES.
INCORRECT CONNECTION OF THE WIRES WILL CAUSE DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.
(5)
(6)
Connect the electrical connectors (4) to the related SEB connectors and fasten with the spring latches
(2).
(7)
Connect the electrical connector (5) to the related SEB SEAT connector.
** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 23-33-46-420-051-B
A.

(1)
(2)
(3)
Carefully install the SEB (1) and lock the nylatches (3).
NOTE:
1.At the end of the WDB-SEB-lines the SEB has to be ended with a
termination plug. If a related SEB is installed, connect the
termination plug to SEB connector J2.
2.The SEB connector J4 is not used.
(4)
CAUTION :
AES
REFER TO THE MATCH MARKS MADE DURING THE REMOVAL WHEN YOU CONNECT
THE ELECTRICAL WIRES.
(5)
(6)
Connect the electrical connectors (4) to the related SEB connectors and fasten with the spring latches
(2).
23-33-46 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-46-865-058-A
B.
PANEL
** On A/C 003-004
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
2000VU
PES VIDEO-CTL
** On A/C 003-004 006-099
21MH
C01
2000VU
** On A/C 005-005
PES MUSIC-CTL
21MK
D01
2000VU
2000VU
PED
53HP
21MH
B03
C02
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-RH
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-LH
PES MUSIC CTL
20MH
24MK
23MK
21MK
C01
D03
D02
D01
2000VU
2000VU
PES MUSIC AFT

PES MUSIC AFT
25MK
22MK
D05
D04
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-46-865-055-A
C.
PANEL
** On A/C 003-004 006-099
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
2000VU
** On A/C 005-005
PES MUSIC-CTL
21MK
D01
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099
PED
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-RH
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-LH
PES MUSIC CTL
53HP
24MK
23MK
21MK
B03
D03
D02
D01
2000VU
2000VU
PES MUSIC AFT

PES MUSIC AFT
25MK
22MK
D05
D04
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-46-860-050-A
D.
Preparation for the Test

(1)
Energize the CIDS (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-861-001-A).
Subtask 23-33-46-710-051-A
E.
AES
23-33-46 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
5.
Close-up
** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 23-33-46-410-050-A
A.
Close Access
(1)
De-energize the CIDS (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-862-001-A)
(2)
(3)
Install the protective cap (7) with the quick release fasteners (6).
** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 23-33-46-410-050-B
A.
AES
Close Access
(1)
(2)
(3)
Install the protective cap (6) with the quick release fasteners (5).
23-33-46 PB401
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
WALL DISCONNECT BOX (WDB) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 23-33-47-000-001-A
FIN 50MK1, 50MK2, 50MK3, 50MK4, 50MK5, 50MK6
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
REFERENCE
25-23-44-000-001-A
DESIGNATION
Removal of the Lower Sidewall-Panels (Dado Panels)
(Ref. Fig. 23-33-47-991-00100-J - Wall Disconnect Box)

(Ref. Fig. 23-33-47-991-00100-Q - Wall Disconnect Box)
3.
Job Set-up
** On A/C 003-004
** On A/C 005-099
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-47-865-053-A
A.
PANEL
** On A/C 003-004
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
2000VU
PES VIDEO-CTL
** On A/C 003-004 006-099
21MH
C01
2000VU
** On A/C 005-005
PES MUSIC-CTL
21MK
D01
2000VU
2000VU
PED
53HP
21MH
B03
C02
2000VU
2000VU
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-RH
20MH
24MK
C01
D03
AES
23-33-47 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
PANEL
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099
DESIGNATION
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-LH
PES MUSIC CTL
23MK
21MK
FIN
D02
D01
LOCATION
2000VU
2000VU
PES MUSIC AFT

PES MUSIC AFT
25MK
22MK
D05
D04
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-47-865-056-A
B.
PANEL
** On A/C 003-004
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
2000VU
PES VIDEO-CTL
** On A/C 003-004 006-099
21MH
C01
2000VU
** On A/C 005-005
PES MUSIC-CTL
21MK
D01
2000VU
2000VU
PED
53HP
21MH
B03
C02
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-RH
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-LH
PES MUSIC CTL
20MH
24MK
23MK
21MK
C01
D03
D02
D01
2000VU
2000VU
PES MUSIC AFT

PES MUSIC AFT
25MK
22MK
D05
D04
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-47-010-050-A
C.
4.
Remove the lower sidewall panel in the area of the related WDB (Ref. TASK 25-23-44-000-001-A).
Procedure
** On A/C 003-004
** On A/C 005-099
** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 23-33-47-020-052-D
A.
AES

(1)
Release the pins (13) and remove the protective cap (12) in front of the related WDB (1).
(2)
Release the spring latches (11) and disconnect the electrical connectors (2).
(3)
Release the spring latches (11) and disconnect the termination plug(s) (3) if installed.
23-33-47 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(4)
Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors (2) and the termination plug(s) (3).
(5)
(6)
Remove the screw (9) and the washer (8) if installed.
(7)
Remove the cable support (10) if installed.
(8)
Remove the protective cover (14).
(9)
Carefully lift the wall disconnect box and remove the insulation strip (15).
(10) Carefully remove the WDB (1).

** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 23-33-47-020-052-G
A.
AES

(1)
Release the pins (13) and remove the protective cap (12) in front of the related WDB (1).
(2)
Release the spring latches (11) and disconnect the electrical connectors (2).
(3)
Release the spring latches (11) and disconnect the termination plug(s) (3), if installed.
(4)
Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors (2), the termination plug(s) (3) and the
WDBs (1).
(5)
(6)
Remove the cable support assembly, if installed:

(a)
Remove the screw (9) and the washer (8).
(b)
Remove the cable support (10).
(c)
Remove the spacers (16) and (17).
(7)
Remove the protective cover (14).
(8)
Carefully lift the WDB (1) and remove the insulation strip (15).
(9)
Carefully remove the WDB (1).
23-33-47 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
50MK6
50MK4
50MK5
A
FR56
FR55
50MK3
A
FR42
FR41
50MK1
LH SHOWN
RH MIRROR IMAGE
EXAMPLE
50MK2
FR27
FR26
7
14
7
8
10
12
13
D
D
15
N_MM_233347_4_AACA_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-33-47-991-00100-J SHEET 1

Wall Disconnect Box
23-33-47 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
C
14
7
7
8
14
7
7
8
12
13
12
13
D
E
D
15
15
EXAMPLE
EXAMPLE
11
11
N_MM_233347_4_AACA_02_00
AES
FIGURE 23-33-47-991-00100-J SHEET 2

Wall Disconnect Box
23-33-47 PB401
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
50MK6
50MK4
50MK5
A
FR56
50MK3
FR55
A
FR42
50MK1
FR41
50MK2
8
7
8
FR27
FR26
10
7
8
16
14
17
A
EXAMPLE
LH SHOWN
RH OPPOSITE
12
13
D
D
15
1
N_MM_233347_4_AAKA_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-33-47-991-00100-Q SHEET 1

Wall Disconnect Box
23-33-47 PB401
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
10
7
10
14
16
7
8
14
16
17
17
12
13
12
13
D
D
D
D
15
15
E
E
EXAMPLE
EXAMPLE
11
11
3
2
N_MM_233347_4_AAKA_02_00
AES
FIGURE 23-33-47-991-00100-Q SHEET 2

Wall Disconnect Box
23-33-47 PB401
Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-33-47-400-001-A
Installation of the Wall Disconnect Box (WDB)
FIN 50MK1, 50MK2, 50MK3, 50MK4, 50MK5, 50MK6
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
23-33-00-740-002-A
DESIGNATION
23-73-00-861-001-A
23-73-00-862-001-A
25-23-44-400-001-A
Installation of the Lower Sidewall-Panels (Dado Panels)

3.
Job Set-up
** On A/C 003-004
** On A/C 005-099
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-47-865-054-A
A.
PANEL
** On A/C 003-004
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
2000VU
PES VIDEO-CTL
** On A/C 003-004 006-099
21MH
C01
2000VU
** On A/C 005-005
PES MUSIC-CTL
21MK
D01
2000VU
2000VU
PED
53HP
21MH
B03
C02
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-RH
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-LH
PES MUSIC CTL
20MH
24MK
23MK
21MK
C01
D03
D02
D01
2000VU
PES MUSIC AFT
25MK
D05
AES
23-33-47 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
PANEL
2000VU
DESIGNATION
PES MUSIC AFT
FIN
22MK
LOCATION
D04
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-47-865-059-A
B.
PANEL
** On A/C 003-004
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
2000VU
PES VIDEO-CTL
** On A/C 003-004 006-099
21MH
C01
2000VU
** On A/C 005-005
PES MUSIC-CTL
21MK
D01
2000VU
2000VU
PED
53HP
21MH
B03
C02
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-RH
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-LH
PES MUSIC CTL
20MH
24MK
23MK
21MK
C01
D03
D02
D01
2000VU
2000VU
PES MUSIC AFT

PES MUSIC AFT
25MK
22MK
D05
D04
4.
Procedure
** On A/C 003-004
** On A/C 005-099
** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 23-33-47-420-050-J
A.
Installation of the Wall Disconnect Box (WBD).

(1)
(a)
(2)
Remove the blanking caps from the termination plug (3) and the WDB connector J1.
(3)
Carefully install the termination plug (3) to the WDB connector J1 and fasten with the spring latches
(11).
(a)
(4)
AES
FOR 50MK5 (WALL DISCONNECT BOX)
FOR 50MK6 (WALL DISCONNECT BOX)
23-33-47 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(5)
Carefully install the termination plug (3) to the WDB connector J4 and fasten with the spring latches
(11).
(a)
FOR 50MK1 (WALL DISCONNECT BOX), 50MK2 (WALL DISCONNECT BOX), 50MK3
(WALL DISCONNECT BOX), 50MK4 (WALL DISCONNECT BOX)
(6)
Put the insulation strip (15), the WDB (1) and the protective cover (14) carefully into position.
(7)
Install the WDB (1) with the washers (8) and the screws (7).
(8)
Put the cable support (10) in position on top of the WDB (1) and install the washer (8) and the screw
(9).
(a)
(9)
FOR 50MK5 (WALL DISCONNECT BOX), 50MK6 (WALL DISCONNECT BOX)
(10) Install the WDB (1) with the washers (8) and the screws (7).
(a)
(WALL DISCONNECT BOX), 50MK4 (WALL DISCONNECT BOX), 50MK5 (WALL
DISCONNECT BOX), 50MK6 (WALL DISCONNECT BOX)
(11) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (2) and the respective WDB connectors.
(12) Connect the electrical connectors (2) to the WDB (1) and fasten with the spring latches (11).
** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 23-33-47-420-050-N
A.
Installation of the Wall Disconnect Box (WBD).

(1)
(a)
(2)
(3)
Carefully install the termination plug (3) to the WDB connector J4 and fasten the termination plug (3)
with the spring latches (11).
(a)
AES
FOR 50MK5 (WALL DISCONNECT BOX), 50MK6 (WALL DISCONNECT BOX)
(WALL DISCONNECT BOX), 50MK4 (WALL DISCONNECT BOX), 50MK5 (WALL
DISCONNECT BOX), 50MK6 (WALL DISCONNECT BOX)
(4)
(5)
Install the WDB (1) with the washer (8) and the screw (7).
(6)
Put the spacers (17 and 16) and the cable support (10) in position on top of the WDB (1) and install
the washer (8) and the screw (9).
(7)
Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (2) and the respective WDB connectors.
23-33-47 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(8)
Connect the electrical connectors (2) to the WDB (1) and fasten the electrical connectors (2) with the
spring latches (11).
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-47-865-061-A
B.
PANEL
** On A/C 003-004
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
2000VU
PES VIDEO-CTL
** On A/C 003-004 006-099
21MH
C01
2000VU
** On A/C 005-005
PES MUSIC-CTL
21MK
D01
2000VU
2000VU
PED
53HP
21MH
B03
C02
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-RH
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-LH
PES MUSIC CTL
20MH
24MK
23MK
21MK
C01
D03
D02
D01
2000VU
2000VU
PES MUSIC AFT

PES MUSIC AFT
25MK
22MK
D05
D04
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-47-865-055-A
C.
PANEL
** On A/C 003-004
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
2000VU
PES VIDEO-CTL
** On A/C 003-004 006-099
21MH
C01
2000VU
** On A/C 005-005
PES MUSIC-CTL
21MK
D01
2000VU
2000VU
PED
53HP
21MH
B03
C02
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-RH
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-LH
PES MUSIC CTL
20MH
24MK
23MK
21MK
C01
D03
D02
D01
2000VU
PES MUSIC AFT
22MK
D04
AES
23-33-47 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-47-865-060-A
D.
PANEL
** On A/C 003-004
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
2000VU
PES VIDEO-CTL
** On A/C 003-004 006-099
21MH
C01
2000VU
** On A/C 005-005
PES MUSIC-CTL
21MK
D01
2000VU
2000VU
PED
53HP
21MH
B03
C02
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-RH
PES-MUSIC-CABIN-LH
PES MUSIC CTL
20MH
24MK
23MK
21MK
C01
D03
D02
D01
2000VU
PES MUSIC AFT
22MK
D04
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-47-860-050-A
E.
Preparation for the Test

(1)
Energize the CIDS (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-861-001-A).
Subtask 23-33-47-710-051-A
F.
5.
Close-up
** On A/C 003-004
** On A/C 005-099
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-47-410-050-A
A.
AES
Close Access
(1)
(2)
(3)
Install the protective cap (12) with the pins (13).
(4)
Install the related lower sidewall panel (Ref. TASK 25-23-44-400-001-A).
23-33-47 PB401
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
REPRODUCER - PASSENGER ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 23-33-52-000-001-A
FIN 10MK
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
No specific
AR
CAP - BLANKING
No specific
AR
B.

ZONE/ACCESS
128
824
ZONE DESCRIPTION
C.
REFERENCE
(Ref. Fig. 23-33-52-991-00100-A - PES Reproducer)
3.
DESIGNATION
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-33-52-865-050-A
A.
PANEL
** On A/C 003-004 006-099
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
2000VU
** On A/C 005-005
PES MUSIC-CTL
21MK
D01
2000VU
PES MUSIC CTL
21MK
D01
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-52-010-050-A
B.
AES
Get Access
(1)
128
(2)
23-33-52 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
4.
Procedure
Subtask 23-33-52-020-050-A
A.
AES

(1)
(2)
Lower the nuts (3).
(3)
Pull the reproducer (5) on its rack (2) to disconnect the electrical connectors (1).
(4)
Remove the reproducer (5) from the rack (2).
(5)
23-33-52 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
FR24A
RF20
ACCESS
DOOR 824
A
80VU
10MK
B
88VU
B
1
1
5
4
3
N_MM_233352_4_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-33-52-991-00100-A SHEET 1

PES Reproducer
23-33-52 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-33-52-400-001-A
FIN 10MK
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
1

ZONE/ACCESS
128
824
ZONE DESCRIPTION
C.
REFERENCE
23-33-00-740-002-A
DESIGNATION
52-41-00-410-002-A

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-33-52-860-050-A
A.

(1)
824 in zone 128.
(2)
Subtask 23-33-52-865-051-A
B.
PANEL
** On A/C 003-004 006-099
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
2000VU
** On A/C 005-005
PES MUSIC-CTL
21MK
D01
2000VU
PES MUSIC CTL
21MK
D01
4.
Procedure
** On A/C ALL
AES
23-33-52 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 23-33-52-420-050-A
A.

(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
Make sure that the electrical connectors (1) are in the correct condition.
(5)
Install the reproducer (5) on its rack (2).
(6)
Subtask 23-33-52-865-052-A
B.
PANEL
** On A/C 003-004 006-099
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
2000VU
** On A/C 005-005
PES MUSIC-CTL
21MK
D01
2000VU
PES MUSIC CTL
21MK
D01
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-33-52-740-050-A
C.
5.
Do the BITE test of the PES Reproducer (Ref. TASK 23-33-00-740-002-A).
Close-up
Subtask 23-33-52-410-050-A
A.
AES
Close Access
(1)
(2)
(3)
23-33-52 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
DIGITAL INTERFACE UNIT (DIU) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 23-34-34-000-001-A
Removal of the Digital Interface Unit (DIU)
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
No specific
AR
CAP - BLANKING
No specific
AR
B.

ZONE/ACCESS
128
824
ZONE DESCRIPTION
C.
REFERENCE
(Ref. Fig. 23-34-34-991-00100-A - Digital Interface Unit)
3.
DESIGNATION
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-34-34-865-056-A
A.
PANEL
** On A/C 006-099
2000VU
DESIGNATION
PES/PFIS
FIN
189MH
LOCATION
G09
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-34-34-010-050-A
B.
4.
Get Access
(1)
128.
(2)
Procedure
AES
23-34-34 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 23-34-34-020-050-A
A.
AES
Removal of the Digital Interface Unit

(1)
(2)
Lower the nuts (3).
(3)
Pull the Digital Interface Unit (5) on its rack (2) to disconnect the electrical connectors (1).
(4)
Remove the Digital Interface Unit (5).
(5)
23-34-34 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
FR24A
FR20
ACCESS
DOOR 824
A
80VU
190MH
88VU
B
1
3
N_MM_233434_4_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-34-34-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Digital Interface Unit
23-34-34 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-34-34-400-001-A
Installation of the Digital Interface Unit (DIU)
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
1

ZONE/ACCESS
128
824
ZONE DESCRIPTION
C.
REFERENCE
52-41-00-410-002-A
DESIGNATION

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-34-34-860-050-A
A.

(1)
824 in zone 128.
(2)
Subtask 23-34-34-865-059-A
B.
PANEL
** On A/C 006-099
2000VU
4.
DESIGNATION
PES/PFIS
FIN
189MH
LOCATION
G09
Procedure
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-34-34-420-050-A
A.
AES
Installation of the Digital Interface Unit

(1)
(2)
(3)
23-34-34 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(4)
Make sure that the electrical connectors (1) are in the correct condition.
(5)
Install the Digital Interface Unit (5) on its rack (2).
(6)
Engage the nuts (3) on the studs (4) and tighten.
Subtask 23-34-34-865-053-A
B.
PANEL
** On A/C 006-099
2000VU
DESIGNATION
PES/PFIS
FIN
189MH
LOCATION
G09
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-34-34-610-050-A
C.
Do the procedure to update the DIU database software (Ref. AMM 23-34-00-610-001) .
Subtask 23-34-34-710-050-A
D.
5.
Do the operational test of the passenger visual information-system (Ref. AMM 23-34-00-710-001) .
Close-up
Subtask 23-34-34-410-050-A
A.
AES
Close Access
(1)
(2)
(3)
23-34-34 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
PASSENGER ENTERTAINMENT - DESCRIPTION AND

OPERATION
** On A/C ALL
1.
General
The Passenger Entertainment System (PES) video gives prerecorded video programs through the Liquid Crystal
Display (LCD) monitors. The LCD monitors are installed in the cabin as Hatrack Mounted Display Units (HMDU)
100MH.
The video sound is supplied to the PES music (Ref. 23-33-00-00) and the Cabin Intercommunication Data System
(CIDS) (Ref. 23-73-00-00). Passengers can hear the video sound through the Passenger Control Units (PCU) over
the related headset, which are a part of the PES music. The video sound, heard from the cabin loudspeakers is sent
through the CIDS.
AES
23-36-00 PB001
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
2.
Component Location
** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 23-36-00-12500-V - Passenger Entertainment System (Video) - Component Location)
(Ref. Fig. 23-36-00-13100-AH - Passenger Entertainment System (Video) - Component Location (Sheet 2/2))
------------------------------------------------------------------------------FIN
!
! PANEL!ZONE!ACCESS !
ATA
!
!
!
! DOOR !
REF.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------11MH
SYSTEM CONTROL UNIT
221
23-36-34
12MH
VIDEO TAPE REPRODUCER
221
23-36-52
50MH1
TAPPING UNIT
221
23-36-00
50MH2
TAPPING UNIT
222
23-36-00
50MH3
TAPPING UNIT
231
23-36-00
50MH4
TAPPING UNIT
232
23-36-00
50MH5
TAPPING UNIT
241
23-36-00
50MH6
TAPPING UNIT
242
23-36-00
50MH7
TAPPING UNIT
241
23-36-00
50MH8
TAPPING UNIT
242
23-36-00
50MH9
TAPPING UNIT
251
23-36-00
50MH10
TAPPING UNIT
252
23-36-00
50MH11
TAPPING UNIT
251
23-36-00
50MH12
TAPPING UNIT
252
23-36-00
50MH13
TAPPING UNIT
251
23-36-00
50MH14
TAPPING UNIT
252
23-36-00
100MH1
HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY UNIT
221
23-36-22
100MH2
222
23-36-22
100MH3
221
23-36-22
100MH4
222
23-36-22
100MH5
231
23-36-22
100MH6
232
23-36-22
100MH9
241
23-36-22
100MH10
242
23-36-22
100MH13
241
23-36-22
100MH14
242
23-36-22
100MH17
251
23-36-22
100MH18
252
23-36-22
100MH21
251
23-36-22
100MH22
252
23-36-22
100MH25
251
23-36-22
100MH26
252
23-36-22
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 23-36-00-12500-BU - Passenger Entertainment System (Video) - Component Location)
(Ref. Fig. 23-36-00-13100-DF - Display Units of the PES Video - Component Location)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------FIN
!
ATA
!
!
!
! DOOR !
REF.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------11MH
SYSTEM CONTROL UNIT
221
23-36-34
AES
23-36-00 PB001
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
12MH
13MH
50MH1
50MH2
50MH3
50MH4
50MH5
50MH6
50MH7
50MH8
50MH9
50MH10
50MH11
50MH12
50MH13
50MH14
100MH1
100MH2
100MH5
100MH6
100MH9
100MH10
100MH11
100MH12
100MH13
100MH14
100MH17
100MH18
100MH21
100MH22
100MH25
100MH26
AES
VIDEO TAPE REPRODUCER 1

VIDEO TAPE REPRODUCER 2
TAPPING UNIT
TAPPING UNIT
TAPPING UNIT
TAPPING UNIT
TAPPING UNIT
TAPPING UNIT
TAPPING UNIT
TAPPING UNIT
TAPPING UNIT
TAPPING UNIT
TAPPING UNIT
TAPPING UNIT
TAPPING UNIT
TAPPING UNIT
HATRACK MOUNTED DISPLAY
UNIT
UNIT
UNIT
UNIT
UNIT
UNIT
UNIT
UNIT
UNIT
UNIT
UNIT
UNIT
UNIT
UNIT
UNIT
UNIT
221
221
221
222
231
232
241
242
241
242
251
252
251
252
251
252
221
222
231
232
241
242
241
242
241
242
251
252
251
252
251
252
23-36-52
23-36-52
23-36-00
23-36-00
23-36-00
23-36-00
23-36-00
23-36-00
23-36-00
23-36-00
23-36-00
23-36-00
23-36-00
23-36-00
23-36-00
23-36-00
23-36-22
23-36-22
23-36-22
23-36-22
23-36-22
23-36-22
23-36-22
23-36-22
23-36-22
23-36-22
23-36-22
23-36-22
23-36-22
23-36-22
23-36-22
23-36-22
23-36-00 PB001
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
3.
System Description
A.
Description of the installed Systems

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 23-36-00-15500-A0 - Passenger Entertainment System (Video) - Block Diagram)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 23-36-00-15500-D0 - Passenger Entertainment System (Video) - Block Diagram)
** On A/C 003-004
(1) General
The PES video has the subsequent primary units:
.
.
.
.
.
one System Control Unit (SCU) 11MH installed in the video control center in the first FWD overhead
stowage compartment on the LH side of the cabin,
one Video Tape Reproducer (VTR) 12MH installed in the video control center,
one cassette storage installed in the video control center,
14 tapping units 50MH installed in the passenger-compartment lateral walls,
16 Hatrack Mounted Display Units (HMDU) 100MH with retracting mechanism installed in the
passenger-compartment lateral hatracks.
The VTR1 12MH replays prerecorded video programs. The video program signal is sent through the SCU
11MH to the HMDU 100MH.
The video program sound is connected through the SCU to the PES music Main Multiplexer (MM) 8MK
and the CIDS directors 101RH and 102RH. Passengers can hear the video program after selection of
channel 1 thru 4 on the PCU 200MK with the related headset. The video program sound, heard from the
cabin loudspeakers is sent through the CIDS.
A ground signal from the cabin decompression sensor is connected to the SCU 11MH. In the event of a
rapid cabin decompression the SCU 11MH controls the retraction of all HMDU 100MH.
** On A/C 005-099
(2) General
The PES video has the subsequent primary units:
. the System Control Unit (SCU) 11MH is installed in the Video Control Center (VCC) 10MH
. two Video Tape Reproducers (VTR) 12MH and 13MH are installed in the VCC
. one prewired mounting plate with a cassette storage is installed in the VCC
. 14 Tapping Units (TU) 50MH are installed in the passenger-compartment lateral walls
. 16 Hatrack Mounted Display Units (HMDU) 100MH with retracting mechanism are installed in the
passenger-compartment lateral hatracks.
The VTR1 12MH and VTR2 13MH replay prerecorded video programs. The video program signal is sent
through the SCU 11MH to the HMDU 100MH. The video program sound is connected through the SCU to
the PES music Main Multiplexer (MM) 8MK and the CIDS directors 101RH and 102RH.
Passengers can hear the video program sound after selection of channel 1 or 2 on the PCU with the related
headset. The video program sound which the passengers hear from the cabin loudspeakers is sent through
the CIDS.
A ground signal from the cabin decompression sensor is connected to the SCU 11MH. If a rapid cabin
decompression occurs the SCU 11MH retracts all HMDUs 100MH and the PES video is de-energized.
AES
23-36-00 PB001
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
(3) Functions
The PES video is mainly controlled and operated by the SCU through menu-guided screen indications. Thus
a special touch-screen is used. Also the touch-screen is used to preview the selected video program and to
control the VTR 1.
(a) System Test
The BITE does an automatic test of the system during power on.
** On A/C 005-099
(4) Functions
The PES video is normally controlled and operated by the SCU.
The SCU also controls the operation of the VTR 12MH, the VTR 13MH and the HMDUs 100MH.
(a) Tapping Units Function
The tapping units supply the HMDUs 100MH directly with electrical power, control data and video
signals.
(b) System Test
The BITE does an automatic test of the system during power on.
AES
23-36-00 PB001
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
4.
Power Supply
** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 23-36-00-17600-AB - Power Supply - Schematic)
The normal busbar 210XP- B supplies 115 V AC to the PES video through the circuit breakers 21MH, 22MH and
23MH.
The SCU and the VTR(s) are supplied through the circuit breaker 21MH.
The HMDUs installed on the LH passenger-compartment side are supplied through the circuit breaker 22MH and the
related tapping units. The HMDUs installed on the RH passenger-compartment side are supplied through the circuit
breaker 23MH and the related tapping units.
** On A/C 005-099
** On A/C 005-005
(Ref. Fig. 23-36-00-17600-DN - Power Supply - Schematic)
** On A/C 006-099
(Ref. Fig. 23-36-00-17600-EM - Power Supply - Schematic)
** On A/C 005-099
The PES video is supplied with 28VDC through this circuit breaker:
. 20MH - PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/MAIN
The PES video is supplied with 115VAC through these circuit breakers:
. 21MH - PES/VIDEO/CONTROL/VCC
. 22MH - PES/VIDEO/CABIN/LH
. 24MH - PES/VIDEO/CABIN/RH.
AES
23-36-00 PB001
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
5.
A.
Installed Components
** On A/C 003-004
(1) System Control Unit (SCU)
(Ref. Fig. 23-36-00-19600-B - System Control Unit (SCU).)
(a) General
1
The SCU is installed in the video control center in the passenger-compartment most forward LH
lateral hatrack. It permits the control of the PES video through a special touch-screen and
pushbutton switches found on the front of the unit.
(b) Electrical Connections

1
Electrical connections are made through the prewired mounting plate 10MH to connectors on the
back of the unit.
Video and audio input data from the VTR are connected to connector J1B. CIDS related data
such as ARINC 429 data, audio data and system power are connected to connector J1C. PES
music related data are connected to connector J1C (audio data) and J1A (video keylines). The
cabin decompression is connected to connector J1A.
(c) Function
The function of the SCU is to control and operate the PES video (Ref. Para. 6. Operation).
(d) Control Elements
AES
SYST PWR Pushbutton Switch

When you push the SYST PWR pushbutton switch the integral light and the screen comes on.
Also power is sent to the VTR.
5-inch LCD (Touch-Screen)

A 5-inch LCD is installed to preview the selected video program and shows special touch-screen
related indications. The surface of the LCD has 12 segments of transparent membrane switches
(touch-screen) which are used to select different system functions and operation procedures (Ref.
Para. 6. Operation).
ENTER EXEC Pushbutton Switch

When you push the ENTER EXEC pushbutton switch all functions set through the touch-screen
are done.
ENTER PREV Pushbutton Switch

When you push the ENTER PREV pushbutton switch the set video program is shown on the
screen without cabin presentation. The video program sound is heard over a headset connected to
the MONITOR jack.
ENTER MENU Pushbutton Switch

When you push the ENTER MENU pushbutton switch the initial menu is shown on the screen.
BRIGHT Control Knob

The BRIGHT control knob sets the screen brightness.
PA VOLUME MIN/MAX Control Knob

When the PA function is set the PA VOLUME MIN/MAX control knob controls the volume from
the cabin loudspeakers.
23-36-00 PB001
Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
8
PA CH1/CH2 Switch
When the PA function is set the PA CH1/CH2 switch sets the VTR audio channels which are
sent to the CIDS and are heard from the cabin loudspeakers.
MONITOR Jacks
The SCU has two types of jacks to connect a stethoscopic or an electrical headset. The jacks are
used to monitor the video program sound when the preview function is set.
** On A/C 005-099
(2) System Control Unit (SCU)
(Ref. Fig. 23-36-00-19600-E - System Control Unit (SCU))
(a) General
1
The SCU is installed in the video control center. The SCU contains a computer which receives the
aircraft zone configuration from the CIDS director(s). The SCU receives its commands from the
front panel with the aid of:
. A program on a PCMCIA memory card in a slot (changes of the program are possible)
. The special membrane switches.
(b) Electrical connections

1
Electrical connections are made through connectors on the back of the SCU.
. The connector for the video input data from the VTR(s) is connected to connector J1.
. Video output data and control data are sent through connector J2 to the LH and RH tapping
unit lines.
. The connector for the audio input/output data are connected to the connector J3.
. The connector for the system power and the control data are connected to the connector J4.
. The connector for the RS485 serial data is connected to the connector J5.
(c) Control Elements

The SCU has the subsequent operation controls:
1
A MASTER POWER pushbutton switch with integral light comes on when the SCU is energized.
A SYSTEM TEST/PASS LED comes on when the self test is completed.
A SYSTEM TEST/FAIL LED comes on when a self test error occurs.
An audio jack for the control of the PES Video sound.
A PREVIEW monitor section.
A four inch color LCD.
A MENU pushbutton switch to set the preview mode, the video/audio control mode or the Airshow/PRAM control mode.
A PREVIEW SELECT pushbutton switch - sets the video source to preview on the monitor and
the associated audio channel.
A VTR indicator comes on when the VTR is selected.
10 A PRI indicator comes on when the PRI is selected.

11 A SEC indicator comes on when the SEC is selected.
12 A digital display shows the video source.
13 MODE SELECT section.
a
AES
A MODE SELECT membrane switch sets the AUTO mode, the MANUAL mode or the ALL
ZONES mode.
23-36-00 PB001
Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
b
An AUTO LED comes on when the AUTO mode is selected.
A MANUAL LED comes on when the MANUAL mode is selected.
An ALL ZONES LED comes on when the ALL ZONES mode is selected.
14 AUTO PROGRAM section.

a
A START membrane switch starts the AUTO PROGRAM mode.
A STOP membrane switch stops the AUTO PROGRAM mode.
A START LED comes on when the AUTO PROGRAM mode is selected.
A STOP LED comes on when the AUTO PROGRAM mode is selected.
15 A key pad operates the screen menu.

16 MANUAL CONTROL board, ALL ZONES.
a
An ON/OFF/PWR membrane switch to turn on all video displays.
A PWR LED comes on during the power up of the ON/OFF/PWR membrane switch.
A SOURCE/SEL membrane switch sets the video source to be displayed on all the video
monitors and the associated audio channel.
A VTR indicator comes on when VTR is selected.
A PRI indicator comes on when PRI is selected.
A SEC indicator comes on when SEC is selected.
A digital display shows the video source.
An ON/OFF/PWR membrane switch turns the PA for all zones on.
A PA LED comes on when the ON/OFF/PWR membrane switch is selected.
17 MANUAL CONTROL board, VTR CONTROL.

The VTR can be controlled from the SCU.
a
A SEL membrane switch when selected, controls the related VTR in the STOP, REW, PLAY
or FF mode.
A digital display shows the selected VTR.
A STOP membrane switch stops the tape cassette.
A STOP LED comes on when the VTR stops.
A REW membrane switch rewinds the tape cassette.
A REW LED comes on when the VTR rewinds.
A PLAY membrane switch starts the tape cassette playing.
A PLAY LED comes on when the VTR plays.
A FF membrane switch runs the tape cassette fast forward.
A FF LED comes on when the VTR runs fast forward.
18 ETI meter
The ETI meter is a multi digit Elapse Time Indicator which can not be reset. It shows the total
time of operation for the video system.
AES
23-36-00 PB001
Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
(3) Video Tape Reproducer (VTR)
(Ref. Fig. 23-36-00-20300-D - Video Tape Reproducer (VTR))
(a) General
1
A compact, lightweight, front-loading cassette reproducer with six audio outputs is installed in the
video control center.
Electrical connections are made through connector J1 on the rear of the unit. All input/output
data from/to the SCU are connected through the prewired mounting plate 10MH to connector J1.

1
On the front panel of the VTR are:

. the mementary - action push switches STOP, REW (rewind), PLAY, FF (fast forward), and
EJECT,
. the indicator lights POWER, TAPE IN and STANDBY
The SCU touch-screen permits control of the VTR functions REW, PLAY, FF and STOP.
(c) Description
1
The VTR uses a rotary playback system with three pairs of heads and has a forward speed of
23,39 mm/sec in PAL mode or 33,35 mm/ses in NTSC mode. An automatic rewind is provided.
A high density, 1/2 in. width VHS/S-VHS cassette tape is used to provide approximately 120
minutes of prerecorded video program. For video-program sound distribution two magnetic audio
sound-tracks for dual language or stereo programming are used.
The subsequent video signal color formats are automatically set.

.
.
PAL
NTSC
(d) Random-Access Tape Operation

When a programmed tape is used the VTR reads the data recorded at the start of the tape. These
data contain information about the programmed tape segments. When these data are read by the
VTR, the operator can set the program segments through a special procedure on the SCU touch-screen
(Ref. Para. 6. Operation).
(e) Loading/Unloading
To load the VTR, insert the video cassette into the access door with the labeled side up and the lid on
the lefthand side. To unload the VTR, push the STOP switch to stop the movement of the cassettes.
To remove the cassette, push the EJECT switch.
** On A/C 005-099
(4) Video Tape Reproducer (VTR)
(Ref. Fig. 23-36-00-20300-J - Video Tape Reproducer (VTR))
Two identical VTRs, 12MH and 13MH, serve the system. Either one can be used to reproduce the contents
of a video. Therefore the subsequent paragraph describes the function of only one VTR.
(a) General
AES
The VTR is a hi-band video 8 unit with front loading, random access, segment auto-stop or repeat
functions.
Electrical connections are made through connector J1 on the rear of the unit. 115VAC, 28VDC
and all input/output data from/to the SCU are connected through the prewired mounting plate
10MH to connector J1.
23-36-00 PB001
Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
1
On the front panel of the VTR are:

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
the control membrane switches REW (rewind), PLAY, FF (fast forward) and STOP,
the cassette access door and the EJECT membrane switch,
the random access function pad with 10 numeric keys, PROG (program), CLR (clear), ENTR
(enter), VERI (verify), PROG STOP (program stop), READY and START pushbutton
switches,
the selector switch for the RANDOM ACCESS or the MOVIE positions,
the selector switch for the REPEAT, the SEGMENT or the NORMAL positions,
the OPERATING MODE SELECT display,
the tape counter (segment/program order) display and the COUNTER indicator,
the RESET pushbutton switch,
green POWER ON, PLAY and CASSETTE IN indicator lights,
amber FF, REW, EJECT, STOP, PAUSE and PROG STOP indicator lights.
orange FAIL and WAIT indicator lights.
(c) Description
1
The VTR uses a rotary twin-head helical playback system. The cassette can be wound fast
forward. An automatic rewind is provided.
A normal 8mm SP mode tape or a Hi-8 SP mode tape can be used to provide approximately 120
minutes of prerecorded video program. For video-program sound an AFM monoaural or a PCM 2
channel option can be used.
The video signal is the NTSC color standard.
(d) Loading/Unloading
1
To load the VTR insert the cassette cartridge into the access door with the arrow pointing
towards the VTR.
To unload the VTR push the STOP pushbutton switch to stop the movement of the cassette. To
remove the cassette push the EJECT pushbutton switch.
** On A/C ALL
(5) Hatrack Mounted Display Unit (HMDU)
** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 23-36-00-21300-I - Hatrack Mounted Display Unit (HMDU))
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 23-36-00-21300-D - Hatrack Mounted Display Unit (HMDU))
(a) General
1
16 HMDU with retraction mechanisms are installed in the passenger-compartment lateral

hatracks.
Electrical connections are made through two connectors on the top of the unit. 115VAC, 28VDC
and control data are connected to connector J1. The video signal is connected to connector J2.
(b) Description
The HMDU have color LCD-sections and retraction mechanisms. A retraction mechanism extends and
retracts the LCD-section of a HMDU.
The HMDU are turned ON or OFF individually. This is controlled through the SCU.
AES
23-36-00 PB001
Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
(6) Tapping Unit
(Ref. Fig. 23-36-00-22000-A - Tapping Unit)
(a) General
1
7 tapping units are installed along each passenger-compartment lateral wall. Each tapping unit has
an interface for a maximum of 2 HMDU.
Electrical connections are made through 4 connectors. The first tapping unit of each data-line
receives the video and control data sent from the SCU and 115VAC through connector J2. The
same data is connected through connector J3 to the next tapping unit input-connector J2. The
last tapping unit ends with a termination plug connected to connector J3.
(b) Function
Video and control data sent from the SCU are connected to a related display unit through the tapping
units. Each tapping unit has an 8-bit internal DIP-switch to give a unique address to the unit. This
enables the SCU to control each HMDU individually.
** On A/C 005-099
(7) Tapping Unit
(Ref. Fig. 23-36-00-22000-C - Tapping Unit)
(a) General
1
7 tapping units are installed along each passenger-compartment lateral wall. Each tapping unit has
an interface with a maximum of 2 HMDUs.
Electrical connections are made through 4 connectors. The first tapping unit of each data-line
receives the video and control data sent from the SCU and 115 V AC through connector J2. The
same data is connected through connector J3 to the adjacent tapping unit input-connector J2.
The last tapping unit ends with a termination plug connected to connector J3.
(b) Function
Video and control data sent from the SCU are connected to a related display unit through the tapping
units.
AES
23-36-00 PB001
Page 12
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
6.
Operation
A.
Operation of the PES Video

** On A/C 003-004
(1) Energization
(Ref. Fig. 23-36-00-26100-A - SCU Power-on and Initial Menu)
(a) The PES video is supplied with power when the busbars are energized and the circuit breakers are
closed.
(b) The SCU and the VTR are energized when the SYST PWR pushbutton switch on the SCU is pushed.
Then the initial menu is shown on the SCU touch-screen.
(c) The HMDUs are energized through the SCU touch-screen (Ref. Para. 6.A.(3)).
(2) Video Program Preview Function
(Ref. Fig. 23-36-00-26500-A - Video Program Preview Function - Activation)
(a) General
The video program preview function lets the operator preview a set video program on the SCU screen
without cabin presentation.
(b) Activation
1
When the system is energized and a cassette is inserted into the VTR the initial menu is shown on
the SCU screen. To set the preview function, push the PREV pushbutton switch. Now all
operational procedures are guided through special information and indications on the SCU touchscreen.
To preview the VTR 1 video program, touch the VIDEO 1 indication. The screen changes and the
operational symbols of the VTR (REW, PLAY, FF and STOP) are shown. You can control the
VTR 1 through these touch-screen symbols. To start the VTR, touch the PLAY symbol. The VTR
then starts to operate and the video program plus the operational symbols are shown on the SCUscreen. The video program sound is heard over a headset connected to the MONITOR jack.
(c) To stop the preview function, touch the STOP symbol on the SCU screen. To get the initial menu,
push the MENU pushbutton switch on the SCU.
(3) Normal System Operation
(Ref. Fig. 23-36-00-26800-A - Normal Operation - Menu Selection)
(a) General
During normal system operation the VTR 1 video program can be set for cabin presentation with or
without audio sound distribution through the cabin loudspeakers. You can control the VTR 1 with the
SCU touch-screen.
(b) Activation
AES
When the system is energized and a cassette is inserted into the VTR the initial menu is shown on
the SCU screen. The initial menu shows the aircraft symbol, the VIDEO 1 and the PA indication.
To show the VTR 1 video program in the cabin with video sound distribution through the cabin
loudspeakers, touch the aircraft symbol, the VIDEO 1 and the PA indications on the SCU touchscreen in sequence.
To do these settings push the EXEC pushbutton switch on the SCU. The VTR 1 starts to operate
and the HMDUs move down out of the hatracks and show the set video program. The video
sound is heard over the headset connected to the PCU when channel 1 or 2 is selected and from
the cabin loudspeakers.
23-36-00 PB001
Page 13
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
4
The audio sound level heard from the cabin loudspeakers is set with the PA VOLUME MIN/MAX
control knob on the SCU.
To stop the video presentation, touch the OFF indication on the SCU touch-screen. The VTR 1
stops and rewinds to the start position and the HMDUs move back into the hatracks. The SCU
screen shows the initial menu.
(4) Special System Operation

(Ref. Fig. 23-36-00-27100-A - Random-Access Tape Operation - Example (Sheet 1/2))
(Ref. Fig. 23-36-00-27400-A - Random-Access Tape Operation - Example (Sheet 2/2))
(a) General
The SCU provides a random-access tape operation-function when a video cassette is used which
contains programmed video-segment data at the start of the tape. These data are automatically read
by the VTR 1 when a programmed cassette is inserted.
The data contains information about tape segments recorded on the tape (location and duration).
Each tape segment has a unique number for segment identification. The SCU provides a special menuguided operational procedure to preset tape segments.
(b) Activation
1
When the system is energized and a programmed cassette is inserted into the VTR the initial
menu is shown on the SCU screen. The initial menu shows the aircraft symbol, the VIDEO 1 and
the PA indication.
To use the random-access tape operation-function, touch the aircraft symbol and the VIDEO 1
indication on the touch-screen. All the subsequent settings are menu-guided and self-explained.
They are shown in Fig. Random-Access Tape Operation - Example. This figure shows an example
how to preset tape segment #1 with sound distribution in the cabin and subsequently tape
segment #3 without sound distribution in the cabin.
(5) Decompressurization
If a rapid cabin decompression occurs a ground signal from the cabin decompression sensor is sent to the
SCU. The SCU then controls the retraction of all HMDUs and the PES video is de-energized.
** On A/C 005-099
(6) Energization
(Ref. Fig. 23-36-00-25800-R - Passenger Entertainment System (Video) - Interconnection)
(a) The PES video is supplied with power, when:
. The busbars are energized.
. The circuit breakers are closed.
(b) The SCU, VTR1 12MH and the VTR 2 13MH are energized when:
. The MASTER POWER pushbutton switch on the SCU is pushed (the light in the MASTER
POWER pushbutton switch is on).
. The SCU does not receive a cabin decrompression signal.
(c) When the system is energized, the green PASS LED of the SYSTEM TEST is on and the cassettes are
inserted into the VTRs. Open the door of the MANUAL CONTROL on the SCU (downto the right).
You control and operate all functions of the system from the SCU.
(7) Video-Program Preview Function
(a) General
The video program preview function lets the operator preview a set video program on the SCU screen
without cabin presentation.
AES
23-36-00 PB001
Page 14
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(b) Activation
1
To preview the VTR 1 12MH video program, push repeatedly the MENU membrane switch for
the selection of the PREVIEW mode.
Push the PREVIEV SELECT membranen switch until the PREVIEV SELECT display shows 1 and
connect a headset to the MONITOR AUDIO connector on the SCU.
In the VTR CONTROL area push the SEL membrane switch until the SEL/VTR display shows 1
and push the PLAY membrane switch. The VTR 1 12MH video program is shown on the SCU
monitor.
To stop the preview, push the STOP membrane switch in the VTR CONTROL area.
To preview the VTR 2 13MH video program, push repeatedly the PREVIEV SELECT membranen
switch until the PREVIEV SELECT display shows 2.
and push the PLAY membrane switch. The VTR 2 13MH video program is shown on the SCU
monitor.
To stop the preview function, push the MASTER POWER pushbutton switch.
(8) Normal System Operation

(a) General
During normal system operation the VTR video program can be set for cabin presentation with or
without audio sound through the cabin loudspeakers.
(b) Activation
1
To set the VTR 1 12MH as the video source, push the SEL membrane switch in the ALL ZONES
area until the VTR/AUX/SOURCE display shows 1.
and push the PLAY membrane switch.
To show the VTR video program in the cabin, push the PWR/ON/OFF membrane switch in the
ALL ZONES area. The HMDUs move down out of the hatracks and show the VTR 1 video
program. The video sound comes over the headset connected to the PCU when channel 1 or 2 is
selected.
To set the VTR 2 13MH as the video source, push the SEL membrane switch in the in the VTR
CONTROL area until the SEL/VTR display shows 2 and push the PLAY membrane switch.
Push the SEL membrane switch in the ALL ZONES area until the VTR/AUX/SOURCE display
shows 2. The HMDUs show the VTR 2 video program.
To hear the video sound in the cabin via the cabin loudspeakers, push the PA/ON/OFF
membrane switch.
To change the video sound level from the cabin loudspeakers, push the arrow up membrane
switche or arrow down membrane switche in the key pad section.
To cancel the video sound in the cabin loudspeakers, push the PA/ON/OFF membrane switch.
To stop the video presentation, push the the MASTER POWER pushbutton switch. The HMDUs
move back into the hatracks.
(9) Zone Control Function

(a) General
The cabin can be divided in up to two zones.
AES
23-36-00 PB001
Page 15
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(b) Activation
1
To set the VTR 1 12MH as the video source in zone 1, push repeatedly the SEL membrane switch
in the VTR CONTROL area until the SEL/VTR display shows 1 and push the PLAY membrane
switch.
To show the VTR 1 video program in the zone 1, select following configuration via the on screen
menu with the arrow up and arrow down, and the SEL and the ENTER membrane switches:
ZN: 1
SRC:VTR 1
PA: 0
PWR:ON
The HMDU in zone 1 move down out of the hatracks and show the VTR 1 video program. The
video sound comes over the headset connected to the PCU when channel 1 or 2 is selected.
To set the VTR 2 13MH as the video source in zone 2, push repeatedly the SEL membrane switch
in the VTR CONTROL area until the SEL/VTR display shows 2 and push the PLAY membrane
switch.
To show the VTR 2 video program in the zone 2, select following configuration via the on screen
menu with the arrow up and arrow down, the SEL and the ENTER membrane switches:
ZN: 2
SRC:VTR 2
PA: 0
PWR:ON
The HMDU in zone 2 move down out of the hatracks and show the VTR 2 video program. The
video sound comes over the headset connected to the PCU when channel 1 or 2 is selected.
(10) Rapid Decompression

(a) In the event of a rapid cabin decompression a ground signal from the cabin decompression sensor is
sent to the SCU. The SCU then controls the retraction of all the retractable HMDUs. The video
program heard over cabin loudspeakers is cancelled until the emergency announcement is finished.
AES
23-36-00 PB001
Page 16
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
F R 3 0/ 3 1
F R 2 3/ 2 4
F R 4 3/ 4 4
F R 3 7/ 3 8
F R 4 7/ 4 8 F R 5 8/ 5 9
F R 5 2/ 5 3
A
D
50MH1
(50MH2)
50MH5
50MH9
50MH13
(50MH6)
(50MH10)
(50MH14)
50MH3
50MH7
50MH11
(50MH4)
(50MH8)
(50MH12)
E
TAPPING UNIT
50MH
FR24
A
FR23
FR21
SECTION
DD
TAPPING UNIT 50MH
C
B
E
B
VIDEO TAPE
REPRODUCER
12MH
C
SYSTEM CONTROL UNIT 11MH
N_MM_233600_0_AAA0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-36-00-12500-V SHEET 1

Passenger Entertainment System (Video) - Component
Location
23-36-00 PB001
Page 17
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
F R 2 3/ 2 4
F R 3 0/ 3 1
F R 4 7/ 4 8
F R 5 8/ 5 9
F R 5 2/ 5 3
F R 3 7/ 3 8 F R 4 3/ 4 4
50MH1
(50MH2)
50MH5
(50MH6)
50MH9
(50MH10)
50MH3
(50MH4)
50MH7
(50MH8)
50MH13
(50MH14)
50MH11
(50MH12)
TAPPING UNIT
50MH
FR23
C
FR20
SECTION
TAPPING UNIT 50MH
DD
C
13MH
E
12MH
11MH
B
C
EXAMPLE
SYSTEM CONTROL
UNIT 11MH
VIDEO TAPE
REPRODUCER
12MH, 13MH
N_MM_233600_0_AMK0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-36-00-12500-BU SHEET 1

Location
23-36-00 PB001
Page 18
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
FR21
FR27
100MH1
(100MH2)
FR32 FR37
FR43
100MH5
(100MH6)
100MH13
(100MH14)
100MH3
(100MH4)
100MH9
(100MH10)
FR48
FR53
FR58
100MH21
(100MH22)
100MH17
(100MH18)
100MH25
(100MH26)
AA
SECTION
HMDU 100MH
B
HATRACK MOUNTED
DISPLAY UNIT 100MH
N_MM_233600_0_GUN0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-36-00-13100-AH SHEET 1

Location (Sheet 2/2)
23-36-00 PB001
Page 19
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
100MH10
100MH6
100MH9
100MH2
100MH5
100MH26
FR34
100MH1
100MH22
FR29
100MH18
100MH25
100MH14
FR20
100MH21
FR65
FR21
100MH12
100MH17
FR58
100M13
FR54
100MH11
FR49
FR44
FR40
A
EXAMPLE
HATRACK MOUNTED
DISPLAY UNIT
FR34
N_MM_233600_0_GCP0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-36-00-13100-DF SHEET 1

Display Units of the PES Video - Component Location
23-36-00 PB001
Page 20
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
AES
FIGURE 23-36-00-15500-A0 SHEET 1

23-36-00 PB001
VIDEO CONTROL CENTER
PREWIRED
MOUNTING PLATE
10MH
12MH
VIDEO
TAPE
REPRODUCER 1
11MH
SYSTEM
CONTROL
UNIT
TO
CABIN
DECOMPRESSION
SENSOR
19WR
101RH
CIDS
DIR1
TU
TU
TU
HMDU
HMDU
HMDU
HMDU
HMDU
HMDU
TU
HMDU
TU
TU
HMDU
102RH
CIDS
DIR2
TU
HMDU
HMDU
HMDU
HMDU
HMDU
TU
HMDU
TU
110RH
PROG. AND
TEST PANEL
8MK
MAIN
MULTIPLEXER
HMDU
TU
2000VU
CIRCUIT
BREAKER
PANEL
TU
HMDU
TERMINATOR
TU
TU
TU
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
N_MM_233600_0_AXC0_01_00
Page 21
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
AES
FIGURE 23-36-00-15500-D0 SHEET 1

23-36-00 PB001
10MH
11MH
SYSTEM
CONTROL
UNIT
13MH
VIDEO TAPE
REPRODUCER 2
12MH
VIDEO TAPE
REPRODUCER 1
TU
HMDU
HMDU
TU
TU
HMDU
HMDU
TU
HMDU
TU
HMDU
HMDU
TU
HMDU
TU
HMDU
HMDU
TU
TU
HMDU
HMDU
TU
TU
HMDU
HMDU
TU
102RH
CIDS
DIRECTOR 2
101RH
CIDS
DIRECTOR 1
CABIN
COMPARTMENT
CONTROLLER
8MK
MAIN
MULTIPLEXER
2000VU
C/B
PANEL
TERMINATOR
TU
HMDU
HMDU
TU
TERMINATOR
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
N_MM_233600_0_ANH0_01_00
Page 22
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
SCU
11MH
21MH
VTR1
12MH
210XPB
115VAC
BUS
23MH
22MH
10MH
HMDU
100MH1
HMDU
100MH5
HMDU
100MH9
HMDU
100MH13
HMDU
100MH17
HMDU
TU
50MH1
HMDU
HMDU
100MH3
100MH4
TU
50MH3
TU
50MH5
TU
50MH7
TU
50MH9
TU
100MH21 50MH11
HMDU
TU
100MH25 50MH13
TU
50MH2
TU
50MH4
TU
50MH6
TU
50MH8
TU
50MH10
TU
HMDU
100MH2
HMDU
100MH6
HMDU
100MH10
HMDU
100MH14
HMDU
100MH18
HMDU
50MH12 100MH22
TU
50MH14
HMDU
100MH26
N_MM_233600_0_AUU0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-36-00-17600-AB SHEET 1

23-36-00 PB001
Page 23
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-005
SCU
208PP
28VDC
20MH
11MH
VTR1
210XPC
BUS
115VAC
12MH
21MH
210XPA
BUS
115VAC
VTR2
24MH
210XPB
BUS
115VAC
HMDU
100MH1
HMDU
100MH5
HMDU
100MH9
HMDU
100MH13
HMDU
100MH17
HMDU
100MH21
HMDU
100MH25
13MH
22MH
10MH
800MH
TU
TU
50MH1
50MH2
TU
TU
50MH3
TU
50MH5
50MH4
HMDU
HMDU
100MH11
100MH12
TU
50MH7
TU
50MH9
TU
50MH11
TU
50MH13
TU
50MH6
TU
50MH8
TU
50MH10
TU
50MH12
TU
50MH14
HMDU
100MH2
HMDU
100MH6
HMDU
100MH10
HMDU
100MH14
HMDU
100MH18
HMDU
100MH22
HMDU
100MH26
N_MM_233600_0_AWF0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-36-00-17600-DN SHEET 1

23-36-00 PB001
Page 24
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 006-099
SCU
212PP
28VDC
20MH
11MH
VTR1
220XPC
BUS
115VAC
12MH
21MH
220XPA
BUS
115VAC
VTR2
24MH
220XPB
BUS
115VAC
HMDU
100MH1
HMDU
100MH5
HMDU
100MH9
HMDU
100MH13
HMDU
100MH17
HMDU
100MH21
HMDU
100MH25
13MH
22MH
10MH
800MH
TU
TU
50MH1
50MH2
TU
TU
50MH3
TU
50MH5
50MH4
HMDU
HMDU
100MH11
100MH12
TU
50MH7
TU
50MH9
TU
50MH11
TU
50MH13
TU
50MH6
TU
50MH8
TU
50MH10
TU
50MH12
TU
50MH14
HMDU
100MH2
HMDU
100MH6
HMDU
100MH10
HMDU
100MH14
HMDU
100MH18
HMDU
100MH22
HMDU
100MH26
N_MM_233600_0_AWN0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-36-00-17600-EM SHEET 1

23-36-00 PB001
Page 25
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
A
A
INTERFACE
CONNECTORS
N_MM_233600_0_BAN0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-36-00-19600-B SHEET 1

System Control Unit (SCU).
23-36-00 PB001
Page 26
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
A
J3
J4
B
J5
J2
J1
N_MM_233600_0_BAB0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-36-00-19600-E SHEET 1

System Control Unit (SCU)
23-36-00 PB001
Page 27
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
ST
OP
ST
AN
DB
Y
RE
VI
PL
DE
AY
CA
SS
ET
FF
TE
PL
AY
ER
MA
EJ
CASSETTE
EC
J1
CONNECTOR
N_MM_233600_0_CAF0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-36-00-20300-D SHEET 1

23-36-00 PB001
Page 28
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
J1
INTERFACE CONNECTOR
N_MM_233600_0_CAD0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-36-00-20300-J SHEET 1

23-36-00 PB001
Page 29
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
N_MM_233600_0_DAC0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-36-00-21300-D SHEET 1

23-36-00 PB001
Page 30
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
A
J2
J1
N_MM_233600_0_DAK0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-36-00-21300-I SHEET 1

23-36-00 PB001
Page 31
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
N_MM_233600_0_EAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-36-00-22000-A SHEET 1

Tapping Unit
23-36-00 PB001
Page 32
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
J1
J2
J4
J3
N_MM_233600_0_EAB0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-36-00-22000-C SHEET 1

Tapping Unit
23-36-00 PB001
Page 33
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
VIDEO 1 CH 1
VIDEO 1 CH 2
VIDEO 2 CH 1
VIDEO 2 CH 2
PES
MAIN
MULTIPLEXER
FROM/TO
SEBS
VIDEO KEYLINE 1
VIDEO KEYLINE 2
DECOMPRESSION KEYLINE
FAULT DATA
ARINC 429 INPUT
FAULT DATA REQ
ARINC 429 OUTPUT

VIDEO SOUND 1
VIDEO SOUND 2
VIDEO SOUND
CIDS
DIR
TO DEUS
FAULT DATA
PROG &
TEST
PANEL
VIDEO KEYLINE 1
VIDEO KEYLINE 2
VIDEO DATA 1
VIDEO DATA 2
VIDEO SIGNAL 1
VIDEO SIGNAL 2
VIDEO SIGNAL 1
VIDEO SIGNAL 2
VIDEO DATA 1
VIDEO DATA 2
CFDS
BITE INITIALI
ZATION
SEAT LAYOUT DATA
FAULT DATA REQ
FROM/TO
LH TAPPING UNITS
FROM/TO
RH TAPPING UNITS
VTR 1 VIDEO IN
VTR 1 AUDIO CH 1
VTR 1 AUDIO CH 2
VTR 1 AUDIO CH 3
VTR 1 DATA
VTR 1
VTR 2 DATA
VTR 2 AUDIO CH 1
VTR 2 AUDIO CH 2
VTR 2 AUDIO CH 3
VTR 2 VIDEO IN
VTR 2
SYSTEM CONTROL UNIT
N_MM_233600_0_FAS0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-36-00-25800-R SHEET 1

Passenger Entertainment System (Video) - Interconnection
23-36-00 PB001
Page 34
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
SYST PWR
A . SELECT VIDEO
ZONE(S)
B . SELECT VIDEO
SOURCE(S)
C . PRESS "PA"
IF DESIRED
(PRESS "CONT."
TO CONTINUE)
CONT.
VIDEO
PA
N_MM_233600_0_FCM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-36-00-26100-A SHEET 1

SCU Power-on and Initial Menu
23-36-00 PB001
Page 35
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
VIDEO
PA
PREV
PRESS VIDEO TO BE
PROGRAMMED OR
PREVIEWED
VIDEO
TOUCH "VIDEO 1" INDICATION
INSERT VIDEO
CASSETTE TAPE
VIDEO
REW
INSERT VIDEO TAPE
PLAY
FF
STOP
TOUCH "PLAY" SYMBOL
WAIT FOR VCP

TO READ DATA
VIDEO
REW
PLAY
FF
STOP
N_MM_233600_0_FDM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-36-00-26500-A SHEET 1

Video Program Preview Function - Activation
23-36-00 PB001
Page 36
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
INITIAL MENU
1. TOUCH "ZONE A" INDICATION
2. TOUCH "VIDEO 1" INDICATION
3. TOUCH "PA" INDICATION, IF DESIRED
VIDEO
PA
A. TO PLAY:
PRESS "EXEC"
BUTTON BELOW
B. TO SET PROGRAM
SEGMENTS OR
PREVIEW:
PRESS "PREV"
BUTTON BELOW
EXEC
OFF
VIDEO
PA
N_MM_233600_0_FEM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-36-00-26800-A SHEET 1

Normal Operation - Menu Selection
23-36-00 PB001
Page 37
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
INITIAL MENU
1. TOUCH "ZONE A" INDICATION
2. TOUCH "VIDIO 1" INDICATION
VIDEO
PA
A. TO PLAY:
PRESS "EXEC"
BUTTON BELOW
PROG
SET
NONE
B. TO SET PROGRAM
SEGMENTS OR
PREVIEW:
PRESS "PREV"
BUTTON BELOW
PREV
E.G.: TOUCH "0" AND "1" INDICATION
PRESS VIDEO TO BE
PROGRAMMED OR
PREVIEWED
VIDEO
SELECT ONE:
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
"PA" AND/OR
"NEXT ENTRY"
"CLEAR ENTRY"
"ALL CLEAR"
"END"
CONT.
TOUCH "VIDEO 1" INDICATION
A. TO SET PROGRAM:
SELECT 2DIGIT
NUMBER
B. TO PREVIEW
FIRST PROGRAM:
SELECT "NONE"
TOUCH "CONT." INDICATION
PA
CLEAR ALL
ENTRY CLEAR
NONE
1
NEXT
ENTRY
CONT.

A
N_MM_233600_0_FFM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-36-00-27100-A SHEET 1

23-36-00 PB001
Page 38
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
TOUCH "PA" INDICATION
PA
CLEAR ALL
ENTRY CLEAR
END
PA
CLEAR ALL
ENTRY CLEAR
END
PA
NEXT
ENTRY
TOUCH "NEXT ENTRY" INDICATION
PROG
SET
NONE
TOUCH "0" AND "3" INDICATION
NEXT
ENTRY
TOUCH "END" INDICATION
FOR PROGRAM IN
GREEN SQUARE:
A . TO PLAY SELECT
"EXEC"
B . TO PREVIEW SELECT
"PREV"
C . FOR NEXT PROG
OR STOP SELECT
"NEXT/OFF"
CONT.
SELECT ONE:
EXEC
A."PA" AND/OR
B."NEXT ENTRY"
C."CLEAR ENTRY"
D."ALL CLEAR"
E."END"
VIDEO
1
PA
PREV
NEXT
/OFF
CONT.
N_MM_233600_0_FGM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-36-00-27400-A SHEET 1

23-36-00 PB001
Page 39
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321

** On A/C 005-099
Task 23-36-00-100-002-A
Cleaning of the Video Tape Reproducer
FIN 12MH, 13MH
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
AR VIDEO - CLEANING TAPE
DESIGNATION
REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
24-41-00-862-002-A
24-41-00-862-002-A-01
24-41-00-862-002-A-02
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-36-00-861-053-A
A.
Subtask 23-36-00-865-098-A
B.
PANEL
** On A/C 005-005
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
2000VU
2000VU
PES VIDEO CABIN RH

24MH
21MH
C04
C02
2000VU
20MH
C01
** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 23-36-00-865-077-A
C.
PANEL
** On A/C 005-005
2000VU
AES
DESIGNATION
PES VIDEO CABIN RH
FIN
24MH
LOCATION
C04
23-36-00 PB201
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
PANEL
2000VU
2000VU
DESIGNATION
PES VIDEO CABIN LH
22MH
21MH
FIN
C03
C02
LOCATION
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099
20MH
C01
2000VU
2000VU
PES-VIDEO-INDICATOR
PES VIDEO CABIN RH/AFT
28MH
25MH
C07
C05
** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 23-36-00-010-054-A
D.
Open the applicable overhead stowage compartment(s).
Subtask 23-36-00-860-069-A
E.

(1)
Push the MASTER POWER pushbutton switch from the SCU.

NOTE :
4.
Wait for a minimum of 3 minutes after the SCU power-on, then continue with the procedure.
Procedure
Subtask 23-36-00-160-051-A
A.
Clean the Video Head

CAUTION :
5.
DO NOT USE A CLEANING TAPE FOR MORE THAN 15 SECONDS. LONGER OPERATION OF
THE CLEANING TAPE WILL CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE VIDEO HEAD.
(1)
Remove any installed video tape from the Video Tape Reproducer (VTR).
(2)
Put the VIDEO - CLEANING TAPE into the VTR and push the STOP membrane switch immediately.
(3)
Push the PLAY membrane switch.
(4)
After 15 seconds push the STOP membrane switch and the EJECT membrane switch.
(5)
Remove the cleaning tape from the VTR.
(6)
If you have removed a video tape, put it back into the related VTR.
Close-up
Subtask 23-36-00-410-056-A
A.
Close the applicable overhead stowage compartment(s).
Subtask 23-36-00-860-070-A
B.
AES

(1)
Push the MASTER POWER pushbutton switch from the SCU.
(2)
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).
23-36-00 PB201
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
PASSENGER ENTERTAINMENT - SERVICING

** On A/C ALL
Task 23-36-00-100-001-A
Cleaning of the Monitor and Display Screens in the Cabin
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
AR STERILE GAUZE PAD
REFERENCE
Material No: 11-020
DESIGNATION
CLEANING AGENTS
VISUAL DISPLAY UNIT ANTI-STATIC CLEANER
Material No: 19-003

C.
DESIGNATION
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-36-00-861-051-A
A.
4.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Procedure
Subtask 23-36-00-160-050-A
A.
Cleaning of the Monitors and Display Screens

CAUTION :
(1)
Get an LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) or a STERILE GAUZE PAD and moisten
with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-020) .
(2)
Lightly rub the surface of the screen one time only.
(3)
Get a new piece of wadding or gauze soaked with the anti-static cleaner. Rub the surface of the screen
again to remove all the marks.
NOTE :
AES
USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS AND OBEY THE INSTRUCTIONS FROM THE
MANUFACTURERS. OTHER MATERIALS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE
PROTECTION OF THE COMPONENTS AND THE RELATED AREA.
Use a new piece of wadding (or gauze) each time, because dust on the wadding (or gauze) can
cause scratches on the screen.
23-36-00 PB301
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Dry the screen with a clean wadding (or gauze). Rub the screen one time only with each new
piece of wadding (or gauze).
NOTE :
5.
Always make the pad moist, not the screen.

Rub the screen lightly. We recommend you mist the surface of the screen before you rub it with
the wadding (or gauze). This prevents scratches.
The more frequently you replace the wadding (or gauze) the faster and better is the cleaning.
Close-up
Subtask 23-36-00-862-051-A
A.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
23-36-00 PB301
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
Task 23-36-00-600-002-A
Configuration of the Passenger Entertainment (Video) with the Programmable System Control Unit
FIN 11MH
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
24-41-00-862-002-A
24-41-00-862-002-A-01
24-41-00-862-002-A-02
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-36-00-861-052-A
A.

Subtask 23-36-00-860-067-A
B.
Subtask 23-36-00-865-097-A
C.
PANEL
** On A/C 005-005
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
2000VU
21MH
C02
2000VU
20MH
C01
** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 23-36-00-865-078-A
D.
PANEL
** On A/C 005-005
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
PES VIDEO CABIN RH

PES VIDEO CABIN LH
24MH
22MH
21MH
C04
C03
C02
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099
20MH
C01
2000VU
PES-VIDEO-INDICATOR
28MH
C07
AES
23-36-00 PB301
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
PANEL
2000VU
4.
DESIGNATION
FIN
25MH
LOCATION
C05
Procedure
** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 23-36-00-970-050-C
A.
Configuration of the Quantity from the Tapping Units
ACTION
1.On the System Control Unit (SCU) 11MH:
On the SCU 11MH:
push the MASTER POWER pushbutton switch.
RESULT
.
.
the internal light of the MASTER POWER pushbutton

switch comes on,
all the LED come on while the SCU 11MH does the self
test of the system,
the green LED SYSTEM TEST/PASS comes on when
the self test is completed.
On the SCU 11MH, on the monitor:

. the PROGRAMMABLE PSCU page comes into view.
NOTE :
.
Wait for a minimum of 3 minutes after the SCU

power-on, then continue with the procedure.
the AUTO MODE selection page comes into view.
2.On the SCU 11MH, MODE SELECT area:

. push and hold the membrane switch for 5 seconds.

. the MAINTENANCE MODE page comes into view.
3.On the SCU 11MH, on the key pad:
push the 9 membrane switch four times,
push the ENTER the membrane switch.

.
.
the MAINTENANCE MODE selection page comes into

view.
push the up or down arrow membrane-switch to move .

the cursor to the item CONFIGURATION,
push the ENTER membrane switch.
.

the cursor to the item SVDU/MONITOR CONFIG,
.
.
.
.
AES
the CONFIGURATION selection page comes into view.

the cursor moves to SVDU/MONITOR CONFIG,
the SVDU/MONITOR CONFIG selection page comes

into view.

the cursor to the item SVDU CONFIG,
.
the cursor moves to CONFIGURATION,
the ENTER ID :9999 comes into view,
the cursor moves to SVDU CONFIG,

the SVDU CONFIG selection page comes into view.

the cursor to the item PREDEFINED CONFIG,
.
the cursor moves to PREDEFINED CONFIG,

the SVDU CONFIG/ENTER SYDU TABLE /(1-50)
page comes into view.
23-36-00 PB301
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ACTION
RESULT
push the up or down arrow membrane-switch for the

selection of the table 14,
the item SVDU TABLE 14 comes into view,
This message comes into view:

. SVDU
INITIALIZATION
in
PROGRESS
XXX% COMPLETED
When the initialization process is completed:
. on the SVDU CONFIG page these messages come into
the view:
SVDU
INITIALIZATION
COMPLETED
CHAIN A:07 SVDU

CHAIN B:07 SVDU
push the CLEAR membrane switch again and again

until the AUTO MODE selection page comes into
view.
10.On the SCU 11MH:
. push the MASTER POWER pushbutton switch.
On the SCU 11MH:

. the internal light of the MASTER POWER pushbutton
switch goes off.
NOTE :
Wait for a minimum of 10 seconds after the SCU

power-off, then continue with the configuration.
Subtask 23-36-00-970-051-A
B.
Configuration of the Programmable System Control-Unit
ACTION
On the SCU 11MH:
RESULT
.
.

switch comes on,
test of the system,

NOTE :
.
AES


23-36-00 PB301
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ACTION
RESULT
.
.
.
.


.
.

the cursor to the item CONFIGURATION,
.

.
.

view.
the CONFIGURATION selection page comes into view.

the cursor to the item PSCU CONFIG,
.
the cursor moves to CONFIGURATION,
the cursor moves to PSCU CONFIG,

the PSCU CONFIG selection page comes into view with
this message:
VTR1/BCS1 YES or VTR1/BCS1 NO
NOTE :
.
.
.
If the VTR1/BCS1 YES message comes into

view, continue at step 7.
the cursor to the item NO,
push the SEL membrane switch,
.
the cursor to the item VTR1/BCS1.
the cursor moves to NO,

NO is replaced with YES,
the cursor moves to VTR1/BCS1.
push the SEL membrane switch.

this message:
VTR2/BCS2 YES or VTR2/BCS2 NO
NOTE :
.
.
.
If the VTR2/BCS2 YES message comes into

.


this message:
VTR3/BCS3 NO or VTR3/BCS3 YES
NOTE :
.
AES
If the VTR3/BCS3 NO message comes into

the cursor to the item YES,
the cursor moves to YES,
23-36-00 PB301
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
.
.
ACTION

RESULT
YES is replaced with NO,

this message:
VTR4/BCS4 NO or VTR4/BCS4 YES
NOTE :
.
.
.
If the VTR4/BCS4 NO message comes into

.


this message:
AMUX NO or AMUX YES
NOTE :
If the AMUX NO message comes into view,

continue at step 15.
. push the up or down arrow membrane-switch to move
. push the SEL membrane switch,
the cursor to the item AMUX.
.
.

the cursor moves to AMUX.
the PSCU CONFIG page comes into view with this

message:
PRAM YES or PRAM NO
NOTE :
If the PRAM YES message comes into view,

. push the SEL membrane switch,
the cursor to the item PRAM.
AES
.
.

the cursor moves to PRAM.
the PSCU CONFIG page comes into view with this

message:
AIRSHOW YES or AIRSHOW NO
23-36-00 PB301
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ACTION
RESULT
NOTE :
.
.
If the AIRSHOW YES message comes into view,

.

NO is replaced with YES.
push the up or down arrow membrane-switch to move . the cursor moves to AIRSHOW.
the cursor to the item AIRSHOW.
.
20.On the SCU 11MH:

on the PSCU CONFIG page these messages come into

the view:
COMPLETED
PLEASE
CYCLE POWER
On the SCU 11MH:
. the internal light of the MASTER POWER pushbutton
switch goes off.
Subtask 23-36-00-970-052-A
C.
Downloading from the Personal-Computer-Memory-Card International-Association (PCMCIA) card
ACTION
On the SCU 11MH:
RESULT
.
.

switch comes on,
test of the system,

NOTE :

.
push the CLEAR membrane switch.

.



.
AES

view.

the cursor to the item PC CARD/RSD,
the cursor moves to PC CARD/RSD,
23-36-00 PB301
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ACTION

.
.
RESULT
the PC CARD/RSD selection page comes into view.

the cursor to the item PC CARD,
.
the cursor moves to PC CARD,

the PC CARD selection page comes into view.
7.On the SCU 11MH:

. push the up or down arrow membrane-switch to move . the cursor moves to DOWNLOAD PC CARD,
the cursor to the item DOWNLOAD PC CARD,
. push the ENTER membrane switch.
. the DOWNLOAD PC CARD selection page comes into
view.
.
.
.
insert the PC card in the slot of the SCU,

the cursor to the item FLIGHT INFORMATION,
.
9.On the SCU 11MH:

. push the ENTER membrane switch.
the cursor moves to FLIGHT INFORMATION,

the DOWNLOAD FLIGHT INFO page comes into view.

. on the DOWNLOAD FLIGHT INFO page these
messages come into view:
WARNING:
DO NOT INTERRUPT
THIS PROCESS. DOING
SO WILL RENDER AUTO
MODE INOPERABLE
10% COMPLETED
When the download process is completed:

. on the DOWNLOAD FLIGHT INFO page these
messages come into view:
DOWNLOAD WAS
SUCCESSFUL
10.On the SCU 11MH:

. push the MASTER POWER pushbutton switch
. wait for a minimum of 5 seconds after the SCU
power-off.
5.
PLEASE
CYCLE POWER
On the SCU 11MH:
. the integral light of the MASTER POWER pushbutton
switch goes off
. remove the PCMCIA card.
Close-up
Subtask 23-36-00-410-055-A
A.
Close Access
(1)
AES
23-36-00 PB301
Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 23-36-00-862-052-A
B.
AES

23-36-00 PB301
Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321

** On A/C ALL
Task 23-36-00-710-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
AR BOOMSET 600 OHMS
DESIGNATION
** On A/C 005-099
No specific
B.
AR
VIDEO - HI8 TEST TAPE
REFERENCE
23-33-00-740-002-A
DESIGNATION
23-73-00-861-001-A
23-73-00-862-001-A
24-41-00-861-002-A
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
24-41-00-862-002-A
24-41-00-862-002-A-01
24-41-00-862-002-A-02
(Ref. Fig. 23-36-00-991-00100-A - System Control Unit - Menus)

3.
Job Set-up
** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 23-36-00-860-050-C
A.

(1)
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).
(2)
Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-861-001-A).
(3)
Make sure that the Passenger Entertainment System (Music) is energized (Ref. TASK
23-33-00-740-002-A).
NOTE :
(4)
AES
The maximum initialization time is up to 10 minutes which includes the CAM seat layout
transfer.
Pull out the door stops of the emergency oxygen containers and turn them to the TEST position.
23-36-00 PB501
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(5)
** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 23-36-00-860-050-L
A.

(1)
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).
(2)
(3)
23-33-00-740-002-A).
NOTE :
(4)
The maximum initialization time is up to 10 minutes which includes the CAM seat layout
transfer.
On all the emergency oxygen containers push the left hand side of the test lever on the door assembly,
until the over-center spring keeps the lever at 90 degrees to the door surface.
NOTE :
The test lever should stay in this position until manually set.
(5)
Get access to the Video Control Center (VCC).
(6)
Slide the door to get access to the MANUAL CONTROL board.
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-36-00-865-076-A
B.
49VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
1WR
FIN
HA02
LOCATION
49VU
2WR
HA03
49VU
3WR
HA04
49VU
7WR
HA08
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 005-005
PES VIDEO CABIN-RH

PES VIDEO CABIN-LH
PES VIDEO-CTL
23MH
22MH
21MH
C03
C02
C01
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
PES VIDEO CABIN RH

PES VIDEO CABIN LH
24MH
22MH
21MH
C04
C03
C02
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099
PRAM
PRAM
20MH
2RX
2RX
C01
E01
E01
2000VU
2000VU
PES-VIDEO-INDICATOR
28MH
25MH
C07
C05
2000VU
2000VU

** On A/C 003-004
AES
E01
E01
23-36-00 PB501
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-36-00-865-088-A
C.
Subtask 23-36-00-865-143-A
D.
49VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
1WR
FIN
HA02
LOCATION
49VU
2WR
HA03
49VU
3WR
HA04
49VU
7WR
HA08
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 005-005
PES VIDEO CABIN-RH

PES VIDEO CABIN-LH
PES VIDEO-CTL
23MH
22MH
21MH
C03
C02
C01
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
PES VIDEO CABIN RH

PES VIDEO CABIN LH
24MH
22MH
21MH
C04
C03
C02
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099
PRAM
PRAM
20MH
2RX
2RX
C01
E01
E01
2000VU
2000VU
PES-VIDEO-INDICATOR
28MH
25MH
C07
C05
2000VU
2000VU

** On A/C 003-004
4.
E01
E01
Procedure
** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 23-36-00-710-050-I
A.
Test of the Passenger Entertainment (Video)

(Ref. Fig. 23-36-00-991-00100-A - System Control Unit - Menus)
NOTE :
Make sure that a video cassette used with the VTR 1 12MH is available.
NOTE :
Make sure that an BOOMSET 600 OHMS used with the Passenger Control Unit (PCU) 200MK and
201MK or the System Control Unit (SCU) 11MH is available.
CAUTION :
AES
DO NOT USE FORCE WHEN YOU PUT THE CASSETTE INTO THE VIDEO TAPE
REPRODUCER.
23-36-00 PB501
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(1)
Do this test.
ACTION
. push the SYST PWR pushbutton switch.
RESULT
On the SCU 11MH:
.
the integral light of the SYST PWR pushbutton switch

comes on.
. the message
PROCEEDING
SELF TEST --is shown on the screen.
In the cabin:
. all Hatrack Mounted Display Units (HMDU) 100MH
move down out of the hatrack and subsequently move
back up into the hatrack.
On the SCU 11MH:
. after not many seconds the subsequent menu is shown
on the screen:
A. SELECT VIDEO ZONE(S)
B. SELECT VIDEO SOURCE(S)
C. PRESS PA IF DESIRED
(PRESS CONT. TO CONTINUE)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CONT.
if necessary turn the BRIGHT control knob to adjust

the brightness.
The CONT. indication flashes.

NOTE :
. the screen brightness changes.
NOTE :
2.On the VTR 12MH:

. insert the video cassette.
Make sure that the label side of the cassette is

upside and the arrow mark points towards the
VTR 12MH.
On the VTR 12MH:
. the TAPE IN light comes on.
. the VTR turns on.
. the VTR rewinds.
. the VTR stops after play data recorded at top of the
tape.
. the STANDBY light comes on.
3.On the SCU 11MH:

. touch the CONT. indication on the screen.
On the SCU 11MH:

. the ENTER MENU pushbutton switch integral light
comes on.
. the initial menu is shown on the screen (
(Ref. Fig. 23-36-00-991-00100-A - System Control Unit
- Menus)
, screen 1).
touch the aircraft symbol on the screen.
touch the VIDEO 1 indication on the screen.
On the SCU 11MH:

. the aircraft symbol background stops to flash and
comes on white.
. the aircraft symbol background changes to lila.
AES
23-36-00 PB501
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ACTION
RESULT
After 5 seconds:
. the subsequent menu is shown on the screen:
A. TO PLAY:
. . . PRESS EXEC BUTTON BELOW
B. TO SET PROGRAM SEGMENTS OR
. .PREVIEW:
. . . PRESS PREV BUTTON BELOW
On the SCU 11MH:
push the ENTER PREV pushbutton switch.
.
.
.
touch the VIDEO 1 indication on the screen.
touch the PLAY symbol on the screen.
.
.
the integral light of the ENTER MENU pushbutton

switch goes off.
the integral light of the ENTER PREV pushbutton
switch comes on.
the VIDEO indication and the message
PRESS VIDEO TO BE PROGRAMMED OR
PREVIEWED
are shown on the screen (
- Menus)
, screen 2).
the VIDEO indication goes off.
the operation symbols of the VTR 1 is shown on the
screen.
The STOP symbol flashes.

NOTE :
. the STOP symbol stops to flash.
. the PLAY symbol flashes.
. the VTR 1 video program is shown on the screen (
- Menus)
, screen 5).
On the VTR :
. the STANDBY light goes off.
On the headset:
connect the electrical headset to the MONITOR jack.
the VTR video program sound is heard.
On the SCU 11MH:

.
push the ENTER EXEC pushbutton switch.
.
.
.
the integral light of the ENTER PREV pushbutton

switch goes off.
the integral light of the ENTER EXEC pushbutton
switch comes on.
the subsequent indications are shown on the screen:
aircraft symbol
VIDEO 1
OFF
- Menus)
, screen 4).
AES
23-36-00 PB501
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ACTION
4.In the cabin, at one Passenger Control Unit (PCU)

200MK or 201MK:
. connect the electrical headset.
. set the channel 1.
.
set the channel 2.
5.On the SCU 11MH:

. turn the PA VOLUME control knob to a position
between MIN and MAX.
. push the ENTER MENU pushbutton switch.
RESULT
In the cabin:
. the HMDUs move down out of the hatrack and show
the VTR video program.
At the related PCU 200MK or 201MK:
the VTR video program sound is heard over the

headset.
. the VTR video program sound is heard over the
headset.
On the SCU 11MH:
.
.

switch comes on.
the initial menu is shown on the screen for approx. 5
seconds (
- Menus)
, screen 1).
NOTE :
.
.
touch the PA indication on the screen.

set the PA CH1/CH2 switch to the CH1 position.
push the ENTER EXEC pushbutton switch.
Do the subsequent test step in less than 5 seconds

or push the ENTER MENU pushbutton switch
again.
the subsequent indications are shown on the screen:

aircraft symbol
VIDEO 1
OFF
PA
- Menus)
, Screen 4.
switch goes off.
In the cabin.
. the video program sound is heard from the
loudspeakers.
At the related PCU 200MK or 201MK:
. the video program sound is heard over the headset.
.
turn the VOLUME control knob from the MIN to the

MAX position and back to an intermediate position.
disconnect the electrical headset.
AES
the volume of the video program sound changes in

relation of the VOLUME control knob position.
23-36-00 PB501
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 23-36-00-710-051-I
CAUTION :
B.
DO NOT PUSH IN THE MASK MAN ON PUSHBUTTON SWITCH 14WR FOR MORE THAN 5
SECONDS.
Do the priority test of the Video/Audio and Announcement.
ACTION
1.In the cabin, on the emergency oxygen containers:
. pull the door stops down and turn them 90 degrees to
the test position.
2.On the FWD attendant station LH:
.
.

push the PA ALL pushbutton switch.
RESULT
On the FWD Attendant Indication Panel (AIP) 320RH:

.
.

the PA ALL message comes on.
At the VTR 12MH:

. The VTR goes into PAUSE mode.
In the cabin:
.
push the PTT pushbutton switch and speak into the

handset.
.
.
the HMDU show no video program, the screen is dark.

the video program sound heard from the loudspeakers is
cancelled and the announcement is heard.
In the lavatories and at the aft attendant station:
. the announcement is heard from the loudspeakers.
At the related PCU 200MK e. g. 201MK:
. the video program sound heard over the headset is
cancelled and the announcement is heard.
At the FWD AIP 320RH:
release the PTT pushbutton switch and put the

the PA ALL message goes off.
At the VTR 12MH:

. The VTR goes back to PLAY mode.
In the cabin:
. the HMDU show the video program again.
loudspeakers.
section:
. push the MUSIC ON/OFF membrane switch.

.
.
the integral light of the MUSIC ON/OFF membrane

switch comes on.
the channel 1 is shown on the BGM channel display.
In the cabin:
loudspeakers.
At the related PCU 200MK, channel 1 or 2:
AES
23-36-00 PB501
Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ACTION
4.At the FAP 120RH, music section:
RESULT
At the FAP 120RH:
. the integral light of the MUSIC ON/OFF membrane
switch goes off.
NOTE :
Before you do the next test step make sure that

all emergency-oxygen container door-stops are in
the test position.
5.In the cockpit, on panel 21VU: CAUTION :

CAUTION : DO NOT PUSH IN THE MASK MAN ON
PUSHBUTTON SWITCH 14WR FOR MORE THAN 5
SECONDS.
. lift the guard and push the MASK MAN ON
pushbutton switch.
In the cockpit, on panel 21VU:

. the PASSENGER SYS ON indication light comes on.
In the cabin:
. all emergency oxygen container-doors open to the
maximum travel permitted by the door stops.
. all HMDUs 100MH go off and move back up into the
hatracks.
. the video program sound heard from the loudspeakers is
cancelled and the emergency announcement is heard.
. the video program sound heard over the headset is
cancelled and the emergency announcement is heard.
On the SCU 11MH:
. the information shown on the screen goes off.
. the integral lights of all the pushbutton switches go off.
6.In the cockpit, on panel 50VU:

. push the OXYGEN TMR RESET pushbutton switch.
At the VTR 1 12MH:

. the STANDBY light comes on.
. the POWER light goes off.
. the PASSENGER SYS ON indication light goes off.
On the SCU 11MH:
.
the integral light of the SYST PWR pushbutton switch

comes on.
. the message
PROCEEDING
SELF TEST --is shown on the screen.
In the cabin:
. all Hatrack Mounted Display Units (HMDU) 100MH
move down out of the hatrack and subsequently move
back up into the hatrack.
AES
23-36-00 PB501
Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ACTION
RESULT
On the SCU 11MH:
. after not many seconds the subsequent menu is shown
on the screen:
A. SELECT VIDEO ZONE(S)
B. SELECT VIDEO SOURCE(S)
C. PRESS PA IF DESIRED
(PRESS CONT. TO CONTINUE)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CONT.
NOTE :
The CONT. indication flashes.
On the Video Tape Reproducer VTR 1 12MH:
. the POWER light comes on.
7.At VTR 1:
. push the EJECT pushbutton switch and remove the
cassette.
8.On the SCU 11MH:
. push the SYST PWR pushbutton switch.
On the SCU 11MH:

. the integral light of the SYST PWR pushbutton switch
goes off.
. the screen goes off.
** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 23-36-00-710-050-AO
C.
Test of the Passenger Entertainment (Video):

NOTE :
Make sure that two VIDEO - HI8 TEST TAPE used with the Video Tape Reproducers (VTRs) 12MH
and 13MH are available.
NOTE :
Make sure that an BOOMSET 600 OHMS used with the System Control Unit (SCU) 11MH is
available.
CAUTION :
(1)
DO NOT USE FORCE WHEN YOU PUT THE CASSETTE INTO THE VIDEO TAPE
REPRODUCER.
Do this test.
ACTION
1.On the PES video System Control Unit (SCU) 11MH:
RESULT
On the PES video SCU 11MH:
push the pushbutton switch MASTER POWER.
all LED come on while the SCU 11MH does the self test
of the system,
the green LED PASS comes on when the self test is
complete.

. the AUTO MODE page comes into view.
2.On the SCU 11MH, on the MODE SELECT area:
. push the pushbutton switch again and again until the
LED ALL ZONES comes on.

. the ALL ZONES MODE page comes into view.
NOTE :
AES

power-on, then continue with the test.
23-36-00 PB501
Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ACTION
3.On the SCU 11MH:
. connect the to the headset jack.
RESULT
4.On the Video Tape Reproducers VTR 1 and VTR 2:

. insert the video cassettes,
NOTE :
Make sure that the arrows on the upper side of

the cassettes point in the direction of the VTR 1
and the VTR 2.
. push the REW membrane switches.
On the VTR 1 and VTR 2:
. the LEDs on the REW membrane switches come on,
. the cassettes rewind,
. the cassettes stop automatically at the end,
. the LEDs on the REW membrane switches go off,
. the LEDs on the STOP membrane switches come on.
5.On the SCU 11MH, the MANUAL CONTROL board,
On the SCU 11MH, the MANUAL CONTROL board, VTR
VTR CONTROL:
CONTROL:
. push the SEL switch again and again for the selection . the display shows 1,
of the VTR 1,
. the LED of the related STOP membrane switch goes
. push the PLAY membrane switch.
off,
. the LED of the related PLAY membrane switch comes
on.
6.On the SCU 11MH:
On the SCU 11MH:
. push the MENU switch for the selection of the
. the PREVIEW MODE page comes on,
PREVIEW MODE
. push the PREVIEW SELECT switch again and again . the VTR and the PRI indicators come on and the
for the selection of the VTR, 1 and PRI,
display shows 1,
push the PREVIEW SELECT switch again and again

for the selection of the VTR, 1 and SEC.
With the headset:

. you hear the VTR 1 video program sound of the PRI
channel.
. you hear the VTR 1 video program sound of the SEC
channel.
On the SCU 11MH:
. the VTR and the SEC indicators come on and the
display shows 1,
. the monitor shows the VTR 1 video program.

VTR CONTROL:
. push the STOP membrane switch,

CONTROL:
. the LED of the related PLAY membrane switch goes
off,
. the LED of the related STOP membrane switch comes
on,
On the SCU 11MH:
. the VTR sound and the video program are cancelled.
.
.
push the SEL switch again and again for the selection
of the VTR 2,
push the PLAY membrane switch.
.
.
.
AES
the display shows 2,

the LED of the related STOP membrane switch goes
off,
the LED of the related PLAY membrane switch comes
on.
23-36-00 PB501
Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ACTION
8.On the SCU 11MH:
. push the PREVIEW SELECT switch again and again
for the selection of the VTR, 2 and PRI,
push the PREVIEW SELECT switch again and again

for the selection of the VTR, 2 and SEC.
RESULT
On the SCU 11MH:
. the VTR and the PRI indicators come on and the
display shows 2,
. the monitor shows the VTR 2 video program,
With the headset:
. you hear the VTR 2 video program sound of the PRI
channel,
. you hear the VTR 2 video program sound of the SEC
channel.
On the SCU 11MH:
display shows 2,
. the monitor shows the VTR 2 video program,

VTR CONTROL:
. push the STOP membrane switch,

CONTROL:
off,
on,
On the SCU 11MH:
10.On the SCU 11MH, on the MODE SELECT area:

. push the pushbutton switch again and again until the
LED MANUAL comes on.
11.On the SCU 11MH:
. push the MENU switch.

. the MANUAL MODE page comes into view.

. push the arrow up or arrow down membrane switch
for the selection of ZONE CONTROL
. push ENTER membrane switch

. the ZONE CONTROL page comes into view.

VTR CONTROL:
. push the PLAY membrane switch.

CONTROL:
. the LED of the related STOP membrane switch goes
off,
on.
. the selected configuration comes into view.

select the following instructions via the on screen menu
with the arrow up and arrow down, and the SEL and the
ENTER membrane switches
. ZN:1,
. SCR:VTR 2,
. PA:0,
. PWR:ON.
At the same time in the cabin, zone 1:

. all HMDU 100MH move to the viewing position,
. all HMDU show the VTR 2 video program.
AES
23-36-00 PB501
Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ACTION
15.In the cabin in Zone 1, at a Passenger Control Unit
(PCU):
.
.
connect the electrical headset,

select the channel 1,
select the channel 2.

select the following instructions via the on sreen menu
. ZN:2,
. SCR:VTR 2,
. PA:0,
. PWR:ON.
RESULT
At the related PCU:
the sound 1 of the VTR 2 video program is heard over

the headset,
. the sound 2 of the VTR 2 video program is heard over
the headset.

(PCU):
.
.


VTR CONTROL:
. push the STOP membrane switch.
At the related PCU:

the headset,
the headset.
CONTROL:
off,
on,
In the cabin in Zone 2
.
.
push the SEL switch again and again for the selection
of the VTR 1,
push the PLAY membrane switch.

. ZN:1,
. SCR:VTR 1,
. PA:0,
. PWR:ON.
AES
.
.
the display shows 1,

the LED of the related STOP membrane switch goes
off,
on.
23-36-00 PB501
Page 12
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ACTION

(PCU):
.
.


. ZN:2,
. SCR:VTR 1,
. PA:0,
. PWR:ON.
RESULT
At the related PCU:

the headset,
the headset.

(PCU):
At the related PCU:
.
.

the
the
the
the
sound 1 of the VTR 1 video program is heard over

headset,
sound 2 of the VTR 1 video program is heard over
headset.
Subtask 23-36-00-710-051-AR
D.
Do the Priority Test of the Video, Audio and the Announcement
NOTE :
(1)
The Boarding Music (BGM) has a lower priority than the video. Therefore the video sound must be
switched off during the following test.
Do the test first for the VTR 1 12MH and then for the VTR 2 13MH.
ACTION
section:
RESULT
.
.

ALL ZONES:
AES
the integral light of the MUSIC ON/OFF membrane

switch comes on,
the channel 1 is shown on the BGM channel display.
At the same time in the cabin:

. the BGM is heard from the loudspeakers.
On the SCU 11MH, the MANUAL CONTROL board, ALL
ZONES:
23-36-00 PB501
Page 13
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
.
.
.
ACTION
push the SEL membrane switch again and again for
the selection of the VTR, 1 and PRI,
push the PWR/ON/OFF membrane switch,
push the PA/ON/OFF membrane switch.
.
.
.
RESULT
the VTR and the PRI indicators come on and the
display shows 1,
the LED of the related PWR membrane switch comes
on,
the LED of the related PA membrane switch comes on,

. the BGM is cancelled,
. you hear the VTR 1/PRI channel from the loudspeakers
and from all PCUs on channel 1 and 2.
In the cabin:
push the arrow up or arrow down membrane switche.

ALL ZONES:
. push the SEL membrane switch again and again for
the selection of the VTR, 1 and SEC.
the volume of the VTR 1 program sound changes.
On the SCU 11MH, the MANUAL CONTROL board, ALL

ZONES:
display shows 1,
. you hear the VTR 1/SEC channel from the
loudspeakers and from all PCUs on channel 1 and 2.
5.On the FAP 120RH, PRERECORDED

ANNOUNCEMENT section:
. push the 1 membrane switch.
. push the ENTER membrane switch,
. push the 2 membrane switch,
. push the 3 membrane switch,
. push the START ALL membrane switch.
In the cabin:
.
.
the VTR sound and the VTR video program are

cancelled,
the prerecorded announcements are heard from the
loudspeakers and from the PCUs at all channels.
On the VTR:
. the VTR goes in the PAUSE mode.
lift the handset from the cradle,
the symbol comes on,
.
.
push the PTT pushbutton switch,

make an announcement.
the symbol goes off,

. the prerecorded announcement is cancelled and your
PA-announcement is heard from the loudspeakers and
from the PCUs at all channels.
At the same time in the lavatories and at the AFT
attendant station:
. your PA-announcement is heard from the loudspeakers.
8.In the cockpit:
AES
On the forward AIP 320RH:

. the PA ALL message goes off.
. the prerecorded announcements are heard again from
the loudspeakers and from the PCUs at all channels.
In the cockpit:
23-36-00 PB501
Page 14
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ACTION
do the test step 6 again.
RESULT
the results agree with the test step 6.
9.On the FAP 120RH, PRERECORDED

ANNOUNCEMENT section:
. push the STOP membrane switch.
On the FAP 120RH, MUSIC section:
On the FAP 120RH, MUSIC section:

. the integral light of the MUSIC ON/OFF membrane
switch goes off.
. the prerecorded announcement is cancelled and the
video sound from VTR 1 / SEC channel is heard from
the loudspeakers and from all PCUs on channel 1 and 2.
On the VTR:
. the VTR goes in the PLAY mode.
CAUTION :
DO NOT PUSH IN THE MASK MAN ON

PUSHBUTTON SWITCH 14WR FOR MORE
THAN 5 SECONDS.

NOTE :
Make sure that all the emergency-oxygen

container door-stops are in the test position
before you push the MASK MAN ON 14WR
pushbutton switch.
. lift the switch guard and push the MASK
MAN ON 14WR pushbutton switch.

. the PASSENGER SYS ON indication light comes on,

. all emergency oxygen container-doors open to the
maximum travel range permitted by the door stops,
. all HMDU 100MH move back up into the hatracks,
. an emergency announcement is audible from the
loudspeakers and from the PCUs at all channels,
. the VTR video program sound is cancelled,
. the VTR system goes in STANDBY MODE.
At the same time on the VTR 1:
. the cassette stops,
. the VTR goes off.

. push the OXYGEN TMR RESET pushbutton switch.
11.On the VTR 1 and VTR 2:
. push the EJECT membrane switches.
AES
At the same time on the SCU 11MH:

. the monitor goes off.
. the PASSENGER SYS ON indication light goes off
On the VTR 1 and VTR 2:
. the LEDs on the EJECT membrane switches flash
during ejecting,
. the cassettes move out of the VTRs.
remove the cassettes.
23-36-00 PB501
Page 15
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ACTION
12.On the SCU 11MH:
5.
RESULT
the VTR system goes off.
Close-up
** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 23-36-00-410-051-B
A.
Close Access
(1)
(2)
(3)
On the emergency oxygen containers turn the door stops to the normal position and let them retract
into their containers.
** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 23-36-00-410-051-L
A.
Close Access
(1)
Remove the headsets from the SCU and the PCU.
(2)
Slide the door to close the MANUAL CONTROL board.
(3)
Close the VCC compartment.
(4)
(5)
On the emergency oxygen containers push the test lever back to the normal position and let them
retract into their containers.
NOTE :
Spring tension retracts the door stops automatically when they are in the normal position.
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-36-00-860-051-A
B.
AES

(1)
(2)
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).
23-36-00 PB501
Page 16
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
VIDEO
VIDEO
PA
SCREEN 1
SCREEN 2
OFF
OFF
VIDEO
VIDEO
PA
SCREEN 3
SCREEN 4
REW
PLAY
FF
STOP
SCREEN 5
(EXAMPLE)
N_MM_233600_5_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-36-00-991-00100-A SHEET 1

System Control Unit - Menus
23-36-00 PB501
Page 17
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
MONITOR - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-36-22-000-001-A
Removal of the LH Hatrack-Mounted Display-Units (HMDU)
FIN 100MH1, 100MH3, 100MH5, 100MH9, 100MH11, 100MH13, 100MH17, 100MH21, 100MH25
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
AR CAP - BLANKING
REFERENCE
(Ref. Fig. 23-36-22-991-00100-AE - Hatrack Mounted Display-Unit)
DESIGNATION
(Ref. Fig. 23-36-22-991-00100-DE - Hatrack Mounted Display-Unit and Wall Mounted Display-Unit)
3.
Job Set-up
** On A/C 003-004
** On A/C 005-099
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-36-22-865-084-A
A.
PANEL
** On A/C 003-004
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 005-005
PES VIDEO CABIN-RH

PES VIDEO CABIN-LH
PES VIDEO-CTL
23MH
22MH
21MH
C03
C02
C01
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
PES VIDEO CABIN RH

PES VIDEO CABIN LH
24MH
22MH
21MH
C04
C03
C02
2000VU
20MH
C01
AES
23-36-22 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
PANEL
** On A/C 006-099
2000VU
2000VU
DESIGNATION
FIN
PES-VIDEO-INDICATOR
28MH
25MH
LOCATION
C07
C05
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-36-22-865-069-A
B.
PANEL
** On A/C 003-004
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 005-005
PES VIDEO CABIN-RH

PES VIDEO CABIN-LH
PES VIDEO-CTL
23MH
22MH
21MH
C03
C02
C01
2000VU
2000VU
PES VIDEO CABIN LH

22MH
21MH
C03
C02
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099
20MH
C01
2000VU
PES-VIDEO-INDICATOR
28MH
C07
4.
Procedure
** On A/C 003-004
** On A/C 005-099
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-36-22-020-052-H
A.
AES
Removal of the LH Hatrack-Mounted Display Units (HMDU)

(1)
Remove the section hoses (4) from the mounting rails (3).
(2)
Disengage the rail unit (5) from the inboard mounting rail (3).
(3)
Lower the inboard side of the HMDU (2).
(4)
Disconnect the electrical connectors (1) from the receptacles.
(5)
(6)
Disengage the rail unit (5) from the outboard mounting rail (3) and remove the HMDU (2).
23-36-22 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
FR21
FR27 FR32 FR37
FR43 FR48
FR53
FR58
A
100MH
EXAMPLE
3
4
B
5
B
1
N_MM_233622_4_ABN0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-36-22-991-00100-AE SHEET 1

Hatrack Mounted Display-Unit
23-36-22 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
100MH10
100MH6
100MH9
100MH2
100MH5
100MH26
FR34
100MH1
100MH22
FR29
100MH18
100MH25
100MH14
FR20
FR65
100MH21
FR21
100MH12
100MH17
FR58
100M13
FR54
100MH11
FR49
FR44
EXAMPLE
LH SHOWN
RH OPPOSITE
FR40
3
FR34
B
5
1
2
N_MM_233622_4_AFX0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-36-22-991-00100-DE SHEET 1

Hatrack Mounted Display-Unit and Wall Mounted DisplayUnit
23-36-22 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-36-22-400-001-A
Installation of the LH Hatrack Mounted Display-Units (HMDU)
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
98A25207503000
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
PULLEY ASSEMBLY - SEALING CORD
REFERENCE
** On A/C 005-099
DESIGNATION
23-36-00-600-002-A
Configuration of the Passenger Entertainment (Video) with the Programmable

System Control Unit
23-36-00-710-001-A
23-73-00-861-001-A
23-73-00-862-001-A

3.
Job Set-up
** On A/C 003-004
** On A/C 005-099
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-36-22-865-085-A
A.
PANEL
** On A/C 003-004
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 005-005
PES VIDEO CABIN-RH

PES VIDEO CABIN-LH
PES VIDEO-CTL
23MH
22MH
21MH
C03
C02
C01
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
PES VIDEO CABIN RH

PES VIDEO CABIN LH
24MH
22MH
21MH
C04
C03
C02
AES
23-36-22 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
PANEL
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099
DESIGNATION
20MH
FIN
C01
LOCATION
2000VU
2000VU
PES-VIDEO-INDICATOR
28MH
25MH
C07
C05
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-36-22-865-070-A
B.
PANEL
** On A/C 003-004
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 005-005
PES VIDEO CABIN-RH

PES VIDEO CABIN-LH
PES VIDEO-CTL
23MH
22MH
21MH
C03
C02
C01
2000VU
2000VU
PES VIDEO CABIN LH

22MH
21MH
C03
C02
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099
20MH
C01
2000VU
PES-VIDEO-INDICATOR
28MH
C07
4.
Procedure
** On A/C 003-004
** On A/C 005-099
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-36-22-420-053-H
A.
Installation of the LH Hatrack Mounted Display Unit (HMDU)

(1)
Lift the HMDU (2) and engage the rail unit (5) to the inboard mounting rail (3).
(2)
(3)
(4)
Connect the electrical connectors (1) to the receptacles.
(5)
Lift the HMDU (2) and engage the rail unit (5) to the outboard mounting rail (3).
(6)
Install the section hoses (4) with the PULLEY ASSEMBLY - SEALING CORD (98A25207503000) to
outboard the mounting rails (3).
NOTE :
AES
Make sure that the section hoses are not expanded. Move the pulley assembly forward and
rearward to prevent this.
23-36-22 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 23-36-22-865-088-A
B.
PANEL
** On A/C 003-004
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 005-005
PES VIDEO CABIN-RH

PES VIDEO CABIN-LH
PES VIDEO-CTL
23MH
22MH
21MH
C03
C02
C01
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
PES VIDEO CABIN RH

PES VIDEO CABIN LH
24MH
22MH
21MH
C04
C03
C02
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099
20MH
C01
2000VU
2000VU
PES-VIDEO-INDICATOR
28MH
25MH
C07
C05
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-36-22-865-071-A
C.
PANEL
** On A/C 003-004
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 005-005
PES VIDEO CABIN-RH

PES VIDEO CABIN-LH
PES VIDEO-CTL
23MH
22MH
21MH
C03
C02
C01
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
PES VIDEO CABIN RH

PES VIDEO CABIN LH
24MH
22MH
21MH
C04
C03
C02
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099
20MH
C01
2000VU
2000VU
PES-VIDEO-INDICATOR
28MH
25MH
C07
C05
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-36-22-861-052-A
D.
** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 23-36-22-970-050-A
E.
AES
Do the configuration of the passenger-entertainment (Video) programmable system control-unit (Ref. TASK
23-36-00-600-002-A).
23-36-22 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-36-22-710-053-A
F.
5.
Do the Operational Test of the Passenger Entertainment (Video) (Ref. TASK 23-36-00-710-001-A) System.
Close-up
** On A/C 003-004
** On A/C 005-099
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-36-22-410-054-B
A.
AES
Close Access
(1)
(2)
23-36-22 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-36-22-000-002-A
Removal of the RH Hatrack Mounted Display-Units (HMDU)
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
AR CAP - BLANKING
REFERENCE
DESIGNATION
3.
Job Set-up
** On A/C 003-004
** On A/C 005-099
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-36-22-865-086-A
A.
PANEL
** On A/C 003-004
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 005-005
PES VIDEO CABIN-RH

PES VIDEO CABIN-LH
PES VIDEO-CTL
23MH
22MH
21MH
C03
C02
C01
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
PES VIDEO CABIN RH

PES VIDEO CABIN LH
24MH
22MH
21MH
C04
C03
C02
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099
20MH
C01
2000VU
2000VU
PES-VIDEO-INDICATOR
28MH
25MH
C07
C05
AES
23-36-22 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-36-22-865-072-A
B.
PANEL
** On A/C 003-004
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
2000VU
** On A/C 005-005
PES VIDEO-CTL
21MH
C01
2000VU
2000VU
PES VIDEO CABIN RH

24MH
21MH
C04
C02
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099
20MH
C01
2000VU
2000VU
PES-VIDEO-INDICATOR
28MH
25MH
C07
C05
4.
Procedure
** On A/C 003-004
** On A/C 005-099
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-36-22-020-054-H
A.
AES
Removal of the RH Hatrack-Mounted Display Units (HMDU)

(1)
Remove the section hoses (4) from the mounting rails (3).
(2)
Disengage the rail unit (5) from the outboard mounting rail (3).
(3)
Lower the outboard side of the HMDU (2).
(4)
Disconnect the electrical connectors (1) from the receptacles.
(5)
(6)
Disengage the rail unit (5) from the inboard mounting rail (3) and remove the HMDU (2).
23-36-22 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-36-22-400-002-A
Installation of the RH Hatrack Mounted Display-Units (HMDU)
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
98A25207503000
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
REFERENCE
** On A/C 005-099
DESIGNATION
23-36-00-600-002-A

System Control Unit
23-36-00-710-001-A
23-73-00-861-001-A
23-73-00-862-001-A

3.
Job Set-up
** On A/C 003-004
** On A/C 005-099
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-36-22-865-087-A
A.
PANEL
** On A/C 003-004
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 005-005
PES VIDEO CABIN-RH

PES VIDEO CABIN-LH
PES VIDEO-CTL
23MH
22MH
21MH
C03
C02
C01
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
PES VIDEO CABIN RH

PES VIDEO CABIN LH
24MH
22MH
21MH
C04
C03
C02
AES
23-36-22 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
PANEL
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099
DESIGNATION
20MH
FIN
C01
LOCATION
2000VU
2000VU
PES-VIDEO-INDICATOR
28MH
25MH
C07
C05
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-36-22-865-073-A
B.
PANEL
** On A/C 003-004
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
2000VU
** On A/C 005-005
PES VIDEO-CTL
21MH
C01
2000VU
2000VU
PES VIDEO CABIN RH

24MH
21MH
C04
C02
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099
20MH
C01
2000VU
2000VU
PES-VIDEO-INDICATOR
28MH
25MH
C07
C05
4.
Procedure
** On A/C 003-004
** On A/C 005-099
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-36-22-420-054-H
A.
Installation of the RH Hatrack Mounted Display Unit (HMDU)

(1)
Lift the HMDU (2) and engage the rail unit (5) to the outboard mounting rail (3).
(2)
(3)
(4)
Connect the electrical connectors (1) to the receptacles.
(5)
Lift the HMDU (2) and engage the rail unit (5) to the inboard mounting rail (3).
(6)
Install the section hoses (4) with the PULLEY ASSEMBLY - SEALING CORD (98A25207503000) to
inboard the mounting rails (3).
NOTE :
AES
Make sure that the section hoses are not expanded. Move the pulley assembly forward and
23-36-22 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 23-36-22-865-089-A
B.
PANEL
** On A/C 003-004
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 005-005
PES VIDEO CABIN-RH

PES VIDEO CABIN-LH
PES VIDEO-CTL
23MH
22MH
21MH
C03
C02
C01
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
PES VIDEO CABIN RH

PES VIDEO CABIN LH
24MH
22MH
21MH
C04
C03
C02
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099
20MH
C01
2000VU
2000VU
PES-VIDEO-INDICATOR
28MH
25MH
C07
C05
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-36-22-865-074-A
C.
PANEL
** On A/C 003-004
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
2000VU
** On A/C 005-005
PES VIDEO-CTL
21MH
C01
2000VU
2000VU
PES VIDEO CABIN RH

24MH
21MH
C04
C02
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099
20MH
C01
2000VU
2000VU
PES-VIDEO-INDICATOR
28MH
25MH
C07
C05
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-36-22-861-053-A
D.
** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 23-36-22-970-051-A
E.
AES
Do the configuration of the passenger-entertainment (Video) programmable system control-unit (Ref. TASK
23-36-00-600-002-A).
23-36-22 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 23-36-22-710-051-D
F.
Operational Test
(1)
Do this test.
ACTION
1.Do the Operational Test of the Passenger Entertainment
System (Video) (Ref. TASK 23-36-00-710-001-A).
RESULT
** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 23-36-22-710-055-A
G.
5.
Close-up
** On A/C 003-004
** On A/C 005-099
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-36-22-410-055-B
A.
AES
Close Access
(1)
(2)
23-36-22 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
CONTROL UNIT - VIDEO - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 23-36-34-000-001-A
FIN 11MH
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
AR CAP - BLANKING
REFERENCE
(Ref. Fig. 23-36-34-991-00100-L - System Control Unit.)
DESIGNATION
(Ref. Fig. 23-36-34-991-00100-AA - System Control Unit)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-36-34-865-062-A
A.
PANEL
** On A/C 003-004
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 005-005
PES VIDEO CABIN-RH

PES VIDEO CABIN-LH
PES VIDEO-CTL
23MH
22MH
21MH
C03
C02
C01
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
PES VIDEO CABIN RH

PES VIDEO CABIN LH
24MH
22MH
21MH
C04
C03
C02
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099
20MH
C01
2000VU
2000VU
PES-VIDEO-INDICATOR
28MH
25MH
C07
C05
AES
23-36-34 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-36-34-865-056-A
B.
PANEL
** On A/C 003-004
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 005-005
PES VIDEO CABIN-RH

PES VIDEO CABIN-LH
PES VIDEO-CTL
23MH
22MH
21MH
C03
C02
C01
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
PES VIDEO CABIN RH

PES VIDEO CABIN LH
24MH
22MH
21MH
C04
C03
C02
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099
20MH
C01
2000VU
2000VU
PES-VIDEO-INDICATOR
28MH
25MH
C07
C05
4.
Procedure
** On A/C 003-004
** On A/C 005-099
** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 23-36-34-020-050-I
A.

(1)
Get access to the Video Controll Center (VCC).
(2)
Loosen the knurled nuts (2) of the SCU 11MH and lower the fasteners.
(3)
Carefully remove the SCU (1) from the rack.
(4)
** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 23-36-34-020-050-K
A.
AES

(1)
Open the doors of the left forward stowage compartment between FR20 and FR23.
(2)
Open the flap on the front end of the left overhead stowage compartment for access to the video
control center.
(3)
Remove the cover (5) to get access to the electrical connectors (6).
(4)
(5)
Loosen the knurled screws (2).
23-36-34 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AES
(6)
Carefully remove the SCU (3) together with the adaptor plate (4) out of the rack (1).
(7)
Loosen the screws (7) and remove the SCU (3) from the adaptor plate (4).
(8)
23-36-34 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
FR24
A
FR23
FR21
11MH
B
FR20
1
2
N_MM_233634_4_AAL0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-36-34-991-00100-L SHEET 1

System Control Unit.
23-36-34 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
Z230
FR23
FW
A
FR20
FR20
FR26
11MH
1
6
4
6
6
3
2
NOTE:
1
THE FIN 211MH IS THE SCU (1)

WITH THE MOUNTING PLATE (4)
4
1
211MH
N_MM_233634_4_ABD0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-36-34-991-00100-AA SHEET 1

System Control Unit
23-36-34 PB401
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-36-34-400-001-A
FIN 11MH
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
** On A/C 005-099
DESIGNATION
23-36-00-600-002-A

System Control Unit
23-36-00-710-001-A
23-73-00-861-001-A
** On A/C 003-004
23-73-00-862-001-A

3.
Job Set-up
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-36-34-865-063-A
A.
PANEL
** On A/C 003-004
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 005-005
PES VIDEO CABIN-RH

PES VIDEO CABIN-LH
PES VIDEO-CTL
23MH
22MH
21MH
C03
C02
C01
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
PES VIDEO CABIN RH

PES VIDEO CABIN LH
24MH
22MH
21MH
C04
C03
C02
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099
20MH
C01
2000VU
2000VU
PES-VIDEO-INDICATOR
28MH
25MH
C07
C05
AES
23-36-34 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-36-34-865-057-A
B.
PANEL
** On A/C 003-004
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 005-005
PES VIDEO CABIN-RH

PES VIDEO CABIN-LH
PES VIDEO-CTL
23MH
22MH
21MH
C03
C02
C01
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
PES VIDEO CABIN RH

PES VIDEO CABIN LH
24MH
22MH
21MH
C04
C03
C02
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099
20MH
C01
2000VU
2000VU
PES-VIDEO-INDICATOR
28MH
25MH
C07
C05
4.
Procedure
** On A/C 003-004
** On A/C 005-099
** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 23-36-34-420-050-H
A.

(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
Carefully install the SCU (1) into the rack. Make sure that the SCU is correctly aligned to prevent
damage to the electrical connectors.
(6)
Lift the fasteners and tighten the knurled nuts (2) until the SCU (1) is correctly attached.
** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 23-36-34-420-050-K
A.
AES

(1)
(2)
(3)
Install the SCU (3) on the adaptor plate (4) with the screws (7).
23-36-34 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(4)
Carefully lift the adaptor plate (4) together with the SCU (3) into the overhead stowage compartment
in front of the the video control center and move the adaptor plate (4) together with the SCU (3) into
the rack (1).
(5)
Tighten the knurled screws (2).
(6)
(7)
(8)
Connect the electrical connectors (6) to the SCU (3).
(9)
Install the cover (5).
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-36-34-865-064-A
B.
PANEL
** On A/C 003-004
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 005-005
PES VIDEO CABIN-RH

PES VIDEO CABIN-LH
PES VIDEO-CTL
23MH
22MH
21MH
C03
C02
C01
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
PES VIDEO CABIN RH

PES VIDEO CABIN LH
24MH
22MH
21MH
C04
C03
C02
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099
20MH
C01
2000VU
2000VU
PES-VIDEO-INDICATOR
28MH
25MH
C07
C05
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-36-34-865-058-A
C.
PANEL
** On A/C 003-004
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 005-005
PES VIDEO CABIN-RH

PES VIDEO CABIN-LH
PES VIDEO-CTL
23MH
22MH
21MH
C03
C02
C01
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
PES VIDEO CABIN RH

PES VIDEO CABIN LH
24MH
22MH
21MH
C04
C03
C02
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099
20MH
C01
2000VU
2000VU
PES-VIDEO-INDICATOR
28MH
25MH
C07
C05
AES
23-36-34 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 23-36-34-970-050-A
D.
Do the configuration of the passenger entertainment (Video) programmable system control unit. (Ref. TASK
23-36-00-600-002-A)
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-36-34-860-050-A
E.
Subtask 23-36-34-710-050-A
F.
5.
Do the Operational Test of the Passenger Entertainment (Video) (Ref. TASK 23-36-00-710-001-A)System.
Close-up
** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 23-36-34-410-050-C
A.
Close Access
(1)
(2)
Close the door of the left forward stowage compartment between FR20 and FR23.
(3)
Close the flap on the front end of the forward stowage compartment.
** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 23-36-34-410-050-E
A.
AES
Close Access
(1)
(2)
(3)
Close the VCC stowage compartment.
23-36-34 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
TAPPING UNIT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 23-36-44-000-001-A
Removal of the Tapping Unit (TU)
FIN 50MH1, 50MH2, 50MH3, 50MH4, 50MH5, 50MH6, 50MH7, 50MH8, 50MH9, 50MH10, 50MH11, 50MH12,
50MH13, 50MH14
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
AR CAP - BLANKING
REFERENCE
25-23-48-000-001-A
DESIGNATION
Removal of the Cove Light Panels
(Ref. Fig. 23-36-44-991-00100-K - Tapping Unit (TU))

(Ref. Fig. 23-36-44-991-00100-P - Tapping Unit (TU))
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-36-44-865-056-A
A.
PANEL
** On A/C 003-004
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 005-005
PES VIDEO CABIN-RH

PES VIDEO CABIN-LH
PES VIDEO-CTL
23MH
22MH
21MH
C03
C02
C01
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
PES VIDEO CABIN RH

PES VIDEO CABIN LH
24MH
22MH
21MH
C04
C03
C02
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099
20MH
C01
2000VU
2000VU
PES-VIDEO-INDICATOR
28MH
25MH
C07
C05
AES
23-36-44 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-36-44-865-053-A
B.
PANEL
** On A/C 003-004
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 005-005
PES VIDEO CABIN-RH

PES VIDEO CABIN-LH
PES VIDEO-CTL
23MH
22MH
21MH
C03
C02
C01
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
PES VIDEO CABIN RH

PES VIDEO CABIN LH
24MH
22MH
21MH
C04
C03
C02
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099
20MH
C01
2000VU
2000VU
PES-VIDEO-INDICATOR
28MH
25MH
C07
C05
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-36-44-010-050-A
C.
4.
Remove the applicable cove light panel (Ref. TASK 25-23-48-000-001-A).
Procedure
** On A/C 003-004
** On A/C 005-099
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-36-44-020-051-A
A.
Removal of the Tapping Unit

NOTE :
The removal of each TU is the same.
(1)
Remove the spring latches (3) and disconnect the electrical connectors (2).
(2)
(3)
Carefully loosen the nylatches (1) and remove the tapping unit (4).
NOTE :
AES
At the end of the tapping unit lines the tapping unit ends with a termination plug connected to
the tapping unit connector J3. If a related tapping unit is removed, remove the termination plug.
23-36-44 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
F R 4 3/ 4 4
F R 3 7/ 3 8
F R 4 7/ 4 8
F R 5 2/ 5 3
F R 5 8/ 5 9
F R 2 3/ 2 4F R 3 0/ 3 1
50MH1
(50MH2)
50MH3
(50MH4)
50MH5
(50MH6)
50MH11
(50MH12)
50MH9
50MH13
(50MH10)
(50MH14)
50MH7
(50MH8)
SECTION
AA
TAPPING UNIT 50MH
B
C
4
2
4
2
1
2
N_MM_233644_4_AAB0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-36-44-991-00100-K SHEET 1

Tapping Unit (TU)
23-36-44 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
F R 4 3/ 4 4
F R 3 7/ 3 8
F R 4 7/ 4 8
F R 5 2/ 5 3
F R 5 8/ 5 9
F R 2 3/ 2 4F R 3 0/ 3 1
50MH1
(50MH2)
50MH3
(50MH4)
50MH5
(50MH6)
50MH11
(50MH12)
50MH9
50MH13
(50MH10)
(50MH14)
50MH7
(50MH8)
SECTION
AA
TAPPING UNIT 50MH
B
C
4
2
4
2
1
2
N_MM_233644_4_AAS0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-36-44-991-00100-P SHEET 1

Tapping Unit (TU)
23-36-44 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-36-44-400-001-A
FIN 50MH1, 50MH2, 50MH3, 50MH4, 50MH5, 50MH6, 50MH7, 50MH8, 50MH9, 50MH10, 50MH11, 50MH12,
50MH13, 50MH14
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
** On A/C 005-099
DESIGNATION
23-36-00-600-002-A

System Control Unit
23-36-00-710-001-A
23-73-00-861-001-A
23-73-00-862-001-A
25-23-48-000-001-A
25-23-48-400-001-A
Installation of the Cove Light Panels

3.
Job Set-up
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-36-44-865-057-A
A.
PANEL
** On A/C 003-004
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 005-005
PES VIDEO CABIN-RH

PES VIDEO CABIN-LH
PES VIDEO-CTL
23MH
22MH
21MH
C03
C02
C01
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
PES VIDEO CABIN RH

PES VIDEO CABIN LH
24MH
22MH
21MH
C04
C03
C02
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099
20MH
C01
2000VU
2000VU
PES-VIDEO-INDICATOR
28MH
25MH
C07
C05
AES
23-36-44 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-36-44-865-054-A
B.
PANEL
** On A/C 003-004
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 005-005
PES VIDEO CABIN-RH

PES VIDEO CABIN-LH
PES VIDEO-CTL
23MH
22MH
21MH
C03
C02
C01
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
PES VIDEO CABIN RH

PES VIDEO CABIN LH
24MH
22MH
21MH
C04
C03
C02
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099
20MH
C01
2000VU
2000VU
PES-VIDEO-INDICATOR
28MH
25MH
C07
C05
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-36-44-860-050-A
C.

(1)
Make sure that the applicable cove light panels are removed (Ref. TASK 25-23-48-000-001-A).
(2)
Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean and in the correct condition.
(3)
Do an Inspection of the Insulation Mats

CAUTION :
(a)
4.
MAKE SURE THAT THE INSULATION MATS ARE NOT DAMAGED. DAMAGED
INSULATION MATS CAN CAUSE WATER TO GO INTO THE TAPPING UNIT. WATER
CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE TAPPING UNIT.
Make sure that the insulation mats adjacent to the tapping unit are clean and in the correct
condition.
Procedure
** On A/C 003-004
** On A/C 005-099
AES
23-36-44 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 23-36-44-420-050-A
A.

(1)
On the top of the tapping unit (4), put each micro switch to its required position.
NOTE :
At the end of the tapping unit lines the tapping unit must end with a termination plug. If a
related tapping unit is installed, connect the termination plug to the tapping unit connector J3.
(2)
Carefully install the tapping unit (4) and lock the nylatches (1).
(3)
(4)
CAUTION :
(5)
MAKE SURE THAT THE CABLE CONNECTIONS OF THE TAPPING UNIT ARE INSTALLED
CORRECTLY AND HAVE A LOW-POINT LOOP. IF YOU DO NOT HAVE A LOW-POINT LOOP
IN THE CABLES, WATER CAN GO INTO THE TAPPING UNIT. WATER CAN CAUSE
DAMAGE TO THE TAPPING UNIT.
Connect the Electrical Connectors

NOTE :
(a)
You can find the instruction to install cables with a low-point loop in the ESPM 20-33-11 fig.
018.
Connect the electrical connectors (2) to the tapping unit (4) and safety with the spring latches
(3).
** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 23-36-44-420-050-D
A.

(1)
Carefully install the tapping unit (4) and lock the nylatches (1).
NOTE :
(2)
(3)
CAUTION :
(4)
MAKE SURE THAT THE CABLE CONNECTIONS OF THE TAPPING UNIT ARE INSTALLED
CORRECTLY AND HAVE A LOW-POINT LOOP. IF YOU DO NOT HAVE A LOW-POINT LOOP
IN THE CABLES, WATER CAN GO INTO THE TAPPING UNIT. WATER CAN CAUSE
DAMAGE TO THE TAPPING UNIT.
Connect the Electrical Connectors

NOTE :
(a)
AES
At the end of the tapping unit lines the tapping unit must end with a termination plug. If a
related tapping unit is installed, connect the termination plug to the tapping unit connector J3.
You can find the instruction to install cables with a low-point loop in the ESPM 20-33-11 fig.
018.
Connect the electrical connectors (2) to the tapping unit (4) and safety with the spring latches
(3).
23-36-44 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-36-44-865-058-A
B.
PANEL
** On A/C 003-004
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 005-005
PES VIDEO CABIN-RH

PES VIDEO CABIN-LH
PES VIDEO-CTL
23MH
22MH
21MH
C03
C02
C01
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
PES VIDEO CABIN RH

PES VIDEO CABIN LH
24MH
22MH
21MH
C04
C03
C02
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099
20MH
C01
2000VU
2000VU
PES-VIDEO-INDICATOR
28MH
25MH
C07
C05
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-36-44-865-055-A
C.
PANEL
** On A/C 003-004
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 005-005
PES VIDEO CABIN-RH

PES VIDEO CABIN-LH
PES VIDEO-CTL
23MH
22MH
21MH
C03
C02
C01
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
PES VIDEO CABIN RH

PES VIDEO CABIN LH
24MH
22MH
21MH
C04
C03
C02
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099
20MH
C01
2000VU
2000VU
PES-VIDEO-INDICATOR
28MH
25MH
C07
C05
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-36-44-860-051-A
D.
** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 23-36-44-970-051-A
E.
AES
Do the configuration of the quantity of the tapping units (Ref. TASK 23-36-00-600-002-A).
23-36-44 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 23-36-44-710-050-C
F.
Do this test.
ACTION
1.Do the Operational Test of the Passenger Entertainment
System (Ref. TASK 23-36-00-710-001-A) (Video).
RESULT
** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 23-36-44-710-051-A
G.
5.
Do the operational test of the passenger entertainment (Video) (Ref. TASK 23-36-00-710-001-A) system.
Close-up
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-36-44-410-050-A
A.
AES
Close Access
(1)
(2)
(3)
Install the applicable cove light panel (Ref. TASK 25-23-48-400-001-A).
23-36-44 PB401
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
VIDEO REPRODUCER UNIT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 23-36-52-000-001-A
Removal of the Video Tape Reproducer (VTR)
FIN 12MH, 13MH
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
AR CAP - BLANKING
REFERENCE
(Ref. Fig. 23-36-52-991-00100-L - Video Tape Reproducer)
DESIGNATION
(Ref. Fig. 23-36-52-991-00100-AF - Video Tape Reproducer)

3.
Job Set-up
** On A/C 003-004
** On A/C 005-099
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-36-52-865-068-A
A.
PANEL
** On A/C 003-004
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 005-005
PES VIDEO CABIN-RH

PES VIDEO CABIN-LH
PES VIDEO-CTL
23MH
22MH
21MH
C03
C02
C01
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
PES VIDEO CABIN RH

PES VIDEO CABIN LH
24MH
22MH
21MH
C04
C03
C02
2000VU
20MH
C01
AES
23-36-52 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
PANEL
** On A/C 006-099
2000VU
2000VU
DESIGNATION
PES-VIDEO-INDICATOR
FIN
28MH
25MH
LOCATION
C07
C05
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-36-52-865-059-A
B.
PANEL
** On A/C 003-004
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 005-005
PES VIDEO CABIN-RH

PES VIDEO CABIN-LH
PES VIDEO-CTL
23MH
22MH
21MH
C03
C02
C01
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
PES VIDEO CABIN RH

PES VIDEO CABIN LH
24MH
22MH
21MH
C04
C03
C02
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099
20MH
C01
2000VU
2000VU
PES-VIDEO-INDICATOR
28MH
25MH
C07
C05
** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 23-36-52-010-050-A
C.
Open the access door of the applicable overhead stowage compartment.
** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 23-36-52-010-050-B
C.
4.
Get Access
(1)
Open the access doors of the left forward overhead stowage compartment between FR20 and FR23.
(2)
Open the front door of the left overhead stowage compartment.
Procedure
** On A/C 003-004
** On A/C 005-099
** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 23-36-52-020-050-J
A.
Removal of the Video Tape Reproducer VTR 12MH

(1)
AES
Loosen the screws (2).
23-36-52 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(2)
Carefully remove the VTR (1) from the rack.
(3)
** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 23-36-52-020-050-M
A.
Removal of the Video Tape Reproducers (VTR) 12MH and 13MH

(1)
(2)
AES
Removal of the VTR 12MH

(a)
Remove the cover (2) to get access to special rack (8).
(b)
Loosen the knurled nuts (5) and lower them from the lugs (6).
(c)
Carefully push the VTR (3) until the lugs (4) come free from the brackets (1).
(d)
Pull and remove the VTR (3) from the special rack (8).
(e)
Removal of the VTR 13MH

(a)
Loosen the knurled nuts (12) and lower them from the lugs (11).
(b)
Pull and remove the VTR 13MH (10) from the rack (14).
(c)
23-36-52 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
FR24
A
FR23
FR21
A
12MH
B
FR20
N_MM_233652_4_AAR0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-36-52-991-00100-L SHEET 1

23-36-52 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
FR23
Z230
C
FR20
A
FR26
FR20
13MH
B
B
12MH
C
3
1
8
4
6
5
7
7
6
5
N_MM_233652_4_ABSA_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-36-52-991-00100-AF SHEET 1

23-36-52 PB401
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
10
14
11
11
13
12
12
N_MM_233652_4_ABSA_02_00
AES
FIGURE 23-36-52-991-00100-AF SHEET 2

23-36-52 PB401
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-36-52-400-001-A
Installation of the Video Tape Reproducer (VTR)
FIN 12MH, 13MH
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
23-36-00-710-001-A
DESIGNATION
23-73-00-861-001-A
23-73-00-862-001-A

3.
Job Set-up
** On A/C 003-004
** On A/C 005-099
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-36-52-865-069-A
A.
PANEL
** On A/C 003-004
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 005-005
PES VIDEO CABIN-RH

PES VIDEO CABIN-LH
PES VIDEO-CTL
23MH
22MH
21MH
C03
C02
C01
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
PES VIDEO CABIN RH

PES VIDEO CABIN LH
24MH
22MH
21MH
C04
C03
C02
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099
20MH
C01
2000VU
2000VU
PES-VIDEO-INDICATOR
28MH
25MH
C07
C05
AES
23-36-52 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-36-52-865-060-A
B.
PANEL
** On A/C 003-004
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 005-005
PES VIDEO CABIN-RH

PES VIDEO CABIN-LH
PES VIDEO-CTL
23MH
22MH
21MH
C03
C02
C01
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
PES VIDEO CABIN RH

PES VIDEO CABIN LH
24MH
22MH
21MH
C04
C03
C02
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099
20MH
C01
2000VU
2000VU
PES-VIDEO-INDICATOR
28MH
25MH
C07
C05
4.
Procedure
** On A/C 003-004
** On A/C 005-099
** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 23-36-52-420-050-J
A.
Installation of the Video Tape Reproducer VTR 12MH

(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
Carefully install the VTR (1) into the rack. Make sure that the VTR is correctly aligned to prevent
damage to the electrical connectors.
(6)
Tighten the screws (2).
** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 23-36-52-420-050-N
A.
AES
Installation of the Video Tape Reproducers (VTR) 12MH and 13MH

(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
23-36-52 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(5)
(6)
Installation of the VTR 12MH

(a)
Put the VTR 12MH (3) in position in the special rack (8).
(b)
Push the VTR 12MH (3) on the spring pins (7).
(c)
Lift the knurled nuts (5) and engage them on the lugs (6).
(d)
Tighten the knurled nuts (5) until the lugs (4) are engaged in the brackets (1).
(e)
Installation of the VTR 13MH

(a)
Put the VTR 13MH (10) in position in the rack (14).
(b)
Push the VTR 13MH (10) on the pins (13).
(c)
Lift the knurled nuts (12) and engage them on the lugs (11).
(d)
Tighten the knurled nuts (12).
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-36-52-865-070-A
B.
PANEL
** On A/C 003-004
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 005-005
PES VIDEO CABIN-RH

PES VIDEO CABIN-LH
PES VIDEO-CTL
23MH
22MH
21MH
C03
C02
C01
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
PES VIDEO CABIN RH

PES VIDEO CABIN LH
24MH
22MH
21MH
C04
C03
C02
2000VU
** On A/C 006-099
20MH
C01
2000VU
2000VU
PES-VIDEO-INDICATOR
28MH
25MH
C07
C05
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-36-52-865-061-A
C.
PANEL
** On A/C 003-004
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
** On A/C 005-005
PES VIDEO CABIN-RH

PES VIDEO CABIN-LH
PES VIDEO-CTL
23MH
22MH
21MH
C03
C02
C01
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
PES VIDEO CABIN RH

PES VIDEO CABIN LH
24MH
22MH
21MH
C04
C03
C02
2000VU
20MH
C01
AES
23-36-52 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
PANEL
** On A/C 006-099
2000VU
2000VU
DESIGNATION
FIN
PES-VIDEO-INDICATOR
28MH
25MH
LOCATION
C07
C05
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-36-52-860-050-A
D.
** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 23-36-52-710-050-D
E.
Do this Test
(1)
Do the operational test of the passenger entertainment (video) (Ref. TASK 23-36-00-710-001-A)
system.
** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 23-36-52-710-051-A
F.
5.
Close-up
** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 23-36-52-410-050-A
A.
Close Access
(1)
(2)
(3)
Close the door(s) of the forward overhead stowage compartment.
** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 23-36-52-410-050-C
A.
AES
Close Access
(1)
(2)
(3)
Close the access doors of the left forward overhead stowage compartment between FR20 and FR23.
(4)
Close the front door of the left forward overhead stowage compartment.
23-36-52 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
COCKPIT TO GROUND CREW CALL SYSTEM - DESCRIPTION

AND OPERATION
** On A/C ALL
1.
General
The ground crew call system enables crew member-to-ground mechanic or ground mechanic-to-crew member calls.
It has also an aural warning function when the aircraft is powered by batteries for the systems given below :
. APU fire
. ADIRS powered by batteries
. Equipment ventilation faulty.
AES
23-42-00 PB001
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
2.
Component Location
(Ref. Fig. 23-42-00-12300-A - Ground Crew Call System - Component Location)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------FIN
I
I PANELIZONEIACCESS I
ATA
I
I
I
I DOOR I
REF.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------1WC
P/BSW-CALLS/MECH
21VU 211
10WC
P/BSW-COCKPIT CALL
108VU 120
12WC
P/BSW-RESET
108VU 120
14WC
IND LT-COCKPIT CALL
108VU 120
15WC
HORN-MECH CALL
124
23-42-21
AES
23-42-00 PB001
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
3.
System Description
The ground crew call system consists of :
. a CALLS/MECH pushbutton switch 1WC located on the overhead panel 21VU in the cockpit. It is associated
with the RESET pushbutton switch 12WC located on the panel 108VU of the ground power receptacle.
. a mechanic call horn 15WC located in the nose gear well. The horn sounds to warn the mechanic of a call.
. a COCKPIT CALL indicator light 14WC located on the panel 108VU. This indicator light comes on to warn the
mechanic of a call.
. a COCKPIT CALL pushbutton switch 10WC located on the panel 108VU. This pushbutton switch enables the
ground mechanic to call the crew members via the circuit WW for the audio function and circuit RN for the
visual indication.
AES
23-42-00 PB001
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
4.
Power Supply
The ground crew call system is supplied with 28VDC power from the 28VDC HOT BUS 702PP. The system is
protected by the circuit breaker 2WC located on the panel 121VU.
AES
23-42-00 PB001
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
5.
Operation
(Ref. Fig. 23-42-00-15900-A - Ground Crew Call System - Schematic)
The system operates on the ground only, with the left and right main landing gear shock absorbers compressed.
However, in flight or A/C on jacks , if the LGCIU is not energized, the ground crew call is activated following pilots
action.
AES
A.
Ground Mechanic-to-Crew Member Call

When pressing the COCKPIT CALL pushbutton switch 10WC, a ground signal is applied to the FWCs (31-52)
triggering the buzzer circuit which feeds the aural warning signal to the loud speakers. This ground signal is
applied to the circuit RN for the illumination of the MECH legend on the ACPs.
B.
Crew Member-to-Ground Mechanic Call

During all the time the pilot presses the CALLS/MECH pushbutton switch 1WC located on the overhead panel,
the mechanic call horn sounds. The blue COCKPIT CALL indicator light comes on.
When the pilot releases the CALLS/MECH pushbutton switch, the mechanic call horn stops but the indicator
light remains on. This indicator light goes off when the mecanic presses the RESET pushbutton switch 12WC
located on the panel 108VU.
In addition, warnings are generated for the following systems :
. 26-13 APU FIRE on ground
. 21-26 BLOWERS LO FLOW on ground with engines shut down
. 34-14 ADIRS ON BAT on ground with engines shut down.
23-42-00 PB001
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
STA519/FR8
STA497/FR7
15WC
A
21VU
CALLS
MECH
FWD
AFT
EMER
BL
CALL
1WC
ON
14WC
FLY INT
EXT PWR
108VU
NOT IN USE
AVAIL
LIGHT TEST
COCKPIT CALL ADIRU &

APU FIRE
AVNCS VENT
R
COCKPIT CALL
RESET
APU SHUT OFF
10WC
12WC
B
AUDIO CONTROL PANEL
CALL
CALL
CALL
CALL
CALL
MECH
ATT
VHF1
VHF2
VHF3
HF1
HF2
INT
CAB
N_MM_234200_0_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-42-00-12300-A SHEET 1

Ground Crew Call System - Component Location
23-42-00 PB001
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
7WW
CAPT LOUDSPEAKER
FWC
WW
DC 10WC
COCKPIT CALL
P/B SW
8WW
F/O LOUDSPEAKER
AMU
MEC
ACP
1RN
A
GROUND MECHANIC TO CREW MEMBER CALL
702PP
28VDC
15WC
MECH CALL
HORN
4WC
HORN SUPPLY
2WC
LGCIU1
GND
FLT
5GA1
1WC
CALLS/MECH
P/B SW
16WC
L & R MLG FLT CTLD
DC
12WC
RESET
P/B SW
6WC
IND LT SUPPLY
14WC
COCKPIT CALL
IND LT
8WC
HORN SUPPLY RESET
BLOWER LO FLOW
ADIRS ON BAT
APU FIRE
CREW MEMBER TO GROUND MECHANIC CALL

N_MM_234200_0_ACM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-42-00-15900-A SHEET 1

Ground Crew Call System - Schematic
23-42-00 PB001
Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
COCKPIT TO GROUND CREW CALL SYSTEM ADJUSTMENT/TEST

** On A/C ALL
Task 23-42-00-710-001-A
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THERE ARE NO PERSONS IN A RADIUS OF 5 M MIN. AROUND THE NOSE
LANDING GEAR. WHEN THE MECHANIC CALL HORN OPERATES, THE SOUND LEVEL IS MORE THAN
110 DB.
1.
Reason for the Job

To do the call test between the cockpit and the ground.
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
120
210
ZONE DESCRIPTION
AVIONICS COMPARTMENT
B.
REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
24-41-00-862-002-A
24-41-00-862-002-A-01
24-41-00-862-002-A-02
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-42-00-861-050-A
A.

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002A-02)
Subtask 23-42-00-865-050-A
B.
49VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
CAPT/LOUD/SPKR
5WW
F10
49VU
FWS/FWC1/SPLY
3WW
F01
AES
FIN
LOCATION
23-42-00 PB501
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
PANEL
** On A/C 003-004
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
49VU
COM/AUDIO/ACP/F/O
5RN
G07
49VU
COM/AUDIO/ACP/CAPT
4RN
G06
5RN
G07
4RN
G06
121VU
COM NAV/SELCAL
8RN
M04
121VU
6RN
M02
121VU
EIS/HORN/SPLY
2WC
P09
121VU
EIS/F/O/LOUD/SPKR
4WW
P08
121VU
EIS/FWC2/SPLY
2WW
Q07
** On A/C 005-099
49VU
49VU
** On A/C ALL
4.
Procedure
Subtask 23-42-00-710-050-A
A.
Cockpit to Ground Crew Call
ACTION
1.On the panel 21VU :
. Push and release the CALLS/MECH pushbutton
switch.
2.On the external power panel 108VU:
. Push and release the RESET pushbutton switch.
.
.
RESULT
On the external power panel 108VU, the COCKPIT
CALL indicator light comes on and stays on.
The horn in the nose landing-gear well must operate
when you push the CALLS/MECH pushbutton switch.
On the panel 108VU:

. The blue COCKPIT CALL indicator light goes off.
Subtask 23-42-00-710-051-A
B.
Ground Crew-to-Cockpit Call
ACTION
1.On the external power panel 108VU:
. Push the COCKPIT CALL pushbutton switch.
RESULT
.
.
2.On the ACP :

. Push the RESET pushbutton switch.
On the ACPs, the amber MECH annunciator light

flashes.
You can hear the buzzer in the audio-warning
loudspeakers
(the buzzer operates as long as you push the COCKPIT
CALL pushbutton switch).
On the ACPs, the amber MECH annunciator light goes
off.
NOTE :
AES
You must push the RESET pushbutton switch less

than one minute after the call. If not, the MECH
annunciator lights go off automatically.
23-42-00 PB501
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
5.
Close-up
Subtask 23-42-00-862-050-A
A.
AES

23-42-00 PB501
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
HORN - MECHANIC CALL - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 23-42-21-000-001-A
FIN 15WC
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
No specific
AR
No specific
AR
WARNING NOTICE(S)
B.

ZONE/ACCESS
120
700
ZONE DESCRIPTION
LANDING GEAR AND LANDING GEAR DOORS
C.
REFERENCE
32-22-00-010-001-A
DESIGNATION
Nose Gear Doors - Ground Doors Opening
ESPM 20-48-25-0
ASM 23-42/01
AWM 23-42-02
(Ref. Fig. 23-42-21-991-00100-B - Mechanic Call Horn)
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-42-21-860-050-A
A.
Make sure that you put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the landing
gear.
Subtask 23-42-21-010-050-A
B.
Get Access
(1)
Open the main doors 713 and 714 of the nose landing gear well (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-010-001-A).
(2)
Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position under the nose landing gear well.
Subtask 23-42-21-865-050-A
C.

PANEL
121VU
AES
DESIGNATION
EIS/HORN/SPLY
FIN
2WC
LOCATION
P09
23-42-21 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
4.
Procedure
Subtask 23-42-21-020-050-B
A.
AES

(1)
Loosen the quarter turn fasteners (1).
(2)
Slowly open the cover of the box.
(3)
Disconnect the power supply wires (3) at the splice with the applicable tool (Ref. ASM 23-42/01) (Ref.
ESPM 20-48-25-0) (Ref. AWM 23-42-02).
(4)
Remove the screws (2) and (4).
(5)
Remove the call horn (5) from its support.
23-42-21 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
FR9
FR20
MAIN DOOR 714

FR20
MAIN DOOR 713
15WC
FR9
A
3
N_MM_234221_4_AAN0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-42-21-991-00100-B SHEET 1

Mechanic Call Horn
23-42-21 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-42-21-400-001-A
FIN 15WC
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
No specific
AR
B.
WARNING NOTICE(S)

ZONE/ACCESS
120
700
713, 714
C.
ZONE DESCRIPTION
LANDING GEAR AND LANDING GEAR DOORS
REFERENCE
23-42-00-710-001-A
32-22-00-010-001-A
DESIGNATION
Nose Gear Doors - Ground Doors Opening
32-22-00-410-001-A
Nose Gear Doors - Ground Doors Closing
ESPM 20-48-25-0
ASM 23-42/01
AWM 23-42-02
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-42-21-860-051-A
A.

(1)
Make sure that you put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in the cockpit to tell persons not to operate the
landing gear.
(2)
Make sure that the main doors 713 and 714 of the nose landing gear well (Ref. TASK
32-22-00-010-001-A) are open.
(3)
Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE is in position under the nose
landing gear well.
Subtask 23-42-21-865-051-A
B.
PANEL
121VU
AES
DESIGNATION
EIS/HORN/SPLY
FIN
2WC
LOCATION
P09
23-42-21 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
4.
Procedure
CAUTION :
DO NOT APPLY TOO MUCH PRESSURE ON THE MOBILE PART OF THE HORN. TOO MUCH
PRESSURE WILL CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE HORN (WILL DECREASE THE CLEARANCE BETWEEN
THE MOBILE AND FIXED PARTS).
Subtask 23-42-21-420-050-B
A.

(1)
(2)
(3)
Install the horn (5) on its support.
(4)
Tighten the nut (4).
(5)
Put the support on the cover.
(6)
Tighten the nut (2).
(7)
Connect the power supply wires (3) using the applicable tool (Ref. ASM 23-42/01) (Ref. AWM
23-42-02) (Ref. ESPM 20-48-25-0).
(8)
Close the cover of the box.
(9)
Hold the cover of the box and tighten the quick release fasteners (1) by a quarter turn.
Subtask 23-42-21-865-052-A
B.
PANEL
DESIGNATION
EIS/HORN/SPLY
121VU
FIN
2WC
LOCATION
P09
Subtask 23-42-21-710-051-A
C.
5.
Do the operational test of the mechanic call (Cockpit-to-Ground Crew Call only) (Ref. TASK
23-42-00-710-001-A).
Close-up
Subtask 23-42-21-410-050-A
A.
AES
Close Access
(1)
(2)
(3)
Remove the warning notice(s).
(4)
Close the main doors 713 and 714 of the nose landing gear well (Ref. TASK 32-22-00-410-001-A).
23-42-21 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
FLIGHT CREW INTERPHONE - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION

** On A/C ALL
1.
General
The cabin and flight crew interphone-system, circuit RH is described in the Cabin Intercommunication Data System
(CIDS). (Ref. 23-73-00-00).
AES
23-43-00 PB001
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
FLIGHT CREW INTERPHONE - ADJUSTMENT/TEST

** On A/C ALL
Task 23-43-00-700-001-A
Operational Test of the Cabin and Flight Crew Interphone System.
1.
Reason for the Job

To make sure the cabin and flight crew interphone system operates correctly.
2.

A.
REFERENCE
23-73-00-710-003-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-861-002-A
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
24-41-00-862-002-A
24-41-00-862-002-A-01
24-41-00-862-002-A-02
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-43-00-861-050-A
A.
Energize the aircraft electrical circuits. (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02)
Subtask 23-43-00-865-050-A
B.
49VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
155RH
G05
49VU
154RH
G04
49VU
COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS
153RH
G03
49VU
150RH
G02
121VU
168RH
M13
121VU
167RH
M12
121VU
166RH
M11
121VU
165RH
M10
121VU
164RH
M09
121VU
163RH
M08
121VU
162RH
M07
121VU
161RH
M06
AES
FIN
LOCATION
23-43-00 PB501
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
PANEL
121VU
DESIGNATION
151RH
FIN
M05
LOCATION
170RH
M14
170RH
Q14
** On A/C 003-004
121VU
** On A/C 005-099
121VU
4.
Procedure
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-43-00-710-050-A
A.
5.
Operational test of the cabin and flight crew interphone system is included in the Cabin Intercommunication
Data System (CIDS) test (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-710-003-A).
Close-up
Subtask 23-43-00-862-050-A
A.
AES
De-energize the aircraft electrical circuit (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).
23-43-00 PB501
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
CABIN AND SERVICE INTERPHONE - DESCRIPTION AND

OPERATION
** On A/C ALL
1.
General
The service interphone system provides the telephone communication on the ground between the flight crew, the
cabin crew and the ground service personnel.
Eight service interphone jacks are installed at different locations on the aircraft. The service personnel use them to
speak to each other, the cockpit and the attendant stations through handsets.
AES
23-44-00 PB001
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
2.
Component Location
(Ref. Fig. 23-44-00-12400-B - Service Interphone System - Component Location)
FIN
1RJ
2RJ
3RJ
11RJ
13RJ
14RJ
15RJ
4000RJ1
4000RJ2
4RJ1
4RJ2
4RJ3
4RJ4
4RJ5
AES
JACK-MAINTENANCE INTERPHONE, FWD
AVIONICS COMPT
JACK-MAINTENANCE INTERPHONE, R
AVIONICS COMPT
JACK-MAINTENANCE INTERPHONE, AFT
AVIONICS COMPT
JACK-MAINTENANCE INTERPHONE
P/BSW-SERVICE INTERPHONE OVRD
ENGINE 1
ENGINE 2
ISOLATION UNIT
ISOLATION UNIT
ISOLATION UNIT
ISOLATION UNIT
ISOLATION UNIT
PANEL

DOOR
121
23-44-00
126
23-44-00
63VU
128
23-44-00
2025VU
141
312
312
212
23-44-00
23-44-00
23-44-00
23-44-00
410
23-44-41
420
23-44-41
126
128
132
138
312
23-44-42
23-44-42
23-44-42
23-44-42
23-44-42
50VU
132PW
132PW
312AR
23-44-00 PB001
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
3.
Description
(Ref. Fig. 23-44-00-15600-B - Service Interphone System - Schematic Diagram)
The service interphone system has:
. Eight maintenance interphone jacks
. Five isolation units
. A service-interphone OVERRIDE pushbutton-switch, with an integral indicator light.
The audio lines from the maintenance interphone jacks are routed to the amplifiers in both Cabin
Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) directors. The system gets signals for the operation and the control light
from:
. The Landing Gear Control and Interface Units (LGCIUs) 5GA1 and 5GA2
. The SVCE INT OVRD pushbutton switch 15RJ
. The annunciator-light test and interface board 1LP
. The CIDS directors 101RH and 102RH.
If there is a short-circuit condition in a maintenance-interphone jack-socket, the isolation unit will keep the effects of
the failure on the service interphone system to a minimum.
AES
23-44-00 PB001
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
4.

(Ref. Fig. 23-44-00-15600-B - Service Interphone System - Schematic Diagram)
The service interphone system operates automatically when the aircraft is on the ground (nose landing gear
compressed) with/without the external power is available. In this case both LGCIUs give ground signals to the CIDS
directors.
When on the MCDU the nose landing gear is in flight simulation or the landing gear is not compressed (flight
condition) both LGCIUs give no ground signals to the CIDS directors. The service interphone system operates, when
you push the SVCE INT OVRD pushbutton switch 15RJ to the ON position. The integral indicator light in the
SVCE INT OVRD pushbutton switch 15RJ comes on.
The system is off when:
. On the MCDU the nose landing gear is in flight simulation or the landing gear is not compressed, and the SVCE
INT OVRD pushbutton switch 15RJ is off.
AES
A.
Operation from the Cockpit

The acoustic equipment in the cockpit sends the audio signals to the Audio Management Unit (AMU). The
AMU sends the audio signals through the audio lines to the CIDS directors.
The active CIDS director sends the audio signals to:
. The attendant stations through the mid bus lines
. The maintenance interphone jacks through the audio lines.
B.
Operation from the Cabin Attendant Stations

The operation starts when you push the service interphone key on the attendant handset.
The cabin attendant stations send the audio signals through the mid bus lines to the CIDS directors.
. The cockpit acoustic equipment through the audio lines and the AMU
C.
Operation from a Service Interphone Jack with a connected Boomset

The boomset sends the audio signals through the audio lines to the CIDS directors.
. The cockpit acoustic equipment through the audio lines and the AMU
. The attendant stations through the mid bus lines
23-44-00 PB001
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
C
SERVICE INTERPHONE
SWITCH 15RJ
50VU
OXYGEN
TMR RESET
SVCE INT
OVRD
AVIONICS
COMPT LT
FAULT
ON
ON
ON
A
U
T
O
N_MM_234400_0_AAUA_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-44-00-12400-B SHEET 1

23-44-00 PB001
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
4000RJ2
A
A
2RJ
1RJ
4RJ4
11RJ
3RJ
4RJ3
B
4RJ1
4RJ5
13RJ
4RJ2
14RJ
B
A
4000RJ1
B
EXAMPLE
ISOLATION UNIT
EXAMPLE
GROUND SERVICE JACK
N_MM_234400_0_AAUA_02_00
AES
FIGURE 23-44-00-12400-B SHEET 2

23-44-00 PB001
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
ON
5VAC
(LP)
28VDC
(LP)
1LP
ANNUNCIATOR LIGHT TEST
AND INTERFACE BOARD
15RJ
SVCE INT OVRD
50VU
OVERHEAD PANEL
NLG COMPRESSED
NLG NOT COMPRESSED

NLG COMPRESSED
5GA1
LGCIU 1
1
2
3
AUDIO IN/OUT
SVCE INT ON
SVCE INT IND
101RH
CIDS DIRECTOR 1
NLG COMPRESSED
AUDIO IN/OUT
SVCE INT ON
SVCE INT IND
NLG NOT COMPRESSED
NLG COMPRESSED
102RH
CIDS DIRECTOR 2
5GA2
LGCIU 2
NOTE: LP=331400 ANNUNCIATOR LIGHT TEST AND DIMMING
N_MM_234400_0_ACUA_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-44-00-15600-B SHEET 1

23-44-00 PB001
Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
1RJ
MAINTENANCE
INTERPHONE
JACK
4RJ1
ISOLATION UNIT
2RJ
MAINTENANCE
INTERPHONE
JACK
3RJ
MAINTENANCE
INTERPHONE
JACK
4RJ2
ISOLATION UNIT
1
2
3
4RJ3
ISOLATION UNIT
4000RJ1
MAINTENANCE
INTERPHONE
JACK
4000RJ2
MAINTENANCE
INTERPHONE
JACK
11RJ
MAINTENANCE
INTERPHONE
JACK
4RJ4
ISOLATION UNIT
4RJ5
ISOLATION UNIT
13RJ
MAINTENANCE
INTERPHONE
JACK
14RJ
MAINTENANCE
INTERPHONE
JACK
N_MM_234400_0_ACUA_02_00
AES
FIGURE 23-44-00-15600-B SHEET 2

23-44-00 PB001
Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
CABIN AND SERVICE INTERPHONE - MAINTENANCE

PRACTICES
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-44-00-860-001-A
FIN 1RJ, 2RJ, 3RJ, 11RJ, 13RJ, 14RJ, 15RJ
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
AR BOOMSET 600 OHMS
DESIGNATION
REFERENCE
23-73-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
23-73-00-862-001-A
24-41-00-861-002-A
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
24-41-00-862-002-A
24-41-00-862-002-A-01
24-41-00-862-002-A-02
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-44-00-860-052-A
A.

(1)

24-41-00-861-002-A-02)
(2)
Subtask 23-44-00-865-051-A
B.
PANEL
** On A/C 003-004
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
49VU
COM/AUDIO/FLT/INTPH
9RN
G08
49VU
COM/AUDIO/ACP/F/O
5RN
G07
49VU
COM/AUDIO/ACP/CAPT
4RN
G06
AES
23-44-00 PB201
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
PANEL
** On A/C 005-099
49VU
49VU
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
INT 1 + 2
9RN
5RN
G08
G07
4RN
G06
121VU
COM NAV/SELCAL
8RN
M04
121VU
6RN
M02
49VU
** On A/C ALL
4.
Procedure
Subtask 23-44-00-860-053-A
A.

(1)
Connect the BOOMSET 600 OHMS to the related connectors.
(2)
In the cockpit on the overhead panel 50VU push the SVCE INT OVRD pushbutton switch 15RJ.
NOTE :
(3)
Put the INT/RAD switches of all Audio Control Panels (ACPs) in the center position.
(4)
Push the CAB pushbutton switch of the related ACP (integral light on).
(5)
Push to release and turn the CAB knob of the related ACP fully clockwise.
(6)
The service interphone system operates.

NOTE :
5.
It is only necessary to push the SVCE INT OVRD pushbutton switch when the nose landing gear
is not compressed (e.g.: nose landing gear is in flight simulation or the A/C is jacked).
On the related ACP put and hold the INT/RAD switch in the RAD position while you speak.
Close-up
Subtask 23-44-00-860-054-A
A.
AES

(1)
On the ACP push the CAB knob.
(2)
In the cockpit push the SVCE INT OVRD pushbutton switch to off.
(3)
Disconnect the boomsets.
(4)
De-energize the CIDS-System (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-862-001-A).
(5)

24-41-00-862-002-A-02).
23-44-00 PB201
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
CABIN AND SERVICE INTERPHONE - ADJUSTMENT/TEST

** On A/C ALL
Task 23-44-00-700-001-A
WARNING : YOU MUST BE IN THE ENTRY CORRIDOR (SAFETY AREA) TO DO THIS PROCEDURE. THIS IS TO
PREVENT ACCIDENTS CAUSED BY THE BLAST OR SUCTION FROM THE ENGINES.
FOR SAFETY, YOU MUST NOT USE THE MOBILE EQUIPMENT.
FIN 1RJ, 2RJ, 3RJ, 11RJ, 13RJ, 14RJ, 15RJ
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
AR BOOMSET 600 OHMS
REFERENCE
23-73-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
23-73-00-862-001-A
24-41-00-861-002-A
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
24-41-00-862-002-A
24-41-00-862-002-A-01
24-41-00-862-002-A-02
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-44-00-865-050-A
A.

PANEL
DESIGNATION
L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM
1GA
C09
49VU
COM/AUDIO/FLT/INTPH
9RN
G08
49VU
COM/AUDIO/ACP/F/O
5RN
G07
49VU
COM/AUDIO/ACP/CAPT
4RN
G06
49VU
FIN
LOCATION
** On A/C 003-004
AES
23-44-00 PB501
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
PANEL
** On A/C 005-099
49VU
49VU
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
INT 1 + 2
9RN
5RN
G08
G07
4RN
G06
121VU
COM NAV/SELCAL
8RN
M04
121VU
6RN
M02
121VU
2GA
Q35
121VU
HYDRAULIC/LGCIU/SYS1/GRND SPLY
52GA
Q34
49VU
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-44-00-860-050-A
B.
4.

(1)
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).
(2)
(3)
Make sure that the aircraft is in ground condition (landing gear compressed).
(4)
Make sure that the INT/RAD selector switches of the Audio Control Panels (ACPs) are in the center
position.
(5)
On the captain jack panel, connect the first of the BOOMSET 600 OHMS to the related connector.
Procedure
Subtask 23-44-00-710-050-C
A.
ACTION
1.In the cockpit, on the captains Audio-Control-Panel
(ACP) 2RN1:
RESULT
In the cockpit, on the captains ACP 2RN1:
push the CAB pushbutton switch.
push the CAB rotary switch and turn it fully

clockwise.
2.In the forward electronics compartment:
.
connect the second service interphone boomset to the

service interphone jack 1RJ.
the green internal light of the CAB pushbutton switch

comes on.
the internal light of the CAB rotary switch comes on.
In the cabin, at all Attendant Indication Panels (AIP)

320RH:
. all AIP 320RH show the message SERVICE
INTERPHONE IN USE on the lower row.
NOTE :
3.In the cockpit, on the captains ACP 2RN1:

.
AES
With some service interphone boomsets, it is

necessary to key the microphone manually.
In the forward electronics compartment and in the cockpit:
set and hold the INT/RAD selector switch in the RAD

position.
23-44-00 PB501
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ACTION
speak into the cockpit boomset and the service
interphone boomset in the forward electronics
compartment.
NOTE :
You must hold the INT/RAD selector switch in

the RAD position when you speak into the
cockpit boomset.
.
.
RESULT
the announcement through the related boomsets is
correct and clear.
make sure that you do not hear a 400Hz interference.
NOTE :
A small 400Hz interference is permitted.
release the INT/RAD selector switch.
4.At the forward attendant station, zone 221:
In the cabin, at the forward attendant AIP 320RH, the AIP

shows the subsequent messages:
. upper row:
. lower row: SERVICE INTERPHONE IN USE.
In the cabin, at the forward attendant AIP 320RH, the AIP
shows the subsequent messages:

.
push the INTPH pushbutton two times.

.
push the PTT switch and speak into the handset.
. upper row: SERV INT

. lower row:
In the forward electronics compartment and at the forward
attendant station, zone 221:
. the announcement through the boomset and the
handset is correct and clear.
. make sure that you do not hear a 400Hz interference.
NOTE :
NOTE :
You must complete the test steps 7. thru 12. in

less than 30 seconds.

. open the circuit breakers 2GA and 52GA.
.
open the circuit breaker 1GA.
9.In the cockpit, on the panel 50VU:

. push the SVCE INT OVRD pushbutton switch 15RJ.
.
In the forward electronics compartment and at the forward

attendant station, zone 221:
. you cannot speak from the forward electronics
compartment to a person at the forward attendant
station, zone 221,
. the person at the forward attendant station, zone 221
cannot speak to you at the forward electronics
compartment.
In the cockpit, on the panel 50VU:
. the internal light of the SVCE INT OVRD pushbutton
switch 15RJ comes on.
In the forward electronics compartment and in the cockpit:
set and hold the INT/RAD selector switch in the RAD

position.
speak into the cockpit boomset and the service
.
interphone boomset in the forward electronics
compartment.
.
release the INT/RAD selector switch.
the announcement through the related boomsets is

correct and clear.
make sure that you do not hear a 400Hz interference.
NOTE :
AES
23-44-00 PB501
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ACTION
RESULT
In the cockpit, on the panel 50VU:
close the circuit breakers 2GA and 52GA.

. close the circuit breaker 1GA.
13.Do the test steps 3. and 4. again for all other service
interphone jacks.
. push the CAB pushbutton switch.
.
push the CAB rotary switch and turn it fully

counterclockwise.
15.At the related service interphone jack:
.
disconnect the service interphone boomset.
the internal light of the SVCE INT OVRD pushbutton

switch 15RJ goes off.
The same results as in the test steps 3. and 4. for the

related service interphone jacks.
In the cockpit, on the captains ACP 2RN1:
. the internal light of the CAB pushbutton switch goes
off.
. the internal light of the CAB rotary switch goes off.
In the cabin at all AIP 320RH:
.
the SERVICE INTERPHONE IN USE message goes out

of view.
Subtask 23-44-00-865-052-A
B.

PANEL
49VU
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
150RH
G02
121VU
151RH
M05
Subtask 23-44-00-865-053-A
C.
5.
Close-up
Subtask 23-44-00-865-054-A
A.
PANEL
49VU
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
150RH
G02
121VU
151RH
M05
Subtask 23-44-00-860-051-A
B.
AES

(1)
(2)
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).
23-44-00 PB501
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
JACK - MAINTENANCE INTERPHONE (POWER PLANT) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 23-44-41-000-002-A
Removal of the Jack - Maintenance Interphone
WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU WORK ON THE ENGINE COMPONENTS IMMEDIATELY AFTER THE ENGINE
IS SHUTDOWN. THE ENGINE COMPONENTS CAN STAY HOT FOR UP TO ONE HOUR.
FIN 4000RJ1, 4000RJ2
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
AR CAP - BLANKING
No specific
AR
B.
WARNING NOTICE(S)

ZONE/ACCESS
210
410
420
430
440
ZONE DESCRIPTION
ENG 1 PYLON BOX AND FORWARD FAIRING
ENG 1 AIR INTAKE, FAN AND ACCESS GEARBOX
C.
REFERENCE
DESIGNATION
(Ref. Fig. 23-44-41-991-15000-B - Air Intake Cowl - Interphone Harness)
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-44-41-860-053-A
A.
AES

(1)
On the panel 115VU:

. Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) to tell persons not to start the engine 1(2).
(2)
Make sure that the engine 1(2) has been shutdown for at least 5 minutes.
(3)
On the panel 50VU:

. Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR pushbutton switch is off.
. Install a WARNING NOTICE(S).
23-44-41 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 23-44-41-865-063-A
B.
PANEL
FOR FIN 101RH
49VU
DESIGNATION
121VU
FOR FIN 102RH
49VU
121VU
4.
FIN
LOCATION
150RH
G02
151RH
M05
150RH
G02
151RH
M05
Procedure
Subtask 23-44-41-010-050-A
A.
Remove the anti-ice access panel (7).

(1)
Remove the bolts (8).
(2)
Remove the access panel (7).
Subtask 23-44-41-020-052-A
B.
Removal of the Maintenance Interphone Jack

(1)
Disconnect the electrical connector (5).
(2)
Put CAP - BLANKING on the electrical connector and the electrical receptacle.
(3)
Remove the interphone harness (6).
(4)
AES
(a)
Remove the bolts (4).
(b)
Remove the screws (1).
(c)
Remove the harness (6) from the air intake cowl.
Remove all the clips (3) from the harness and keep them for the installation of the replacement harness.
23-44-41 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
2 INTERPHONE
JACK
1 SCREW
(4 off)
3 CLIP
8 BOLT
(23 off)
4 BOLT
5 ELECTRICAL
CONNECTOR
INTAKE
COWL
7 ANTIICE ACCESS
PANEL
6 INTERPHONE
HARNESS
B4336
N_MM_234441_4_ACM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-44-41-991-15000-B SHEET 1

Air Intake Cowl - Interphone Harness
23-44-41 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-44-41-400-002-A
Installation of the Jack - Maintenance Interphone
FIN 4000RJ1, 4000RJ2
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
AR WARNING NOTICE(S)
DESIGNATION

ZONE/ACCESS
210
410
420
430
440
ZONE DESCRIPTION
C.
REFERENCE
DESIGNATION
23-44-00-700-001-A
70-23-15-912-010-A
Connection of Electrical Connectors
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-44-41-860-054-A
A.

(1)
On the panel 115VU:

. Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) to tell persons not to start the engine 1(2) is in
position.
(2)
Make sure that the engine 1(2) has been shutdown for at least 5 minutes.
(3)
On the panel 50VU:

. Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR 1(2) pushbutton switch is off.
. Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is installed.
Subtask 23-44-41-865-064-A
B.
PANEL
FOR FIN 101RH
49VU
121VU
AES
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
150RH
G02
151RH
M05
23-44-41 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
PANEL
FOR FIN 102RH
49VU
DESIGNATION
121VU
4.
FIN
LOCATION
150RH
G02
151RH
M05
Procedure
Subtask 23-44-41-420-052-A
A.
Installation of the Maintenance Interphone Jack

(1)
Install the clips, from the removed harness, to the replacement harness.
(2)
Remove the covers/caps/plugs from the electrical connector and the electrical receptacle.
(3)
Make sure that the anti-ice access panel has no damage.
(4)
Install the interphone harness.
(5)
(a)
Put the harness (6) in the air intake cowl and attach the maintenance interphone jack (2) with
the screws (1).
(b)
Attach the harness clips (3) to the cowl with the bolts (4).
(c)
Torque the bolts (4) to the approved torque value.
Connect the electrical connector (5) (Ref. TASK 70-23-15-912-010-A).
Subtask 23-44-41-410-050-A
B.
Install the anti-ice access panel.

(1)
Put the access panel (7) on the air intake cowl.
(2)
Attach the access panel with the bolts (8).
Subtask 23-44-41-865-065-A
C.
PANEL
FOR FIN 101RH
49VU
121VU
FOR FIN 102RH
49VU
121VU
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
150RH
G02
151RH
M05
150RH
G02
151RH
M05
Subtask 23-44-41-710-052-A
D.
5.
Do the test of the service interphone system (Ref. TASK 23-44-00-700-001-A).
Close-up
Subtask 23-44-41-942-050-A
A.
AES
Remove the warning notices.
23-44-41 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ISOLATION UNIT - SERVICE INTERPHONE JACKS REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 23-44-42-000-001-A
FIN 4RJ1, 4RJ2, 4RJ3, 4RJ4, 4RJ5
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
FOR FIN 4RJ1(ISOLATION UNIT)

No specific

No specific

No specific

No specific

No specific
B.
ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE

ZONE/ACCESS
ZONE DESCRIPTION

822
824
131CC
132PW
312AR
C.
REFERENCE
(Ref. Fig. 23-44-42-991-00100-A - Isolation Unit)
AES
DESIGNATION
23-44-42 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
REFERENCE
DESIGNATION

25-54-12-000-002-A
Removal of the Ceiling Panels in the Forward Cargo-Compartment
52-30-00-860-001-A
Open the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the Yellow Electric
Pump

25-54-12-000-001-A
Removal of the Forward Cargo-Compartment Partition FR34
52-30-00-860-001-A
Pump
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-44-42-010-050-A
A.
Get Access
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
AES
FOR 4RJ1 (ISOLATION UNIT)

(a)
Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position below the access door 822.
(b)
Open the access door 822 to get access to the battery compartment.

(a)
Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position below the access door 824.
(b)
Open the access door 824 to get access to the avionics compartment.

(a)
Open the FWD cargo-compartment door and safety it with the actuator safety locks (Ref. TASK
52-30-00-860-001-A).
(b)
Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position below the opened FWD cargo compartment
door.
(c)
Remove the ceiling panel 131CC of the FWD cargo compartment (Ref. TASK 25-54-12-000-002A).

(a)
Open the FWD cargo-compartment door and safety it with the actuator safety locks (Ref. TASK
52-30-00-860-001-A).
(b)
Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position below the opened FWD cargo compartment
door.
(c)
Remove the partition 132PW at FR34 of the FWD cargo compartment (Ref. TASK
25-54-12-000-001-A).

(a)
Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE in position below the access door
321AR.
(b)
Open the access door 312AR.
23-44-42 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 23-44-42-865-050-A
B.

PANEL
49VU
DESIGNATION
150RH
G02
121VU
151RH
M05
4.
FIN
LOCATION
Procedure
Subtask 23-44-42-020-050-A
A.
AES

(1)
Disconnect the wires of the cable harness (1) from the connector of the PC-board (2).
(2)
Cut and remove the lockwire from the clamp screw (7).
(3)
Loosen the clamp screw (7) and remove the end clamp (8) from the mounting rail (3).
(4)
Remove the PC-board bracket (6) together with the PC-board (2) from the mounting rail (3).
(5)
If required, remove the nuts (4) and the washers (5) to disassemble the PC-board (2) from the PCboard bracket (6).
23-44-42 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
FR23
Z120
FR11
A
4RJ1
B
3
1
WIRE NO.
TO CONNECTOR
OF 4RJ1
23440111
1A
23447053B
1B
23440004
1C
23447053R
1D
23440112
1F
23447052B
1G
23440003
1H
23447052R
1J
23440099
2B
23440100
2C
23440101
2D
N_MM_234442_4_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-44-42-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Isolation Unit
23-44-42 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
FR23
FR24
A
4RJ2
FR11
B
A
2
8
7
6
5
4
1G
23440110
1H
23447073R
1J
1F
23447073B
1D
23440113
1C
23447058R
1B
23440009
1A
23447058B
23440114
TO CONNECTOR
OF 4RJ2
WIRE NO.
N_MM_234442_4_ACM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-44-42-991-00200-A SHEET 1

Isolation Unit
23-44-42 PB401
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
FR37
FR32
FR35.5
1
B
2
A
8
4RJ3
7
6
5
4
TO CONNECTOR
OF 4RJ3
2D
23440107
2F
23447062B
2G
23440014
2H
23447062R
2J
2C
23447064R
2B
23440015
2A
23447064B
23440108
1J
1H
23447063R
1G
23440013
23447063B
1F
1D
23440106
1C
23447061R
1B
23440012
23447061B
1A
23440109
WIRE NO.
N_MM_234442_4_AEM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-44-42-991-00300-A SHEET 1

Isolation Unit
23-44-42 PB401
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
FR35
FR35.8
FR37
FR32
A
A
4RJ4
2
3
B
1
K
E
2J
2H
23447878R
2G
23447877
2F
23447878B
1J
23445803
1H
23447880R
1G
23447879
1F
23447880B
1D
23445806
1C
23447876R
1B
23447875
1A
23447876B
23445804
TO CONNECTOR
OF 4RJ4
WIRE NO.
N_MM_234442_4_AGM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-44-42-991-00400-A SHEET 1

Isolation Unit
23-44-42 PB401
Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
FR73
FR70
A
A
3
8
B
7
K
E
2D
2C
23447888R
2B
23447887
2A
23447888B
23445815
1J
1H
23445829
1G
23445828
1D
23445830
1C
23447878R
1B
23445808
1A
23447878B
23445816
TO CONNECTOR
OF 4RJ5
WIRE NO.
N_MM_234442_4_AJM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-44-42-991-00500-A SHEET 1

Isolation Unit
23-44-42 PB401
Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-44-42-400-001-A
Installation of the Isolation Units
FIN 4RJ1, 4RJ2, 4RJ3, 4RJ4, 4RJ5
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
AR PLUG - BLANKING, RED
DESIGNATION

No specific

No specific
B.
REFERENCE
No specific
C.
DESIGNATION
lockwire, corrosion-resistant steel, dia 0.63mm

ZONE/ACCESS
ZONE DESCRIPTION

822
824
131CC
132PW
132PW
312AR
D.
REFERENCE
23-44-00-700-001-A
DESIGNATION

52-41-00-410-002-A
AES
23-44-42 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
REFERENCE
25-54-12-400-002-A
DESIGNATION
Installation of the Ceiling Panels in the Forward Cargo-Compartment
52-30-00-860-002-A
Close the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the Yellow Electric
Pump

52-30-00-860-001-A
Pump

25-54-12-400-001-A
Installation of the Forward Cargo-Compartment Partition FR34
52-30-00-860-002-A
Close the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door with the Yellow Electric
Pump
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-44-42-860-050-A
A.

(1)

(a)
(2)

(a)
(3)
(4)
Make sure that the access door 822 is opened.
Make sure that the access door 824 is opened.
FOR 4RJ3 (ISOLATION UNIT), 4RJ4 (ISOLATION UNIT)

(a)
Make sure that the FWD cargo-compartment door is opened and safetied it with the actuator
safety locks (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-860-001-A).
(b)
Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) is in position below the opened FWD cargocompartment door.
(c)
Make sure that the partition 132PW at FR34 is removed

(a)
Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE is in position below the
access door 321AR.
(b)
Subtask 23-44-42-865-052-A
B.
PANEL
49VU
DESIGNATION
150RH
G02
121VU
151RH
M05
4.
FIN
LOCATION
Procedure
Subtask 23-44-42-420-050-A
A.
Installation of the Isolation Unit

(1)
AES
If required, assemble the PC-board (2) to the PC-board bracket (6) and attach it with the nuts (4) and
the washers (5).
23-44-42 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(2)
Put the PC-board bracket (6) together with the PC-board (2) in position to the mounting rail (3).
(3)
Put the end-clamp (8) in position to the mounting rail (3) and tighten the clamp screw (7).
(4)
Safety the clamp screw (7) with lockwire, corrosion-resistant steel, dia 0.63mm on the PC-board (2).
(5)
Connect the wires of the cable harness (1) to the terminals of the PC-board (2).
NOTE :
(6)
For the correct connection refer to the table Wire Connection to Connector 4RJ of the
applicable illustration.
Make sure that the contacts, which are not used, are covered with PLUG - BLANKING, RED.
Subtask 23-44-42-865-051-A
B.
49VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
150RH
FIN
G02
LOCATION
121VU
151RH
M05
Subtask 23-44-42-710-050-A
C.
5.
Do the operational test of the service interphone (Ref. TASK 23-44-00-700-001-A).
Close-up
Subtask 23-44-42-410-050-A
A.
Close Access
(1)

(a)
(2)

(a)
(3)
(4)
(5)
AES

(a)
Install the ceiling panel 131CC (Ref. TASK 25-54-12-400-002-A).
(b)
Remove the actuator safety locks and close the FWD cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK
52-30-00-860-002-A).

(a)
Install the partition 132PW at FR34 (Ref. TASK 25-54-12-400-001-A).
(b)
Remove the actuator safety locks and close the FWD cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK
52-30-00-860-002-A).

(a)
(6)
Close the access door 312AR.
23-44-42 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AUDIO MANAGEMENT - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION

** On A/C ALL
1.
General
A.
The audio management system provides the means for using:

(1) All the radio communication and radio navigation facilities installed on the aircraft:
. In transmission mode: it collects the microphone inputs of the various crew stations and directs them to
the communication systems.
. In reception mode : it collects the audio outputs of the communication systems and the navigation
receivers and directs them to the various crew stations.
(2) The flight interphone system:
. Telephone links between the various crew stations in the cockpit.
. Telephone links between the cockpit and the ground crew from the external power receptacle.
(3) The SELCAL (Selective Calling) system:
. Visual and aural indication of calls from ground stations equipped with a coding device used by the
aircraft installation.
(4) Certain calls:
. Visual and aural indication of the ground crew and the Cabin Attendants calls.
AES
23-51-00 PB001
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
2.
System Description
(Ref. Fig. 23-51-00-11400-C - Audio Management - Block Diagram)
The system comprises:
. 1 AMU
. 2 hand microphone receptacles (CAPT and F/O)
. 2 loud speaker potentiometers with incorporated switches
. 2 radio PTT switches
. 1 jack for the ground crew
. 1 AUDIO SWITCHING selector switch
. 1 SELCAL code panel.
. 3 ACPs
. 1 headset jack (Fourth Occupant)
. 3 oxygen mask stowage boxes
. 3 jack panels
NOTE :
.
.
.
AES
In addition, the system uses :

. 2 loud speakers which are part of the central warning system (Flight Warning Computer, ATA 31-53-00,
Circuit WW)
3 oxygen mask microphones which are part of the oxygen system (OXYGEN-ATA 35-00-00, Circuit HM)
2 relay boxes which are part of the DMC system (Display Management Computer-ATA 31-63-00, Circuit WT)
FLIGHT/GROUND information from the LGCIU (Landing Gear Control and Interface Unit - ATA 32-31-00,
Circuit GA).
23-51-00 PB001
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
3.
Component Location
(Ref.
(Ref.
(Ref.
(Ref.
(Ref.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
23-51-00-14200-A
23-51-00-14300-A
23-51-00-14400-A
23-51-00-14500-C
23-51-00-14600-B
FIN
- Audio Management - Audio Management - Audio Management - Audio Management - Audio Management -
Component Location (CAPT & F/O Stations))

Component Location (CAPT & F/O Stations))
Component Location (3rd Occupant Station))
Component Location (4th Occupant Station))
Component Location (Avionics Compartment))
PANEL
1RN
2RN1
2RN2
AMU
ACP-CAPT
ACP-F/O
81VU
11VU
11VU
2RN3
3RN
2RN4
2RN5
ACP-3RD OCCPNT
SELCAL CODE PNL
ACP-AVNCS COMPT
ACP-4TH OCCPNT
20VU
FIN
20VU
23-51-34
23-51-12
23-51-12
210
127
120
210
23-51-12
23-51-13
23-51-12
23-51-12
101VU
700VU
10RN3
STOWAGE BOX-OXY MASK, 3RD OCCPNT
16RN
SEL SW-AUDIO SWITCHING
** On A/C 005-099
700VU
48VU
212
210
35-12-41
23-51-00
10RN5
101VU
211
23-51-00
STOWAGE BOX-OXY MASK, CAPT

STOWAGE BOX-OXY MASK, F/O
STOWAGE BOX-OXY MASK, 4TH OCCPNT

FIN
PANEL
ATA REF.

DOOR
211
35-12-41
212
35-12-41
10RN1
10RN2
ZONE ACCESS
DOOR
127
210
210
PANEL

DOOR
** On A/C ALL
11RN
12RN
SW-RAD PTT, CAPT

SW-RAD PTT, F/O
191VU
180VU
211
212
23-51-17
23-51-17
14RN
15RN1
15RN2
JACK-FLT INTPH
POT-LOUD SPEAKER, CAPT
POT-LOUD SPEAKER, F/O
108VU
301VU
500VU
120
211
212
23-51-00
23-51-00
23-51-00
FIN
17RN1
17RN2
RCPT-BOOMSET, CAPT
RCPT-BOOMSET, F/O
61VU
60VU

DOOR
211
23-51-00
212
23-51-00
17RN3
RCPT-BOOMSET, 3RD OCCPNT
62VU
212
FIN
17RN4
AES
PANEL
RCPT-BOOMSET, AVNCS COMPT
PANEL
63VU
23-51-00

DOOR
128
23-51-00
23-51-00 PB001
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
FIN
18RN1
18RN2
JACK-HEADSET, CAPT
JACK-HEADSET, F/O
61VU
60VU

DOOR
211
23-51-00
212
23-51-00
18RN3
JACK-HEADSET, 3RD OCCPNT
62VU
212
FIN
18RN4
JACK-HEADSET, AVNCS COMPT
FIN
PANEL
PANEL

DOOR
128
23-51-00
PANEL
23-51-00
23-51-00
23-51-00
23-51-00
63VU
18RN5
19RN1
19RN2
JACK-HEADSET, SUPPLEMENTARY
RCPT-HAND MIC, CAPT
RCPT-HAND MIC, F/O
15VU
17VU
16VU
ZONE ACCESS
DOOR
211
211
212
19RN3
RCPT-HAND MIC, 3RD OCCPNT
62VU
212
FIN
19RN4
RCPT-HAND MIC, AVNCS COMPT
FIN
7WW
8WW
23-51-00
LOUD SPEAKER-CAPT
LOUD SPEAKER-F/O
PANEL

DOOR
128
23-51-00
PANEL

DOOR
211
831
31-53-21
212
831
31-53-21
63VU
ATA REF.
2VU
6VU
A.
Audio Management System - Audio Management Unit (AMU)

The Audio Management Unit (AMU) 1RN is located in the avionics compartment in the aft electronics rack
80VU on shelf 81VU.
B.
Audio Management System - Audio Control Panels (ACP)

The three Audio Control Panels (ACP) are identified and located as follows:
. 2RN1 - center pedestal 11VU, Captain side,
. 2RN2 - center pedestal 11VU, First Officer side,
. 2RN3 - overhead panel 20VU.
C.
Audio Management System - Boomset Receptacle and Headset Jack

These receptacles and jacks panels are identified and located as follows:
. 17RN1 (boomset receptacle) and 18RN1 (headset jack) on overhead panel 61VU, Captain side,
. 17RN2 (boomset receptacle) and 18RN2 (headset jack) on overhead panel 60VU, First Officer side,
. 17RN3 (boomset receptacle), 18RN3 (headset jack) and 19RN3 (hand mic receptacle) on panel 62VU on
the right rear wall in the cockpit.
. The supplementary headset jack 18RN5 is located on the left rear console, panel 15VU.
D. Audio Management System - Hand Mic

The two hand mic receptacles are identified and located as follows:
. 19RN1 on left console, panel 17VU, Captain side,
. 19RN2 on right console, panel 16VU, First Officer side.
E.
AES
Audio Management System - Loud Speaker Potentiometers

The two loud speaker potentiometers with incorporated switches are identified and located as follows:
. 15RN1 on instrument panel, Captain side, panel 301VU,
23-51-00 PB001
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
.
15RN2 on instrument panel, First Officer side, panel 500VU.
F.
Audio Management System - Radio PTT Switches

The two radio PTT switches are identified and located as follows:
. 11RN on side stick hand-grip, Captain side, 191VU
. 12RN on side stick hand-grip, First Officer side, 180VU.
G.
Audio Management System - Oxygen-mask Stowage-boxes

The three oxygen-mask stowage-boxes are identified and located as follows:
. 10RN1 on left side console 101VU, Captain side,
. 10RN2 on right side console 700VU, First Officer side,
. 10RN3 on right side console 700VU beside the First Officer oxygen mask.
H. Audio Management System - Flight Interphone Jack

The flight interphone jack for the ground crew 14RN is located on the external power panel 108VU.
AES
J.
Audio Management System - AUDIO SWITCHING Selector Switch

The AUDIO SWITCHING selector switch 16RN is located on the overhead panel 48VU.
K.
Audio Management System - SELCAL Code Panel

The SELCAL code panel 3RN is located in the avionics compartment, above the aft electronics rack 80VU.
23-51-00 PB001
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
4.
Power Supply
(Ref. Fig. 23-51-00-20800-A - Audio Management - Electrical Power Supply of System)
The system components are supplied with 28VDC from busbar 1PP and essential busbar 4PP via 2 sub-busbars
101PP and 401PP respectively.
AES
A.
Busbar 101PP
. Supply of the 3rd Occupant ACP 2RN3 and its associated electronic circuit located in the AMU via 3A
circuit breaker 6RN.
. Supply of the calls card in the AMU via 3A circuit breaker 8RN.
B.
Busbar 401PP
. Supply of the Captain ACP 2RN1 and its associated electronic circuit located in the AMU via 3A circuit
breaker 4RN.
. Supply of the first Officer ACP 2RN2 and its associated electronic circuit located in the AMU via 3A circuit
breaker 5RN.
. Supply of the Flight-Interphone Electronic Card located in the AMU via 3A circuit breaker 9RN.
Circuit breakers 4RN, 5RN and 9RN are located on the overhead panel 49VU.
Circuit breakers 6RN and 8RN are located on the rear wall, on panel 121VU.
23-51-00 PB001
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
5.
A.
Audio Control Panel-Function 2RN1 2RN2 2RN3 2RN4 2RN5

The ACP supplies the means:
. To use the various radio communication and radio navigation facilities installed on the aircraft for
transmission and reception of the audio signals.
. To display the various calls (SELCAL, ground crew call and calls from the Cabin Attendants).
The ACP serves only for control and indication.
B.
Audio Control Panel-Mechanical description-Front face

(Ref. Fig. 23-51-00-23300-A - Audio Control Panel - Front Face)
The front face comprises:
. 7 rectangular electronic pushbutton switches for selection of the transmission channels. They also display the
SELCAL, ground crew and Cabin Attendant calls,
. 1 rectangular electronic pushbutton switch separated from the other 7 pushbutton switches. This pushbutton
switch selects the transmission channel for passenger address (PA) announcements
. 15 round pushbutton switches with associated potentiometers for selection and adjustment of the audio level
on the reception channels
. 1 INT/RAD selector switch which selects the radio and flight interphone functions. It is a three-position
switch : stable in INT and middle position, unstable in RAD position.
. 1 rectangular VOICE pushbutton switch which connects a filter into the audio circuits of the VOR and ADF
navigation systems.
. 1 RESET rectangular electronic pushbutton switch which is used to cancel the lighted calls.
The ACP is connected to the AMU and to the various aircraft circuits by means of a round 19-pin connector.
C.
Audio Control Panel- Functional description

(Ref. Fig. 23-51-00-23700-A - Audio Control Panel - Functional Description)
D. Audio Control Panel- Functional description-Transmission channel selection

(B)
To connect the microphones and the PTT command to the selected transmitter, push one of the 8 rectangular
transmission pushbutton switches (VHF1- VHF2- VHF3- HF1- HF2- INT- CAB- PA).
The three green bars on the transmission pushbutton switch, which indicate that selection has been accepted,
come on.
An electronic device inhibits simultaneous selection of several transmitters and therefore several transmission
pushbutton switches cannot be selected at the same time.
When a new transmission function is selected, the green bars of the selected pushbutton switch come on and the
function is selected. At the same time, the previously selected pushbutton switch is disabled and its green bars
go off.
If you push a pushbutton switch which is already selected, the function is disabled.
The green bars which indicate transmission go off and no transmission function is selected on the ACP.
The rectangular PA pushbutton switch is unstable, i.e. it must be held pressed during the complete transmission
time. This avoids unwanted transmission on the PA circuit. This unstable operation can be inhibited by the
AMU pin-program (Ref. Para. Operation - Pin Program).
E.
AES
Audio Control Panel-Functional description-Selection of reception

(B)
The round reception pushbutton switches serve to select and adjust the audio levels. The three round reception
pushbutton switches associated with VHF3,HF and HF2 are not used.
They are of the push-push type: when you push a pushbutton switch (initial position), it moves in then fully out
to a level above that of the unselected pushbutton switches. A white skirt on the reception pushbutton switch
appears and the selected receiver is connected.
23-51-00 PB001
Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Rotate this pushbutton switch to adjust the reception level.
You can select several reception pushbutton switches simultaneously.
When you push the reception pushbutton switch again, it engages in its initial position: the receiver is
disconnected.
F.
Audio Control Panel-Functional description-Call indication

(C, D and E)
During a ground crew or Cabin Attendant or SELCAL call, a legend flashes amber under the green bars of the
transmission pushbutton switch concerned.
This occurs whether the transmission pushbutton switch is selected or not:
. CALL: VHF1-VHF2 pushbutton switches (SELCAL call)
. MECH : INT pushbutton switch (ground crew call)
. ATT : CAB pushbutton switch (Cabin Attendant call)
To switch off the amber legends, push the RESET pushbutton switch.
NOTE :
G.
The MECH and ATT legends which flash amber go off automatically. This occurs after 60 seconds of
operation if the call is not cancelled by the RESET pushbutton switch (This automatic function can be
inhibited by the AMU pin-program (Ref. para. Operation - Pin Program).
Audio Control Panel-Functional description-VOICE selection

(F)
When you push the VOICE pushbutton switch, the ON legend comes on green. This indicates that a filter has
been connected into the audio circuits of the ADF and the VOR navigation systems.
When you push this pushbutton switch again, the green ON legend goes off: the filter is no longer in service.
H. Audio Control Panel-Functional description-INT/RAD switch

This switch is used for the transmission function when the boomset or the oxygen mask is in service: it acts as
the PTT switch for this equipment which unlike the hand microphone is not equipped with this type of control.
(1) Middle position
The radio transceiver receives no switchover information. It remains in reception function.
(2) RAD position
The radio transceiver receives (via the AMU) a switchover information.
It switches from reception to transmission function.
(3) INT position
This position enables direct use of the flight interphone.
There are two utilization procedures for the flight interphone.
. Normal mode The user pushes the INT transmission pushbutton switch and uses it like an ordinary
radio channel (he places and holds the INT/RAD switch in RAD position).
. Direct mode If user has selected a radio channel (VHF1, VHF2 etc.), he can, if he so wishes, use the
flight interphone. To do this he does not have to release the transmission pushbutton switch. He shall
simply place the INT/RAD switch in INT position.
NOTE :
J.
AES
When this switch is set to RAD, it performs the same function as the radio switches located on the
side-stick hand-grips. If conflicting orders are given by the side-stick switch (RAD position), and the
corresponding ACP switch (INT position), the radio function takes priority over the interphone
function.
Audio Control Panel-Functional description-Lighting

The ACP comprises 2 lighting circuits:
. The selection accepted (green) and the call (amber) indications can be adjusted by the DIM/BRIGHT
circuit (6 V/4.5 VDC) (Ref. ATA 33-14-00-LP).
23-51-00 PB001
Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
.
The integral lighting is adjusted by the pedestal integral lighting potentiometer (5 V-0 VAC) (Ref. ATA
33-13-00-LF).
The reception selection pushbutton switches are side-lit by the integral lighting lamps. They are therefore also
controlled by the pedestal integral lighting potentiometer.
(1) Operation
(a) General
(Ref. Fig. 23-51-00-25800-A - Audio Control Panel - Block Diagram)
The ACP is essentially a telecontrol panel.
The internal electronic circuit is structured around a microprocessor. It constantly scans the status of
the face controls and transforms them into logic data. It generates serial words from this logic data.
These words telecontrol the associated audio card in the AMU after transmission of messages on an
ARINC 429 bus line.
An ARINC 429 reception bus line enables the ACP to process the information from the AMU. These
information are relevant to the different parameters to be displayed : detected calls, selected
transmission channels, selection of the voice filter on. These parameters will be displayed once they
have been taken into account by the AMU and acknowledged in return. The system is therefore
looped.
(b) Operation
The data is managed and processed by a microcomputer.
There are five separate functions:
. Reception volume control.
. Reception selection.
. Processing of the discrete commands:
* Selection of transmission channel
* VOICE filter on/off command
* RAD/INT command
. Parameter display management
. ARINC 429 interfaces
AES
Reception volume control

This is achieved by the potentiometers accessible on the front face. The position of each
potentiometer is defined by an analog voltage on the slider. The potentiometers are supplied with
a reference voltage.
An analog-digital converter makes the 8-bit words correspond to the slider voltages.
The slider voltages are read consecutively. Thus, the digital codes which correspond to the angular
positions of the potentiometers are obtained.
Reception selection
The potentiometer must be pushes to select a channel. The information is transmitted in the form
of a word. This information is taken into account consecutively when the reception volume
controls are scanned.
Processing of discrete commands

The selection information of the RAD/INT command is constantly available on the switch. It can,
therefore, be directly used by the microcomputer.
The transmission selection information (fugitive contacts) is memorized and is therefore available
for use by the microcomputer.
The same applies to the VOICE filter control.
Parameter display management

The AMU return information is processed in order to make sure that the transmission is correct.
After this check, the display can be performed :
. The green bars associated with the selected transmission channel comes on
23-51-00 PB001
Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
. The light associated with the VOICE filter comes on
. The CALL legends go off
A word transmitted by the relevant AMU causes the call lights to come on.
5
ARINC 429 interfaces

The messages are transmitted in conformity with the ARINC 429 standard and at a low frequency
(12 kHz).
Information exchange protocole between the ACP and the AMU

The ACP transmits 2 types of words :
1st type of word designated word 0 or status request word 2nd type of word designated
volume control word.
The AMU transmits a single type of word designated status word
. Word 0
b
b
b b
b
32 31
29 28
11
--------------------------------------------------------------------------! P ! ID.FIG. ! ER ER ER ER ER ER ER ER ER ER ER ER ER ER ER ER ER ER
!
!
!
! 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
!
--------------------------------------------------------------------------b
b b
b
10
9 8
1
--------------------------------------------------------------! SDI !
LABEL 300
!
!
!
!
--------------------------------------------------------------b1 to b8
: Label 300
: Byte which defines the type of data
sent
b9 to b10 : SDI
: Bits at logic 0
b11 to b28 : Error
: Gives the result of a self-test and
a failure diagnosis
b29 to b31 : ACP identification bits
b32
: Parity bit (odd).
. Volume control word
b b b b b b b
b
b
b
b b b
b b b b
b
32 31 30 29 28 27 26
25 24
17 16 15 14
11 10 9 8
1
------------------------------------------------------------------------------! ! ! ! ! !
!
!
! ! !
!
!
!
!--------------------!!
!
! ! !
!
!
!
! ! ! ! ! !R ! !!ON !
! ! !
!
!
!
! !ER!ER!ER!ER!E !V !!
! D D D D D D D D !I !R ! E E E E !S DI ! See label !
!P ! ! ! ! !S ! !! / ! 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0!N !A ! 3 2 1 0!
! table
!
! !21!20!19!18!E !O !!
!
!T !D !
!
!
!
! ! ! ! ! !T ! !!OFF!
! ! !
!
!
!
!--------------------!!
!
! ! !
!
!
!
! ! ! ! ! !
!
!
! ! !
!
!
!
------------------------------------------------------------------------------b1 to b8
: Label
: Byte which defines the type of
transmitted data
b9 to b10 : SDI
: Station identification bits
b11 to b14 : Status of the transmission keyboard as per the truth
table below:
AES
23-51-00 PB001
Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
-----------------------------------! BIT
! 11 ! 12 ! 13 ! 14 !
!----------!-----!-----!-----!-----!
! NONE
! 0 ! 0 ! 0 ! 0 !
!----------!-----!-----!-----!-----!
! VHF1
! 1 ! 0 ! 0 ! 0 !
!----------!-----!-----!-----!-----!
! VHF2
! 0 ! 1 ! 0 ! 0 !
!----------!-----!-----!-----!-----!
! VHF3
! 1 ! 1 ! 0 ! 0 !
!----------!-----!-----!-----!-----!
! HF1
! 0 ! 0 ! 1 ! 0 !
!----------!-----!-----!-----!-----!
! HF2
! 1 ! 0 ! 1 ! 0 !
!----------!-----!-----!-----!-----!
! INT
! 0 ! 1 ! 1 ! 0 !
!----------!-----!-----!-----!-----!
! CAB
! 1 ! 1 ! 1 ! 0 !
!----------!-----!-----!-----!-----!
! PA
! 0 ! 0 ! 0 ! 1 !
-----------------------------------b15
: Radio PTT switch (active at 1)
b16
: Interphone PTT switch (active at 1)
b17 to b24 : Byte which defines the volume control value of the
channel defined by the label and the SDI.
b25
: Bit which defines ON or OFF status of the reception
channel (active at 1)
b26
: Bit which sets VOICE filter into service (active at 1)
b27
: Call reset (active at 1)
b28 to b31 : Error
: Bits which give a failure diagnosis
b32
: Parity bit.
. Status word
The AMU transmits a single type of word designated : status word.
Its structure is as follows :
b b b
b
b
b
b
b b b
b b b b
b
32 31 30 29
25 24
17 16 15 14
11 10 9 8
1
------------------------------------------------------------------------------!P !0 !0 !
!
!
!
!
!
!
! ! ! ! A A A A A !
! A A ! E E E E ! 0 0 ! Label 301
!
! ! ! ! 4 3 2 1 0!
! 6 5! 3 2 1 0!
!
!
! ! ! !
!
!
!
!
!
!
------------------------------------------------------------------------------b1 to b8
: Label 301
: Byte which defines the type of data
sent
b9 to b10 : SDI
: Set to 0
b11 to b14 : Return of transmission keyboard status for check in ACP
(the truth table is the same as the one used in the
volume control word).
b15
: Status of ground crew call (active at 1).
b16
: Status of Cabin Attendant call (active at 1).
b17 to b24 : Byte which sends the pin-program information to the
ACPs.
b17
VHF3
AES
23-51-00 PB001
Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
b25 to b29 :
b25
b26
b27
b28
b29
b30
b31
b32
AES
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
b18
HF1
b19
HF2
b20
ADF2
b21
MLS
b22
Lock PA
b23
Spare
b24
Spare
Status of the calls VHF1, VHF2, VHF3, HF1 and HF2
(active at 1)
VHF1
VHF2
VHF3
HF1
HF2
Status of the filter (active at 1)
Set to O
Parity bit
. Protocol for data exchange between the ACP and the AMU
(Ref. Fig. 23-51-00-25900-A - Protocol for Data Exchange - Flow Diagram)
After transmission of a word, and in accordance with its label, the ACP receives the status
word or collects data. The status word is delivered by the AMU. The collected data is the
data present on the ACP face.
After reception of a word, and in accordance with its label, the AMU transmits the status
word or uses the data transmitted by the ACP.
. Determination of the transmitted word
The system transmits a word every 10 ms on the ARINC line. The following considerations
give the type of word transmitted (VHF1, HF2, status request word, etc):
In the basic transmission function a word is sent every 10 ms in the following order:
Word 00: Status request word
Word 01: VHF1 volume control word
Word 04: HF1 volume control word
Word 05: HF2 volume control word
Word 06: INT volume control word
Word 07: CAB volume control word
Word 08: PA volume control word
Word 09: VOR1 volume control word
Word 10: VOR2 volume control word
Word 11: MKR volume control word
Word 12: ILS volume control word
Word 13: spare volume control word
Word 14: ADF1 volume control word
Word 15: ADF2 volume control word
This cyclic transmission continues provided that no volume control modification or any other data
modification appears.
As soon as a modification is detected at any data level, the system emits the concerned word
every 10 ms until this data is fixed (end of modifications).
However, a complete basic cycle is emitted after 160 ms to up-date, if applicable, other data.
Moreover, the status request word will be emitted systematically every 160 ms irrespective of the
data modifications in progress
. AMU data reception
23-51-00 PB001
Page 12
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
During reception, the system reads the word delivered by the associated AMU on the ARINC
reception line. This word arrives every 160 ms and gives the SELCAL call status, transmission
channel return and pin-programming status.
A set of checks is made each time a word is received:
Counting of the number of received words:
Check of the label
Check of the SDI, Sign Status, Matrix
Recalculation of the parity and verification.
. Displays
The system updates the parameter displays every 10 ms. The VOICE status is directly
displayed. The status of the transmissions is displayed only after acknowledgement by the
AMU.
. Internal test
This test checks the check-sum of the ROM.
The RAM is checked at each energization.
During operation, the microprocessor must cyclically check its peripherals.
. Label table
------------------------------------------------------------------------------!
!
!
BINARY
!
!
!
!
! OCTAL !
b b b b b b b b
!
HEX !
SDI !
!
!
!
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
!
!
!
------------------------------------------------------------------------------! Status request word
! 300
!
0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1
!
03
!
00 !
! Status word from AMU
! 301
!
1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1
!
83
!
00 !
! Volume control word VHF1 ! 210
!
0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1
!
11
!
01 !
!
0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1
!
11
!
10 !
!
0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1
!
11
!
11 !
! Volume control word HF1 ! 211
!
1 0 0 1 0 0 0 1
!
91
!
01 !
! Volume control word HF2 ! 211
!
1 0 0 1 0 0 0 1
!
91
!
10 !
! Volume control word INT ! 215
!
1 0 1 1 0 0 0 1
!
B1
!
01 !
! Volume control word CAB ! 215
!
1 0 1 1 0 0 0 1
!
B1
!
10 !
! Volume control word PA
! 212
!
0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1
!
51
!
11 !
! Volume control word VOR1 ! 213
!
1 1 0 1 0 0 0 1
!
D1
!
01 !
! Volume control word VOR2 ! 213
!
1 1 0 1 0 0 0 1
!
D1
!
10 !
! Volume control word MKR ! 213
!
1 1 0 1 0 0 0 1
!
D1
!
11 !
! Volume control word ILS ! 217
!
1 1 1 1 0 0 0 1
!
F1
!
00 !
! Volume control word spare! 220
!
0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1
!
09
!
00 !
! Volume control word ADF1 ! 212
!
0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1
!
51
!
01 !
! Volume control word ADF2 ! 212
!
0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1
!
51
!
10 !
------------------------------------------------------------------------------K.
SELCAL Code Panel

(1) Purpose
The SELCAL code panel is used to program the SELCAL code assigned to the aircraft.
(2) Description
(Ref. Fig. 23-51-00-26300-A - SELCAL Code Panel - FRONT Face)
This panel is a rectangular box in compliance with ARINC 714.
The front face features:
. 4 knurled knobs for selection of a code made up of 4 letters from amongst the following:
A - B - C - D - E - F - G - H - J - K - L - M- N - P - Q - R - S.
. A plexiglass cover over the knurled knobs which protects the displayed code. The operator can read the
code through the cover.
AES
23-51-00 PB001
Page 13
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
The rear face is equipped with a round connector for connection to the aircraft electrical network.
(3) Operation
(Ref. Fig. 23-51-00-26500-A - SELCAL Code Panel - Operation of Knurled Knobs)
(Ref. Fig. 23-51-00-26600-A - SELCAL Code Panel - Operating Diagram)
In accordance with the BCD code, each of the knurled knobs opens the various circuits or connects the
various circuits to the ground. This selects the different frequency filters assigned to the considered codes.
. The Operating Diagram shows the control logic.
. When this circuit is connected to the ground or supplied with a voltage of +3.5 V a logic 0 is obtained.
This corresponds to circuit operation.
. When the circuit is open or has a resistance greater than 50000 ohms a logic 1 is obtained. This
corresponds to non operation of the circuit.
. The letter-frequency assignment table gives the letter-frequency assignments.
Letter Frequency Assignment Table
------------------------------------------------------------------------------!
DESIGNATION
!
FREQUENCY
!
BCD CODE
!
------------------------------------------------------------------------------!
!
!
8 4 2 1
!
!
A
!
312.6
!
0 0 0 1
!
!
B
!
346.7
!
0 0 1 0
!
!
C
!
384.6
!
0 0 1 1
!
!
D
!
426.6
!
0 1 0 0
!
!
E
!
473.2
!
0 1 0 1
!
!
F
!
524.8
!
0 1 1 0
!
!
G
!
582.1
!
0 1 1 1
!
!
H
!
645.7
!
1 0 0 0
!
!
J
!
716.1
!
1 0 0 1
!
!
K
!
794.3
!
1 0 1 0
!
!
L
!
881
!
1 0 1 1
!
!
M
!
977.2
!
1 1 0 0
!
!
P
!
1083.9
!
1 1 0 1
!
!
Q
!
1202.3
!
1 1 1 0
!
!
R
!
1333.5
!
1 1 1 1
!
!
S
!
1479.1
!
0 0 0 0
!
------------------------------------------------------------------------------The SELCAL code panel does not require an electrical power supply.
L.
Audio Management Unit

(1) Purpose
The Audio Management Unit (AMU) ensures the interface between the user (jack panel and ACP) and the
various radio communication and radio navigation systems. The AMU ensures the following functions:
. Transmission
. Reception
. SELCAL and display of ground crew and Cabin Attendant calls
. Flight interphone
. Emergency function for the Captain and First Officer stations
It also serves to record communications and is equipped with a TEST circuit (BITE). This TEST circuit
enables the AMU to be connected to the CFDIU.
(2) Mechanical description
The AMU is in the form of a 4MCU size box in compliance with ARINC 600 Specifications.
AES
23-51-00 PB001
Page 14
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
6.
Operation
(Ref. Fig. 23-51-00-28300-A - Audio Management Unit - Block Diagram)
The AMU comprises 3 independent channels associated with the 3 ACPs.
Each channel comprises :
. Its reception function
. Its transmission function
. Its logic processing function
. Its power supply.
The SELCAL, BITE and Flight Interphone sections are connected to the different channels.
A.
Transmission Function - General

The transmission function:
. Sets into service and supplies the various microphones used (boomset, hand microphone, oxygen mask
microphone)
. Selects the transmitter selected by the operator by means of the ACP
. Ensures the emergency function (for transmission section)
. Ensures the CAA recording function.
There is an independent transmission channel for each user of the audio integrating system.
B.
Transmission Function - Composition of Circuit

A transmission channel comprises :
. The various microphone inputs with their power supplies
. A unit gain amplifier
. An output transformer
. A transmitter selection system
. A module for CAA recording
. A switching system for emergency function
. A switching system for use of hand microphone.
C.
Transmission Function - Transmission with Boomset

(Ref. Fig. 23-51-00-30300-A - Audio Management Unit - Block Diagram of Transmitter Circuit)
The analog signals of the boomset microphone are connected to the OdB gain amplifier, then sent to the output
transformer.
At the transformer output, the switching module switches these signals to the transmitter selected by the ACP
in accordance with information received from the logic processing function.
D. Transmission Function - Transmission with Oxygen Mask Microphone

(Ref. Fig. 23-51-00-30400-A - Oxygen Mask Microphone - Circuit Block Diagram)
In normal flight configuration, the oxygen mask microphone is not connected to the microphone circuit.
Operation is as follows in flight configuration with use of oxygen mask. This system sets a control switch
contained in the stowage box of the oxygen mask to the ground. This activates the relay which sets the oxygen
mask into service. The pressurization of the oxygen circuit when masks fall out automatically activates this
control switch.
E.
Transmission Function - Transmission with Hand Microphone

(Ref. Fig. 23-51-00-30800-A - Hand Microphone - Circuit Block Diagram)
(1) The hand microphone can be used in two ways:
. 1st case: Radio transmission
The logic processing card associated with relay K1 delivers a command. This command supplies relay
K1 (AND function between the PTT switch of the hand microphone and the selected radio
transmission, except for INT). Relay K1 directly connects the hand microphone to the tranmission
selection circuit. The station selected in transmission mode then supplies the hand microphone.
. 2nd case: Flight Interphone transmission
AES
23-51-00 PB001
Page 15
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
When INT transmission is selected, relay K1 is not supplied; the logic processing card associated with
relay K2 delivers a command.
This command supplies relay K2 (AND function between the PTT switch of the hand microphone and
the INT transmission selection).
Relay K2 connects the power supply of the boomset microphone to the hand microphone. This system
applies the analog signals of the hand microphone to the OdB amplifier, then to the INT channel via
the transmission line. This removes the microphone power supply from the interphone amplifier.
F.
Transmission Function - Transmission on Passenger Address Channel

Transmissions can be made on the passenger address channels
in 2 ways:
(1) In normal configuration, use the handset installed aft of the center pedestal to make the PA
announcements. This handset is part of the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (Ref. ATA 23-73-00,
Circuit RH).
(2) In RADIO configuration, use the rectangular PA pushbutton switch located on each ACP to make the
passenger address announcements. This pushbutton switch is unstable, i.e. hold it pushed to make the
announcements: this avoids unwanted transmissions. The electronic processing of this channel is identical to
that of the other transmission channels.
The operation of this pushbutton switch can be made identical to that of the other transmission channels
(stable operation) : to achieve this, modify the AMU pin-program (Ref. Para. Operation - Pin Program).
G.
Transmission Function - Muting Circuit

(1) Purpose
(Ref. Fig. 23-51-00-31400-A - Muting Circuit - Block Diagram)
The feedback produced by the loud speaker-microphone acoustic coupling when the microphones are used
(acoustic feedback) is eliminated by a muting circuit. To achieve this, the muting circuit reduces the gain
and/or the frequency range of the loud speakers.
This attenuating circuit is controlled by the PTT switch of any of the radio communication microphones.
The attenuating circuit is an integral part of the loud speakers.
(2) Operation
(Ref. Fig. 23-51-00-31500-A - Direct Muting - Block Diagram)
The logic processing channel receives PTT switch type information.
From this information it activates the muting module. A ground is sent to the loud speaker units which set
the direct muting function into service.
H. Reception Function
(1) General
The reception circuit selects and adjusts the volume on the reception channels. The operator selects and
adjusts these channels on the ACP.
Each user of the audio integrating system has a separate associated reception-channel.
It ensures the various supplementary functions of the circuit:
. VOR/DME/ILS/MLS switching
. VOICE/ON function
. Emergency function (for reception section).
(2) Composition of the circuit
(Ref. Fig. 23-51-00-31900-A - Audio Circuit - Block Diagram)
The audio circuit comprises:
. An interface card common to all the audio cards
. A volume control module assembly
. A stop-band filter
. An adder amplifier
AES
23-51-00 PB001
Page 16
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
.
.
An emergency switching circuit

An output transformer.
(3) Reception mode operation

The audio signals delivered by the various communication and navigation units are connected to the
interface card.
This card ensures the adaptation and the connection of the receivers.
This card is a common point to the system and no active components are used (it is mainly comprised of
resistors).
The input impedance of a channel is 600 ohms.
The maximum input level is 50 mW/600 ohms (The nominal value is 10 mW/600 ohms).
At the output of the interface card, the signals are applied to the volume control modules.
An analog switch is installed at the input of each volume control. This switch disconnects the audio inputs
when :
. their reception is not selected (information from ACP)
. their reception level selected on the ACP is at minimum (this condition does not apply to VHF and HF
communication channels. A minimum reception level is ensured on the channels even when the
potentiometers on the ACP are set to minimum).
When the levels are adjusted in accordance with the information from the logic processing function, the
analog signals are sent to an amplifier, then to an output transformer.
The audio signals are available on the secondary of the output transformer. Separate windings send these
signals either to the boomset, the loud speaker or the CVR circuit.
Output signal characteristics: 50 mW/600 ohms (the nomimal value is 10 mW/600 ohms).
NOTE :
A potentiometer outside the AMU is connected in series between the AMU and the loud speakers. It
adjusts the loud speaker audio output level.
(4) VOR/DME/ILS/MLS switching

(Ref. Fig. 23-51-00-32200-A - VOR/DME/ILS/MLS Switching - Block Diagram)
(a) Purpose
In normal configuration, the DME reception is coupled with the VOR reception.
However, in certain ILS or MLS approach conditions, the DME used must be aurally identified. The
DME reception must therefore be coupled with the ILS or MLS reception.
(b) Operation
The ND (Navigation Display) mode selector switch or the ILS pushbutton switch is used for switching
control (REF ATA 31 - DMC circuit (WT)).
Action on one of these commands sends a ground to the switching relays which connect the DME
receptions to the ILS or MLS receptions.
(5) VOICE/ON function
(Ref. Fig. 23-51-00-32400-A - Navigation Reception Mode - Block Diagram)
(a) Reason
The VOR, ADF navigation ground stations transmit a morse code which is used to identify them.
However, certain stations, in addition to their code, transmit recorded voice information. This
information informs the crew of subjects such as : latest weather information, state or special
information concerning terrains etc. (e.g.: ATIS station).
In order not to hinder the reception of this information, the VOICE/ON function greatly reduces the
morse code reception. It is attenuated until it becomes practically inaudible while this information is
being transmitted.
(b) Operation
The transmission modulation frequency for ground station codes is 1020 Hz.
AES
23-51-00 PB001
Page 17
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
However, certain onboard equipment receive a 1020 Hz frequency-modulated signal and at the same
time transmit this signal at 1000 Hz to the audio system. The 1000 Hz signal is generated by their
synthetizer (the aeronautical standards specify that the ADF ground stations must be modulated at a
frequency of 1020 Hz plus or minor 50Hz).
Furthermore, the DME reception is coupled to the VOR reception (in normal operation). Thus the
DME marker identification-code is transmitted with a frequency modulation of 1350 Hz. The filtering
circuit of the navigation channels therefore comprises an attenuater filter for the reception bands of the
ADF and VOR systems.
This filter attenuates the 1000, 1020 and 1350 Hz frequencies by more than 32 dB.
A compensation amplifier is provided to compensate for the insertion losses of this filter.
Action on the VOICE pushbutton switch located on each ACP switches the attenuation filter into or
out of service.
(c) Released position: VOICE/ON legend off
The filter is not used, the operator simultaneously receives the marker identification and the voice
transmission.
(d) Pressed in position: VOICE/ON legend on
A command from the CPU sets the filter into service. The 1000 - 1020 - 1350 Hz frequencies are
greatly attenuated. Only the voice transmissions are audible.
NOTE :
J.
The audio outputs of the communication channel and the ILS, MLS, MKR navigation do not
transit via the filtering module.
Emergency Function
(Ref. Fig. 23-51-00-33000-A - Microphone Switching - Block Diagram)
(Ref. Fig. 23-51-00-33100-A - Audio Switching - Block Diagram)
(1) Purpose
The emergency function is used in case of loss of communications on the Captain or the First Officer
channels. This function switches the Captain or First Officer communications to the 3rd Occupant station.
In this case, the Captain (or the First Officer) uses the ACP located on the overhead panel to make his
microphone or audio selections.
(2) Operation
The AUDIO SWITCHING selector-switch 16RN located on the overhead panel is used to switch to
emergency configuration.
Turning this switch, sends a ground to the Captain (or First Officer) and 3rd Occupant switching relays.
The various microphone inputs, commands and audio outputs are connected to the microphone inputs,
commands and audio outputs of the 3rd Occupant. This switchover is indicated on the upper ECAM display
unit (REF ATA 31-54-SDAC).
NOTE :
K.
When the emergency function is activated, the various audio inputs and outputs at the 3rd
Occupant station are no longer connected to their circuit. Therefore, the 3rd Occupant cannot use
his audio integrating circuits.
FAA/CAA Recording Function

(Ref. Fig. 23-51-00-33700-A - CAA Certification - Block Diagram)
(1) Reason
The Aeronautics Authorities for Federal Navigation request that the communications made onboard the
aircraft are recorded on the CVR system (Cockpit Voice Recorder - REF ATA 23-71-RK).
To meet this requirement, the CVR is equipped with 4 recording tracks:
. 3 tracks for recording the Captain, First Officer, 3rd Occupant communications
. The 4th track is assigned to an area microphone installed in the cockpit. This microphone picks up the
various noises made in the cockpit.
AES
23-51-00 PB001
Page 18
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
The Captain, First Officer and 3rd Occupant communications are recorded in accordance with the
requirements laid down by the FAA (Federal Aviation Authority) and the CAA (Civil Aviation Authorities).
(2) CAA recording
All the communications heard by the Captain (or the First Officer or the 3rd Occupant) are recorded. This
enables, at the same time, to record all the communications sent out by these crew members.
This is achieved by means of the side-tone controls on the various equipment.
Three windings equip the secondary of the output transformer of the reception channel: 2 are allocated to
the loud speaker and boomset outputs. The third is reserved for recording the communications heard in the
cockpit (CVR). The CAA recording principle requires that the noises picked up by the boomset microphones
be recorded even when these microphones are not active i.e. when the push-to-talk switches on the sidesticks or on the ACPs are not activated. This in order to reinforce the sounds picked-up by the area
microphone.
A shunt is installed on the pin-programming terminal of the AMU to activate the CAA recording (Ref.
Para. Operation - Pin Program).
(3) FAA recording
(Ref. Fig. 23-51-00-33800-A - FAA Certification - Block Diagram)
All the communications heard by the Captain (or the First Officer or the 3rd Occupant) are recorded. This
enables, at the same time, to record all the communications sent out by these crew members.
This is achieved by means of the side-tone controls on the various equipment.
Three windings equip the secondary of the output transformer of the reception channel: 2 are allocated to
the loud speaker and boomset outputs. The third is reserved for recording the communications heard in the
cockpit (CVR).
(4) Operation
Following the AMU pin-program modification, the SELCAL-CALL card generates an information message.
This message is sent to the different audio cards and therefore to the various channels of the logic
processing function.
This information is taken into account, then the logic processing channel sets the CAA certification module
into service. The LF signals are picked-up by the boomset or oxygen mask microphone (when in use) at the
output of the 0db gain amplifier. They are sent to the CAA Certification Module and, from there, to the
CVR output.
L.
Flight Interphone Function

(Ref. Fig. 23-51-00-34500-A - Flight Interphone - Block Diagram)
(1) General
The flight interphone enables:
. Telephone conversations between the various stations in the cockpit
. Telephone conversations between the cockpit and the ground crew via the external power panel.
(2) Composition of the circuit
The flight interphone circuit comprises a summing amplifier equipped with:
. 7 microphone inputs
input impedance : 150 ohms
input level : 0.250 V.
. 3 audio outputs
impedance : 600 ohms - Power 35 mW plus or minus 5 mW for ground crew reception
output impedance : 600 ohms - Power 10 mW for AMU external reception, output 6
internal output impedance : 2.2 kohms for AMU internal reception relevant to the various cards.
This circuit also comprises :
. 1 power supply for microphones of channels 6 and 7.
. 1 interface and current detection circuit for channel 6.
AES
23-51-00 PB001
Page 19
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
.
1 cut-off circuit for channel 7.
(3) Operation
The input signal from the various microphones used in the aircraft (hand microphone, boomset, mask
microphone) is applied to inputs 1 to 7. A specific power supply circuit is provided for the microphones of
inputs 6 and 7 (they have no transmission card to supply them). A current detection circuit on channel 6
and a cut-off relay on channel 7 insulates the channels when they are not used. The L/G relay controls this
cut-off relay.
The amplified LF output signal is then available on the 3 windings of the secondary of the output
transformer:
. 600 ohm output for ground crew.
. 600 ohm output for audio output No. 6.
. 2.2 Kohm output for the various AMU audio cards.
(4) Logic Processing Function
(Ref. Fig. 23-51-00-34600-A - Logic Processing - Block Diagram)
(a) Purpose
Each user of the audio integrating system has an associated logic-processing channel.
The logic processing function manages the processing channel at AMU level and enables the use of the
system.
In particular:
. It dialogs with the associated ACP, with the BITE circuit or the SELCAL-CALL circuit.
. It manages the various inputs/outputs of the processing channel.
(b) Composition
The logic processing channel comprises:
. A computer
. An interface circuit to ARINC 429 standard
. A serial interface circuit
. A control interface circuit.
AES
Computer
It comprises the peripherals required for the operation of the microprocessor, clock, monitoring
circuit (watchdog), memories, address decoder, etc.
ARINC 429 interface

This circuit ensures the interface with the ACP and comprises:
a transmission interface, a reception interface, a microprocessor interface.
. Transmission interface
The transmission interface conditions the electrical levels in compliance with ARINC 429
standard.
. Reception interface
The reception interface enables the galvanic insulation of the link between the ACP and the
AMU. It also reconstitutes the transmission clock and the information.
. Microprocessor interface
Transmission: this interface receives data in byte form from the microprocessor. This data is
required to transmit the messages and to condition them in compliance with ARINC 429
standard.
Reception: this interface receives the transmission clock and the data in ARINC message form.
It transmits this data to the microprocessor in byte form.
Serial interfaces
These interfaces enable data exchange between the logic processing function and the BITE and
SELCAL-CALL functions.
23-51-00 PB001
Page 20
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
These interfaces are mainly comprised of 2 ACIAs (Asynchronous Communication Interface
Adaptors).
4
Command interface
This interface comprises PIAs (Peripherals Interface Adaptors) or buffer registers. The
microprocessor uses them to acquire discrete information (e.g. PTT switches) or to generate
commands. These commands are sent to the various functions (e.g. transmission selection
command, setting into service of VOICE/ON filter).
M. SELCAL Function - Mechanic Call - Cabin Attendant Call

(1) Purpose
The SELCAL-CALL system of the audio management system gives :
. A visual and aural indication of the calls from the ground stations equipped with a coding device which
can be used by the aircraft installation (SELCAL system - Selective Calling). The calls are sent on the
radio frequencies which link the aircraft to the ground. The communication channels used are : VHF1 VH2 and VHF3, HF1, HF2 if installed.
. A visual indication of the calls from the ground crew or from the Cabin Attendants.
NOTE :
The ground crew call system is described in chapter 23-42-00:

Cockpit-to-ground crew call system (circuit WC).
The Cabin Attendant call system is part of chapter 23-73-00:
Cabin Intercommunication Data System (circuit RH).
(2) SELCAL
(a) Ground system
(Ref. Fig. 23-51-00-35100-A - SELCAL System - Ground System)
The ground system transmits, via VHF or HF transmitters, a selective call code. This code comprises 2
consecutive pulses each containing a mixture of the 2 frequencies. This enables the calls to be
differentiated.
The call comprises a single-code transmission without repeat.
(b) Aircraft system
(Ref. Fig. 23-51-00-35200-A - SELCAL System - Aircraft System)
The aircraft receivers detect and capture the call signals transmitted by the ground stations (VHF or
HF). Once detected, the signals are sent to the AMU SELCAL card.
This SELCAL card is equipped with 5 inputs. These inputs correspond to the various communication
facilities on the aircraft (VHF1 - VHF2 - VHF3 - HF1 - HF2 in accordance with aircraft definition).
The SELCAL decoder permanently scans the 5 inputs on which the calls may be present. It analyzes
the received signals to check if they comprise the frequencies relevant to aircraft code. The operator
programs this code on the SELCAL code panel.
If the frequencies and aircraft code correspond, the warning system transmits an aural signal. The
CALL legend on each ACP associated to the system which received the call (VHF1 - VHF2 - VHF3 HF1 - HF2) comes on.
Push the RESET pushbutton switch located on each ACP to reset the aural and lighted call.
(c) Associated peripheral assemblies
The SELCAL system is associated with:
. The radio communication systems VHF1 - VHF2 - VHF3 - HF1 - HF2 (in accordance with aircraft
definition).
. The Flight Warning Computer (FWC) system.
(d) Operation of the system
(Ref. Fig. 23-51-00-35300-A - SELCAL System - Block Diagram)
AES
23-51-00 PB001
Page 21
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
1
Ground crew and Cabin Attendant call system

(Ref. Fig. 23-51-00-35400-A - Ground Crew and Cabin Attendant Call System - Block Diagram)
. Operation of ground crew call
This circuit displays the call from the ground crew in the cockpit.
NOTE :
Chapter ATA 23-42 (Cockpit-to-Ground Crew Call System - Circuit WC) gives the
operation of the ground crew call circuit.
. Operation
When a call is made from the Cabin Attendant station, the CIDS generates ground
information. This information is sent to the calculating unit via the input stages.
The information is processed then sent via the output stages to the various audio
cards and then to the ACPs. On the ACPs, this causes ATT legend to flash (coupled
with CAB pushbutton switch) for 60 seconds. After 60 seconds or when the RESET
pushbutton switch is pushed, like the SELCAL system, the calculating unit reinitializes the circuit.
It also sends information to the CIDS for re-initialization via the output stages.
NOTE :
It is possible to inhibit the automatic function which causes the MECH and ATT flashing
call legends to stop. (Ref. Para. Operation - Pin Program)
Other functions
. Pin-program
The calculating unit collects the information given by the pin-program. It processes this
information then sends it:
.to the various audio cards and then to the ACPs.
.to the BITE circuit to enable this circuit to generate a data message which is sent to the
CFDIU system.
. BITE circuit
The BITE system sends a test request message to the SELCAL-CALL card via the input
stages.
A test unit comprised of an LF-signal generator circuit, output status-check circuits and input
forcing circuits is integrated into this card.
The calculating unit processes the messages then triggers the test program.
The result is sent in message form to the BITE circuit.
N. Pin-Program
(Ref. Fig. 23-51-00-35900-A - Pin-Program - Block Diagram)
In a simple way, the pin-program adapts the AMU to suit the various configurations of the audio system.
The pin-programm:
. Inhibits the function selection annunciators located on the face of the ACP which correspond to the
uninstalled optional equipment (VHF3, HF1, HF2)
. Sends, after processing in the AMU, installation information relevant to the previous equipment and
information relevant to the optional navigation equipment (ADF2 - MLS). It sends this information to the
CFDIU via an output bus.
. Inhibits the automatic reset function after the Cabin Attendant and ground crew calls have operated for 60
seconds.
. Enables change from FAA certification to CAA certification.
. Enables the PA transmission pushbutton switch located on each ACP to be given stable operation (i.e. same
as the other transmission pushbutton switches).
Operation
It is possible to modify the programming of these functions by installing specific shunts. This generates a
message which (after it has been processed) is sent to the various ACPs, to the CFDIU or to the management
microprocessor.
AES
23-51-00 PB001
Page 22
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
P.
AES
Electrical Power Supply

(Ref. Fig. 23-51-00-36300-A - Electrical Power Supplies of the AMU - Block Diagram)
Seven separate power-supply networks supply the AMU:
. One +28 V input for each processing channel (5 in maximum configuration)
. One +28 V input which supplies the flight interphone function.
. One +28 V input which supplies the SELCAL-CALL and BITE function.
Each network is equipped with its own protection, filter and regulation systems.
23-51-00 PB001
Page 23
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
7.
BITE Test
A.
Purpose
The audio system BITE (Built-In Test Equipment) serves as an aid for line maintenance in workshop and
Service Department.
It is used when faulty units are to be detected, replaced or repaired.
It limits the number of unwanted removals of the system components.
The BITE:
. Constantly transmits the actual status of the system (availability-unavailability).
. Memorizes any failures which occurred during the 63 previous flight segments or up to memory capacity.
. Monitors the data exchanges between the system components.
. Centralizes the triggered tests or self-test results.
. Dialogs with the CFDIU by means of menus.
. An additional function is the transmission of the pin-program and a message which serve to identify the
system.
B.
General Operation
(1) Normal mode
This mode cyclically interrogates the AMU cards in order to know their status and the status of the
associated ACP. It transmits this information to the CFDIU and if a failure is detected, records this
information in the failure memory.
It interrogates the cards one after each other every 13 ms. The processing card generates information with
respect to the self-test of this card and the data from the associated ACP. This information is sent to the
BITE. This information is sent to CFDIU cyclically every 200 ms under label 356.
(2) Menu mode
This mode is used only on the ground. It enables dialog between the AMU and an operator via the
Multipurpose Control and Display Unit (MCDU).
An air-ground discrete gives the ground-flight information.
The LGCIU (Landing Gear Control and Interface Unit - ATA 32-31-00 - Circuit GA) delivers the air-ground
discrete.
C.
Functional description
(Ref. Fig. 23-51-00-38300-A - MCDU - Location)
The operator uses the 2 MCDUs 3CA1 and 3CA2 installed on the center pedestal to manage the BITE system
(REF ATA 22-82-00).
For the various operations to be performed and the displays obtained, Ref.following figures
(Ref. Fig. 23-51-00-39300-A - MCDU - Functional Description)
(Ref.
(Ref.
(Ref.
(Ref.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
23-51-00-39700-B
23-51-00-39800-B
23-51-00-40100-B
23-51-00-40200-B
Audio
Audio
Audio
Audio
Integrating
Integrating
Integrating
Integrating
System
System
System
System
(AIS)
(AIS)
(AIS)
(AIS)
LAST LEG REPORT - (Sheet 2/2))

PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT - (Sheet 2/2))
LRU IDENTIFICATION - (Sheet 2/2))
TEST - (Sheet 2/2))
D. Operation
(1) Other functions
The AMU BITE circuit ensures two additional functions
. It transmits the status of the pin-program
. It transmits an identification message.
AES
23-51-00 PB001
Page 24
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(a) Transmission of PIN-PROGRAM*
. The BITE circuit generates a message giving the installation status of certain equipment (VHF3 HF1 - HF2 - ADF2 - MLS). This message is generated from the information sent by the SELCAL
card which receives the pin-program. It is sent to the CFDIU.
. The CFDIU system requires this information in order to transmit this information to the relevant
circuits such as the RMPs (Radio Management Panels) and the SDAC (System Data Acquisition
Concentrator).
. This information is transmitted in 32-bit word form in compliance with ARINC 429 with label 350.
Word structure is as follows:
b32 b31 b30 b23
b16 b15 b14 b13 b12 b11 b10 b9 b8 b1
------------------------------------------------------------------------------!
!
!M !A
!H !H !V
!
! !
!
P ! 0
0 !0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0! L ! D ! F ! F ! H ! 0 ! 0!LABEL!
!
!
! S! F ! 2! 1! F !
! ! 350 !
!
!
!
!
2!
!
!
3!
! !
!
------------------------------------------------------------------------------. Bit at logic 0: the equipment is not installed
. Bit at logic 1: the equipment is installed
(b) Transmission of identification message
Every component connected to the maintenance centralized system transmits an identification message
to facilitate and shorten the test procedures.
The identification code assigned to the AMU is 6A.
This information is transmitted in 32-bit word form in compliance with ARINC 429 with label 377.
Word structure is as follows:
b31 b30 b29
b19 b18 b15 b14 b11 b10 b9 b8
b1
------------------------------------------------------------------------------!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
! P ! 0
0 ! 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 !
6
!
A
! 0 ! 1 !
LABEL 377 !
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
------------------------------------------------------------------------------E.
Power-up Tests Initialization and Cockpit Repercussions

(1) Conditions of power-up tests initialization
. How long the computer must be de-energized: 1 s.
. A/C configuration:
. Whatever the A/C configuration on ground
(2) Progress of power-up tests
. Duration: 1 s.
. Cockpit repercussions directly linked to power-up test accomplishment (some other repercussions may
occur depending on the A/C configuration but these can be disregarded):
- None
(3) Results of power-up tests (cockpit repercussions, if any, in case of tests pass/tests failed).
. Tests pass:
. None
. Tests failed:
. None
AES
23-51-00 PB001
Page 25
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
FIRST OFFICER
4th OCCUPANT
3rd OCCUPANT
CAPTAIN
AUDIO CONTROL PANEL
LOUDSPEAKER
CALL
CALL
CALL
CALL
VHF1
VHF2
VHF3
HF1
CALL MECH
HF2
INT
ATT
CAB
CALL
CALL
CALL
CALL
CALL
MECH
ATT
VHF1
VHF2
VHF3
HF1
HF2
INT
CAB
SIDE STICK
CALL
CALL
CALL
CALL
CALL
MECH
ATT
VHF1
VHF2
VHF3
HF1
HF2
INT
CAB
MLS
ADF1
RAD
ON
VOICE
RAD
ON
VOICE
INT
VOR1
VOR2
PA
RESET
MKR
ILS
MLS
ADF1
RAD
ON
VOICE
ADF2
INT
VOR1
VOR2
PA
RESET
MKR
ILS
INT
VOR1
VOR2
PA
RESET
MKR
ILS
ADF2
HEAD SET
MLS
ADF1
ADF2
LOUD SPEAKER
BOOM SET
OFF
MAX
VOLUME CONTROL
LOUD SPEAKER
SOCKETS
OFF
MAX
HEAD SET
BOOM SET
HEAD SET HAND MIC
HAND MIC
HANDMIC
BOOM SET
BOOM SET
AUDIO SWITCHING
HANDMIC
NORM
CAPT
3
OXYGEN MASK
F/O
3
HEAD SET
HEAD SET
AUDIO MANAGEMENT UNIT

FLT INT
EXT PWR
NOT IN USE
AVAIL
LIGHT TEST
COCKPIT CALL
COCKPIT CALL
APU FIRE
ADIRU &
AVNCS VENT
RESET
APU SHUT OFF
ANALOG INPUTS
GROUND MECHANIC
SELCAL CODE SELECTION

A
LOGIC DISCRETES
SELCAL CODE PANEL
COMM. SYSTEMS
VHF 123*
HF 1*2*
CIDS 12
CVR
ACARS*
CRYPTO VOICE*
NAV SYSTEMS
VOR/MKR 12
DME 12
ILS 12
ADF 12*
* IF INSTALLED
AES
FIGURE 23-51-00-11400-C SHEET 1

Audio Management - Block Diagram
23-51-00 PB001
Page 26
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
28VDC
CFDIU
(BITE)
N_MM_235100_0_ANM0_01_00
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
48VU
B
191VU (180VU)
AUDIO SWITCHING
NORM
CAPT
3
F/O
3
11RN
(12RN)
SIDE STICK
16RN
A
D
B
C
61VU (60VU)
AUDIO CONTROL PANEL
BOOM SET
CALL
CALL
CALL
CALL
CALL
MECH
ATT
VHF1
VHF2
VHF3
HF1
HF2
INT
CAB
INT
17RN1
(17RN2)
HEAD SET
ON
VOICE
RAD
VOR1
VOR2
PA
RESET
MKR
ILS
MLS
ADF1
ADF2
2RN1 (2RN2)
18RN1
(18RN2)
JACK PANEL
N_MM_235100_0_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-51-00-14200-A SHEET 1

Audio Management - Component Location (CAPT & F/O
Stations)
23-51-00 PB001
Page 27
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
2VU (6VU)
301VU (500VU)
LOUD SPEAKER
OFF
MAX
15RN1 (15RN2)
7WW(8WW)
A
C
D
17VU(16VU)
OXYGEN MASK
STOWAGE BOX
C
HAND MIC
19RN1
(19RN2)
10RN1(10RN2)
HAND MIC
RECEPTACLE
N_MM_235100_0_ACM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-51-00-14300-A SHEET 1

Audio Management - Component Location (CAPT & F/O
Stations)
23-51-00 PB001
Page 28
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
OXYGEN MASK
STOWAGE BOX
AUDIO CONTROL PANEL

CALL
CALL
CALL
CALL
CALL
MECH
ATT
VHF1
VHF2
VHF3
HF1
HF2
INT
CAB
INT
ON
VOICE
RAD
VOR1
VOR2
PA
RESET
MKR
ILS
MLS
ADF1
10RN3
ADF2
62VU
2RN3
BOOM SET
17RN3
HEAD SET
18RN3
HAND MIC
18RN3
JACK PANEL
N_MM_235100_0_AEM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-51-00-14400-A SHEET 1

Audio Management - Component Location (3rd Occupant
Station)
23-51-00 PB001
Page 29
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
A
15VU
HEAD SET
18RN5
HEADSET JACK
N_MM_235100_0_ATM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-51-00-14500-C SHEET 1

Audio Management - Component Location (4th Occupant
Station)
23-51-00 PB001
Page 30
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
1RN
81VU
BLANKING PLATE
121AL
A
14RN
108VU
3RN
N_MM_235100_0_AFM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-51-00-14600-B SHEET 1

Audio Management - Component Location (Avionics
Compartment)
23-51-00 PB001
Page 31
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
4RN
401PP
28VDC
ESS BUS
AUDIO CARD 1
CAPT
ACP
2RN1
5RN
AUDIO CARD 2
F/O
ACP
2RN2
9RN
FLT INT CARD
3RD OCCPNT ACP

2RN3
6RN
AUDIO CARD 3
101PP
28VDC
BUS 1
8RN
CALLS CARD
1RN AMU
N_MM_235100_0_ANN0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-51-00-20800-A SHEET 1

Audio Management - Electrical Power Supply of System
23-51-00 PB001
Page 32
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
SELCAL CALL (FLASHES AMBER)

(IF IN SERVICE)
TRANSMISSION CHANNEL
SELECTION
GROUND CREW CALL

(FLASHES AMBER)
(IF IN SERVICE)
SELECTION ACCEPTED
(GREEN) (IF IN SERVICE)
RECEPTION CHANNEL
SELECTION
SELECTION ACCEPTED
(GREEN) (IF IN SERVICE)
CALL
CALL
CALL
CALL
CALL
MECH
VHF1
VHF2
VHF3
HF1
HF2
INT
ATT
CAB
CABIN ATTENDANT
CALL (FLASHES AMBER)
(IF IN SERVICE)
INT
ON
VOICE
INT/RAD SWITCH
RAD
VOR1
VOR2
MKR
ILS
SELECTION OF
PASSENGER ADDRESS
TRANSMISSION
PA
RESET
MLS
ADF1
ADF2
TO SELECT VOICE FILTER

CALL RESET
N_MM_235100_0_AQM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-51-00-23300-A SHEET 1

Audio Control Panel - Front Face
23-51-00 PB001
Page 33
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
A
VHF1
VHF2
VHF3
HF1
B
HF2
INT
CAB
INT
VOR2
CALL
CALL
VHF1
VHF2
VHF3
MKR
ILS
ON
VOICE
PA
RESET
MLS
ADF1
ADF2
HF1
HF2
INT
CAB
RAD
VOR1
VOR2
PA
RESET
MKR
ILS
MLS
ADF1
ADF2
NO SELECTION
SELECTION OF VHF1 TRANSMISSION

AND RECEPTION
D
MECH
VHF3
HF1
HF2
INT
CAB
VHF1
VHF2
VHF3
HF1
HF2
INT
CAB
INT
INT
ON
VOICE
RAD
VOR1
VHF2
INT
ON
VOICE
RAD
VOR1
VHF1
VOR2
RESET
MKR
ILS
ON
VOICE
PA
MLS
ADF1
ADF2
RAD
VOR1
VOR2
PA
RESET
MKR
ILS
MLS
ADF1
ADF2
SELECTION OF VHF1 TRANSMISSIONRECEPTION

+ VHF1 AND VHF2 SELCAL CALL

RECEPTION + GROUND CREW CALL
F
ATT
VHF1
VHF2
VHF3
HF1
HF2
INT
CAB
INT
VHF2
VHF3
HF1
HF2
INT
CAB
INT
ON
VOICE
RAD
VOR1
VHF1
VOR2
MKR
ILS
ON
VOICE
PA
RESET
MLS
ADF1
ADF2
SELECTION OF VHF1 TRANSMISSIONRECEPTION

+ CABIN ATTENDANT CALL
RAD
VOR1
VOR2
MKR
PA
RESET
ILS
MLS
ADF1
ADF2

RECEPTION + VOICE FILTER ON
N_MM_235100_0_ASM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-51-00-23700-A SHEET 1

Audio Control Panel - Functional Description
23-51-00 PB001
Page 34
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
AES
PARAMETER
DISPLAY
INTERFACE
TRANSMISSION SELECTION
ON VOICE CALL
DIMBRIGHT
CLOCK
FIGURE 23-51-00-25800-A SHEET 1

Audio Control Panel - Block Diagram
15 V
5V
+15 V
MONITORING
WATCHDOG
SELFTEST
POWER SUPPLY + FILTER
VOLUME
CONTROL
INTERFACE
KEYBOARD
INTERFACE
RECEPTION
VOLUME CONTROL
TRANSMISSION SELECTION
ON/OFF RECEPTION
ON VOICE RESET
RAD/INT
28V
5V LIGHTING
5V DIMBRIGHT
LIGHTTEST
ARINC
RECEPTION
ARINC
TRANSMISSION
MODULE
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
KEY LIGHTING
N_MM_235100_0_AUM0_01_00
23-51-00 PB001
Page 35
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
20ms
150ms
WORD 0
WORD 1
WORD 2
WORD 3
WORD 15
WORD 0
AMU WORD
WORD 1
WORD 2
AMU WORD
10ms
150ms
10ms
10ms
170ms
N_MM_235100_0_BCM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-51-00-25900-A SHEET 1

Protocol for Data Exchange - Flow Diagram
23-51-00 PB001
Page 36
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
N_MM_235100_0_BGM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-51-00-26300-A SHEET 1

SELCAL Code Panel - FRONT Face
23-51-00 PB001
Page 37
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
G
H
J
K
L
M
N
P
R
S
T
U
V
W
X
Y
F
1
2
4
1ST THUMBWHEEL
1
2
2ND THUMBWHEEL
4
8
1
2
3RD THUMBWHEEL
4
8
1
2
4TH THUMBWHEEL
4
8
C
N_MM_235100_0_BJM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-51-00-26500-A SHEET 1

SELCAL Code Panel - Operation of Knurled Knobs
23-51-00 PB001
Page 38
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
AES
FIGURE 23-51-00-26600-A SHEET 1

SELCAL Code Panel - Operating Diagram
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
15
14
13
12
11
10
COM X CONN. TO
COM Y CONN. TO
1
2
4
8
SECTION B
DIAL
DIAL
READS POS
DIAL
DIAL
READS POS
COM X CONN. TO
COM Y CONN. TO
1
2
4
8
SECTION A
15
14
13
12
11
10
COM X CONN. TO
COM Y CONN. TO
1
2
4
8
SECTION C
DIAL
DIAL
READS POS
ROTARY SWITCH 51
15
14
13
12
11
10
DIAL
DIAL
READS POS
COM X CONN. TO
COM Y CONN. TO
1
2
4
8
SECTION D
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
N_MM_235100_0_BLM0_01_00
23-51-00 PB001
Page 39
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EMERGENCY
SWITCHING
COMMAND
1
2
3
4
5
INT
SELCAL
BITE
HAND MIC
BOOMSET
POWER
SUPPLY
PROTEC
TIONS
AUDIO CARD
1
AUDIO CARD
2
MASK
ACP
EMERGENCY
SWITCHING
CAPT
AUDIO CARD
3
HAND MIC
BOOMSET
MASK
ACP
F/O
AUDIO
OUTPUTS
AUDIO
AUDIO
HAND MIC
BOOMSET
MASK
ACP
AUDIO
3RD
OCCPNT
AUDIO CARD
4
AUDIO
INPUTS
MECH
AUDIO CARD
5
INT
INPUT 6
SELCAL
AUDIO
INPUTS
SELCAL
SELCAL
CODE
PANEL
BITE
CFDIU
AUDIO INPUT (ANALOG SIGNAL)

AUDIO OUTPUT (ANALOG SIGNAL)
ARINC 429
AUDIO INPUT / OUTPUT (ANALOG SIGNAL)
N_MM_235100_0_BQM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-51-00-28300-A SHEET 1

Audio Management Unit - Block Diagram
23-51-00 PB001
Page 40
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
AES
FIGURE 23-51-00-30300-A SHEET 1

Audio Management Unit - Block Diagram of Transmitter
Circuit
MIC
INTERFACE
MASK
23-51-00 PB001
HAND MIC
PTT
MIC
INTERFACE
BOOMSET
MASK
CONTROL
MIC
INTERFACE
HAND
MIC
CENTRAL
PROCESSING
UNIT
TO CVR AMPL
MIC
AMPLIFIER
PWR SPLY
VALIDATION THROUGH
PTT SWITCH
TRANSMISSION
SELECT
LOGIC
OUTPUT
TRANSFORMER
*IF INSTALLED
PTT
LO
HI
PTT
LO
HI
PTT
LO
HI
PTT
LO
HI
PA
CAB
INT
HF2*
HF1*
VHF3*
VHF2
VHF1
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
N_MM_235100_0_BSM0_01_00
Page 41
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
BOOMSET
INTERFACE
O BD
AMPLIFIER
HAND
MICROPHONE
BOOMSET
LOUDSPEAKER
C.V.R
OUTPUT
TRANSFORMER
OXY MASK
MIC
INTERFACE
OXY
PRESSURE
OXY MASK
STOWAGE
BOX
N_MM_235100_0_BUM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-51-00-30400-A SHEET 1

Oxygen Mask Microphone - Circuit Block Diagram
23-51-00 PB001
Page 42
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
CAPT
LOGIC PROCESSING CARD
POWER
SUPPLY
K1
HAND MIC
OXY MASK MIC
(WHEN IN USE)
CAPT
MIC
INTERFACE
BOARD
0 DB
AMPLIFIER
OUTPUTS
PTT RAD
BOOMSET
K2
0 DB
AMPLIFIER
OUTPUT
BOOMSET
PTT INT
OUTPUT
CABIN
CAPT TRANSMISSION
INTERFACE BOARD
F/O
POWER
SUPPLY
HAND MIC
OXY MASK MIC
(WHEN IN USE)
F/O
MIC
INTERFACE
BOARD
F/O TRANSMISSION
INTERFACE BOARD
BOOMSET
3RD OCCPNT
HAND MIC
OXY MASK MIC
(WHEN IN USE)
3RD
OCCPNT
MIC
INTERFACE
BOARD
POWER
SUPPLY
3RD OCCPNT
TRANSMISSION
INTERFACE BOARD
BOOMSET
N_MM_235100_0_BWM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-51-00-30800-A SHEET 1

Hand Microphone - Circuit Block Diagram
23-51-00 PB001
Page 43
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
CAPTAIN STATION
F/O STATION
AUDIO
AUDIO
DIRECT MUTING
AMU
1RN
N_MM_235100_0_BYM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-51-00-31400-A SHEET 1

Muting Circuit - Block Diagram
23-51-00 PB001
Page 44
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
AUDIO MANAGEMENT UNIT
COCKPIT AMPLIFIER LOUD SPEAKER
AUDIO OUTPUT
DIRECT
MUTING
SIDESTICK PTT SWITCH

ACP PTT SWITCH(INT/RAD)
HAND MIC PTT SWITCH
N_MM_235100_0_CAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-51-00-31500-A SHEET 1

Direct Muting - Block Diagram
23-51-00 PB001
Page 45
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
AUDIO
COM.
NAV.
INPUTS
AES
FIGURE 23-51-00-31900-A SHEET 1

Audio Circuit - Block Diagram
DME/VOR/
ILS/MLS
SWITCHING
INTERFACE
CARD
FILTER
10001020
1350Hz
ADDER
AMPLIFIER
EMERGENCY
SWITCHING
"
"
"
3RD OCCPNT CHANNEL

4th OCCPNT CHANNEL*
5th OCCPNT CHANNEL*
* IF INSTALLED
BOOMSET
LOUD
SPEAKERS
C.V.R.
OUTPUT
TRANSFORMER
LOGIC PROCESSING (ON VOICE)

FIRST OFFICER CHANNEL SAME AS CAPT CHANNEL
VOL CTL OF
RCPT CHAN N
VOL CTL OF
RCPT CHAN
VOL CTL OF
RCPT CHAN
VOL CTL OF
RCPT CHAN 2
VOL CTL OF
RCPT CHAN 1
LOGIC PROCESSING
SETTING INTO SERVICE
AND VOLUME CONTROL
CAPTAIN CHANNEL
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
N_MM_235100_0_CCM0_01_00
23-51-00 PB001
Page 46
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
in Hg
AES
FD
ILS
hPa
ADF
ILS
ROSE
VOR
FIGURE 23-51-00-32200-A SHEET 1

VOR/DME/ILS/MLS Switching - Block Diagram
VOR 2
DME 2
MLS 2
MLS 1
ILS 2
OFF
40
160
VOR
320
80
ARPT
ADF
10
20
ARPT
OFF
40
160
ADF
OFF
NAV
WPT
CSTR
VOR
PLAN
ARC
FIRST
OFFICER
ILS
ROSE
VOR
VOR.D
VOR
320
80
NDB
in Hg
ILS
PULL
STD
BARO
FD
hPa
DME/ILS SYSTEM 1
INTERFACE CARD
AMU
DME/MLS SYSTEM 2
DME/MLS SYSTEM 1
ILS 1
ADF
10
20
NDB
DME 1
VOR 1
VOR
PLAN
ARC
VOR.D
CAPTAIN
OFF
NAV
WPT
SEE ATA 31
WT CIRCUIT
PULL
STD
BARO
CSTR
23-51-00 PB001
DME/ILS SYSTEM 2
VOR 2
MLS
ILS
VOR 1
AUDIO CARDS
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
N_MM_235100_0_CEM0_01_00
Page 47
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
AES
VOR2
MKR
FIGURE 23-51-00-32400-A SHEET 1

Navigation Reception Mode - Block Diagram
MLS
HF2
CALL
AUDIO
AUDIO
ILS
RESET
HF1
CALL
* IF INSTALLED
VOR1
VOR2
ADF1
ADF2*
DME1
DME2
VHF1
VHF2
VHF3*
HF1*
HF2*
INT
CAB
PA
MKR
ILS
MLS
VOR1
RAD
VHF3
CALL
ON
VOICE
VHF2
VHF1
INT
CALL
CALL
ADF1
PA
INT
MECH
ATT
ADF2
CAB
DME/VOR/
ILS/MLS
SWITCHING
INTERFACE
CARD
VOLUME
CONTROL
MODULE
AMPLIFIER
CAPTAIN CHANNEL
FILTER
1000 Hz
1020 Hz
1350 Hz
RECEPTION
AMPLIFIER
1st OFFICER CHANNEL SAME AS CAPTAIN CHANNEL

3rd OCCPNT CHANNEL
"
VOICE
ON
FILTERING MODULE
LOGIC
PROCESSING FUNCTION
OUT
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
N_MM_235100_0_CGM0_01_00
23-51-00 PB001
Page 48
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
AES
NORM
CAPT
NORM
F/O
CAPT
NORM
F/O
F/O
3
SEE ATA 3154

(SDAC.WV)
FIGURE 23-51-00-33000-A SHEET 1

Microphone Switching - Block Diagram
BOOMSET
OXY MASK MIC
HAND MIC
F/O
BOOMSET
3RD
OXY MASK MIC
OCC.
HAND MIC
BOOMSET
CAPTAIN OXY MASK MIC
HAND MIC
CAPT
3
OdB
AMPLIFIER
OdB
AMPLIFIER
OdB
AMPLIFIER
OUTPUT
TRANSFORMER
OUTPUT
TRANSFORMER
OUTPUT
TRANSFORMER
FIRST OFFICIER
TRANSMITTER
SELECTION
MODULE
FLT ENGINEER
TRANSMITTER
SELECTION
MODULE
CAPTAIN
TRANSMITTER
SELECTION
MODULE
TO TRANSMITTER
TO TRANSMITTER
TO TRANSMITTER
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
+
+
N_MM_235100_0_CJM0_01_00
23-51-00 PB001
Page 49
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
NORM
AES
SEE ATA 3154
(SDAC WV)
CAPT
NORM
F/O
CAPT
NORM
F/O
F/O
3
FIGURE 23-51-00-33100-A SHEET 1

Audio Switching - Block Diagram
NAVIGATION
AUDIO
INTERFACE
VOLUME
CONTROLLERS
VOLUME
CONTROLLERS
VOLUME
CONTROLLERS
RECEPTION
AMPLIFIER
RECEPTION
AMPLIFIER
RECEPTION
AMPLIFIER
COMMUNICATIONS
AUDIO
CAPT
3
FIRSTOFFICER
3RD OCCPNT
CAPTAIN
OUTPUT
OUTPUT
OUTPUT
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
+
+
N_MM_235100_0_CLM0_01_00
23-51-00 PB001
Page 50
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
AES
AUDIO BOOMSET
OUTPUT
BOOMSET MIC INPUT

MASK MIC INPUT
(WHEN IN USE)
FIGURE 23-51-00-33700-A SHEET 1

INPUT 1
INPUT 4
AUDIO3rd OCCUPANT
(SAME AS CAPTAIN)
AREA
MIKE
INPUT 3
CVR
INPUT 2
AUDIO CVR
FROM
RECEIVERS
TO T/R
AUDIO1st OFFICER
(SAME AS CAPTAIN)
AUDIO CAPTAIN
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
N_MM_235100_0_CQM0_01_00
23-51-00 PB001
Page 51
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
AES
AUDIO BOOMSET
OUTPUT
BOOMSET MIC INPUT

MASK MIC INPUT
(WHEN IN USE)
FIGURE 23-51-00-33800-A SHEET 1

FAA Certification - Block Diagram
INPUT 1
INPUT 4
AUDIO3rd OCCUPANT
(SAME AS CAPTAIN)
AREA
MIKE
INPUT 3
CVR
INPUT 2
AUDIO CVR
FROM
RECEIVERS
TO T/R
AUDIO1st OFFICER
(SAME AS CAPTAIN)
AUDIO CAPTAIN
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
N_MM_235100_0_AJM0_01_00
23-51-00 PB001
Page 52
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
CVR OUTPUT
AUDIO OUTPUT
CAA
CERTIFICATION
MODULE
LOGIC PROCESSING
FUNCTION
OXY MASK
MIC
(IF USED)
0dB
AMPLIFIER
OUTPUT
TRANSFORMATEUR
BOOMSET
MIC
SELCAL
CALL
C.A.A PIN
PROGRAMMING
TRANSMITTER
SELECTION CIRCUIT
** On A/C ALL
N_MM_235100_0_CSM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-51-00-34000-A SHEET 1

23-51-00 PB001
Page 53
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
AES
FIGURE 23-51-00-34500-A SHEET 1

Flight Interphone - Block Diagram
INPUT 6
MICROPHONE
POWER SUPPLY
INTERFACE
AND CURRENT
DETECTOR
*AVNCS COMPTINPUT 5
*4th OCCPNTINPUT 4
3rd OCCPNTINPUT 3
F/OINPUT 2
CAPTINPUT 1
*IF/INSTALLED
LGCIU
GROUND
FLIGHT
SUM
CARD OUTPUT
600 ohms OUTPUT

GROUND CREW
600 ohms OUTPUTOUTPUT 6
COMMON
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
N_MM_235100_0_CUM0_01_00
23-51-00 PB001
Page 54
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
AES
ACP
ARINC
TRANSMISSION
ARINC
RECEPTION
MICRO
PROCESSOR
INTERFACE
ARINC 429 INTERFACE
FIGURE 23-51-00-34600-A SHEET 1

Logic Processing - Block Diagram
REPROM
WATCH
DOG
RAM
TIMER
WATCH DOG
ADDRESS
DECODING
MOTOROLA 6809
MICROPROCESSOR
MEMORY
CLOCK
COMPUTER
RESET
TRANSMISSION
FUNCTION
VOICE
ON
INTERFACE
(P.I.A PERIPHERAL
INTERFACE ADAPTER)
PTT SWITCH
INPUTS
SELCALCALL
BITE
RECEPTION
FUNCTION
BUFFER
MEMORY
(LATCH)
COMMAND INTERFACE
SERIAL
INTERFACE
SERIAL
INTERFACE
SERIAL INTERFACES
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
N_MM_235100_0_CWM0_01_00
23-51-00 PB001
Page 55
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
0.2S 0.1S
1S 0.25 S
1S 0.25 S
COMPOSITION OF A CALL SIGNAL
SELCAL
ENCODER
VHF OR HF
TRANSMITTER
VHF OR HF
RECEIVER
SELCAL
DECODER
AUDIO INTEGRATING
SYSTEM
CODE
SELECTION
PANEL
CALL
N_MM_235100_0_CYM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-51-00-35100-A SHEET 1

SELCAL System - Ground System
23-51-00 PB001
Page 56
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
AMU 1RN
SELCAL
CALL
CARD
FLIGHT WARNING
COMPUTER
VHF 1
TRANSCEIVER
1RC1
CALL
CALL
CALL
CALL
CALL
MECH
ATT
VHF1
VHF2
VHF3
HF1
HF2
INT
CAB
INT
ON
VOICE
ANNUNCIATOR
RAD
VOR1
AUDIO
CARD 1
PA
RESET
VOR2
MKR
ILS
MLS
ADF1
ADF2
CALL
CALL
CALL
CALL
CALL
MECH
ATT
VHF1
VHF2
VHF3
HF1
HF2
INT
CAB
RESET
VHF 2
TRANSCEIVER
1RC2
INT
ANNUNCIATOR
VHF 3
TRANSCEIVER
1RC3
(IF INSTALLED)
AUDIO
CARD 2
HF 1
TRANSCEIVER
3RE1
(IF INSTALLED)
ON
VOICE
RAD
VOR1
PA
RESET
VOR2
MKR
ILS
MLS
ADF1
ADF2
CALL
CALL
CALL
CALL
CALL
MECH
ATT
VHF1
VHF2
VHF3
HF1
HF2
INT
CAB
RESET
INT
ON
VOICE
ANNUNCIATOR
RAD
VOR1
AUDIO
CARD 3
VOR2
PA
RESET
MKR
ILS
MLS
ADF1
ADF2
RESET
HF 2
TRANSCEIVER
3RE2
(IF INSTALLED)
SELCAL CODE PANEL

N_MM_235100_0_DAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-51-00-35200-A SHEET 1

SELCAL System - Aircraft System
23-51-00 PB001
Page 57
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
HF2
C5
F5
RAM
MEMORY
CALL
RESET
GROUND CREW
CALL
373VN
OFF
191VU
2181 VC
EPROM
MEMORY
2183 VC
12RN SW
RAD PTT.F/O
OFF
INPUTS
P/N
PROGRAM
OFF
CABINE
ATTENDANT
CALL
YY2427921453
249198BF22
F4
CPU
10
C4
8BIT DATA BUS
YY2427921451
YY2427921452
YY2427921453
HF1
ANALOG.
DIGITAL
CONVERTER
6
8
2
4
8
13
4
F3
YY2427921415
YY2427921416
YY2427921417
C3
8
13
4
VHF3
235159
235160
F2
16BIT ADDRESS BUS
C2
654
5
7
1
3
BF24
BF24
VHF1
VHF2
32 1
8CE1 P/BSW
AP DISC & PRIORITY CAPT
ADDRESS
DECODER
FILTER 1
10
15
COMPRESSOR
1
OFF
11RN SW
RAD PTT.CAPT
CALCULATING UNIT
32 1
654
8CE2 P/BSW
AP DISC & PRIORITY F/O
0
BITE
5
7
1
3
6
8
2
4
2351 110
2351 110
D
249197BF22
10
YY2427921450
YY2427921449
YY2427921448
10
15
SELECTION INPUT
FIXED INTERMIT.
OUTPUT OUTPUT
8
13
4
FREQUENCY
GENERATOR
OUTPUTS
AUDIO
YY2427921482
YY2427921481
YY2427921480
BITE
CABINE ATTENDANT
CALL
RESET
8
13
4
BF24
BF24
ARITHMETIC
PROCESSOR
2192VC
FIGURE 23-51-00-35300-A SHEET 1

SELCAL System - Block Diagram
180VU
CODE DISPLAY
AES
380VN
2194VC
23-51-00 PB001
N_MM_235100_0_DCM0_01_00
Page 58
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
AMU 1RN
SELCAL
CALL
CARD
ANNUNCIATOR
CALL
CALL
CALL
CALL
CALL
MECH
ATT
VHF1
VHF2
VHF3
HF1
HF2
INT
CAB
INT
AUDIO
CARD 1
ON
VOICE
RESET
RAD
VOR1
PA
RESET
VOR2
MKR
ILS
MLS
ADF1
ADF2
CALL
CALL
CALL
CALL
CALL
MECH
ATT
VHF1
VHF2
VHF3
HF1
HF2
INT
CAB
GROUND
MECHANIC
10WC
ANNUNCIATOR
INT
AUDIO
CARD 2
ON
VOICE
RESET
RAD
VOR1
PA
RESET
VOR2
MKR
ILS
MLS
ADF1
ADF2
CALL
CALL
CALL
CALL
CALL
MECH
ATT
VHF1
VHF2
VHF3
HF1
HF2
INT
CAB
CIDS 1
101RH
ANNUNCIATOR
CIDS 2
102RH
INT
AUDIO
CARD 3
ON
VOICE
RESET
RAD
VOR1
VOR2
PA
RESET
MKR
ILS
MLS
ADF1
ADF2
N_MM_235100_0_DEM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-51-00-35400-A SHEET 1

Ground Crew and Cabin Attendant Call System - Block
Diagram
23-51-00 PB001
Page 59
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
COMMON PROGRAM
VHF3
HF1
HF2
TO ACPs
A.M.U
ADF2
MLS
FAA/CAA
AUTOMATIC RESET
LOCKED PA
INSTALL SHUNTS
TO SUIT DEFINITION
TO CFDIU
N_MM_235100_0_DGM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-51-00-35900-A SHEET 1

Pin-Program - Block Diagram
23-51-00 PB001
Page 60
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
+28V
CAPTAIN
HF
FILTER
TRANSIENT
AND
SUBTRANSIENT
FILTER
+28V
5th OCCUPANT
(IF INSTALLED)
SAME AS CAPTAIN
+28V
SELCALCALL + BITE
SAME AS CAPTAIN
+28V
FLIGHT INTERPHONE
HF
FILTER
TRANSIENT
AND
SUBTRANSIENT
FILTER
DC/DC
CONVERTER
20V
REGULATOR
16V
REGULATOR
+5V
0V
+15V
0
15V
AMPLIFIER
POWER
SUPPLY
MICROPHONE
POWER
SUPPLY
N_MM_235100_0_DJM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-51-00-36300-A SHEET 1

Electrical Power Supplies of the AMU - Block Diagram
23-51-00 PB001
Page 61
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
A
MCDU
DIR
PROG
PERF
INIT
FPLN
RAD
NAV
FUEL
PRED
SEC
FPLN
AIR
PORT
NEXT
PAGE
DATA
MCDU
MENU
X
OVFY
Y
CLR
3CA1 (3CA2)
N_MM_235100_0_DLM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-51-00-38300-A SHEET 1

MCDU - Location
23-51-00 PB001
Page 62
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL

(FOR ACCES TO THE PAGE BELOW
REF.313200)
<
>
<
>
<
>
<
>
<
>
<
>
<
<
>
<
<
>
<
N_MM_235100_0_DNV0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-51-00-39300-A SHEET 1

MCDU - Functional Description
23-51-00 PB001
Page 63
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
A
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
N_MM_235100_0_DVA0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-51-00-39700-B SHEET 1

Audio Integrating System (AIS) - LAST LEG REPORT (Sheet 2/2)
23-51-00 PB001
Page 64
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
A
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
N_MM_235100_0_DWA0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-51-00-39800-B SHEET 1

Audio Integrating System (AIS) - PREVIOUS LEGS
REPORT - (Sheet 2/2)
23-51-00 PB001
Page 65
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
A
<
<
<
<
<
*****
*****
<
* = DATA ACCORDING
TO THE SUPPLIER
*****
*****
<
NOTE: ACP4, ACP5 ONLY IF INSTALLED
*****
*****
<
*
N_MM_235100_0_DXA0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-51-00-40100-B SHEET 1

Audio Integrating System (AIS) - LRU IDENTIFICATION (Sheet 2/2)
23-51-00 PB001
Page 66
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
A
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
N_MM_235100_0_DYA0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-51-00-40200-B SHEET 1

Audio Integrating System (AIS) - TEST - (Sheet 2/2)
23-51-00 PB001
Page 67
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AUDIO MANAGEMENT - DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 23-51-00-040-001-A
Deactivation of the Radio PTT Switch
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR. MOVEMENT OF
FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
FIN 11RN, 12RN
Task Summary
MMEL OR CDL TITLE
ACCESS
MMEL 23-51-06B
MMEL 23-51-06A
1.
NO
TEST
YES
SPECIFIC
MHR
TOOLS
NO
00:7
E/T
00:7
NB MEN
1
Reason for the Job

MMEL 23-51-06B
Sidestick PTT
MMEL 23-51-06A
Sidestick PTT
(Old MMEL ref: 23-51-08)
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
AR CAP - WIRE END
No specific
AR
No specific
AR
WARNING NOTICE(S)
No specific
B.
DESIGNATION
LBF.FT)

ZONE/ACCESS
211
212
ZONE DESCRIPTION
COCKPIT
COCKPIT
C.
REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
24-41-00-862-002-A
24-41-00-862-002-A-01
24-41-00-862-002-A-02
27-96-00-710-003-A
Operational Test of the Side Stick Priority
AES
23-51-00 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
REFERENCE
29-10-00-863-003-A
DESIGNATION
Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with a Ground Power Supply
29-10-00-863-003-A-01
Pressurize the Blue Hydraulic System with the Blue Electric Pump
29-10-00-864-003-A
Depressurize the Blue Hydraulic System
29-23-00-863-001-A
Pressurize the Green Hydraulic System from the Yellow Hydraulic System
through the PTU with the Electric Pump
29-23-00-864-001-A
29-24-00-863-001-A
Depressurize the Green and Yellow Hydraulic Systems after Operation of the
PTU
Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System with the Electric Pump
29-24-00-864-001-A
Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System
31-60-00-860-001-A
31-60-00-860-002-A
34-10-00-860-004-A
EIS Start Procedure

EIS Stop Procedure
IR Alignment Procedure
ESPM 20-42-13-0
(Ref. Fig. 23-51-00-991-00100-A - Side Stick Assembly)
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-51-00-865-055-A
A.
PANEL
** On A/C 003-004
FOR FIN 11RN
49VU
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
COM/AUDIO/ACP/CAPT
4RN
G06
4RN
G06
COM/AUDIO/ACP/F/O
5RN
G07
5RN
G07
** On A/C 005-099
49VU
** On A/C 003-004
FOR FIN 12RN
49VU
** On A/C 005-099
49VU
4.
Procedure
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-51-00-010-050-A
A.
AES
Disengagement of the Radio PTT Switch (11RN, 12RN)

(Ref. Fig. 23-51-00-991-00100-A - Side Stick Assembly)
(1)
Remove the screws (1).
(2)
Remove the cover plate (2).
(3)
Remove the blanking plug (11), the nut (10), the washer (9) and the trigger (8).
(4)
Remove the nut (7), the washer (6), the switch (4) with the washer (3).
23-51-00 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 23-51-00-040-050-A
B.
Deactivation of the Radio PTT Switch (11RN, 12RN)

(1)
Cut the power supply wires (5)
(2)
Install CAP - WIRE END at the end of each wire (Ref. ESPM 20-42-13-0).
Subtask 23-51-00-410-051-A
C.
Engagement of the Radio PTT Switch (11RN,12RN)

(1)
Install the lock plate (3) in the switch (4).
(2)
Install the switch (4) in the handle.
(3)
Make sure that the stop of the lock plate (3) is in its housing.
(4)
Install the washer (6), the nut (7) and tighten it.
(5)
Install the trigger (8), the washer (9) and the nut (10).
(6)
TORQUE the nut (10) to 0.035 M.DAN (3.10 LBF.IN).
(7)
Install the blanking plug (11).
(8)
Install the cover plate (2).
(9)
Install the screws (1) and tighten.
Subtask 23-51-00-865-056-A
D.
PANEL
** On A/C 003-004
FOR FIN 11RN
49VU
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
COM/AUDIO/ACP/CAPT
4RN
G06
4RN
G06
COM/AUDIO/ACP/F/O
5RN
G07
5RN
G07
** On A/C 005-099
49VU
** On A/C 003-004
FOR FIN 12RN
49VU
** On A/C 005-099
49VU
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-51-00-860-058-A
E.
AES

(1)

24-41-00-861-002-A-02).
(2)
Do the EIS start procedure (Upper ECAM DU and lower ECAM DU only)
(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001-A).
(3)
Do the IR alignment procedure (Ref. TASK 34-10-00-860-004-A).
(4)
On the overhead panel 23VU:

. make sure that the FLT CTL/ELAC 1 and FLT CTL/SEC 1 pushbutton switches are pushed (On
these pushbutton switches, the OFF and FAULT legends are off).
23-51-00 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(5)
On the overhead panel 24VU:

. make sure that the FLT CTL/ELAC 2, FLT CTL/SEC 2 and FLT CTL/SEC 3 pushbutton switches
are pushed (On these pushbutton switches, the OFF and FAULT legends are off).
(6)
On
.
.
.
.
the upper ECAM display unit, make sure that the warnings that follow do not show:
HF1 (2) EMITTING
VHF1 (2) (3) EMITTING
ELAC 1 FAULT
ELAC 2 FAULT
NOTE :
If one of these warnings shows, do the trouble shooting procedure related to the maintenance
message.
(7)
Pressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems

(Ref. TASK 29-23-00-863-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-863-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A)
or (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-863-003-A-01).
(8)
On the center pedestal, on the ECAM control panel, push the F/CTL key (On the lower ECAM display
unit, the F/CTL page comes into view).
Subtask 23-51-00-710-058-A
F.
5.
Do the Operational test of the Side Stick Priority (Ref. TASK 27-96-00-710-003-A).
Close-up
Subtask 23-51-00-860-059-A
A.
AES

(1)
Depressurize the aircraft hydraulic systems

(Ref. TASK 29-23-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-24-00-864-001-A) (Ref. TASK 29-10-00-864-003-A).
(2)
Do the EIS stop procedure

(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002-A).
(3)
Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) on the cover panel of the side stick assembly to tell the crew that the
radio PTT switch is deactivated.
(4)
Make an entry in the logbook.
(5)

24-41-00-862-002-A-02).
23-51-00 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
11RN
12RN
2
3
4
11
10
8
5
7
6
N_MM_235100_4_AAC0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-51-00-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Side Stick Assembly
23-51-00 PB401
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-51-00-440-001-A
Reactivation of the Radio PTT Switch
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROLS ARE CLEAR. MOVEMENT OF
FLIGHT CONTROLS CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE.
FIN 11RN, 12RN
Task Summary
MMEL OR CDL TITLE
ACCESS
TEST
SPECIFIC
TOOLS
MHR
E/T
NB MEN
MMEL 23-51-06B
MMEL 23-51-06A
1.
Reason for the Job

MMEL 23-51-06B
Sidestick PTT
MMEL 23-51-06A
Sidestick PTT
(Old MMEL ref: 23-51-08) MMEL235106
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
211
212
ZONE DESCRIPTION
COCKPIT
COCKPIT
B.
REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
24-41-00-862-002-A
24-41-00-862-002-A-01
24-41-00-862-002-A-02
27-92-41-000-010-A
27-92-41-400-010-A

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-51-00-860-060-A
A.

(1)
AES

24-41-00-861-002-A-02).
23-51-00 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
4.
Procedure
Subtask 23-51-00-440-050-A
A.
Reactivation of the Radio PTT Switch (11RN, 12RN)

(1)
Do the Installation of a new Radio PTT Switch (Ref. TASK 27-92-41-000-010-A) and (Ref. TASK
27-92-41-400-010-A).
Subtask 23-51-00-810-053-A
B.
5.
Do the trouble shooting procedure related to the maintenance message.
Close-up
Subtask 23-51-00-860-061-A
A.
AES

(1)
(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A-02).
23-51-00 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AUDIO MANAGEMENT - ADJUSTMENT/TEST

** On A/C ALL
Task 23-51-00-710-001-A
WARNING : OBEY THE RADIO REGULATIONS AND MAKE SURE THAT THE FREQUENCY IS AVAILABLE BEFORE
YOU TRANSMIT.
1.
Reason for the Job

To do a check of the operation of the audio management system.
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
No specific
QTY
1
BOOMSET 600 OHMS
1
HEADSET 600 OHMS
No specific
B.
DESIGNATION
MICROPHONE 150 OHMS - HAND

ZONE/ACCESS
210
ZONE DESCRIPTION
C.
REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
24-41-00-862-002-A
24-41-00-862-002-A-01
24-41-00-862-002-A-02
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-51-00-860-050-A
A.
AES

(1)
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).
(2)
On
.
.
.
all the ACPs, make sure that:

The RAD/INT selector switch is in the center position
All transmission pushbutton switches are fully out.
All reception pushbutton switches are pushed (no reception).
23-51-00 PB501
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(3)
On the maintenance panel 50VU, make sure that the SVCE INT OVRD pushbutton switch is not
pushed.
(4)
On the overhead control and indicating panel 48VU, make sure that the AUDIO SWITCHING selector
switch is in the NORM position.
(5)
Set the LOUD SPEAKER potentiometers on the panels 301VU and 501VU to the middle position.
(6)
Boomset connection.
. At each crew station, connect a BOOMSET 600 OHMS to the jack panel.
. On the panel 108VU, connect a boomset.
(7)
Microphone and headset connection:

. At each crew station, connect a MICROPHONE 150 OHMS - HAND to the HAND MIC
connection.
Connect a HEADSET 600 OHMS to the HEADSET connector.
Subtask 23-51-00-865-050-A
B.
49VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
CAPT/LOUD/SPKR
5WW
FIN
F10
LOCATION
49VU
COM/RMP/1
2RG1
G10
49VU
COM/VHF/1
2RC1
G09
49VU
COM/AUDIO/FLT/INTPH
9RN
G08
49VU
COM/AUDIO/ACP/F/O
5RN
G07
49VU
COM/AUDIO/ACP/CAPT
4RN
G06
INT 1 + 2
9RN
5RN
G08
G07
4RN
G06
121VU
COM NAV/SELCAL
8RN
M04
121VU
6RN
M02
121VU
EIS/F/O/LOUD/SPKR
4WW
P08
** On A/C 003-004
** On A/C 005-099
49VU
49VU
49VU
** On A/C ALL
4.
Procedure
Subtask 23-51-00-710-051-A
A.
Do the operational test:

NOTE :
This procedure is applicable for all the crew stations.
ACTION
1.At each crew station, on the ACP:
. Push the INT transmission pushbutton switch.
AES
RESULT
.
The green bars on the INT transmission pushbutton

switch come on.
23-51-00 PB501
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ACTION
Push and release the INT reception pushbutton switch .
and then turn it to the middle position.
RESULT
comes on.
2.On the ACP of the station where you do the

maintenance:
. Set the INT/RAD selector switch to RAD and hold it
in this position (You can do this operation on the
PTT switch of the side stick controller at the CAPT
or F/O station).
.
At the Captains and First Officers stations:

. Make sure that the loudspeakers operate.
At each crew station and at the ground mechanic station:
. Make sure that the reception in the boomset is correct.
Smoothly turn the INT reception pushbutton switch

clockwise.
Turn the INT pushbutton switch to the middle

position.
3.At the Captains and First Officiers stations:

. Smoothly turn the loudspeaker potentiometer
clockwise.
maintenance:
. Release the INT/RAD selector switch (or the PTT
switch on the side stick controller at the CAPT or
F/O station)
At the station where you do the maintenance:

. The reception you can hear must change smoothly
without interference in the boomset.
NOTE: During the test at the CAPT and F/O stations,
the volume in the related loudspeakers also changes
smoothly without interference.

without interference in the loudspeaker.
The INT/RAD selector switch goes back to the middle

position.

. Set the INT/RAD selector switch to INT.
6.At the ground mechanic station:
At each crew station :
Make sure that the reception in the boomset is correct.

. Set the INT/RAD selector switch to the middle
position.

switch go off.
8.On the RMP1:


function used.
AES
Push the VHF1 pushbutton switch.
23-51-00 PB501
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ACTION
transmits.
display windows.
9.On the ACP of the station on which you do the

maintenance:
. Push the VHF1 transmission pushbutton switch.
.
.
RESULT
The frequency set comes into view in the left ACTIVE

display window.
The green bars on the VHF1 transmission pushbutton

switch come on.
Push and release the VHF1 reception pushbutton
. The reception pushbutton switch moves fully out and
switch.
comes on.
Set the INT/RAD selector switch to INT and speak in At the station where you do the maintenance:
the boomset microphone.
. Make sure that you receive the VHF1 station and the
interphone at the same time.
At the other crew station:
. Make sure that you can hear the communications only
from the station where you do the maintenance.
.
.
Set the INT/RAD selector switch to the center

position.
Push the VHF1 transmission pushbutton switch.
The green bars on the VHF1 transmission pushbutton

switch go off.
Push the VHF1 reception pushbutton switch.
This pushbutton switch moves in (to the initial position)

and the annunciator light goes off.


. Push the INT reception pushbutton switch.
11.On the RMP1:

. Set the ON/OFF selector switch to OFF.
Subtask 23-51-00-710-053-A
B.
Do the operational test:

NOTE :
This procedure is applicable for all the crew stations.
ACTION
Push and release the INT reception pushbutton

switch.
RESULT
switch come on.
comes on.
2.At the station where you do the maintenance:
At the Captains and First Officers stations:
AES
Push the PTT switch of the hand microphone and

speak in the microphone.
Make sure that the loudspeakers operate.
23-51-00 PB501
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ACTION
RESULT
At each crew station:
. Make sure that the reception in the headset is correct.
At the ground mechanics station:
. Make sure that the reception in the boomset is correct.

maintenance:
. Smoothly turn the INT reception pushbutton switch
clockwise.

without interference in the headset.
NOTE: During the test at the CAPT and F/O stations,
the volume in the related loudspeakers also changes
smoothly without interference.
4.At the crew station under maintenance:

.
Release the PTT switch of the hand microphone.
5.
Close-up
Subtask 23-51-00-860-051-A
A.
AES

(1)
At each crew station, on the ACP, push the INT transmission and reception pushbutton switches.
(2)
Disconnect the microphone and the headset for all the crew stations.
(3)
Disconnect the boomset on the panel 108VU.
(4)

24-41-00-862-002-A-02).
23-51-00 PB501
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-51-00-710-002-A
NOTE :
1.
Reason for the Job

To do a check of the operation of the SELCAL code panel.
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
1
BOOMSET 600 OHMS
DESIGNATION

ZONE/ACCESS
210
ZONE DESCRIPTION
C.
REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
24-41-00-862-002-A
24-41-00-862-002-A-01
24-41-00-862-002-A-02
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-51-00-860-052-A
A.

(1)
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).
(2)
On
.
.
.
(3)
On the Captains station, connect a BOOMSET 600 OHMS to the jack panel.

The INT/RAD selector switch is in the middle position.
Subtask 23-51-00-865-051-A
B.

PANEL
49VU
AES
DESIGNATION
CAPT/LOUD/SPKR
FIN
5WW
LOCATION
F10
23-51-00 PB501
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
49VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
FWS/FWC1/SPLY
3WW
FIN
F01
LOCATION
49VU
COM/RMP/1
2RG1
G10
49VU
COM/VHF/1
2RC1
G09
49VU
COM/AUDIO/FLT/INTPH
9RN
G08
49VU
COM/AUDIO/ACP/F/O
5RN
G07
49VU
COM/AUDIO/ACP/CAPT
4RN
G06
COM HF1
1RE1
HA14
INT 1 + 2
9RN
5RN
G08
G07
4RN
G06
121VU
COM NAV/VHF/3
2RC3
L05
121VU
COM NAV/VHF/2
2RC2
L04
121VU
COM NAV/RMP/3
2RG3
L03
121VU
COM NAV/RMP/2
2RG2
L02
121VU
COM NAV/SELCAL
8RN
M04
121VU
6RN
M02
121VU
EIS/F/O/LOUD/SPKR
4WW
P08
121VU
EIS/FWC2/SPLY
2WW
Q07
** On A/C 003-004
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1049 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1387 FOR A/C 003-005
49VU
** On A/C 005-099
49VU
49VU
49VU
** On A/C ALL
4.
Procedure
** On A/C 006-099
Subtask 23-51-00-710-054-C
A.

NOTE :
Do this test with the VHF1 system.

You must do this procedure again with the VHF2 and VHF3 systems. The procedure is the same and
when you use the VHF2 and VHF3 systems, refer to information between parentheses.
ACTION
1.On the RMP1:
AES
Push the VHF1 (VHF3) pushbutton switch.
RESULT
function used.
23-51-00 PB501
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ACTION
selector knob, set the frequency that the ground
station can use in VHF.
display windows.
RESULT

display window.
3.On the CAPT ACP:

. Push the VHF1 (VHF2, VHF3) transmission
pushbutton switch.


pushbutton switch.
Push the PTT switch of the CAPT sidestick
controller.
Transmit the SELCAL code of the aircraft to the
ground station. Tell the ground station to make a
SELCAL call on the VHF1 (VHF2, VHF3) system.
The reception pushbutton switch is moves fully out and

comes on.
Release the PTT switch of the CAPT sidestick

controller.
On each ACP, the amber CALL legend of the VHF1

(VHF2, VHF3) transmission pushbutton switch flashes.
You can hear the buzzer.
On all ACPs, the amber CALL legend of the VHF1

(VHF2, VHF3) transmission pushbutton switch goes off.
The buzzer stops.
2.On the RMP2, set the frequencies related to the VHF2

system. Do the procedure of paragraph 1.
.
.
4.On one of the ACPs, push the RESET pushbutton

switch and release it.
.
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-51-00-710-054-E
A.

NOTE :
Do this test with the VHF1 and the HF1 systems.

You must do this procedure again with the VHF2 and VHF3 systems. The procedure is the same and
when you use the VHF2 and VHF3 systems, refer to information between parentheses.
ACTION
1.On the RMP1:
AES
Push the VHF1 pushbutton switch.
RESULT
function used.
23-51-00 PB501
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ACTION
station can use in VHF.
Start this frequency. To do this, push the tranfer
display windows.
RESULT

display window.
3.On the CAPT ACP:

. Push the VHF1 (VHF2, VHF3) transmission
pushbutton switch.


pushbutton switch.
controller.
Transmit the SELCAL code of the aircraft to the
ground station. Tell the ground station to make a
SELCAL call on the VHF1 (VHF2, VHF3) system.

comes on.

controller.
On each ACP, the amber CALL legend of the VHF1

(VHF2, VHF3) transmission pushbutton switch flashes.
On all ACPs, the amber CALL legend of the VHF1

(VHF2, VHF3) transmission pushbutton switch goes off.
The buzzer stops.
2.On the RMP2 and RMP3, set the frequencies related to

the VHF2 and VHF3 systems. Do the procedure of
paragraph 1.
.
.

.
5.On the RMP1:
. Push the HF1 pushbutton switch

station can use in HF.
display windows.
6.On the CAPT ACP:

. Push the HF1 transmission pushbutton switch.
The SEL indicator light (amber LED) comes on.

On the RMP1:
. The green LED on the VHF1 pushbutton switch goes
off.
. The green LED on the HF1 pushbutton switch comes
on.
The frequency set comes into view, in the ACTIVE

display window.

transmission pushbutton switch go off.
The green bars on the HF1 transmission pushbutton
switch come on.
AES
23-51-00 PB501
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
.
.
.
ACTION
pushbutton switch.
Push and release the HF1 reception pushbutton
switch.
controller.
Tell the ground station to make a SELCAL call on the

HF1 system.

controller.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
5.
RESULT
The reception pusbutton switch moves fully out and
comes on.
During the tuning (which continues for approximately 5
seconds), the reception stops and you can hear a signal
of 1000 Hz in the boomset.
On each ACP, the amber CALL legend of the HF1

transmission pushbutton switch flashes.
On all ACPs, the amber CALL legend of the HF1
transmission pushbutton switch goes off.
The buzzer stops.
Close-up
** On A/C 006-099
Subtask 23-51-00-860-053-A
A.

(1)
(2)
On the ACP, push the VHF1 (VHF2) transmission pushbutton switch and the VHF1 (VHF2) reception
pushbutton switch.
(3)
At the Captain station, disconnect the boomset.
(4)
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1365 FOR A/C 003-005
Subtask 23-51-00-860-053-D
A.

(1)
(2)
On the ACP, push the HF1 transmission pushbutton switch and the HF1 reception pushbutton switch.
(3)
At the Captain station, disconnect the boomset.
(4)

** On A/C 003-005
24-41-00-862-002-A-02).
AES
23-51-00 PB501
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-51-00-710-003-A
Operational Test of the CAPT and F/O ACPs Switching to the 3rd OCCUPANT ACP
NOTE :
1.
You can do this test in the hangar.
Reason for the Job

(Ref. MPD 23-51-00-01-)
OPERATIONAL CHECK OF CAPT. AND F/O AUDIO CONTROL PANELS SWITCHING TO THIRD AUDIO
CONTROL PANEL
To make sure that the 3rd Occupant station operates correctly in the standby mode for the Captain and First
Officer stations. For this, use the AUDIO SWITCHING selector switch (panel 48VU).
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
BOOMSET 600 OHMS
1

ZONE/ACCESS
211
212
ZONE DESCRIPTION
COCKPIT
COCKPIT
C.
REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
24-41-00-862-002-A
24-41-00-862-002-A-01
24-41-00-862-002-A-02
31-60-00-860-001-A
EIS Start Procedure
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-51-00-860-054-A
A.
AES

(1)
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).
(2)
On
.
.
.
the ACPs of the Captain, the First Officer and the 3rd Occupant stations, make sure that:
The RAD/INT selector switch is in the middle position,
23-51-00 PB501
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(3)
pushed.
(4)
(5)
On the panels 301VU and 501VU, set the LOUD SPEAKER potentiometers to MAX.
(6)
At the Captain and First Officer Occupant stations:

. Connect a BOOMSET 600 OHMS to the jack panel.
(7)
At the Captain and First Officer stations, connect a MICROPHONE 150 OHMS - HAND to the HAND
MIC receptacle.
(8)
Do the EIS start procedure (upper ECAM only) (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001-A).
Subtask 23-51-00-865-052-A
B.

PANEL
DESIGNATION
CAPT/LOUD/SPKR
5WW
F10
49VU
COM/AUDIO/FLT/INTPH
9RN
G08
49VU
COM/AUDIO/ACP/F/O
5RN
G07
49VU
COM/AUDIO/ACP/CAPT
4RN
G06
INT 1 + 2
9RN
5RN
G08
G07
4RN
G06
121VU
6RN
M02
121VU
EIS/F/O/LOUD/SPKR
4WW
P08
49VU
FIN
LOCATION
** On A/C 003-004
** On A/C 005-099
49VU
49VU
49VU
** On A/C ALL
4.
Procedure
Subtask 23-51-00-710-055-A
A.
Operational test
NOTE :
This procedure is applicable for the Captain Station. It is the same for the First Officer station. Refer
to the data between parentheses.
ACTION
1.On the ACP of the Captain (First Officer) and the 3rd
Occupant:
.
Push and release the INT reception pushbutton switch .

and then turn it to the middle position.
2.On the overhead control and indicating panel 48VU:
AES
RESULT

switch come on.
comes on.
On the upper ECAM DU.
23-51-00 PB501
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ACTION
Set the AUDIO SWITCHING selector switch to CAPT .
3 (F/O 3).
RESULT
The AUDIO 3XFRD indication comes into view in
green.
NOTE: To get the MEMO, push the CLR pushbutton
switch on the ECAM control panel until the indication
comes into view.
3.On the CAPT (F/O) station:

.
On the ACP, push the INT transmission pushbutton

switch.

switch go off.
Speak into the microphone.
Make sure that what is said in the microphone is clearly

audible:
.In the boomset of the Captain (First Officer).
.In the loudspeaker of the Captain (First Officer).

switch go off.
Make sure that the reception stops:

6.On the 3rd Occupants ACP:


switch come on.
Make sure that the reception volume changes smoothly
and that there is no interference:


.
Speak into the microphone.
Smoothly turn clockwise the INT pushbutton switch

for reception and speak into the CAPT (F/O)
microphone.
7.On the CAPT (F/O) ACP:

.
Push the INT transmission pushbutton switch.

switch come on.
Smoothly turn clockwise the INT pushbutton switch

for reception and speak into the microphone.
Make sure that the reception volume does not change:


.
AES
On the ACP, set the INT/RAD switch to RAD and

hold it in this position.
23-51-00 PB501
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ACTION
Speak into the boomset microphone.
Release the RAD/INT switch.
The RAD/INT switch moves to the middle position.
On the CAPT (F/O) side stick controller push the

PTT switch.
Speak into the boomset microphone.

audible:
RESULT
Make sure that the reception stops:
Release the PTT switch on the CAPT (F/O) side

stick controller.
.
Set the RAD/INT switch to RAD and hold it in this

position.
Speak into the microphone of the CAPT (F/O)

boomset.

audible:
Release the RAD/INT switch.
the RAD/INT switch moves to the middle position.

.
Set the AUDIO SWITCHING selector switch to

NORM.
5.
Close-up
Subtask 23-51-00-860-055-A
A.
AES

(1)
On the ACPs, push the INT transmission and reception pushbutton switches.
(2)
On the ECAM control panel, set the UPPER DISPLAY potentiometer to OFF.
(3)
At the Captain and First Officer stations, disconnect the microphone and the boomset.
(4)
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).
23-51-00 PB501
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-51-00-710-004-A
1.
Reason for the Job

To make sure that the Oxygen Mask Microphone
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
210
ZONE DESCRIPTION
B.
REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
24-41-00-862-002-A
24-41-00-862-002-A-01
24-41-00-862-002-A-02
35-12-41-400-002-A
Installation of the Full-Face/Quick-donning Oxygen-Mask
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-51-00-860-067-A
A.

(1)
Energize the aircraft electrical circuits. (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02)
(2)
On all the ACPs, make sure that:

. the INT/RAD selector switch is in the middle position
. all the transmission pushbutton switches are pushed (no reception).
(3)
pushed.
(4)
On the overhead control panel 48VU, make sure that the AUDIO SWITCHING selector switch is in the
NORM position.
(5)
At the CAPT, F/O and 3rd OCCPNT stations, connect a headset to the jack panel.
(6)
On the CAPT, F/O and 3rd OCCPNT ACPs, push the INT transmission and INT reception pushbutton
switches.
Subtask 23-51-00-865-067-A
B.

PANEL
49VU
DESIGNATION
OXYGEN/CREW/OXY/SPLY
1HT
FIN
HA01
LOCATION
COM/AUDIO/FLT/INTPH
9RN
G08
** On A/C 003-004
49VU
AES
23-51-00 PB501
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
49VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
COM/AUDIO/ACP/F/O
5RN
FIN
G07
LOCATION
49VU
COM/AUDIO/ACP/CAPT
4RN
G06
INT 1 + 2
9RN
5RN
G08
G07
4RN
G06
6RN
M02
** On A/C 005-099
49VU
49VU
49VU
** On A/C ALL
121VU
4.
Procedure
Subtask 23-51-00-710-064-A
A.

NOTE :
You must do the test at each crew station (refer to the data in parentheses).
NOTE :
Do not put oxygen mask fully against your face so that you do not use oxygen.
ACTION
1.On the L overhead control panel 21VU:
. push the OXYGEN/CREW SUPPLY pushbutton
switch.
2.At the CAPT (F/O and 3rd OCCPNT) station:
. remove the mask from the stowage box
3.On the CAPT (F/O, 3rd OCCPNT) ACP:
. set the INT/RAD selector switch to RAD and hold it
in this position.
4.Speak into the oxygen mask microphone of the CAPT
(F/O, 3rd OCCPNT) station.
5.On the CAPT (F/O, 3rd OCCPNT) ACP:

. release the INT/RAD selector switch.
RESULT
On the OXYGEN/CREW SUPPLY pushbutton switch:
. the OFF legend goes off.
You can hear the oxygen flow rate.
Make sure that the reception is correct:

. in the headset at the CAPT, F/O and 3rd OCCPNT
stations
. in the CAPT and F/O loud speakers (on the CAPT and
F/O LOUD SPEAKER control panels 500VU and
301VU, the LOUD SPEAKER potentiometers are set to
MAX).
On the CAPT (F/O, 3rd OCCPNT) ACP:
. the INT/RAD selector switch moves to the center
position.
6.At the CAPT (F/O and 3rd OCCPNT) station:

. put the oxygen mask into the stowage box and close
the doors. (Ref. TASK 35-12-41-400-002-A)
5.
Close-up
Subtask 23-51-00-860-068-A
A.
AES
Put the Aircraft back to its Initial Configuration

(1)
On the CAPT, F/O, 3rd OCCUPNT ACPs, push the INT transmission and INT reception pushbutton
switches.
(2)
At the CAPT, F/O, 3rd OCCPNT stations, disconnect the headset.
23-51-00 PB501
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(3)
AES
De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits. (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02)
23-51-00 PB501
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-51-00-740-002-A
NOTE :
1.
You can do the test in the hangar.
Reason for the Job

To make sure that the AMU and the ACPs operate correctly.
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
210
ZONE DESCRIPTION
B.
REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
24-41-00-862-002-A
24-41-00-862-002-A-01
24-41-00-862-002-A-02
31-32-00-860-003-A
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-51-00-860-056-A
A.
AES

(1)
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).
(2)
On
.
.
.
(3)
pushed.
(4)

The RAD/INT switch is in the middle position,
All transmission pushbutton switches are fully out,
23-51-00 PB501
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 23-51-00-865-053-A
B.
PANEL
** On A/C 003-004
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
49VU
COM/AUDIO/FLT/INTPH
9RN
G08
49VU
COM/AUDIO/ACP/F/O
5RN
G07
49VU
COM/AUDIO/ACP/CAPT
4RN
G06
INT 1 + 2
9RN
5RN
G08
G07
4RN
G06
121VU
COM NAV/SELCAL
8RN
M04
121VU
6RN
M02
** On A/C 005-099
49VU
49VU
49VU
** On A/C ALL
4.
Procedure
Subtask 23-51-00-710-056-A
A.
Subtask 23-51-00-740-050-A
B.
Do the BITE test:
ACTION
. Push the line key adjacent to the AMU indication.
RESULT
On the MCDU:
. the AIS page comes into view.
2.On the AIS page:

.
.
.
The TEST IN PROGRESS XX s comes into view.

The TEST OK page comes into view.
3.On the MCDU:

. Push the line key adjacent to the RETURN indication
until the CFDS menu page comes into view.
5.
Close-up
Subtask 23-51-00-862-053-A
A.
AES
23-51-00 PB501
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
CONTROL PANEL - AUDIO (ACP) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 23-51-12-000-001-A
Removal of the Audio Control Panel (ACP) (2RN1, 2RN2, 2RN3, 2RN4, 2RN5)
FIN 2RN1, 2RN2, 2RN3, 2RN4, 2RN5
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
AR CAP - BLANKING

ZONE/ACCESS
120
128
210
211
ZONE DESCRIPTION
COCKPIT
C.
REFERENCE
(Ref. Fig. 23-51-12-991-00100-A - Audio Control Panel (ACP))
3.
DESIGNATION
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-51-12-865-050-A
A.

PANEL
DESIGNATION
LIGHTING/XFMR/115V.5V/ESS BUS
29LP
H03
49VU
COM/AUDIO/ACP/F/O
5RN
G07
49VU
COM/AUDIO/ACP/CAPT
4RN
G06
5RN
G07
4RN
G06
121VU
6RN
M02
122VU
LIGHTING/ANN LT SPLY/XFMR/BUS 2
27LP
X05
122VU
26LP
X04
49VU
FIN
LOCATION
** On A/C 003-004
** On A/C 005-099
49VU
49VU
** On A/C ALL
AES
23-51-12 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
PANEL
DESIGNATION
LIGHTING/ANN LT SPLY/XFMR/STAT INV 28LP
122VU
FIN
LOCATION
X03
122VU
LIGHTING/INSTL LT/MAIN INST/PNL

AND/PED
4LF
Y04
122VU
LIGHTING/INSTL LT/OVHD/PNL
3LF
Y03
4.
Procedure
Subtask 23-51-12-020-050-A
A.
Removal of the Audio Control Panel

NOTE :
AES
This removal procedure is applicable to each audio control panel.
(1)
Loosen the Dzus fasteners (1) by a quarter turn.
(2)
Pull the audio control panel (2) from its housing.
(3)
Disconnect the electrical connector (4) from the receptacle (3).
(4)
Remove the audio control panel (2).
(5)
Put CAP - BLANKING on the electrical connector (4) and the receptacle (3).
23-51-12 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
2RN3
2RN1
2RN2
N_MM_235112_4_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-51-12-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Audio Control Panel (ACP)
23-51-12 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-51-12-400-001-A
Installation of the Audio Control Panel (ACP) (2RN1, 2RN2, 2RN3, 2RN4, 2RN5)
FIN 2RN1, 2RN2, 2RN3, 2RN4, 2RN5
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
120
128
210
211
ZONE DESCRIPTION
COCKPIT
B.
REFERENCE
23-51-00-740-002-A
DESIGNATION

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-51-12-865-051-A
A.
PANEL
DESIGNATION
29LP
H03
49VU
COM/AUDIO/ACP/F/O
5RN
G07
49VU
COM/AUDIO/ACP/CAPT
4RN
G06
5RN
G07
4RN
G06
121VU
6RN
M02
122VU
27LP
X05
122VU
26LP
X04
122VU
X03
122VU

AND/PED
4LF
Y04
122VU
3LF
Y03
49VU
FIN
LOCATION
** On A/C 003-004
** On A/C 005-099
49VU
49VU
** On A/C ALL
4.
Procedure
AES
23-51-12 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 23-51-12-420-050-A
A.
Installation of the Audio Control Panel

NOTE :
This installation procedure is applicable to each audio control panel.
(1)
(2)
(3)
Remove blanking caps from the electrical connector (4) and the receptacle (3).
(4)
Make sure that the electrical connector (4) and the receptacle (3) are in the correct condition.
(5)
Connect the electrical connector (4) to the receptacle (3).
(6)
Install the audio control panel (2) in its housing.
(7)
Tighten the Dzus fasteners (1) by a quarter turn.
Subtask 23-51-12-865-052-A
B.
PANEL
DESIGNATION
29LP
H03
49VU
COM/AUDIO/ACP/F/O
5RN
G07
49VU
COM/AUDIO/ACP/CAPT
4RN
G06
5RN
G07
4RN
G06
121VU
6RN
M02
122VU
27LP
X05
122VU
26LP
X04
122VU
X03
122VU

AND/PED
4LF
Y04
122VU
3LF
Y03
49VU
FIN
LOCATION
** On A/C 003-004
** On A/C 005-099
49VU
49VU
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-51-12-740-050-A
C.
5.
Do the BITE test of the AMU-ACP (Ref. TASK 23-51-00-740-002-A).
Close-up
Subtask 23-51-12-410-050-B
A.

(1)
AES
23-51-12 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
CODE PANEL - SELCAL - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 23-51-13-000-001-A
FIN 3RN
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
No specific
AR
B.
CAP - BLANKING

ZONE/ACCESS
128
824
ZONE DESCRIPTION
C.
REFERENCE
(Ref. Fig. 23-51-13-991-00100-A - SELCAL Code Panel)
3.
DESIGNATION
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-51-13-010-050-A
A.
4.
Get Access
(1)
Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position at the access door 824 in the
zone 128.
(2)
Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 23-51-13-991-00100-A - SELCAL Code Panel)
Subtask 23-51-13-020-050-A
A.
AES

(1)
Write the code which is in view on the SELCAL code panel (3).
(2)
Loosen the fasteners (2) by one quarter turn.
(3)
Pull the SELCAL code panel (3) from its housing.
(4)
Disconnect the connector (4) from the receptacle (1).
(5)
Remove the SELCAL code panel (3).
23-51-13 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(6)
AES
Put CAP - BLANKING on the connector (4) and on the receptacle (1).
23-51-13 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
FR24A
FR20
ACCESS
DOOR 824
A
80VU
3RN
B
1
3
2
N_MM_235113_4_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-51-13-991-00100-A SHEET 1

SELCAL Code Panel
23-51-13 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-51-13-400-001-A
FIN 3RN
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
1

ZONE/ACCESS
128
824
ZONE DESCRIPTION
C.
REFERENCE
23-51-00-710-002-A
DESIGNATION
52-41-00-410-002-A
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-51-13-860-050-A
A.
4.

(1)
824 in zone 128.
(2)
Procedure
Subtask 23-51-13-420-050-A
A.

(1)
(2)
(3)
Remove the blanking caps from the connector (4) and the receptacle (1).
(4)
Make sure that the connector (4) and the receptacle (1) are in the correct condition.
(5)
Connect the connector (4) to the receptacle (1).
(6)
Put the SELCAL code panel (3) in its housing.
(7)
Tighten the QAD fasteners (2) by one quarter turn.
(8)
Make sure that the code on the SELCAL code panel is the same as that written at the panel removal.
Subtask 23-51-13-740-050-B
B.
AES
Do the Operational Test of the SELCAL system (Ref. TASK 23-51-00-710-002-A).
23-51-13 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
5.
Close-up
Subtask 23-51-13-410-050-A
A.
AES
Close Access
(1)
(2)
(3)
23-51-13 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
SWITCH - RADIO PTT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 23-51-17-000-001-A
FIN 11RN, 12RN
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
211
212
COCKPIT
COCKPIT
B.
REFERENCE
27-92-41-000-010-A
3.
ZONE DESCRIPTION
DESIGNATION
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-51-17-860-050-A
A.
4.
Not Applicable
Procedure
Subtask 23-51-17-020-050-A
A.
AES
Removal of the Radio PTT Switch (Ref. TASK 27-92-41-000-010-A).
23-51-17 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-51-17-400-001-A
FIN 11RN, 12RN
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
211
212
COCKPIT
COCKPIT
B.
REFERENCE
27-92-41-400-010-A
3.
ZONE DESCRIPTION
DESIGNATION
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-51-17-860-051-A
A.
4.
Not Applicable
Procedure
Subtask 23-51-17-420-050-A
A.
5.
Installation of the Radio PTT Switch (Ref. TASK 27-92-41-400-010-A).
Close-up
Subtask 23-51-17-860-052-A
A.
AES
Not Applicable
23-51-17 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
MANAGEMENT UNIT - AUDIO (AMU) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 23-51-34-000-001-A
Removal of the Audio Management Unit (AMU) (1RN)
FIN 1RN
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
No specific
AR
CAP - BLANKING
No specific
AR
B.

ZONE/ACCESS
127
824
ZONE DESCRIPTION
C.
REFERENCE
(Ref. Fig. 23-51-34-991-00100-A - Audio Management Unit (AMU))
3.
DESIGNATION
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-51-34-865-051-A
A.
PANEL
** On A/C 003-004
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
49VU
COM/AUDIO/FLT/INTPH
9RN
G08
49VU
COM/AUDIO/ACP/F/O
5RN
G07
49VU
COM/AUDIO/ACP/CAPT
4RN
G06
INT 1 + 2
9RN
5RN
G08
G07
4RN
G06
121VU
COM NAV/SELCAL
8RN
M04
121VU
6RN
M02
** On A/C 005-099
49VU
49VU
49VU
** On A/C ALL
AES
23-51-34 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 23-51-34-010-050-A
B.
4.
Get Access
(1)
128.
(2)
Procedure
Subtask 23-51-34-020-050-A
A.
AES
Removal of the Audio Management Unit

(1)
(2)
Lower the nuts (3).
(3)
Pull the AMU (5) on its rack (2) to disconnect the electrical connectors (1).
(4)
Remove the AMU (5) from its rack (2).
(5)
23-51-34 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
FR24A
FR20
ACCESS
DOOR 824
A
80VU
1RN
81VU
B
1
1
5
4
3
N_MM_235134_4_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-51-34-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Audio Management Unit (AMU)
23-51-34 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-51-34-400-001-A
Installation of the Audio Management Unit (AMU) (1RN)
FIN 1RN
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
1

ZONE/ACCESS
127
824
ZONE DESCRIPTION
C.
REFERENCE
23-51-00-710-001-A
DESIGNATION
23-51-00-740-002-A
52-41-00-410-002-A

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-51-34-860-050-A
A.

(1)
824 in zone 128.
(2)
Subtask 23-51-34-865-052-A
B.
PANEL
** On A/C 003-004
DESIGNATION
FIN
9RN
LOCATION
49VU
COM/AUDIO/FLT/INTPH
G08
49VU
COM/AUDIO/ACP/F/O
5RN
G07
49VU
COM/AUDIO/ACP/CAPT
4RN
G06
49VU
49VU
INT 1 + 2
9RN
5RN
G08
G07
49VU
4RN
G06
** On A/C 005-099
AES
23-51-34 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
PANEL
** On A/C ALL
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
121VU
COM NAV/SELCAL
8RN
M04
121VU
6RN
M02
4.
Procedure
Subtask 23-51-34-420-050-A
A.
Installation of the Audio Management Unit (AMU)

(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
Install the AMU (5) in its rack (2).
(6)
Push the AMU (5) on its rack (2) to connect the electrical connectors (1).
(7)
Subtask 23-51-34-865-053-A
B.
PANEL
** On A/C 003-004
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
49VU
COM/AUDIO/FLT/INTPH
9RN
G08
49VU
COM/AUDIO/ACP/F/O
5RN
G07
49VU
COM/AUDIO/ACP/CAPT
4RN
G06
INT 1 + 2
9RN
5RN
G08
G07
4RN
G06
121VU
COM NAV/SELCAL
8RN
M04
121VU
6RN
M02
** On A/C 005-099
49VU
49VU
49VU
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-51-34-740-050-A
C.
Do the BITE test of the AMU-ACP (Ref. TASK 23-51-00-740-002-A).

NOTE :
5.
23-51-00-710-001-A).
Close-up
Subtask 23-51-34-410-050-A
A.
Close Access
(1)
AES
23-51-34 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AES
(2)
(3)
23-51-34 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
STATIC DISCHARGING - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION

** On A/C ALL
1.
General
During flight, the aircraft becomes charged with static electricity. If the discharge of the static electricity is not
controlled, it causes interference in the communications and navigation systems.
To decrease the effect of this interference, static dischargers are installed.
AES
23-60-00 PB001
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
2.
Component Location
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 23-1299 FOR A/C 003-008
(Ref. Fig. 23-60-00-12400-C - Static Dischargers - Location)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------STATIC DISCHARGERS LOCATION
QUANTITY
ZONE
------------------------------------------------------------------------------Wing Tip Fence
4
534(634)
Elevator Tip
1
335(345)
Horizontal Stabilizer Tip
1
332(342)
Vertical Stabilizer Tip
1
324
Rudder Tip
1
326
Wing Fixed Trailing Edge
1
534(634)
Aileron Trailing Edge
4
590(690)
Elevator Trailing Edge
3
335(345)
Rudder Trailing Edge
3
326
No.2 Flap Track Movable Fairing
1
531(631)
1
532(632)
1
533(633)
AES
23-60-00 PB001
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
3.
System Description
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 23-1299 FOR A/C 003-008
Each static discharger assembly has a retainer and a static discharger. The retainer is attached to the structure by
rivets. The static discharger is attached to its retainer by one screw, to make it easy to replace.
Static discharger assemblies are installed at the tips of:
. the wing-tip fence
. the horizontal stabilizer
. the vertical stabilizer
. the elevators
. the rudder
and on the trailing edges of:
. the wing fixed structure
. the ailerons
. the elevators
. the rudder
. the flap-track movable-fairings
Two types of retainer are installed:
. a flat retainer at the trailing edges
. an angular retainer at the tips.
Two types of static discharger are installed:
. one with a straight mounting, installed at the trailing edges
. one with a 30-degree angle mounting, installed at the tips.
The two types are not interchangeable.
AES
23-60-00 PB001
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
4.
Power Supply
Not Applicable.
AES
23-60-00 PB001
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
5.
Interface
Not Applicable.
AES
23-60-00 PB001
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
6.

The static dischargers:
. decrease the voltage level necessary to start corona discharge
. make regions of very low radio-frequency field-strength and thus cause the discharge to occur in these regions
. discharge the static electricity charge.
The effect is to decrease the interference in the communications and navigation systems.
AES
23-60-00 PB001
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 23-1299 FOR A/C 003-008
Z324
Z326
Z335
Z332
Z534
Z590
Z533
Z345
Z532
Z342
Z531
Z690
Z631 Z632 Z633
Z634
TYPICAL TIP INSTALLATION

STATIC DISCHARGER
RETAINER
SCREW
TYPICAL TRAILINGEDGE
INSTALLATION
RETAINER
SCREW
STATIC DISCHARGER
N_MM_236000_0_AGM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-60-00-12400-C SHEET 1

Static Dischargers - Location
23-60-00 PB001
Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
STATIC DISCHARGER - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION

** On A/C ALL
1.
General
The full description and operation of the static dischargers is given in (Ref. 23-60-00).
AES
23-61-00 PB001
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
STATIC DISCHARGER - INSPECTION/CHECK

** On A/C ALL
Task 23-61-00-200-001-A
- Check Resistance of Tip to Retainer - Check Bonding of Retainer to Structure
WARNING : PUT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE IN POSITION ON THE LANDING GEAR.
1.
Reason for the Job

(Ref. MPD 23-61-42-01-)
RESISTANCE CHECK TIP TO RETAINER. BONDING CHECK RETAINER TO STRUCTURE
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
No specific
MEGOHMMETER 1 MOHM TO 2 GOHMS - 500 VCD
No specific
AR
SAFETY BARRIER(S)
No specific
WARNING NOTICE(S)
B.

ZONE/ACCESS
300
500
600
ZONE DESCRIPTION
STABILIZERS AND TAIL UNIT
LEFT WING
RIGHT WING
C.
REFERENCE
20-28-00-869-002-A
20-28-00-912-004-A
DESIGNATION
Table of the Maximum Permitted Resistance Values
Electrical Bonding of Components With Conductive Bolts and Screws and
Bonding Straps in the Fuselage and in the Wings (this does not include the
tanks)-
(Ref. Fig. 23-61-00-991-00100-B - Static Dischargers)

3.
Job Set-up
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 23-1299 FOR A/C 003-008
AES
23-61-00 PB601
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-61-00-941-050-A
A.
4.
Safety Precautions
(1)
Put the safety barriers in position.
(2)
Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 12M (40 FT) - ADJUSTABLE in position below the applicable zone.
(3)
Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the flight controls.
Procedure
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 23-1299 FOR A/C 003-008
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-61-00-210-050-A
A.
Inspection of the Static Dischargers

(1)
Examine the static dischargers to make sure that:

. there is no distortion
. there is no damage to the covers
. there is no corrosion of the bases
. there is no damage to the tips
. the screws are tight and serviceable
. they are correctly attached.
Subtask 23-61-00-750-051-A
B.
Bonding Resistance
(1)
(2)
Static Discharger Retainer to Aircraft Structure.

(a)
Make sure that the electrical bonding is correct (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-004-A).
(b)
Make sure that the bonding resistance is correct (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-869-002-A).
Static Discharger Tip to Static Discharger Retainer.

(a)
Use a MEGOHMMETER 1 MOHM TO 2 GOHMS - 500 VCD to measure the resistance between
the tip of the static discharger and the static discharger retainer as follows:
. connect one probe to the tip of the applicable static discharger
. put the other probe against the side of the applicable static discharger retainer.
NOTE :
(b)
Measure the resistance values that follow:

. for type A, between 6 and 120 Megohms
. for type B, between 6 and 200 Megohms.
NOTE :
AES
With one lead attached to the retainer, clip the other lead to a piece of WET sponge or
fine wire wool (used to touch the tip of the discharger).
The resistance value for all type B retainers is the same.
23-61-00 PB601
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
5.
Close-up
Subtask 23-61-00-942-050-A
A.
AES
Removal of Equipment
(1)
(2)
Remove the safety barriers.
(3)
(4)
(5)
items.
23-61-00 PB601
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 23-1299 FOR A/C 003-008
Z324
Z326
Z335
Z332
Z534
Z590
Z345
Z533
Z532
Z342
Z531
Z690
Z631 Z632 Z633
Z634
EXAMPLE OF TIP INSTALLATION

BASE
STATIC DISCHARGER, TYPE A
RETAINER
TIP
COVER
SCREW
BASE
RETAINER
EXAMPLE OF TRAILINGEDGE
INSTALLATION
SCREW
STATIC DISCHARGER, TYPE B
COVER
TIP
N_MM_236100_6_ACM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-61-00-991-00100-B SHEET 1

Static Dischargers
23-61-00 PB601
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
DISCHARGER - STATIC - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 23-61-41-000-001-A
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
1.
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
No specific
AR
SAFETY BARRIER(S)
No specific
AR
B.
REFERENCE
DESIGNATION
(Ref. Fig. 23-61-41-991-00100-D - Static Discharger - Location and Detail)
3.
Job Set-up
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 23-1299 FOR A/C 003-008
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-61-41-941-050-A
A.
AES
Safety Precautions
(1)
Put the SAFETY BARRIER(S) in position.
(2)
Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE adjacent to the applicable static discharger.
23-61-41 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 23-61-41-865-050-A
B.

PANEL
49VU
DESIGNATION
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC1/NORM/SPLY
15CE1
B11
49VU
FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS/ACTR/MOT2
19CE2
B09
49VU
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL AND

MONG/SYS1
6CV
B07
49VU
AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC
5CC1
B04
49VU
AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC
14CC1
B03
105VU
FLIGHT CONTROLS/ELAC2/STBY SPLY
16CE2
A02
105VU
FLT CTL/ELAC1/STBY SPLY
16CE1
A01
121VU
AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC
5CC2
M19
121VU
AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC
14CC2
M18
121VU
FLIGHT CONTROLS/FLP/CTL
AND/MONG/SYS2
8CV
Q21
121VU
FLIGHT CONTROLS/THS ACTR/MOT3
19CE3
Q17
121VU
19CE1
Q16
121VU
15CE2
R20
4.
FIN
LOCATION
Procedure
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 23-1299 FOR A/C 003-008
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-61-41-020-050-A
A.

(1)
AES
Loosen the grub screw (2) and remove the static discharger (1) from the static discharger retainer (3).
23-61-41 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 23-1299 FOR A/C 003-008
Z324
Z326
Z335
Z332
Z534
Z345
Z590
Z533
Z532
Z342
Z531
Z690
Z631
Z632
Z633
Z634
A
A
EXAMPLE OF TIP INSTALLATION
B
EXAMPLE OF TRAILINGEDGE INSTALLATION
3
N_MM_236141_4_FAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-61-41-991-00100-D SHEET 1

Static Discharger - Location and Detail
23-61-41 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-61-41-400-001-A
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
DO NOT SMOKE.
1.
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
No specific
AR
No specific
B.
LBF.FT)
REFERENCE
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 19-003
C.
SAFETY BARRIER(S)
DESIGNATION
CLEANING AGENTS
REFERENCE
23-61-00-200-001-A
DESIGNATION

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-61-41-941-051-A
A.
Safety Precautions
(1)
AES
Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.
23-61-41 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 23-61-41-860-050-A
B.

(1)
Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE is in position.
Subtask 23-61-41-865-052-A
C.
PANEL
49VU
DESIGNATION
15CE1
B11
49VU
19CE2
B09
49VU

MONG/SYS1
6CV
B07
49VU
AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC
5CC1
B04
49VU
AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC
14CC1
B03
105VU
16CE2
A02
105VU
16CE1
A01
121VU
AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC
5CC2
M19
121VU
AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC
14CC2
M18
121VU
AND/MONG/SYS2
8CV
Q21
121VU
19CE3
Q17
121VU
19CE1
Q16
121VU
15CE2
R20
4.
FIN
LOCATION
Procedure
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 23-1299 FOR A/C 003-008
Subtask 23-61-41-420-051-A
A.

(1)
Clean the component interface and the adjacent area with a clean LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH
(Material No: 19-003) and CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) .
(2)
(3)
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-61-41-420-050-A
B.

(1)
AES
Install the static discharger (1) in the static discharger retainer (3).
23-61-41 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(2)
TORQUE the grub screw (2) to 0.0791 M.DAN (7.00 LBF.IN).
Subtask 23-61-41-750-050-A
C.
Test
(1)
5.
Do a resistance test between the static discharger (1) and the static discharger retainer (3) (Ref. TASK
23-61-00-200-001-A).
Close-up
Subtask 23-61-41-865-051-A
A.
PANEL
49VU
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
15CE1
B11
49VU
19CE2
B09
49VU

MONG/SYS1
6CV
B07
49VU
AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC
5CC1
B04
49VU
AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC
14CC1
B03
105VU
16CE2
A02
105VU
16CE1
A01
121VU
AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC
5CC2
M19
121VU
AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC
14CC2
M18
121VU
AND/MONG/SYS2
8CV
Q21
121VU
19CE3
Q17
121VU
19CE1
Q16
121VU
15CE2
R20
Subtask 23-61-41-942-050-A
B.
AES
Remove the Equipment

(1)
(2)
Remove the SAFETY BARRIER(S).
(3)
(4)
(5)
items.
23-61-41 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
RETAINER - STATIC DISCHARGER - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 23-61-42-000-001-A
Removal of the Static Discharger Retainer
TASK ON OR NEAR:
THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE
No specific
AR
SAFETY BARRIER(S)
No specific
AR
No specific
AR
WARNING NOTICE(S)
B.
REFERENCE
23-61-41-000-001-A
DESIGNATION
(Ref. Fig. 23-61-42-991-00200-A - Static Discharger Retainers - Tailplane, Rudder and THS)
(Ref. Fig. 23-61-42-991-00300-B - Static Discharger Retainers - Flap Track Fairings)
(Ref. Fig. 23-61-42-991-00400-A - Static Discharger Retainers - Ailerons)
(Ref. Fig. 23-61-42-991-00500-B - Static Discharger Retainers - Wing Tips)
(Ref. Fig. 23-61-42-991-00600-A - Static Discharger Retainers - Wing Tip Fences)
3.
Job Set-up
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 23-1299 FOR A/C 003-008
** On A/C ALL
AES
23-61-42 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 23-61-42-941-050-A
A.
Safety Precautions
(1)
Put the SAFETY BARRIER(S) in position.
(2)
Put a WARNING NOTICE(S) in position to tell persons not to operate the flight controls.
Subtask 23-61-42-865-050-A
B.
49VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
15CE1
FIN
B11
LOCATION
49VU
19CE2
B09
49VU

MONG/SYS1
6CV
B07
49VU
AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC
5CC1
B04
49VU
AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC
14CC1
B03
105VU
16CE2
A02
105VU
16CE1
A01
121VU
AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC
5CC2
M19
121VU
AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC
14CC2
M18
121VU
AND/MONG/SYS2
8CV
Q21
121VU
19CE3
Q17
121VU
19CE1
Q16
121VU
15CE2
R20
Subtask 23-61-42-010-050-A
C.
4.
Get Access
(1)
Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE adjacent to the applicable static discharger.
(2)
Remove the static discharger (Ref. TASK 23-61-41-000-001-A).
Procedure
Subtask 23-61-42-020-051-A
A.
AES
Removal of the Static Discharger Retainers zone 324 (Tailplane), 326 (Rudder), 330 (340) (Trimmable
Horizontal Stabilizer)
(1)
Carefully remove the rivets (1) with a drill, so that you do not make the holes larger. Remove the static
discharger retainer (2).
(2)
discharger (4).
(3)
discharger retainer (6).
(4)
Carefully remove the rivets (23) with a drill, so that you do not make the holes larger. Remove the
static discharger retainer (24).
23-61-42 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(5)
Carefully remove the rivets (25) and (26) with a drill, so that you do not make the holes larger. Remove
the static discharger retainer (27).
(6)
Carefully remove the rivets (28) with a drill, so that you do not make the holes larger. Remove the
static discharger retainer (29).
(7)
Carefully remove the rivets (30) and rivets (32) with a drill, so that you do not make the holes larger.
Remove the static discharger retainer (31), then remove the shim (33).
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 23-1299 FOR A/C 003-008
Subtask 23-61-42-020-052-B
B.
Removal of the Static Discharger Retainers Zone 531 (631), 532 (632) and 533 (633) (Flap Track Fairings)
(1)
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-61-42-020-053-A
C.
Removal of the Static Discharger Retainers Zone 590 (690) (Ailerons)

(1)
the static discharger retainer (10), then remove and discard the washer (9).
(2)
the static discharger retainer (14), then remove and discard the washers (13).
Subtask 23-61-42-020-054-B
D.
Removal of the Static Discharger Retainers Zone 534 (634) (Wing-Tip)

(1)
the static discharger retainer (2), then remove and discard the filling piece (4).
Subtask 23-61-42-020-055-A
E.
AES
Removal of the Static Discharger Retainers Zone 534 (634) (Wing-Tip Fence)
(1)
(2)
the static discharger (7).
(3)
(4)
Carefully remove the rivets (14),(15) and (16) with a drill, so that you do not make the holes larger.
Remove the static discharger retainer (13).
23-61-42 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
C
Z324
C
C
Z326
STATIC
DISCHARGER
(REF)
1
C
STATIC
DISCHARGER
(REF)
STATIC
DISCHARGER
(REF)
N_MM_236142_4_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-61-42-991-00200-A SHEET 1

23-61-42 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Z340
C
B
Z330
A
B
32
STATIC
DISCHARGER
(REF)
30
A
23
31
32
24
STATIC
DISCHARGER
(REF)
33
STATIC
DISCHARGER
(REF)
25
26
28
STATIC
DISCHARGER
(REF)
27
29
N_MM_236142_4_AAM0_02_00
AES
FIGURE 23-61-42-991-00200-A SHEET 2

23-61-42 PB401
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 23-1299 FOR A/C 003-008
A Z533
Z633
A Z532
Z632
B
B
15
STATIC
DISCHARGER
(REF)
17
16
N_MM_236142_4_ANM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-61-42-991-00300-B SHEET 1

Static Discharger Retainers - Flap Track Fairings
23-61-42 PB401
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
B
B
C
Z 5 9 0 (Z 6 9 0)
A
STATIC
DISCHARGER
(REF)
8
10
B
9
11
12
14
C
13
STATIC
DISCHARGER
(REF)
13
N_MM_236142_4_ACM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-61-42-991-00400-A SHEET 1

Static Discharger Retainers - Ailerons
23-61-42 PB401
Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Z534
Z634
A
STATIC
DISCHARGE
(REF)
1
3
N_MM_236142_4_AAN0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-61-42-991-00500-B SHEET 1

Static Discharger Retainers - Wing Tips
23-61-42 PB401
Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Z534
Z634
E
A
14
E
15
14
14
16
D
B
11
12
12
13
C
4
5
6
7
8
9
9
10
N_MM_236142_4_ACN0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-61-42-991-00600-A SHEET 1

Static Discharger Retainers - Wing Tip Fences
23-61-42 PB401
Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-61-42-400-001-A
Installation of the Static Discharger Retainer
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE FLIGHT CONTROL SAFETY-LOCKS AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
POSITION.
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)
No specific
AR
SAFETY BARRIER(S)
No specific
AR
WARNING NOTICE(S)
B.
REFERENCE
Material No: 09-002
Material No: 11-026
Material No: 19-003
C.
Expendable Parts
FIG.ITEM
5
1
3
7
8
11
12
13
9
3
1
14
6
9
11
15
4
8
5
AES
DESIGNATION
SEALANTS
CLEANING AGENTS
DESIGNATION
rivets
rivets
rivets
rivets
rivet
rivets
rivets
washers
washer
rivets
rivets
rivets
rivets
rivets
rivets
rivet
rivets
rivets
rivets
IPC-CSN
23-61-04-01-040
23-61-04-01-060
23-61-04-01-080
23-61-05-01-010
23-61-05-01-020
23-61-05-01-050
23-61-05-01-060
23-61-05-01-065
23-61-05-01-065
23-61-05-02-015
23-61-05-02-017
23-61-05-03-010
23-61-05-03-010
23-61-05-03-010
23-61-05-03-020
23-61-05-03-020
23-61-05-03-020
23-61-05-03-020
23-61-05-03-030
23-61-42 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
12
16
15
30
FIG.ITEM
DESIGNATION
rivets
rivets
rivets
rivets and the (2 off) <<EXPD rivets/32/23610701083>> rivets.
IPC-CSN
23-61-05-03-040
23-61-05-04-050
23-61-05-04-060
23-61-07-01-040
28
23
26
25
rivets
rivets
rivets
rivets
23-61-07-01-050
23-61-07-01-051
23-61-07-01-060
23-61-07-01-070
D.
REFERENCE
23-61-00-200-001-A
DESIGNATION
23-61-41-000-001-A
23-61-41-400-001-A
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-61-42-941-052-A
A.
Safety Precautions
(1)
Make sure that the SAFETY BARRIER(S) are in position.
(2)
Make sure that the WARNING NOTICE(S) is in position to tell persons not to operate the flight
controls.
Subtask 23-61-42-865-051-A
B.
49VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
15CE1
B11
49VU
19CE2
B09
49VU

MONG/SYS1
6CV
B07
49VU
AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC
5CC1
B04
49VU
AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC
14CC1
B03
105VU
16CE2
A02
105VU
16CE1
A01
121VU
AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC
5CC2
M19
121VU
AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC
14CC2
M18
121VU
AND/MONG/SYS2
8CV
Q21
AES
FIN
LOCATION
23-61-42 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
121VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
19CE3
FIN
Q17
LOCATION
121VU
19CE1
Q16
121VU
15CE2
R20
Subtask 23-61-42-860-051-A
C.
4.

(1)
Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT) is in position below the applicable static
discharge retainer.
(2)
Make sure that the applicable static discharger is removed (Ref. TASK 23-61-41-000-001-A).
Procedure
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 23-1299 FOR A/C 003-008
Subtask 23-61-42-560-050-E
A.
Preparation for a Replacement Component

(1)
Preparation for replacement of the static discharger retainers zones 324 (Tailplane), 326 (Rudder).
** On A/C ALL
(2)
(3)
(a)
Put the applicable static discharger retainer (2), (4) or (6) in the correct position on the aircraft
structure.
(b)
Use a drill to make holes in the applicable static discharger retainer (2), (4) or (6). Make sure
that the holes align with the related holes in the aircraft structure.
Preparation for replacement of the static discharger retainers zone 330 (340) (Trimmable Horizontal
Stabilizer).
(a)
Put the applicable static discharger retainer (24), (27) or (29) in the correct position on the
aircraft structure.
(b)
Use a drill to make holes in the applicable static discharger retainer (24), (27) or (29). Make sure
that the holes align with the related holes in the aircraft structure.
(c)
Put the shim (33) in the correct position on the aircraft structure.
(d)
Use a drill to make holes in the shim (33). Make sure the holes align with the related holes in the
structure.
(e)
Put the static discharger retainer (31) in the correct position on the aircraft structure.
(f)
Use a drill to make holes in the static discharger retainer (31). Make sure that the holes align with
the related holes in the structure.
Preparation for replacement of the static discharger retainers zone 531 (631), 532 (632), 533 (633)
(Flap Track Fairings).
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 23-1299 FOR A/C 003-008
(a)
AES
Put the static discharger retainer (17) in the correct position on the aircraft structure.
23-61-42 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(b)
(4)
Use a drill to make holes in the applicable static discharger retainer (17). Make sure that the holes
align with the related holes in the aircraft structure.
Preparation for replacement of the static discharger retainers zone 590 (690) (Ailerons).
** On A/C ALL
(5)
(6)
(a)
Put the applicable static discharger retainer (10) or (14) in the correct position on the aircraft
structure.
(b)
Use a drill to make holes in the applicable static discharger retainer (10) or (14). Make sure that
the holes align with the related holes in the aircraft structure.
Preparation for replacement of the static discharger retainer zone 534 (634) (Wing-Tip).
(a)
Put the filling piece (4) in the correct position on the aircraft structure (5).
(b)
Use a drill to make holes in the filling piece (4). Make sure that the holes align with the related
holes in the aircraft structure.
(c)
Put the static discharger retainer (2) in the correct position on the aircraft structure (5).
(d)
Use a drill to make holes in the static discharger retainer (2). Make sure that the holes align with
the related holes in the aircraft structure.
Preparation for replacement of the static discharger retainer zone 534 (634) (Wing-Tip Fence).
(a)
Put the applicable static discharger retainer (4), (7), (10), or (13) in the correct position on the
aircraft structure.
(b)
Use a drill to make holes in the applicable static discharger retainer (4), (7), (10) or (13). Make
sure that the holes align with the related holes in the aircraft structure.
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-61-42-420-053-A
B.
Preparation for Installation of the Static Discharger Retainers Zone 324 (Tailplane), 326 (Rudder) and 330
(340) (Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer)
DO NOT SMOKE.
AES
(1)
Clean the applicable component interfaces and the adjacent area with a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH
(Material No: 19-003) made moist with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) .
(2)
(3)
(4)
Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No: 09-002) to the interface of the applicable static discharger
retainer.
23-61-42 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 23-1299 FOR A/C 003-008
Subtask 23-61-42-420-054-B
C.
Preparation for Installation of the Static Discharger Retainers Zone 531 (631), 532 (632), 533 (633) (Flap
Track Fairings)
DO NOT SMOKE.
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
retainer.
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-61-42-420-055-A
D.
Preparation for Installation of the Static Discharger Retainers Zone 590 (690) (Aileron)
DO NOT SMOKE.
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
retainer.
Subtask 23-61-42-420-056-B
E.
AES
Preparation for Installation of the Static Discharger Retainer Zone 534 (634) (Wing-Tip)
23-61-42 PB401
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
DO NOT SMOKE.
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
retainer.
Subtask 23-61-42-420-057-A
F.
Preparation for Installation of the Static Discharger Retainers Zone 534 (634) (Wing-Tip Fence)
DO NOT SMOKE.
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
retainer.
Subtask 23-61-42-420-058-A
G.
AES
Installation of the Static Discharger Retainers Zone 324 (Tailplane), 326 (Rudder) and 330 (340) Trimmable
Horizontal Stabilizer
(1)
Put the static discharger retainer (2) in position and install it with the (4 off) (IPC-CSN 23-61-04-01)
rivets (1) .
(2)
rivets (3) .
(3)
rivets (5) .
23-61-42 PB401
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(4)
rivets (23) .
(5)
rivets (25) and the (2 off) (IPC-CSN 23-61-07-01) rivets (26) .
(6)
rivets (28) .
(7)
Put the static discharger retainer (31) in position with the shim (33), and install it with the (2 off)
(IPC-CSN 23-61-07-01) rivets and the (2 off) <<EXPD rivets/32/23610701083>> rivets. (30)
(8)
Use a clean LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) made moist with CLEANING
AGENTS (Material No: 11-026) to remove the unwanted sealant from around the applicable static
discharger retainer.
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 23-1299 FOR A/C 003-008
Subtask 23-61-42-420-059-B
H.
Installation of the Static Discharger Retainers Zone 531 (631), 532 (632), 533 (633) (Flap Track Fairings)
(1)
Put the applicable static discharger retainer (17) in position and install it with the (4 off) (IPC-CSN
23-61-05-04) rivets (15) and the (2 off) (IPC-CSN 23-61-05-04) rivets (16) .
(2)
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-61-42-420-060-A
J.
Installation of the Static Discharger Retainers Zone 590 (690) (Ailerons)

(1)
Put the static discharger retainer (10) and the new (IPC-CSN 23-61-05-01) washer (9) in position and
install them with the (4 off) (IPC-CSN 23-61-05-01) rivets (7) and the (1 off) (IPC-CSN 23-61-05-01)
rivet (8) .
(2)
Put the static discharger retainer (14) and the new (IPC-CSN 23-61-05-01) washers (13) in position and
install them with the (4 off) (IPC-CSN 23-61-05-01) rivets (11) and the (2 off) (IPC-CSN 23-61-05-01)
rivets (12) .
(3)
Subtask 23-61-42-420-061-B
K.
Installation of the Static Discharger Retainers Zone 534 (634) (Wing-Tip)

(1)
Put the static discharger retainer (2) in position with the filling piece (4), and install it with the (2 off)
(IPC-CSN 23-61-05-02) rivets (1) and the (4 off) (IPC-CSN 23-61-05-02) rivets (3) .
(a)
AES
23-61-42 PB401
Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 23-61-42-420-062-A
L.
Installation of the Static Discharger Retainers Zone 534 (634) (Wing-Tip Fence)
(1)
rivets (14) and the (1 off) (IPC-CSN 23-61-05-03) rivet (15) .
(2)
(3)
(4)
rivets (6) , the (2 off) (IPC-CSN 23-61-05-03) rivets (5) , and the (2 off) (IPC-CSN 23-61-05-03) rivets
(4) .
(5)
Subtask 23-61-42-760-050-A
M.
Test
(1)
Make sure that the bonding resistance is correct (Ref. TASK 23-61-00-200-001-A).
Subtask 23-61-42-420-052-A
N.
5.
Continue the Installation of the Static Discharger Retainer

(1)
If necessary, paint the applicable static discharger retainer the same as the adjacent structure.
(2)
Do not paint the interfaces of the applicable static discharger retainer.
Close-up
Subtask 23-61-42-410-050-A
A.
Close Access
(1)
Install the static discharger (Ref. TASK 23-61-41-400-001-A).
Subtask 23-61-42-865-052-A
B.
49VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
15CE1
B11
49VU
19CE2
B09
49VU

MONG/SYS1
6CV
B07
49VU
AUTO FLT/FAC1/28VDC
5CC1
B04
49VU
AUTO FLT/FAC1/26VAC
14CC1
B03
105VU
16CE2
A02
105VU
16CE1
A01
121VU
AUTO FLT/FAC2/28VDC
5CC2
M19
121VU
AUTO FLT/FAC2/26VAC
14CC2
M18
AES
FIN
LOCATION
23-61-42 PB401
Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
121VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
AND/MONG/SYS2
8CV
FIN
Q21
LOCATION
121VU
19CE3
Q17
121VU
19CE1
Q16
121VU
15CE2
R20
Subtask 23-61-42-942-050-A
C.
AES
Removal of Equipment
(1)
(2)
Remove the safety barriers.
(3)
(4)
(5)
items.
23-61-42 PB401
Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
COCKPIT VOICE RECORDER - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION

** On A/C ALL
1.
General
The Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR) is designed to record crew conversations and communications into a memory
block unit in flight and on the ground, when at least one engine is running or up to five minutes after the last engine
stops irrespective of which engine stops first. The system can also operate in manual mode on the ground. The
recorder is a four-track system and all tracks are recorded simultaneously.
The CVR provides storage for 2 hours of consecutive recording for each of the four audio input channels.
When the memory block unit is fully recorded, the system progressively erases recordings made in the previous 2
hours and simultaneously records new information; thus only information recorded in the last 2 hours of operation is
retained. The recorded information can be intentionally erased when the aircraft is on the ground with the parking
brake on, locked and electrically powered. Bulk erasure is also possible during manual operation of the system.
Recording of conversations and communications must comply with standards specified by the CAA (Ref. ATA 23-51,
Audio Management, para. CAA Recording Function).
AES
23-71-00 PB001
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
2.
Component Location
(Ref. Fig. 23-71-00-12400-B - Cockpit Voice Recorder - Component Location)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------FIN
!
! PANEL!ZONE!ACCESS!
ATA
!
!
!
! DOOR !
REF.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------1RK
CVR
312 312AR
23-71-35
3RK
P/BSW-RCDR/CVR ERASE
21VU 211
5RK
P/BSW-RCDR/CVR TEST
21VU 211
16RK
MIC-CVR
20VU 210
23-71-13
18RK
AMPLIFIER-CVR MIC
212
23-71-14
11TU
P/BSW-RCDR/GND CTL
21VU 211
22RK
JACK-CVR/HEAD SET
50VU 210
AES
23-71-00 PB001
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
3.
System Description
(Ref. Fig. 23-71-00-13700-C - Cockpit Voice Recorder - Block Diagram)
A.
The cockpit voice recorder system consists of:

(1) Remote CVR microphone 16RK for monitoring direct conversations between crew members and aural
warnings in the cockpit.
(2) Amplifier 18RK which amplifies the microphone signal.
(3) Cockpit Voice Recorder 1RK which records:
(a) Communications received and transmitted by radio.
(b) Intercom conversations between crew members.
(c) Announcements transmitted over the passenger address system.
(d) Direct conversations between crew members in the cockpit and all aural warnings.
(4) Circuit breaker 2RK supplying the CVR with 115VAC power via the contacts of the relays 6RK and 8RK.
(5) RCDR/CVR ERASE pushbutton switch 3RK which allows complete erasure of the recorder data from the
memory block unit.
(6) RCDR/CVR TEST pushbutton switch 5RK which allows recorder test.
(7) CVR/HEAD SET jack 22RK which allows to provide audio return of the CVR TEST and ERASE functions.
(8) Two relays 6RK and 8RK which launch the CVR recording mode under specific conditions.
(9) Time-delay relay 10RK enabling the CVR to record for 5 minutes after last engine shutdown, or up to 5
minutes after initially energizing the aircraft electrical network.
(10) Relay 14RK controlling intentional erasure of the recorder data from the memory block unit and the test
signal when the aircraft is on the ground with parking brake applied.
(11) Relays 12TU and 13TU and RCDR/GND CTL pushbutton switch 11TU providing manual control of the
CVR when the aircraft is on the ground. On this pushbutton switch, the blue ON legend comes on to
indicate that the recorder is in recording mode.
(12) Relay 20RK controlling the test signal and ensuring transmission of the TCAS signal (Ref. ATA 34-43).
(13) CVR/HEAD SET jack 22RK connected in parallel with the socket on the CVR to facilitate maintenance
operations (Ref. para. Component Description - Cockpit Voice Recorder).
AES
23-71-00 PB001
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
4.
Power Supply
(Ref. Fig. 23-71-00-15500-A - Cockpit Voice Recorder - Schematic)
A.
Automatic Recording Mode

The CVR is automatically supplied with 115VAC when the aircraft is in one of the configurations given below:
. In flight with engines running or stopped
. On the ground with at least one engine running
. On the ground during the first five minutes following energization of the aircraft electrical network
. On the ground up to five minutes after second engine shutdown.
(1) Aircraft in flight
The Landing Gear Control and Interface Unit 1 (LGCIU1) 5GA1 sends a ground signal to the relay 6RK.
The relay 6RK is energized.
The CVR is set to the recording mode through the normally-closed contacts of the relay 8RK in parallel
with the normally-open contacts of the relay 6RK.
(2) Aircraft on ground
(a) When one or the two engines are in operation, no ground signal is sent to the relay 10RK. Thus, the
relay 10RK is not energized. As the relay 10RK energizes or de-energizes the relay 8RK, the relay 8RK
stays de-energized. Therefore, the CVR is set to the recording mode through the normally-closed
contact of the relay 8RK.
(b) For the first five minutes after you energize the aircraft electrical network (with both engines stopped),
a ground signal is sent to the time-delay relay 10RK.
(c) When the second engine is stopped, a ground signal is sent to the time-delay relay 10RK.
B.
NOTE :
In the conditions specified in Para. (2) (b) and (c) above, when the relay 10RK is energized, it
starts its timing function. During this timing function, the contact of the relay 10RK stays
open, the relay 8RK stays de-energized, and the CVR is set to the recording mode through the
normally-closed contact of the relay 8RK.
After 5 minutes, the relay 10RK stays energized, the timing function stops and its contact
closes. This energizes the relay 8RK, its contact opens and the CVR stops the recording.
NOTE :
In the conditions specified in Para. (2) above, the relay 6RK is de-energized (aircraft on the
ground).
Manual Recording Mode

When you supply power manually to the CVR, with the aircraft on the ground and the two engines stopped, you
can:
. Do a functional test of the CVR,
. Record the beginning of the check list before you start the first engine,
. Erase the CSMU data if necessary.
The relays 11TU, 12TU and 13TU are supplied with 28VDC from the busbar 801PP via the circuit breaker
4RK.
(1) RCDR/GND CTL pushbutton switch - ON legend on
With both engines stopped, a ground signal is sent to the relay 12TU.
When you push the RCDR/GND CTL pushbutton switch 11TU, the relay 12TU is supplied with 28VDC
through the contacts of the relay 13TU. The relay 12TU is energized. A ground signal is sent to the blue
ON legend which comes on.
Because a ground signal is also sent to the relay 6RK, the CVR is set to the recording mode.
When you release the RCDR/GND CTL pushbutton switch, the relay 13TU is supplied with 28VDC
through the relay 12TU.
AES
23-71-00 PB001
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(2) RCDR/GND CTL pushbutton switch - ON legend off
When you push the RCDR/GND CTL pushbutton switch 11TU again, the relay 13TU is de-energized.
The relay 12TU stays energized through the contacts of the relay 13TU. A ground signal continues to be
applied to the blue ON legend which stays on.
Because a ground signal is also sent to the relay 6RK, the CVR is set to the recording mode.
When you release the RCDR/GND CTL pushbutton switch 11TU, the contact opens and de-energizes the
relay 12TU. The blue ON legend goes off, the relay 6RK is de-energized and the CVR stops the recording.
NOTE :
AES
If one engine is started, the ground signal to relay 12TU is removed and the relay 12TU is deenergized. The blue ON legend goes off and the relay 6RK is de-energized. The CVR stays in
recording mode through the normally-closed contact of the relay 8RK.
23-71-00 PB001
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
5.
Interface
Ref. Para. System Description
AES
23-71-00 PB001
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
6.
Component Location
A.
Cockpit Voice Recorder Microphone Amplifier 18RK

The CVR Microphone amplifier is attached behind the overhead panel.
Two electrical connectors are provided at the back for connection with the CVR and the remote microphone.
Inside is the microphone pre-amplifier which is supplied with 18VDC from the Cockpit Voice Recorder.
B.
Cockpit Voice Recorder Microphone 16RK

The remote microphone is installed at the bottom of the overhead panel.
It is a condenser type microphone.
C.
Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR) 1RK

(Ref. Fig. 23-71-00-19400-E - SSCVR - Component Description)
The CVR is a Solid State Cockpit Voice Recorder (SSCVR).
The SSCVR is located in the aft section of the aircraft.
It is attached to a shockmount by means of two locking tabs.
(1) On the face:
(Ref. Fig. 23-71-00-19600-B - Solid State Cockpit Voice Recorder - Face)
(a) An Underwater Locator Beacon (ULB) is mounted on a bracket attached to the recorder. The ULB is
a battery-operated device which radiates a pulsed acoustic signal into the surrounding water upon
activation of its water-sensitive switch. It consists of a self-contained battery, an electronic module and
a transducer. The battery is shock-mounted and separated from the electronic module by a bulkhead
built into the case; it is accessible by removal of the end cover which is sealed with an O-ring. Located
on the opposite end of the ULB is a teflon-insulated water-sensitive switch.
(b) A BITE indicator provides an indication of the health of the SSCVR. If the SSCVR detects a fault
which requires removal of the unit from the aircraft installation, the BITE indicator will activate and
will remain activated until repair is accomplished. The BITE indicator remains inactive in all other
cases.
(2) Inside the recorder:
(Ref. Fig. 23-71-00-21100-G - Cockpit Voice Recorder - Operation)
(Ref. Fig. 23-71-00-19400-E - SSCVR - Component Description)
(a) The SSCVR consists of three Shop Replaceable Units (SRUs) (not including the basic system chassis):
. Controller Board A1 (interface and Control)
The interface and Control board is a single circuit card which controls all states and modes of the
system performing the record, erase and test functions of the system. The interface and control
board provides all functional interfaces to external systems.
. Crash Survivable Memory Unit (CSMU)
The CSMU is a solid state, nonvolatile mass storage device enclosed in a protective case. The
crash survivable memory unit provides storage for all input data.
. Power supply converts either 115VAC 400Hz or 28VDC aircraft power into secondary power for
Shop Replaceable Units (SRUs) and provides power on reset and power failure monitoring.
AES
23-71-00 PB001
Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
7.
Operation
A.
Recording
(Ref. Fig. 23-71-00-21100-G - Cockpit Voice Recorder - Operation)
B.
Recording Channels
The recording system consists of four recording channels which simultaneously record audio as follows:
Channels 1, 2 and 3 have a narrow band and allow the recording of signals from the Captain, First Officer and
3rd Occupant via the Audio Management Unit 1RN.
Channel 4 has a wide band and allows the recording of the ambient noises picked up by the area microphone
and fed via a pre-amplifier to the input transformer for channel 4.
The three narrow band channels are recorded separately during the first 30 min. and are mixed together from 30
min. to 120 min.
The recordings are made on the crash protected memory which provides a 120 min. maximum record interval of
continuous operation.
The main function of the SSCVR is to record audio digital communications data and Timing data into the
CSMU.
NOTE :
C.
The SSCVR is synchronized with the 2nd aircraft recorder (SSFDR) by means of an audio signal
corresponding to the GMT sent by the FDIU to the audio system and received by the SSCVR on the
third occupant channel.
Erasure
(1) Manual erasure
The bulk erase sequence is initiated from the RCDR/CVR ERASE pushbutton switch 3RK. To prevent
accidental erasure, this pushbutton switch must be pushed for at least one-half second and the landing gear
must be down with the aircraft weight on and parking brake ON.
NOTE :
The Cockpit Voice Recorder is energized for 5 minutes after the second engine stops.
A +30VDC signal (erase charge signal), generated by the bulk erase timing assembly, is applied to
the coil of relay RY1 through:
. The normally-open (NO) contacts of SYS 2 L/G position relay 12GB
. The normally-open (NO) contacts of relay 14RK, this relay being energized when parking brake
is ON
. The normally-open (NO) contacts of the RCDR/CVR ERASE pushbutton switch.
The normally-open (NO) contacts of relay RY1 allow 115VAC at 400 Hz to be applied to the bulk
erase coil which generates a digital signal for the CPU which erases the CSMU information.
NOTE :
The timing circuit in the Cockpit Voice Recorder activates the relay RY1 for 5 seconds (minimum).
This ensures that the complete CSMU is erased.
(2) Automatic erasure

The erase head is permanently activated by a signal generated by the bias oscillator when the recorder is
supplied with 115VAC at 400 Hz. The erase head erases the previously recorded information on all 4
channels simultaneously before a new recording is made.
AES
23-71-00 PB001
Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
8.
Test
The Push-To-Test function is activated using a discrete input of the SSCVR (activated using the RCDR/CVR TEST
pushbutton switch 5RK located on the overhead panel). The discrete must be activated for a minimum of one-half
second to activate this function. Once activated, this function performs an extensive set of functional tests to
determine the integrity of the system. A successful self-test results in the status discrete output being activated
once.This results in one activation of the status LED (whichever is present) on the SSCVR. In addition to the visual
indication, an aural indication is provided through the audio monitor output received at the CVR/HEAD SET JACK
(on the maintenance panel 50VU) or at the two loud speakers an 800 Hz tone is sent to indicate successful self-test.
There is one pulse.
A 800Hz tone is sent to the headset jack and to the loud speakers for aural indication.
AES
23-71-00 PB001
Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
CVR MICROPHONE
( 16RK )
21VU
B
50VU
GND CTL
ON
11TU
RCDR
CVR ERASE
CVR TEST
CVR
HEAD SET
3RK
5RK
22RK
A
U
T
O
CVR MICROPHONE
AMPLIFIER
( 18RK )
CVR
( 1RK )
FR74
FR73
N_MM_237100_0_ABM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-71-00-12400-B SHEET 1

Cockpit Voice Recorder - Component Location
23-71-00 PB001
Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
AES
FIGURE 23-71-00-13700-C SHEET 1

Cockpit Voice Recorder - Block Diagram
16RK
MIC CVR
2RK
23-71-00 PB001
1RN
AMU
CVR MIC AMPL
GG
ATTENUATOR
14RK
PARKING BRK CTLD
22RK
CVR/HEAD SET
JACK
3RK
RCDR/CVR ERASE
P/BSW
+ 28VDC
GG 324500 PARKING/ULTIMATE EMERGENCY BRAKING
20RK
RCDR/CVR TEST
5RK
RCDR/CVR TEST
P/BSW
+28VDC
TCAS
12GB
L/G POSITION
18RK
PREAMPLIFIER
POWER
SUPPLY
CAPT
F/O
3RD OCCUPANT
8WW
F/O
LOUD SPEAKER
7WW
CAPT
LOUD SPEAKER
801XP
115VAC
1RK CVR
CHANNEL 1
CHANNEL 2
CHANNEL 3
TEST INPUT
AUDIO OUTPUT
ERASE IN
ERASE OUT
CHANNEL 4
POWER SUPPLY (18VDC)
POWER SUPPLY 115VAC
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
N_MM_237100_0_AKM0_01_00
Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
AES
FIGURE 23-71-00-15500-A SHEET 1

Cockpit Voice Recorder - Schematic
4RK
2RK
5GA1L GCIU1
801PP
28VDC
801XP
115VAC
23-71-00 PB001
FLT
GND
6RK
RCDR PWR/FLT CTL
+5VDC
ON
10RK
CVR PWR/CUT OFF
DELAY
5 mn
12TU
11TU RCDR/GND CTL P/B SW
8RK
RCDR PWR/ENG CTL
12KS1
ENG2 OFF
ENG1 OFF
12KS2
13TU
1RK CVR
RECORDER
VOICE
COCKPIT
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
N_MM_237100_0_AEM0_01_00
Page 12
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
HANDLE OR UNDERWATER
LOCATING DEVICE (ULB)
CRASH SURVIVABLE
MEMORY UNIT (CSMU)
ULB MOUNT
TOP COVER
POWER SUPPLY
HOOK
CONTROLLER
ADAPTER
BOTTOM COVER
ARINC CONNECTOR
N_MM_237100_0_AZM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-71-00-19400-E SHEET 1

SSCVR - Component Description
23-71-00 PB001
Page 13
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
UNDERWATER
LOCATOR BEACON
CRASH SURVIVABLE
MEMORY UNIT
(CSMU)
NAMEPLATE
BITE INDICATOR
(LED)
LUGS
N_MM_237100_0_BAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-71-00-19600-B SHEET 1

Solid State Cockpit Voice Recorder - Face
23-71-00 PB001
Page 14
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
AES
2RK
FIGURE 23-71-00-21100-G SHEET 1

Cockpit Voice Recorder - Operation
23-71-00 PB001
20RK
6RK
COMMON
24DB
12DB
6DB
ATTENUATOR
18RK
CVR MIC AMPLIFIER
PRE
AMP
TCAS
12GB
L & R MLG
8RK
CVR MICROPHONE
16RK
TEST 5RK
F/O
LOUD SPEAKER
8WW
CAPT
LOUD SPEAKER
7WW
801XP
115VAC
1RN AMU
CAPT
F/O
LO
HI
LO
HI
HI
3RD
OCCPNT LO
801PP
4RK 28VDC
14RK
PARKING BRK CTLD
ERASE 3RK
22RK
UNSD
AREA MIC
CHAN 4
CAPT
CHAN 1
F/O
CHAN 2
1RK CVR
BIAS JUMPER
BIAS JUMPER
HI
LO
HI
LO
CHASSIS GND
CHAN 3
HI
LO
3RD
OCCPNT
HI
LO
INDICATOR
HI
LO
HI
LO
115VAC
400Hz
TRANSFORMER
TRANSFORMER
TRANSFORMER
TRANSFORMER
BULK ERASE
TEST CIRCUIT
+
OSCILLATOR
MONITOR
AUDIO
POWER SUPPLY
CAPACITOR
A2 A1
MIXER
CPU
MEMORY
CSMU
POWER SUPPLY
CAPACITOR
A1 A2
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
N_MM_237100_0_BCM0_01_00
Page 15
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
COCKPIT VOICE RECORDER - ADJUSTMENT/TEST

** On A/C ALL
Task 23-71-00-710-001-A
NOTE :
This procedure is applicable on the CVR and the SSCVR.
NOTE :
For this procedure, the parking brake must be locked (ACCU PRESS POINTER ON THE TRIPLE INDICATOR IN
THE GREEN RANGE).
1.
Reason for the Job

(Ref. MPD 23-71-00-01-)
OPERATIONAL CHECK OF CVR AND CVR-CHANNEL RECORDING
To do a check of the operation of the Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR).
To do a check of the recording of the communications from the CAPT, F/O and 3rd Occupant stations and the
CVR microphone.
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
1

ZONE/ACCESS
210
ZONE DESCRIPTION
C.
REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
24-41-00-862-002-A
24-41-00-862-002-A-01
24-41-00-862-002-A-02
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-71-00-860-051-A
A.

(1)
AES

24-41-00-861-002-A-02).
23-71-00 PB501
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(2)
On
.
.
.
The INT/RAD selector switch is in the neutral position,
The green lines of all the transmission keys are off,
All the reception pushbutton switches are pushed (no reception).
(3)
Make sure that the parking brake is locked.
(4)
Make sure that the aircraft is in the ground configuration.
(5)
Make sure that the engines are stopped.
(6)
Connect a MICROPHONE 150 OHMS - HAND to the HAND MIC connectors of the CAPT, F/O and
3rd Occupant stations.
Subtask 23-71-00-865-050-A
B.
49VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
COM/CVR/SPLY
2RK
E14
49VU
COM/CVR/CTL
4RK
E13
4.
FIN
LOCATION
Procedure
Subtask 23-71-00-710-050-A
A.
Test of the CVR

NOTE :
You can use a HEADSET 600 OHMS through 22RK jack as an alternative to the cockpit loudspeakers.
NOTE :
Before this test, you can hear the Frequency Shift Keying (FSK), a beep every 4 seconds, related to
the synchronization with the 2nd recorder (SSFDR). This audio signal operates independently from the
test of the CVR.
ACTION
1.On the overhead control panel 21VU:
. Push the RCDR/GND CTL pushbutton switch.
RESULT
On the RCDR/GND CTL pushbutton switch:
. The blue ON legend comes on.
At the CAPT and F/O stations:
. Make sure that you hear the Frequency Shift Keying
(FSK) signal (a beep every 4 seconds) in the cockpit
loudspeakers or the headset connected to the 22RK
jack.
2.If you do not use the headset, adjust the audio volume
of the cockpit loudspeakers to the maximum level.
3.Speak in the cockpit.
AES
Make sure that you hear your voice from the CVR
microphone in the cockpit loudspeakers or headset.
23-71-00 PB501
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ACTION
. Push and hold the RCDR/CVR TEST pushbutton
switch.
RESULT
. Make sure that you hear a continuous tone in the
cockpit loudspeakers or headset for approximately two
seconds.
NOTE :
The signal will be 600 Hz for some CVR Part

Numbers, and 800 Hz for the others.
NOTE :
There can be an acoustic interference during the

test, but this does not make it necessary to
remove the CVR.

. Release the RCDR/CVR TEST pushbutton switch.

. Release the RCDR/GND CTL pushbutton switch.

. The blue ON legend goes off.
You cannot hear the signal.

. You cannot hear your voice in the cockpit loudspeakers
or headset.
Subtask 23-71-00-710-055-B
B.
Test of the CVR Channel Recording with Hot-Mike Function

This procedure is applicable to the CVR supplied with 115VAC or 28VDC
For this procedure:
. Make sure that all the boomsets are disconnected,
. Use only the HEADSET 600 OHMS on the overhead panel 50VU.
. Make sure that the INT/RAD selector switch is set to the neutral position.
NOTE :
This test is applicable to the Captain station. Apply this test to the others stations. Use the indications
in parentheses.
ACTION
. Connect the HEADSET 600 OHMS to the
CVR/HEAD SET connector.
RESULT
2.On the overhead panel 61VU (60VU, 62VU):

. Connect a BOOMSET 600 OHMS to the jack panel.
. Push the RCDR/GND CTL pushbutton switch.

. The blue ON legend comes on.
4.Speak in the BOOMSET 600 OHMS.
Make sure that you hear your voice from the boomset in the
headset.
. The blue ON legend goes off.

. Release the RCDR/GND CTL pushbutton switch.
6.On the overhead panel 61VU (60VU, 62VU):
. Disconnect the BOOMSET 600 OHMS from the jack
panel.
AES
23-71-00 PB501
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ACTION
. Disconnect the HEADSET 600 OHMS from the
CVR/HEAD SET connector.
5.
RESULT
Close-up
Subtask 23-71-00-860-050-A
A.
AES

(1)
On
.
.
.
The INT/RAD selector switch is in the neutral position,
The green lines of all the transmission keys are off,
All the reception pushbutton switches are pushed (no reception).
(2)
24-41-00-862-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A-02).
23-71-00 PB501
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-71-00-710-002-A
WARNING : OPEN THE PROBE HEATER CIRCUIT-BREAKERS 1DA1(2), 3DA1(2,3), 4DA1(2,3) AND 5DA1(2,3)
BEFORE YOU OPEN THE PHC CIRCUIT BREAKERS 2DA1(2,3). IF YOU DO NOT OBEY THIS
SEQUENCE:
THE PROBES WILL BECOME TOO HOT.
THIS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT AND INJURY TO MAINTENANCE PERSONNEL.
NOTE :
1.
This procedure is applicable on the CVR and the SSCVR.
Reason for the Job

(Ref. MPD 23-71-00-02-)
OPERATIONAL CHECK OF CVR RECORDING LOGIC INCLUDING TIME DELAY RELAY
To do a check of the FLT/GND power supply of the CVR.
To do a check of the CVR power supply through the engines.
To make sure that the CVR PWR CUT OFF RELAY 10RK operates correctly.
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
HEADSET 600 OHMS
No specific
B.
STOPWATCH

ZONE/ACCESS
210
ZONE DESCRIPTION
C.
REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
24-41-00-862-002-A
24-41-00-862-002-A-01
24-41-00-862-002-A-02
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-71-00-860-053-A
A.
AES

(1)

24-41-00-861-002-A-02).
(2)
Make sure that the parking brake is locked.
23-71-00 PB501
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(3)
Make sure that the aircraft is in the ground configuration.
(4)
Make sure that the engines are stopped.
(5)
On the maintenance panel 50VU, connect a HEADSET 600 OHMS to the CVR/HEAD SET connector.
Subtask 23-71-00-865-053-A
B.
49VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
ENGINE/2/FADEC A/AND EIU 2
2KS2
FIN
A05
LOCATION
49VU
2KS1
A04
49VU
ENGINE/1 AND 2/IGN/SYS A
1JH
A03
49VU
COM/CVR/SPLY
2RK
E14
49VU
COM/CVR/CTL
4RK
E13
121VU
ENGINE/IGN/ENG2/SYS B
3JH2
P42
121VU
3JH1
P41
121VU
ENGINE/IGN/ENG2/SYS A BAT
2JH2
P40
121VU
2JH1
P39
121VU
ENGINE/ENG2/FADEC B
4KS2
Q40
121VU
ENGINE/ENG1/FADEC B/AND EIU 1
4KS1
R41
Subtask 23-71-00-865-054-A
C.
PANEL
FOR FIN 9DA1
49VU
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
ANTI ICE/PROBES/AOA/1
4DA1
D04
49VU
ANTI ICE/PROBES/PITOT/1
3DA1
D02
122VU
ANTI ICE/PROBES/1/STATIC
5DA1
Z13
122VU
ANTI ICE/PROBES/1/TAT
1DA1
Z12
1DA2
Y15
122VU
ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/PITOT
3DA2
Y14
122VU
ANTI ICE/PROBES/2/AOA
4DA2
Y13
122VU
5DA2
Y11
3DA3
Z16
122VU
4DA3
Z15
122VU
5DA3
Z14
FOR FIN 9DA2

122VU
FOR FIN 9DA3

122VU
AES
23-71-00 PB501
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 23-71-00-865-055-A
D.
PANEL
FOR FIN 9DA1
49VU
ANTI ICE/PROBES/PHC/1
2DA1
D03
FOR FIN 9DA2

122VU
2DA2
Y12
FOR FIN 9DA3

122VU
2DA3
Y16
4.
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
Procedure
Subtask 23-71-00-710-052-A
A.
Test of the FLT/GND power supply of the CVR

NOTE :
Before this test, you can hear an audio signal related to the synchronization with the 2nd recorder
(SSFDR). You must ignore this audio signal.
ACTION
1.Make sure that you cannot hear the cockpit
conversations in the headset.
RESULT
On the panel 21VU:
Push the RCDR/GND CTL pushbutton switch.
On the pushbutton switch, the ON legend comes on.

Make sure that you can hear the conversations from the
CVR microphone in the headset.
On the panel 21VU:

. On the pushbutton switch, the ON legend goes off.
In the headset, make sure that you cannot hear the
conversations.
Subtask 23-71-00-710-053-A
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT YOU OPEN THE CIRCUIT BREAKERS AS FOLLOWS:
1JH, 2JH2 AND 3JH2 BEFORE 2KS2.
IF YOU DO NOT OBEY THIS SEQUENCE, THERE IS A RISK OF ELECTROCUTION. THIS IS
BECAUSE YOU WILL START CONTINUOUS IGNITION IF YOU OPEN CIRCUIT BREAKER 2KS2
FIRST.
B.
Test of the Power Supply of the CVR through the engines
ACTION
1.Make sure that you cannot hear the cockpit
conversations in the headset.
2.On the panel 121VU:
. Open the circuit breakers 2JH1, 3JH1, 2JH2 and
3JH2.
. Open the circuit breaker 1JH then circuit breakers
2KS1 and 2KS2.
AES
RESULT
23-71-00 PB501
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ACTION
RESULT

.
Open the circuit breakers 4KS1 and 4KS2.
5.On the panels 49VU and 121VU:

. Close the circuit breakers 2KS1, 2KS2, 4KS1 and
4KS2, and then close the circuit breakers 1JH, 2JH1,
3JH1, 2JH2 and 3JH2.
. Start the STOPWATCH.
In the headset, make sure that you can hear the

conversations from the CVR microphone.
CVR microphone in the headset for 5 minutes. Then you
cannot hear the cockpit conversations.
Subtask 23-71-00-710-054-A
C.
Test of the CVR PWR CUT OFF RELAY (10RK).

ACTION
RESULT

.
.
.
Open the circuit breaker 4RK.

Close the circuit breaker 4RK.
Start the chronometer.
CVR microphone in the headset for 5 minutes. Then you
cannot hear the cockpit conversations.
Subtask 23-71-00-865-056-A
D.
PANEL
FOR FIN 9DA1
49VU
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
2DA1
D03
FOR FIN 9DA2

122VU
2DA2
Y12
FOR FIN 9DA3

122VU
2DA3
Y16
Subtask 23-71-00-865-057-A
E.
PANEL
FOR FIN 9DA1
49VU
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
ANTI ICE/PROBES/AOA/1
4DA1
D04
49VU
ANTI ICE/PROBES/PITOT/1
3DA1
D02
122VU
5DA1
Z13
122VU
1DA1
Z12
1DA2
Y15
122VU
3DA2
Y14
122VU
4DA2
Y13
FOR FIN 9DA2

122VU
AES
23-71-00 PB501
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
PANEL
DESIGNATION
5DA2
Y11
3DA3
Z16
122VU
4DA3
Z15
122VU
5DA3
Z14
122VU
FOR FIN 9DA3
122VU
5.
FIN
LOCATION
Close-up
Subtask 23-71-00-860-052-A
A.
AES

(1)
Disconnect the headset from the CVR/HEAD SET connector.
(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A-02).
23-71-00 PB501
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-71-00-720-001-A
GOOD SUPPLY OF AIR.
DO NOT SMOKE.
CAUTION :
DO NOT PUT MARKINGS OR LABELS ON THE ULB (ONLY THE BATTERY REPLACEMENT LABEL IS
PERMITTED). THEY CAN DECREASE THE PROPAGATION.
NOTE :
1.
This procedure is applicable for the CVR and the SSCVR.
Reason for the Job

(Ref. MPD 23-71-35-02-)
OPERATIONAL CHECK OF ULB
Operational check of the ULB.
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
No specific
No specific
AR
1
ELECTRICAL LEAD
STOPWATCH
42A12
PL1
PL3
TS200
1
1
1
1
ULTRASONIC TEST SET

PINGLITE TEST SET
PINGLITE TEST SET
Seacom Test Set TS200
B.
REFERENCE
Material No: 11-005
C.
DESIGNATION
CLEANING AGENTS
TRICHLOROTRIFLUORO ETHANE

ZONE/ACCESS
312
312AR
D.
REFERENCE
23-71-35-920-001-A
AES
ZONE DESCRIPTION
AFT FUSLG TAIL SECTION
DESIGNATION
Scheduled Replacement of the Underwater Locator Beacon (ULB) and Battery
23-71-00 PB501
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-71-00-860-054-A
A.

(1)
Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 3M (10 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at the zone 312.
(2)

NOTE :
4.
For this procedure you can use ULTRASONIC TEST SET part numbers (P/N) 42A12 or
equivalent. If you use the PINGLITE TEST SET, it is not necessary to do the steps (4) and (5).
(3)
On the ULB, look at the date on the battery replacement label. If the date is expired, replace the
battery (Ref. TASK 23-71-35-920-001-A).
(4)
If you use an ULTRASONIC TEST SET (42A12):

. If necessary, set the INPUT switch to INT
. Set the TUNING potentiometer to between 35KHz and 40KHz
. Set the GAIN potentiometer to the maximum position
. Make a short circuit between the ULB water switch and the battery body with an ELECTRICAL
LEAD
. Put the microphone of the ultrasonic test set as near as possible to the ULB. Tune the ultrasonic
test set to have the best signal.
(5)
If you use a Seacom Test Set TS200 (TS200):

. Energize the test set with the slide switch on the left side of the housing.
. If the display on the TS200 shows LB, the TS200 battery voltage is below the level necessary for
the test set to operate. Replace the 9 Volt battery of the tester.
. If the load voltage is less than 7 volts, the TS200 battery voltage is below the level necessary for the
test set to operate. Replace the 9 Volt battery of the tester.
. Connect the plug of the harness to the test set and the ground clamp to the beacon outer housing.
Make contact with the ULB metal case which is not covered by the plastic identification decal.
Procedure
Subtask 23-71-00-720-051-A
A.
Operational test of the ULB with the ULTRASONIC TEST SET
ACTION
1.With a STOPWATCH, count the number of pulses from
the ULB during a cycle of 10 seconds.
2.Calculate the pulse rate:
. Divide the number of pulses during the cycle by the
number of seconds (10 seconds).
NOTE :
AES
RESULT
The pulse rate must be approximately one pulse per second.
For this test:

. If the pulse rate increases, it is necessary to replace the battery.
After you replaced the battery, if the ULB does not operate correctly, it is necessary to replace the
ULB.
23-71-00 PB501
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 23-71-00-720-056-A
B.
Operational test of the ULB with the PINGLITE TEST SET (PL3)
ACTION
1.Put the PINGLITE TEST SET (PL3) (PL3) in position
then push and hold it against the ULB water switch.
2.Remove the test set from the ULB.
NOTE :
RESULT
On the Pinglite test set (PL3): The LED flashes at each
output pulse. You can hear a pulse sound.
As the ULB is not in the water:

. The pulse length is longer
. The pulse rate is lower than the pulse rate
from the manufacturers test set (in the
water).
If the pulse rate increases or is much faster,
it is necessary to replace the battery (Ref.
TASK 23-71-35-920-001-A).
If the ULB does not operate correctly after
the replacement of the battery, it is
necessary to replace the ULB (Ref. TASK
23-71-35-920-001-A).
Subtask 23-71-00-720-057-A
C.
Operational test of the ULB with the PINGLITE TEST SET (PL1)
(1)
On the PINGLITE TEST SET (PL1) (PL1):

. Make a temporary short circuit between the center pin of the device water switch and the metal
case.
NOTE :
(2)
You can use a piece of metal braid or flexible conductor.
Test with the Pinglite test set (PL1)
ACTION
1.On the Pinglite test set (PL1):
. Put the end of the test set against the ULB
approximately 1 inch (25.4mm) from the water switch
end.
2.Push and hold the OPERATION pushbutton on the test .
set.
.
Release the OPERATION pushbutton.
NOTE :
AES
RESULT
A light flash shows that the test set operates.

The BEACON indicator lamp on the test set flashes at
each output pulse from the ULB.
All the indicators go off.
No light flash on the test set shows a defective battery or damaged ULB. But if the pulse
repetition rate is much faster or increases, it is necessary to replace the battery (Ref. TASK
23-71-35-920-001-A).
If the ULB does not operate correctly after the replacement of the battery, it is necessary to
replace the beacon (Ref. TASK 23-71-35-920-001-A).
23-71-00 PB501
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 23-71-00-720-062-A
D.
Operational and Battery Test of the Underwater Locator Beacon (ULB) with Test Set TS200
ACTION
1.Put the end of the probe on the ULB center conductor
at the end of the beacon
.
.
RESULT
The battery voltage of the ULB shows on the test set.
The battery code is on the lower right corner of the
label on the beacon.
The minimum battery voltage is as follows:
Battery Code ... Minimum Voltage
A .............. 3.55 V
B, C, D ........ 2.97 V
2.Point the top of the test set at the ULB.

3.Push and hold the red test button on the test set.
.
.
The indication on the test set display goes out of view.

Make sure that you hear a pinging sound from the test
set.
4.Release the test button, remove the clamp and the probe
from the ULB. De-energize the test set with the slide
switch on the left side of the housing.
NOTE :
5.
If the ULB does not operate correctly after the replacement of the battery, it is necessary to replace
the beacon (Ref. TASK 23-71-35-920-001-A).
Close-up
Subtask 23-71-00-860-055-A
A.

(1)
(2)
AES
For the Ultrasonic Test Sets 42A12():

(a)
On the ultrasonic test set:

. Set the TUNING potentiometer to zero
. Set the GAIN potentiometer to OFF.
(b)
Disconnect the electrical lead that connects the water switch to the body of the battery (short
circuit).
(c)
Make sure that there is no grease on the support of the ULB and the water switch.
If you find grease, clean it with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-005) .
(d)
(e)
For the Seacom Test Set (TS200):

(a)
Disconnect the plug of the harness from the Seacom Test Set TS200.
(b)
(c)
23-71-00 PB501
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-71-00-720-002-A
Functional Test of the bulk-erase function and bulk-erase inhibition-logic of the CVR
NOTE :
1.
This procedure is applicable to the CVR and the SSCVR.
Reason for the Job

To make sure that the CVR will erase only when the aircraft is on the ground with the parking brake set.
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
1
HEADSET 600 OHMS
DESIGNATION

ZONE/ACCESS
210
ZONE DESCRIPTION
C.
REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
24-41-00-862-002-A
24-41-00-862-002-A-01
24-41-00-862-002-A-02
32-69-00-860-001-A
Simulation of Flight, with the Aircraft on the Ground
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-71-00-860-057-A
A.

(1)

24-41-00-861-002-A-02).
(2)
Make sure that the engine shutdown occured not less than 5 minutes before you do the procedure.
(3)
On the maintenance panel 50VU, connect a HEADSET 600 OHMS to the CVR/HEAD SET connector.
Subtask 23-71-00-865-052-A
B.
49VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
COM/CVR/SPLY
2RK
E14
49VU
COM/CVR/CTL
4RK
E13
AES
FIN
LOCATION
23-71-00 PB501
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
121VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
HYDRAULIC/PARK BRK/CTL/STBY
71GG
N37
121VU
HYDRAULIC/PARK BRK/CTL/NORM
70GG
N36
4.
FIN
LOCATION
Procedure
Subtask 23-71-00-720-050-A
A.
Do the functional test with the parking brake locked and the aircraft in the ground configuration:
(1)
(2)

(a)
On the panel 110VU, make sure that the Parking Brake Control Switch (73GG) is in the ON
position.
(b)
Make sure that the aircraft is on the ground (landing gear compressed).
Test:
ACTION
On the panel 21VU:
RESULT
On the pushbutton switch, the ON legend comes on.
In the headset:
. Make sure that you can hear the conversations from the
CVR microphone.
.
Push the RCDR/CVR ERASE pushbutton switch for

not less than 2 seconds and release it.
After approximately 3 seconds
In the headset:
. Make sure that you can hear the 400Hz tone signal.
CVR microphone.
Subtask 23-71-00-720-054-A
B.
Do the functional test with the parking brake unlocked:

(1)
(2)

(a)
On the panel 110VU, put the Parking Brake Control Switch (73GG) in the OFF position.
(b)
Make sure that the aircraft is on the ground (landing gear compressed).
Test:
ACTION
. Push the RCDR/CVR ERASE pushbutton switch for
RESULT
In the headset:
. Make sure that you cannot hear the 400Hz tone signal.
Subtask 23-71-00-720-055-A
C.
Do the functional test with the aircraft in the flight configuration:

(1)
AES

(a)
On the panel 110VU, put the Parking Brake Control Switch (73GG) in the ON position.
(b)
Put the aircraft in the flight configuration (Ref. TASK 32-69-00-860-001-A).
23-71-00 PB501
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(2)
Test:
ACTION
. Push the RCDR/CVR ERASE pushbutton switch for
5.
RESULT
In the headset:
. Make sure that you cannot hear the 400Hz tone signal.
Close-up
Subtask 23-71-00-860-056-A
A.
AES

(1)
Disconnect the headset from the CVR/HEAD SET connector.
(2)
Put the aircraft in the ground configuration (Ref. TASK 32-69-00-860-001-A).
(3)

24-41-00-862-002-A-02).
23-71-00 PB501
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
MICROPHONE - CVR - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 23-71-13-000-001-A
FIN 16RK
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
AR CAP - BLANKING

ZONE/ACCESS
210
ZONE DESCRIPTION
C.
REFERENCE
(Ref. Fig. 23-71-13-991-00100-A - CVR Microphone)
3.
DESIGNATION
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-71-13-865-050-A
A.
49VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
COM/CVR/SPLY
2RK
E14
49VU
COM/CVR/CTL
4RK
E13
4.
FIN
LOCATION
Procedure
Subtask 23-71-13-020-050-A
A.
AES

(1)
Loosen the QAD fasteners (10) by one quarter turn.
(2)
Pull the unit 25VU (11) from its housing. Do not disconnect the connectors.
(3)
Loosen the screw (5) and remove the washers (6) and (7), and the wire clamp (14).
(4)
Disconnect the connector (8) from the receptacle (9).
(5)
Put CAP - BLANKING on the connector (8) and the receptacle (9).
(6)
Loosen the screws (12) and remove the washers (13).
23-71-13 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AES
(7)
Remove the CVR microphone (2) with its support (3).
(8)
Loosen the screws (1) and remove the washers (4).
(9)
Remove the CVR microphone from its support (3).
23-71-13 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
16RK
1
14
13
12
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
N_MM_237113_4_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-71-13-991-00100-A SHEET 1

CVR Microphone
23-71-13 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-71-13-400-001-A
CAUTION :
DURING THE INSTALLATION OF THE CVR MICROPHONE, MAKE SURE THAT THE PASSAGE HOLE IN
THE LEFT FRONT LINING PANEL IS CONCENTRIC WITH THE MICROPHONE HEAD. THIS WILL MAKE
SURE THAT THE MICROPHONE HEAD NEVER TOUCHES THE PANEL EDGES.
FIN 16RK
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
210
ZONE DESCRIPTION
B.
REFERENCE
23-71-00-710-001-A
DESIGNATION

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-71-13-865-051-A
A.
49VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
COM/CVR/SPLY
2RK
E14
49VU
COM/CVR/CTL
4RK
E13
4.
FIN
LOCATION
Procedure
Subtask 23-71-13-420-050-A
A.
AES

(1)
(2)
(3)
Put the CVR microphone (2) on its support (3).
(4)
Install the washers (4) and the screws (1), and tighten the screws.
(5)
Put the support (3) with the CVR microphone (2) in position.
(6)
Install the washers (13) and the screws (12). Tighten the screws.
(7)
Make sure that the wire clamp (14) is in the correct condition. Replace the wire clamp (14) if necessary.
Put the wire clamp (14) on the wire of the CVR microphone (2).
(8)
Put the wire clamp (14) in position and install the washers (6) and (7), and the screws (5). Tighten the
screws.
23-71-13 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(9)
Remove the blanking caps from the connector (8) and the receptacle (9).
(10) Make sure that the connector (8) and the receptacle (9) are in the correct condition.
(11) Connect the connector (8) to the receptacle (9).
(12) Put the unit 25VU (11) in its housing.
(13) Tighten the QAD fasteners (10) by one quarter turn.
Subtask 23-71-13-865-052-A
B.
49VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
COM/CVR/SPLY
2RK
FIN
E14
LOCATION
49VU
COM/CVR/CTL
4RK
E13
Subtask 23-71-13-710-051-A
C.
5.
Do the operational test of the cockpit voice recorder system (Ref. TASK 23-71-00-710-001-A)
Close-up
Subtask 23-71-13-860-050-A
A.
AES
23-71-13 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AMPLIFIER - CVR MICROPHONE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 23-71-14-000-001-A
FIN 18RK
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
AR CAP - BLANKING

ZONE/ACCESS
212
ZONE DESCRIPTION
COCKPIT
C.
REFERENCE
(Ref. Fig. 23-71-14-991-00100-A - CVR Microphone Amplifier)
3.
DESIGNATION
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-71-14-865-050-A
A.

PANEL
49VU
DESIGNATION
COM/CVR/SPLY
2RK
E14
49VU
COM/CVR/CTL
4RK
E13
4.
FIN
LOCATION
Procedure
Subtask 23-71-14-020-050-A
A.
AES

(1)
Remove the screws (4) and loosen the fasteners (6) of the lining panel (5) and remove the lining panel.
(2)
Remove the screws (1) and loosen the fasteners (3) of the dome light cover (2) and remove the cover.
(3)
Disconnect the connectors (7) from the receptacles (9).
(4)
Put CAP - BLANKING on the connectors (7) and on the receptacles (9).
(5)
(6)
Remove the CVR microphone amplifier (12) from the support (8).
23-71-14 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
18RK
A
4
3
5
6
2
1
7
9
10
11
12
18RK
N_MM_237114_4_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-71-14-991-00100-A SHEET 1

CVR Microphone Amplifier
23-71-14 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-71-14-400-001-A
FIN 18RK
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
212
ZONE DESCRIPTION
COCKPIT
B.
REFERENCE
23-71-00-710-001-A
DESIGNATION

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-71-14-865-051-A
A.
49VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
COM/CVR/SPLY
2RK
E14
49VU
COM/CVR/CTL
4RK
E13
4.
FIN
LOCATION
Procedure
Subtask 23-71-14-420-050-A
A.
AES

(1)
(2)
(3)
Put the CVR microphone amplifier (12) in position on its support (8).
(4)
Install the washers (11) and the screws (10). Tighten the screws.
(5)
Remove the blanking caps from the connectors (7) and the receptacles (9).
(6)
Make sure that the connectors (7) and the receptacles (9) are in the correct condition.
(7)
Connect the connectors (7) to the receptacles (9).
(8)
Put the dome light cover (2) in position. Install the screws (1) and tighten the screws (1) and the
fasteners (3).
(9)
Put the lining panel (5) in position. Install the screws (4) and tighten the screws (4) and the fasteners
(6).
23-71-14 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 23-71-14-865-052-A
B.
PANEL
49VU
DESIGNATION
COM/CVR/SPLY
FIN
LOCATION
2RK
E14
49VU
COM/CVR/CTL
4RK
E13
Subtask 23-71-14-710-051-A
C.
5.
Do the operational test of the cockpit voice recorder system (Ref. TASK 23-71-00-710-001-A).
Close-up
Subtask 23-71-14-860-050-A
A.
AES
23-71-14 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
RECORDER - COCKPIT VOICE (CVR) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 23-71-35-000-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
No specific
No specific
AR
AR
B.
CAP - BLANKING

ZONE/ACCESS
ZONE DESCRIPTION
312AR
C.
REFERENCE
DESIGNATION
(Ref. Fig. 23-71-35-991-00100-D - Solid State Cockpit Voice Recorder (SSCVR))
3.
Job Set-up
NOTE :
The procedure is valid for the Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR) and Solid State Cockpit Voice Recorder
(SSCVR).
Subtask 23-71-35-865-055-A
A.
49VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
COM/CVR/SPLY
2RK
FIN
E14
LOCATION
49VU
COM/CVR/CTL
4RK
E13
Subtask 23-71-35-010-050-A
B.
AES
Get Access
(1)
Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE in position at Zone 312.
(2)
23-71-35 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
4.
Procedure
Subtask 23-71-35-020-050-A
A.
Removal of the Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR)

(1)
Loosen the knurled nuts (4) and lower the fasteners.
(2)
Carefully remove the CVR (1) from the rack (2).

NOTE :
(3)
AES
Make sure that you do not damage the electrical connector pins.
23-71-35 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Z312
A
A
FR73
FR74
B
3
3
2
N_MM_237135_4_GAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-71-35-991-00100-D SHEET 1

Solid State Cockpit Voice Recorder (SSCVR)
23-71-35 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-71-35-400-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
ZONE DESCRIPTION
312AR
B.
REFERENCE
23-71-00-710-001-A
DESIGNATION
23-71-00-710-002-A

3.
Job Set-up
NOTE :
The procedure is valid for the Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR) and Solid State Cockpit Voice Recorder
(SSCVR).
Subtask 23-71-35-865-051-A
A.
49VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
COM/CVR/SPLY
2RK
E14
49VU
COM/CVR/CTL
4RK
E13
4.
FIN
LOCATION
Procedure
Subtask 23-71-35-420-050-A
A.
Installation of the Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR)

(1)
(2)
(3)
Remove the blanking cap from the electrical connector (3).
(4)
Carefully install the CVR (1) into the rack (2). Make sure that the CVR is correctly aligned to prevent
damage to the electrical connection.
(5)
Lift the fasteners and tighten the knurled nuts (4) until the CVR (1) is correctly attached.
Subtask 23-71-35-865-054-A
B.
PANEL
49VU
DESIGNATION
COM/CVR/SPLY
2RK
E14
49VU
COM/CVR/CTL
4RK
E13
AES
FIN
LOCATION
23-71-35 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 23-71-35-710-050-A
C.
Do the operational test of the Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR) (Ref. TASK 23-71-00-710-001-A).
Subtask 23-71-35-710-052-A
D.
5.
Do the operational test of the CVR recording logic including time delay relay (Ref. TASK 23-71-00-710-002A)
Close-up
Subtask 23-71-35-410-051-A
A.
AES
Close Access
(1)
(2)
(3)
23-71-35 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-71-35-000-002-A
Removal of the Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR) Rack
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE

ZONE/ACCESS
ZONE DESCRIPTION
312AR
C.
REFERENCE
23-71-35-000-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-861-001-A
(Ref. Fig. 23-71-35-991-00600-A - Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR) Rack)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-71-35-860-050-A
A.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Subtask 23-71-35-010-052-A
B.
4.
Get Access
(1)
Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE in position at zone 312.
(2)
(3)
If necessary, remove the Cockpit Voice Recorder (Ref. TASK 23-71-35-000-001-A).
Procedure
Subtask 23-71-35-020-053-A
A.
AES
Removal of the Cockpit-Voice-Recorder (CVR) Rack

(1)
Remove the nuts (11), the screws (9) and the washers (10) and release the electrical connector (6).
(2)
Remove the screws (8) and the CVR-Rack (5).
(3)
Remove the nuts (4), the washers (3) and the screws (2).
(4)
Remove the dampers (1) and the bonding straps (7).
23-71-35 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Z312
FR74
FR73
EXAMPLE
9
10
8
11
6
5
1
4
3
7
4
3
1
4
3
1
1
2
2
N_MM_237135_4_VRR0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-71-35-991-00600-A SHEET 1

Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR) Rack
23-71-35 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-71-35-400-002-A
Installation of the Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR) Rack
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
AR ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE

ZONE/ACCESS
ZONE DESCRIPTION
312AR
C.
REFERENCE
20-21-11-911-001-A
DESIGNATION
Tightening Torques for Standard Threaded Fasteners
23-71-35-000-001-A
23-71-35-400-001-A
24-42-00-861-001-A
24-42-00-862-001-A

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-71-35-860-051-A
A.
4.

(1)
Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
(2)
Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE is in position at zone 312.
(3)
Make sure that the access door 312AR is open.
(4)
Make sure that the Cockpit Voice Recorder is removed (Ref. TASK 23-71-35-000-001-A).
Procedure
Subtask 23-71-35-420-052-A
A.
Installation of the Cockpit-Voice-Recorder (CVR) Rack

NOTE :
AES
Unless specified, TORQUE all nuts, bolts and screws (Ref. TASK 20-21-11-911-001-A).
(1)
(2)
(3)
Put the bonding straps (7) and the dampers (1) in position and install the screws (2), the washers (3)
and the nuts (4).
23-71-35 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
5.
(4)
Put the bonding straps (7) and the CVR-Rack (5) in position and install the screws (8).
(5)
Put the electrical connector (6) in position and install the washers (10), the screws (9) and the nuts
(11).
Close-up
Subtask 23-71-35-410-053-A
A.
Close Access
(1)
Install the Cockpit Voice Recorder (Ref. TASK 23-71-35-400-001-A).
(2)
(3)
(4)
Subtask 23-71-35-860-052-A
B.

(1)
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
23-71-35 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-71-35-920-001-A
Scheduled Replacement of the Underwater Locator Beacon (ULB) and Battery
1.
Reason for the Job

(Ref. MPD 23-71-35-01-)
DISCARD ULB BATTERY
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
2
No specific
AR
B.

ZONE/ACCESS
ZONE DESCRIPTION
312AR
C.
REFERENCE
23-71-00-720-001-A
DESIGNATION
CMM 23-70-44
(Ref. Fig. 23-71-35-991-00500-C - Underwater Locator Beacon (ULB))
3.
Job Set-up
NOTE :
Make sure that a new ULB is available for ULB replacement.
Subtask 23-71-35-010-051-A
A.
Get Access
(1)
Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE in position at zone 312.
(2)
Subtask 23-71-35-865-052-A
B.
49VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
COM/CVR/SPLY
2RK
E14
49VU
COM/CVR/CTL
4RK
E13
4.
FIN
LOCATION
Procedure
Subtask 23-71-35-020-051-B
A.
Removal of the ULB from the CVR

(1)
AES
Remove the screws (1) from the clamps (2).
23-71-35 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(2)
Remove the ULB (3) from the mounting cradle (4).

NOTE :
If the ULB Type DK 100 is installed, send the ULB to the related vendor to replace the battery.
Subtask 23-71-35-960-050-B
B.
In the Workshop
(1)
Discard and replace the ULB Battery (Ref. CMM 23-70-44).
Subtask 23-71-35-420-051-B
C.
Installation of the ULB on the CVR

(1)
Install the ULB (3) to the clamps (2).
(2)
Install the screws (1) to the mounting cradle (4).

NOTE :
Install the ULB with the water-sensitive switch outboard and make sure that the switch is clean.
NOTE :
Rotate the ULB until the battery replacement date is readable.
Subtask 23-71-35-720-050-A
D.
Operational Test
(1)
Do the operational test of the Underwater Locator Beacon (ULB) (Ref. TASK 23-71-00-720-001-A).
NOTE :
This operational test is not necessary if you have done a test of the ULB in the workshop before
installation, within the allowable leadtime given in the vendor documentation. The test in the
workshop must obey the vendor instructions.
Subtask 23-71-35-865-059-A
E.
PANEL
49VU
DESIGNATION
COM/CVR/SPLY
2RK
E14
49VU
COM/CVR/CTL
4RK
E13
5.
FIN
LOCATION
Close-up
Subtask 23-71-35-410-052-A
A.
AES
Close Access
(1)
(2)
(3)
Remove the ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)-ADJUSTABLE.
23-71-35 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
1RK
B
A
Z312
FR74
FR73
4
2
4
1
2
3
N_MM_237135_4_GAN0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-71-35-991-00500-C SHEET 1

Underwater Locator Beacon (ULB)
23-71-35 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ANTI HIJACK CAMERA MONITORING - DESCRIPTION AND

OPERATION
** On A/C ALL
1.
General
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 23-1277 FOR A/C 003-008
The Cockpit Door Surveillance System (CDSS) uses cameras in the cockpit entrance, and left and right door 1 areas.
They let the flight crew monitor the door 1 area and identify persons who request access to the cockpit.
AES
23-72-00 PB001
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
2.
Component Location
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 23-1277 FOR A/C 003-008
(Ref. Fig. 23-72-00-12400-A - Cockpit-Door Surveillance-System)
AES
23-72-00 PB001
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
3.
System Description
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 23-1277 FOR A/C 003-008
(Ref. Fig. 23-72-00-14000-A - Cockpit-Door Surveillance-System)
** On A/C ALL
A.
The Cockpit Door Surveillance System (CDSS) has the following components:
. ** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 23-1277 FOR A/C 003-008
3 Cameras
. 1 LCD (with a system controller)
. 1 CKPT DOOR VIDEO switch
. 1 VIDEO pushbutton.
(1) Cameras
The three cameras are installed in the ceiling panels in the cockpit entrance and the door 1 area:
. Camera 1 is installed above the cockpit door. It gives images of the area directly in front of the cockpit
door.
. Camera 2 is installed in the ceiling of the right door 1 area. It gives images of the area directly below
camera 2 in the right door 1 area
. Camera 3 is installed in the ceiling of the left door 1 area. It gives images of the area directly below
camera 3 in the left door 1 area.
(2) LCD (10RA)
The LCD is installed on the aft wall of the cockpit. It lets the flight crew see the picture from the cameras.
The image from camera 1 is shown as a full screen on the LCD and the image from camera 2 and 3 are
shown as a split screen. The image from camera 2 is shown on the left side of the LCD screen and the
image from camera 3 is shown on the right side. If the LCD is programmed for the not-installed fourth
camera a third screen is shown, which is black.
If the system is programmed for the automatic sleep mode, the LCD automatically shows a blank screen if
there is no signal from the VIDEO push button (16RA) or the ENTRY REQUEST KEYPAD
** On A/C ALL
(Ref. 52-51-00-00) for one minute.
If the system is programmed for the pilot-activated-sleep-mode, when the pilot pushes and holds the VIDEO
push button (16RA) for two seconds the LCD screen goes black.
If the system gets no signal from the VIDEO push button (16RA) or the ENTRY REQUEST KEYPAD
(Ref. 52-51-00-00) for five minutes the LCD automatically goes into the standby/power save mode.
If the screen is in the standby mode and entry is requested with the keypad, the screen automatically comes
on and shows the image from camera 1. If entry is requested again before 30 seconds after the last-entryrequest the signals are inhibited. This is to let the pilot use the VIDEO pushbutton to set and see the
images from camera 1 or cameras 2 and 3.
If the VIDEO pushbutton is pushed during the first two minutes of the standby/power save mode, the last
shown image comes on.
If the VIDEO pushbutton is pushed after the first two minutes of the standby/power save mode, the image
from camera 1 comes on.
AES
23-72-00 PB001
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 23-1277 FOR A/C 003-008
(3) CKPT DOOR VIDEO Switch (17RA)
The CKPT DOOR VIDEO switch is installed on the overhead panel 27VU. It sets the CDSS on or off. The
switch has an OFF legend which is on when the system is off and off when the system is on.
(4) VIDEO Pushbutton (16RA)
The VIDEO pushbutton is installed on the pedestal, on panel 119VU. It lets the flight crew change between
the images from camera 1, cameras 2 and 3 and from the not-installed fourth camera (black screen). If
the system is programmed for pilot-activated-sleep-mode, it lets the flight crew set the LCD screen into
sleep mode (black screen).
AES
23-72-00 PB001
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
4.
Power Supply
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 23-1277 FOR A/C 003-008
The CDSS is supplied with 28VDC from the normal busbar 101PP. The related circuit breaker 15RA (3amp) is
installed on the circuit breaker panel 122VU in the cockpit.
AES
23-72-00 PB001
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
5.
Interface
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 23-1277 FOR A/C 003-008
The CDSS has interfaces with this system:
. Entry Request Control Unit (52-51-00)
AES
23-72-00 PB001
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
6.
A.
Description of Components installed

** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 23-1277 FOR A/C 003-008
(1) Cameras
Camera 1 has a 105 degree lens and cameras 2 and 3 can have a 70, 90 or 120 degree lenses (as required).
(2) LCD
On the front of the LCD there is one green and one white LED, and two rotary knobs.
The two rotary knobs are used to manually set/adjust the screen brightness and contrast.
The green LED shows the status of the LCD:
. Green LED is on, shows that the system is on
. Green LED is off, shows that the system is off
. Green LED is flashing, shows that a failure has occurred in the system.
The white LED is a light sensor which automatically controls the brightness of the pictures on the LCD
screen.
AES
23-72-00 PB001
Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
7.
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 23-1277 FOR A/C 003-008
Push the CKPT DOOR VIDEO switch (17RA) on the overhead panel 27VU to start the CDSS. The images from
camera 1 show on the LCD screen (full screen).
On the pedestal-panel 119VU, push the VIDEO pushbutton (16RA) to change the image on the LCD from camera 1
to cameras 2 and 3 (split screen). If the VIDEO pushbutton is pushed again the screen changes from cameras 2 and
3 to the not-installed fourth camera (black screen).
AES
23-72-00 PB001
Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 23-1277 FOR A/C 003-008
LCD
10RA
14RA
Z220
12RA
13RA
Z210
FR21
FR20
FR14
FR12
A
COCKPIT DOOR VIDEO ON/OFF
VIDEO SWITCH
17RA
CAMERA
EXAMPLE
16RA
B
LCD
LIGHT SENSOR
GREEN LED
CONTRAST
BRIGHTNESS
N_MM_237200_0_AAA0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-72-00-12400-A SHEET 1

23-72-00 PB001
Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 23-1277 FOR A/C 003-008
OFF
101PP
NORMAL
BUS 1
28VDC
37LP
15RA
3A
47LP
120VU
VIDEO SWITCH
RS232
MAINTENANCE INTERFACE
REF
525100
VIDEO OUTPUT 1
VIDEO OUTPUT 2
COCKPIT DOOR
LOCKING SYSTEM
VIDEO OUTPUT 3
VIDEO OUTPUT 4
CAMERA 1
PROVISION
VIDEO OUTPUT 5
VIDEO OUTPUT 6
CAMERA 2
CAMERA 3
CAMERA 4
(PROVISION)
LCD AND SYSTEM

CONTROLER
HINGE
N_MM_237200_0_BAA0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-72-00-14000-A SHEET 1

23-72-00 PB001
Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ANTI HIJACK CAMERA MONITORING - ADJUSTMENT/TEST

** On A/C ALL
Task 23-72-00-710-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
24-41-00-862-002-A
24-41-00-862-002-A-01
24-41-00-862-002-A-02
3.
Job Set-up
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 23-1277 FOR A/C 003-008
Subtask 23-72-00-861-051-A
A.

** On A/C ALL
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-72-00-865-051-A
B.
PANEL
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 23-1205 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1277 FOR A/C 003-008
122VU
DESIGNATION
DOORS/CKPT/VIDEO/SPLY
FIN
LOCATION
15RA
T16
1MQ
T13
** On A/C 003-005
EMB SB 11-1047 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 25-1305 FOR A/C 003-005
122VU
AES
COCKPIT DOOR LOCK SYSTEM
23-72-00 PB501
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
PANEL
** On A/C 006-099
EMB SB 11-1047 FOR A/C 006-008
EMB SB 25-1326 FOR A/C 006-008
122VU
4.
DESIGNATION
FIN
DOORS CKPT LOCK
1MQ
LOCATION
T13
Procedure
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 23-1277 FOR A/C 003-008
Subtask 23-72-00-710-051-C
A.
ACTION
. Push the CKPT DOOR VIDEO pushbutton.
RESULT
In the cockpit:
. The OFF legend in the CKPT DOOR VIDEO
pushbutton goes off.
In the cockpit, on the LCD monitor:
.
.
.
The green LED comes on.

The image from camera 1 is shown on the LCD
monitor.
The image from camera 1 is good.

. Push the VIDEO pushbutton one time.

. The image from camera 2 is shown on the left half of
the LCD-monitor-screen.
. The image from camera 3 is shown on the right half of
the LCD-monitor-screen.
. The images from cameras 2 and 3 are good.


. The screen is black.
NOTE :

The black screen is only shown if the LCD monitor

has been programmed for the not-installed fourth
camera.
. The image from camera 1 is shown.
5.In the cockpit, on the LCD monitor:
Turn the LCD-monitor brightness-knob clockwise and

counterclockwise.
The image becomes brighter or dimmer in relation to

the position of the brightness-knob.
The image is good.
6.In the cockpit, on the LCD monitor:

. Turn the LCD-monitor contrast-knob clockwise and
counterclockwise.

. The contrast of the image changes in relation to the
position of the contrast-knob.
. The image is good.
AES
23-72-00 PB501
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ACTION
Push the VIDEO pushbutton one time.
.
.
.
.
RESULT
The image from camera 2 is shown on the left half of
the screen.
The image from camera 3 is shown on the right half of
the screen.
After five minutes the images go off (power-downmode).
The green LED stays on.
NOTE :
If the LCD monitor is not programmed for the

power-down-mode then the images stay on.
NOTE :

.
If the LCD monitor has been programmed for the

not-installed fourth camera (black screen), the
images go off after one minute.
Less than four minutes after the images on the LCD

.
monitor go off, push the VIDEO pushbutton one time.
9.In the cockpit entrance area, on the CDLS keypad:

. Enter the code to request entry to the cockpit.
The images from cameras 2 and 3 are shown (split

screen).
In the cockpit:
. The horn is heard.
.
The image from camera 1 is shown.
NOTE :
The next two steps must be done in less than 30

seconds after this step.
.
The images from cameras 2 and 3 are shown (split

screen).
11.In the cockpit entrance area, on the CDLS keypad:
In the cockpit:
Enter the code to request entry to the cockpit.
On the LCD monitor, the images from cameras 2 and 3

stay on.

. After 30 seconds, push the VIDEO pushbutton one
time.

. The image from camera 1 is shown.

. Push the VIDEO pushbutton and hold for two
seconds.

The image from camera 2 is shown on the left half of
the screen.
. The image from camera 3 is shown on the right half of
the screen.
. The image changes to camera 1 and then goes off.
NOTE :
AES
If the LCD monitor is not programmed for the

pilot-sleep-mode then the LCD monitor displays
camera 1.
23-72-00 PB501
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ACTION
.
.
RESULT
The image from camera 1 is shown.
After 5 minutes the image goes off (power-down-mode).
Less than 30 seconds after the images on the LCD

. The image from the last selected view (camera 1) is
monitor go off, push the VIDEO pushbutton one time.
displayed.
In the cockpit:
.
Push the CKPT DOOR VIDEO pushbutton one time.
The OFF legend in the CKPT DOOR VIDEO

pushbutton comes on.

.
.
5.
The green LED goes off.

The screen goes off.
Close-up
Subtask 23-72-00-862-051-A
A.

** On A/C ALL
AES
23-72-00 PB501
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-72-00-740-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
24-41-00-862-002-A
24-41-00-862-002-A-01
24-41-00-862-002-A-02
3.
Job Set-up
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 23-1277 FOR A/C 003-008
Subtask 23-72-00-861-053-A
A.

** On A/C ALL
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-72-00-865-052-A
B.
PANEL
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 23-1205 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1277 FOR A/C 003-008
122VU
4.
DESIGNATION
FIN
15RA
LOCATION
T16
Procedure
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 23-1277 FOR A/C 003-008
Subtask 23-72-00-740-050-A
A.
ACTION
. push the CKPT DOOR VIDEO pushswitch.
AES
RESULT
In the cockpit:
. the OFF legend in the CKPT DOOR VIDEO pushswitch
goes off.
23-72-00 PB501
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ACTION

. push and hold the VIDEO pushbutton for 10 seconds.
. push the CKPT DOOR VIDEO pushswitch one time.
5.
In
.
.
In
.
RESULT
the cockpit, on the LCD:
the green LED comes on (continuously)
the picture from camera 1 shows.
the cockpit, on the LCD:
the failure history page shows for 60 seconds.
On the panel 27VU:

. the OFF legend in the CKPT DOOR VIDEO pushswitch
comes on.
In the cockpit, on the LCD:
. the green LED goes off
. the screen goes off.
Close-up
Subtask 23-72-00-862-053-A
A.

** On A/C ALL
AES
23-72-00 PB501
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
MONITOR - COCKPIT DOOR SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 23-72-22-000-001-A
Removal of the Cockpit-Door Surveillance-System Monitor
FIN 10RA
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION

ZONE/ACCESS
212
ZONE DESCRIPTION
COCKPIT
C.
REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
(Ref. Fig. 23-72-22-991-00200-A - Monitor)

(Ref. Fig. 23-72-22-991-00100-A - Monitor)
3.
Job Set-up
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 23-1277 FOR A/C 003-008
Subtask 23-72-22-861-050-A
A.

** On A/C ALL
AES
23-72-22 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-72-22-865-050-A
B.
PANEL
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 23-1205 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1277 FOR A/C 003-008
122VU
4.
DESIGNATION
FIN
15RA
LOCATION
T16
Procedure
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 23-1277 FOR A/C 003-008
Subtask 23-72-22-710-051-A
A.
Removal of the Monitor or the Hinge Assembly:

(1)
If you want remove the Monitor only:

. Do the paragraph B.
(2)
If you want remove the Hinge Assembly:

. Do the paragraph C.
Subtask 23-72-22-020-051-A
B.
Removal of the Monitor

(Ref. Fig. 23-72-22-991-00200-A - Monitor)
(1)
Remove the screws (3) from the hinge assembly (2).
(2)
Disconnect the monitor (1).
(3)
Put blanking caps on the connector of the monitor (1).
Subtask 23-72-22-020-052-A
C.
AES
Removal of the Hinge Assembly:

(Ref. Fig. 23-72-22-991-00100-A - Monitor)
(1)
(2)
Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.
(3)
Remove the screws (5) and washers (4) from the mounting plate (3).
(4)
Remove the hinge assembly (1).
23-72-22 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 23-1277 FOR A/C 003-008
A
10RA
A
1
2
N_MM_237222_4_LCD1_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-72-22-991-00200-A SHEET 1

Monitor
23-72-22 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 23-1277 FOR A/C 003-008
B
10RA
A
2
3
1
4
N_MM_237222_4_LCD0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-72-22-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Monitor
23-72-22 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-72-22-400-001-A
Installation of the Cockpit-Door Surveillance-System Monitor
FIN 10RA
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
212
ZONE DESCRIPTION
COCKPIT
B.
REFERENCE
23-72-00-710-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-861-002-A
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
24-41-00-862-002-A
24-41-00-862-002-A-01
24-41-00-862-002-A-02
(Ref. Fig. 23-72-22-991-00200-A - Monitor)

(Ref. Fig. 23-72-22-991-00100-A - Monitor)
3.
Job Set-up
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 23-1277 FOR A/C 003-008
Subtask 23-72-22-860-050-A
A.

(1)

** On A/C ALL
24-41-00-861-002-A-02)
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-72-22-865-051-A
B.
PANEL
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 23-1205 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1277 FOR A/C 003-008
122VU
AES
DESIGNATION
FIN
15RA
LOCATION
T16
23-72-22 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
4.
Procedure
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 23-1277 FOR A/C 003-008
Subtask 23-72-22-710-052-A
A.
Installation of the Monitor or Hinge Assembly:

(1)
If you want install the Monitor only:

. Do the paragraph B.
(2)
If you want install the Hinge Assembly:

. Do the paragraph C.
Subtask 23-72-22-420-053-A
B.
Installation of the Monitor

(Ref. Fig. 23-72-22-991-00200-A - Monitor)
(1)
Do a visual inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
Install the Monitor (1) with the screws (3) to the hinge assembly (2) and TORQUE the screws (3) to
0.300 m.daN (26.54 lbf.in).
Subtask 23-72-22-420-054-A
C.
Installation of the Hinge Assembly:

(1)
Do a visual inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(Ref. Fig. 23-72-22-991-00100-A - Monitor)
(2)
(3)
Install the Hinge Assembly (1) with the washers (4) and the screws (5) to the mounting plate (3).
(4)
Remove the blanking caps from the elevtrical connectors.
(5)
(6)
Connect the electrical connector (2).
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-72-22-865-052-A
D.
PANEL
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 23-1205 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1277 FOR A/C 003-008
122VU
AES
DESIGNATION
FIN
15RA
LOCATION
T16
23-72-22 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 23-1277 FOR A/C 003-008
Subtask 23-72-22-710-050-A
E.
Do the Operational Test of the Anti-Hijack Camera-System

** On A/C ALL
(Ref. TASK 23-72-00-710-001-A).
5.
Close-up
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 23-1277 FOR A/C 003-008
Subtask 23-72-22-410-050-A
A.
Close Access
(1)
Subtask 23-72-22-862-050-A
B.

** On A/C ALL
AES
23-72-22 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
CAMERA - ANTI HIJACK SYSTEM - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 23-72-51-000-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
AR CAP - BLANKING
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
25-23-42-000-001-A
Removal of the Ceiling Panels - Forward Utility Area
(Ref. Fig. 23-72-51-991-00100-A - Cameras)

3.
Job Set-up
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 23-1277 FOR A/C 003-008
Subtask 23-72-51-861-050-A
A.

** On A/C ALL
(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-72-51-865-050-A
B.
PANEL
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 23-1205 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1277 FOR A/C 003-008
122VU
AES
DESIGNATION
FIN
15RA
LOCATION
T16
23-72-51 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
4.
Procedure
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 23-1277 FOR A/C 003-008
Subtask 23-72-51-020-050-A
A.
Removal of the Cameras

(Ref. Fig. 23-72-51-991-00100-A - Cameras)
NOTE :
The removal procedure for all the cameras is the same. Only one procedure is given.
(1)
Remove the caps (4).
(2)
Hold the camera (3) in position.
(3)
(4)
Carefully remove the camera (3) until you can disconnect the electrical connector (1).
(5)
Disconnect the electrical connector (1) and remove the camera (3).
(6)
If you cannot get access to disconnect the electrical connector (1), do the subsequent steps:
(a)
Loosely attach the camera (3) to the ceiling panel with the screws (5).
(b)
Remove the ceiling panel and move it until you can get access to the electrical connector (1)
** On A/C ALL
(Ref. TASK 25-23-42-000-001-A).
(7)
AES
(c)
Disconnect the electrical connector (1) from the camera (3).
(d)
Remove the three screws (5) and remove the camera (3) from the ceiling panel.
23-72-51 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 23-1277 FOR A/C 003-008
Z220
14RA
13RA
A
12RA
A
A
FR21
FR20
FR14
FR12
EXAMPLE
6
5
3
4
N_MM_237251_4_AAA0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-72-51-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Cameras
23-72-51 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-72-51-400-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
11-00-00-400-007-A
DESIGNATION
Installation of the ESSO (Scotchcal Labels)
23-72-00-710-001-A
23-72-51-820-001-A
24-42-00-861-001-A
24-42-00-862-001-A
25-23-42-400-001-A
Installation of the Ceiling Panels - Forward Utility Area
11-32-25-00
INTERIOR PLACARDS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
(Ref. Fig. 23-72-51-991-00100-A - Cameras)
3.
Job Set-up
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 23-1277 FOR A/C 003-008
Subtask 23-72-51-860-051-A
A.

(1)

** On A/C ALL
(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-72-51-865-051-A
B.
PANEL
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 23-1205 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1277 FOR A/C 003-008
122VU
4.
DESIGNATION
FIN
15RA
LOCATION
T16
Procedure
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 23-1277 FOR A/C 003-008
Subtask 23-72-51-210-050-A
A.

(1)
AES
Make sure that all the placards of the retained/new components are in the correct position and in good
condition.
23-72-51 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(2)
If necessary, install new placards

** On A/C ALL
(Ref. TASK 11-00-00-400-007-A) and (Ref. 11-32-25-00).
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 23-1277 FOR A/C 003-008
Subtask 23-72-51-560-050-A
B.
Preparation of Component Replacement

(Ref. Fig. 23-72-51-991-00100-A - Cameras)
NOTE :
(1)
(2)
Do the subsequent steps if you install a new camera.
On the old camera (3):

(a)
Make a note of the position of the adapter plate (2).
(b)
Carefully remove the clip which keeps the adapter plate (2) in position.
(c)
Remove the adapter plate (2).
On the new camera (3):

(a)
Put the adapter plate (2) in position as noted in step (1).
(b)
Install the clip which keeps the adapter plate (2) in position on the camera (3).
Subtask 23-72-51-420-051-A
C.
Installation of the Cameras

(Ref. Fig. 23-72-51-991-00100-A - Cameras)
NOTE :
(1)
AES
The installation procedure for all the cameras is the same. Only one procedure is given.
If you install a new camera (3), do the subsequent steps:

(a)
On the old camera (3), carefully remove the clip which keeps the adapter plate (2) in position.
(b)
Remove the adapter plate (2) from the camera (3).
(c)
Put the adapter plate (2) in position on the new camera (3),
(d)
Install the clip which keeps the adapter plate (2) in position on the camera (3).
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
If the ceiling panel was removed during the removal procedure, do the subsequent steps:
(a)
Put the camera (3) in the correct position on the ceiling panel.
(b)
Install the washers (6) and the screws (5).
(c)
Install the caps (4).
(d)
Put the ceiling panel, with the camera (3), in position until you can connect the electrical
connector (1).
(e)
Connect the electrical connector (1) to the camera (3).
23-72-51 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(f)
Install the ceiling panel

** On A/C ALL
(Ref. TASK 25-23-42-400-001-A).
(7)
(8)
If the ceiling panel was not removed during the removal procedure, do the subsequent steps:
(a)
Put the camera (3) in position until you can connect the electrical connector (1).
(b)
(c)
Hold the camera (3) in the installed position.
(d)
Install the washers (6) and the screws (5).
(e)
Install the caps (4).
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-72-51-865-052-A
D.
PANEL
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 23-1205 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1277 FOR A/C 003-008
122VU
DESIGNATION
FIN
15RA
LOCATION
T16
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 23-1277 FOR A/C 003-008
Subtask 23-72-51-820-051-A
E.
Make sure that the camera(s) are adjusted correctly

** On A/C ALL
(Ref. TASK 23-72-51-820-001-A).
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 23-1277 FOR A/C 003-008
Subtask 23-72-51-710-050-A
F.
Do the operational test of the cameras

** On A/C ALL
(Ref. TASK 23-72-00-710-001-A).
5.
Close-up
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 23-1277 FOR A/C 003-008
Subtask 23-72-51-862-050-A
A.

** On A/C ALL
(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
AES
23-72-51 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-72-51-820-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
BTR41914
B.
QTY
1
TOOL-ADJ,CDSS
DESIGNATION
REFERENCE
23-72-51-000-001-A
DESIGNATION
23-72-51-400-001-A
24-42-00-861-001-A
24-42-00-862-001-A
3.
Job Set-up
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 23-1277 FOR A/C 003-008
Subtask 23-72-51-861-051-A
A.

** On A/C ALL
(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-72-51-865-053-A
B.
PANEL
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 23-1205 FOR A/C 003-005
EMB SB 23-1277 FOR A/C 003-008
122VU
4.
DESIGNATION
FIN
15RA
LOCATION
T16
Procedure
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 23-1277 FOR A/C 003-008
Subtask 23-72-51-820-050-A
A.

(1)
AES
In
.
.
.
the cockpit, on the panel 27VU, push the CKPT DOOR VIDEO pushbutton-switch. Make sure that:
The OFF legend in the pushbutton-switch goes off.
The green LED on the related LCD comes on.
The image from camera 1 shows.
23-72-51 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(2)
Get a person to stay directly in front of the cockpit door.
(3)
Make sure that the bottom of the image shows the feet of the person, who stays in front of the cockpit
door.
(4)
Make sure that the top of the image shows the head of the person, who stays in front of the cockpit
door.
(5)
Make sure that the middle of the image shows the area which is 1 m (3.28 ft.) in front of the cockpit
door.
(6)
If the image from camera 1 is correct, continue with step (8).
(7)
If the image from camera 1 is not correct do these steps:

(a)
Remove the cover from the camera 1.
(b)
Connect the camera adjustment-tool TOOL-ADJ,CDSS (BTR41914) to the camera 1, as follows:
(c)
Move the ring on the camera adjustment-tool to the unlock position.
Put the camera adjustment-tool in position on the camera 1.
Move the ring on the camera adjustment-tool to the lock position.
Slowly turn the camera 1 clockwise or counterclockwise until the image from camera 1 is correct.
NOTE :
(d)
You can only turn the camera a maximum of 30 degrees, hard-stops on the camera
prevent more movement.
If you cannot adjust the camera correctly replace the camera 1,

** On A/C ALL
(Ref. TASK 23-72-51-000-001-A) and (Ref. TASK 23-72-51-400-001-A).
(e)
(f)
Disconnect the camera adjustment-tool from the camera 1, as follows:

1
Remove the camera adjustment-tool from the camera 1 housing.
Install the cover on the camera 1.
(8)
In the cockpit, on the panel 119VU, push the pushbutton-switch 16RA one time, make sure that:
. In the cockpit, on the LCD monitor, the images from cameras 2 and 3 show as a split screen.
(9)
Make sure that the image from camera 2 is on the left side of the LCD screen.
(10) Make sure that the middle of the image shows the area 1.2 m (3.94 ft.) in front of the right door and in
the middle of the forward and aft walls.
(11) Make sure that the image from camera 3 is on the right side of the LCD screen.
(12) Make sure that the middle of the image shows the area 1.2 m (3.94 ft.) in front of the left door and in
the middle of the forward and aft walls.
(13) If the image from camera 2 or 3 is correct, continue with step (15).
(14) If the image from camera 2 or 3 is not correct do these steps:
AES
(a)
Remove the cover from the applicable camera.
(b)
Connect the camera adjustment tool to the applicable camera, as follows:

1
Move the ring on the camera adjustment-tool into the unlock position.
Put the camera adjustment-tool in position on the applicable camera.
Move the ring on the camera adjustment-tool to the lock position.
23-72-51 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(c)
Slowly turn the applicable camera clockwise or counterclockwise until the image from the camera
is correct.
NOTE :
You can only turn the camera a maximum of 30 degrees, hard-stops on the camera
prevent more movement.
(d)
If you cannot adjust the camera correctly replace the applicable camera, (Ref. TASK
23-72-51-000-001-A) and (Ref. TASK 23-72-51-400-001-A).
(e)
Disconnect the camera adjustment-tool from the applicable camera, as follows:
(f)
Remove the camera adjustment-tool from the applicable camera housing.
Install the cover on the applicable camera.
(15) In the cockpit, on the panel 27VU, push the CKPT DOOR VIDEO pushbutton-switch and make sure
that:
. The green LED on the related LCD goes off.
. The OFF legend in the pushswitch comes on.
5.
Close-up
** On A/C ALL
EMB SB 23-1277 FOR A/C 003-008
Subtask 23-72-51-860-052-A
A.

(1)
(2)

** On A/C ALL
(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
AES
23-72-51 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
CABIN INTERCOMMUNICATION DATA SYSTEM (CIDS) DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION

** On A/C ALL
1.
General
The Cabin Intercommunications Data System (CIDS) is used to operate, control, monitor and test various cabin
functions. The functions are managed by CIDS dependent on the configuration of the aircraft and the CIDS software.
The basic CIDS manages these cabin functions:
. the Passenger Address (PA),
. the Cabin and flight crew interphone,
. the Passenger Call system,
. the Passenger lighted signs,
. the General illumination,
. the Lavatory smoke system,
. the Service interphone,
. the Extended emergency lighting equipment.
. the Escape slide bottle pressure monitoring,
. the Evacuation signaling equipment,
In addition to the above, the basic CIDS installation also has the capability to operate, functionally control, monitor
and test any optional systems (passenger entertainment (video), advanced passenger services etc.).
The system permits different cabin configurations without the need for complex and costly hardware changes. The
existing cabin equipment (loudspeakers, lighting units etc.) is retained and the cabin configuration is accomplished
with software changes in the CIDS.
The main components of the CIDS are:
. two CIDS directors,
. a series of Decoder-Encoder Units (DEU),
. a Programming and Test Panel (PTP),
. the Forward Attendant Panel (FAP),
. the Aft Attendant Panel (AAP),
. the Attendant Indicating Panels (AIP).
With the exception of the ACPs, the above units have a Built-in Test Equipment (BITE) facility. The BITE detects
faults in the systems connected to the CIDS and in the CIDS units. (The CIDS also uses the flight compartment
handset and the passenger compartment handsets).
The CIDS directors are the central control components of the CIDS. Each director receives inputs from various
aircraft systems and from the other components in the CIDS. Inputs and outputs to and from the CIDS directors are
either connected directly to the directors or through the Decoder-Encoder Units (DEU). Two types of DEUs are
installed, a type A and a type B.
The type A DEUs interface between the CIDS directors and:
. the Cabin loudspeakers,
. the Lighting units,
. the Passenger call buttons and signs.
Depending on the aircraft configuration, the type B DEUs interface between the CIDS directors and:
. the Attendant handsets,
. the Attendant indication panels,
. the Area call panels,
. the Information signs,
. the Emergency lighting power supply units (EPSU),
. the Attendant panels,
AES
23-73-00 PB001
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
. the Pressure sensors of the emergency slide bottles,
. the Emergency evacuation controls and indicators,
Communication between the type A DEUs and the CIDS directors is on two separate data bus lines installed along
each side of the aircraft. The type B DEUs are connected to the CIDS directors on a second set of data bus lines. All
other aircraft systems used by the CIDS are connected directly to the CIDS directors.
These different types of input signals are converted by the CIDS directors into low level digital data. The CIDS
software program controls this digital data. For changes in aircraft configuration or CIDS upgrades only the software
program is required to be changed. Two replaceable modules are used to accomplish these changes. To upgrade the
CIDS software program, On-board Replaceable Modules (OBRM) are used. These removable memory modules are
installed in the front face of the CIDS directors. To facilitate changes in aircraft configuration and system properties
a second memory module, the Cabin Assignment Module (CAM), is installed in the Programming and Test Panel
(PTP).
Controls for the cabin systems are centrally located at the attendant panels. The attendant handsets are used for
interphone communications and for PA announcements. An associated Attendant Indication Panel (AIP) is used for
PA/Interphone dialing and cabin call information. The AIP is also used for displaying CIDS warnings. Different
colored lights in the Area Call Panels (ACP) give long range visual indications of CIDS information.
AES
23-73-00 PB001
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
2.
Component Location
** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-00-13700-O - CIDS associated Components in the Cockpit - Component Location)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-00-13700-A - CIDS associated Components in the Cockpit - Component Location)
** On A/C ALL
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-00-13800-A
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-00-14000-A
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-00-13900-A
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-00-14100-A
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-00-14200-A
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-00-14300-A
FIN
101RH
102RH
110RH
115RH
120RH
126RH
130RH
132RH
320RH1
320RH9
** On A/C 003-004
FWD Attendant Station and Cockpit Handset - Component Location)

MCDU - Component Location)
CIDS Components in the Cabin - Component Location)
DEU A, DEU Mount and CIDS Director - Component Location)
DEU B and DEU Mount - Component Location)
CIDS Components in the Cabin - Component Location)
DIR-CIDS, 1
DIR-CIDS, 2
MODULE-CABIN ASSIGNMENT
FAP
AAP
HANDSET
SUPPORT BRACKET
AIP
AIP
PANEL
87VU
88VU
ZONE ACCESS
DOOR
127
128
221
221
221
261
210
210
221
261
ATA REF.
23-73-34
23-73-34
23-73-18
23-73-19
23-73-12
23-73-13
23-73-44
23-73-44
23-31-00
23-31-00
320RH11
AIP
** On A/C 005-099
2042VUA
263
23-31-00
320RH11
** On A/C ALL
AIP
2042VUA
262
23-31-00
330RH1
330RH9
330RH11
340RH9
340RH10
** On A/C 003-004
HANDSET
HANDSET
HANDSET
AREA CALL PNL
AREA CALL PNL
3701VU
3701VU
221
261
262
263
264
23-73-44
23-73-44
23-73-44
23-31-00
23-31-00
223
224
23-31-00
23-31-00
223
224
241
23-31-00
23-31-00
23-31-00
340RH1
AREA CALL PNL
340RH2
AREA CALL PNL
** On A/C 005-099
340RH1
340RH2
340RH7
AES
AREA CALL PNL

AREA CALL PNL
AREA CALL PNL
3700VU
3700VU
23-73-00 PB001
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
FIN
PANEL

DOOR
** On A/C ALL
200RH1
200RH2
200RH3
200RH4
200RH5
200RH6
200RH7
200RH8
200RH9
200RH10
200RH11
200RH12
200RH13
200RH14
200RH15
200RH16
200RH17
200RH18
200RH19
200RH20
200RH21
200RH22
200RH23
200RH24
200RH25
200RH26
300RH1
300RH5
** On A/C 003-004
DEU-A
DEU-A
DEU-A
DEU-A
DEU-A
DEU-A
DEU-A
DEU-A
DEU-A
DEU-A
DEU-A
DEU-A
DEU-A
DEU-A
DEU-A
DEU-A
DEU-A
DEU-A
DEU-A
DEU-A
DEU-A
DEU-A
DEU-A
DEU-A
DEU-A
DEU-A
DEU-B
DEU-B
223
224
231
232
231
232
241
242
241
242
241
242
241
242
251
252
251
252
251
252
251
252
251
252
263
263
223
263
221BC
221BC
231JW
232JW
231QW
232QW
231WW
232WW
231ZW
232ZW
241QW
242QW
241WW
242WW
251FW
252FW
251MW
252MW
251TW
252TW
251ZW
252ZW
251CX
252CX
300RH4
DEU-B
300RH6
DEU-B
** On A/C 005-099
242
264
242QW 23-31-00
23-31-00
300RH4
DEU-B
300RH6
DEU-B
** On A/C 006-099
POST SB 23-1192 FOR A/C 003-004
200
263
242QW 23-31-00
23-31-00
300RH3
300RH7
253
243
23-73-47
23-73-00
DEU-B
DECODER/ENCODER UNIT B
222BC
23-31-00
23-31-00
23-31-00
23-31-00
23-31-00
23-31-00
23-31-00
23-31-00
23-31-00
23-31-00
23-31-00
23-31-00
23-31-00
23-31-00
23-31-00
23-31-00
23-31-00
23-31-00
23-31-00
23-31-00
23-31-00
23-31-00
23-31-00
23-31-00
23-31-00
23-31-00
23-31-00
23-31-00
300RH8
DEU-B
244
23-73-00
------------------------------------------------------------------------------FIN
!
ATA
!
!
!
! DOOR !
REF.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------511RH
POWER UNIT, RL
2041VU 200
23-73-38
AES
23-73-00 PB001
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
512RH
AES
POWER UNIT, RL
2040VU 200
23-73-38
23-73-00 PB001
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
3.
System Description
A.
Principle
(1) The Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) is a microprocessor based system. It operates, controls,
monitors and tests these cabin functions:
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
the
the
the
the
the
the
the
the
the
the
the
the
the
passenger address
passenger call
passenger lighted signs
general cabin illumination control
cabin and flight crew interphone
lavatory smoke detection
service interphone (partially integrated into the CIDS)
extended emergency lighting test
work light test
passenger reading lights (control and test)
boarding music and pre-recorded announcements
emergency evacuation signaling
escape slide bottle pressure monitoring
(2) Because of the need for flexibility, the CIDS uses software to define any parts of its operation. The software
program is dependant on individual aircraft layouts and optional system functions. The software is stored
on two replaceable modules.
(3) The CIDS hardware is provisioned with enough spare inputs, outputs and circuits to allow connection of
new and additional equipment without having to make changes to the CIDS hardware. The appropriate
memory module can be reprogrammed aboard the aircraft. The CIDS programming and test panel 110RH is
provided for this. It is also possible to replace the memory module with a new pre-programmed unit for
cabin layout changes.
(4) A scheduled maintenance of the CIDS is unnecessary as the CIDS automatically does a self-check. It also
monitors the performance of certain connected equipment. Several levels of system and component failure
are defined for which CIDS gives immediate warning to the cabin and flight crew. Information on all faults
is permanently stored in the CIDS. This information is also sent to the CFDS. (Ref. 31-30-00-00). A failure
in the controlling CIDS director causes the system to switch control to the other CIDS director. In the case
of failures on both CIDS directors, control of the system is given to the CIDS director with the less serious
fault.
B.
AES
General
The CIDS uses these components:
. 26 Decoder Encoder Units (DEU) type A 200RH,
. 4 Decoder Encoder Units (DEU) type B 300RH,
. the forward attendant panel 120RH,
. the programming and test panel 110RH,
. the cabin assignment module 115RH,
. the aft attendant panel 126RH,
. the cabin equipment, see DEU type A,
. the attendant equipment, see DEU type B.
The components of the CIDS are connected to two identical CIDS directors. The CIDS director 101RH is used
as the active director. The CIDS director 102RH is used as the standby director.
23-73-00 PB001
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(1) CIDS Directors 101RH (102RH)
The function of the standby CIDS director 102RH is identical to the function of the active CIDS director
101RH. In normal system operation the outputs from the standby CIDS director are disabled. Inputs and
outputs to and from the two CIDS directors are connected in parallel except for:
. the power supply,
. the special relay,
. the director BITE-monitoring connections,
. certain outputs to other equipment or systems.
For more information refer to the block diagram, component descriptions and power supply description.
Each director contains an OBRM module 101RH1 (102RH1).Inputs and outputs to and from the cabin
equipment to the CIDS directors are made via the Decoder Encoder Units (DEU). ARINC links and discrete
lines connect the director to individual controls, cockpit equipment and other systems.
(2) Decoder Encoder Unit (DEU) Type A 200RH
The DEUs A 200RH are installed along each side of the passenger cabin. Up to 3 passenger service units
(PSU) and 3 passenger information units can be connected to each DEU A. The DEUs A are connected to
the directors via a top-line twisted pair data bus. The physical form of this top-line bus are two twisted
pairs along each side of the cabin. They are connected to every second DEU. This means that a break in
one top-line twisted pair would disable only every second DEU A along one side of the cabin. A resistor
terminates each top-line data bus for impedance matching. The DEUs type A are identical. The DEU
mount 2010VU or 2014VU include coding switches. This gives each DEU location a different address.
(3) Decoder Encoder Unit (DEU) Type B 300RH
The DEUs B 300RH are installed in their DEU-mounts 2011VU or 2015VU in the door areas. In the door
area where no DEU B is installed, empty wired-in mounts 2011VU with full provisions are installed. The
DEUs B are connected to the flight attendant stations and safety equipment.
The DEUs B are connected with discrete lines to:
. the area call panels,
. the attendant handsets,
. the slide-bottle and door-bottle pressure-sensors,
. the EVAC switches and lamps,
. the emergency power supply units,
The aft attendant panel receives and transmits serial data via a RS232 link, it is also connected to the DEU
type B with discrete lines. A serial RS232 link also transmits data to each AIP. Discrete connections provide
AIP power and reception of AIP BITE status. The DEUs type B connect to the directors via a middle-line
twisted pair data bus. One twisted pair cable on each aircraft side connects to all DEUs type B on that
side. A resistor 310RH terminates each middle-line data bus cable for cable impedance matching.
The DEUs type B are identical. Coding switches in each DEU mount are used to define a different address
for each DEU B location.
(4) Forward Attendant Panel 120RH
The forward attendant panel 120RH transmits data to the directors via a serial ARINC 429 link which are
connected to both directors in parallel. For transmission of data from the directors to the forward attendant
panel, two separate ARINC links are provided, one from each director. Separate discrete lines from the
panel connect to the power supply units of reading lights, the attendant work lights and lavatory lights.
Discrete lines also connect to an adjacent DEU B for EVAC control.
(5) Programming and Test Panel 110RH
The programming and test panel 110RH transmits data to the director via a serial ARINC 429 link which is
connected to both directors in parallel. For transmission of data from the director to the panel, two
separate ARINC links are provided, one from each director. The Cabin Assignment Module (CAM) 115RH
plugs directly into the front face of the panel. Interaction between director and CAM is via the
programming and test panel ARINC links.
AES
23-73-00 PB001
Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
4.
Power Supply
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-00-17600-A - Power Supply - CIDS Director, FAP and PTP)
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-00-17700-B - Power Supply NORM BUS - Top Line)
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-00-17800-B - Power Supply ESS BUS - Top Line)
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-00-17900-B - Power Supply - Middle Line)
The service bus 601PP and the essential bus 401PP supply electrical power to the CIDS.
The CIDS can operate in the normal mode or in the emergency mode.
A.
Normal Mode
In the normal mode the CIDS uses 28 V DC supplied from the service bus 601PP.
The DIR 2 is in standby.
B.
Emergency Mode
(1) In the emergency mode the essential bus 401PP supplies 28VDC to the CIDS. The emergency system is
used if there is a failure of the service bus 601PP and the essential bus 401PP is available.
The power consumption is reduced to a minimum.
The standby DIR 2, the PTP and the FAP are not supplied.
The system operates with these minimum functions:
. the PA system,
. the Cabin Interphone,
. the EVAC (if installed).
(2) Power transfer switching
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-00-17600-A - Power Supply - CIDS Director, FAP and PTP)
If there is no electrical power from the service bus 601PP, the essential bus 401PP supplies the DIR 1. If
the DIR 1 fails, the power transfer relay 105RH switches the essential power supply to DIR 2.
(3) Top-Line cut-off switching
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-00-17800-B - Power Supply ESS BUS - Top Line)
If there is no electrical power from the service bus 601PP, the essential bus 401PP supplies the Top-Lines
only when an audio signal is present. If there is no audio signal the respective director operates the TopLine cut-off relay 106RH to stop the essential power supply to the Top-Lines.
AES
23-73-00 PB001
Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
5.
Interface
A.
CIDS Equipment Connections

(1) The CIDS Director 101RH (102RH) is connected to:
. the Audio management unit 1RN (81VU) (235134)
. the Cabin pressure controller 1 11HL (91VU) (213134)
. the Cabin pressure controller 2 12HL (96VU) (213134)
. the PASS INFO relay 19WR (103VU) (352300)
. the Centralized fault display interface unit 1TW (87VU) (313234)
. the Cockpit door switch 310LG (332100)
. the EVAC horn 5WP (48VU) (256300)
. the EVAC SIGNAL switch 2WP (21VU) (256300)
. the EVAC COMMAND pushbutton switch 3WP (21VU) (256300)
. the EVAC HORN SHUT OFF pushbutton 7WP (21VU) (256300)
. the CTL PWR SPLY relay 8WL (335100)
. the Flight warning computer 1 1WW1 (85VU) (315334)
. the Flight warning computer 2 1WW2 (86VU) (315334)
. the Board-ann LT test & interface 1LP (70VU) (331433)
. the Board-ann LT test & interface 9LP (70VU) (331433)
. the Landing gear control and interface unit switch 5GA1 (93VU) (323171)
. the Landing gear control and interface unit switch 5GA2 (94VU) (323171)
. the Oil pressure warning system (103VU) (732500)
. the Service interphone ovrd switch 15RJ (50VU) and jack sockets (234400)
. the Slats and flaps control computer 1 21CV (85VU) (275134)
. the Slats and flaps control computer 2 22CV (86VU) (275134)
. the Smoke detection control unit 10WQ (94VU) (261734)
. the System data acquisition concentrator 1 1WV1 (85VU) (315534)
. the System data acquisition concentrator 2 1WV2 (86VU) (315534).
B.
(1) The DEU type A (200RH) is connected to:
. the General illumination ballast units (LG).
. the Reading light power unit for test function (LW).
(2) The DEU Type B (300RH) is connected to:
. the Escape slide bottle pressure sensors (360RH).
(3) The Forward Attendant Panel (120RH) is connected to:
. the Attendant work light relay (2LZ),
. the Lavatory lighting power supply (LQ),
. the Emergency lighting system (WL),
. the Reading light power supply relay.
(4) The Programming and Test Panel (110RH) is connected to:
. Emergency lighting system (WL).
AES
23-73-00 PB001
Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
6.
A.
CIDS Director 101RH 102RH

(1) Description
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-00-22000-A - CIDS Director)
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-00-22100-B - CIDS DATA BUS - Top Line)
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-00-22200-A - CIDS Director - Block Diagram)
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-00-22300-J - CIDS DATA BUS - Middle Line DEU B Interface - Block Diagram)
(a) General
The director is a 3-Modular-Concept-Unit (3MCU) sized unit. It is installed in the pressurized avionics
compartment. The internal construction is modular, which allows straightforward upgrades and
improved maintenance feasibility. A memory module called the Onboard Replaceable Module (OBRM)
plugs into the front face of the director. Software, basic to the directors internal function, is stored in a
nonvolatile memory inside the director. System related software which is likely to be changed or
upgraded when options are installed is stored in the OBRM.
(2) Operation
** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-00-22400-U - CIDS Director - Connections)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-00-22400-Q - CIDS Director - Connections)
** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-00-22500-F - CIDS Director - Connections)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-00-22500-I - CIDS Director - Connections)
(a) Initialization
Two identical directors 101RH and 102RH are installed in the avionics compartment. An identical
OBRM, 101RH1 and 102RH1 respectively, plugs into each director. Each director has a dedicated
ARINC transmission link to the other, for cross checking of each others BITE status. With the
exception of the dedicated ARINC links, they are connected in parallel as shown below:
. most of the ARINC 429 links,
. the power supply lines,
. all inputs and outputs of the two directors.
The power connections are arranged such that director 1 is normally fully active and in control of the
CIDS. Director 2 is normally partially active, in a hot-standby mode. The two units basically run in
parallel with exactly the same system-status information at any given moment. Director 2 has its
outputs deactivated. On CIDS energization or reset:
. all director interfaces are disabled,
. all Random Access Memory (RAM) is cleared,
. the system software flags are present,
. the directors are initialized.
A failure in the initialized process in CIDS director 101RH causes:
. the CIDS CAUTION lamp on the FWD ATTND panel to come on,
. display of CIDS CAUTION message at the ECAM,
. a deactivation of the CIDS director 101RH hardware,
. a switchover of control to CIDS director 102RH,
. the CIDS director 101RH software execution halt.
AES
23-73-00 PB001
Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Once the directors have been initialized, the data contained in the CAM is copied into their zoning
tables. In the absence of the CAM, the directors own back up data is used. The directors now hold the
data necessary for the active unit to configure and initialize the:
. cabin system functions,
. director interface modules,
. DEUs and connected equipment and components.
For each PA amplifier in each DEU A, the gain, the frequency characteristic, and the channelassignment is programmed.
. FWD ATTND panel,
. programming and test panel.
When this has been completed, the CIDS is fully operational.
(b) BITE Operation
The built-in test equipment of the director detects at least 95 % of the failures that could occur in the
director. These detected failures are isolated with a confidence level of better than 85 %. The director
performs a self-test each time it is initially switched on or reset. The self-test checks for correct
operation of the whole director and of its individual parts.
The self-test is repeated periodically. The director periodically loads each CIDS data bus line with a DC
current. When a current flow occurs the line is known to be serviceable.
The equipment shown below have their own BITE functions, and signal their BITE status to the
director:
. each DEU,
. the programming and test panel,
. the FWD ATTND panel,
. the connected equipment such as PES and PSS.
The DEUs are able to test the cabin equipment to which they are connected.
All BITE results are stored in the director BITE-dedicated memory. Failures are shown on:
. the CIDS CAUTION light,
. the ECAM status page,
. the ECAM warning,
. the respective Multifunction Control & Display Unit (MCDU) pages,
. the programming and test panel.
Certain failures or combinations of failures cause immediate indications at the Electronic Centralized
Aircraft Monitoring (ECAM) and the programming and test panel, as follows:
AES
CIDS INOP on ECAM

The director output CIDS OPERATION STATUS to the SDAC is at active ground when the
CIDS is operative. A change in this state causes to display CIDS 1+2 FAULT on upper ECAM
and CIDS INOP on lower ECAM when:
. both directors fail,
. more than 50 % of all DEU A or 20 % of adjacent DEU A (zonewise) fail or
. more than 50 % of all NS-FSB Signs and PA inoperative (resp. DEU A) fail (the CIDS
CAUTION light also comes on),
. all DEU B with connected handset fail (the CIDS CAUTION light also comes on).
CIDS CAUTION on ECAM

The directors output CIDS CAUTION to the SDAC is at active ground when there are no
failures in the CIDS. A change in this state results in CIDS CAUTION CIDS 1 or CIDS 2 at
the ECAM when:
. one director there is fail,
. there is no data from the other director via crosslink.
The director continues to signal CIDS CAUTION to the SDAC until the fault is corrected.
The director continues to signal CIDS CAUTION to the SDAC until the fault is corrected.
23-73-00 PB001
Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
3
CIDS CAUTION light activated at the Forward Attendant Panel (FAP)

The director sends a signal to the FAP via the ARINC link to activate the CIDS CAUTION light
when:
. one director fails,
. two directors fail,
. all DEU B with connected handsets fail,
. more than 50% of all DEU A or 20% of adjacent DEU A zonewise fail,
. no data from SDCU channel 1 and 2,
. the drainmast system fails,
. the emergency slide bottle pressure is low,
. the slide bottle pressure is low,
. the door bottle pressure is low,
. the lavatory smoke detection fails,
. one DEU A fails,
. one DEU B fails,
. the CIDS top bus fails,
. the CIDS mid bus fails,
. the FAP fails,
. the PTP fails,
. the CAM fails,
. no data from FAP,
. no data from CAM,
. no data from PTP.
The CIDS CAUTION light is resettable in flight, but comes on again on the ground (landing gear
down and locked). The light cannot be reset on the ground. When a CIDS CAUTION occurs, the
respective failure message is displayed on the programming and test panel. The director will
perform, or cause a CIDS component test to be done, when commanded from the programming
and test panel. This is described under System Testing and Programming.
The function of the director with respect to these systems is described in the System Operation
section:
. the passenger address system,
. the interphone system,
. the lighted signs,
. the passenger call.
For other systems, refer to the appropriate system chapters.
There remains, however, other aspects to the directors operation, and these are described in the
text shown below. (Ref. Fig. 010).
** On A/C ALL
B.
Decoder Encoder Units (DEU)

(1) Description
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-00-22800-A - DEU - Physical Appearance)
(a) General
Two types of DEUs are used, type A 200RH and type B 300RH. The director transmits address coded
data to all DEUs of one type, but only one DEU A responds. The addressed DEU serves as an
interface between the encoded bus data and the connected cabin systems and components.
(b) Common Functions
Each DEU has specialized functions appropriate to the connected systems. Certain functions, however,
are common to both types of DEU, as follows:
. the adaption of received data bus signals,
. the comparison of received addresses with wired DEU addresses,
AES
23-73-00 PB001
Page 12
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
the
the
the
the
the
the
the
the
the
the
the
the
processing of addressed commands and controls,

commands control the cabin system interface,
conversion of processed control data for initiation of the interface circuitry,
adaption of cabin system interface signals,
processing of inputs from cabin systems,
transmission of data at assigned intervals via the data bus,
fail passive for data bus transmission and reception in case of DEU failure,
fail passive for system interface in case of DEU failure,
transmission of status results to director,
short-circuit protection of discrete outputs,
activation of emergency mode with minimum power consumption,
conversion of preselected audio channel.
(c) DEU Type A Functions

The DEU A has interfaces with these systems and components:
. the Passenger address loudspeakers,
. the Passenger call switches and lamps,
. the Cabin illumination ballast units,
. the Passenger reading lights.
The DEU A has these specialized functions:
. a test of lamp current,
. a test of connected loudspeaker impedance and level,
. a frequency filtering according to bus commands.
(d) DEU B Functions
The DEU B has interfaces with these components:
. the Attendant handset,
. the Attendant indication panels (AIP),
. the Area call panels (ACP),
. the Emergency slide bottle pressure sensors,
. the Information signs,
. the Emergency evacuation controls and indicators,
. the Emergency lighting power supply units (EPSU),
. the Aft attendant panel (AAP).
(2) Operation
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-00-23400-B - DEU Connection to Data Bus Power Supply and Address Coding)
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-00-23500-B - DEU A - Connections to Cabin Systems)
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-00-23600-E - DEU B - Connections to Cabin Systems)
(a) CIDS Power-Up
When the CIDS is powered-up or reset, the director follows a power-up routine. This includes the
initialization and testing of each DEU and connected equipment. Each of the two DEU A PA
amplifiers are assigned to one of the six topline audio channels. The gain and frequency response of
each amplifier is set. The test results are transmitted to the director which compares them with its
programmed data to decide on their OK/NOT OK status.
(b) DEU A Power-Up Tests
These are tested at this stage
1
AES
Discrete outputs
. All discrete outputs are switched to the passive state. Then each output is activated
separately and looped back to the DEU gate array and measured. All the discrete outputs are
then switched to the active state. The director checks that all the DEU current-sensing bits
are activated. There is no test available for the opto-coupled outputs.
23-73-00 PB001
Page 13
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
2
Discrete inputs
. The director checks that no discrete inputs are active. Some input circuit failures cannot be
detected by the director. These failures are only apparent when the appropriate input is
activated. It is also possible that a fault in equipments connected to the director to mistaken
for a faulty input circuit.
PA amplifier volume control, frequency control and audio output

. The director generates a test signal, and the DEU audio outputs are monitored for correct
action of the respective circuits. These tests are only done if a loudspeaker is connected.
No smoking, fasten seat belt, return to seat and passenger call lamps (not applicable for LED
NS/FSB signs)
. All lamp-outputs are set to OFF. The director controls the DEUs current-limit threshold for
the lamp drivers. It also commands the DEU to turn on one lamp at a time. In this way, any
open-circuit lamps are detected. This test also detects a failed current-detector.
The DEU A power supply, gate array, bus interface and BITE status are also checked.
. The major DEU tests are continuously done for the whole time that the CIDS is switched on.
In normal operation the director transmits information continuously to the DEUs. When a
DEU is addressed, it must respond with a parity bit-coded message. If this response message
is absent (or the parity bit is wrong for a minimum of 4 transmissions), then the DEU is
declared to be unserviceable.
(c) DEU B Power-Up Tests

These are tested at this stage
1
Discrete outputs, as for DEU A described in paragraph 6.B.(2)(b)-1.
Discrete inputs, as for DEU A described in paragraph 6.B.(2)(b)-2.
Audio Input/Output. The DEU B is commanded to perform a loop-back operation, where the
handset output is electronically connected to the handset input. The director transmits a test
signal to the DEU B. After all the audio circuitry of the DEU B have processed this signal, it is
transmitted back to the director. The director can analyse the signal for frequency response and
audio level. The test is also automatically performed, when a handset is unhooked. Signal-to-noise
ratio, total distortion, and handset supply are not tested.
Serial Input/Output. Under control of the director, several types of tests are performed to check
for faulty operation:
. the register read/write test,
. the timing test,
. the status bit test,
. the parity bit test,
. the data loopback test (in conjuction with the connected hardware).
The results of the loopback test assume the connected device is operational.
EVAC indicator lamp. As for discrete outputs described in paragraph 6.8.(2)(b)-1.
Attendant Indication Panel (AIP) testing. The DEU checks the status of the AIP BITE.
The DEU B power supply, gate array, bus interface and BITE status are also checked. The
procedure is as for DEU A, described in paragraph 6.B(2)(b)-6. This is continuously done while
the CIDS is switched on.
(d) Interfacing and control of cabin equipment sub-sections:

1
AES
General Cabin Illumination Control

This director addresses each of the four connected illumination units on command from:
. the FWD ATTND panel,
23-73-00 PB001
Page 14
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
. the Programming and Test Panel (PTP),
. the response to certain discrete inputs.
The DEU responds and switches each of the three outputs to the addressed ballast unit to opencircuit (logic O) or to 28 V DC (logic 1). The table below shows the illumination level versus
logic levels:
CONNECTOR PIN
1, 4,
2,5,
3,6,
9,12,
10,13
11,14
OPERATION MODE
S I G N A L
---------------------------------------bright
0
0
0
dim 1 (50 %)
1
0
0
dim 2 (10 %)
0
1
0
off
0
0
1
DEU or CIDS failure results in no 28 V DC outputs. This gives a 100 % illumination fail-state
situation.
AES
Flashing of Audio Control Panel and Lighted Sign Lamps

The DEU responds to lamp ON or OFF control commands. It latches the respective outputs at 28
V DC or at open circuit. The director causes the flashing of any of these lamps by repeatedly
transmitting ON commands followed by OFF commands.
Emergency Lighting Test (DEU B)

When activated at the programming and test panel, Emergency Power Supply Units (EPSUs),
connected to the DEU, are interrogated for their status. Fault situations in the EPSU are held in
coded form. The code number corresponds to the fault type. A DEU B reads this failure number:
The serial clock output pulses to the ON-state. The EPSU then replies and transmits an ON pulse
to the DEUs Serial In input, interpreted as a logic one. The process is repeated until there is a
logic zero response from the EPSU. The number of received logic ones corresponds to the EPSU
failure number.
Reading Lights (DEU A)

All connections to the reading lights system are opto-coupled to maintain isolation of the DEUs
DC ground from the reading lights AC ground. The director receives activation commands for
lights via the PSS. It then signals to the respective DEU A to turn on the requested light. The
DEU A then provides a connection between the respective reading light connection and the AC
ground connection (from the reading light unit).
The lights and lights Printed Circuit Boards (PCBs) are tested on command from the director.
The R/L TEST output is activated. The DEU reads the logic level present on the R/L LAMP
FAIL and R/L PCB FAIL inputs. It transmits the information to the director. This test is done via
the programming and test panel.
Attendant Handsets (DEU B)

Up to two handsets may be connected in parallel to each DEU B. The DEU performs hook-off
sensing, and decodes the dial information which arrives on the handset microphone line.
Area Call Panels (ACP) (DEU B)

Two sets of ACP outputs are provided. Each set can drive up to two ACPs in parallel.
Attendant Indication Panels (AIP) (DEU B)

The director operates the AIPs via DEU B. A serial link from the DEU B can be connected to two
AIPs in parallel. Separate service bus 28 V DC outputs and AIP BITE inputs are provided for each
AIP.
23-73-00 PB001
Page 15
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
8
EVAC Equipment (DEU B)

The DEU B has two essential 28 V DC outputs to drive EVAC indicator lights. It also has three
inputs for EVAC pushbutton connection. The input detection circuitry is on the essential bus and
remains functional in an aircraft emergency.
Additional Attendant Panel (DEU B)

The DEU B has a serial input, output and normal 28 V DC for connection of an additional
attendant panel.
(e) Emergency Mode Activation

In an aircraft emergency, the DEU operates in emergency mode. All impermanently used parts of the
DEU switch off. The DEU A PA circuits and DEU B interphone and EVAC circuits remain energized.
(f) Fail Safe States
When a failure of the data bus interface, the director, or the data bus occurs the DEU maintains the
current status of the discrete cabin systems outputs for approximately 3 minutes. After this delay the
outputs switch into their pre-defined fail safe states. All audio input/outputs are immediately switched
off.
(g) DEU Addressing
The coding switch in the DEU mount gives each DEU a different address. This method lets you
remove, interchange and replace DEUs without the need to consider the address.
C.
Forward Attendant Panel

(1) Description
** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-00-24300-B - Connections to the Forward Attendant Panel.)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-00-24300-A - Connections to the Forward Attendant Panel.)
(a) General
The forward attendant panel 120RH is installed in the forward entrance area of the aircraft. The
attendant controls the different cabin systems from the attendant panel.
(b) The forward attendant panel performs these functions:
. adaption of signals received on the ARINC data bus links from each CIDS director,
. processing of addressed commands and controls,
. processing of inputs from cabin systems,
. processing of inputs from the membrane switches on the front face of the FWD ATTND panel,
. transmission of data at assigned intervals via the ARINC data bus between the panel and both
directors,
. fail-passive for data bus transmission and reception in the event of FWD ATTND panel failure,
. short-circuit protection of all discrete outputs,
. BITE functions for detection and location of faults which occur in the panel.
(c) Architecture
The forward attendant panel is in modular form with a master circuit board and sub-panels which
connect to the master board. The visible part of the panel consists of colored membrane switches and
indicator lights in a common grid pattern. Blank face-plates replace unused sub-panels.
(d) Master Board
The master board contains all parts which are common to all configurations of the FWD ATTND
panel. This includes the power supply, ARINC 429 transmitter and ARINC 429 receiver.
AES
23-73-00 PB001
Page 16
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
(2) Forward Attendant Panel - Light Module
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-00-24200-D - Light Module)
(a) Description of the switches
1
MAIN OFF
The MAIN OFF membrane switch, switches off the following systems:
. General illumination in the cabin and the entrance areas
. Reading lights
. Attendant work light
. Lavatory light.
The function MAIN OFF is disabled in flight.
MAIN ON
The MAIN ON membrane switch, switches on the general illumination in the cabin and entrance
areas with a brightness of 100%. The integral light in the membrane switches BRT, WDO, and
CLG comes on. If a membrane switch for the cabin or entry area is already pressed the MAIN ON
membrane switch has no effect for the respective area.
ENTRY BRT
The ENTRY BRT membrane switch, switches on the general illumination in all entrance areas
with a brightness of 100%. The integral light in the membrane switch comes on. Pushing the
membrane switch a second time, switches off the general illumination in all entrance areas and the
integral light.
** On A/C 005-099
(3) Forward Attendant Panel - Light Module
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-00-24200-L - Light Module)
AES
MAIN OFF
The MAIN OFF membrane switch, switches off the following systems:
. General illumination in the cabin and the entrance areas
. Reading lights
. Attendant work light
. Lavatory light.
The function MAIN OFF is disabled in flight.
MAIN ON
The MAIN ON membrane switch, switches on the general illumination in the cabin and entrance
areas with a brightness of 100%. The integral light in the membrane switches BRT, WDO, and
CLG comes on. If a membrane switch for the cabin or entry area is already pressed the MAIN ON
membrane switch has no effect for the respective area.
ENTRY FWD BRT/ENTRY AFT BRT

The ENTRY FWD BRT or ENTRY AFT BRT membrane switches, switch on the general
illumination in the respective entrance area with a brightness of 100%. The integral light in the
membrane switch comes on. Pushing the membrane switch a second time, switches off the general
illumination of the respective entrance areas and the integral lights.
ENTRY FWD DIM 1/ENTRY AFT DIM 1

The ENTRY FWD DIM 1 or ENTRY AFT DIM 1 membrane switches, switch on the general
illumination in the respective entrance areas with a brightness of approx 50%. The integral lights
in the membrane switches come on. Pushing the membrane switches a second time, switches off
the general illumination in the respective areas and the integral lights.
23-73-00 PB001
Page 17
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
5
ENTRY FWD DIM 2/ENTRY AFT DIM 2

The ENTRY FWD DIM 2 or ENTRY AFT DIM 2 membrane switches, switch on the general
illumination in the respective entrance areas with a brightness of approx. 10%. The integral lights
in the membrane switches come on. Pushing the membrane switches a second time, switches off
the general illumination in the respective entrance areas and the integral lights.
CABIN LIGHTING/BRT/DIM 1/DIM 2

The CABIN LIGHTING/BRT/DIM 1/DIM 2 membrane switches, for the cabin, have the same
function as the ENTRY/BRT/DIM 1/DIM 2 membrane switches, for the entrance area.
CABIN LIGHTING WDO

When the general illumination for a cabin area is switched on, the CABIN LIGHTING WDO
membrane switch integral light comes on. Pushing the membrane switch, switches off the general
illumination at the windows left and right and the integral light. Pushing the membrane switch a
second time, switches on the general illumination at the windows and the membrane switch
integral light comes on.
CABIN LIGHTING CLG

When the general illumination for a cabin area is switched on, the CABIN LIGHTING CLG
membrane switch integral light goes on. Pushing the membrane switch, switches off the general
illumination in the ceiling and the integral light. Pushing the membrane switch a second time
switches on the general illumination in the ceiling and the membrane switch integral light comes
on.
POWER READ
The POWER READ membrane switch, switches on the power supply for the reading lights. The
integral light in the membrane switch comes on. Pushing the membrane switch a second time
switches off the power supply and the membrane switch integral light goes off.
10 POWER ATTN
The POWER ATTN membrane switch, switches on the power supply for the attendant work
lights. The integral light in the membrane switch comes on. Pushing the membrane switch a
second time switches off the power supply and the membrane switch integral light goes off.
11 POWER LAV
The POWER LAV membrane switch, switches on the power supply for the lavatory lights to a
brightness of approx. 50%. The integral light of the membrane switch comes on. Pushing the
membrane switch a second time switches off the power supply and the membrane switch integral
light goes off.
** On A/C 003-004
(4) Forward Attendant Panel - Audio Module
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-00-24400-E - Audio Module)
The Audio Module gives centralized control over boarding music and prerecorded announcements.
(a) Description of the switches and controls
AES
MUSIC ON/OFF
The MUSIC ON/OFF membrane switch switches on the boarding music. If you push the
membrane switch, its integral light comes on. Pushing the membrane switch a second time
switches off the boarding music and the integral light goes off.
MUSIC SEL
The MUSIC SEL membrane switch switches the boarding music to the next channel The selected
channel shows on the numerical display.
23-73-00 PB001
Page 18
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
3
MUSIC+/MUSICIf you push the MUSIC+/MUSIC- membrane switch you increase/decrease the loudnessof the
boarding music. The loudness is indicated on a 10 step rectangular LED row.
This area on the front face of the audio module includes a display for the selected announcements
and a keyboard and function keys.
To start a prerecorded announcement, push the related key and then the ENTER membrane
switch. The READY indicator comes on when the recorder has found the correct announcement.
When you push the START NEXT membrane switch, the announcement starts and the READY
indicator goes off. If you select more than one announcement, the START ALL membrane switch
activates all announcements. If the ENTER membrane switch is not pushed, the selected
announcement will be accepted after a delay of approx. 5 s.
PES ON/OFF
The PES ON/OFF membrane switch switches on the passenger entertainment system. If you push
the membrane switch, its integral light comes on. Pushing the membrane switch a second time
switches off the passenger entertainment system and the integral light goes off.
** On A/C 005-099
(5) Forward Attendant Panel - Audio Module
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-00-24400-E - Audio Module)
The Audio Module gives centralized control over boarding music and prerecorded announcements.
(a) Description of the switches and controls
1
MUSIC ON/OFF
The MUSIC ON/OFF membrane switch switches on the boarding music. If you push the
membrane switch, its integral light comes on. Pushing the membrane switch a second time
switches off the boarding music and the integral light goes off.
MUSIC SEL
The MUSIC SEL membrane switch switches the boarding music to the next channel The selected
channel shows on the numerical display.
MUSIC+/MUSICIf you push the MUSIC+/MUSIC- membrane switch you increase/decrease the loudnessof the
boarding music. The loudness is indicated on a 10 step rectangular LED row.
This area on the front face of the audio module includes a display for the selected announcements
and a keyboard and function keys.
To start a prerecorded announcement, push the related key and then the ENTER membrane
switch. The READY indicator comes on when the recorder has found the correct announcement.
When you push the START NEXT membrane switch, the announcement starts and the READY
indicator goes off. If you select more than one announcement, the START ALL membrane switch
activates all announcements. If the ENTER membrane switch is not pushed, the selected
announcement will be accepted after a delay of approx. 5 s.
A LED in front of each MEMO display shows which memory is selected for modification.
** On A/C ALL
(6) Forward Attendant Panel - Air Temperature Module
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-00-24800-A - Air Temperature Module)
AES
23-73-00 PB001
Page 19
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
1
TEMPERATURE FWD
The TEMPERATURE FWD display indicates the cabin temperature of the forward passenger
compartment.
TEMPERATURE AFT
The TEMPERATURE AFT display indicates the cabin temperature of the aft passenger
compartment.
D. Aft Attendant Panel

** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-00-24900-Y - Aft Attendant Panel)
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-00-25800-A - Connections to the Aft Attendant Panel)
** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-00-24900-AF - Aft Attendant Panel)
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-00-25800-A - Connections to the Aft Attendant Panel)
** On A/C 005-099
(1) Description
(a) General
The Aft Attendant Panel (AAP) 126RH is installed in the aft entrance area of the aircraft. It enables
the aft attendant to control different cabin systems.
(b) Function
The aft attendant panel performs these functions:
. the adaptation of received data bus signals
. the processing of addressed commands and controls
. the processing of inputs from cabin systems
. the processing of inputs from membrane switches on aft attendant panel
. the transmission of data at assigned intervals via the data bus
. the fail passive for data bus transmission and reception in case of aft attendant panel failure
. the short-circuit protection of discrete outputs.
(c) Architecture
The aft attendant panel contains these principle components:
. the power supply
. the RS 232 data bus receiver and transmitter
. the processing module
. the I/O circuitry
AES
Power Supply
The power supply derives from the service busbar 601PP for all the necessary internal voltages
from a 28 V DC input.
RS 232 Interface
The RS 232 interface receives serial data from the DEU B and converts it into the parallel data
format. The RS 232 interface also takes parallel data from the processing module, serializes it and
transmits it to the DEU B. Separate lines are used for transmission and reception of data.
23-73-00 PB001
Page 20
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
3
Processing Module
The processing module carries out all internal operations of the aft attendant panel. It interfaces
the membrane switches and indicators to the RS 232 interface. The processing module also does
BITE functions and control of any discrete inputs or outputs (e.g. for EVAC controls and the
water system). Where no discrete output is provided, a membrane switch reports its operation to
the DEU. The DEU reports it to the director. The director performs the actions associated with
pressing a membrane switch.
Output Circuitry
All outputs of the aft attendant panel are short-circuit protected.
(d) Description
The aft attendant panel comprises of:
. the ENTRY BRT/DIM 1/DIM 2 membrane switches
. the CABIN BRT/DIM 1/DIM 2 membrane switches
. the RESET membrane switch
. the EVAC indicator.
** On A/C 003-004
(2) Description
(a) General
The Aft Attendant Panel (AAP) 126RH is installed in the aft entrance area of the aircraft. It enables
the aft attendant to control different cabin systems.
(b) Function
The aft attendant panel performs these functions:
. the adaptation of received data bus signals
. the processing of addressed commands and controls
. the processing of inputs from cabin systems
. the processing of inputs from membrane switches on aft attendant panel
. the transmission of data at assigned intervals via the data bus
. the fail passive for data bus transmission and reception in case of aft attendant panel failure
. the short-circuit protection of discrete outputs.
(c) Architecture
The aft attendant panel contains these principle components:
. the power supply
. the RS 232 data bus receiver and transmitter
. the processing module
. the I/O circuitry
AES
Power Supply
The power supply derives from the service busbar 601PP for all the necessary internal voltages
from a 28 V DC input.
RS 232 Interface
The RS 232 interface receives serial data from the DEU B and converts it into the parallel data
format. The RS 232 interface also takes parallel data from the processing module, serializes it and
transmits it to the DEU B. Separate lines are used for transmission and reception of data.
23-73-00 PB001
Page 21
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
3
Processing Module
The processing module carries out all internal operations of the aft attendant panel. It interfaces
the membrane switches and indicators to the RS 232 interface. The processing module also does
BITE functions and control of any discrete inputs or outputs (e.g. for EVAC controls and the
water system). Where no discrete output is provided, a membrane switch reports its operation to
the DEU. The DEU reports it to the director. The director performs the actions associated with
pressing a membrane switch.
Output Circuitry
All outputs of the aft attendant panel are short-circuit protected.
(d) Description
The aft attendant panel comprises of:
. the CABIN BRT/DIM 1/DIM 2 membrane switches
. the RESET membrane switch
. the EVAC indicator.
** On A/C ALL
E.

(1) Description
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-00-27000-B - Programming and Test Panel)
(a) General
The Programming and Test Panel (PTP) 110RH is installed in the rear wall of lavatory A. It is located
at the FWD attendant station, behind a hinged access door next to the installed FWD attendant
panel. For correct CIDS operation, the Cabin Assignment Module (CAM) must be installed in the
socked. This is provided on the panel front face. The PTP enables the forward attendant and other
personnel to extensively test and re-program the CIDS.
(b) Function and Layout
The functions of the PTP are as follows:
. To program the CIDS properties and cabin layout information into the CIDS directors, which are
copied from the CAM.
. To manually down-load the alternative CAM layout into the directors and cause this layout to be
down-loaded automatically in subsequent CIDS start-ups.
To onboard re-program:
. CAM data,
. activation of the provisioned CIDS extra functions,
. change cabin layout,
. implement cabin zoning.
. To monitor the failure status of the CIDS and some of the connected systems.
. To examine the fault data held in the director BITE memory.
. To activate CIDS component tests and the readout of the results.
The PTP has an alphanumeric display with four rows of twenty characters. The display is used to
present messages, test results and selection menus. At either end of each display row are blank
keys. They are labelled on the display with < or > characters. A conventional keypad is
provided for entry of numerical data. One membrane switch switches the display on and two
membrane switches test the emergency lights. Three indicator lamps are provided for emergency
lighting system/testing indications. The Cabin Assignment Module (CAM) 115RH plugs into a
socket on the front face of the panel.
AES
23-73-00 PB001
Page 22
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(c) Architecture
An ARINC 429 interface handles all communications between the PTP and the directors. A single
output is connected to both directors. Two separate buffered inputs are provided, one for each
director. The PTP power supply derives all the internal voltages from one 28 V DC input.
The display switches off automatically after ten minutes without operation of the panel (i.e. no key
pressed).
The CAM has an interface within the PTP to allow the panel to read, and also to to modify the CAM
data. The PTP is able to transfer any of the CAMs internal layouts to the director.
BITE is incorporated into all the circuits of the PTP.
(d) Cabin Assignment Module
The Cabin Assignment Module (CAM) 115RH defines all of the modifiable system properties and
layout information for the CIDS. It contains the possibility for four cabin layouts, (LAYOUT 1 - 3 and
LAYOUT M.
-------------! LAYOUT 1 ! ------ Marker
-------------! LAYOUT 2 ! ------------------! LAYOUT 3 ! ------------------! LAYOUT M ! ------------------All cabin layouts are programmed according to the airlines requests. You can modified these layouts
via the PTP.
At the end of the modification procedure the new layout is automatically stored as layout M.
(2) Mandatory Layout
For security reasons, there is a mandatory layout laid down in the directors to ensure the operation of the
system in all conditions.
The mandatory layout is used in following conditions:
. if normal power is not available,
. if the CAM is inoperative,
. if the PTP is inoperative.
(3) Operation
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-00-27300-B - Programming and Test Panel-System Connections)
(a) General
The Programming and Test Panel (PTP) 110RH transmits data to both CIDS directors via a single
ARINC 429 bus. It receives data via two ARINC 429 busses, one from each director.
Four discrete connections are provided to the emergency lighting system. A DC ground and 28 V DC
line connect to the PTP for BAT indication and for switch-over functions. +28 V DC is fed to the
PTP from service busbar 601PP circuit breaker 161RH.
After CIDS power-up the panel display stays on for approx. 10 minutes, then the DSPL ON membrane
switch must be pressed to activate the panel display. The first selection menu then appears and shows
the modes available. The various modes are explained under the separate section. System Testing and
Programming in this chapter (Ref. paragraph 8).
AES
23-73-00 PB001
Page 23
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
The selection of displayed RET function returns to the previous menu when the display labelled key is
pushed. When the DSPL ON key is pushed, it always returns the user to the first menu. When
numerical data is to be entered, one of the blank keys displays ENTER. The word ENTER is displayed
on the blank keys when a data input is required. A sign flashes to show the correct position for the
data input. When the data is entered, the sign does not flash. The digits of the data input replace the
sign. The sign will flash in the next row which now requires an input. Pushing the CLR membrane
switch deletes all the digits so far entered. Pushing the menu-labelled ENTER key enters the complete
number and the PTP can then use it.
For correct CIDS operation, the CAM must be plugged in. There is no possibility of programming the
CIDS while the CAM is missing.
(b) CAM LAYOUT Marking
The four CAM layout memories are nonvolatile, and one of them is always electronically marked as the
current layout. When the CIDS is powered-up, the marked layout is automatically down loaded via the
PTP ARINC 429 link to the memories of both directors. The sub-menu listing the layouts displays the
marked layout in flashing mode.
When any change of parameters via the PTP is done, the resulting modified layout is stored in the
CAM layout M. The marker is automatically set to layout M. Each time a modified layout is
transferred to the Layout M, a CAM internal software count is incremented for documentation
purposes.
F.

(1) Description
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-00-27700-A - Attendant Indication Panel)
(a) General
An Attendant Indication Panel (AIP) 320RH is installed at each attendant station. The panel lights are
visible from at least ten meters away. They provide an attendant far call function, and its
alphanumeric display is readable from about two meters distance. The display provides system-related
information. It is divided into two rows of sixteen characters each.
(2) Attendant Indication Panel - Architecture
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-00-27800-B - Attendant Indication Panel - Block Diagram)
The AIP comprises of these modules:
. A display panel with two lines, each with sixteen characters
. A display controller which includes a character generator
. A display driver
. A single chip microcomputer which includes a serial interface
. A RAM and READ Only Memory (ROM) as program memory
. An erasable Programmable Read Only Memory (EPROM), as a memory for the indicated texts,
alternatively the EPROM can be part of the single chip microcomputer and can also be used as a
program memory
. A line receiver
. A power supply circuit
. An additional circuits to provide an optimized visual range and a far reaching call function
. One pink indicator light
. One green indicator light.
AES
23-73-00 PB001
Page 24
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
The microcomputer coordinates the operation of all the AIP modules and running of the software contained
in the ROM. 14 to 32 V DC powers the AIP with a voltage regulator which derives the necessary internally
used voltages. The line receiver/serial interface is for RS232 reception. One output is provided and is used
to signal the BITE status of the AIP (see the BITE description in the Operation section (Ref. paragraph
6.F.(2)(f). All messages for alphanumeric display are stored in the EPROM. They are selected and
transferred to the display according to commands received from the RS232 interface. The parallel interface
connects to the two lamps. These can be switched on in either continuous or flashing mode (1Hz)
according to the commands received.
G.
Area Call Panel

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-00-28300-A - Area Call Panel)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-00-28300-B - Area Call Panel)
** On A/C 003-004
(1) Description
(a) General
The Area Call Panel (ACP) 340RH is installed at each end of the passenger compartment to the left
and right of center in the ceiling. The ACP has four separately controlled fields, each contains two
parallel connected lamps. The lights are visible from the front or rear of the ACP. They are colored in
one of two available cover lenses. The colors are as follows:
. color 1 = amber,
. color 2 = pink,
. color 3 = pink,
. color 4 = blue.
The fields are activated either continuously or are flashed. They are used as a far-call facility to warn
cabin attendants of PAX-call, interphone call, and lavatory smoke.
** On A/C 005-099
(2) Description
(a) General
The Area Call Panel (ACP) 340RH is installed at each end of the passenger compartment to the left
and right of center in the ceiling. The ACP has four separately controlled fields. Each contains parallel
connected colored LEDs. The ACP is covered by a milk-colored cover. The illuminated lights are visible
from the front or rear of the ACP.
The colors are as follows:
. color 1 = amber,
. color 2 = pink,
. color 3 = pink,
. color 4 = blue.
The fields are activated either continuously or flashing. They are used as a far-call facility to inform
cabin attendants of PAX-call, interphone call and lavatory smoke.
** On A/C ALL
(3) Operation
(a) General
Five discrete connections connect each ACP to a DEU B. One for each field and one for a common
connection. The DEU B switches the fields separately. Any field or combinations of fields can be OFF,
steady ON or flashing ON. For flashing the DEU B repeatedly switches the field(s) on and off.
AES
23-73-00 PB001
Page 25
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(b) Call Functions
The ACP performs call functions which are described fully under the appropriate System Operation
section of this chapter (Ref. paragraph 7.). For lavatory smoke, the respective chapter must be referred
to.
(c) Built-In Test Equipment
No BITE is provided.
H. PA Loudspeaker
** On A/C 003-004
(1) Description
The PA loudspeakers are used for:
. the PA announcements,
. the broadcast of boarding music,
. the broadcast of video sound,
. the attendant call chimes,
. the evacuation tone signalling.
Each loudspeaker is connected to an DEU A. Fine adjustment of volume and frequency characteristics for
each loudspeaker is possible. This is done according to CAM data.
** On A/C 005-099
(2) Description
The PA loudspeakers are used for:
. the PA announcements,
. the broadcast of boarding music,
. the broadcast of video sound,
. the attendant call chimes,
. the evacuation tone signalling.
Each loudspeaker is connected to an DEU A. Fine adjustment of volume and frequency characteristics for
each loudspeaker is possible. This is done according to CAM data.
AES
23-73-00 PB001
Page 26
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
7.

A.
CIDS Energization
The CIDS is designed to operate whenever the essential busbar 401PP and service busbar 601PP are energized.
It has no ON/OFF switches. Circuit breakers protect the CIDS components and will remain normally closed,
except for tests or current overload.
All the CIDS units are supplied with 28 VDC.
When electrical power is supplied to the CIDS, a power-up test is done.
B.
Passenger Address System

(1) PA System Architecture
** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-00-30500-G - PA System Architecture)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-00-30500-A - PA System Architecture)
The components, interfaces and signal sources of the CIDS which are related to the PA system are as
follows:
(a) Flight Compartment
. The audio selector panels
. The flight compartment boomset
. The hand microphones
. The oxygen mask microphones
. The flight compartment handset located at the center pedestal
. The PA IN USE indicator light.
(b) Avionics Compartment
. The audio management unit
. The link to CFDS
. The two CIDS directors
. The oil pressure switch
. The flight compartment pressure controller
. The link to the prerecorded announcement reproducer
. The link to PES multiplexer
. The link to PES tape reproducer
. The link to video control unit.
(c) Cabin
. The
. The
. The
. The
. The
. The
. The
AES
cabin Loudspeakers
CIDS DEU A, with two independent amplifiers
attendant handset with integrated keyboard
attendant indication panels
CIDS DEU B, with two handset interfaces
programming and test panel
forward attendant panel.
23-73-00 PB001
Page 27
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
(2) System Description
(a) General
The CIDS director accepts audio signals from the various PA sources in the aircraft. It assigns priorities
to each source. It transmits the signal in digital form via the four top line data busses to the DEUs A.
These send it to the cabin loudspeakers for broadcasting. The passenger address system has different
announcement modes. Each mode uses a different PA function. These functions are assigned with the
CAM software.
You can perform PA announcements from different sound sources. The director can route the
broadcasts to any combination of six audio channels. A separate amplifier drives each cabin
loudspeaker. It is programmed on the CIDS initialization for the gain, the frequency characteristic and
the assignment to one of the six audio channels. Three channels are reserved for attendant broadcasts,
and three for passenger announcements. This lets you assign each cabin loudspeaker to one of up to
three zones. A PA chime capability is also given. The PA system remains available during aircraft
emergency conditions. It is powered down as long as no PA announcements are in progress.
(b) Annunciation and Source Priority
An indication is shown on all attendant indication panels whenever a PA broadcast is performed (e.g.
PA IN USE). The sound sources are divided into these priorities:
. the 1st priority: Flight compartment station - AMU
. the 2nd priority: Flight compartment station - Handset
. the 3rd priority: Forward attendant station
. the 4th priority: Cabin attendant stations
. the 5th priority: PRAM
. the 6th priority: Video
. the 7th priority: Boarding music.
(c) Volume Control
When an engine is running, the PA volume is increased automatically by +6 dB. The PA volume is
also increased by +4 dB in the event of cabin depressurization.
PA loudspeakers are installed on the RH and the LH side of the cabin in the Passenger Information
Units (PIUs). Separate audio amplifiers in the CIDS DEUs A drive each loudspeaker independently.
The output level range of this amplifier is -20 dB up to +10 dB in 2 dB steps. The CIDS director
software controls the output level. 0 dB represents an output level of 500 mW continuous power. The
peak power is limited to 5 W.
The level control is divided into two sections. Section one is the master audio level adjustment with a
level range of 0 to -12 dB. This means that all audio amplifiers in DEU A will alter their respective
output level over this range.
Section two is the local audio level adjustment with a level range of +/-6 dB. This means that only
the respective DEU A audio amplifier will alter its output level. Each loudspeaker is adapted to the
respective ambient noise conditions.
The passenger address level is also selectable via PTP (only on ground and landing gear compressed)
for:
. three cabin segments,
. four attendant areas,
. increased by oil pressure high,
. increased by cabin pressure low.
The passenger address audio settings are stored in the CAM for all installed layouts.
(d) Frequency Control
The PA system is equipped with several frequency control facilities:
The input frequency controls are different:
AES
23-73-00 PB001
Page 28
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
.
.
for balanced audio inputs in the CIDS director (for example boarding music),
for unbalanced audio inputs in the director and DEU B (e.g. PA announcements via cabin
handset).
Each input bus has its own filter which is independently programmable. The unbalanced PA inputs
circuits are equipped with Automatic Gain Control (AGC) . Additionally the DEU A audio is equipped
with a bass filter for special ambient noise equalization. The director frequency controls are the main
frequency controls. The DEU A output filters are independently programmable for each output. The
different frequency control ranges are shown in the DEU and the director component descriptions in
this chapter (Ref. paragraph 6.).
** On A/C 003-004
(a) General
The CIDS director accepts audio signals from the various PA sources in the aircraft. It assigns priorities
to each source. It transmits the signal in digital form via the four top line data busses to the DEUs A.
These send it to the cabin loudspeakers for broadcasting. The passenger address system has different
announcement modes. Each mode uses a different PA function. These functions are assigned with the
CAM software.
You can perform PA announcements from different sound sources. The director can route the
broadcasts to any combination of six audio channels. A separate amplifier drives each cabin
loudspeaker. It is programmed on the CIDS initialization for the gain, the frequency characteristic and
the assignment to one of the six audio channels. Three channels are reserved for attendant broadcasts,
and three for passenger announcements. This lets you assign each cabin loudspeaker to one of up to
three zones. A PA chime capability is also given. The PA system remains available during aircraft
emergency conditions. It is powered down as long as no PA announcements are in progress.
(b) Annunciation and Source Priority
An indication is shown on all attendant indication panels whenever a PA broadcast is performed (e.g.
PA IN USE). The sound sources are divided into these priorities:
. the 1st priority: Flight compartment station - AMU
. the 2nd priority: Flight compartment station - Handset
. the 3rd priority: Forward attendant station
. the 4th priority: Cabin attendant stations
. the 5th priority: Video
. the 6th priority: Boarding music.
(c) Volume Control
When an engine is running, the PA volume is increased automatically by +6 dB. The PA volume is
also increased by +4 dB in the event of cabin depressurization.
PA loudspeakers are installed on the RH and the LH side of the cabin in the Passenger Information
Units (PIUs). Separate audio amplifiers in the CIDS DEUs A drive each loudspeaker independently.
The output level range of this amplifier is -20 dB up to +10 dB in 2 dB steps. The CIDS director
software controls the output level. 0 dB represents an output level of 500 mW continuous power. The
peak power is limited to 5 W.
The level control is divided into two sections. Section one is the master audio level adjustment with a
level range of 0 to -12 dB. This means that all audio amplifiers in DEU A will alter their respective
output level over this range.
Section two is the local audio level adjustment with a level range of +/-6 dB. This means that only
the respective DEU A audio amplifier will alter its output level. Each loudspeaker is adapted to the
respective ambient noise conditions.
The passenger address level is also selectable via PTP (only on ground and landing gear compressed)
for:
AES
23-73-00 PB001
Page 29
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
. three cabin segments,
. four attendant areas,
. increased by oil pressure high,
. increased by cabin pressure low.
The passenger address audio settings are stored in the CAM for all installed layouts.
(d) Frequency Control
The PA system is equipped with several frequency control facilities:
The input frequency controls are different:
. for balanced audio inputs in the CIDS director (for example boarding music),
. for unbalanced audio inputs in the director and DEU B (e.g. PA announcements via cabin
handset).
Each input bus has its own filter which is independently programmable. The unbalanced PA inputs
circuits are equipped with Automatic Gain Control (AGC) . Additionally the DEU A audio is equipped
with a bass filter for special ambient noise equalization. The director frequency controls are the main
frequency controls. The DEU A output filters are independently programmable for each output. The
different frequency control ranges are shown in the DEU and the director component descriptions in
this chapter (Ref. paragraph 6.).
** On A/C ALL
(4) Operation of the PA System
(a) Energization
Energization of the PA System is as for CIDS Energization.
(b) PA Announcements from Flight Compartment Handset
The handset is mounted at the flight compartment center pedestal and contains an integral PTT
switch. Pressing the PTT switch to key the PA system. It overrides lower priority PA sources, and
broadcasts the speech over all PA loudspeakers. Sidetone is heard over the handset earpiece. A PA IN
USE indication at all attendant indication panels accompanies these announcements.
(c) PA Announcements from other flight compartment audio equipment
Any of these flight compartment audio equipment may be selected to make a PA announcement:
. the boomset microphone
. the hand microphone (with internal PTT switch)
. the oxygen mask integral microphone.
Three audio selector panels are available on the left and right sides of the center pedestal, and on the
flight compartment overhead panel respectively. They provide identical facilities. To select the PA
system, the rectangular PA button is pressed. It lights up green and connects the microphone audio to
the PA system. The integral PTT switch in the hand microphone is pressed to key the PA system.
When the boomset or oxygen mask is used, pushing the combined PA volume control/PA sidetone
switch, switches the sidetone audio to the boomset or headset earpieces. The switch illuminates yellow.
The knob adjusts the sidetone volume. Pushing the respective PA green and yellow switches a second
time, disconnects the flight compartment audio source and flight compartment earpieces respectively
from the PA system. You can monitor the PA sidetone at any time when you only select the
volume/sidetone switch.
When the PA (green) selector switch is activated, PA ALL IN USE is displayed at all attendant
indication panels. PA announcements from the selected flight compartment audio equipment are
broadcast over all PA loudspeakers. They immediately override PA audio from any other source.
(d) PA Announcements from Attendant Handsets
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-00-30800-B - Attendant Indication Panel - PA Selection Messages)
An attendant handset is mounted at each attendant station. An AIP is installed near to each handset
for display of PA-use information. When the handset is lifted a 440 Hz tone is heard. The top line of
the AIP displays a number symbol.
AES
23-73-00 PB001
Page 30
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
When the PA ALL key is pressed a confirmation message is displayed on the AIP. If the PA call is
impossible due to the priority of a call already in progress, then the word BUSY appears on the AIP
display.
To press the keypad RESET key always clears any handset operation and lets you make a new key
selection.
The numbers of all selectable PA zones, for example 3, and the respective keypad keys, are stored in
the CAM. The CAM also contains a priority list which is divided into priority levels.
It starts with:
. the flight compartment as the highest priority
. the attendant stations
. the prerecorded announcement system
. the entertainment PA sources.
Once a PA call is established, the bottom line of all AIPs displays the respective PA IN USE message.
Flight compartment PA IN USE indicator is provided as an option. Pressing the PTT switch keys the
PA system. Sidetone audio is fed to the handset earpiece. When the PA announcement is over, you
can disconnect the handset from the PA system as follows:
. put the handset into the cradle or
. press the RESET button.
C.
Cabin and Flight Crew Interphone System

(1) Interphone System Architecture
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-00-31200-B - Interphone System Architecture .)
The components, interfaces and signal sources of the CIDS which are related to the interphone are as
follows:
The main interphone components are:
. the audio control panels,
. the flight compartment boomset,
. the oxygen mask microphones,
. the call panel with the call-buttons and integrated emergency call indicator,
. the crew call buzzer for audible call indications (through FWC),
. the flight compartment handset.
The audio control panels, the flight compartment boomset and the oxygen mask microphones interface
with the director through the Audio Management Unit (AMU). The call panel is connected directly to
the directors. The crew call buzzer has an interface with the directors through the Flight Warning
Computer (FWC).
The main interphone components are:
. the audio management unit,
. the link to CFDS,
. the two CIDS directors.
Additional signal sources are:
. the oil pressure switch,
. the cabin pressure switch.
The CIDS director accepts audio signals from the various interphone sources in the aircraft and assigns
priorities to each source. The director performs telephone exchange switching and call functions from flight
compartment call switch settings or the attendant handset keypad entries. All this is done with reference to
the parameters defined in the CAM. Chimes are transmitted via the top line data bus and the PA
loudspeakers. In the flight compartment, integral lamps in the call switches annunciate interphone calls. In
the cabin, the ACPs and AIPs are used for annunciation.
AES
23-73-00 PB001
Page 31
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(3) Interphone Modes
(a) General
The cabin and flight crew interphone system offers different communication modes. Each mode can
lead to different call activations which are assigned in the CAM.
The assigned visual and aural indications are listed below:
** On A/C 005-099
(4) Interphone Modes - EMER CALL
------------------------------------------------------------------------------!
!
INDICATION
!
!
------------------------------------------------------------! ACTION
!
AURAL
!
VISUAL
!
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------! CALL EMERGENCY ! CHIME
! ALL CABIN +
! ALL AIP:
! ALL ACP:
!
! CAPT- ATTND
! 3x HIGH-LOW ! ATTND LS
! TEXT FLASH, ! PINK FLASH
!
!
!
!
! PINK IND
!
!
!
!
!
! FLASH
!
!
------------------------------------------------------------------------------** On A/C 003-004
(5) Interphone Modes - EMER CALL
------------------------------------------------------------------------------!
!
INDICATION
!
!
------------------------------------------------------------! ACTION
!
AURAL
!
VISUAL
!
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------! CALL EMERGENCY ! CHIME
! ALL CABIN +
! ALL AIP:
! ALL ACP:
!
! CAPT- ATTND
! 3x HIGH-LOW ! ATTND LS
! TEXT ON,
! PINK FLASH
!
!
!
!
! PINK IND
!
!
!
!
!
! FLASH
!
!
------------------------------------------------------------------------------** On A/C ALL
(6) Interphone Modes - CALL from Cockpit
------------------------------------------------------------------------------!
!
INDICATION
!
!
------------------------------------------------------------! ACTION
!
AURAL
!
VISUAL
!
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------! CALL
! CHIME
! ALL CABIN +
! RESP AIP:
! RESP ACP:
!
! CAPT- ATTND
! 1x HIGH-LOW ! ALL ATTND LS ! TEXT ON,
! PINK ON
!
!
!
!
! GREEN IND
!
!
!
!
!
! ON
!
!
------------------------------------------------------------------------------** On A/C 005-099
(7) Interphone Modes - ALL ATTND CALL from Cockpit
------------------------------------------------------------------------------!
!
INDICATION
!
!
------------------------------------------------------------AES
23-73-00 PB001
Page 32
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
! ACTION
!
AURAL
!
VISUAL
!
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------! CALL
! CHIME
! ALL CABIN +
! ALL AIP:
! ALL ACP:
!
! CAPT- ALL ATTND ! 1x HIGH-LOW ! ALL ATTND LS ! TEXT ON,
! PINK ON
!
!
!
!
! GREEN IND
!
!
!
!
!
! ON
!
!
------------------------------------------------------------------------------** On A/C ALL
(8) Interphone Modes - EMER CALL from the cabin
------------------------------------------------------------------------------!
!
INDICATION
!
!
------------------------------------------------------------! ACTION
!
AURAL
!
VISUAL
!
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------! CALL EMERGENCY ! BUZZER
!
! RESP AIP:
! EMER CALL IND:!
! ATTND - CAPT
! 3x
!
! TEXT FLASH ! FLASH
!
!
!
!
!
! ATT IND:
!
!
!
!
!
! FLASH
!
------------------------------------------------------------------------------** On A/C 005-099
(9) Interphone Modes - CALL from the cabin
------------------------------------------------------------------------------!
!
INDICATION
!
!
------------------------------------------------------------! ACTION
!
AURAL
!
VISUAL
!
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------! CALL
! BUZZER
!
! RESP AIP:
! ATT IND:
!
! ATTND - CAPT
! 1x
!
! TEXT ON
! FLASH
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
------------------------------------------------------------------------------** On A/C 003-004
(10) Interphone Modes - CALL from the cabin
------------------------------------------------------------------------------!
!
INDICATION
!
!
------------------------------------------------------------! ACTION
!
AURAL
!
VISUAL
!
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------! CALL
! BUZZER
!
! RESP AIP:
! ATT IND:
!
! ATTND - CAPT
! 1x
!
! TEXT ON
! FLASH
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AES
23-73-00 PB001
Page 33
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
(11) Interphone Modes - ALL ATTND CALL
------------------------------------------------------------------------------!
!
INDICATION
!
!
------------------------------------------------------------! ACTION
!
AURAL
!
VISUAL
!
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------! CALL
! CHIME:
! ALL CABIN +
! ALL AIP:
! ALL ACP:
!
! ATTND ! 1x HI LO
! ALL ATTND LS ! TEXT ON,
! PINK ON
!
! ALL ATTND
!
!
! GREEN IND
!
!
!
!
!
! ON
!
!
------------------------------------------------------------------------------** On A/C 003-004
(12) Interphone Modes - ATTND CALL from the cabin
------------------------------------------------------------------------------!
!
INDICATION
!
!
------------------------------------------------------------! ACTION
!
AURAL
!
VISUAL
!
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------! CALL
! CHIME:
! ALL ATTND LS ! RESP AIP:
! RESP ACP:
!
! ATTND - ATTND
! 1x HI LO
!
! TEXT ON,
! PINK ON
!
!
!
!
! GREEN IND
!
!
!
!
!
! ON
!
!
------------------------------------------------------------------------------** On A/C 005-099
(13) Interphone Modes - ATTND CALL from the cabin
------------------------------------------------------------------------------!
!
INDICATION
!
!
------------------------------------------------------------! ACTION
!
AURAL
!
VISUAL
!
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------! CALL
! CHIME:
! ALL CABIN +
! RESP AIP:
! RESP ACP:
!
! ATTND - ATTND
! 1x HI LO
! ALL ATTND LS ! TEXT ON,
! PINK ON
!
!
!
!
! GREEN IND
!
!
!
!
!
! ON
!
!
------------------------------------------------------------------------------** On A/C ALL
(14) Interphone - Priorities
(a) Definition of Priorities
All communication modes are handled with respect to the predefined priorities listed below:
AES
Emergency Call
An call from flight compartment which includes:

. an all call from flight compartment,
. a normal call from flight compartment.
An all call from cabin station
23-73-00 PB001
Page 34
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
4
A normal call from cabin station

Additionally, all interphone sources have interrelated priorities, as assigned in the CAM. There are
eight priorities (1A, 1B to 4A, 4B) which can be individually assigned to the different interphone
sources.
If more than one interphone source requests the same communication mode, the source with the
higher priority will have precedence.
If they have the same priority, the interphone source which was dialled first will be given
preference.
When an interphone source requests a station which is engaged in another communication link:
. a busy indication at the AIP appears,
. a busy tone via the sidetone output will be transmitted.
if this interphone source has equal priority to, or lower priority than the existing link. If this
interphone source has a higher priority, a then following action will be executed.
The existing communication link will be interrupted and the new link will be established. The
audible and visual calls will be activated as assigned for this communication mode. An OVER
indication will be displayed at the AIP of the station.
(15) Operation of the Interphone System

(Ref. Fig. 23-73-00-31200-B - Interphone System Architecture .)
(a) Energization
Energization of the Interphone System is as for CIDS Energization.
D. Passenger Lighted Signs
(1) Architecture
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-00-32600-B - Passenger Lighted Signs - System Architecture.)
The components, interfaces and signal sources of the CIDS which are related to the passenger lighted signs
system are as follows:
. the NO SMOKING switch
. the FASTEN SEAT BELT switch.
(b) Avionics Compartment
. the link to CFDS
. the link to SDAC 1 and SDAC 2
. the two CIDS directors
. the link to Emergency Lighting System (EMLS)
. the cabin pressure controller
. the link to Landing Gear control Interface Unit (LGCIU).
(c) Cabin
. the cabin loudspeakers
. the CIDS DEU A (PA amplifiers and signs lamp drivers)
. the PTP including CAM.
Input signals to the director control these signs:
. the NO SMOKING and FASTEN SEAT BELT lighted signs in the cabin,
. the RETURN TO SEAT signs in the lavatories,
. the EXIT signs.
Manual commands are received from the cockpit NS and FSB switches. These are grounded inputs NO
SMOKING COMMAND or NO SMOKING AUTO, and grounded input FASTEN SEAT BELT COMMAND
respectively. The director interprets open circuited NS inputs and open circuited FSB input as NS OFF and
FSB OFF commands respectively. Director software uses data from the CAM to activate signs which
opened on:
AES
23-73-00 PB001
Page 35
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
.
.
.
.
the cockpit commands,

the discrete inputs LANDING GEAR DOWN LOCKED,
an EXCESSIVE ALTITUDE.
the NS AUTO input,
(3) System Description - additional commands

The director also provides NS AUTO input for the optional NS AUTO flight compartment commands.
The interface to the EXIT signs is via a connection from the director to the emergency lighting system.
DEUs type A drive and interface all other signs. The director addresses each sign independently via DEU A.
Switching on of any signs is signalled to the SDAC via the respective director output NO SMOKING.
Switching on of any NS sign is also signalled to the EMLS.
** On A/C 003-004
(4) System Description - Indications
------------------------------------------------------------------------------!
!
Indications
!
!
-----------------------------------------------------! Action
! Aural
! Visual
!
------------------------------------------------------------------------------! SIGN:
! CHIME:
! ALL CABIN +
! SIGNS:
!
! NO SMOKING,
! 1x LOW
! ALL ATTND LS
! ALL NS
!
! ON
!
!
! ECAM:
!
!
!
!
! MESSAGE
!
------------------------------------------------------------------------------! SIGN:
! CHIME:
! ALL CABIN +
!
!
! NO SMOKING,
! 1x LOW
! ALL ATTND LS
!
!
! OFF
!
!
!
!
------------------------------------------------------------------------------! SIGN:
! CHIME:
! ALL CABIN +
! SIGNS:
!
! FASTEN SEAT BELT/
! 1x LOW
! ALL ATTND LS
! ALL FSB + RTS
!
! RETURN TO SEAT,
!
!
! ECAM:
!
! ON
!
!
! MESSAGE
!
------------------------------------------------------------------------------! SIGN:
! CHIME:
! ALL CABIN +
!
!
! FASTEN SEAT BELT/
! 1x LOW
! ALL ATTND LS
!
!
! RETURN TO SEAT,
!
!
!
!
! OFF
!
!
!
!
------------------------------------------------------------------------------** On A/C 005-099
(5) System Description - Indications
------------------------------------------------------------------------------!
!
Indications
!
!
-----------------------------------------------------! Action
! Aural
! Visual
!
------------------------------------------------------------------------------! SIGN:
! CHIME:
! ALL CABIN +
! SIGNS:
!
! NO SMOKING,
! 1x LOW
! ALL ATTND LS
! ALL NS
!
! ON
!
!
! (FLASH 5 SEC)
!
!
!
!
! ECAM:
!
!
!
!
! MESSAGE
!
------------------------------------------------------------------------------! SIGN:
! CHIME:
! ALL CABIN +
!
!
AES
23-73-00 PB001
Page 36
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
! NO SMOKING,
! 1x LOW
! ALL ATTND LS
!
!
! OFF
!
!
!
!
------------------------------------------------------------------------------! SIGN:
! CHIME:
! ALL CABIN +
! SIGNS:
!
! FASTEN SEAT BELT/
! 1x LOW
! ALL ATTND LS
! ALL FSB
!
! RETURN TO SEAT,
!
!
! (FLASH 5 SEC)
!
! ON
!
!
! ALL RTS
!
!
!
!
! ECAM:
!
!
!
!
! MESSAGE
!
------------------------------------------------------------------------------! SIGN:
! CHIME:
! ALL CABIN +
!
!
! FASTEN SEAT BELT/
! 1x LOW
! ALL ATTND LS
!
!
! RETURN TO SEAT,
!
!
!
!
! OFF
!
!
!
!
------------------------------------------------------------------------------** On A/C ALL
(6) Operation of Passenger Lighted Signs
(a) Energization
Energization of the lighted signs system is as for CIDS Energization.
(b) Operation of NO SMOKING/EXIT Signs
All NS and EXIT signs are switched on under any of these conditions:
. Flight compartment NO SMOKING switch in overhead panel is switched to ON.
. Excessive aircraft decompression, irrespective of the NS switch position.
. Landing gear down and locked when the flight compartment NS switch is in the AUTO position.
(c) Operation of FASTEN SEAT BELT/RETURN TO SEAT Signs
The FSB and RTS lighted signs in the cabin and lavatories respectively are all switched on under any
of these conditions:
. The flight compartment FASTEN SEAT BELT switch in overhead panel is switched on,
. The FSB signs are also activated in the event of excessive aircraft decompression, when the FSB
switch is in AUTO or OFF position. The RTS signs are not illuminated during this event.
(d) General Operation Information
The PAX lighted signs are deactivated in the event of an aircraft emergency.
(7) Lighted Signs System Testing and Programming (testing is not applicable for LED cabin signs)
The fault status of the lighted signs is stored in the director BITE memory and is examined with the PTP.
The CAM data which define the lighted signs system characteristics can be changed. Also additional
functions which use the panel can be activated.
E.
Passenger Call System

(1) Architecture
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-00-33900-D - Passenger Call System - Architecture)
The components, interfaces and signal sources of the CIDS which are related to the passenger call system
are as follows:
(a) Avionics Compartment
. the link to SDAC
. the two CIDS directors
. the link to the Centralized Fault Display Interface Unit (CFDIU)
(b) Cabin
. the DEUs A
. the PA loudspeakers
AES
23-73-00 PB001
Page 37
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
.
.
.
.
the
the
the
the
passenger call pushbutton

DEUs B
ACPs
PTP
** On A/C 003-004
(2) Architecture
are as follows:
. the link to SDAC,
. the two CIDS directors,
. the link to the Centralized Fault Display Interface Unit (CFDIU).
(b) Cabin
. the
. the
. the
. the
. the
. the
. the
DEUs A
PA loudspeakers
DEUs B
ACPs
PTP
AIPs
** On A/C 005-099
(3) Architecture
are as follows:
. the link to SDAC,
. the two CIDS directors,
. the link to the Centralized Fault Display Interface Unit (CFDIU).
(b) Cabin
. the
. the
. the
. the
. the
. the
. the
DEUs A
PA loudspeakers
DEUs B
ACPs
PTP
AIPs
** On A/C ALL
The equipment interface to the directors via DEUs A as follows:
. one passenger call pushbutton and the seat row numbering light at each passenger seat row,
. one passenger call pushbutton with an integral lamp in each lavatory.
Each DEU A interfaces up to three passenger call pushbuttons and lights. Each pushbutton and light is
separately addressable. The CAM data assigns each pushbutton and light to a LH or RH cabin zone.
First activation of a passenger or lavatory pushbutton activates a chime. Visual indications come on. A
second activation of a passenger or lavatory pushbutton reset the visual indications.
AES
23-73-00 PB001
Page 38
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(5) Operation of the Passenger Call System
(a) Energization
Energization of the passenger call system is as for CIDS energization .
On energization of the CIDS, the passenger call function of the CIDS becomes fully operational. The
cabin is divided up into forward and aft zones according to the CAM data. All seat row numbering
lights are switched on for boarding purposes.
(6) Passenger Call System Testing and Programming
The BITE status in the DEUs A signals defective passenger call lamps to the director. Faults may be
examined via the PTP.
AES
23-73-00 PB001
Page 39
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
8.
Test Bite
When the CIDS is energized, the directors perform a comprehensive hardware and software self-test. The CIDS top
and middle line data busses, the PTP with the CAM, the FAP and the DEUs with the connected loads are tested.
A.
Programming and Test Modes

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-00-37000-D - PTP Menu Guided Structure)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-00-37000-E - PTP Menu Guided Structure)
The first menu is the main menu. It shows the three main modes of the PTP:
. the SYSTEM STATUS mode,
. the SYSTEM TEST mode,
. the PROGRAMMING mode.
** On A/C ALL
(1) Access Regulation
The SYSTEM STATUS, the SYSTEM TEST and the ZONING (part of the PROGRAMMING mode) are
entered without access code.
For the CABIN PROGRAMMING mode an access code must be entered. This protects the CABIN
PROGRAMMING (part of the PROGRAMMING mode) against unauthorized access.
The A/C is delivered with the access code 333 for CAM LAYOUT SELECTION and 333 123 for PA
LEVEL ADJUSTMENT.
(2) Access Code Entering
For the access to the CABIN PROGRAMMING mode it is necessary to enter:
. a 3 digit code (level 1) CAM LAYOUT SELECTION
. a 6 digit code (level 2) PA LEVEL ADJUSTMENT
. a 9 digit code (level 3) SINGLE PARAMETER
The 9 digit code (level 3) is only be used by the A/C manufacturer.
A * symbol appears on the display after the input of each digit. The complete access code will be accepted
by selecting the displayed ENTER function via the labelled key.
Entering an incorrect access code initiates the PTP display message
USER AUTHORIZATION FAILURE.
A new entry can be made after activation of the displayed RET function.
B.
System Status Mode

(Ref. Fig. 23-73-00-38000-E - SYSTEM STATUS - Example)
(1) System Status
The SYSTEM STATUS mode monitors the current status of the CIDS. This includes the directors, the
DEUs, the data buses, the CAM, the FWD ATTND PANEL, the PTP and the interfaces to other systems.
For detailed failure description the mode MAINTENANCE, which is part of the SYSTEM STATUS mode,
can be selected.
For support of the maintenance/cabin crew, the status of the following systems is also monitored:
. Lavatory Smoke Detection
. Slides Bottle Pressure
. Drainmasts
After selection of SYSTEM STATUS mode, when there are no failures, the following messages are
displayed on the PTP:
AES
23-73-00 PB001
Page 40
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
. CIDS OK
. LAV SMOKE SYS OK
. SLIDES PRESS OK
. DRAINMASTS OK
A failure in one of these systems causes an annunciation. (Ref. Para. 9E).
The SYSTEM STATUS mode is displayed automatically on the PTP, except when the PTP is in the
MAINTENANCE, the SYSTEM TEST or the PROGRAMMING mode. The sequence of the messages in
this case is variable, the last received failure is indicated first. Any change of the status (e.g. a failure
disappears) initiates a return to the first SYSTEM STATUS menu except when the MAINTENANCE, the
SYSTEM TEST or the PROGRAMMING mode is selected.
In case of failure the respective following messages are:
. <CIDS FAIL or <CIDS DEGRADATION or <CIDS NO OP DEGRAD
. <LAV SMOKE SYS FAIL
. <SLIDES PRESS LOW
. <DRAINMASTS FAIL
For detailed information about the failure, push the related membrane switch.
(2) Detailed Messages
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-00-38100-B - System Status - Failure Examples 1)
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-00-38200-A - System Status - Failure Examples 2)
(a) Messages in case of <CIDS FAIL:
. CHECK CIDS FUNCTIONS
AT ATTND STATIONS
Priority
The first CIDS FAIL message has priority over the second, which has priority over the CIDS
DEGRADATION messages. Higher priority messages inhibit the display of lower priority messages.
(b) Messages in case of <CIDS DEGRADATION:
LAV X (example, the respective lavatory is shown)
ATT FWD L (example, the respective attendant station is shown)
SR 02 L (example, the respective seatrow is shown)
. CHECK FWD ATTND PANEL
. CHECK PROG & TEST PANEL
. DONT USE PROGRAMMING MODE
(c) Messages in case of <LAV SMOKE SYS FAIL:
. SMOKE DET FAIL
LAV X (example, the respective lavatory is shown)
. NO DATA AVAILABLE
(d) Messages in case of <SLIDES PRESS LOW:
. CHECK SLIDES PRESS
FWD L (example, the location of the respective slide is shown)
(e) Messages in case of <DOORS PRESS LOW:
. CHECK DOOR PRESS
FWD L (example, the location of the respective door is shown)
(f) Messages in case of <DRAINMASTS FAIL:
. CHECK WASTE WATER OVERFLOW FWD (example, the respective location is shown)
AES
23-73-00 PB001
Page 41
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
.
MAINTENANCE
CHECK AFT CARGO DRAINAGE
(g) The DOORS-CLOSED/SLIDES-ARMED status indication

The doors-closed/slides-armed status is received from the SDAC and indicated on PTP in the
SYSTEM STATUS mode. The SLIDES STATUS and DOORS STATUS page must be selected
manually. The displayed status is updated automatically. It will not be disturbed or interrupted by
other incoming system status information. A respective OPEN or DISARMED indication is flashing. A
CLOSED or ARMED indication is a steady on.
Messages in case of SLIDES STATUS:
. ALL ARMED
. ALL DISARMED
. FWD: L=ARMED; R=DISA. (example, the respective location is shown)
. NO INFORMATION AVAILABLE
.
.
.
Messages in case of DOORS STATUS:

ALL CLOSED
FWD: L=OPEN; R=CLOS. (example, the respective location is shown)
NO INFORMATION AVAILABLE
(3) MAINTENANCE MODE

(Ref. Fig. 23-73-00-38400-A - System Status - Example)
(a) A MAINTENANCE mode for detailed CIDS failure description is part of the SYSTEM STATUS mode.
Failures are written into the directors BITE ground/flight memory and can be read via this mode and
via the CFDS in the flight compartment. The last occurred failure is the first shown. For failures of
continuously monitored systems the BITE ground memory will be updated when the failure has been
cancelled.
No entries into the BITE memory are made in case of emergency conditions (normal power is not
available or the CIDS is working with the mandatory layout).
No subsequent related failures will be entered into the memory after the original failure has been
entered:
Examples:
.
If one DEU A fails, no further entries into memory are made for the associated components.
If one DEU B fails, no further entries into memory are made for the associated slides bottle
pressure, but the system status on the PTP displays SLIDES PRESS LOW.
(b) The following items from the directors BITE memory are selectable:
1
LAST LEG REPORT

In flight, this report is called CURRENT LEG REPORT.
It is the only displayed and accessible item within the MAINTENANCE mode in flight.
The LAST/CURRENT LEG REPORT contains class 2 + 1 failures (Ref. Para. 8F) of the
last/current flight leg.
The report includes the date, the time and the ATA chapter for each failure. There are no entries
for flight legs without failures but the flight leg counts are incremented.
AES
PREV LEGS REPORT

The PREV LEGS REPORT contains 1 + 2 failures of the last 64 flight legs.
23-73-00 PB001
Page 42
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
The PREV LEGS REPORT has all data, which are stored in the LAST LEG REPORT.
3
LRU INDENTIFICATION
Messages for LRU IDENTIFICATIONS (examples):
DIRECTOR
1: Z010H0004114
DIRECTOR
2: Z010H0004114
CAM
M-COUNT=030
Z050H0000343 (1) (example, the active layout is shown)
PROG AND TEST PNL
Z020H0001112
NOTE : M-COUNT = modification count, incremented after any programming/saving

to Layout M.
4
FAULT DATA
The FAULT DATA mode includes the flight leg, the date, the time (UTC), the number of
occurrences (max 4 counts, for intermittent failures) and coded trouble shooting data for internal
director and DEU failures.
Present failures on ground are marked with GND (Ref. Para. 8.B.(3)(b)5 GND SCAN), failures of
the last leg with LEG -00, (Ref. Para. 8.B.(3)(b)1 LAST LEG REPORT) and failures of the
previous legs with -01, -02 and up (Ref.Para. 8.B.(3)(b)2 PREV LEGS REPORT).
a
CIDS Trouble Shooting Data Table

These tables show the meaning of the last 6 digits appearing in the FAULT DATA mode
(PTP) and TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA mode (MCDU) for each class 1 and 2 failure.
DIRECTOR FAILURES:
a a: 0 1 = Director 101RH
0 2 = Director 102RH
---------------------------------------------------------------------!
code
! meaning
!
---------------------------------------------------------------------! 1 0 0 0 a a ! no data from other computer (a a)
!
---------------------------------------------------------------------! 1 1 0 0 a a ! power supply
!
---------------------------------------------------------------------! 1 2 0 0 a a ! microcomputer
!
---------------------------------------------------------------------! 1 2 0 2 a a ! timer
!
---------------------------------------------------------------------! 1 2 0 3 a a ! memory
!
---------------------------------------------------------------------! 1 2 0 4 a a ! OBRM
!
---------------------------------------------------------------------! 1 3 0 0 a a ! bus interface total
!
---------------------------------------------------------------------! 1 3 5 1 a a ! bus driver or TOP LINE 1R
!
----------------------------------------------------------------------
AES
23-73-00 PB001
Page 43
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
! 1 3 5 2 a a ! bus driver or TOP LINE 1L
!
---------------------------------------------------------------------! 1 3 5 3 a a ! bus driver or TOP LINE 2R
!
---------------------------------------------------------------------! 1 3 5 4 a a ! bus driver or TOP LINE 2L
!
---------------------------------------------------------------------! 1 3 5 5 a a ! bus driver or MID LINE L
!
---------------------------------------------------------------------! 1 3 5 6 a a ! bus driver or MID LINE R
!
---------------------------------------------------------------------! 1 6 0 0 a a ! audio output
!
---------------------------------------------------------------------! 1 7 0 0 a a ! audio input total
!
---------------------------------------------------------------------! 1 7 0 1 a a ! audio input signal conditioning
!
---------------------------------------------------------------------! 1 7 0 2 a a ! audio input multiplexer
!
---------------------------------------------------------------------! 1 7 0 4 a a ! audio input gain control
!
---------------------------------------------------------------------! 1 7 0 6 a a ! EVAC tone generator
!
---------------------------------------------------------------------! 1 7 0 7 a a ! chime generator
!
---------------------------------------------------------------------! 1 7 0 8 a a ! telephone tone generator
!
---------------------------------------------------------------------DEU A FAILURES:
b b = DEU-A FIN (HEX-code)
b b:
b b:
0 1 = 200RH01
0 D = 200RH13
0 2 = 200RH02
0 E = 200RH14
0 3 = 200RH03
1 1 = 200RH17
0 4 = 200RH04
1 2 = 200RH18
0 5 = 200RH05
1 3 = 200RH19
0 6 = 200RH06
1 4 = 200RH20
0 7 = 200RH07
1 5 = 200RH21
0 8 = 200RH08
1 6 = 200RH22
0 9 = 200RH09
1 7 = 200RH23
0 A = 200RH10
1 8 = 200RH24
0 B = 200RH11
1 9 = 200RH25
0 C = 200RH12
1 A = 200RH26
---------------------------------------------------------------------!
code
! meaning
!
---------------------------------------------------------------------! 2 1 0 0 b b ! DEU A power supply
!
---------------------------------------------------------------------! 2 4 0 0 b b ! DEU A discrete output or wiring conn.-pin J2-14
!
!
!
AES
23-73-00 PB001
Page 44
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
---------------------------------------------------------------------! 2 4 0 A b b ! DEU A discrete output or wiring conn.-pin J2-02
!
---------------------------------------------------------------------! 2 4 0 B b b ! DEU A discrete output or wiring conn.-pin J2-01
!
---------------------------------------------------------------------! 2 4 0 C b b ! DEU A discrete output or wiring conn.-pin J2-18
!
---------------------------------------------------------------------! 2 4 0 D b b ! DEU A discrete output or wiring conn.-pin J2-17
!
---------------------------------------------------------------------! 2 4 0 E b b ! DEU A discrete output or wiring conn.-pin J2-16
!
---------------------------------------------------------------------! 2 4 0 F b b ! DEU A discrete output or wiring conn.-pin J3-11
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
---------------------------------------------------------------------! 2 4 1 A b b ! DEU A discrete output or wiring conn.-pin J3-13
!
---------------------------------------------------------------------DEU B, FAP and PTP FAILURES:
c c = DEU-B FIN (HEX-code)
AES
23-73-00 PB001
Page 45
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
c
0
0
0
0
0
0
c:
1 =
2 =
3 =
4 =
5 =
6 =
300RH01
300RH02
300RH03
300RH04
300RH05
300RH06
---------------------------------------------------------------------!
code
! meaning
!
---------------------------------------------------------------------! 3 1 0 0 c c ! DEU B power supply
!
---------------------------------------------------------------------! 3 4 0 0 c c ! DEU B discrete output or wiring conn.-pin J2-12
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
!
---------------------------------------------------------------------! 3 4 0 A c c ! DEU B discrete output or wiring conn.-pin J3-45
!
---------------------------------------------------------------------! 3 4 0 B c c ! DEU B discrete output or wiring conn.-pin J3-42
!
---------------------------------------------------------------------! 3 4 0 C c c ! DEU B discrete output or wiring conn.-pin J3-09
!
---------------------------------------------------------------------! 4 0 0 0 0 1 ! Programming and Test Panel
!
---------------------------------------------------------------------! 5 0 0 0 0 1 ! FWD Attendant Panel
!
---------------------------------------------------------------------5
CLASS 3 FAULTS
Some CLASS 3 FAULTS are only detected and written into the BITE memory at director power
on or after a manual test activation via the PTP. On the ground, after you cancel a class 3 fault,
it is removed from the memory after the next director power on or after a new test activation.
Some CLASS 3 FAULTS are detected and written into the BITE memory due to continuous
monitoring. Such a class 3 fault is removed from the memory when the failure no longer occurs.
Messages for CLASS 3 FAULTS: (Ref. Para. 8F)
AES
23-73-00 PB001
Page 46
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
6
GND SCAN
The GND SCAN indicates all class 1 and 2 failures which are present on the ground. For the
continuously monitored systems, the ground memory is updated when the failure is cancelled. For
other systems, the ground memory is updated after a director power on or after a test activation
via PTP.
(4) MAINTENANCE via CFDS-MCDU

(Ref. Fig. 23-73-00-38600-A - System Report/Test - GROUND SCAN - CLASS 3 FAULTS - Example)
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-00-38700-H - System Report/Test - TEST - Example)
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-00-38800-B - System Report/Test - Leg Reports - LRU ident. - Trouble Shooting Data Example)
(a) The CIDS maintenance mode is available via the CFDS-MCDU in the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST
mode. All failures, which are written in the CIDS director BITE ground/flight memory can be read via
this mode. The maintenance menu in the CFDS-MCDU follows the same procedure as the
maintenance menu via the PTP. A test procedure is selectable via the MCDU. A CIDS director 2
(passive) test is also available, the Emergency Light Battery/System tests are not available.
C.
System Test Mode

(Ref. Fig. 23-73-00-39400-G - System Test - Example)
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-00-39500-B - System Test - AIP - Example)
(1) The SYSTEM TEST mode initiates the test except:
. when the aircraft is in flight,
. normal power is not available (PTP not powered),
. the mandatory layout is in use.
These devices are tested:
. Director 1 (the currently active director is marked, example DIR1 (ACT), the passive director can only
be tested via the MCDU)
. Director 2 (see Director 1)
. CIDS BUS
. DEUs A
. DEUs B
. Programming and Test Panel (membrane switches are not checked)
. CAM
. FWD ATTND Panel (the pushbutton and membrane switches are not checked)
. Additional ATTND Panels (membrane switches are not checked)
. ATTND Indication Panels
. Loudspeakers (only operational test)
. Sign Lamps (not applicable for LED NS/FSB signs)
. Passenger Call Lamps
. Area Call Panels (only operational test)
. Reading/Work Lights
. Emergency Lighting Battery
. Drain masts
. PES Music
There is a RESET function. It initiates a general CIDS power-on reset including the power-on test of the
complete system. If failures still exist, these can be read from the automatically displayed SYSTEM
STATUS/MAINTENANCE mode on the PTP. The complete power on test is only performed if one or
more cabin doors are open (same as for CIDS power on).
AES
23-73-00 PB001
Page 47
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(2) Initiation of System Tests
When the related membrane switch is pushed, the test of this device is activated. The flashing message WAIT FOR RESPONSE appears on the display.
When the test is finished, the ATA chapter and the message TEST OK comes on. An old failure message in
the directors BITE ground memory is cancelled.
In case of a failure, the respective result is written into the directors BITE memory and the failure message
appears on the PTP display.
The TEST mode is not available in flight.
(3) Operational Test for ACPs and Loudspeakers
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-00-39700-A - Operational Test - ACP/Loudspeaker - Example)
When the ACP or Loudspeaker Test related membrane switch is pushed, the related submenu comes on. In
the submenu for the loudspeaker test a tone for all cabin loudspeakers can be switched on/off. Via the ACP
test submenu you can switch on/off all ACPs for a visual check.
NOTE :
After selecting the Loudspeaker Test submenu at some seatrows the passenger call/ seatrow
numbering lamps can go off. A reset is done by activating a passenger call Lamp test at the end of
the loudspeaker test.
(4) Reading/Work Lights Test

(Ref. Fig. 23-73-00-39900-C - System Test - Reading/Work Light Test - Example)
The test of the reading lights includes the test of the attendant work lights and the related printed circuit
boards. Each PCB can drive 3 separate lights.
Push the power ATTND and power READ membrane switches before you activate the test. If not, the SWITCH ON POWER message comes on. After activation of the test, the flashing message - WAIT FOR
RESPONSE comes on. When the test is finished the message TEST OK comes on. Any related old failure
message in the directors BITE ground memory is cancelled.
In case of failure, the respective result is written into the directors BITE ground memory. The failure
message appears on the PTP display.
Push the power ATTND and power READ membrane switches before you activate the test. If not, the SWITCH ON POWER message comes on. After activation of the test, the flashing message - WAIT FOR
RESPONSE comes on. When the test is finished the message TEST OK comes on. Any related old failure
message in the directors BITE ground memory is cancelled.
In case of failure, the respective result is written into the directors BITE ground memory. The failure
message appears on the PTP display.
(5) Emergency Lighting System Test
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-00-40100-B - System TEST - Emergency Lighting - Example)
The emergency lighting system is tested with the battery test and with the system test. For these tests the
EMER EXIT LT and the NO SMOKING switch must be in the OFF position.
(a) Battery Test - Access Code 3351
To prevent unauthorized access, it is necessary to enter a code for the battery test. The aircraft is
delivered with access code 3351. After input of the access code the PTP message - PUSH BAT KEY
comes on.
After pushing the BAT membrane switch, the integral light of the membrane switch comes on and the
test is activated. With the start of the test an internal time counting is started in the director. This
time is readable in the EMER BATTERY TEST menu and is refreshed every minute.
During the test, it is possible to use the PTP for other functions. Pushing the SYS key, which normally
activates the system test, results in the -WAIT FOR END OF BATTERY TEST message and the
display of the time counting.
AES
23-73-00 PB001
Page 48
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
The duration of the test is up to 2 hours.
The CIDS will initiate a time-out if there is no result from the emergency lighting system after approx.
3 hours.
If the test is o.k., the BAT OK light on the PTP comes on.
An previous failure message in the directors ground memory is cancelled.
The result message is displayed on the PTP. To read the performed test result, it is necessary to enter
the EMER BATTERY TEST menu again. It is not necessary to enter the access code again. When you
push the BAT TEST RESET related membrane switch the BAT OK light and the integral light in the
BAT membrane switch go off.
In case of a failure, the respective result is written into the directors BITE ground memory. This can be
read via the GND SCAN mode.
(b) System Test
The system test is activated with the SYS membrane switch on the PTP. (push the membrane switch
more than 1 sec).
If the test is O.K., the SYS OK light and the result message on the PTP come on.
An previous failure message in the directors ground memory is cancelled.
D. Programming Mode
The programming mode is divided into:
. the zoning (needs no access code),
. the cabin programming (needs a 3 digit access code, A/C delivered with access code 333).
** On A/C 003-004
(1) Zoning - not access code protected
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-00-40600-F - Programming - Zoning - Example)
(a) For Cabin Zone Programming, enter the last seat row number of the zone.
The adjacent zone and all system functions adapt automatically (e.g. cabin illumination, passenger call,
loudspeaker assignment).
(b) The NS Zone starts in accordance with the programmed Cabin Zone.
Each Cabin Zone starts with a NS Zone.
For NS Zone Programming, enter the last seat row number of the zone.
Entering a 0 (zero) deletes the NS Zone in the related Cabin Zone.
If the layout of the Cabin Zone changes, the layout of the NS Zone changes automatically. The
number of seat rows of each NS Zone remains constant, except when the Cabin Zone is smaller than
the NS Zone. If the Cabin Zone extends, the previous NS Zone length is realized.
** On A/C 005-099
(2) Zoning - not access code protected
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-00-40600-L - Programming - Zoning - Example)
(a) For Cabin Zone programming, enter the last seat row number of the zone.
The adjacent zone and all system functions adapt automatically (e.g. cabin illumination, passenger call,
loudspeaker assignment).
(b) The NS Zone starts in accordance with the programmed Cabin Zone.
Each Cabin Zone starts with a NS Zone.
For NS Zone Programming, enter the last seat row number of the zone.
Entering a 0 (zero) deletes the NS Zone in the related Cabin Zone.
If the layout of the Cabin Zone changes, the layout of the NS Zone changes automatically. The
number of seat rows of each NS Zone remains constant, except when the Cabin Zone is smaller than
the NS Zone. If the Cabin Zone extends, the previous NS Zone length is realized.
AES
23-73-00 PB001
Page 49
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
(3) Cabin Programming
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-00-40800-C - Programming - CAM Layout Selection - Example)
(a) Cabin Programming - access code protected
When you enter the 3 digit access code (level 1) and select the CAM layout selection mode, the
respective menu comes on. The programmed layouts are marked with a < or > sign. The number of
the active layout flashes.
You can select a new layout when you push the related membrane switch. After selection, a new layout
is marked and down loaded into the director. The system is updated automatically and CIDS works
with this layout until a new one is selected and loaded.
(b) PA level adjustment - access code protected
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-00-40900-A - Programming - PA Level Adjustment - Example)
When you enter the 6 digit access code (level 2) the PA LEVEL ADJ item appears additionally on the
display.
The following menus allow to adjust the basic loudness levels for 3 cabin segments and for the
separate attendant areas. These segments/areas are fixed and independent of the cabin zones. The
definition is stored in the CAM.
Additionally the automatic increase levels for the cases engines running (flight) and cabin
depressurization (emergency) can be adjusted.
The acoustic loudness in the cabin for these auto increase cases is always according to the basic
loudness level plus the auto increase level.
After selection of a segment/area/auto increase case at the right side of the respective menu, the
related currently active loudness value is flashing. It can be adjusted in +/- 2 dB steps by pushing the
related +/- key at the left side of the menu. The respective loudness level in the cabin is updated
immediately (for the auto increase cases only if the cases are currently active).
The following table shows the default values and the possible range:
range
! default I
from
I
to
---------------------I-----------I----------I---------segments/areas
!
0 dB
I -6 dB
I
+4 dB
---------------------I-----------I----------I---------engines running
!
+6 dB
I +4 dB
I
+8 dB
---------------------I-----------I----------I---------cabin decompr.
!
+4 dB
I +4 dB
I
+6 dB
If the max. or the min. limit of the range is reached, the respective prompt < in front of the + or -
disappears. A further pushing shows no reaction. For each page a RES (reset) function is selectable. If
a segment/area/auto increase case has been selected this flashing value becomes the default value
after pushing the RES.
If non has been selected before pushing the RES (no flashing), all values of the page becomes default
values.
E.
Failure Detection and Transmission

There are 3 types of test available in the CIDS for failure detection:
.
.
.
the power on test (activated after every power connection to the CIDS),
the continuous test (automatic periodical system test),
the manually activated test (via PTP, CFDS ...).
The status is transmitted to the CFDS (via ARINC 429) and ECAM (via discrete outputs to the SDAC). The
failure indication is possible on:
. the FAP (CIDS caution light),
AES
23-73-00 PB001
Page 50
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
.
.
.
the PTP,
the CFDS/MCDU display,
the ECAM displays.
In flight, it is possible to reset the illuminated caution light on the FAP. After landing, if the failure still exists,
the light comes on again and the SYSTEM STATUS mode is displayed.
The failures are divided into 4 failure classes, 1, 1CAB (cabin), 2 and 3. The relation of failure classes and the
transmission to the indicators are shown on the Failure Transmission list.
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-00-41300-B - Failure Transmission List)
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-00-41400-C - Failure Transmission List)
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-00-41500-D - Failure Transmission List)
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-00-41600-E - Failure Transmission List)
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-00-41700-C - Failure Transmission List)
** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-00-41800-G - Failure Transmission List)
** On A/C 005-099
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-00-41800-E - Failure Transmission List)
** On A/C ALL
F.
CIDS Power-Up Test

(1) Conditions of Power-Up Test initialization
(a) A/C configuration:
A- A/C on ground with all cabin doors closed
B- A/C on ground with all engines stopped and at least one cabin door open
(b) The computer must be de-energized for a time of:
. A/C in config. A-: 10 sec
. A/C in config. B-: 10 sec
(2) Progress of Power-Up Test
(a) Duration:
. A/C in config. A-: approx. 60 sec
. A/C in config. B-: approx. 180 sec
(b) Flight compartment repercussions (ECAM warning, audio warning, pushbutton flashing..if any..):
A/C in config. A- or B-.
AES
ECAM maintenance status:

CIDS 1 and/or CIDS 2 come on and go off after completion either:
. at the same time or,
. separately or,
. approx. 30 sec after completion of the power-up test.
Audio Control Panel:

. ATT light flashes for approx. 60 sec
23-73-00 PB001
Page 51
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
NOTE :
The following repercussions can be observed in the cabin:

A/C in config. A-:
. after approx. 25 sec cabin lights go off for approx. 2 sec
. two chimes are heard 30 sec after power-up test initialization
A/C in config. B-:
. after approx. 25 sec, cabin lights go off for approx. 2 sec
. after approx. 35 sec, call/seatrow numbering lights and signs flash for approx. 10/15
sec (boarding config.)
. two chimes are heard approx. 120 sec after power-up test initialization
(3) Results of Power-Up Tests

Flight compartment repercussions (if any) in case of test pass/test failed.
(a) Test pass :
. none
(b) Test failed :
AES
In case of CIDS 1 or CIDS 2 failure:

. ECAM maintenance status
CIDS 1 or CIDS 2 white indication
In case of CIDS 1 and CIDS 2 failure:

. Master caution light comes on
. ECAM warning:
COM CIDS 1 + 2 FAULT
CIDS (INOP system)
23-73-00 PB001
Page 52
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
HANDSET 130RH
AND
CRADLE 132RH
AUDIO SELECTOR PANEL
CALL
CALL
CALL
CALL
CALL
MECH
ATT
VHF1
VHF2
VHF3
HF1
HF2
INT
CAB
ON
VOICE
RESET
MKR
ILS
INT
PA
RAD
VOR1
VOR2
MLS
ADF1
ADF2
21VU
25VU
EVAC
COMMAND
SIGNS
SEAT BELTS NO SMOKING

ON
ON
A
U
T
O
OFF
OFF
EVAC
EMER EXIT LT
ON
ON
ARM
CAPT
OFF
OFF
3WP
191RH
190RH
21VU
HORN SHUT OFF CAPT&PURS
4WL
7WP
CALLS
MECH
ALL
FWD
2WP
EMER
AFT
CALL
ON
N_MM_237300_0_AAN0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-00-13700-A SHEET 1

CIDS associated Components in the Cockpit - Component
Location
23-73-00 PB001
Page 53
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
D
A
A
HANDSET 130RH
AND
CRADLE 132RH
AUDIO SELECTOR PANEL
25VU
191RH
190RH
4WL
C
3WP
7WP
2WP
21VU
187RH
181RH3 181RH1
181RH2
180RH
N_MM_237300_0_AAB0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-00-13700-O SHEET 1

CIDS associated Components in the Cockpit - Component
Location
23-73-00 PB001
Page 54
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
C
330RH1
332RH1
C
FR21
C
CABIN HANDSET 330RH
(COCKPIT HANDSET 130RH
WITHOUT KEYPAD)
FR12
A
TYPICAL FORWARD
ATTENDANT PANEL
120RH
B
(BEHIND ACCESS COVER)
110RH
LIGHT
MODULE
AUDIO
MODULE
MISCELLANEOUS
MODULE
N_MM_237300_0_ADM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-00-13800-A SHEET 1

FWD Attendant Station and Cockpit Handset - Component
Location
23-73-00 PB001
Page 55
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
340RH9
320RH11
330RH11
340RH10
C
B
340RH2
340RH1
B
ACD
320RH1
FR69
FR64
126RH
320RH9
330RH9
C
A
FR21
330RH1
FR12
N_MM_237300_0_AFLA_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-00-13900-A SHEET 1

23-73-00 PB001
Page 56
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE
EXAMPLE
AREA CALL PANEL
340RH
AMBER
PINK
PINK
BLUE
C
CRADLE
HANDSET
330RH
EXAMPLE
AIP 320RH
D
EXAMPLE
AAP 126RH
N_MM_237300_0_AFLA_02_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-00-13900-A SHEET 2

23-73-00 PB001
Page 57
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
A
A
A
MCDU 1 3CA1
MCDU 2 3CA2
BRT
NEXT
PAGE
N_MM_237300_0_AGA0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-00-14000-A SHEET 1

MCDU - Component Location
23-73-00 PB001
Page 58
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
AES
FIGURE 23-73-00-14100-A SHEET 1

DEU A, DEU Mount and CIDS Director - Component
Location
FR16
23-73-00 PB001
2010VU3
2010VU4
2010VU5
200RH3
DEUA
200RH4
DEUA
200RH5
DEUA
200RH6
DEUA
2010VU6
2010VU2
200RH2
DEUA
0
6
0
5
0
4
0
3
0
2
0
1
FR24
2010VU1
200RH1
DEUA
FR14
251RH6
253RH6
251RH5
253RH5
251RH4
253RH4
251RH3
253RH3
251RH2
253RH2
251RH1
253RH1
FR28
10
MOUNTING BRACKET INCLUDES

TERMINATION RESISTOR 210RH
NOTE:
FR32
12
14
13
12
11
10
FR35
200RH14
DEUA
200RH13
DEUA
200RH12
DEUA
200RH11
DEUA
200RH10
DEUA
200RH9
DEUA
2010VU14
2010VU13
2010VU12
2010VU11
2010VU10
2010VU9
2010VU8
FR45
20
0
E
0
D
0
C
0
B
0
A
0
9
0
8
0
7
FR49
200RH8
DEUA
FR41
2010VU7
11
13
15
200RH7
DEUA
14
16
18
251RH14
253RH14
251RH13
253RH13
251RH12
253RH12
251RH11
253RH11
251RH10
253RH10
251RH9
253RH9
251RH8
253RH8
251RH7
253RH7
FR57
19
24 1
FR53
17
22
FR63
23 1
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
FR66
200RH26
DEUA
200RH25
DEUA
200RH24
DEUA
200RH23
DEUA
200RH22
DEUA
200RH21
DEUA
200RH20
DEUA
200RH19
DEUA
200RH18
DEUA
200RH17
DEUA
200RH16
DEUA
200RH15
DEUA
FR61
21
2014VU4
2014VU3
2014VU2
2014VU1
2010VU22
2010VU21
2010VU20
2010VU19
2010VU18
2010VU17
2010VU16
2010VU15
25 1
26 1
1
A
1
9
1
8
1
7
1
6
1
5
1
4
1
3
1
2
1
1
1
0
0
F
252RH4
254RH4
252RH3
254RH3
252RH2
254RH2
252RH1
254RH1
251RH22
253RH22
251RH21
253RH21
251RH20
253RH20
251RH19
253RH19
251RH18
253RH18
251RH17
253RH17
251RH16
253RH16
251RH15
253RH15
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
N_MM_237300_0_AHMA_01_00
Page 59
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
CODING SWITCHES
A
EXAMPLE
251RH
252RH
253RH
254RH
CIDS BUS
CONNECTOR
DEU A
CABIN EQUIPMENT
CONNECTORS
101RH
102RH
AVIONICS RACK 80VU
102RH (HOTSTANDBY)
187VU
101RH (ACTIVE)
101RH1
102RH1
B
B
FR24A
Z120
AVIONICS
COMPARTMENT
FR1
N_MM_237300_0_AHMA_02_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-00-14100-A SHEET 2

DEU A, DEU Mount and CIDS Director - Component
Location
23-73-00 PB001
Page 60
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
2011VU1
7
1
351RH1
353RH1
2011VU2
7
2
351RH2
353RH2
2011VU3
7
3
351RH3
353RH3
300RH1
DEUB
300RH4
DEUB
2011VU4
7
4
351RH4
353RH4
300RH5
DEUB
2015VU1
7
5
352RH1
354RH1
300RH6
DEUB
2015VU2
7
6
352RH2
354RH2
5 1
6 1
FR67
3 2
4
2 2
EXAMPLE
FR42
CODING SWITCHES 351RH

352RH
353RH
354RH
FR16
FR14
CIDS BUS
CONNECTOR
NOTE:
1

WITHOUT DEU
CABIN EQUIPMENT
CONNECTORS
N_MM_237300_0_AKM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-00-14200-A SHEET 1

DEU B and DEU Mount - Component Location
23-73-00 PB001
Page 61
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
LAVATORY EXAMPLE
(2040VU)RH
2041VU
A
LAVATORY
LOUDSPEAKER
E
F
LIGHTED SIGNS
531RH IN PANEL 2041VU
LOUDSPEAKERS
CALLLIGHT/
SEATROW
NUMBERING LAMPS
505RH AND 506RH
"RETURN TO SEAT"
LIGHTED SIGN
READING LIGHTS
521RH
523RH
IN PANEL 2041VU
525RH
522RH
524RH
IN PANEL 2040VU
526RH
C
F
D
PASSENGER CALL
MEMBRANE SWITCH
504RH
110VAC
INTEGRAL
CALL LAMP
CALL BUTTON
(RESISTOR
LOCATED BEHIND PANEL)
READING LIGHT
MEMBRANE SWITCHES
501RH
502RH
503RH
LAVATORY
CALL LIGHT
N_MM_237300_0_AMV0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-00-14300-A SHEET 1

23-73-00 PB001
Page 62
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
A
401PP
ESS BUS
28VDC
DIR 1 AND 2 ESS

28VDC POWER INPUT 1
POWER TRANSFER RELAY
WV
150RH
187VU
105RH
POWER
TRANSFER
RELAY
49VU
28VDC POWER INPUT 2

NORM POWER SENSING
101RH DIR1
DIR 1 AND 2 NORM
28VDC POWER INPUT 1

NORM POWER SENSING
151RH
601PP
SERVICE BUS
28VDC
28VDC POWER INPUT 2
FWD ATTENDANT
PANEL
170RH
PROG AND TEST
PANEL
161RH
102RH DIR2
28VDC NORMAL
120RH FAP
28VDC NORMAL
110RH PTP
120VU
NOTE:
CONTACTS IN WORKING
POSITION
A
REF FIG POWER SUPPLY

ESS BUS TOP LINE
WV = 315400
SDAC
N_MM_237300_0_APL0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-00-17600-A SHEET 1

Power Supply - CIDS Director, FAP and PTP
23-73-00 PB001
Page 63
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
DEU A NORM R FWD

164RH
DEU A NORM R MID
166RH
DEU A NORM L MID
165RH
DEU A NORM L FWD
163RH
DEU A NORM R AFT
168RH
DEU A NORM L AFT
167RH
601PP
SERVICE BUS
28VDC
120VU
DEU A
200RH1
2010VU 1
2010VU 2
DEU A
200RH2
DEU A
200RH3
2010VU 3
2010VU 4
DEU A
200RH4
DEU A
200RH5
2010VU 5
2010VU 6
DEU A
200RH6
DEU A
200RH7
2010VU 7
2010VU 8
DEU A
200RH8
DEU A
200RH9
2010VU 9
2010VU 10
DEU A
200RH10
DEU A
200RH11
2010VU 11
2010VU 12
DEU A
200RH12
DEU A
200RH13
2010VU 13
2010VU 14
DEU A
200RH14
DEU A
200RH15
2010VU 15
2010VU 16
DEU A
200RH16
DEU A
200RH17
2010VU 17
2010VU 18
DEU A
200RH18
DEU A
200RH19
2010VU 19
2010VU 20
DEU A
200RH20
DEU A
200RH21
2010VU 21
2010VU 22
DEU 2
200RH22
DEU A
200RH23
2014VU 1
2014VU 2
DEU A
200RH24
DEU A
200RH25
2014VU 3
2014VU 4
DEU A
200RH26
N_MM_237300_0_AQL0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-00-17700-B SHEET 1

Power Supply NORM BUS - Top Line
23-73-00 PB001
Page 64
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
DEU A ESS LINE 2
155RH
TOP LINE "CUT OFF"

RELAY
WV
102RH DIR2
TOP LINE "CUT OFF"
RELAY
DEU A ESS LINE 1
154RH
106RH
WV
401PP
ESS BUS
28VDC
POWER TRANSFER
RELAY
105RH
101RH DIR1
187VU
49VU
NOTE:
WV = 315400
SDACACQUISITION/INTERFACE
A
REF FIG POWER SUPPLY

CIDS DIRECTOR
FAP AND PTP
CONTACTS IN
WORKING POSITION
DEU A
200RH1
2010VU 1
2010VU 2
DEU A
200RH2
DEU A
200RH3
2010VU 3
2010VU 4
DEU A
200RH4
DEU A
200RH5
2010VU 5
2010VU 6
DEU A
200RH6
DEU A
200RH7
2010VU 7
2010VU 8
DEU A
200RH8
DEU A
200RH9
2010VU 9
2010VU 10
DEU A
200RH10
DEU A
200RH11
2010VU 11
2010VU 12
DEU A
200RH12
DEU A
200RH13
2010VU 13
2010VU 14
DEU A
200RH14
DEU A
200RH15
2010VU 15
2010VU 16
DEU A
200RH16
DEU A
200RH17
2010VU 17
2010VU 18
DEU A
200RH18
DEU A
200RH19
2010VU 19
2010VU 20
DEU A
200RH20
DEU A
200RH21
2010VU 21
2010VU 22
DEU A
200RH22
DEU A
200RH23
2014VU 1
2014VU 2
DEU A
200RH24
DEU A
200RH25
2014VU 3
2014VU 4
DEU A
200RH26
N_MM_237300_0_ARM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-00-17800-B SHEET 1

Power Supply ESS BUS - Top Line
23-73-00 PB001
Page 65
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
601PP
SERVICE BUS
28VDC
DEU B NORM
NORM
162RH
120VU
401PP
ESS BUS
28VDC
DEU B ESS
153RH
ESS
WV
49VU
DEU B
300RH1
DEU B
300RH5
2011VU 1
2011VU 2
2011VU 3
2011VU 4
DEU B
300RH4
2015VU 1
2015VU 2
DEU B
300RH6
NOTE:
WV = 315400
SDACACQUISITION/INTERFACE
N_MM_237300_0_ASJ0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-00-17900-B SHEET 1

Power Supply - Middle Line
23-73-00 PB001
Page 66
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
POWER SUPPLY
ARINC 600
SIZE 2 CONNECTOR
SPACE
MICRO COMPUTER
DIGITAL I/O
BUS
INTERFACE
101RH
102RH
101RH1
102RH1
AUDIO
OUTPUT
AUDIO
INPUT
FLEXIBLE
MULTILAYER
POWER SUPPLY
MOTHERBOARD
I/O MOTHERBOARD
OBRM CONNECTOR
BUS MOTHERBOARD
OBRM
BOARD
MICROCOMPUTER BOARD
BUSCONNECTOR
96 PIN V6
I/O CONNECTOR
96 PIN V6
N_MM_237300_0_ATM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-00-22000-A SHEET 1

CIDS Director
23-73-00 PB001
Page 67
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
DEU
200RH1
2010VU 3
2010VU 19
2014VU 1
2010VU 9
2010VU 10
2010VU 14
2010VU 18
2010VU 22
2014VU 4
DIR1
101RH
1LH OUTPUT
TOP LINE
1RH OUTPUT
TOP LINE
2010VU 20
DEU A
200RH22
DEU A
200RH24
2014VU 3
2010VU 16
DEU
200RH18
DEU A
200RH20
2010VU 21
2010VU 12
DEU
200RH14
DEU A
200RH16
2010VU 17
2010VU 8
DEU
200RH10
DEU A
200RH12
2010VU 13
2010VU 4
DEU
200RH6
DEU A
200RH8
DEU A
200RH23
DEU A
200RH25
2LH PUTPUT
TOP LINE
2RH OUTPUT
TOP LINE
DIR2
102RH
2010VU 6
DEU A
200RH19
DEU A
200RH21
2010VU 5
DEU A
200RH15
DEU
200RH17
DEU
200RH2
DEU
200RH4
DEU A
200RH11
DEU
200RH13
2010VU 15
2010VU 2
DEU A
200RH7
DEU
200RH9
2010VU 11
2010VU 1
DEU
200RH3
DEU A
200RH5
2010VU 7
1LH OUTPUT
TOP LINE
2RH OUTPUT
TOP LINE
1RH OUTPUT
TOP LINE
2LH OUTPUT
TOP LINE
** On A/C ALL
2014VU 2
DEU A
200R26
NOTE:
1

N_MM_237300_0_AUN0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-00-22100-B SHEET 1

CIDS DATA BUS - Top Line
23-73-00 PB001
Page 68
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
AES
AUDIO
INTERFACE
SEQUENCER
FIGURE 23-73-00-22200-A SHEET 1

CIDS Director - Block Diagram
CPU
OBRM
512K * 8
MEMORY
256K * 8 EPROM
64K * 8 EEPROM
256K * RAM
MICROCOMPUTER
DISCRETE
INPUTS
MICROCOMPUTER
INTERFACE
SERIAL
PARALLEL
CONVERTER
WORD
COUNT
CIDS
BUS
INTERFACE
BUS
ADAPTER
RECEIVER
DISCRET
OUTPUTS
8*12.5 KHZ
INPUTS
MULTIPLEXER
SIGNAL
PROCESSING
BUS CHANNEL
MULTIPLEXER
ANALOG DIGITAL
CONVERTER
COUNTER
3*3
4*6 KHZ
INPUTS
3* AUDIO
OUTPUT
AUDIO INPUT
TEST
REGISTER
RS232C
2*
DIGITAL INPUT OUTPUT
15 INPUTS
4 OUTPUTS
ARINC 429
INTERFACE
POWER
SUPPLY
AUDIO OUTPUT
4*
INTERPHONE
8* DIGITAL
ANALOG
CONVERSION
28V ESS
28V NORMAL
4*PA AMPLIFIER
CHANNEL MULLTIPLEXER
BROADCAST
CHIME
GENERATOR
EVAC
GENERATOR
TELEPHONE
GENERATOR
15V
15V
5V
5V
PS OK
RESET
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
N_MM_237300_0_AVM0_01_00
23-73-00 PB001
Page 69
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
LH OUTPUT
MIDDLE LINE
LH OUTPUT
MIDDLE LINE
RH OUTPUT
MIDDLE LINE
RH OUTPUT
MIDDLE LINE
101RH DIR1
102RH DIR2
2011VU2
340RH2
2011VU1
330RH1
DEU B
300RH1
340RH1
320RH1
FWD LH ATTENDANT
340RH9
DEU B
300RH4
2011VU3
2011VU4
PRESS LOW
SLIDE BOTTLE
EMER DOOR RH/LH
340RH10
126RH
320RH9
AFT LH ATTENDANT
NOTE:

DEU B
300RH6
2015VU2
2015VU1
AAP
DEU B
300RH5
330RH9
330RH11
320RH11
AFT RH ATTENDANT
N_MM_237300_0_AWL0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-00-22300-J SHEET 1

CIDS DATA BUS - Middle Line DEU B Interface - Block
Diagram
23-73-00 PB001
Page 70
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
CFDIU
CFDSDATA ARINC 429
DIRECTOR 2
CFDSDATA ARINC 429

FWC
BUZZER ONCREW CALL
EVAC HORN/EVAC WARNING

NO SMOKING
FASTEN SEAT BELT
CIDS OPERATION STATUS
CIDS CAUTION
SDAC 1+2
EMER LIGHT
TO AMU
+28V
PA
HI
LO
PA
HI
LO
PA PTT
HI
LO
INTERPHONE
INTERPHONE
HI
LO
INTERPHONE ON
CALL IND
+28V
CALL RESET
+28V
EMER CALL IND
EMER CALL
TO CALL
PANEL
FWD ATTN CALL

AFT ATTN CALL
ALL ATTN CALL
HI AUDIO
HI
MIC
LO
TO SERVICE
INTERPHONE
SERVICE INTERPHONE ON
+28V
SERVICE INTERPHONE IND

NO SMOKING AUTO
TO NS/FSB
SWITCH
NO SMOKING COMMAND
FASTEN SEAT BELT COMMAND
CIDS DIRECTOR
N_MM_237300_0_AXHA_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-00-22400-Q SHEET 1

23-73-00 PB001
Page 71
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
COCKPIT DOOR OPEN
EXCESSIVE ALTITUDE
EXCESSIVE ALTITUDE
OIL PRESSURE
CABIN PRESSURE
LANDING GEAR DOWN LOCKED
LANDING GEAR COMPRESSED
SLATS
FLAPS
SFCC 1
SLATS
FLAPS
SFCC 2
EVAC HORN SHUT OFF
EVAC COMMAND
TO
EVAC
EVAC FLASHING MODE

( O.5HZ
)
+28V
CAPT+PURSER/CAPT ONLY
HANDSET
COCKPIT
MIC
HI
LO
AUDIO
HI
LO
PTT
HI
LO
MULTI PURPOSE DATA BUS

FOR SDAC 1 ARINC 429 HS
SMOKE 1 DATA BUS
ARINC 429
SMOKE 2 DATA BUS
ARINC 429
CIDS DATA LINK

CIDS DATA LINK
SDAC 1
SDCU
CIDS
DIR 2
CIDS DIRECTOR
N_MM_237300_0_AXHA_02_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-00-22400-Q SHEET 2

23-73-00 PB001
Page 72
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
CFDSDATA ARINC 429
CFDIU
CFDSDATA ARINC 429
DIRECTOR 2
FWC
BUZZER ONCREW CALL
EVAC HORN/EVAC WARNING
NO SMOKING
FASTEN SEAT BELT
CIDS OPERATION STATUS
CIDS CAUTION
SDAC
1+2
EMER LIGHT
+28V
PA
HI
LO
PA
HI
LO
PA PTT
INTERPHONE
HI
LO
INTERPHONE
HI
LO
TO AMU
INTERPHONE ON
CALL RESET
+28V
CALL IND
+28V
PA IN USE
EMER CALL IND
TO CALL
PANEL
+28V
EMER CALL
FWD ATTN CALL
AFT ATTN CALL
ALL ATTN CALL
HI AUDIO
TO SERVICE
INTERPHONE
MIC
HI
LO
SERVICE INTERPHONE ON
+28V
SERVICE INTERPHONE IND

NO SMOKING AUTO
TO NS/FSB
SWITCH
NO SMOKING COMMAND
FASTEN SEAT BELT COMMAND
CIDS DIRECTOR
N_MM_237300_0_AXDA_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-00-22400-U SHEET 1

23-73-00 PB001
Page 73
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
COCKPIT DOOR OPEN
EXCESSIVE ALTITUDE
EXCESSIVE ALTITUDE
OIL PRESSURE
CABIN PRESSURE
LANDING GEAR DOWN LOCKED

LANDING GEAR COMPRESSED
SLATS
FLAPS
SFCC 1
SLATS
FLAPS
SFCC 2
EVAC HORN SHUT OFF

EVAC COMMAND
TO
EVAC
EVAC FLASHING MODE ( O.5HZ
+28V
CAPT+PURSER/CAPT ONLY
HANDSET COCKPIT
MIC
HI
LO
AUDIO
HI
LO
PTT
HI
LO
MULTI PURPOSE DATA BUS

FOR SDAC 1 ARINC 429 HS
SMOKE 1 DATA BUS
ARINC 429
SMOKE 2 DATA BUS
ARINC 429
CIDS DATA LINK

CIDS DATA LINK
SDAC 1
SDCU
CIDS
DIR 2
CIDS DIRECTOR
N_MM_237300_0_AXDA_02_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-00-22400-U SHEET 2

23-73-00 PB001
Page 74
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
ARINC 429 PAXDATA

ARINC 429 PAXDATA
PAZONE 1
HI
LO
PAZONE 2
HI
LO
PAZONE 3
HI
LO
PES
MUX
PA KEYLINE 1
PA KEYLINE 2
PA KEYLINE 3
PES TEST
PES ON/OFF
BGM 1
2000VU
HI
LO
PES
T/R
BGM SELECT 1
BGM VOLUME CONTROLER 1
VIDEO SOUND ZONE 1
HI
LO
VIDEO SOUND ZONE 2
HI
LO
VIDEO SOUND ZONE 3
HI
LO
VIDEO
CONTROL
UNIT
VIDEO KEYLINE 1
VIDEO KEYLINE 2
VIDEO KEYLINE 3
CIDS DIRECTOR
N_MM_237300_0_AZS0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-00-22500-F SHEET 1

23-73-00 PB001
Page 75
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
ARINC 429 PAXDATA

ARINC 429 PAXDATA
PAZONE 1
HI
LO
PAZONE 2
HI
LO
PAZONE 3
HI
LO
PES
MUX
PA KEYLINE 1
PA KEYLINE 2
PA KEYLINE
PES TEST
PES ON/OFF
BGM 1
2000VU
HI
LO
PES
T/R
BGM SELECT 1
BGM VOLUME CONTROLER 1
VIDEO SOUND ZONE 1
HI
LO
VIDEO SOUND ZONE 2
HI
LO
VIDEO SOUND ZONE 3
HI
LO
VIDEO
CONTROL
UNIT
VIDEO KEYLINE 1
VIDEO KEYLINE 2
VIDEO KEYLINE 3
PA ANNUNCIATOR KEYLINE
PREREC ANNOUNCEMENT
AUDIO
PRE
ANN
T/R
CIDS DIRECTOR
N_MM_237300_0_AZV0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-00-22500-I SHEET 1

23-73-00 PB001
Page 76
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
CO
CO
NN
NN
EC
EC
TO
TO
J3
J2
DEU A
DEU B
CONNECTOR J1
15P
15P
CONNECTOR J2
25S
25S
CONNECTOR J3
50S
50S
CODE HOLES
A+D
A+D
NOTE: 1
A
CONNECTOR J1
UNNECESSARY CODE HOLES CLOSED
N_MM_237300_0_BEM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-00-22800-A SHEET 1

DEU - Physical Appearance
23-73-00 PB001
Page 77
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
DEU
DEU MOUNT
FROM DEU
TO
RECEIVER/
TRANSMITTER
MODULE
DATA
BUS
TO NEXT DEU
CHASSIS GROUND
28VDC ESS
TO POWER
MODULE
28VDC NORM
ADDR 4
ADDR 5
ADDR 6
ADDR
COMMON
ADDR
ADDR
ADDR
ADDR
0
1
2
3
1 248
C
7 C
TO
ADDRESS
COMPARATOR
1 248
C
C
1
DC GROUND
ADDRESS
CODING
SWITCH
N_MM_237300_0_BLN0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-00-23400-B SHEET 1

DEU Connection to Data Bus Power Supply and Address
Coding
23-73-00 PB001
Page 78
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
AC GND OUTP.
DC NORM.
AC GND INP
R/L HOLD
OUTPUT
R/L 3
OUTPUT
R/L 2
OUTPUT
R/L 1
OUTPUT
PCB
READING
LIGHT
FAIL
LAMP
TEST
TEST
INPUT
INPUT
OUTPUT
PROT
INPUT
S
PAX CALL SWITCH
DC NORM.
PAX CALL LIGHT
DC NORM.
S
FASTEN SEATBELTS
NO SMOKING
PROT
DC NORM.
AMP
0V
AC GND OUTP.
OUTPUT
R/L 2
OUTPUT
R/L 1
OUTPUT
PCB
FAIL
TEST
TEST
DC NORM.
OUTPUT
R/L 3
READING
LIGHT
OUTPUT
AC GND INP
R/L HOLD
LAMP
AUDIO
OUTPUT
INPUT
INPUT
OUTPUT
1
N_MM_237300_0_BNMA_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-00-23500-B SHEET 1

23-73-00 PB001
Page 79
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
1
PAX CALL SWITCH
INPUT
S
PROT
DC NORM.
PAX CALL LIGHT
DC NORM.
S
FASTEN SEATBELTS
DC NORM.
NO SMOKING
DC NORM.
AC GND OUTP.
AC GND INP
R/L HOLD
OUTPUT
R/L 3
OUTPUT
R/L 2
OUTPUT
R/L 1
OUTPUT
PCB
READING
LIGHT
FAIL
LAMP
TEST
TEST
INPUT
INPUT
OUTPUT
PROT
INPUT
PAX CALL SWITCH
DC NORM.
FASTEN SEATBELTS
NO SMOKING
DC NORM.
S
PAX CALL LIGHT
DC NORM.
PROT
AMP
AUDIO
OUTPUT
N_MM_237300_0_BNMA_02_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-00-23500-B SHEET 2

23-73-00 PB001
Page 80
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
OFF HOOK
15V
AUDIO
OUTPUT
SENSE
AMP
AUDIO
OUTPUT
PTT INPUT
DIALING
SIGNAL
PROT
AMP
PROT
PROT
DTMF
RECEIVER
AIP BITE
SERIAL
OUTPUT
PROTECTION
ACTIV
PASSIV
AIP BITE
DC ESS
INPUT
INPUT
EVAC COMMAND LIGHT

EVAC ALERT
PROT
INPUT
ATTND INDICATION
PANEL
28V
NORM
28V ESS
28V ESS
28V
NORM
PROT
EVAC SIGNAL CUTOFF

(AURAL IND RESET)
EVAC COMMAND
PROT
VISUAL IND RESET
N_MM_237300_0_BRRA_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-00-23600-E SHEET 1

23-73-00 PB001
Page 81
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
SLIDES
PRESSURE
STATUS
PROT
INPUT
SLIDES
PRESSURE
STATUS
PROT
INPUT
PROT
INPUT
PROT
INPUT
HEATER OK GND IN
UNIT OK GND IN
TEST 28 VDC OUT
4X
INPUTS
DRAIN
MAST
CONTROL
UNIT
28V
NORM
SERIAL
INPUT
PROTECTION
ACTIV
PASSIV
SERIAL
OUTPUT
PROTECTION
ACTIV
PASSIV
ADD
ATTND
PNL
=CURRENT
SENSITIVE
N_MM_237300_0_BRRA_02_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-00-23600-E SHEET 2

23-73-00 PB001
Page 82
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
CABIN LIGHTING
ENTRY
MAIN
ON
MAIN
OFF
POWER
BRT
BRT
WDO
LAV
DIM 1
DIM 1
CLG
ATTN
DIM 2
DIM 2
READ
N_MM_237300_0_DMP0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-00-24200-D SHEET 1

Light Module
23-73-00 PB001
Page 83
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
FAP 120RH
N_MM_237300_0_DMZ0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-00-24200-L SHEET 1

Light Module
23-73-00 PB001
Page 84
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
HI FWD ATTENDANT PANEL

LO DATA BUS INPUT DIR 1
DC GROUND
101RH
CIDS DIRECTOR
CHASSIS GROUND
DC GROUND

LO DATA BUS OUT DIR 1+2
102RH
CIDS DIRECTOR
28VDC
28VDC NORMAL
READING LIGHTS
READING LIGHTS
ATTENDANT WORK LIGHTS
LAVATORY LIGHTS
28VDC EMERGENCY LIGHTS INDICATOR

28VDC EMERGENCY LIGHTS ON
EMERGENCY LIGHTS ON
EMERGENCY LIGHTS ON INDICATOR
AURAL IND RESET
EVAC COMMAND
EVAC ALERT
EVAC COMMAND INDICATION
DEUB 300RH
TEMPERATURE MODULE
LIGHTS MODULE
AUDIO MODULE
MISCELLANEOUS MODULE
120RH
FWD ATTENDANT PANEL
N_MM_237300_0_CAN0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-00-24300-A SHEET 1

23-73-00 PB001
Page 85
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
120RH
FWD ATTND PANEL
28VDC
101RH
CIDS DIRECTOR
28VDC NORMAL
DC GROUND
CHASSIS GROUND
HI FWD ATTND PANEL
102RH
CIDS DIRECTOR
HI FWD ATTND PANEL

LO DATA BUS OUT DIR 1+2
HI FWD ATTND PANEL

DC GROUND
28VDC EMERG LIGHTS ON IND

28VDC EMERG LIGHTS ON
READING LIGHTS
READING LIGHTS
ATTND WORK LIGHTS
LAV LIGHTS
EMERG LIGHTS ON
EMERG LIGHTS ON IND
DEUB 300RH
AURAL IND RESET
EVAC COMMAND
EVAC ALERT
EVAC COMMAND INDICATION
LIGHTS MODULE
AUDIO MODULE
N_MM_237300_0_CAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-00-24300-B SHEET 1

23-73-00 PB001
Page 86
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
MUSIC
ON
ANNOUNCE
READY
MEMO 1
START
NEXT
MEMO 2
START
ALL
ENTER
MEMO 3
STOP CLEAR
PES
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
SEL
VOLUME
N_MM_237300_0_DNR0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-00-24400-E SHEET 1

Audio Module
23-73-00 PB001
Page 87
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
AIR CONDITIONING
TEMPERATURE
FWD
C
AFT
CABIN
N_MM_237300_0_DRM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-00-24800-A SHEET 1

Air Temperature Module
23-73-00 PB001
Page 88
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
N_MM_237300_0_CBM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-00-24900-Y SHEET 1

Aft Attendant Panel
23-73-00 PB001
Page 89
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
CABIN
BRT
RESET
CABIN
DIM 1
EVAC
CABIN
DIM 2
N_MM_237300_0_CBV0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-00-24900-AF SHEET 1

Aft Attendant Panel
23-73-00 PB001
Page 90
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
AURAL INDICATION RESET
RESET
EVAC ALERT
EVAC INDICATOR
SERIAL OUT
ADD ATTENDANT
PANEL
SERIAL IN
HI
HI
LO
LO
HI
HI
LO
LO
SERIAL IN
SERIAL OUT
28VDC OUT
28VDC IN
DC GROUND OUT
DC GROUND IN
CHASSIS GROUND
DEU B
126RH AFT
ATTENDANT PANEL
N_MM_237300_0_CSM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-00-25800-A SHEET 1

Connections to the Aft Attendant Panel
23-73-00 PB001
Page 91
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
DSPL
ON
BAT
BAT
OK
LIGHT SYS
SYS
OK
CLR
TEST
EMER
CAMMODULE
115RH
N_MM_237300_0_CEM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-00-27000-B SHEET 1

23-73-00 PB001
Page 92
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
601PP
28VDC
SERVICE BUS
PROG AND TST PNL

161RH
101RH DIRCIDS. 1
110RH
PROGRAMMING & TEST PANEL
HI DATA BUS
LO INPUT DIRECTOR 1
OUTPUT PROG/TEST PANEL H I

LO
INPUT PROG/TEST PANEL
HI DATA BUS OUTPUT

LO DIRECTOR 1+2
HI
LO
CHASSIS GROUND
HI DATA BUS
LO INPUT DIRECTOR 2
CHASSIS GROUND
DC GROUND
102RH DIRCIDS. 2
28VDC NORMAL
CONTROL(TEST)
INPUT PROG/TEST PANEL LO
HI
OUTPUT PROG/TEST PANEL H I
LO
TEST SIGNAL
115RH
CABIN ASSIGNMENT MODULE
10WL EMERG. POWER SUPPLY UNIT
N_MM_237300_0_CFM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-00-27300-B SHEET 1

Programming and Test Panel-System Connections
23-73-00 PB001
Page 93
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
LED COLOR:GREEN
LED COLOR:PINK
PA
PA
A LL
2
IN
U SE
EXAMPLE INDICATION
N_MM_237300_0_CGM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-00-27700-A SHEET 1

23-73-00 PB001
Page 94
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
28VDC
DC GROUND
VOLTAGE
REGULATOR
SINGLE CHIP MICROCOMPUTER
DATA
SHIELD
DATA BUS
AIP OK
LINE
RECEIVER
HI
LOW
CPU
RAM
ADDRESS
TO BITE
SERIAL
INTERFACE
DISPLAY
DRIVER
ROM
(PROGRAM)
DISPLAY
CONTROL
(INCLUDING
CHARACTER
GENERATOR)
EPROM
(TEXT)
PARALLEL
INTERFACE
DISPLAY PANEL
RED
INDICATOR
GREEN
INDICATOR
N_MM_237300_0_CJM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-00-27800-B SHEET 1

Attendant Indication Panel - Block Diagram
23-73-00 PB001
Page 95
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
COLOUR 1
COLOUR 2
COLOUR 3
COLOUR 4
DEU B
AREA CALL
PANEL 2
1
N_MM_237300_0_CTM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-00-28300-A SHEET 1

Area Call Panel
23-73-00 PB001
Page 96
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
COLOR 4
COLOR 3
COLOR 2
COLOR 1
** On A/C 005-099
340RH
AREA CALL PANEL
DEU B
N_MM_237300_0_CTP0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-00-28300-B SHEET 1

Area Call Panel
23-73-00 PB001
Page 97
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
DEU A
CIDS DIRECTOR 2
TOP LINES
CIDS DIRECTOR 1
VIDEO
CONTROL
UNIT
FWD ATTND PANEL

LIGHTS MODUL
AUDIO MODUL
MISC MODUL
COCKPIT
HANDSET
OBRM
PTT
PROGRAMMING AND
TEST PANEL
CAM
MID LINES
DEU B
KEYBOARD
ACOUSTIC
EQUIPMENT
AMU
CFDIU
ATTND
IND
PANEL
PTT
CABIN/OIL
PRESSURE
PES
COCKPIT
PRE REC
ANN
RPDCR
ELECTRONICS COMPARTMENT
CABIN
N_MM_237300_0_DAP0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-00-30500-A SHEET 1

23-73-00 PB001
Page 98
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
DEU A
CIDS DIRECTOR 2
TOP LINES
CIDS DIRECTOR 1
VIDEO
CONTROL
UNIT
FWD ATTND PANEL
LIGHTS MODUL
AUDIO MODUL
MISC MODUL
COCKPIT
HANDSET
OBRM
PTT
PROGRAMMING AND
TEST PANEL
CAM
MID LINES
DEU B
KEYBOARD
ACOUSTIC
EQUIPMENT
AMU
CFDIU
ATTND
IND
PANEL
PTT
CABIN/OIL
PRESSURE
PES
COCKPIT
CABIN
N_MM_237300_0_DAT0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-00-30500-G SHEET 1

23-73-00 PB001
Page 99
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
PA PROCEDURE
N_MM_237300_0_DCM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-00-30800-B SHEET 1

Attendant Indication Panel - PA Selection Messages
23-73-00 PB001
Page 100
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
DEUA
CIDS DIRECTOR 2
CALL
PANEL
COCKPIT
TOP LINES
CIDS DIRECTOR 1
PROGRAMMING AND
TEST PANEL
CAM
OBRM
MID LINES
AREA
CALL PANEL
DEUB
ATTENDANT
INDICATION
PANEL
KEYBOARD
COCKPIT
BOOMSET
CFDIU
PTT
ACOUSTIC
EQUIPMENT
AMU
INDICATION
LIGHT
CONTROL BOX
CREW
CALL
BUZZER
COCKPIT
FWC
ELECTRONICS
COMPARTMENT
CABIN
N_MM_237300_0_DEM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-00-31200-B SHEET 1

Interphone System Architecture .
23-73-00 PB001
Page 101
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
NO SMOKING LIGHTS
DEU A
FASTEN SEAT BELT/

RETURN TO SEAT LIGHTS
CIDS DIRECTOR 2
TOP LINES
CIDS DIRECTOR 1
NS
SWITCH
COCKPIT
FSB
SWITCH
COCKPIT
OBRM
PROGRAMMING AND
TEST PANEL
CAM
MID LINES
ECAM
SDAC
1&2
CABIN
PRESSURE
CFDS
EMLS
EXIT
SIGNS
LGCIU
COCKPIT
CABIN
N_MM_237300_0_DJM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-00-32600-B SHEET 1

Passenger Lighted Signs - System Architecture.
23-73-00 PB001
Page 102
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
PAX CALL LIGHT
DEU A
PAX CALL PUSHBUTTON
CIDS DIRECTOR 2
TOP LINES
CIDS DIRECTOR 1
OBRM
PROGRAMMING AND
TEST PANEL
CAM
MID LINES
DEU B
ACP
ATTND
IND
PANEL
SDAC
COCKPIT
CFDIU
CABIN
N_MM_237300_0_DLQ0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-00-33900-D SHEET 1

Passenger Call System - Architecture
23-73-00 PB001
Page 103
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
SYSTEM STATUS
SYSTEM TEST
PROGRAMMING
STATUS INFORMATION
FAILURE INFOS
DEUA
ZONING
RESULT
CABIN ZONES
STSDOORS
SLIDESSTS
NO SMOKING ZONES
MAINTENANCE
SIGN LAMPS
RESULT
CABIN PROGRAMMING
LAST LEG REPORT
ACCESS CODE
PREV LEGS REPORT
EMERGENCY BAT CAP
FAULT DATA
ACCESS CODE
CAM LAYOUT SELECT
CLASS 3 FAULTS
RESULT
PA LEVEL ADJ
LRU IDENTIFICATION
*)
**)
***)
SINGLE PARAMETER
* ) LEVEL 1 PROGRAMMING
GND SCAN
* * ) LEVEL 2 PROGRAMMING
* * * ) LEVEL 3 PROGRAMMING (ONLY USED BY A/C VENDOR)
N_MM_237300_0_ETP0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-00-37000-D SHEET 1

23-73-00 PB001
Page 104
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
SYSTEM STATUS
SYSTEM TEST
PROGRAMMING
STATUS INFORMATION
FAILURE INFOS
DEUA
ZONING
RESULT
CABIN ZONES
STSDOORS
SLIDESSTS
NO SMOKING ZONES
MAINTENANCE
SIGN LAMPS
RESULT
CABIN PROGRAMMING
LAST LEG REPORT
ACCESS CODE
PREV LEGS REPORT
EMERGENCY BAT CAP
FAULT DATA
ACCESS CODE
CAM LAYOUT SELECT
CLASS 3 FAULTS
RESULT
PA LEVEL ADJ
LRU IDENTIFICATION
*)
**)
***)
SINGLE PARAMETER
* ) LEVEL 1 PROGRAMMING
GND SCAN
* * ) LEVEL 2 PROGRAMMING
* * * ) LEVEL 3 PROGRAMMING (ONLY USED BY A/C VENDOR)
N_MM_237300_0_ETR0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-00-37000-E SHEET 1

23-73-00 PB001
Page 105
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
START HERE
DSPL
ON
CIDS
<SYSTEM STATUS
<SYSTEM TEST
<PROGRAMMING
AUTOMATIC DISPLAY IN CASE OF FAILURE
SYSTEM STATUS
IN CASE OF <CIDS FAIL REFER TO
ILLUSTRATION SYSTEM STATUSFAILURE EXAMPLES 2
CIDS OK
IN CASE OF <CIDS DEGRADATION REFER TO

LAV SMOKE DATA OK
IN CASE OF <LAV SMOKE SYS FAIL REFER TO

<RET
IN CASE OF <SLIDES PRESS LOW REFER TO

SLIDES PRESS OK
IN CASE OF <DRAINMAST FAIL REFER TO

DRAIN MASTS OK
<RET
*) IN FLIGHT ONLY THIS LINE APPEARS

AND IS ACCESSABLE. IT IS CALLED
IN CORRESPONDANCE WITH THE CFDS:
CURRENT LEG REPORT.
CONT>
CONT>
<MAINTENANCE
<RET
N_MM_237300_0_EASA_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-00-38000-E SHEET 1

23-73-00 PB001
Page 106
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
MAINTENANCE
<LAST LEG REPORT
*)
<PREV LEGS REPORT

<RET
CONT>
<LRU IDENTIFICATION
<FAULT DATA
<CLASS 3 FAULTS
<RET
CONT>
<GROUND SCAN
<RET
N_MM_237300_0_EASA_02_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-00-38000-E SHEET 2

23-73-00 PB001
Page 107
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
SYSTEM STATUS
SYSTEM STATUS
<SLIDES PRESS LOW
<LAV SMOKE SYS FAIL
CIDS OK
<RET
CIDS OK
CONT>
<RET
CHECK SLIDE PRESS

FWD L
<RET
CONT>
SMOKE DET FAIL

LAV A
<RET
N_MM_237300_0_GANA_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-00-38100-B SHEET 1

23-73-00 PB001
Page 108
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
SYSTEM STATUS
<DRAINMAST FAIL
CIDS OK
<RET
CONT>
CHECK WASTE WATER

OVERFLOW FWD, AFT
<RET
MAINTENANCE :
CHECK AFT CARGO
DRAINAGE
<RET
N_MM_237300_0_GANA_02_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-00-38100-B SHEET 2

23-73-00 PB001
Page 109
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
SYSTEM STATUS
SYSTEM STATUS
<CIDS FAIL
<CIDS DEGRADATION
LAV SMOKE DATA OK

<RET
LAV SMOKE DATA OK

CONT>
<RET
CHECK
CIDS FUNCTIONS
CHECK CIDS FUNCTIONS

1
<RET
<RET
LAV: A, D
<RET

AT ATTND STATIONS
CONT>
CONT>

1
ATT: FWD L, AFT L
<RET
CONT>
LAV, ATT, SR FLASHING
N_MM_237300_0_GBMA_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-00-38200-A SHEET 1

23-73-00 PB001
Page 110
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL

1
SR: 02L, 04L, 10R, 11R,
DONT USE
PROGRAMMING MODE
11L, 12L, 14L, 22R, 25L

<RET
CONT>
<RET
CHECK
FWD ATTND PANEL
<RET
CONT>
CHECK
PROG & TEST PANEL
<RET
CONT>
N_MM_237300_0_GBMA_02_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-00-38200-A SHEET 2

23-73-00 PB001
Page 111
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
LAST LEG REP APR12
PREV LEG 30 DEC23
DEUA
DEUB
200RH15
UTC 0700 ATA 237346

<RET
CONT>
300RH05
UTC 0712 ATA 237347

<RET
DAMBB
CONT>
LRU IDENTIFICATION
FAULT DATA JUL27
DIRECTOR
LEG
1: Z010H0002110
03 1340 4 21 001B
<RET
CONT>
<RET
UTC N
CODE
DAMBB
CLASS 3 FAULTS
GND SCAN
ATA 237341
NO FAILURE
CONT>
SIGN LAMP 02L, 05R

<RET
CONT>
<RET
N_MM_237300_0_EBM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-00-38400-A SHEET 1

System Status - Example
23-73-00 PB001
Page 112
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
MCDU MENU
1
MCDU MENU
<FMS
<CFDS
SELECT DESIRED SYSTEM
CFDS
<LAST LEG REPORT
<LAST LEG ECAM REPORT
<PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT
<A/C CURRENT STATUS
<SYSTEM REPORT/TEST
POST FLIGHT REPRINT
SYSTEM REPORT/TEST
<AIRCOND
F/CTL>
<AFS
FUEL>
<COM
ICE & RAIN>
<ELEC
INST>
<FIRE PROT
L/G>
<RETURN
NAV>
N_MM_237300_0_EUMA_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-00-38600-A SHEET 1

System Report/Test - GROUND SCAN - CLASS 3 FAULTS
- Example
23-73-00 PB001
Page 113
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
<AMU
STSTEM REPORT/TEST
COM
CIDS2>
<RMP1
HF1>
<RMP2
HF2>
<RMP3
VHF1>
<CIDS1
VHF2>
<RETURN
VHF3>
CIDS 1(ACT.)
GROUND SCANNING
UTC
ATA
1 8n3
237346
DEUA 2nn R H 1 5
CIDS 1(ACT.)
<LAST LEG REPORT
TEST>
<RETURN
PRINT>

<LRU IDENTIFICATION
<TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA
<CLASS 3 FAULTS
GND SCAN>
<RETURN
CIDS 1(ACT.)
CLASS 3 FAULTS
ATA
237322
ATTND IND PNL AFT L
<RETURN
1
FOLLOWS THE SAME PROCEDURE AS CIDS 1
N_MM_237300_0_EUMA_02_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-00-38600-A SHEET 2

System Report/Test - GROUND SCAN - CLASS 3 FAULTS
- Example
23-73-00 PB001
Page 114
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
CIDS 1(ACT.)
<LAST LEG REPORT
TEST>

1
FOLLOWS THE SAME PROCEDURE

AS THE AREA CALL PANELS
<LRU IDENTIFICATION
<CLASS 3 FAULTS
GND SCAN>
<RETURN
CIDS 1(ACT.)
CIDS 1(ACT.)
TEST
CIDS BUS TEST
<DIRECTOR
<CIDS BUS
ATA 2373nn
<DEU A
TEST IN PROGRESS
<DEU B
<P & T PANEL
<RETURN
PRINT>
<RETURN
NEXT PAGE
CIDS 1(ACT.)
CIDS BUS TEST
<CAM
CIDS 1(ACT.)
TEST
<FWD ATTND PANEL

ATA 2373nn
<ADD ATTND PANEL
TEST OK
<ATTND INDICATION PANEL

<LOUDSPEAKERS
<RETURN
PRINT>
<RETURN
NEXT PAGE
N_MM_237300_0_EVUA_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-00-38700-H SHEET 1

23-73-00 PB001
Page 115
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
CIDS 1(ACT.)
AREA CALL PANEL TEST
ATA
<ACP ON
<ACP OFF
<RETURN
CIDS 1(ACT.)
TEST
2
<SIGN LAMPS
<PAX CALL LAMPS

<AREA CALL PANELS
<PES MUSIC
<RETURN
NEXT PAGE
CIDS 1(ACT.)
TEST
<READING/WORK LIGHTS
<RETURN
NEXT PAGE
NOT APPLICABLE FOR

LED NS/FSB SIGNS
N_MM_237300_0_EVUA_02_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-00-38700-H SHEET 2

23-73-00 PB001
Page 116
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
CIDS 1(ACT.)
CIDS 1(ACT.)
LAST LEG REPORT
<LAST LEG REPORT
DATE: OCT 18
TEST>

<LRU IDENTIFICATION
NO FAILURE

<CLASS 3 FAULTS
<RETURN
PRINT>
GND SCAN>
<RETURN
CIDS 1(ACT.)
CIDS 1(ACT.)
LEG DATE UTC ATA
LEG
nn
DEUA 2nn R H 2n
n2 S E P 2 7 n6 2n 2 3 7 3 4 6
DATE UTC N CODE

OCT18 1 8n5 1 2 1nn
15
<RETURN
PRINT>
<RETURN
PRINT>
CIDS 1(ACT.)
LRU IDENTIFICATION
DIRECTOR
1 : Z n1n H nnn211n
2 : Z n1n H 0 0 0 2 1 1n
CAM
Z n5n H nnnn1 5 7
LAYOUT 1 IN USE
CAM LAYOUT MCOUNT 000
P&T PANEL
Z n2n H nnn1 1 1 2
<RETURN
PRINT>
GROUND FAULTS:
GND
LAST LEG FAULTS: 0 0

PREV. LEG FAULTS: 01
02
03
64
N_MM_237300_0_EWN0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-00-38800-B SHEET 1

System Report/Test - Leg Reports - LRU ident. - Trouble
Shooting Data - Example
23-73-00 PB001
Page 117
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
DSPL
ON
START HERE
CIDS
SYSTEM TEST
<SYSTEM STATUS
<DIR 1 (ACT) 4
RESET>
<SYSTEM TEST
<PROGRAMMING
<RET
<CIDS BUS
<PROG AND TEST PNL
<DEUA
<CAM
<DEUB
<FWD ATTND PNL
<RET
CONT>
<RET
<ADD ATTND PNLS
<SIGN LAMPS
<ATTND IND PNLS
<PAX CALL LAMPS
<LOUDSPEAKERS
<RET
CONT>
<AREA CALL PNLS

CONT>
<RET
CONT>
3
CONT>
<PES MUSIC
<EMER LIGHT BATTERY

<DRAINMASTS
<RET
<RET
CONT>
IN FLIGHT THE MESSAGE "ACCESSEABLE

ONLY ON GROUND" APPEARS
TEST OF THE PASSIVE DIRECTOR

ONLY VIA MCDU
INITIATES A CIDS POWER ON RESET
NOT APPLICABLE FOR LED NS/FSB SIGNS
SEE FIG SYSTEM TESTLOUDSPEAKER

ACPEXAMPLE
N_MM_237300_0_ECU0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-00-39400-G SHEET 1

System Test - Example
23-73-00 PB001
Page 118
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
START HERE
<ADD ATTND PNLS

<ATTND IND PNLS
<LOUDSPEAKERS
<RET
A I P TEST
WAIT FOR RESPONSE
<RET
A I P
ATA 237322
TEST OK
<RET
FLASHING
N_MM_237300_0_EDN0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-00-39500-B SHEET 1

System Test - AIP - Example
23-73-00 PB001
Page 119
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
START HERE
<ADD ATTND PNLS
<SIGN LAMPS
<ATTND IND PNLS
<PAX CALL LAMPS
<LOUDSPEAKERS
<AREA CALL PNLS
<RET
CONT>
<RET
CONT>
LOUDSPEAKER TEST
ACP TEST
LOUDSPEAKER ON
<ACP LIGHTS ON
LOUDSPEAKER OFF
<ACP LIGHTS OFF
<RET
<RET
RET STOPS AN ACTIVATED TEST
N_MM_237300_0_EXM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-00-39700-A SHEET 1

Operational Test - ACP/Loudspeaker - Example
23-73-00 PB001
Page 120
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
START HERE
<EMER LIGHT BATTERY
<DRAINMASTS
<RET
CONT>
1
RDG/WORK LIGHTS TEST
SWITCH ON POWER
(ATTN) + (READ)
<RET
POWER
ATTN
READ
RDG/WORK LIGHTS TEST
RDG/WORK LIGHTS
ATA 237364
WAIT FOR RESPONSE

<RET
TEST OK
<RET
IN CASE OF READING LIGHTS POWER OR

ATTND WORK LIGHTS POWER OFF
N_MM_237300_0_EEP0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-00-39900-C SHEET 1

System Test - Reading/Work Light Test - Example
23-73-00 PB001
Page 121
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
START HERE
SYS
<EMER LIGHT BATTERY
SYS
OK
LIGHT
<DRAINMASTS
EMER SYSTEM TEST
<RET
WAIT FOR END OF
BATTERY TEST
ENTER CODE
<RET
TIME 0:32
7
* * * *
2
<RET
EMER SYSTEM TEST
ENTER>
EMER BATTERY TEST
WAIT FOR RESPONSE
<RET
PUSH BAT KEY

1
<BAT TEST RESET

<RET
TIME 0:00
EMER SYSTEM
ATA 335138
BAT
BAT
OK
TEST OK
LIGHT
<RET
EMER BATTERY
ATA 335138
TEST OK
4
SYSTEM TEST
6
IF BAT. CAP. TEST IS IN PROGRESS
IF ON PTP NO OTHER TEST IS RUNNING

AND NO PROGRAMMING IS IN USE
<RET
BATTERY CAPACITY TEST

1
AFTER END OF BATTERY CAPACITY TEST. NO REACTION WHEN TEST IS IN PROGRESS
IF BAT. CAP. TEST IS IN PROGRESS
RESULT PAGE AND BAT OK LIGHT APPEARS AUTOMATICALLY
IF OTHER MODE/MENU WAS IN USE WHILE BAT. CAP. TEST:

RETURN TO THAT MODE/MENU
NO DISPLAY TIME OUT
N_MM_237300_0_EFN0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-00-40100-B SHEET 1

System TEST - Emergency Lighting - Example
23-73-00 PB001
Page 122
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
DSPL
ON
START HERE
PROGRAMMING
CIDS
<ZONING
<SYSTEM STATUS
<CABIN PROGRAMMING
<SYSTEM TEST
<RET
<PROGRAMMING
CABIN ZONES
END FWD
ZONING
07>
<CABIN ZONES
DIV>
<NS ZONES
<RET
**
<RET
<RET
NS END FWD
0>
NS END AFT
23>
**
PARAMETER SAVING
PARAMETER SAVED
MODIFICATION 018
<RET
ENTER NUMBER OF THE SEATROW TO THE

SCRATCHPAD FIELD
PUSH SCRATCHPAD TO DATA FIELD
SAVING OF NEW CONFIGURATION TO LAYOUT M
ENTER NS ZONE END TO SCRATCHPAD FIELD
FLASHING
N_MM_237300_0_EGS0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-00-40600-F SHEET 1

23-73-00 PB001
Page 123
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
DSPL
ON
START HERE
PROGRAMMING
CIDS
<ZONING
<SYSTEM STATUS
<CABIN PROGRAMMING
<SYSTEM TEST
<RET
<PROGRAMMING
CABIN ZONES
END FWD
ZONING
07>
<CABIN ZONES
<NS ZONES
<RET
**
<RET
NS END FWD
0>
NS END AFT
23>
<RET
**
PARAMETER SAVING
PARAMETER SAVED
MODIFICATION 018
<RET
NOTE:
1

SCRATCHPAD FIELD
PUSH SCRATCHPAD TO DATA FIELD
FLASHING
N_MM_237300_0_EGY0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-00-40600-L SHEET 1

23-73-00 PB001
Page 124
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
DSPL
ON
START HERE
CIDS
PROGRAMMING
<SYSTEM STATUS
<ZONING
<SYSTEM TEST
<CABIN PROGRAMMING
<PROGRAMMING
<RET
ENTER ACCESS CODE
***
<RET
<CAM LAYOUT SELECT
1
ENTER>
<RET
CAM LAYOUT SELECTION

LAYOUT 1 LOADED
<RET

<1
LAYOUT
LAYOUT
M>
<RET
AFTER INPUT OF RESPECTIVE DIGITS (EACH ENTERED DIGIT

IS MARKED BY A SIGN) THE AIRCRAFT IS DELIVERED WITH
ACCESS CODE 333
LAST SELECTED LAYOUT IS FLASHING
N_MM_237300_0_EHQ0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-00-40800-C SHEET 1

Programming - CAM Layout Selection - Example
23-73-00 PB001
Page 125
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
ENTER ACCESS CODE

<CAM LAYOUT SELECT
<PA LEVEL ADJ
*** ***
<RET
NOTE:
ENTER>
<RET
WHEN YOU ENTER THE RESPECTIVE

DIGITS OF THE ACCESS CODE,
ASTERISKS COME INTO VIEW.
PA LEVEL ADJ
<RES AUTO INCREASE
<+ (DB)
ENG = +6>
< (DB)
DEPRESS = +4>
<RET
<RES
<AUTO INCREASE
<CABIN IN DETAIL
<RET
CABIN SEG 1 = 2>
<RES
ATTND FWD = +2>
<+ (DB)
SEG 2 = 4>
<+ (DB)
MID = 0>
< (DB)
SEG 3 = 2>
< (DB)
EXIT = 2>
<RET
CONT>
<RET
AFT = +2>
N_MM_237300_0_EHA0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-00-40900-A SHEET 1

Programming - PA Level Adjustment - Example
23-73-00 PB001
Page 126
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
AES
FIGURE 23-73-00-41300-B SHEET 1

2
MAINTENANCE STATUS
AMBER CAUTION, LEVEL 2
ON LOWER ECAM: CIDS 1 OR CIDS 2

ACTIVATED IN CASE OF RESPECTIVE DIRECTOR DISCRETE
CIDS CAUTION IS SET.
ON UPPER ECAM: CIDS 1+2 FAULT,

ON LOWER ECAM: CIDS (INOP SYS)
SINGLE CHIME, ACTIVATED IN CASE OF BOTH DIRECTOR
DISCRETES CIDS OPERATION STATUS ARE SET.
TT 3: MANUALLY ACTIVATED TEST, VIA PTP, ALSO AVAILABLE VIA CFDS

EXCEPT FOR DRAINMASTS AND EPSUS.
ECAM
VIA SDAC DISCRETES
TT 2: CONTINUOUS TEST, IN BRACKETS, MAX TIME IN MINUTES

UNTIL FAILURE ANNUNCIATION
TEST TYPES: TT 1: POWER ON TEST
ON REQUEST
ON REQUEST
1CAB
CFDS
VIA ARINC 429
CLASS
MESSAGE ON PROG.
AND TEST PANEL
CIDS CAUTION LIGHT

ON FWD ATTND PANEL
RELATION OF FAILURE CLASSES TO ANNUNCIATIONS
(VIA DISCRETS TO SDAC) AND FAILURE ANNUNCIATIONS IN THE CABIN.
FAILURE TRANSMISSION TO CFDS (VIA ARINC 429) AND ECAM
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
N_MM_237300_0_EJN0_01_00
23-73-00 PB001
Page 127
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
AES
FIGURE 23-73-00-41400-C SHEET 1

CLASS
ON
ON
ON
ON
CIDS
CAUTION
LIGHT
LEVEL 2
LEVEL 2
LEVEL 2
LEVEL 2
ECAM
INDICATION
REQUIRES TO PUSH A PUSHBUTTON FOR INDICATION
TT:1,2(3),3
ALL DEUB WITH

CONNECTED HANDSET
TT:1,2(3),3
20% OF ADJACENT
DEUA ZONEWISE
TT:1,2(3),3
50% OF ALL DEUA
TT:1,2(0),3
BOTH DIRECTORS
(SWITCHOVER CAT.
FAULTS)
FAILURE
CHECK CIDS
FUNCTIONS
AT ATTND
STATIONS
CIDS FAIL
CHECK CIDS
FUNCTIONS
CIDS FAIL
CHECK CIDS
FUNCTIONS
CIDS FAIL
CHECK CIDS
FUNCTIONS
CIDS FAIL
CABIN CREW
VIA PTP
(SYSTEM STATUS)
CONSEQUENCES ON THE SYSTEM
ALL DEUB WI
HANDSET
ATA 237300
20% DEUA
IN 1 ZONE
ATA 237300
50% DEUA
ATA 237300
STRONGLY REDUCED SYSTEM

CAPABILITIES, TO BE REPAIRED
BEFORE NEXT TAKEOFF (NO
INTERPHONE, PA FROM CABIN...)

BEFORE NEXT TAKEOFF
(NO PA, SIGNS...)

BEFORE NEXT TAKEOFF
(NO PA, NS/FSB SIGNS...)
LOSS OF FUNCTION OF THE

COMPLETE SYSTEM, TO BE
DIRECTOR
REPAIRED BEFORE NEXT TAKEOFF
(VIA DIR 1+2) (NO PA, INTERPHONE, SIGNS...)
ATA 237334
MAINTENANCE
VIA
CFDS/PTP
MESSAGE FOR
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
N_MM_237300_0_EKP0_01_00
23-73-00 PB001
Page 128
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
AES
FIGURE 23-73-00-41500-D SHEET 1

WITH LOCATION
TT:2(3)
SLIDE BOTTLE PRESSURE

LOW
TT:2(3),3
UNIT OF DRAINMAST
SYSTEM
TT:2(3),3
HEATER OF DRAINMAST
SYSTEM
TT:2(0)
LAVATORY SMOKE
DETECTOR
DETECTED BY SDCU
TT:2(1)
NO DATA FROM:
SDCU CHANNEL 1+2
FAILURE
1CAB
1CAB
1CAB
1CAB
1CAB
CLASS
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
CIDS
CAUTION
LIGHT
WARNING
BY
SDCU
ECAM
INDICATION
ATA 256200
SLIDE BOTTLE
ATA 307134
DRAINMAST
UNIT
1
ATA 307134
DRAINMAST
UNIT
1
ATA 307151
DRAINMAST
HEATER
1
ATA 307151
DRAINMAST
HEATER
1
ATA 261715
SMOKE
DETECTOR 1
LAV
ATA 261734
NO SDCU 1,2
DATA
MAINTENANCE
VIA
CFDS/PTP
LOSS OF SMOKE WARNINGS

IN THE CABIN
CONSEQUENCES
ON THE SYSTEM
REQUIRES TO PUSH A PUSHBUTTON SWITCH FOR INDICATION
CHECK SLIDE
PRESS
SLIDE PRESS LOW
MAINTENANCE
CHECK AFT
CARGO DRAINAGE
CHECK WASTE
WATER OVERFLOW
DRAINMASTS FAIL
MAINTENANCE
CHECK AFT
CARGO DRAINAGE
2
CHECK WASTE
WATER OVERFLOW
DRAINMASTS FAIL
SMOKE DET FAIL

LAV
1
2
LAV SMOKE SYS

FAIL
NO DATA
AVAILABLE
LAV SMOKE SYS

FAIL
CABIN CREW
VIA PTP
(SYSTEM STATUS)
MESSAGE FOR
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
N_MM_237300_0_ELR0_01_00
23-73-00 PB001
Page 129
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
AES
TT:1,2(3),3
TT:1,2(3),3
FIGURE 23-73-00-41600-E SHEET 1

1
CHECK PROG &

TEST PANEL
CIDS
DEGRADATION
CHECK FWD
ATTND PANEL
CIDS
DEGRADATION
CHECK CIDS
FUNCTIONS
CIDS
DEGRADATION
CHECK CIDS
FUNCTIONS
CIDS
DEGRADATION
CHECK CIDS
FUNCTIONS
CIDS
DEGRADATION
CHECK CIDS
FUNCTIONS
CIDS
DEGRADATION
2
LOSS OF FUNCTION OF
CONNECTED SYSTEMS/DEVICES
LOSS OF FUNCTION OF
CONNECTED SYSTEMS/DEVICES
ATA 237318
P&T PNL
(ONLY CFDS)
ATA 237312
FWD ATTND PNL
ATA 237300
CIDS MID BUS
L,R
LOSS OF MONITORING/
PROGRAMMING CAPABILITIES
LOSS OF OPERATING
CAPABILITIES
LOSS OF FUNCTION OF
RESPECTIVE DEUB,INTERPHONE,
PA FROM CABIN (PARTLY)
ATA 237300
LOSS OF FUNCTION OF
CIDS TOP BUS
25% DEUA
n L,R (n=1,2)
ATA 237347
DEUB 300RHnn
(nn=1..6)
ATA 237346
DEUA 200RHnn
(nn=1..26)
MAINTENANCE
VIA
CFDS/PTP
MESSAGE FOR
CABIN CREW
VIA PTP
(SYSTEM STATUS)
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ECAM
INDICATION
CIDS
CAUTION
LIGHT
WITH LOCATION
1CAB
1CAB
1CAB
1CAB
1CAB
1CAB
CLASS
TT:2(2),3
PROG. AND TEST PANEL
TT:2(2),3
FWD ATTND PANEL
TT:1,2(1),3
CIDS MID BUS
TT:1,2(3),3
CIDS TOP BUS
DEUB
DEUA
FAILURE
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
N_MM_237300_0_EMR0_01_00
23-73-00 PB001
Page 130
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
AES
FIGURE 23-73-00-41700-C SHEET 1

TT:3
23-73-00 PB001
STATUS
DEPENDS ON THE FAP FAILURE

NO ADDITIONAL INDICATION, BUT TEST RESULTS
NO DATA FROM OTHER DIR

VIA CROSSLINK
TT:1,2(0),3
TT:1,2(0),3
ONE DIRECTOR
1CAB
EPSU
(SYSTEM/BATTERY
CAPACITY)
ATA 237334
NO DIR X DATA
(X=1 0R 2)
ATA 237334
DIRECTOR
ATA 335138
EPSU
28VDC
115VAC
INT LOADS
EXT LOADS
BATTERY
UNIT
BAT CAP 3
COMM
ATA 237318
NO P&TP DATA
(ONLY CFDS)
ATA 237312
NO FAP DATA
ATA 237319
NO CAM DATA
SWITCHOVER TO 2. DIRECTOR
LOSS OF MONITORING/
PROGRAMMING POSSIBILITIES
LOSS OF OPERATING
POSSIBILITIES
LOSS OF PROGRAMMING
CAPABILITIES
LOSS OF PROGRAMMING
CAPABILITIES
WITH LOCATION
CHECK PROG &

TEST PANEL
4
CIDS
DEGRADATION
ON
CIDS
DEGRADATION
1CAB
DONT USE
PROGRAMMING
MODE
CIDS
DEGRADATION
DONT USE
PROGRAMMING
MODE
ATA 237319
CAM
CIDS
DEGRADATION
NO DATA FROM:
PROGRAMMING AND TEST
PENEL
TT:2(2),3
(ON)
ECAM
MAINTENANCE
VIA
CFDS/PTP
MESSAGE FOR
CABIN CREW
VIA PTP
(SYSTEM STATUS)
CHECK FWD
ATTND PANEL
1CAB
NO DATA FROM:
FWD ATTND PNL
ON
ON
CIDS
CAUTION
LIGHT
INDICATION
TT:2(2),3
1CAB
1CAB
CLASS
NO DATA FROM:
CABIN ASSIGNMENT
MODULE
TT:2(2),3
TT:2(2),3
CABIN ASSIGNMENT
MODULE
FAILURE
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
N_MM_237300_0_ENP0_01_00
Page 131
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
AES
FIGURE 23-73-00-41800-E SHEET 1

TT:2(1)
TT:2(1)
TT:2(1)
PES CAN BE SWITCHED OFF ON FAP
NO DATA FROM:
CFDIU
NO DATA FROM:
SDCU CHANNEL 2
NO DATA FROM:
SDCU CHANNEL 1
ATA 315534
NO SDAC 1
DATA
NO DATA FROM:
SDAC1
TT:2(1)
ATA 233234
NO PRAM
DATA
ATA 313234
NO CFDIU
DATA
ATA 261734
NO SDCU 2
DATA
ATA 261734
NO SDCU 1
DATA
REF AMM
233300
P BLOCK 01
ATA 233334
NO PES MUX
DATA
MAINTENANCE
VIA
CFDS/PTP
NO DATA FROM:
ANNOUNCEMENT
REPRODUCER
TT:2(1)
CABIN CREW
VIA PTP
(SYSTEM STATUS)
ECAM
MESSAGE FOR
DETAILED BITE DATA

FROM PES MUX
TT:2(1),3
CIDS
CAUTION
LIGHT
INDICATION
CLASS
NO DATA FROM:
1
PES MUX OF PES
MUSIC
TT:2(1),3
FAILURE
NO INFORMATION FROM CFDIU

(FLIGHT PHASES, ETC.), NO
NORMAL AND MENU MODE
CAPABILITY
NONE
NONE
NO INFORMATION FROM SDAC,

NO BOARDING FUNCTION
NO BITE RESULT FROM

ANNOUNCEMENT REPRODUCER.
LOSS OF FUNCTION OF
AND BOARDING MUSIC
NO BITE RESULT FROM

PES MUX
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
N_MM_237300_0_EPQ0_01_00
23-73-00 PB001
Page 132
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
AES
FIGURE 23-73-00-41800-G SHEET 1

ATA 261734
NO SDCU 2
DATA
TT:2(1)
TT:2(1)
PES CAN BE SWITCHED OFF ON FAP
NO DATA FROM:
CFDIU
NO DATA FROM:
SDCU CHANNEL 2
TT:2(1)
ATA 261734
NO SDCU 1
DATA
NO DATA FROM:
SDCU CHANNEL 1
NO DATA FROM:
SDAC1
TT:2(1)
ATA 315534
NO SDAC 1
DATA
ATA 313234
NO CFDIU
DATA
REF AMM
233600
P BLOCK 01
REF AMM
233300
P BLOCK 01
ATA 233334
NO PES MUX
DATA
MAINTENANCE
VIA
CFDS/PTP
DETAILED BITE DATA

FROM VIDEO
TT:2(1)
CABIN CREW
VIA PTP
(SYSTEM STATUS)
ECAM
MESSAGE FOR
DETAILED BITE DATA

FROM PES MUX
TT:2(1),3
CIDS
CAUTION
LIGHT
INDICATION
CLASS
NO DATA FROM:
1
PES MUX OF PES
MUSIC
TT:2(1),3
FAILURE
NO INFORMATION FROM CFDIU

(FLIGHT PHASES, ETC.), NO
NORMAL AND MENU MODE
CAPABILITY
NONE
NONE
NO INFORMATION FROM SDAC,

NO BOARDING FUNCTION
NO BITE RESULT FROM

PES MUX
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
N_MM_237300_0_EPT0_01_00
23-73-00 PB001
Page 133
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
AES
FIGURE 23-73-00-41900-B SHEET 1

TT:1,3
TT:1,3
TT:1,3
23-73-00 PB001
3
NOT APPLICABLE FOR LED NS/FSB SIGNS
WITH LAVATORY LOCATION
ECAM
INDICATION
CIDS
CAUTION
LIGHT
LOCATION OF ATTENDANT STATION
TT:1,3
TT:1,3
CLASS
PAX CALL LAMP

(MAX 25)
NS AREA SIGN LAMP

(MAX 10)
RTS SIGN LAMP

(MAX 5)
FSB SIGN LAMP

(MAX 10)
NS SIGN LAMP
(MAX 10)
FAILURE
ATA 237314
PAX CALL LAMP
nn L R
2
LAV
(nn=SEAT ROW)
ATA 237365
NS AREA
LAMP nn L R
(nn=SEAT ROW)
ATA 237362
RTS LAMP
LAV
2
ATA 237363
FSB LAMP
1
nn L R
FWD,AFT 1,2
(nn=SEAT ROW)
ATA 237363
NS LAMP
1
nn L R
FWD,AFT 1,2
(nn=SEAT ROW)
MAINTENANCE
VIA
CFDS/PTP
MESSAGE FOR
CABIN CREW
VIA PTP
(SYSTEM STATUS)
REDUCED VISUAL INFORMATION
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
N_MM_237300_0_EQN0_01_00
Page 134
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
AES
FIGURE 23-73-00-42000-B SHEET 1

WITH LOCATION
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD

OF READING LIGHTS
POWER FAIL
(MAX 10)
TT:3
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD

OF READING LIGHTS
(MAX 10)
TT:3
TT:3
TT:1
READING LIGHT
(MAX 10)
ANNOUCEMENT
REPRODUCER
ADDITIONAL ATTND
PANEL
(MAX 5)
TT:1,3
CLASS
ATTND INDICATION
PANEL
(MAX 5)
TT:1,3
FAILURE
ECAM
INDICATION
CIDS
CAUTION
LIGHT
ATA 237338
POWER PCB nn
L,R
(nn=SEAT ROW)
ATA 237338
RDG LIGHT PCB
nn L,R
(nn=SEAT ROW)
ATA 237364
RDG LIGHT
nn L,R
(nn=SEAT ROW)
ATA 233234
PRAM
ATA 237313
ATTND PNL
ATA 237322
ATTND IND
PNL
1
MAINTENANCE
VIA
CFDS/PTP
MESSAGE FOR
CABIN CREW
VIA PTP
(SYSTEM STATUS)
REDUCED COMFORT FOR SOME

PASSENGERS
REDUCED COMFORT FOR SOME

PASSENGERS
REDUCED COMFORT FOR ONE

PASSENGER
LOSS OF FUNCTION OF
AND BOARDING MUSIC
LOSS OF OPERATING
POSSIBILITIES

FOR ATTENDANTS
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
N_MM_237300_0_ERN0_01_00
23-73-00 PB001
Page 135
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
AES
FIGURE 23-73-00-42100-B SHEET 1

ATA 332738
POWER PCB
1
PRINTING CIRCUIT
BOARD OF WORK
LIGHTS POWER FAIL
(MAX 5)
TT:3
WITH LOCATION
ATA 332738
WORK LIGHT
PCB
1
PRINTING CIRCUIT
BOARD OF WORK
LIGHTS
(MAX 5)
TT:3
ATA 332712
WORK LIGHT
1
MESSAGE FOR
CABIN CREW
MAINTENANCE
VIA PTP
VIA
(SYSTEM STATUS) CFDS/PTP
ECAM
ATTND WORK
LIGHT
(MAX 5)
INDICATION
CIDS
CAUTION
LIGHT
CLASS
FAILURE
TT:3
N M 6 23 73 00 0 EYM0 00
REDUCED COMFORT FOR

ATTENDANT
REDUCED COMFORT FOR

ATTENDANT
REDUCED COMFORT FOR

ATTENDANT
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
N_MM_237300_0_EYM0_01_00
23-73-00 PB001
Page 136
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
CABIN INTERCOMMUNICATION DATA SYSTEM (CIDS) MAINTENANCE PRACTICES

** On A/C ALL
Task 23-73-00-861-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

To prevent failure messages, it is necessary to energize CIDS in the correct sequence.
2.

A.
REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-00-861-063-A
A.

(1)
4.

24-41-00-861-002-A-02).
Procedure
Subtask 23-73-00-860-101-A
A.
Energize CIDS
(1)
Close the circuit breakers in the correct sequence.

NOTE :
If you close all circuit breakers in the correct sequence, CIDS does a power-up test.
Subtask 23-73-00-865-228-A
B.
Subtask 23-73-00-865-104-A
C.
PANEL
121VU
DESIGNATION
168RH
M13
121VU
167RH
M12
121VU
166RH
M11
121VU
165RH
M10
121VU
164RH
M09
121VU
163RH
M08
121VU
162RH
M07
AES
FIN
LOCATION
23-73-00 PB201
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
PANEL
121VU
DESIGNATION
161RH
FIN
M06
LOCATION
170RH
M14
170RH
Q14
** On A/C 003-004
121VU
** On A/C 005-099
121VU
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-73-00-865-105-A
D.
49VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
155RH
FIN
G05
LOCATION
49VU
154RH
G04
49VU
COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS
153RH
G03
Subtask 23-73-00-865-177-A
E.
Subtask 23-73-00-865-178-A
F.
Subtask 23-73-00-865-106-A
G.
PANEL
121VU
DESIGNATION
FIN
151RH
LOCATION
M05
Subtask 23-73-00-865-107-A
H.
PANEL
49VU
DESIGNATION
FIN
150RH
LOCATION
G02
Subtask 23-73-00-865-108-A
J.
5.
Close-up
Subtask 23-73-00-861-064-A
A.
AES
Not Applicable
23-73-00 PB201
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-73-00-862-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

To prevent failure messages, it is necessary to de-energize CIDS in the correct sequence.
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
REFERENCE
24-41-00-862-002-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-862-002-A-01
24-41-00-862-002-A-02
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-00-860-102-A
A.
De-energize CIDS
(1)
4.
Open the circuit breakers in the correct sequence.
Procedure
Subtask 23-73-00-865-109-A
A.
Subtask 23-73-00-865-110-A
B.

PANEL
49VU
DESIGNATION
FIN
150RH
LOCATION
G02
Subtask 23-73-00-865-111-A
C.

PANEL
121VU
DESIGNATION
FIN
151RH
LOCATION
M05
Subtask 23-73-00-865-179-A
D.
Subtask 23-73-00-865-180-A
E.
AES
23-73-00 PB201
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 23-73-00-865-112-A
F.

PANEL
49VU
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
155RH
G05
49VU
154RH
G04
49VU
COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS
153RH
G03
Subtask 23-73-00-865-113-A
G.

PANEL
121VU
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
168RH
M13
121VU
167RH
M12
121VU
166RH
M11
121VU
165RH
M10
121VU
164RH
M09
121VU
163RH
M08
121VU
162RH
M07
121VU
161RH
M06
170RH
M14
170RH
Q14
** On A/C 003-004
121VU
** On A/C 005-099
121VU
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-73-00-865-229-A
H.
Subtask 23-73-00-862-061-A
J.
AES

23-73-00 PB201
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-73-00-860-002-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-00-991-00100-A - Cabin Layout Selection - Example)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-00-860-135-A
A.

(1)

24-41-00-861-002-A-02).
Subtask 23-73-00-865-147-A
B.

PANEL
49VU
DESIGNATION
2KS2
A05
49VU
2KS1
A04
49VU
L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM
1GA
C09
49VU
AIR COND/CAB/PRESS/CTL1
1HL
D09
49VU
155RH
G05
49VU
154RH
G04
49VU
COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS
153RH
G03
49VU
150RH
G02
121VU
168RH
M13
121VU
167RH
M12
121VU
166RH
M11
121VU
165RH
M10
121VU
164RH
M09
121VU
163RH
M08
121VU
162RH
M07
121VU
161RH
M06
121VU
151RH
M05
121VU
ENGINE/ENG2/FADEC B
4KS2
Q40
AES
FIN
LOCATION
23-73-00 PB201
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
121VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
2GA
FIN
Q35
LOCATION
121VU
4KS1
R41
170RH
M14
170RH
Q14
AIR COND/CAB PRESS/CTL/2
2HL
Y22
** On A/C 003-004
121VU
** On A/C 005-099
121VU
** On A/C ALL
122VU
Subtask 23-73-00-865-230-A
C.
4.
Procedure
Subtask 23-73-00-869-063-A
A.
Selection of the cabin layout

(Ref. Fig. 23-73-00-991-00100-A - Cabin Layout Selection - Example)
(1)
On the Programming and Test Panel (PTP) 110RH, push the DSPL ON pushbutton.
. the CIDS menu page shows.
(2)
Push the <PROGRAMMING related membrane switch.

. the PROGRAMMING menu page shows.
(3)
Push the <CABIN PROGRAMMING related membrane switch.

. the ENTER ACCESS CODE page shows.
(4)
Enter the access code 333 to the scratchpad field and push the <ENTER related membrane switch.
. the CAM LAYOUT SELECT page shows.
(5)
Push the <CAM LAYOUT SELECT membrane switch.

. the CAM LAYOUT SELECTION menu page shows.
(6)
Push the related LAYOUT membrane switch.

. the message LAYOUT X LOADED shows.
NOTE :
(7)
5.
The last selected layout is marked with a flashing < or >.
Push the <RET related membrane switch.
Close-up
Subtask 23-73-00-869-064-A
A.
AES
Push the DSPL ON pushbutton.
23-73-00 PB201
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
DSPL
ON
START HERE
CIDS
PROGRAMMING
<SYSTEM STATUS
<ZONING
<SYSTEM TEST
<CABIN PROGRAMMING
<PROGRAMMING
<RET
ENTER ACCESS CODE
***
<RET
<CAM LAYOUT SELECT
1
ENTER>
<RET

LAYOUT 1 LOADED
<RET

<1
LAYOUT
2>
<3
LAYOUT
M>
<RET
AFTER INPUT OF RESPECTIVE DIGITS (EACH ENTERED DIGIT

IS MARKED BY A SIGN) THE AIRCRAFT IS DELIVERED WITH
ACCESS CODE 333
LAST SELECTED LAYOUT IS FLASHING
N_MM_237300_2_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-00-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Cabin Layout Selection - Example
23-73-00 PB201
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-73-00-860-003-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-00-991-00200-A - Cabin Zones Programming Example)

(Ref. Fig. 23-73-00-991-00300-A - No Smoking Zones Programming Example)
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-00-991-00400-A - Class Divider Activation - Deactivation Example)
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-00-860-136-A
A.

(1)

24-41-00-861-002-A-02)
Subtask 23-73-00-865-149-A
B.

PANEL
49VU
DESIGNATION
2KS2
A05
49VU
2KS1
A04
49VU
L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM
1GA
C09
49VU
1HL
D09
49VU
155RH
G05
49VU
154RH
G04
49VU
COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS
153RH
G03
49VU
150RH
G02
121VU
168RH
M13
121VU
167RH
M12
121VU
166RH
M11
121VU
165RH
M10
121VU
164RH
M09
121VU
163RH
M08
121VU
162RH
M07
121VU
161RH
M06
AES
FIN
LOCATION
23-73-00 PB201
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
121VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
151RH
FIN
M05
LOCATION
121VU
ENGINE/ENG2/FADEC B
4KS2
Q40
121VU
2GA
Q35
121VU
4KS1
R41
170RH
M14
170RH
Q14
2HL
Y22
** On A/C 003-004
121VU
** On A/C 005-099
121VU
** On A/C ALL
122VU
Subtask 23-73-00-865-150-A
C.
4.
Procedure
Subtask 23-73-00-869-065-A
A.
Programming of cabin zones

(Ref. Fig. 23-73-00-991-00200-A - Cabin Zones Programming Example)
(1)
On the PTP 110RH push the DSPL ON membrane switch.

. the CIDS menu page comes on.
(2)

. the PROGRAMMING menu page comes on.
(3)
Push the <ZONING related membrane switch.

. the ZONING menu page comes on.
(4)
Push the <CABIN ZONES related membrane switch.

. the CABIN ZONES menu page comes on.
(5)
Enter the number of the seatrow number to the scratchpad field.
(6)
Push the related membrane switch to push the scratchpad field to the selected data field.
(7)
Push the <RET related membrane switch to save the new config to layout M.
(8)
The message PARAMETER SAVING flashes a few seconds and the menu PARAMETER SAVED with
the modification number comes on.
(9)
Subtask 23-73-00-869-066-A
B.
AES
Programming of No Smoking Zones

(Ref. Fig. 23-73-00-991-00300-A - No Smoking Zones Programming Example)
(1)

(2)

(3)

23-73-00 PB201
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(4)
Push the <NS ZONES related membrane switch.

. the NS END ZONES menu page comes on.
NOTE :
If a NON SMOKER A/C is programmed, the NS SIGNS / NON SMOKER A/C SELECTED
page comes on. To program a smoker area push the NORMAL> related membrane switch.
(5)
Enter the number of the seatrow number to the scratchpad field.
(6)
Push the related membrane switch to push the scratchpad field to the selected data field.
(7)
Push the <RET related membrane switch to save the new config to layout M.
(8)
(9)
** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 23-73-00-869-067-A
C.
Activation - Deactivation of the Active Class Divider

(Ref. Fig. 23-73-00-991-00400-A - Class Divider Activation - Deactivation Example)
(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)
Push the DIV> related membrane switch.

. the CLASS DIVIDER menu page comes on.
(5)
Push for change the related membrane switch.
NOTE :
5.
Pushing the membrane switch changes the active class divider to passive and the passive to the
active condition.
(6)
(7)
(8)
Close-up
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-73-00-869-068-A
A.
AES
Push the DSPL On pushbutton switch.
23-73-00 PB201
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
DSPL
ON
START HERE
PROGRAMMING
CIDS
<ZONING
<SYSTEM STATUS
<CABIN PROGRAMMING
<SYSTEM TEST
<RET
<PROGRAMMING
CABIN ZONES
<RET
ZONING
END FWD
07>
END MID
18>
**
<CABIN ZONES
DIV>
<NS ZONES
<RET
PARAMETER SAVING
PARAMETER SAVED
MODIFICATION 012
<RET

SCRATCHPAD FIELD
PUSH SCRATCHPAD TO DATA FIELD (EXAMPLE)
FLASHING
N_MM_237300_2_ABM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-00-991-00200-A SHEET 1

Cabin Zones Programming Example
23-73-00 PB201
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
DSPL
ON
START HERE
PROGRAMMING
CIDS
<ZONING
<SYSTEM STATUS
<CABIN PROGRAMMING
<SYSTEM TEST
<RET
<PROGRAMMING
<RET
NS END FWD
02>
NS END MID
12>
NS END AFT
25>
**
ZONING
1
<CABIN ZONES
DIV>
<NS ZONES
<RET
PARAMETER SAVING
PARAMETER SAVED
MODIFICATION 012
<RET
PUSH SCRATCHPAD TO DATA FIELD (EXAMPLE)

(EXAMPLE)
FLASHING
N_MM_237300_2_ACM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-00-991-00300-A SHEET 1

No Smoking Zones Programming Example
23-73-00 PB201
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
DSPL
ON
START HERE
PROGRAMMING
CIDS
<ZONING
<SYSTEM STATUS
<CABIN PROGRAMMING
<SYSTEM TEST
<RET
<PROGRAMMING
ZONING
PARAMETER SAVING
<CABIN ZONES
DIV>
<NS ZONES
<RET
CLASS DIVIDER
PUSH FOR CHANGE
PARAMETER SAVED
MODIFICATION 012
<RET
FLASHING
FWD PASSIVE >

1
<RET
MID ACTIVE
>
N_MM_237300_2_ADM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-00-991-00400-A SHEET 1

Class Divider Activation - Deactivation Example
23-73-00 PB201
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-73-00-860-006-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-00-991-00900-A - Programming of a NON SMOKER A/C)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-00-860-144-A
A.

(1)
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).
Subtask 23-73-00-865-164-A
B.

PANEL
49VU
DESIGNATION
2KS2
A05
49VU
2KS1
A04
49VU
L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM
1GA
C09
49VU
1HL
D09
49VU
155RH
G05
49VU
154RH
G04
49VU
COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS
153RH
G03
49VU
150RH
G02
121VU
168RH
M13
121VU
167RH
M12
121VU
166RH
M11
121VU
165RH
M10
121VU
164RH
M09
121VU
163RH
M08
121VU
162RH
M07
121VU
161RH
M06
121VU
151RH
M05
121VU
ENGINE/ENG2/FADEC B
4KS2
Q40
AES
FIN
LOCATION
23-73-00 PB201
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
121VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
2GA
FIN
Q35
LOCATION
121VU
4KS1
R41
170RH
M14
170RH
Q14
2HL
Y22
** On A/C 003-004
121VU
** On A/C 005-099
121VU
** On A/C ALL
122VU
Subtask 23-73-00-865-165-A
C.
4.
Procedure
Subtask 23-73-00-869-073-A
A.

(Ref. Fig. 23-73-00-991-00900-A - Programming of a NON SMOKER A/C)
(1)
On the Programming and Test Panel (PTP) 110RH, push the DSPL ON membrane switch.
(2)

. the PROGRAMMING menu page shows.
(3)

. the ZONING menu page shows.
(4)
Push the NS SIGNS> related membrane switch.

. the NS SIGNS / NORMAL SIGNS MODE menu page shows.
NOTE :
5.
If the NS SIGNS / NON SMOKER A/C SELECTED page shows, a NON SMOKER A/C is
already programmed.
(5)
Push the NON SMKR A/C> related membrane switch.

. the NS SIGNS / NON SMOKER A/C SELECTED status shows.
. in the cabin, all NS SIGNS come on.
. in the cabin, you hear a single LO chime.
(6)
Push the <RET related membrane switch to save the new configuration to layout M.
. the message PARAMETER SAVING flashes a few seconds and the menu PARAMETER SAVED
with the modification number shows.
(7)
Close-up
Subtask 23-73-00-869-075-A
A.
AES
Push the DSPL ON membrane switch.
23-73-00 PB201
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
DSPL
ON
START HERE
CIDS
PROGRAMMING
<SYSTEM STATUS
<ZONING
<SYSTEM TEST
<CABIN PROGRAMMING
<PROGRAMMING
<RET
ZONING
NS SIGNS
<CABIN ZONES
<NS ZONES
DIV>
NORMAL SIGNS MODE
NS SIGNS>
SELECTED
<RET
<RET
NON SMKR A/C>
NS SIGNS
PARAMETER SAVING
NON SMOKER A/C

1
SELECTED
<RET
NORMAL>
PARAMETER SAVED
MODIFICATION 010
<RET
NOTE:
1
FLASHING
COMES ON IF AN NON SMOKER A/C

IS ALREADY PROGRAMMED
N_MM_237300_2_AGM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-00-991-00900-A SHEET 1

23-73-00 PB201
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-73-00-860-004-A
NOTE :
1.
This task is only valid if the DIRECTOR OBRM minimum standard 117 is installed.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
23-73-00-860-005-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-861-002-A
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-00-991-00600-A - PA Level Adjustment Example)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-00-860-140-A
A.

(1)

24-41-00-861-002-A-02)
Subtask 23-73-00-865-157-A
B.

PANEL
49VU
DESIGNATION
2KS2
A05
49VU
2KS1
A04
49VU
L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM
1GA
C09
49VU
1HL
D09
49VU
155RH
G05
49VU
154RH
G04
49VU
COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS
153RH
G03
49VU
150RH
G02
121VU
168RH
M13
121VU
167RH
M12
121VU
166RH
M11
121VU
165RH
M10
121VU
164RH
M09
121VU
163RH
M08
121VU
162RH
M07
AES
FIN
LOCATION
23-73-00 PB201
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
121VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
161RH
FIN
M06
LOCATION
121VU
151RH
M05
121VU
ENGINE/ENG2/FADEC B
4KS2
Q40
121VU
2GA
Q35
121VU
4KS1
R41
170RH
M14
170RH
Q14
2HL
Y22
** On A/C 003-004
121VU
** On A/C 005-099
121VU
** On A/C ALL
122VU
Subtask 23-73-00-865-243-A
C.
4.
Procedure
Subtask 23-73-00-869-069-A
A.
PA level adjustment
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-00-991-00600-A - PA Level Adjustment Example)
(1)
On the PTP 110RH push the DSPL ON pushbutton switch.

(2)

(3)
Push the <CABIN PROGRAMMING related membrane switch.

. the ENTER ACCESS CODE page comes on.
(4)
Enter the access code 333 123 to the scratchpad field and push the <ENTER related membrane switch.
. the next page with the <PA LEVEL ADJ message comes on.
(5)
Push the <PA LEVEL ADJ related membrane switch.

. the PA LEVEL ADJ page comes on.
(6)
push the <CABIN IN DETAIL related membrane switch.

. the CABIN SEG page comes on.
NOTE :
(7)
Push the related SEG membrane switch to select the cabin segment.
. the respective segment value flashes.
. the <+ (DB) and <- (DB) prompts appear.
(8)
Push the + or - related membrane switches to change the PA level value.

NOTE :
(9)
AES
The cabin segments are not equivalent to the cabin zones. The locations of the cabin segments
are shown in the CFDS PA LEVEL REPORT (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-860-005-A).
The values are adjustable in 2 dB steps. The respective PA level in the cabin is updated
immediately.
Select the next cabin segment for updating or push the CONT> related membrane switch to get access
to the ATTND page.
23-73-00 PB201
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(10) After the update of all PA levels push the <RET related membrane switch to save the new PA levels.
NOTE :
If a reset to the default PA level is necessary, select the related cabin segment or attendant
station and push the <RES related membrane switch. Pushing the <RES related membrane
switch, without selection of a cabin segment or an attendant station, resets all to the default
values.
(11) For an update of the auto increase of the PA level select the <AUTO INCREASE membrane switch on
the PA LEVEL ADJ page. The procedure is the same as for the cabin segment and attendant station
PA level adjustment.
5.
Close-up
Subtask 23-73-00-869-070-A
A.
AES
Push the DSPL On pushbutton switch.
23-73-00 PB201
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
ENTER ACCESS CODE

<CAM LAYOUT SELECT
<PA LEVEL ADJ
*** ***
<RET
NOTE:
ENTER>
<RET
WHEN YOU ENTER THE RESPECTIVE

DIGITS OF THE ACCESS CODE,
ASTERISKS COME INTO VIEW.
PA LEVEL ADJ
<RES
<+ (DB)
AUTO INCREASE
1
< (DB)
ENG = +6>
<AUTO INCREASE
DEPRESS = +4>
<CABIN IN DETAIL
<RET
<RES
<RET
CABIN
<+ (DB)
SEG 1 = 2>
<RES
SEG 2 = 4>
<+ (DB)
SEG 3 = 2>
< (DB)
1
< (DB)
<RET
ATTND
FWD = +2>
CONT>
<RET
NOTE:
AFT = +2>
EXAMPLE
N_MM_237300_2_AFM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-00-991-00600-A SHEET 1

PA Level Adjustment Example
23-73-00 PB201
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-73-00-860-005-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
31-32-00-860-003-A
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-00-991-00700-A - PA Level Interrogation Example)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-00-860-141-A
A.

(1)

24-41-00-861-002-A-02)
(2)
Energize the Centralized Fault Display System (CFDS).

(Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-003-A)
Subtask 23-73-00-865-159-A
B.
49VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
2KS2
A05
49VU
2KS1
A04
49VU
L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM
1GA
C09
49VU
1HL
D09
49VU
155RH
G05
49VU
154RH
G04
49VU
COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS
153RH
G03
49VU
150RH
G02
121VU
168RH
M13
121VU
167RH
M12
121VU
166RH
M11
121VU
165RH
M10
121VU
164RH
M09
121VU
163RH
M08
121VU
162RH
M07
AES
FIN
LOCATION
23-73-00 PB201
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
121VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
161RH
FIN
M06
LOCATION
121VU
151RH
M05
121VU
ENGINE/ENG2/FADEC B
4KS2
Q40
121VU
2GA
Q35
121VU
4KS1
R41
170RH
M14
170RH
Q14
2HL
Y22
** On A/C 003-004
121VU
** On A/C 005-099
121VU
** On A/C ALL
122VU
Subtask 23-73-00-865-238-A
C.
4.
Procedure
Subtask 23-73-00-869-071-A
A.
PA level interrogation
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-00-991-00700-A - PA Level Interrogation Example)
(1)
On the CFDS MCDU, push the MCDU MENU pushbutton.

. the MCDU MENU page shows.
(2)
Push the <CFDS related line select key.

. the CFDS page shows.
(3)
Push the <SYSTEM REPORT/TEST related line select key.

. the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST page shows.
(4)
Push the <COM related line select key.

. the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST COM page shows.
(5)
Push the <CIDS1 related line select key.

. the CIDS1 (ACT.) page shows.
(6)
Push the PA LEVEL REPORT> related line select key.

. the CIDS1 (ACT.) PA LEVEL REPORT shows.
NOTE :
5.
The indicated cabin segments are not equivalent to the cabin zones.
Close-up
Subtask 23-73-00-869-072-A
A.
AES
On the CFDS MCDU, push the MCDU MENU pushbutton.
23-73-00 PB201
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
MCDU MENU
SYSTEM REPORT/TEST
COM
<AMU
CIDS2 >
MCDU MENU
<FMS
<CFDS
<RMP1
HF1 >
<RMP2
HF2 >
<RMP3
VHF1 >
<CIDS1
VHF2 >
<RETURN
VHF3 >
SELECT DESIRED SYSTEM
CIDS1 (ACT.)
CFDS
<LAST LEG REPORT
> LAST LEG REPORT
<LAST LEG ECAM REPORT
> PREVIOUS LEGS REPORT
> LRU IDENTIFICATION
<A/C CURRENT STATUS
> TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA
<SYSTEM REPORT/TEST
> CLASS 3
POST FLIGHT REPRINT
<RETURN
>
SYSTEM REPORT/TEST
F/CTL>
FUEL >
<COM
ICE & RAIN >
<ELEC
GND SCAN >

PA LEVEL
REPORT >
CIDS1 ( A C T . )
NOV
PA LEVEL REPORT
LOG
SR
DEUAD
SEG1 01L08L,010A
SEG2 09L15R,0B12
1
SEG3 16L26R,1720
ATTND FWD
<AIRCOND
<AFS
TEST >
26
DB
0
0
0
0
INST>
<FIRE PROT
L/G>
<RETURN
NAV >
ATTND AFT
INCR AT ENG RUN
INCR AT CAB DECOMPR.
<RETURN
NOTE:
0
+6
+4
PRINT>
EXAMPLE
N_MM_237300_2_AEM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-00-991-00700-A SHEET 1

PA Level Interrogation Example
23-73-00 PB201
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
CABIN INTERCOMMUNICATION DATA SYSTEM (CIDS) SERVICING

** On A/C ALL
Task 23-73-00-600-001-A
Cleaning of the Flight Attendant Panel (FAP)
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
AIR SOURCE 2 BAR (30 PSI) - REGULATED, FILTERED, DRY
No specific
B.
REFERENCE
Material No: 11-020
Material No: 19-003
C.
BRUSH - BRISTLED, SOFT
DESIGNATION
CLEANING AGENTS
VISUAL DISPLAY UNIT ANTI-STATIC CLEANER
REFERENCE
24-42-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-862-001-A
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-00-861-070-A
A.
4.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Procedure
Subtask 23-73-00-160-050-A
A.
Cleaning of the Forward Attendant Panel

CAUTION :
(1)
USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS AND OBEY THE INSTRUCTIONS FROM THE
MANUFACTURERS. OTHER MATERIALS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE
PROTECTION OF THE COMPONENTS AND THE RELATED AREA.
Remove the loose dirt from the surface with a BRUSH - BRISTLED, SOFT.
AES
23-73-00 PB301
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
DO NOT SMOKE.
(2)
Carefully clean the display unit and the hard-key panel with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No: 11-020)
and a LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Material No: 19-003) .
WARNING : COMPRESSED AIR USED FOR CLEANING OR DRYING MUST NOT EXCEED 30 PSIG (206.8
KPA). IF YOU EXCEED THIS PRESSURE, INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE TO
EQUIPMENT CAN OCCUR.
WARNING : USE A PROTECTIVE EYE SHIELD/GOGGLES WHEN YOU USE COMPRESSED AIR. DEBRIS
AND/OR HIGH PRESSURE AIR CAN DAMAGE YOUR EYES.
(3)
5.
Carefully dry the display unit and the hard-key panel with an AIR SOURCE 2 BAR (30 PSI) REGULATED, FILTERED, DRY.
Close-up
Subtask 23-73-00-862-064-A
A.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A).
23-73-00 PB301
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
CABIN INTERCOMMUNICATION DATA SYSTEM (CIDS) DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 23-73-00-040-001-A
Deactivation of the CIDS Director
FIN 101RH, 102RH
1.
Reason for the Job

The purpose of this AMM task is to deactivate the CIDS director to recover the normal operation of the CIDS
function. For further information, refer to MMEL 23-73-01-01A.
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
REFERENCE
23-73-34-000-001-A
24-41-00-861-002-A

24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
3.
DESIGNATION
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-00-860-146-A
A.
4.

(1)

24-41-00-861-002-A-02)
(2)
Get access to the Avionics Compartment
Procedure
Subtask 23-73-00-865-222-A
A.
PANEL
DESIGNATION
FOR FIN 102RH101RH
49VU
121VU
AES
FIN
LOCATION
150RH
G02
151RH
M05
23-73-00 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 23-73-00-865-223-A
B.
PANEL
FOR FIN 101RH
49VU
DESIGNATION
121VU
FIN
LOCATION
150RH
G02
151RH
M05
Subtask 23-73-00-040-050-A
C.
AES
Procedure
(1)
Remove the related CIDS director 1 (2).

(Ref. TASK 23-73-34-000-001-A)
(2)
Close these circuit breakers: 151RH, 150RH.
(3)

. Make sure that the SYS STATUS page shows the message CIDS OK.
(4)
Make an entry in the log book.
(5)
Close Access
23-73-00 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-73-00-440-001-A
Reactivation of the CIDS Director
FIN 101RH, 102RH
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
TSM 23-73-00-810-879
Director - Fault in Director 1 and Director 2
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-00-860-147-A
A.
4.

(1)

24-41-00-861-002-A-02)
(2)
Get access to the Avionics Compartment
Procedure
Subtask 23-73-00-440-050-A
A.
Trouble shooting
(1)
5.
Do the trouble shooting for the defective CIDS director 1 (2).

(Ref. TSM 23-73-00-810-879)
Close-up
Subtask 23-73-00-860-148-A
A.

(1)
AES
23-73-00 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-73-00-040-002-A
Deactivation of the Forward Attendant Panel
FIN 120RH
Task Summary
MMEL OR CDL TITLE
ACCESS
TEST
SPECIFIC
TOOLS
MHR
E/T
NB MEN
MMEL 23-74-01A
1.
Reason for the Job

MMEL 23-74-01A
Forward Attendant Panel (FAP) Display Unit (FAA only)
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
REFERENCE
11-00-00-400-021-A
23-73-00-740-005-A
24-41-00-861-002-A
DESIGNATION
Installation of the Cabin Placards
BITE-test of the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) through the
CFDS
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
31-60-00-860-001-A
EIS Start Procedure
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-00-860-187-A
A.
4.

(1)

24-41-00-861-002-A-02)
(2)
(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001-A)
Procedure
Subtask 23-73-00-865-216-A
A.
PANEL
** On A/C 003-004
121VU
AES
DESIGNATION
FIN
170RH
LOCATION
M14
23-73-00 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
PANEL
** On A/C 005-099
121VU
DESIGNATION
FIN
170RH
LOCATION
Q14
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-73-00-040-051-A
B.
AES
Procedure
(1)
In the cockpit, on the MCDU:

. Do the BITE-test of the CIDS through the CFDS.
(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-740-005-A)
. Make sure that only FAP-related failure messages show.
(2)
In the cockpit:
. Lift the handset from the cradle.
. Push and hold the PTT pushbutton switch and make an announcement.
(3)
In the cabin:
. Make sure that you hear the announcement.
(4)
Install a placard INOP on the deactivated system to tell persons not to use it (Ref. TASK
11-00-00-400-021-A).
(5)
23-73-00 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-73-00-440-002-A
Reactivation of the Forward Attendant Panel
FIN 120RH
Task Summary
MMEL OR CDL TITLE
ACCESS
TEST
SPECIFIC
TOOLS
MHR
E/T
NB MEN
MMEL 23-74-01A
1.
Reason for the Job

MMEL 23-74-01A
Forward Attendant Panel (FAP) Display Unit (FAA only)
2.

A.
REFERENCE
11-00-00-000-003-A
24-41-00-861-002-A
Removal of the Cabin Placards

24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
TSM 23-73-00-810-838
FAP - Fault in the Forward Attendant Panel
3.
DESIGNATION
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-00-860-188-A
A.

(1)
4.

24-41-00-861-002-A-02)
Procedure
Subtask 23-73-00-040-052-A
A.
5.
Reactivation of the Forward Attendant Panel (FAP)

(1)
Do the trouble shooting for the defective FAP.

(Ref. TSM 23-73-00-810-838)
(2)
Remove the placard INOP from the reactivated system (Ref. TASK 11-00-00-000-003-A).
Close-up
Subtask 23-73-00-860-189-A
A.

(1)
AES
23-73-00 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-73-00-040-005-A
Deactivation of the Programming and Test Panel
FIN 110RH
Task Summary
MMEL OR CDL TITLE
ACCESS
TEST
SPECIFIC
TOOLS
MHR
E/T
NB MEN
MMEL 23-74-04A
1.
Reason for the Job

MMEL 23-74-04A
PTP Display Unit (FAA only)
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
REFERENCE
11-00-00-400-021-A
23-73-00-740-005-A
24-41-00-861-002-A
DESIGNATION
CFDS
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
31-60-00-860-001-A
EIS Start Procedure
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-00-860-196-A
A.
4.

(1)

24-41-00-861-002-A-02)
(2)
(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001-A)
Procedure
Subtask 23-73-00-865-219-A
A.

PANEL
121VU
AES
DESIGNATION
FIN
161RH
LOCATION
M06
23-73-00 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 23-73-00-040-057-A
B.
AES
Procedure
(1)

(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-740-005-A)
. Make sure that only PTP-related failure messages show.
(2)
In the cockpit:
(3)
In the cabin:
(4)
11-00-00-400-021-A).
(5)
23-73-00 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-73-00-440-005-A
Reactivation of the Programming and Test Panel
FIN 110RH
Task Summary
MMEL OR CDL TITLE
ACCESS
TEST
SPECIFIC
TOOLS
MHR
E/T
NB MEN
MMEL 23-74-04A
1.
Reason for the Job

MMEL 23-74-04A
PTP Display Unit (FAA only)
2.

A.
REFERENCE
11-00-00-000-003-A
24-41-00-861-002-A

24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
TSM 23-73-00-810-856
PTP - Fault in the Programming and Test Panel
3.
DESIGNATION
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-00-860-199-A
A.

(1)
4.

24-41-00-861-002-A-02)
Procedure
Subtask 23-73-00-040-060-A
A.
5.
Reactivation of the Programming and Test Panel (PTP)

(1)
Do the trouble shooting for the defective PTP.

(Ref. TSM 23-73-00-810-856)
(2)
Close-up
Subtask 23-73-00-860-200-A
A.

(1)
AES
23-73-00 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-73-00-040-006-A
Deactivation of the Programming and Test Panel - Slide Bottle Pressure Indication, Emergency Exits
FIN 110RH
Task Summary
MMEL OR CDL TITLE
ACCESS
TEST
SPECIFIC
TOOLS
MHR
E/T
NB MEN
MMEL 23-74-07A
1.
Reason for the Job

MMEL 23-74-07A
Slide Bottle Pressure Monitoring on PTP (FAA only)
(Old MMEL ref: 23-73-072b)
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
REFERENCE
11-00-00-400-021-A
23-73-00-740-005-A
24-41-00-861-002-A
DESIGNATION
CFDS
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
25-62-00-040-001-A
Emergency Exit Slide Bottle Pressure Indication (on PTP) - Pressure Check
31-60-00-860-001-A
EIS Start Procedure
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-00-860-197-A
A.
4.

(1)

24-41-00-861-002-A-02)
(2)
(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001-A)
Procedure
Subtask 23-73-00-865-220-A
A.

PANEL
121VU
AES
DESIGNATION
FIN
161RH
LOCATION
M06
23-73-00 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 23-73-00-040-058-A
B.
AES
Procedure
(1)
In the aft cargo compartment:

. Do the visual check of the slide bottle pressure indication.
(Ref. TASK 25-62-00-040-001-A)
(2)

(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-740-005-A)
(3)
In the cockpit:
(4)
In the cabin:
. Make sure that you hear the announcement in all cabin areas.
(5)
11-00-00-400-021-A).
(6)
23-73-00 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-73-00-440-006-A
Reactivation of the Programming and Test Panel - Slide Bottle Pressure Indication, Emergency Exits
FIN 110RH
Task Summary
MMEL OR CDL TITLE
ACCESS
TEST
SPECIFIC
TOOLS
MHR
E/T
NB MEN
MMEL 23-74-07A
1.
Reason for the Job

MMEL 23-74-07A
Slide Bottle Pressure Monitoring on PTP (FAA only)
2.

A.
REFERENCE
11-00-00-000-003-A
24-41-00-861-002-A

24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
TSM 23-73-00-810-856
3.
DESIGNATION
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-00-860-201-A
A.

(1)
4.

24-41-00-861-002-A-02)
Procedure
Subtask 23-73-00-040-061-A
A.
5.

(1)

(Ref. TSM 23-73-00-810-856)
(2)
Close-up
Subtask 23-73-00-860-202-A
A.

(1)
AES
23-73-00 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-73-00-040-007-A
Deactivation of the Programming and Test Panel - Emergency System Test, Cabin Emergency Lighting System
FIN 110RH
Task Summary
MMEL OR CDL TITLE
ACCESS
TEST
SPECIFIC
TOOLS
MHR
E/T
NB MEN
MMEL 23-74-01A
1.
Reason for the Job

MMEL 23-74-01A
SYS Test Pb on the PTP (FAA only)
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
REFERENCE
11-00-00-400-021-A
23-73-00-740-005-A
24-41-00-861-002-A
DESIGNATION
CFDS
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
31-60-00-860-001-A
33-51-00-040-001-A
EIS Start Procedure

Deactivation of the EMER SYSTEM TEST of the Cabin Emergency Lighting
System
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-00-860-198-A
A.
4.

(1)

24-41-00-861-002-A-02)
(2)
(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001-A)
Procedure
Subtask 23-73-00-865-221-A
A.

PANEL
121VU
AES
DESIGNATION
FIN
161RH
LOCATION
M06
23-73-00 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 23-73-00-040-059-A
B.
AES
Procedure
(1)
In the cockpit:
. Do the check of the cabin emergency lighting system.
(Ref. TASK 33-51-00-040-001-A)
(2)

(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-740-005-A)
(3)
In the cockpit:
(4)
In the cabin:
(5)
11-00-00-400-021-A).
(6)
23-73-00 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-73-00-440-007-A
Reactivation of the Programming and Test Panel - Emergency System Test, Cabin Emergency Lighting System
FIN 110RH
Task Summary
MMEL OR CDL TITLE
ACCESS
TEST
SPECIFIC
TOOLS
MHR
E/T
NB MEN
MMEL 23-74-01A
1.
Reason for the Job

MMEL 23-74-01A
SYS Test Pb on the PTP (FAA only)
2.

A.
REFERENCE
11-00-00-000-003-A
24-41-00-861-002-A

24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
TSM 23-73-00-810-856
3.
DESIGNATION
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-00-860-203-A
A.

(1)
4.

24-41-00-861-002-A-02)
Procedure
Subtask 23-73-00-040-062-A
A.
5.

(1)

(Ref. TSM 23-73-00-810-856)
(2)
Close-up
Subtask 23-73-00-860-204-A
A.

(1)
AES
23-73-00 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
CABIN INTERCOMMUNICATION DATA SYSTEM (CIDS) ADJUSTMENT/TEST

** On A/C ALL
Task 23-73-00-740-003-A
BITE-test of the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) through the PTP
1.
Reason for the Job

Reset and BITE-test of the CIDS
NOTE :
2.
For each LED cabin sign: If the test is not deactivated in the CAM, Class 3 fault messages will be recorded.

A.
REFERENCE
23-33-00-740-002-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-861-002-A
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
24-41-00-862-002-A
24-41-00-862-002-A-01
24-41-00-862-002-A-02
31-32-00-860-003-A
31-60-00-860-001-A
31-60-00-860-002-A
EIS Start Procedure

EIS Stop Procedure
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-00-860-083-B
A.

(1)

24-41-00-861-002-A-02).
(2)
(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001-A).
(3)
23-33-00-740-002-A).
(4)
Make sure that a minimum of one cabin door is open.
Subtask 23-73-00-865-058-A
B.

PANEL
49VU
AES
DESIGNATION
FIN
2KS2
LOCATION
A05
23-73-00 PB501
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
49VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
2KS1
FIN
A04
LOCATION
49VU
L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM
1GA
C09
49VU
AIR COND/SDCU/CHAN1
11WQ
C06
49VU
1HL
D09
49VU
155RH
G05
49VU
154RH
G04
49VU
COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS
153RH
G03
49VU
150RH
G02
121VU
168RH
M13
121VU
167RH
M12
121VU
166RH
M11
121VU
165RH
M10
121VU
164RH
M09
121VU
163RH
M08
121VU
162RH
M07
121VU
161RH
M06
121VU
151RH
M05
121VU
ENGINE/ENG2/FADEC B
4KS2
Q40
121VU
2GA
Q35
121VU
4KS1
R41
170RH
M14
170RH
Q14
122VU
AIR COND/SDCU/CHAN2
12WQ
T18
122VU
2HL
Y22
** On A/C 003-004
121VU
** On A/C 005-099
121VU
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-73-00-865-144-A
C.
4.
Procedure
Subtask 23-73-00-740-051-A
A.
Do this test
ACTION
1.In the cockpit, on the C/B panel 49VU:
.
RESULT
open the C/B DIR 1 AND 2/ESS 150RH.
On the Forward Attendant Panel (FAP) 120RH:
AES
open the C/B DIR 1 AND 2/NORM 151RH.
the CIDS CAUT light comes on.
23-73-00 PB501
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ACTION
NOTE :
To show all of the message, you have to clear all

other ECAM warnings. To clear all other ECAM
warnings push the CLR pushbutton on the
ECAM Control Panel (ECP), until all of the
COM message shows.
3.In the cockpit, on the ECP:
. push the STS pushbutton.
RESULT
. the message CIDS DEGRADATION shows.
In
.
In
.
the cockpit, on the upper ECAM display:

the message COM CIDS 1+2 FAULT shows.
the cockpit:
you hear a single chime.
In the cockpit, on the lower ECAM display:

. the message INOP SYS CIDS shows.
. after 10 seconds, close the C/B DIR 1 AND 2/NORM
151RH.
.
. close the C/B DIR 1 AND 2/ESS 150RH.
.
NOTE :
the CIDS CAUT light goes off.

after 5 minutes, the CIDS CAUT light stays off.
Wait 5 minutes before you start the next test

step.
In the cockpit, on the upper and lower ECAM display:
. all the CIDS FAULT messages are off.
6.On the PTP:

. push the DSPL ON membrane switch.
On the PTP:
push the SYSTEM STATUS membrane switch.
the SYSTEM STATUS page shows the message OK.
push the CONT membrane switch until the message

< MAINTENANCE shows.
push the MAINTENANCE membrane switch.
.
.
the next system status related pages with the message

OK shows.
the MAINTENANCE page shows.
push the CONT membrane switch until the message

< GND SCAN shows.
push the GND SCAN membrane switch.
.
.
.
the GND SCAN page with the message NO FAILURE

shows.
the SYSTEM STATUS page shows.
push the MAINTENANCE membrane switch.
the MAINTENANCE page shows.
push the CONT membrane switch.
the < CLASS 3 FAULTS message shows.
push the < CLASS 3 FAULTS membrane switch.
the CLASS 3 FAULT page with the message NO

FAILURE shows.
push the RET membrane switch until the SYSTEM

STATUS page shows.
push the CONT related membrane switch until the <

MAINTENANCE message shows.
.
.
.
AES
23-73-00 PB501
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ACTION
An erroneous CLASS 3 FAULT message will be

recorded for each LED (without bulbs) cabin
sign, if the test of the related signs is not
deactivated in the CAM.
5.
Close-up
RESULT
NOTE :
the CIDS menu page shows.
** On A/C 003-004
PRE SB 23-1121 FOR A/C 003-004
Subtask 23-73-00-860-084-A
A.

(1)

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002-A).
(2)
De-energize the CFDS. (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-003-A).
(3)

24-41-00-862-002-A-02).
** On A/C 005-099
POST SB 23-1121 FOR A/C 003-004
Subtask 23-73-00-860-084-B
A.
NOTE :
If some reading lights are inoperational after the test:

. set the reading lights on the FAP to off for approx. 10 seconds and than set the reading lights on
again.
NOTE :
If the NS signs in a Non Smoker A/C configuration do not come on:

. set the NS switch to the AUTO or ON position and than back again.
(1)

** On A/C ALL
(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002-A).
AES
(2)
De-energize the CFDS (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-003-A).
(3)

24-41-00-862-002-A-02).
23-73-00 PB501
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-73-00-740-005-A
BITE-test of the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) through the CFDS
1.
Reason for the Job

Reset and BITE-test of the CIDS
NOTE :
2.
For each LED cabin sign: If the test is not deactivated in the CAM, Class 3 fault messages will be recorded.

A.
REFERENCE
23-33-00-740-002-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-861-002-A
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
24-41-00-862-002-A
24-41-00-862-002-A-01
24-41-00-862-002-A-02
31-32-00-860-003-A
31-60-00-860-001-A
31-60-00-860-002-A
EIS Start Procedure

EIS Stop Procedure
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-00-860-086-B
A.

(1)

24-41-00-861-002-A-02)
(2)
(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001-A)
(3)

(Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-003-A)
(4)
Make sure that the Passenger Entertainment System is energized.

(Ref. TASK 23-33-00-740-002-A)
(5)
Make sure that at least one cabin door is open.
Subtask 23-73-00-865-071-A
B.
49VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
2KS2
A05
49VU
2KS1
A04
49VU
L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM
1GA
C09
AES
FIN
LOCATION
23-73-00 PB501
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
49VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
AIR COND/SDCU/CHAN1
11WQ
FIN
C06
LOCATION
49VU
1HL
D09
49VU
155RH
G05
49VU
154RH
G04
49VU
COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS
153RH
G03
49VU
150RH
G02
121VU
168RH
M13
121VU
167RH
M12
121VU
166RH
M11
121VU
165RH
M10
121VU
164RH
M09
121VU
163RH
M08
121VU
162RH
M07
121VU
161RH
M06
121VU
151RH
M05
121VU
ENGINE/ENG2/FADEC B
4KS2
Q40
121VU
2GA
Q35
121VU
4KS1
R41
170RH
M14
170RH
Q14
122VU
AIR COND/SDCU/CHAN2
12WQ
T18
122VU
2HL
Y22
** On A/C 003-004
121VU
** On A/C 005-099
121VU
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-73-00-865-151-A
C.
4.
Procedure
Subtask 23-73-00-740-053-A
A.
Do this test
ACTION
.
RESULT
In the cockpit, on the ECAM upper display:

. the message CIDS DEGRADATION shows.
AES
23-73-00 PB501
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ACTION
NOTE :
To show all of the message, you have to clear all

other ECAM warnings. To clear all other ECAM
warnings push the CLR pushbutton on the
ECAM Control Panel (ECP), until all of the
COM message appears.
3.In the cockpit, on the ECP:
. push the STS pushbutton.
RESULT
In the cockpit:
. you hear a single chime.
On the lower ECAM display:

. the message INOP SYS CIDS shows.
. after 10 seconds, close the C/B DIR 1 AND 2/NORM
151RH.
In the cockpit, on the upper and lower ECAM display:
.
close the C/B DIR 1 AND 2/ESS 150RH.
NOTE :
all the CIDS FAULT messages go off.
after 5 minutes, the CIDS CAUT light stays off.

step.
6.On the MCDU:

. push the MCDU MENU pushbutton.
On the PTP:
. the SYSTEM STATUS page and the message CIDS OK
shows.
On the MCDU:
push the CFDS pushbutton.
the CFDS page shows.
push the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST pushbutton.
the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST page shows.
push the COM pushbutton.
the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST COM page shows.
push the CIDS1 pushbutton.
the CIDS1 (ACT) page shows.
push the CLASS 3 FAULTS pushbutton.
the CIDS1 (ACT) CLASS 3 FAULTS page with the

message NO FAILURE shows.
An erroneous CLASS 3 FAULT message will be

recorded for each LED (without bulbs) cabin
sign, if the test of the related signs is not
deactivated in the CAM.
push the RETURN pushbutton.
push the GND SCAN pushbutton.
the CIDS1 (ACT) GROUND SCANNING page with the

message NO FAILURE shows.
push the MCDU MENU pushbutton.
the MCDU MENU page shows.
NOTE :
AES
23-73-00 PB501
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
5.
Close-up
** On A/C 003-004
PRE SB 23-1121 FOR A/C 003-004
Subtask 23-73-00-860-088-A
A.

(1)

** On A/C 003-004
(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002-A)
(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A-02)
** On A/C 005-099
POST SB 23-1121 FOR A/C 003-004
Subtask 23-73-00-860-088-B
A.
NOTE :
If some reading lights do not operate after the test, switch off the reading lights at the FAP for
approx. 10 sec. and than on again.
NOTE :
If the NS signs in a Non Smoker A/C configuration do not come on, set the NS switch 190RH to the
AUTO or ON position and than back again.
(1)

** On A/C ALL
(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002-A)
(2)
AES

24-41-00-862-002-A-02)
23-73-00 PB501
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-73-00-710-002-A
Operational test of the DEU, the secondary power supply and the DEU-A cut-off
1.
Reason for the Job

(Ref. MPD 23-73-00-01-)
OPERATIONAL CHECK FOR SECONDARY POWER SUPPLY TO DIRECTORS AND DECODER/ENCODER
UNITS, AND DECODER/ENCODER UNITS-A CUT OFF FUNCTION
To verify the operation of the CIDS with normal or essential power supply.
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
200
ZONE DESCRIPTION
UPPER HALF FUSELAGE
B.
REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
24-41-00-862-002-A
24-41-00-862-002-A-01
24-41-00-862-002-A-02
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-00-860-069-A
A.

(1)

24-41-00-861-002-A-02)
(2)
Subtask 23-73-00-865-052-A
B.
49VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
155RH
G05
49VU
154RH
G04
49VU
COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS
153RH
G03
49VU
150RH
G02
121VU
168RH
M13
121VU
167RH
M12
121VU
166RH
M11
121VU
165RH
M10
121VU
164RH
M09
AES
FIN
LOCATION
23-73-00 PB501
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
121VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
163RH
FIN
M08
LOCATION
121VU
162RH
M07
121VU
161RH
M06
121VU
151RH
M05
170RH
M14
170RH
Q14
** On A/C 003-004
121VU
** On A/C 005-099
121VU
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-73-00-865-154-A
C.
4.
Procedure
Subtask 23-73-00-710-051-A
A.
Do this test
ACTION
.
RESULT
2.In the cockpit, on the overhead panel 25VU:
In the cabin:
all FASTEN SEAT BELT (FSB) signs come on.
all FSB signs go off.
set the SEAT BELTS switch (191RH) to the ON

position.

.

.

.
open the C/Bs DEU A/NORM 163RH to 168RH.
6.At the forward attendant station:

. push the PA ALL pushbutton.
. push and hold the PTT and make an announcement.
In the cabin:
you hear the announcement.

. release the PTT.
. put the handset back in the cradle.
. set the SEAT BELTS switch to the OFF position.
.
close the C/Bs DEU A NORM 163RH to 168RH.
close the C/B DIR 1 AND 2/NORM 151RH.
AES
23-73-00 PB501
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
5.
Close-up
Subtask 23-73-00-860-071-A
A.

(1)
AES

24-41-00-862-002-A-02)
23-73-00 PB501
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-73-00-710-015-A
Operational test of the power-transfer function
1.
Reason for the Job

(Ref. MPD 23-73-00-02-)
OPERATIONAL CHECK OF POWER TRANSFER FUNCTION
2.

A.

ZONE/ACCESS
200
ZONE DESCRIPTION
UPPER HALF FUSELAGE
B.
REFERENCE
23-73-34-000-001-A
23-73-34-400-001-A
24-41-00-861-002-A

24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
24-41-00-862-002-A
24-41-00-862-002-A-01
24-41-00-862-002-A-02
3.
DESIGNATION
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-00-860-067-A
A.

(1)

24-41-00-861-002-A-02)
(2)
Get access to the CIDS Director DIR 1 (101RH).

(Ref. TASK 23-73-34-000-001-A)
(3)
Subtask 23-73-00-865-089-A
B.
49VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
155RH
G05
49VU
154RH
G04
49VU
COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS
153RH
G03
49VU
150RH
G02
121VU
168RH
M13
121VU
167RH
M12
121VU
166RH
M11
AES
FIN
LOCATION
23-73-00 PB501
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
121VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
165RH
FIN
M10
LOCATION
121VU
164RH
M09
121VU
163RH
M08
121VU
162RH
M07
121VU
161RH
M06
121VU
151RH
M05
170RH
M14
170RH
Q14
** On A/C 003-004
121VU
** On A/C 005-099
121VU
4.
Procedure
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-73-00-710-220-A
A.
Do this test
ACTION
.
RESULT
In the cabin:
all FASTEN SEAT BELT (FSB) signs come on.
close the C/Bs DEU A/NORM 163RH to 168RH.
all FSB signs come on.

set the SEAT BELTS switch 191RH to the ON

position.

.
open the C/Bs DEU A/NORM 163RH to 168RH.

.
6.In the avionics compartment, on the rack 87VU:

.
remove the CIDS DIR 1 (101RH).

.
. wait until DIR 2 finishes the power-up.

.
set the SEAT BELTS switch to the ON position.

.

.
AES
23-73-00 PB501
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ACTION
12.In the avionics compartment, on the rack 87VU:
.
RESULT
install the CIDS DIR 1 (101RH).

.
close the C/B DIR 1 AND 2/NORM 151RH.

.
5.
In the cabin, on the Programming and Test Panel (PTP)

110RH:
. after the power-up test (approx. 2-3 min.), the
SYSTEM STATUS page shows the message OK.
Close-up
Subtask 23-73-00-860-068-A
A.
AES

(1)
Make sure that the CIDS DIR 1 (101RH) is correct installed.

(Ref. TASK 23-73-34-400-001-A)
(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A-02)
23-73-00 PB501
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-73-00-710-003-A
1.
Reason for the Job

To make sure that the cabin interphone system operates correctly.
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
AR BOOMSET 600 OHMS
DESIGNATION
REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
24-41-00-862-002-A
24-41-00-862-002-A-01
24-41-00-862-002-A-02
33-14-00-710-001-A
Operational Test of the Lights
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-00-860-072-A
A.

(1)

24-41-00-861-002-A-02).
(2)
Energize the annunciator light test and dimming system

(Ref. TASK 33-14-00-710-001-A).
(3)
Make sure that the INT/RAD switch on the Audio Control Panels (ACP) is in the center position.
(4)
Make sure that the INTEG LT/ MAIN PNL & PED rotary knob on the pedestal panel 111VU is in the
BRT position.
(5)
Connect a BOOMSET 600 OHMS to the captain jack panel 61VU.
NOTE :
The announciation indication and the communication is cancelled, if there are more than 60 sec.
between the test procedure steps.
Subtask 23-73-00-865-053-A
B.
49VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
155RH
G05
49VU
154RH
G04
49VU
COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS
153RH
G03
AES
FIN
LOCATION
23-73-00 PB501
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
PANEL
DESIGNATION
150RH
G02
49VU
COM/AUDIO/FLT/INTPH
9RN
G08
49VU
COM/AUDIO/ACP/F/O
5RN
G07
49VU
COM/AUDIO/ACP/CAPT
4RN
G06
INT 1 + 2
9RN
5RN
G08
G07
4RN
G06
121VU
168RH
M13
121VU
167RH
M12
121VU
166RH
M11
121VU
165RH
M10
121VU
164RH
M09
121VU
163RH
M08
121VU
162RH
M07
121VU
161RH
M06
121VU
151RH
M05
121VU
COM NAV/SELCAL
8RN
M04
121VU
6RN
M02
170RH
M14
170RH
Q14
49VU
FIN
LOCATION
** On A/C 003-004
** On A/C 005-099
49VU
49VU
49VU
** On A/C ALL
** On A/C 003-004
121VU
** On A/C 005-099
121VU
4.
Procedure
NOTE :
The interphone link initiated from the cockpit call panel is cancelled, if one of the following conditions occurs:
All called stations have reset the function. The AMU INT ON signal from the ACP is not activated after
approx. 2 minutes. The call has not been accepted by an attendant handset approx. 5 minutes after the last
activation of the respective call.
NOTE :
The flashing of the ATT light on the audio control panel is related to the Cabin Intercommunication Data
System (CIDS) director standard. For this test, the light can flash or stay on continuously.
** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 23-73-00-710-052-C
A.
Do the test of the EMERGENCY call from the cockpit.
ACTION
AES
RESULT
In the cockpit, on the overhead panel 21VU:
23-73-00 PB501
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ACTION
push the EMER pushbutton switch.
RESULT
the CALL ON indicator light in the EMER pushbutton
switch flashes.
In the cabin and at all attendant stations:
you hear a HI-LO chime three times.
On all Area Call Panels (ACP) 340RH:

.
the pink indicator lights flash.
On all Attendant Indication Panels (AIP) 320RH:

.
the pink indicator light flashes.
. EMERGENCY CALL flashes.

In the cockpit, on the audio control panel:
2.In the cockpit, on the audio control panel:
. the ATT indication flashes.

push the RESET pushbutton.

switch goes off.

. the ATT indication goes off.

push the CAB rotary knob.
turn the CAB rotary knob fully cw.
the integral light of the CAB pushbutton switch comes

on.
the integral light of the CAB rotary knob comes on.
push and hold the INT/RAD switch to the RAD

position.
4.At all attendant stations:
Through all attendant station handsets and the cockpit
boomset:
. make an announcement.

boomset:
. you hear the announcement.
On all ACPs:
.
the pink indicator lights go off.

On all AIPs:
. the pink indicator light goes off.
. EMERGENCY CALL goes off.

release the INT/RAD switch.
push to release the CAB rotary knob.
the integral light of the CAB rotary knob goes off.
push to release the CAB pushbutton switch.
the integral light of the CAB pushbutton switch goes

off.
AES
23-73-00 PB501
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 23-73-00-710-073-B
B.
Do the test of the ALL attendant call from the cockpit.
ACTION
. push the CALLS FWD and AFT pushbutton switches
one after the other.
RESULT
On the FWD LH and the AFT ACPs 340RH:
. the pink lights come on.
On all AIPs 320RH:
.
the green light comes on.
the CALL CAPTAIN message comes on.
From the FWD and AFT attendant loudspeakers:

. a single HI-LO chime sounds.

the CAB pushbutton switch integral light comes on.
the CAB rotary knob integral light comes on.

position.
On the respective ACPs 340RH:
the pink lights go off.
On all AIPs 320RH:

.
the green light goes off.
the CALL CAPTAIN message changes to CAPTAIN.
In the cockpit and at all attendant stations:

.
speak into the handset and listen for the reply.

. put the handset back to the cradle.
the message and the reply are correct and clear.
On all AIPs 320RH:

. the CAPTAIN message goes off.
the CAB rotary knob integral light goes off.
the CAB pushbutton switch integral light goes off.
** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 23-73-00-710-052-K
A.
Do the test of the EMERGENCY call from the cockpit.
ACTION
RESULT

switch flashes.
.
you hear a HI-LO chime three times.
On all Area Call Panels (ACP) 340RH:
AES
23-73-00 PB501
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ACTION
.
RESULT
the pink indicator lights flash.

.
the pink indicator light flashes.
. EMERGENCY CALL flashes.

. push the RESET pushbutton.

. the CALL ON indicator light in the EMER pushbutton
switch goes off.

.

. the integral light of the CAB pushbutton switch comes
on.
. the integral light of the CAB rotary knob comes on.

position.
boomset:

boomset:
On all ACPs:
.
the pink indicator lights go off.

On all AIPs:
. the pink indicator light goes off.
. EMERGENCY CALL goes off.


off.
Subtask 23-73-00-710-073-M
B.
Do the test of the ALL attendant call from the cockpit.
ACTION
.
push the ALL pushbutton.
RESULT
On the forward left and the aft Area Call Panels (ACP)
340RH:
. the pink indicators come on.
AES
23-73-00 PB501
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ACTION
.
RESULT
the green indicator comes on.
the message CAPTAIN CALL shows.
At all attendant stations:

.

position.

. you hear a single HI-LO chime.

on.
On the forward left and the aft ACPs:

. the pink indicators go off.
On all AIPs:
.
the green indicator goes off.
Through the forward and aft attendant-station handsets

and the cockpit boomset:
Through the forward and aft attendant-station handsets and

the cockpit boomset:

On all AIPs:
. the message CAPTAIN CALL goes off.

off.
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-73-00-710-074-E
C.
Do the test of the FWD attendant call from the cockpit.
ACTION
RESULT
On the forward LH Area Call Panel (ACP) 340RH:
push the FWD pushbutton.
the pink indicators come on.
On the forward LH Attendant Indication Panel (AIP)

320RH:
. the green indicator comes on.
.
the message CALL CAPTAIN shows.


AES

on.
23-73-00 PB501
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ACTION

position.
RESULT
On the forward LH ACP:

On the forward LH AIP:
the message CALL CAPTAIN changes to CAPTAIN.
Through the forward attendant station handset and the

cockpit boomset:

. the message CAPTAIN goes off.


off.
Subtask 23-73-00-710-075-E
D.
Do the test of the AFT attendant call from the cockpit.
ACTION
RESULT
On the aft Area Call Panels (ACP) 340RH:
push the AFT pushbutton.
the pink indicator lights come on.
On the aft Attendant Indication Panels (AIP) 320RH:

.
the green indicator light comes on.

.

position.
3.At the aft LH attendant station:

on.
On the aft ACPs:

. the pink indicator lights go off.
On the aft AIPs:
.
the green indicator light goes off.
On the aft LH AIP:
AES
23-73-00 PB501
Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ACTION
.
RESULT
Through the aft LH attendant station handset and the

cockpit boomset:
4.At the aft RH attendant station:

On the aft RH AIP:

. the message CALL CAPTAIN changes to CAPTAIN.
Through the aft LH and RH attendant station handset and

the cockpit boomset:
5.At the aft attendant stations:

On the aft AIPs:


off.
** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 23-73-00-710-076-A
E.
Do the test of the EMERGENCY call from the forward attendant station.
ACTION
.
2.On the forward attendant station handset:

. push the EMER CALL pushbutton.
RESULT
320RH:
. the number symbol shows.
.
the number symbol goes off.
the message EMERGENCY CALL flashes.

.

switch flashes.
In the cockpit:
. the crew call buzzer operates three times.

.

switch goes off.

.
AES

on.
23-73-00 PB501
Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ACTION

position.
RESULT
4.Through the forward attendant station handset and the

cockpit boomset:

cockpit boomset:


. the message EMERGENCY CALL goes off.

off.
Subtask 23-73-00-710-077-A
F.
Do the test of the EMERGENCY call from the aft left and aft right attendant station.
The procedure for this test is the same as the procedure for the test of the EMERGENCY call from the
forward left attendant station.
** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 23-73-00-710-076-B
E.
Do the test of the EMERGENCY call from the forward attendant station.
ACTION
.

. push the EMER CALL pushbutton.
RESULT
320RH:
. one number symbol shows.
. the number symbol goes off.
.

.

switch flashes.
In the cockpit:
. the crew call buzzer operates three times.

the ATT indication goes off.

.
AES

switch goes off.
23-73-00 PB501
Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ACTION
RESULT

position.

on.

cockpit boomset:

cockpit boomset:



off.
Subtask 23-73-00-710-077-D
F.
Do the test of the EMERGENCY call from the aft left and aft right attendant station.
The procedure for this test is the same as the procedure for the test of the EMERGENCY call from the
forward left attendant station.
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-73-00-710-159-E
G.
Do the test of the ALL CALL from the forward attendant station.
ACTION
.

. push the ALL ATTND pushbutton.
RESULT
320RH:
.
the message ALL shows.
On the aft Area Call Panels (ACP) 340RH:

.
On the aft AIPs:

.
the message CONFERENCE CALL shows.

.
3.At the aft attendant stations:
you hear a single HI-LO chime.
On the aft ACPs:

On the aft AIPs:
AES
23-73-00 PB501
Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ACTION
.

RESULT
Through the forward and the aft attendant station

handsets:
. the message ALL goes off.
On the aft AIPs:
.
the message CONFERENCE CALL goes off.
** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 23-73-00-710-078-A
H.
Do the test of the ALL attendant call from the aft attendant stations.
The procedure for this test is the same as the procedure for the test of the all attendant call from the forward
left attendant station.
Subtask 23-73-00-710-079-A
J.
Do the test of the COCKPIT call from the forward attendant station.
ACTION
.

. push the CAPT pushbutton.
RESULT
320RH:
.
the message CAPTAIN shows.
Through the cockpit loudspeakers:

.
the crew call buzzer operates one time.

the ATT indication flashes.

.
the integral light of the pushbutton switch comes on.


position.
cockpit boomset:

cockpit boomset:


AES
23-73-00 PB501
Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ACTION
RESULT
push to release the CAB rotary knob and turn ccw.

off.
Subtask 23-73-00-710-161-A
K.
Do the test of the COCKPIT call from the aft attendant stations.
The procedure for this test is the same as the procedure for the test of the COCKPIT call from the forward
attendant station.
** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 23-73-00-710-078-C
H.
Do the test of the ALL attendant call from the aft attendant stations.
The procedure for this test is the same as the procedure for the test of the all attendant call from the forward
left attendant station.
Subtask 23-73-00-710-079-B
J.
Do the test of the COCKPIT call from the forward attendant station.
ACTION
.

RESULT
320RH:
.
Through the cockpit loudspeakers:

.
the crew call buzzer operates one time.

.
the ATT indication flashes.

.

.

on.


position.
cockpit boomset:

cockpit boomset:


AES
23-73-00 PB501
Page 12
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ACTION
RESULT
push to release the CAB rotary knob and turn ccw.

off.
Subtask 23-73-00-710-161-C
K.
Do the test of the COCKPIT call from the aft attendant stations.
The procedure for this test is the same as the procedure for the test of the COCKPIT call from the forward
attendant station.
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-73-00-710-081-D
L.
Do the test of the AFT ATTND call from the forward attendant station.
ACTION
.

. push the AFT L ATTND pushbutton.
RESULT
320RH:
.
the message AFT L shows.
On the aft LH AIP:

.
the message CALL FWD L shows.
On the aft LH Area Call Panel (ACP) 340RH:

.

.
On the aft LH ACP:

On the aft LH AIP:
.
the message CALL FWD L changes to FWD L.

.
Through the forward and aft LH attendant station handset:

.
4.At the forward and aft LH attendant station:


. the message AFT L goes off.
On the aft LH AIP:
. the message FWD L goes off.
AES
23-73-00 PB501
Page 13
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 23-73-00-710-084-A
M.
Do the test of the forward left, aft left and aft right attendant call from the forward and aft attendant
stations.
The procedure for this test is the same as the procedure for the test of the aft left attendant call from the
forward attendant station.
** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 23-73-00-710-084-D
M.
Do the test of the forward left, aft left and aft right attendant call from the forward and aft attendant
stations.
The procedure for this test is the same as the procedure for the test of the aft left attendant call from the
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-73-00-710-162-K
N.
Do the test of the priority function of the EMERGENCY call from the cockpit.
NOTE :
The test has the same procedure for all attendant stations.
ACTION
RESULT
On the aft LH Attendant Indication Panel (AIP) 320RH:
the number symbol shows.
the message FWD L shows.
2.On the aft LH attendant station handset:

. push the FWD ATTND pushbutton.

.
the message CALL AFT L shows.

.

.

.
the message CALL AFT L changes to AFT L.
On the aft LH AIP:

.

AES

23-73-00 PB501
Page 14
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ACTION
RESULT
switch flashes.
On all AIPs:
the pink indicator flashes.
On all ACPs:
.
the pink indicators flash.

. push the CAB pushbutton switch
.

position.

. you hear a HI-LO chime three times.

on.
Through the forward and aft LH attendant station handset

and the cockpit boomset:
. the pink indicator goes off.
.
the message EMERGENCY CALL goes off.

.

switch goes off.
On the two aft AIPs:

. the pink indicator goes off.
.
the message EMERGENCY CALL goes off.
On all ACPs:


off.
Subtask 23-73-00-710-163-D
P.
Do the test of the priority function of the attendant call from the cockpit.
NOTE :
AES
23-73-00 PB501
Page 15
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ACTION
RESULT
the number symbol shows.
the message FWD L shows.


.
the message CALL AFT L shows.

.

.

.
the message CALL AFT L changes to AFT L.
On the aft LH AIP:

.

.

. push the AFT pushbutton.
On the aft LH AIP:

. the message OVER CAPTAIN shows.
On the aft RH AIP:
.

.
the message AFT L changes to CNCL AFT L.

.
5.Through the forward and aft LH attendant station
handset:
.

position.
7.Through the aft LH attendant station handset and the

cockpit boomset:
AES

. you do not hear the announcement.
on.
Through the aft LH attendant station handset and the

cockpit boomset:
23-73-00 PB501
Page 16
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ACTION
RESULT


. the message CNCL AFT L goes off.

On the aft LH AIP:

. the message OVER CAPTAIN goes off.
On the aft RH AIP:
. the message CALL CAPTAIN goes off.

release the INT/RAD pushbutton.

off.
Subtask 23-73-00-710-088-D
Q.
Do the test of the priority function of the EMERGENCY call from the cabin.
NOTE :
ACTION
RESULT
On the forward left Area Call Panel (ACP) 340RH:
push the FWD pushbutton.
the pink indicator lights come on.
On the forward left Attendant Indication Panel (AIP)

320RH:
. the green indicator light comes on.
.

. you hear a HI-LO chime.


on.
push and hold the INT/RAD pushbutton switch to the

RAD position.
On the forward left ACP:
. the pink indicator lights go off.
On the forward left AIP:
.
the green indicator light goes off.
4.Through the forward attendant-station handset and the

cockpit boomset:
Through the forward attendant-station handset and the

cockpit boomset:
5.At the aft left attendant-station handset:
On the aft left AIP:
AES
23-73-00 PB501
Page 17
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ACTION
push the EMER CALL pushbutton.
RESULT

.
the message CAPTAIN goes off.

.

switch flashes.
. the ATT indicator flashes.
In the cockpit:
.
the crew call buzzer operates three times.
6.Through the forward attendant-station handset and the

cockpit boomset:
Through the forward attendant-station handset and the

cockpit boomset:
7.Through the aft left attendant-station handset and the

cockpit boomset:
Through the aft left attendant-station handset and the

cockpit boomset:
. the CALL ON indicator light in the EMER pushbutton
switch goes off.
.
the ATT indicator goes off.


10.At the aft left attendant station:

At the aft left AIP 320RH:


off.
Subtask 23-73-00-710-089-D
R.
Do the test of the RESET on the cabin handset.
NOTE :
ACTION
.

AES
RESULT
320RH:
.
23-73-00 PB501
Page 18
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ACTION
RESULT
. the ATT indicator comes on.
In the cockpit:
. the crew call buzzer operates one time.

the ATT indicator goes off.

.

on.
push and hold the INT/RAD pushbutton switch to the On the forward LH AIP:
RAD position.

cockpit boomset:

cockpit boomset:



cockpit boomset:

cockpit boomset:

. push the AFT L ATTND pushbutton.

off.
. the message AFT L shows.
On the aft LH AIP:
.
the message CALL FWD L shows.
On the aft LH Area Call Panel (ACP) 340RH:

.

.
On the aft LH ACP:

On the aft LH AIP:
AES
the message CALL FWD L changes to FWD L.
23-73-00 PB501
Page 19
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ACTION
RESULT
.

.
On the aft LH AIP:

.
put the handset back in the cradle.

the message FWD L goes off.

. the message AFT L goes off.
** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 23-73-00-710-090-A
S.
Do the test of the engage annunciation.
NOTE :
ACTION
.
On the forward attendant station handset:

RESULT
320RH:
. shows.
CAPTAIN shows.

In the cockpit:
. the crew call buzzer operates one time.


.

position.
cockpit boomset:

on.

AES

cockpit boomset:
On the aft LH AIP:
. shows.
.
goes off.
23-73-00 PB501
Page 20
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ACTION
cockpit boomset:
RESULT
. BUSY FWD L shows.
cockpit boomset:

On the aft LH AIP:

. BUSY FWD L goes off.


. CAPTAIN goes off.
release the INT/RAD pushbutton switch.
push to reset the CAB rotary knob.
push to reset the CAB pushbutton switch.

off.
5.
Close-up
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-73-00-860-073-A
A.

(1)
AES

24-41-00-862-002-A-02)
23-73-00 PB501
Page 21
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-73-00-710-005-A
Operational test of the Passenger Address (PA) system
1.
Reason for the Job

To make sure that the PA system operates correctly.
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
24-41-00-862-002-A
35-23-00-710-001-A
Operational Check of Manual Mask Release
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-00-860-076-A
A.

(1)

24-41-00-861-002-A-02)
(2)
Energize the Passenger Emergency-Oxygen System.

(Ref. TASK 35-23-00-710-001-A)
(3)
Make sure that the INT/RAD switch on the Audio Control Panel (ACP) is in the center position.
(4)
Make sure that the INTEG LT/ MAIN PNL & PED rotary knob on the pedestal panel 111VU is in the
BRT position.
(5)
Make sure that the cockpit door is open.
(6)
On all emergency oxygen-containers, set the doorstop to the test position.
NOTE :
The annunciation indication and the communication are cancelled, if there is a delay of more
than 60 sec. between the test procedure steps.
Subtask 23-73-00-865-055-A
B.

PANEL
49VU
DESIGNATION
2KS2
A05
49VU
2KS1
A04
49VU
155RH
G05
49VU
154RH
G04
AES
FIN
LOCATION
23-73-00 PB501
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
49VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS
153RH
FIN
G03
LOCATION
49VU
150RH
G02
121VU
168RH
M13
121VU
167RH
M12
121VU
166RH
M11
121VU
165RH
M10
121VU
164RH
M09
121VU
163RH
M08
121VU
162RH
M07
121VU
161RH
M06
121VU
151RH
M05
121VU
ENGINE/ENG2/FADEC B
4KS2
Q40
121VU
4KS1
R41
170RH
M14
170RH
Q14
** On A/C 003-004
121VU
** On A/C 005-099
121VU
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-73-00-865-166-A
C.
49VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
ENGINE/1 AND 2/IGN/SYS A
1JH
A03
121VU
3JH2
P42
121VU
3JH1
P41
121VU
2JH2
P40
121VU
2JH1
P39
4.
FIN
LOCATION
Procedure
** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 23-73-00-710-064-E
A.
Do the test of the PA announcement from the cockpit
ACTION
1.In the cockpit, on the main instrument panel 301VU:
. turn the LOUDSPEAKER rotary knob fully cw.
push and turn the PA rotary knob fully cw.
the integral light of the PA rotary knob comes on.
push and hold the PA pushbutton switch.
the integral light of the PA pushbutton switch comes

on.
AES
RESULT
23-73-00 PB501
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ACTION
3.In the cockpit, on the hand microphone:
RESULT
In the cabin, in all lavatories and at all attendant stations:
push and hold the PTT switch and make an

announcement.

. release the PA pushbutton switch.
you hear a LO-HI-LO chime and then the

announcement.
. PA ALL IN USE shows.
. the integral light of the PA pushbutton switch goes off.
On all AIPs:
.
PA ALL IN USE goes off.
5.In the cockpit:

.

On all AIPs:

announcement.
PA ALL IN USE shows.

.
you hear a LO-HI-LO chime and then the

announcement.
On all AIPs:
.
release the PTT switch and put the handset back in

the cradle.
. push to reset and turn the PA rotary knob fully ccw.
. turn the LOUDSPEAKER rotary knob ccw.

. the integral light of the PA rotary knob goes off.
Subtask 23-73-00-710-065-E
B.
Do the test of the PA announcement from the cabin.
ACTION
1.On the main instrument panel 301VU:
.
RESULT
turn the LOUDSPEAKER rotary knob fully cw.
2.On the Capt audio selector panel:

. push and turn the PA rotary knob fully cw.
On the Capt audio selector panel:

. the PA rotary-knob integral light comes on.
. the number symbol comes on.
In the handset:
4.On the handset:

. push the PA ALL pushbutton switch.
. a tone is heard.
In the handset:
. the tone stops.
.
.
AES

23-73-00 PB501
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ACTION
RESULT
On both AFT AIPs 320RH:
.
.
.
push and hold the PTT pushbutton switch.

speak into the handset.
In the cabin , all lavatories and both AFT attendant

stations:
. a LO HI LO chime is heard from the loudspeakers.
In the cockpit:
.

handset back to the cradle.
6.At the AFT LH attendant station:
All annunciations are cancelled.

In the handset:
. a tone is heard.
At the AFT LH AIP 320RH:
.
7.On the handset:

the announcement is heard from the handset and the

loudspeaker.
the number symbol comes on.
In the handset:
. the tone stops.
On the AFT LH AIP 320RH:
.
.

On the FWD and AFT RH AIPs 320RH:

.
.
.

In the cabin, in all lavatories and the FWD attendant

station:
In the cockpit:
.

9.At the AFT RH attendant station:

loudspeaker.

On the AFT RH AIP 320RH:
In the handset:
10.On the handset:

. a tone is heard.
In the handset:
. the tone stops.
.
.
AES

23-73-00 PB501
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ACTION
RESULT
On the FWD and AFT LH AIPs 320RH:
.
In the cabin, all lavatories and the FWD attendant station:

.
.

.
.
a LO HI LO chime is heard from the loudspeakers.

the announcement is heard from the loudspeakers.
In the cockpit:
.

loudspeaker.

. the PA rotary-knob integral light goes off.

.
turn the LOUDSPEAKER rotary knob ccw.

Subtask 23-73-00-710-066-G
C.
Do the priority test.
ACTION
RESULT
In the handset:
2.On the handset:

.
On
.
.
a tone is heard.
the AFT LH AIP 320RH:

.
In the handset:
.
the tone stops.

. push and hold the PTT pushbutton switch.
. speak into the handset.
3.At the FWD attendant station.
.
.
On
.

the announcement is heard from all loudspeakers.
the FWD AIP 320RH:
In the handset:
4.On the handset:
. a tone is heard.
On the FWD AIP 320RH:
.
.
AES

23-73-00 PB501
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ACTION
RESULT
.
the WAIT message comes on.
In the handset:
.
the tone stops.
In the cabin, all lavatories and both AFT attendant stations:

.
.

speak into the handset during the announcements
from the AFT LH attendant station.

6.In the cockpit:
7.On the handset:
. speak into the cockpit handset during the
announcements from the FWD attendant station.
.
.

only the FWD attendant announcement is heard from
all loudspeakers.

. the WAIT and PA ALL messages go off.
In the cabin, in all lavatories and all attendant stations:

. only the cockpit handset announcement is heard from
all loudspeakers.
.
the WAIT message comes on.
8.On the FWD attendant station:


. the WAIT and PA ALL messages go off.

. push and hold the PA pushbutton switch.
10.In the cockpit on the hand microphone:
. speak into the hand microphone during the
announcements from the cockpit handset.

. the PA pushbutton-switch integral light comes on.
In the cabin, in all lavatories and all attendant stations:
. only the hand microphone announcements are heard
from the loudspeakers.
. the PA pushbutton-switch integral light goes off.
On all AIPs 320RH:
.
12.In the cockpit:

. put the hand microphone and the handset back to
their cradles.
Subtask 23-73-00-710-177-B
D.
Do the test of the automatic high-volume announcement.
NOTE :
AES
On all the emergency oxygen-containers set the doorstops to the test position.
23-73-00 PB501
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
NOTE :
Do not hold the MASK MAN ON pushbutton switch for more than 30 sec., because the FAULT
indication light in the TMR RESET pushbutton switch comes on after 30 sec.
ACTION
2.On the handset:

RESULT
At the FWD attendant station:
. a tone is heard in the handset.
.
.
.

On the AFT AIPs 320RH:

.
In the handset:
.
the tone stops.

.
.
push the PTT pushbutton switch.

push and hold the PTT and the PA ALL pushbutton
switch.
.
.
a LO HI LO chime is heard through the loudspeakers.

a tone is heard through the loudspeakers.
NOTE :
Before you start the next test step make sure that
all emergency oxygen-container door-stops are in
the test position.
3.In the cockpit, on C/B panel 49VU:

.
open the C/Bs 2WR, 3WR, 4WR, 5WR and 6WR.
4.In the cockpit, on overhead panel 21VU:
In the cabin:
lift the switch guard, push and release the MASK

MAN ON pushbutton switch.
the doors of the emergency oxygen containers (circuit

breaker 7WR related) open to the test position.

.
the volume of the tone through the loudspeakers

increases.

decreases to the normal level.
5.In the cockpit, on maintenance panel 50VU:

.
push and release the OXYGEN TMR RESET

pushbutton switch.
6.On the C/B panel 49VU:

.
open the C/B 2KS2.
close the C/B 2KS2.
7.On the handset:

. release the PTT and the PA ALL pushbutton switch.

increases.
. the volume of the tone through the loudspeakers
decreases to the normal level.
. the tone stops.
All indications and annunciations are cancelled.
9.In the cockpit, on C/B panel 49VU:

. close the C/Bs 2WR, 3WR, 4WR, 5WR and 6WR.
AES
23-73-00 PB501
Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 23-73-00-710-064-F
A.
Do the test of the PA announcement from the cockpit
ACTION

. the integral light of the PA rotary knob comes on.
push and hold the PA pushbutton switch.

. push and hold the PTT switch and make an
announcement.
RESULT
the integral light of the PA pushbutton switch comes

on.


. the integral light of the PA pushbutton switch goes off.
On all AIPs:
.
5.In the cockpit:

On all AIPs:
.

announcement.

.
On all AIPs:
.

the cradle.
.


Subtask 23-73-00-710-065-J
B.
Test of PA announcement from the cabin.
ACTION
1.On the Main Instrument Panel 301VU:
RESULT
2.On the CAPT Audio Selector Panel:

. push and turn the PA rotary-knob fully cw.
On the CAPT Audio Selector Panel:

. the integral light of the PA rotary-knob comes on.
3.At the FWD ATTND Station:

In the handset:
. a dial tone is heard.
AES
23-73-00 PB501
Page 8
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ACTION
RESULT
4.On the handset:

. push and hold the PTT and do an announcement.
.
.
the number symbol goes off,

the message PA ALL comes on.

.
the message PA ALL IN USE comes on.
In the cabin, in all lavatories and the AFT ATTND

Stations:
5.At the FWD ATTND Station:
. release the PTT and put the handset back to the
cradle.
All indications are cancelled.

In the handset:
7.On the handset:

a tone is heard.
the tone stops.

.
.

On both AFT AIPs 320RH:

.

.
.

In the cockpit:
.
9.At the AFT LH ATTND Station:
10.On the handset:


loudspeaker.

In the handset:
.
.
the number symbol goes off,

the message PA ALL comes on.
On the FWD and the AFT RH AIPs 320RH:

.
AES
23-73-00 PB501
Page 9
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ACTION
11.At the AFT LH ATTND Station:

cradle.
RESULT
In the cabin, in all lavatories and the FWD and AFT LH
ATTND Stations:
In the handset:
12.On the handset:
a tone is heard.
the tone stops.

.
.


.

.
.

In the cockpit:
.


loudspeaker.
In the handset:
.
14.On the handset:


. the number symbol goes off,
. the message PA ALL comes on.
On the FWD and the AFT LH AIPs 320RH:
.
In the cabin, in all lavatories and the FWD attendant

station:
15.At the AFT RH ATTND Station:
cradle.

AES
23-73-00 PB501
Page 10
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ACTION
RESULT
In the handset:
16.On the handset:

a tone is heard.
the tone stops.

.
.

On the FWD and AFT LH AIPs 320RH:

.

.
In the cockpit:
.

loudspeaker.


. push to rest and turn the PA rotary knob fully ccw.

. the PA rotary-knob integral light goes off.

.

Subtask 23-73-00-710-066-C
C.
Do the priority test
ACTION
RESULT
Through the aft LH attendant station handset:
you hear a dial tone.

.
On the aft LH attendant station handset:
shows.
. goes off.
. PA ALL shows.
On the forward LH and aft RH AIP:
In the cabin, in all lavatories and the forward attendant
station:

announcement.
Through the forward attendant station handset:
AES
23-73-00 PB501
Page 11
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ACTION
RESULT
.
On the forward attendant station handset:

shows.
. goes off.
. PA ALL shows.
On the aft LH AIP:
. WAIT PA ALL shows.
On the aft RH AIP:

announcement during the announcement from the aft
LH attendant station.
. release the PTT switch and put the handset back in
the cradle.

In the cabin, in all lavatories and at the aft attendant
stations:
. you hear the announcement from the forward attendant
station only.
On the aft LH AIP:
. WAIT PA ALL goes off.
4.In the cockpit:

.
On the cockpit handset:

. push and hold the PTT switch and make an
announcement during the announcement from the

. you hear the announcement from the cockpit handset
only.
. WAIT PA ALL shows.
On the aft AIPs:

. release the PTT switch and put the handset back in
the cradle.

WAIT PA ALL goes off.

. the integral light of the PA pushbutton switch comes
on.

. push the PA pushbutton switch.

announcement during the announcement from the
cockpit handset.
AES
you hear the announcement from the cockpit hand

microphone only.
23-73-00 PB501
Page 12
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ACTION
release the PA pushbutton switch.
9.In the cockpit:

. release the PTT switch and put the hand microphone
and the handset back in the cradle.
RESULT
the integral light of the PA pushbutton switch goes off.
On all AIPs:
. PA ALL IN USE goes off.
Subtask 23-73-00-710-177-A
D.
Do the test of the automatic high-volume announcement.
NOTE :
On all emergency oxygen-containers, make sure that the doorstop is set to the test position.
NOTE :
Do not hold the MASK MAN ON pushbutton switch for more than 30 sec., because the FAULT
indication light in the TMR RESET pushbutton switch comes on after 30 sec.
ACTION
RESULT
you hear a tone.

320RH:
.
.

the message PA ALL shows.
On the aft AIPs:

.
the message PA ALL IN USE shows.

.
the tone stops.
In the cabin:
.

at the same time.
you hear a tone.
NOTE :
Before you start the next step of the test, make

sure that all emergency oxygen-container
doorstops are in the test position.
3.In the cockpit, on the circuit breaker panel 49VU:

.
open the C/Bs 2WR, 3WR, 4WR, 5WR and 6WR.
In the cabin:
lift the switch guard, push and release the MASK

the doors of all emergency oxygen-containers (C/B

7WR related) open to the test position.
In the cabin:
.
you hear the tone with an increased volume.
you hear the tone with a decreased volume (normal

level).
5.In the cockpit, on the maintenance panel 50VU:

.
push and release the OXYGEN TMR RESET

pushbutton switch.
AES
23-73-00 PB501
Page 13
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ACTION
.
open the C/B 2KS2.
close the C/B 2KS2.

. release the PTT and the PA ALL pushbutton.
.
RESULT
you hear the tone with an increased volume.
you hear the tone with a decreased volume (normal
level).
In the cabin:
. the tone stops.
All indications and annunciations are cancelled.
close the C/Bs 2WR, 3WR, 4WR, 5WR and 6WR.

** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-73-00-710-178-A
E.
Do the test of the automatic low-volume announcement at the FWD attendant station.
NOTE :
You can ignore all CIDS related visual and acoustical indications in the cabin
that are not given here. They are not important for this test.
ACTION
RESULT
1.In the cabin:

. close the cockpit door.
2.In the cockpit:
3.On the cockpit handset:
In the cabin, all lavatories and all attendant stations:
push and hold the PTT pushbutton switch to do an

announcement.
4.In the cabin:
. open the cockpit door during the announcement from
the cockpit handset.
5.In the cabin:
. close the cockpit door during the announcement from
the cockpit handset.
6.In the cockpit:
5.

. the announcement volume decreases to a lower level.
. the announcement volume increases to a normal level.
Close-up
Subtask 23-73-00-865-256-A
A.
121VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
3JH2
P42
121VU
3JH1
P41
121VU
2JH2
P40
121VU
2JH1
P39
AES
FIN
LOCATION
23-73-00 PB501
Page 14
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 23-73-00-860-105-A
B.
AES

(1)
Push the doors of the emergency oxygen containers to the closed position until they engage.
(2)
On the emergency oxygen containers set the door stops to the normal position.
(3)
Make sure that the circuit breakers 1WR, 2WR, 3WR and 7WR are closed.
(4)

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-002-A)
23-73-00 PB501
Page 15
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-73-00-710-007-A
Operational test of the passenger call system
1.
Reason for the Job

To make sure that the Passenger Call System operates correctly
2.

A.
REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
24-41-00-862-002-A
24-41-00-862-002-A-01
24-41-00-862-002-A-02
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-00-860-079-A
A.

(1)

24-41-00-861-002-A-02)
Subtask 23-73-00-865-057-A
B.
49VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
2KS2
A05
49VU
2KS1
A04
49VU
155RH
G05
49VU
154RH
G04
49VU
COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS
153RH
G03
49VU
150RH
G02
121VU
168RH
M13
121VU
167RH
M12
121VU
166RH
M11
121VU
165RH
M10
121VU
164RH
M09
121VU
163RH
M08
121VU
162RH
M07
121VU
161RH
M06
121VU
151RH
M05
AES
FIN
LOCATION
23-73-00 PB501
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
PANEL
** On A/C 003-004
121VU
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
170RH
M14
170RH
Q14
** On A/C 005-099
121VU
4.
Procedure
Subtask 23-73-00-710-172-E
A.
Do the operational test of the passenger call pushbutton switch.
ACTION
1.Open at least one entrance door.
In the cabin:
2.In the FWD cabin area:
. the seatrow identifiers above all seatrows come on.

On the FWD LH Area Call Panel (ACP) 340RH:
push all the LH passenger call pushbutton switches.
RESULT
the blue indicator comes on after the first selection.
At the FWD attendant station, the FWD lavatory and the

FWD cabin area:
. a single HI tone is heard after each selection.
. the first selected seatrow identification is shown.
In the cabin:
. the related seatrow identifier flashes after selection.
On the FWD RH ACP 340RH:
.
push all the RH passenger call pushbutton-switches.
At the FWD attendant station, the FWD lavatory and the

FWD cabin area:
In the cabin:
.
push to reset all passenger call pushbutton-switches.
.
.
the related seatrow identifier flashes after selection.

the related seatrow identifier stays on.
On both FWD ACPs 340RH:

.
the blue indicator goes off after the last selection.

.
3.In the AFT cabin area:

. push all the LH passenger call pushbutton-switches.
the seatrow identification goes off after the last

selection.
On the AFT LH ACPs 340RH:
. the blue indicator comes on after the first selection.
At the AFT attendant stations, the AFT lavatories and the
AFt cabin area:
In the cabin:
AES
23-73-00 PB501
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ACTION
RESULT
On the AFT RH ACPs 340RH:
.

AFT cabin area:
In the cabin:
.
push to reset all the passenger call pushbuttonswitches.
.
.

On both AFT ACPs 340RH:

.

.

selection.
** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 23-73-00-710-172-K
A.
Do the operational test of the passenger call pushbutton switch.
ACTION
1.Open at least one entrance door.
In the cabin:
2.In the FWD cabin area:
. the seatrow identifiers above all seatrows come on.

On the FWD LH Area Call Panel (ACP) 340RH:
push all the LH passenger call pushbutton switches.
RESULT
In the FWD cabin area LH and RH, the FWD attendant

station and the FWD lavatory:
.
a single HI tone is heard from each loudspeaker after

each selection.
In the cabin:
On the FWD RH ACP 340RH:
.
In the FWD cabin area, the FWD attendant station and the
FWD lavatory:
.
a single HI tone is heard from each loudspeaker after

each selection.
In the cabin:
.
AES
push to reset all LH and RH passenger call

pushbutton-switches.
.
.

23-73-00 PB501
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ACTION
RESULT
On both FWD ACPs 340RH:
.

.
3.In the AFT cabin area:

. push all the LH passenger call pushbutton-switches.

selection.
On the AFT LH ACP 340RH:
. the blue indicator comes on after the first selection.
In the AFT cabin area, the AFT attendant stations and the
AFT lavatories:
. a single HI tone is heard from each loudspeaker after
each selection.
In the cabin:
On the AFT RH ACP 340RH:
In the AFT cabin area, the AFT attendant stations and the
AFT lavatories:
. a single HI tone is heard from each loudspeaker after
each selection.
In the cabin:
.
push to reset all LH and RH passenger call

pushbutton-switches.
.
.

On both AFT ACPs 340RH:

.

.

selection.
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-73-00-710-173-D
B.
Do the operational test of the lavatory A pushbutton switch.

ACTION
1.In the lavatory A:
RESULT
push the passenger call pushbutton switch.
the amber indicator light comes on.

320RH:
. the message PAX La A shows.
In the lavatory A:
AES
23-73-00 PB501
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ACTION
RESULT
the integral light of the passenger call pushbutton
switch comes on.
At the lavatory A, above the door:
.
push to reset the passenger call pushbutton switch.
the amber indicator light comes on.
In the forward cabin, in the lavatory A and at the forward

attendant station:
. you hear a single HI chime.
. all indications are cancelled.
Subtask 23-73-00-710-174-D
C.
Do the operational test of the lavatory D pushbutton switch.
ACTION
1.In the lavatory D:
. push the passenger call pushbutton switch.
RESULT
On the AFT LH ACPs 340RH:
. the amber indicator comes on.
.
the message PAX La D comes on.
In the lavatory D:
.
the integral light of the call pushbutton switch comes

on.
At the lavatory D, above the door:
. the amber call indicator comes on.

AFT cabin area:
. a single HI tone is heard.
Subtask 23-73-00-710-175-B
D.
Do the operational test of the lavatory E pushbutton switch.
ACTION
1.In the lavatory E:
. push the passenger call pushbutton switch.
RESULT
On the AFT RH ACPs 340RH:
. the amber indicator comes on.
.
the message PAX La E comes on.
In the lavatory E:
.
the integral light of the call pushbutton switch comes

on.
At the lavatory E, above the door:
AES
. the amber call indicator comes on.

AFT cabin area:
. a single HI tone is heard.
23-73-00 PB501
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
5.
Close-up
Subtask 23-73-00-860-080-A
A.

(1)
AES

24-41-00-862-002-A-02)
23-73-00 PB501
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-73-00-710-017-A
Operational test of the cabin signs
1.
Reason for the Job

To make sure that the cabin signs operate correctly.
2.

A.
REFERENCE
21-31-34-000-001-A
21-31-34-400-001-A
23-73-00-860-002-A
DESIGNATION
Removal of the Cabin Pressure Controller
Installation of the Cabin Pressure Controller
23-73-00-860-003-A
23-73-00-860-006-A
24-41-00-861-002-A
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
24-41-00-862-002-A
24-41-00-862-002-A-01
24-41-00-862-002-A-02
31-60-00-860-001-A
31-60-00-860-002-A
32-00-00-860-001-A
EIS Start Procedure

EIS Stop Procedure
Flight Configuration Precautions with Electrical Power
32-00-00-860-001-A-01
Flight Configuration Precautions without Electrical Power
32-00-00-860-002-A
Ground Configuration after Flight Configuration with Electrical Power
32-00-00-860-002-A-01
Ground Configuration after Flight Configuration without Electrical Power
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-00-860-091-A
A.
AES

(1)

24-41-00-861-002-A-02)
(2)
(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001-A)
(3)
Do the procedure of flight configuration precaution.

(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-001-A) or (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-001-A-01)
(4)
Make sure that the NO SMOKING switch 190RH and the SEAT BELTS switch 191RH on the cockpit
overhead panel 25VU are in the OFF position.
(5)
Make sure that the A/C is not in a NON SMOKER configuration and a NO SMOKING AREA is not
programmed.
(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-860-003-A)
23-73-00 PB501
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(6)
Get access to the Cabin Pressure Controller 11HL and 12HL in the avionics compartment.
(Ref. TASK 21-31-34-000-001-A)
Subtask 23-73-00-865-091-A
B.
49VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM
1GA
FIN
C09
LOCATION
49VU
FWS/FWC1/SPLY
3WW
F01
49VU
155RH
G05
49VU
154RH
G04
49VU
COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS
153RH
G03
49VU
150RH
G02
121VU
168RH
M13
121VU
167RH
M12
121VU
166RH
M11
121VU
165RH
M10
121VU
164RH
M09
121VU
163RH
M08
121VU
162RH
M07
121VU
161RH
M06
121VU
151RH
M05
121VU
2GA
Q35
121VU
EIS/FWC2/SPLY
2WW
Q07
170RH
M14
170RH
Q14
** On A/C 003-004
121VU
** On A/C 005-099
121VU
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-73-00-865-226-A
C.
Subtask 23-73-00-865-097-A
D.
49VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
1HL
FIN
D09
LOCATION
121VU
52GA
Q34
** On A/C
POST SB 32-1346 FOR A/C 003-008
121VU
LGCIU/BAT SPLY/SYS2
59GA
R33
121VU
LGCIU/BAT SPLY/SYS1
58GA
R32
AES
23-73-00 PB501
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
PANEL
** On A/C ALL
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
122VU
AIR COND/CAB PRESS/CTL/MAN
3HL
Y23
122VU
2HL
Y22
4.
Procedure
Subtask 23-73-00-710-291-D
A.
Test of the Passenger Lighted Signs
NOTE :
All ECAM warnings have to be cleared by pushing the CLR pushbutton switch on the ECAM control
panel to indicate the NO SMOKING and SEAT BELTS message on the ECAM upper display unit.
Therefore the circuit breakers 2WW and 3WW have to stay closed through the whole test.
ACTION
In the cabin:
all No Smoking (NS) signs flash for 5 seconds and then

stay on.
all Fasten Seat Belt (FSB) signs flash for 5 seconds and
then stay on.
you hear a double LO chime.
set the NO SMOKING switch 190RH and the SEAT

BELT switch 191RH to the ON position.
RESULT
In all lavatories:
.
the Return to Seat (RTS) sign comes on.
you hear a single LO chime.
In the cockpit, on the ECAM upper display unit:

.
the messages NO SMOKING and SEAT BELTS show.
In the cabin:
.
set the NO SMOKING switch 190RH and the SEAT

BELT switch 191RH to the OFF position.
all NS and FSB signs go off.
In all lavatories:
.
the RTS sign goes off.

.
the messages NO SMOKING and SEAT BELTS go off.
Subtask 23-73-00-710-221-C
CAUTION :
AES
BEFORE YOU DO THE STEP THAT FOLLOWS, MAKE SURE THAT YOU OBEYED THE FLIGHT
CONFIGURATION PRECAUTIONS. IF YOU DO NOT OBEY THESE PRECAUTIONS, YOU WILL
CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE ANTI-ICE HEATING.
23-73-00 PB501
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
B.
Test of the Passenger Lighted Signs automatic-function if the landing gear is extended
NOTE :
panel to indicate the NO SMOKING message on the ECAM upper display unit. Therefore the circuit
breakers 2WW and 3WW have to stay closed through the whole test.
ACTION
In the cabin:
all No Smoking (NS) signs flash for 5 seconds and then

stay on.
set the NO SMOKING switch 190RH to the AUTO

position.
RESULT
In all lavatories:
.

.
the message NO SMOKING shows.

CAUTION : BEFORE YOU DO THE STEP THAT
FOLLOWS, MAKE SURE THAT YOU OBEYED THE
FLIGHT CONFIGURATION PRECAUTIONS. IF YOU DO
NOT OBEY THESE PRECAUTIONS, YOU WILL CAUSE
DAMAGE TO THE ANTI-ICE HEATING.
. open C/B 1GA LGCIU SYS1.
In the cabin:
all NS signs go off.
open C/B 2GA LGCIU SYS2.
In all lavatories:
.

.
the message NO SMOKING goes off.

.
close C/B 1GA LGCIU SYS1.
In the cabin:
all NS signs flash for 5 seconds and then stay on.
close C/B 2GA LGCIU SYS2.
In all lavatories:
.

. the message NO SMOKING shows.

In the cabin:
all NS signs go off.
set the NO SMOKING switch 190RH to the OFF

position.
In all lavatories:
AES
23-73-00 PB501
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ACTION
.
RESULT

.
the message NO SMOKING goes off.
Subtask 23-73-00-710-225-C
C.
Test of the Passenger Lighted Signs automatic-function if a cabin-decompression occurs
NOTE :
panel to indicate the NO SMOKING and SEAT BELTS message on the ECAM upper display unit.
Therefore the circuit breakers 2WW and 3WW have to stay closed through the whole test.
ACTION
1.In the avionics compartment:
.
RESULT
remove the CABIN PRESS 1 controller 11HL and the

CABIN PRESS 2 controller 12HL.
(Ref. TASK 21-31-34-000-001-A)
2.In the avionics compartment on the rack 95VU:
In the cabin:
all Fasten Seat Belt (FSB) and No Smoking (NS) signs

flash for 5 seconds and then stay on.
connect an electrical test cable between pin 11A of

the connector 11HL-AA and DC ground to simulate
low pressure.
disconnect the electrical test cable.
. the messages SEAT BELTS and NO SMOKING show.

In the cabin:
. all FSB and NS signs go off.
.

3.In the avionics compartment on the rack 96VU:
. connect an electrical test cable between pin 11A of
the connector 12HL-AA and DC ground to simulate
low pressure.
. the messages SEAT BELTS and NO SMOKING go off.

In the cabin:
. all FSB and NS signs flash for 5 seconds and then stay
on.
.
disconnect the electrical test cable.
. the messages SEAT BELTS and NO SMOKING show.

In the cabin:
. all FSB and NS signs go off.
.

.
the messages SEAT BELTS and NO SMOKING go off.
4.In the avionics compartment:
AES
23-73-00 PB501
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ACTION
install the CABIN PRESS 1 controller and the CABIN
PRESS 2 controller.
(Ref. TASK 21-31-34-400-001-A)
5.
RESULT
Close-up
Subtask 23-73-00-865-098-A
A.
49VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
1HL
FIN
D09
LOCATION
121VU
52GA
Q34
** On A/C
POST SB 32-1346 FOR A/C 003-008
121VU
LGCIU/BAT SPLY/SYS2
59GA
R33
121VU
LGCIU/BAT SPLY/SYS1
58GA
R32
122VU
AIR COND/CAB PRESS/CTL/MAN
3HL
Y23
122VU
2HL
Y22
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-73-00-860-092-A
B.
AES

(1)
Do the procedure of ground configuration after flight configuration.

(Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-002-A) or (Ref. TASK 32-00-00-860-002-A-01)
(2)
Make sure that the required cabin layout is selected in the CAM.
(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-860-002-A)
(3)
Make sure that the initial aircraft cabin configuration is programmed.

(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-860-003-A)
(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-860-006-A)
(4)

(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002-A)
(5)

24-41-00-862-002-A-02)
23-73-00 PB501
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-73-00-710-004-A
1.
Reason for the Job

To make sure that the EVAC signaling system operates correctly.
2.

A.
REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
24-41-00-862-002-A
24-41-00-862-002-A-01
24-41-00-862-002-A-02
33-14-00-710-001-A
Operational Test of the Lights
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-00-860-074-A
A.

(1)

24-41-00-861-002-A-02)
(2)
Energize the annunciator light test and dimming system.

(Ref. TASK 33-14-00-710-001-A)
(3)
Subtask 23-73-00-865-054-A
B.

PANEL
49VU
DESIGNATION
155RH
G05
49VU
154RH
G04
49VU
COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS
153RH
G03
49VU
150RH
G02
121VU
168RH
M13
121VU
167RH
M12
121VU
166RH
M11
121VU
165RH
M10
121VU
164RH
M09
121VU
163RH
M08
121VU
162RH
M07
121VU
161RH
M06
AES
FIN
LOCATION
23-73-00 PB501
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
PANEL
121VU
DESIGNATION
151RH
FIN
M05
LOCATION
170RH
M14
170RH
Q14
** On A/C 003-004
121VU
** On A/C 005-099
121VU
4.
Procedure
** On A/C 003-004
Subtask 23-73-00-710-171-D
A.
Do this test
ACTION
.
switch the EVAC CAPT&PURS/CAPT switch to the

CAPT&PURS position.
lift the guard and push the EVAC COMMAND

pushbutton switch.
RESULT

. the integral light in the EVAC COMMAND pushbutton
switch flashes.
.
you hear the EVAC horn.
On the Forward Attendant Panel (FAP) 120RH and the Aft

Attendant Panel (AAP) 126RH:
.
the EVAC indicator light flashes.

.
.
.
push the EVAC COMMAND pushbutton switch to

reset.
push the EVAC COMMAND pushbutton switch.
you hear the EVAC signal.
All messages are cancelled.

All cancelled messages come on again.
push the EVAC HORN SHUT OFF pushbutton

switch.
2.On the FAP:
. push the EVAC RESET pushbutton.
the EVAC horn goes off.
At the forward attendant station:

. the EVAC signal goes off.
3.On the AAP:

. lift the guard and push the EVAC COMMAND
pushbutton switch to reset.
At the aft attendant stations:

switch goes off.
On the FAP and the AAP:
.
5.On the FAP:

. push the EVAC CMD pushbutton.
AES
the EVAC indicator light goes off.
On the FAP:
. the integral light in the EVAC CMD pushbutton comes
on.
23-73-00 PB501
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ACTION
.
RESULT
On the AAP:
.

.
the integral light in the EVAC COMMAND pushbutton

switch flashes.
.
At the forward and aft attendant stations:

.
. push the EVAC CMD pushbutton to reset.
CAPT position.
7.On the FAP:
On the FAP:
on.
.

switch flashes.
.
.
push the EVAC CMD pushbutton switch to reset.
you hear the EVAC horn for approx. 3 sec.
** On A/C 005-099
Subtask 23-73-00-710-171-H
A.
Do this test
ACTION
.
RESULT

CAPT&PURS position.
pushbutton switch.

switch flashes.
.
On the Forward Attendant Panel (FAP) 120RH and the Aft

Attendant Panel (AAP) 126RH:
.

.
AES
23-73-00 PB501
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
.
.
ACTION
push the EVAC COMMAND pushbutton switch to
reset.
push the EVAC COMMAND pushbutton switch.
RESULT
All cancelled messages come on again.
push the EVAC HORN SHUT OFF pushbutton

switch.
2.On the FAP:
. push the EVAC RESET pushbutton.
At the forward attendant station:

3.On the AAP:

At the aft attendant stations:


pushbutton switch to reset.
the EVAC horn goes off.

switch goes off.
On the FAP and the AAP:

.
5.On the FAP:
the EVAC indicator light goes off.
On the FAP:
on.
. the EVAC indicator light flashes.
On the AAP:
.

.

switch flashes.
.
At the forward and aft attendant stations:

.
. push EVAC CMD pushbutton to reset.
CAPT position.
7.On the FAP:
On the FAP:
on.
.

switch flashes.
.
.
AES
push the EVAC CMD pushbutton switch to reset.
you hear the EVAC horn for approx. 3 sec.
23-73-00 PB501
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
5.
Close-up
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-73-00-860-075-A
A.

(1)
AES

24-41-00-862-002-A-02)
23-73-00 PB501
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
Task 23-73-00-710-008-A
Operational test of the Temperature Module
1.
Reason for the Job

To make sure that the Temperature Module operates correctly
2.

A.
REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
24-41-00-862-002-A
24-41-00-862-002-A-01
24-41-00-862-002-A-02
31-60-00-860-001-A
31-60-00-860-002-A
EIS Start Procedure

EIS Stop Procedure
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-00-860-081-A
A.

(1)

24-41-00-861-002-A-02)
(2)
(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001-A)
Subtask 23-73-00-865-062-A
B.

PANEL
49VU
DESIGNATION
155RH
G05
49VU
154RH
G04
49VU
COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS
153RH
G03
49VU
150RH
G02
121VU
168RH
M13
121VU
167RH
M12
121VU
165RH
M10
121VU
164RH
M09
121VU
163RH
M08
121VU
162RH
M07
121VU
161RH
M06
121VU
151RH
M05
AES
FIN
LOCATION
23-73-00 PB501
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
PANEL
DESIGNATION
121VU
FIN
LOCATION
170RH
Q14
122VU
AIR COND/LAV/GALLEY VENT

CTL/EXTRACT FAN/CTL
5HU
U21
122VU
AIR COND/LAV/GALLEY VENT

CTL/EXTRACT FAN/SPLY
6HU
U19
122VU
AIR COND/ZONE TEMP CTL/28VDC/SYS2
4HK
V20
122VU
AIR COND/ZONE TEMP CTL/28VDC/SYS1
3HK
V19
122VU
AIR COND/ZONE TEMP

CTL/115VAC/SYS2
2HK
V18
122VU
AIR COND/ZONE TEMP

CTL/115VAC/SYS1
1HK
V17
122VU
AIR COND/AVNCS/VENT/MONG
3HQ
Y17
Subtask 23-73-00-865-153-A
C.
4.
Procedure
Subtask 23-73-00-710-189-A
A.
Do this test
ACTION
1.In the cockpit, on the ECAM panel:
RESULT
On the ECAM lower display:
push the COND pushbutton switch.
the AIR-CONDITIONING page with the forward and aft

cabin temperature indication shows.
On the Forward Attendant Panel (FAP) 120RH:

.
5.
make sure that the forward and aft cabin temperature

indication is the same as on the ECAM lower display.
Close-up
Subtask 23-73-00-860-082-A
A.
AES

(1)
On the ECAM control panel, set the UPPER DISPLAY and LOWER DISPLAY potentiometers to OFF.
(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002-A)
(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A-02)
23-73-00 PB501
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
Task 23-73-00-710-033-A
Operational test of the passenger call lamps through the MCDU
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
24-41-00-862-002-A
24-41-00-862-002-A-01
24-41-00-862-002-A-02
31-32-00-860-003-A
31-60-00-860-001-A
31-60-00-860-002-A
EIS Start Procedure

EIS Stop Procedure
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-00-860-150-A
A.

(1)

24-41-00-861-002-A-02)
(2)
(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001-A)
(3)

(Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-003-A)
(4)
Subtask 23-73-00-865-169-A
B.
49VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
2KS2
A05
49VU
2KS1
A04
49VU
L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM
1GA
C09
49VU
AIR COND/SDCU/CHAN1
11WQ
C06
49VU
1HL
D09
49VU
155RH
G05
49VU
154RH
G04
49VU
COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS
153RH
G03
AES
FIN
LOCATION
23-73-00 PB501
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
49VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
150RH
FIN
G02
LOCATION
121VU
170RH
M14
121VU
168RH
M13
121VU
167RH
M12
121VU
166RH
M11
121VU
165RH
M10
121VU
164RH
M09
121VU
163RH
M08
121VU
162RH
M07
121VU
161RH
M06
121VU
151RH
M05
121VU
ENGINE/ENG2/FADEC B
4KS2
Q40
121VU
2GA
Q35
121VU
4KS1
R41
122VU
AIR COND/SDCU/CHAN2
12WQ
T18
122VU
2HL
Y22
Subtask 23-73-00-865-170-A
C.
4.
Procedure
Subtask 23-73-00-710-296-A
A.
Do this test
ACTION
1.On the CFDS-MCDU:
. push the MCDU MENU pushbutton.
RESULT
On the CFDS-MCDU:
push the CFDS related line select key.
push the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST line select key.
push the COM related line select key.
push the CIDS1 related line select key.
push the TEST related line select key.
the CIDS1 (ACT) TEST page shows.
push and release the NEXT PAGE pushbutton until

the PAX CALL LAMPS test is indicated.
push the PAX CALL LAMPS related line select key.
the CIDS1 (ACT) PAX CALL LAMPS TEST page with

the message TEST IN PROGRESS shows.
after some seconds the message TEST IN PROGRESS

changes to TEST OK.
NOTE :
AES
An incorrect FAULT message will be recorded for

each LED (without bulbs) PAX CALL LAMP, if
the test of the related lamps is not deactivated in
the CAM.
23-73-00 PB501
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ACTION
push the MCDU MENU pushbutton.
5.
Close-up
RESULT
the MCDU MENU page shows.
Subtask 23-73-00-860-151-A
A.
AES

(1)

(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002-A)
(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A-02)
23-73-00 PB501
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-73-00-710-035-A
Operational test of the cabin LED lamps through the MCDU
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
24-41-00-862-002-A
24-41-00-862-002-A-01
24-41-00-862-002-A-02
31-32-00-860-003-A
31-60-00-860-001-A
31-60-00-860-002-A
33-25-00-710-001-A
EIS Start Procedure

EIS Stop Procedure
Operational test of the Passenger Reading Light System
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-00-860-165-A
A.

(1)

24-41-00-861-002-A-02)
(2)
(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001-A)
(3)

(Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-003-A)
(4)
(5)
Make sure that the passenger reading lights are energized.

(Ref. TASK 33-25-00-710-001-A)
Subtask 23-73-00-865-186-A
B.
49VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
2KS2
A05
49VU
2KS1
A04
49VU
L/G/LGCIU/SYS1/NORM
1GA
C09
49VU
1HL
D09
49VU
155RH
G05
49VU
154RH
G04
AES
FIN
LOCATION
23-73-00 PB501
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
49VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS
153RH
FIN
G03
LOCATION
49VU
150RH
G02
121VU
168RH
M13
121VU
167RH
M12
121VU
166RH
M11
121VU
165RH
M10
121VU
164RH
M09
121VU
163RH
M08
121VU
162RH
M07
121VU
151RH
M05
121VU
ENGINE/ENG2/FADEC B
4KS2
Q40
121VU
2GA
Q35
121VU
4KS1
R41
170RH
M14
170RH
Q14
2HL
Y22
** On A/C 003-004
121VU
** On A/C 005-099
121VU
** On A/C ALL
122VU
Subtask 23-73-00-865-206-A
C.
4.
Procedure
Subtask 23-73-00-710-298-A
A.
Do this test
ACTION
1.On the CFDS-MCDU:
. push the MCDU MENU pushbutton switch.
RESULT
On the CFDS-MCDU:
push the CFDS related line select key.
push the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST line select key.
push the COM related line select key.
push the CIDS1 related line select key.
the CIDS1 main menu page shows.
push the OP TESTS line select key.
the CIDS1 OP TESTS page shows.
push the READING LT + ACP + PAX CALL + SIGN .

LAMPS ACTIVATION line select key.
the CIDS1 OP TEST OF LAMPS page shows.
READING LT + ACP + PAX CALL + SIGN LAMPS

ACTIVATED shows.
In the cabin and in all lavatories:
.
AES
the ACPs, reading lights, passenger call signs and other

signs come on.
23-73-00 PB501
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ACTION
2.On the CFDS-MCDU:
. push the RETURN line select key until the SYSTEM
REPORT/TEST page shows.
RESULT
In the cabin and in all lavatories:
. the ACPs, reading lights, passenger call signs and other
signs go off.
3.On the CFDS-MCDU:

. push the MCDU MENU pushbutton switch.
On the CFDS-MCDU:
5.
Close-up
Subtask 23-73-00-860-166-A
A.
AES

(1)

(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002-A)
(2)

24-41-00-862-002-A-02)
23-73-00 PB501
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-73-00-720-002-A
Verification of Speech Intelligibility of the Passenger Address (PA) System according to CAA Spec. 15
1.
Reason for the Job

CAA Spec.15
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
No specific
SOUND PRESSURE METER - 90 TO 130DB (ACCURACY 1DB)
98-04-08138
APA3100-10
1
1
TEST TONE GENERATOR

TEST, TONE-GENERATOR
B.
REFERENCE
23-73-00-860-004-A
DESIGNATION
23-73-00-860-005-A
24-41-00-861-002-A
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
24-41-00-862-002-A
24-41-00-862-002-A-01
24-41-00-862-002-A-02
35-23-00-710-001-A
Operational Check of Manual Mask Release
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-00-991-00500-A - Sound Pressure Measurement)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-00-860-138-B
A.
AES

(1)

24-41-00-861-002-A-02)
(2)
Energize the passenger emergency-oxygen system.

(Ref. TASK 35-23-00-710-001-A)
(3)
Make sure that the INT/RAD switch on the Audio Control Panel (ACP) is in the center position.
(4)
Make sure that the INTEG LT/ MAIN PNL & PED rotary knob on pedestal panel 111VU is in the BRT
position.
(5)
Make sure that the cockpit door is closed.
(6)
(7)
Make sure that the engines are not running.
23-73-00 PB501
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(8)
On all the passenger-oxygen containers, pull out the doorstops and turn them 90 degrees to the TEST
position.
(9)
On the Programming and Test Panel (PTP) 110RH, set the PA-level to the basic (default)
configuration.
(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-860-004-A)
NOTE :
The annunciation indication and the communication are cancelled, if there is a delay of more
than 60 sec. between test procedure steps.
Subtask 23-73-00-865-155-A
B.

PANEL
49VU
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
2KS2
A05
49VU
155RH
G05
49VU
154RH
G04
49VU
COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS
153RH
G03
49VU
150RH
G02
121VU
168RH
M13
121VU
167RH
M12
121VU
166RH
M11
121VU
165RH
M10
121VU
164RH
M09
121VU
163RH
M08
121VU
162RH
M07
121VU
161RH
M06
121VU
151RH
M05
170RH
M14
170RH
Q14
** On A/C 003-004
121VU
** On A/C 005-099
121VU
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-73-00-865-237-A
C.
Subtask 23-73-00-865-168-A
D.
121VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
3JH2
P42
121VU
3JH1
P41
121VU
2JH2
P40
121VU
2JH1
P39
AES
FIN
LOCATION
23-73-00 PB501
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
4.
Procedure
Subtask 23-73-00-710-256-A
A.
Verification of the correct loudspeaker operation

ACTION
RESULT
1.In the cockpit:

2.On the cockpit handset:
On all Attendant Indication Panels (AIP):

announcement.

.
you hear the announcement loud and clear and without

distortion.
Through the cockpit handset:
.
On all AIPs:
.
put the handset back in the cradle.
Subtask 23-73-00-720-051-B
B.
Measurement of the sound pressure level

(1)
Put the cockpit handset to the Test Tone Generator,

for Becker Flugfunk handsets use TEST, TONE-GENERATOR (APA3100-10),
for Holmberg handsets use TEST TONE GENERATOR (98-04-08138).
(2)
Put the microphone of the SOUND PRESSURE METER - 90 TO 130DB (ACCURACY 1DB) approx.
10 +/-0,5 cm below the first pax loudspeaker.
NOTE :
The cockpit door has to be closed through the whole test.
ACTION
1.On the Test Tone Generator:
. select the White Noise test tone.
RESULT
. the test tone is heard from all loudspeakers.
At the Sound Pressure Meter:
.
the sound pressure level must not be less than the value
given in the table for the sound pressure levels.
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-00-991-00500-A - Sound Pressure
Measurement)
NOTE :
2.Repeat the test step for all cabin, lavatory and attendant .
loudspeakers.
AES
The location of the cabin segments in relation to

the seat rows shows in the CFDS/PA LEVEL
REPORT.
(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-860-005-A)
23-73-00 PB501
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ACTION
. switch the White Noise test tone off.
RESULT
In the cabin, all lavatories and at all attendant stations:
. the test tone stops.
Subtask 23-73-00-720-052-A
C.
Measurement of the automatic gain increase

(1)
Put the microphone of the SOUND PRESSURE METER - 90 TO 130DB (ACCURACY 1DB) below the
first pax loudspeaker.
NOTE :
The cockpit door must be closed during the whole test.
ACTION
. select the White Noise test tone.
RESULT
. you hear the test tone from all loudspeakers.
.
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-00-991-00500-A - Sound Pressure
Measurement)
NOTE :

. lift the switch guard, push and release the MASK
Before you start the next step of the test, make

sure that all emergency oxygen-container
doorstops are set to the test position.
. the doors of the emergency oxygen containers open to
the test position.
. the volume of the test tone increases.
. the value increases by approx. 4dB.

push to reset the OXYGEN TMR RESET pushbutton

switch.
the volume of the test tone decreases to the normal

level.
.
the value decreases by approx. 4dB.
open the C/B 2KS2

ENGINE/2/FADEC A/EIU2.
the volume of the test tone increases.

.
the value increases by approx. 6dB.

.
AES
close the C/B 2KS2.
the volume of the test tone decreases to the normal

level.
23-73-00 PB501
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ACTION
.
. set the White Noise test tone to off.
5.
RESULT
the value decreases by approx. 6dB.
In the cabin, all lavatories and at all attendant stations:

. the test tone stops.
Close-up
Subtask 23-73-00-860-139-B
A.

(1)
Put the cockpit handset back to the cradle.
(2)
On the PTP, set the PA-level to the initial values.

(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-860-004-A)
(3)
On the emergency containers, turn the doorstops to the normal position and let them retract into their
containers.
NOTE :
AES
Spring tension retracts the doorstops automatically when they are in the normal position.
(4)
Make sure that the switch guard is in position on the MASK MAN ON pushbutton switch.
(5)
3JH1, 2JH1, 3JH2, 2JH2.
(6)
(7)

24-41-00-862-002-A-02)
23-73-00 PB501
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
WHITE NOISER
1 KHZ
input
Battery Control input
TEST TONE INPUT VIA TEST UNIT
10cm
LOUDSPEAKER
S0UND PRESSURE
METER
MEASUREMENT OF SOUND PRESSURE LEVEL
SOUND PRESSURE LEVELS

LAVATORIES: 91dB
PASSENGER SEATS AND ATTENDANT AREAS ACCORDING TO THE FOLLOWING
SCHEMATIC
CABIN SEGMENT 2
CABIN SEGMENT 3
95dB
95dB
95dB
95dB
FWD
ENTRY
91dB
93dB
95dB
NEXT TO LAST SEATROW

LAST SEATROW
93dB
91dB
95dB
93dB
99
dB
91dB
1st SEATROW
2nd SEATROW
91dB
CABIN SEGMENT 1
93dB
+
+
99dB
AFT
ENTRY
N_MM_237300_5_AAN0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-00-991-00500-A SHEET 1

Sound Pressure Measurement
23-73-00 PB501
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
CALL PANEL - AREA - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 23-73-11-000-001-A
Removal of the Area Call Panel
FIN 340RH1, 340RH2, 340RH7, 340RH9, 340RH10
1.
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
No specific
AR
B.
STEPLADDER 1.0 M (3.3 FT)
REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-11-991-00100-A - Area Call Panel.)

(Ref. Fig. 23-73-11-991-00100-H - Area Call Panel)
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-11-861-050-A
A.

Subtask 23-73-11-865-050-A
B.

PANEL
49VU
DESIGNATION
COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS
FIN
LOCATION
153RH
G03
121VU
162RH
M07
Subtask 23-73-11-865-053-A
C.
Subtask 23-73-11-941-050-A
D.
4.
AES
Put the STEPLADDER 1.0 M (3.3 FT) in position below the related Area Call Panel.
Procedure
23-73-11 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
** On A/C 005-099
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-73-11-020-050-A
A.
AES
Removal of the Area Call Panel (ACP)

(1)
Remove the lens (4) from the ACP (3).
(2)
Release the spring clips (1), pull and lower the ACP (3) until you can see the electrical connectors (2).
(3)
Disconnect the electrical connectors (2) and remove the ACP (3).
23-73-11 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
340RH10
340RH9
340RH1
340RH2
FR66
FR20
A
EXAMPLE
1
2
1
2
COLOR 1
COLOR 2
4
COLOR 3
COLOR 4
N_MM_237311_4_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-11-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Area Call Panel.
23-73-11 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
340RH10
340RH9
340RH1
340RH2
FR66
FR20
A
EXAMPLE
AREA CALL
PANEL
1
3
N_MM_237311_4_CAA0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-11-991-00100-H SHEET 1

Area Call Panel
23-73-11 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-73-11-400-001-A
Installation of the Area Call Panel
FIN 340RH1, 340RH2, 340RH7, 340RH9, 340RH10
1.
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
24-41-00-862-002-A
24-41-00-862-002-A-01
24-41-00-862-002-A-02

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-11-860-050-A
A.

(1)

24-41-00-861-002-A-02)
(2)
Make sure that the stepladder is below the related Area Call Panel.
Subtask 23-73-11-865-051-A
B.
49VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS
153RH
FIN
G03
LOCATION
121VU
162RH
M07
Subtask 23-73-11-865-054-A
C.
4.
Procedure
** On A/C 003-004
** On A/C 005-099
AES
23-73-11 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-73-11-420-050-A
A.
Installation of the Area Call Panel (ACP)

(1)
(2)
(3)
Connect the electrical connectors (2) to the ACP (3).
(4)
Install the ACP (3) and make sure that you hear a click when the ACP (3) locks in position.
(5)
Install the lens (4) in the ACP (3).
Subtask 23-73-11-865-052-A
B.
49VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS
153RH
FIN
G03
LOCATION
121VU
162RH
M07
Subtask 23-73-11-865-055-A
C.
Subtask 23-73-11-710-051-C
D.
Do this test
ACTION
1.On the CFDS-MCDU:
. push the CFDS related pushbutton.
RESULT
On the CFDS-MCDU:
. the CFDS menu page shows.
push the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST pushbutton

switch.
push the COM related pushbutton switch.
push the CIDS 1 related pushbutton switch.
the CIDS 1 (ACT) page shows.
push the TEST related pushbutton switch.
the CIDS 1 (ACT) TEST page shows.
.
.
push the NEXT PAGE pushbutton until the message

AREA CALL PANELS shows.
push the AREA CALL PANELS related pushbutton.
.
.
push the ACP ON related pushbutton.

push the ACP OFF pushbutton.
.
.
5.
the CIDS 1 (ACT) AREA CALL PANEL TEST page

shows.
In the cabin:
all ACPs come on.
all ACPs go off.
Close-up
Subtask 23-73-11-942-050-A
A.
AES
Close Access
(1)
(2)
Remove the stepladder.
23-73-11 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 23-73-11-862-050-A
B.
AES

23-73-11 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ATTENDANT PANEL - FORWARD - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 23-73-12-000-002-A
Removal of the Forward Attendant Panel
FIN 120RH
1.
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
AR CAP - BLANKING
REFERENCE
23-73-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-861-002-A
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
31-32-00-860-003-A
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-12-991-00200-B - Forward Attendant Panel 120RH)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-12-861-051-A
A.

Subtask 23-73-12-970-051-A
B.
AES
Trouble shooting
(1)
(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-861-001-A)
(2)
If available, you can print the Trouble Shooting Data (TSD) as follows:
. get access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST COM page (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-003-A).
. on this page, push the line key adjacent to the CIDS1 (2) indication.
. on the CIDS1 (2) page, push the line key adjacent to the TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA indication
to get the TROUBLE SHOOTING DATA page.
. print the Trouble Shooting Data page.
23-73-12 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 23-73-12-865-053-A
C.
PANEL
** On A/C 003-004
121VU
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
170RH
M14
170RH
Q14
** On A/C 005-099
121VU
4.
Procedure
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-73-12-020-052-B
A.
AES
Removal of the FAP

(1)
Open the cover (2) with locking magnets (1).
(2)
Disconnect the electrical connector (6) from the FAP (3).
(3)
Remove the screws (4) and the washers (5) and carefully remove the FAP (3).
(4)
23-73-12 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
A
FORWARD ATTENDANT
PANEL 120RH
FR21
A
FR12
1
5
6
120RHA
3
2
1
N_MM_237312_4_BAN0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-12-991-00200-B SHEET 1

Forward Attendant Panel 120RH
23-73-12 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-73-12-400-002-A
Installation of the Forward Attendant Panel
FIN 120RH
1.
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
23-73-00-740-005-A
24-41-00-861-002-A
DESIGNATION
CFDS
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
24-41-00-862-002-A
24-41-00-862-002-A-01
24-41-00-862-002-A-02

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-12-861-053-A
A.
Make sure that aircraft electrical circuits are energized (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).
Subtask 23-73-12-865-054-A
B.
PANEL
** On A/C 003-004
121VU
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
170RH
M14
170RH
Q14
** On A/C 005-099
121VU
4.
Procedure
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-73-12-420-052-B
A.
AES
Installation of the FAP

(1)
(2)
(3)
Install the FAP (3) with the screws (4) and the washers (5).
23-73-12 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
Close the cover (2) with the locking magnets (1).
Subtask 23-73-12-865-055-A
B.
PANEL
** On A/C 003-004
121VU
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
170RH
M14
170RH
Q14
** On A/C 005-099
121VU
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-73-12-740-051-A
C.
5.
Do the BITE test of the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-740-005-A).
Close-up
Subtask 23-73-12-862-051-A
A.
AES

23-73-12 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-73-12-000-003-A
Removal of the Light Module
1.
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
REFERENCE
23-73-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-861-002-A
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
31-32-00-860-003-A
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-12-991-00300-A - Light Module)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-12-861-054-A
A.

Subtask 23-73-12-970-052-A
B.
Trouble Shooting Data

(1)
23-73-00-861-001-A)
(2)
. get access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST COM page (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-003-A)
Subtask 23-73-12-865-056-A
C.
PANEL
** On A/C 003-004
121VU
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
170RH
M14
170RH
Q14
** On A/C 005-099
121VU
AES
23-73-12 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
4.
Procedure
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-73-12-020-053-A
A.
AES
Removal of the light module

(1)
Pull down the locking rod (1) and carefully open the Fwd Attendant Panel (FAP) door (2).
(2)
Loosen the quick release fasteners (3) from the light module (4).
(3)
Carefully pull the light module (4) until you can see the electrical connection (5).
(4)
Disconnect the electrical connection (5).
(5)
Remove the light module (4).
23-73-12 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
FR21
B
FR12
B
5
EXAMPLE
LIGHT
MODULE
N_MM_237312_4_CAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-12-991-00300-A SHEET 1

Light Module
23-73-12 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-73-12-400-003-A
Installation of the Light Module
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
23-73-00-740-003-A
24-41-00-861-002-A
DESIGNATION
PTP
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
24-41-00-862-002-A
24-41-00-862-002-A-01
24-41-00-862-002-A-02

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-12-861-055-A
A.
Make sure that the aircraft electrical circuits are energized (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02)
Subtask 23-73-12-865-057-A
B.
PANEL
** On A/C 003-004
121VU
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
170RH
M14
170RH
Q14
** On A/C 005-099
121VU
4.
Procedure
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-73-12-420-053-A
A.
AES
Installation of the light module

(1)
(2)
(3)
Connect the electrical connection (5).
(4)
Carefully install the light module (4).
23-73-12 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(5)
Tighten the quick release fasteners (3).
(6)
(7)
Carefully close the Fwd Attendant Panel (FAP) door (2). Make sure that you hear a click when the
door (2) locks in position.
Subtask 23-73-12-865-058-A
B.
PANEL
** On A/C 003-004
121VU
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
170RH
M14
170RH
Q14
** On A/C 005-099
121VU
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-73-12-740-052-A
C.
5.
Do the BITE test of the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS). (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-740-003-A)
Close-up
Subtask 23-73-12-862-052-A
A.
AES

23-73-12 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-73-12-000-004-A
Removal of the Audio Module
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
REFERENCE
23-73-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-861-001-A
31-32-00-860-003-A
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-12-991-00400-A - Audio Module)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-12-861-056-A
A.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Subtask 23-73-12-970-053-A
B.

(1)
23-73-00-861-001-A)
(2)
Subtask 23-73-12-865-059-A
C.
PANEL
** On A/C 003-004
121VU
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
170RH
M14
170RH
Q14
** On A/C 005-099
121VU
4.
Procedure
** On A/C ALL
AES
23-73-12 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 23-73-12-020-054-A
A.
AES
Removal of the audio module

(1)
Pull down the locking rod (1) and carefully open the Fwd Attendant Panel (FAP) door (2).
(2)
Loosen the quick release fasteners (3) from the audio module (4).
(3)
Carefully pull the audio module (4) until you can see the electrical connection (5).
(4)
(5)
Remove the audio module (4).
23-73-12 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
FR21
FR12
EXAMPLE
AUDIO
MODULE
5
N_MM_237312_4_DAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-12-991-00400-A SHEET 1

Audio Module
23-73-12 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-73-12-400-004-A
Installation of the Audio Module
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
23-73-00-740-003-A
24-41-00-861-002-A
DESIGNATION
PTP
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
24-41-00-862-002-A
24-41-00-862-002-A-01
24-41-00-862-002-A-02

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-12-861-057-A
A.
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02)
Subtask 23-73-12-865-060-A
B.
PANEL
** On A/C 003-004
121VU
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
170RH
M14
170RH
Q14
** On A/C 005-099
121VU
4.
Procedure
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-73-12-420-054-A
A.
AES
Installation of the audio module

(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
Carefully install the audio module (4).
23-73-12 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(5)
(6)
(7)
Subtask 23-73-12-865-061-A
B.
PANEL
** On A/C 003-004
121VU
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
170RH
M14
170RH
Q14
** On A/C 005-099
121VU
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-73-12-740-053-A
C.
5.
Do the BITE test of the Cabin Intercommunication Data system (CIDS) (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-740-003-A).
Close-up
Subtask 23-73-12-862-053-A
A.
AES

23-73-12 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-73-12-000-005-A
Removal of the Miscellaneous Module
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
REFERENCE
23-73-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-42-00-861-001-A
31-32-00-860-003-A
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-12-991-00500-A - Miscellaneous Module)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-12-861-059-A
A.

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-001-A).
Subtask 23-73-12-970-054-A
B.

(1)
23-73-00-861-001-A)
(2)
Subtask 23-73-12-865-064-A
C.
PANEL
** On A/C 003-004
121VU
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
170RH
M14
170RH
Q14
** On A/C 005-099
121VU
4.
Procedure
** On A/C ALL
AES
23-73-12 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 23-73-12-020-056-A
A.
AES
Removal of the miscellaneous module

(1)
Pull down the locking rod (1) and carefully open the Forward Attendant Panel (FAP) door (2).
(2)
Loosen the quick release fasteners (3) from the miscellaneous module (4).
(3)
Carefully pull the miscellaneous module (4) until you can see the electrical connection (5).
(4)
(5)
Remove the miscellaneous module (4).
23-73-12 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
FR21
FR12
EXAMPLE
MISCELLANEOUS
MODULE
5
N_MM_237312_4_EAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-12-991-00500-A SHEET 1

Miscellaneous Module
23-73-12 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-73-12-400-005-A
Installation of the Miscellaneous Module
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
23-73-00-740-003-A
24-41-00-861-002-A
DESIGNATION
PTP
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
24-41-00-862-002-A
24-41-00-862-002-A-01
24-41-00-862-002-A-02

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-12-861-058-A
A.
Make sure that aircraft electrical circuits are energized (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02)
Subtask 23-73-12-865-062-A
B.
PANEL
** On A/C 003-004
121VU
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
170RH
M14
170RH
Q14
** On A/C 005-099
121VU
4.
Procedure
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-73-12-420-055-A
A.
AES
Installation of the miscellaneous Module

(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
Carefully install the light module (4).
23-73-12 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(5)
(6)
(7)
Subtask 23-73-12-865-063-A
B.
PANEL
** On A/C 003-004
121VU
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
170RH
M14
170RH
Q14
** On A/C 005-099
121VU
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-73-12-740-054-A
C.
5.
Do the BITE test of the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS). (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-740-003-A)
Close-up
Subtask 23-73-12-862-054-A
A.
AES

23-73-12 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-73-12-960-001-A
Replacement of the Switchguard from the Forward Attendant Panel
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
PIN - NON METALLIC
REFERENCE
23-73-00-710-004-A
DESIGNATION
23-73-00-740-003-A
24-41-00-861-002-A

PTP
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
24-41-00-862-002-A
24-41-00-862-002-A-01
24-41-00-862-002-A-02
33-51-00-710-007-A
Operational Test of the Emergency Lighting in the Cabin with the LIGHT
EMER Pushbutton Switch
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-12-991-00700-A - Replacement: Switchguard of the Forward Attendant Panel (FAP))
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-12-861-062-A
A.

Subtask 23-73-12-865-073-A
B.
PANEL
** On A/C 003-004
121VU
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
170RH
M14
170RH
Q14
** On A/C 005-099
121VU
4.
Procedure
** On A/C ALL
AES
23-73-12 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-12-991-00700-A - Replacement: Switchguard of the Forward Attendant Panel (FAP))
Subtask 23-73-12-960-050-A
A.
Replacement of the Switchguard from the Forward Attendant Panel (FAP)

(1)
Replace the Switchguard of the Forward Attendant Panel (FAP).

(a)
Pull down the locking rod (1) and carefully open the cover (2) of the Forward Attendant Panel
(3).
CAUTION :
BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO WORK ON THE FRONT PLATE OF THE FORWARD

ATTENDANT PANEL. IT IS EASY TO CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE SURFACE.
(b)
Carefully push the locking-pin (4) with a PIN - NON METALLIC (7) from one side until you get
access to one end of the locking-pin (4).
(c)
Carefully pull the locking-pin (4) at its end and remove it.
(d)
Carefully remove the switchguard (5).
(e)
Carefully pull the brackets (6) until they have the correct position for the new switchguard and
hold them in this position.
(f)
Put the new switchguard (5) in position and carefully push the locking-pin (4) into the brackets
(6).
NOTE :
Make sure that the locking-pin (4) has the correct position and is fully locked.
Subtask 23-73-12-865-074-A
B.
PANEL
** On A/C 003-004
121VU
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
170RH
M14
170RH
Q14
** On A/C 005-099
121VU
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-73-12-740-058-A
C.
Do the BITE Test of the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) through the PTP (Ref. TASK
23-73-00-740-003-A).
Subtask 23-73-12-710-051-A
D.
AES
Do this (these) test(s) for the pushbuttons(s) where you have replaced the Switchguard(s).
(1)
For the Switchguard-replacement of the LIGHT EMER-pushbutton :

. Do the Operational Test of the EMER LT SYS (Ref. TASK 33-51-00-710-007-A).
(2)
For the Switchguard-replacement of the EVAC CMD-pushbutton :

. Do the Operational Test of the Emergency Evacuation Signalling System (Ref. TASK
23-73-00-710-004-A).
23-73-12 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
5.
Close-up
Subtask 23-73-12-862-056-A
A.
AES

23-73-12 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
2
FR21
3
FR12
B
EXAMPLE
C
EXAMPLE
N_MM_237312_4_GAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-12-991-00700-A SHEET 1

Replacement: Switchguard of the Forward Attendant Panel
(FAP)
23-73-12 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ADDITIONAL ATTENDANT PANEL (AAP) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 23-73-13-000-001-A
Removal of the Aft/Additional Attendant Panel
FIN 126RH
1.
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
AR CAP - BLANKING
REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-13-991-00100-A - Aft/Additional Attendant Panel)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-13-861-050-A
A.

Subtask 23-73-13-865-050-A
B.

PANEL
49VU
DESIGNATION
COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS
FIN
LOCATION
153RH
G03
121VU
162RH
M07
Subtask 23-73-13-865-056-A
C.
4.
Procedure
AES
23-73-13 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 23-73-13-020-050-A
A.
AES
Removal of the Aft/Additional Attendant Panel (AAP)

(1)
Remove the cover (1) from the AAP (2).
(2)
(3)
Pull and lower the AAP (2) and disconnect the electrical connector (5).
(4)
Remove the AAP (2).
(5)
23-73-13 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
FR70
126RH
FR64
5 126RHA
4
3
N_MM_237313_4_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-13-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Aft/Additional Attendant Panel
23-73-13 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-73-13-400-001-A
Installation of the Aft/Additional Attendant Panel
FIN 126RH
1.
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
23-73-00-740-005-A
24-41-00-861-002-A
DESIGNATION
CFDS
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
24-41-00-862-002-A
24-41-00-862-002-A-01
24-41-00-862-002-A-02

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-13-861-052-A
A.

Subtask 23-73-13-865-051-A
B.
49VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS
153RH
FIN
G03
LOCATION
121VU
162RH
M07
Subtask 23-73-13-865-057-A
C.
4.
Procedure
Subtask 23-73-13-420-050-A
A.
AES
Installation of the Aft/Additional Attendant Panel (AAP)

(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
23-73-13 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(5)
Connect the electrical connectors (5) to the AAP (2).
(6)
Install the AAP (2) with the screws (3) and the washers (4).
(7)
Install the cover (1) on the AAP (2) and make sure it locks into position with a click.
(8)
Subtask 23-73-13-865-052-A
B.
49VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS
153RH
FIN
G03
LOCATION
121VU
162RH
M07
Subtask 23-73-13-865-058-A
C.
Subtask 23-73-13-740-050-A
D.
5.
Do the BITE-test of the CIDS through the CFDS.

(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-740-005-A)
Close-up
Subtask 23-73-13-862-050-A
A.
AES

23-73-13 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
LIGHT - CALL, LAVATORY - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 23-73-14-000-001-A
FIN 591RH
1.
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-14-991-00100-A - Lavatory Call Light)

(Ref. Fig. 23-73-14-991-00100-B - Lavatory Call Light)
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-14-861-055-A
A.

Subtask 23-73-14-865-050-A
B.

PANEL
49VU
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
155RH
G05
49VU
154RH
G04
121VU
168RH
M13
121VU
167RH
M12
121VU
166RH
M11
121VU
165RH
M10
121VU
164RH
M09
121VU
163RH
M08
Subtask 23-73-14-865-074-A
C.
AES
23-73-14 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
4.
Procedure
** On A/C 003-004
** On A/C 005-099
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-73-14-020-050-A
A.
AES

(1)
Remove the lens (4) from the lavatory call light (3).
(2)
Release the spring clips (1), pull and lower the lavatory call light (3).
(3)
Disconnect the electrical connectors (2) and remove the lavatory call light (3).
23-73-14 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
EXAMPLE
LAVATORY
N_MM_237314_4_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-14-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Lavatory Call Light
23-73-14 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 005-099
EXAMPLE
2
1
N_MM_237314_4_AAB0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-14-991-00100-B SHEET 1

Lavatory Call Light
23-73-14 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-73-14-400-001-A
FIN 591RH
1.
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
23-73-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-861-002-A
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
24-41-00-862-002-A
24-41-00-862-002-A-01
24-41-00-862-002-A-02

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-14-861-050-A
A.

Subtask 23-73-14-865-051-A
B.
49VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
155RH
FIN
G05
LOCATION
49VU
154RH
G04
121VU
168RH
M13
121VU
167RH
M12
121VU
166RH
M11
121VU
165RH
M10
121VU
164RH
M09
121VU
163RH
M08
Subtask 23-73-14-865-075-A
C.
4.
AES
Procedure
23-73-14 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
** On A/C 005-099
** On A/C ALL
Subtask 23-73-14-420-050-A
A.

(1)
(2)
(3)
Connect the electrical connectors (2) to the lavatory call light (3).
(4)
Install the lavatory call light (3) and make sure that the spring clips (1) lock in position with a click.
(5)
Install the lens (4) on the lavatory call light (3).
(6)
Subtask 23-73-14-865-052-A
B.
49VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
155RH
FIN
G05
LOCATION
49VU
154RH
G04
121VU
168RH
M13
121VU
167RH
M12
121VU
166RH
M11
121VU
165RH
M10
121VU
164RH
M09
121VU
163RH
M08
Subtask 23-73-14-865-076-A
C.
Subtask 23-73-14-869-051-A
D.
(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-861-001-A)
Subtask 23-73-14-710-050-A
E.
Do this test
ACTION
1.In the cabin, at the related lavatory:
RESULT
In the cabin, at the related lavatory:
Push the lavatory call pushbutton switch.
The lavatory call light flashes.
Push the lavatory call pushbutton switch again.
The lavatory call light goes off.
AES
23-73-14 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
5.
Close-up
Subtask 23-73-14-862-050-A
A.
AES

23-73-14 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
Task 23-73-14-000-006-A
Removal of the Seat Row Call/Numbering Light
FIN 505RH, 506RH
1.
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-14-991-00600-A - Seat Row Call/Numbering Light)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-14-861-056-A
A.

Subtask 23-73-14-865-065-A
B.
49VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
155RH
G05
49VU
154RH
G04
121VU
168RH
M13
121VU
167RH
M12
121VU
166RH
M11
121VU
165RH
M10
121VU
164RH
M09
121VU
163RH
M08
4.
FIN
LOCATION
Procedure
NOTE :
AES
If the seat row call/numbering light has LEDs, it is necessary to remove the Printed Circuit Board (PCB)
(Ref. AMM 23-73-49 Board - Printed Circuit).
23-73-14 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 23-73-14-020-055-A
A.
AES
Removal of the seat row call/numbering light

(1)
Put a small screwdriver between the switch panel cover (4) and the Passenger Service Information Unit
(PSIU).
(2)
Push the switch panel cover (4) carefully down until the lug (3) is released.
(3)
Pull the switch panel cover (4) in the direction of the arrow until the lugs (5) are released.
(4)
Remove the seat row call/numbering light (2).
23-73-14 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
2
3
4
5
5
NOTE:
SWITCH PANELCOVER
RELEASE DIRECTION
N_MM_237314_4_BAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-14-991-00600-A SHEET 1

Seat Row Call/Numbering Light
23-73-14 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C 003-004
Task 23-73-14-400-006-A
Installation of the Seat Row Call/Numbering Light
FIN 505RH, 506RH
1.
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
23-73-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-861-002-A
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
24-41-00-862-002-A
24-41-00-862-002-A-01
24-41-00-862-002-A-02

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-14-861-057-A
A.
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).
Subtask 23-73-14-865-066-A
B.
49VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
155RH
G05
49VU
154RH
G04
121VU
168RH
M13
121VU
167RH
M12
121VU
166RH
M11
121VU
165RH
M10
121VU
164RH
M09
121VU
163RH
M08
4.
FIN
LOCATION
Procedure
NOTE :
AES
If the Seatrow Call/Numbering Light is equipped with LED technologie, install the complete Printed Circuit
Board (Ref. AMM 23-73-49 Board - Printed Circuit).
23-73-14 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 23-73-14-420-055-A
A.
Installation of the seatrow call/numbering light

(1)
Install the seatrow call/numbering light (2).
(2)
Put the switch panel cover (4) in position on the PSIU. Move it carefully in the opposite arrow direction
until the lugs (5) engage into the recesses of the PSIU. Push the switch panel cover (4) up until the lug
(3) engages into the recess (1) of the PSIU.
NOTE :
Make sure that the switch panel cover (4) is correctly attached.
Subtask 23-73-14-865-067-A
B.
49VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
155RH
FIN
G05
LOCATION
49VU
154RH
G04
121VU
168RH
M13
121VU
167RH
M12
121VU
166RH
M11
121VU
165RH
M10
121VU
164RH
M09
121VU
163RH
M08
Subtask 23-73-14-869-052-A
C.
23-73-00-861-001-A).
Subtask 23-73-14-710-055-A
D.
Do this test.
ACTION
RESULT
1.In the cabin:

. close all passenger/crew doors.
2.In the cabin:
. open a passenger/crew door.
In the cabin:
. all seatrow call/numbering lights come on.
On the PTP 110RH:
push the DISPL ON membrane switch.
the CIDS menu page comes on.
push the CONT related membrane switch until PAX

CALL LAMPS comes on.
push the PAX CALL LAMPS related membrane
switch.
the PAX CALL LAMPS test page comes on with the

flashing message:
WAIT FOR RESPONSE.
after not many seconds the
WAIT FOR RESPONSE message changes to:
ATA 23-73-14
TEST OK.
AES
23-73-14 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
5.
Close-up
Subtask 23-73-14-862-055-A
A.
AES
23-73-14 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
PROGRAMMING AND TEST PANEL - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 23-73-18-000-001-A
Removal of the Programming and Test Panel
FIN 110RH
1.
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
AR CAP - BLANKING
REFERENCE
23-73-19-000-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-861-002-A
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
31-32-00-860-003-A
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-18-991-00100-A - Programming and Test Panel)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-18-970-050-A
A.
Access to the trouble-shooting data

(1)
If required, print the trouble-shooting data as follows:

(a)
Get access to the (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-003-A)
(b)
Print the trouble-shooting data.
Subtask 23-73-18-861-050-A
B.

Subtask 23-73-18-865-050-A
C.

PANEL
121VU
4.
DESIGNATION
FIN
161RH
LOCATION
M06
Procedure
AES
23-73-18 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 23-73-18-020-050-A
A.
AES
Removal of the Programming and Test Panel (PTP)

(1)
Open the access door (10).
(2)
Remove the Cabin Assignment Module (CAM).

(Ref. TASK 23-73-19-000-001-A)
(3)
Remove the screws (7), the washers (8) and the cover (9).
(4)
(5)
Pull and lower the PTP (1) with the brackets (2) until you can see the electrical connector (11).
(6)
Disconnect the electrical connector (11) from the PTP (1).
(7)
Remove the screws (3), the washers (4) and the brackets (2) from the PTP (1).
(8)
Remove the PTP (1).
(9)
23-73-18 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
A
110RH
FR21
A
FR12
3
4
11
110RH1
4
3
10
N_MM_237318_4_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-18-991-00100-A SHEET 1

23-73-18 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-73-18-400-001-A
Installation of the Programming and Test Panel
FIN 110RH
1.
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
23-73-00-740-005-A
23-73-19-400-001-A
DESIGNATION
CFDS
24-41-00-861-002-A
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
24-41-00-862-002-A
24-41-00-862-002-A-01
24-41-00-862-002-A-02

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-18-861-051-A
A.

Subtask 23-73-18-865-051-A
B.
PANEL
121VU
4.
DESIGNATION
FIN
161RH
LOCATION
M06
Procedure
Subtask 23-73-18-420-050-A
A.
AES
Installation of the Programming and Test Panel (PTP)

(1)
(2)
(3)
Install the Cabin Assignment Module (CAM).

(Ref. TASK 23-73-19-400-001-A)
(4)
Install the brackets (2) to the PTP (1) with the screws (3) and the washers (4).
(5)
(6)
Connect the electrical connector (11) to the PTP (1).
23-73-18 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(7)
Install the PTP (1) with the screws (5) and the washers (6).
(8)
Install the cover (9) with the screws (7) and the washers (8).
(9)
Close the access door (10).
(10) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other items.
Subtask 23-73-18-865-052-A
B.
PANEL
121VU
DESIGNATION
FIN
161RH
LOCATION
M06
Subtask 23-73-18-740-050-A
C.
5.
Do the BITE-test of the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS).

(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-740-005-A)
Close-up
Subtask 23-73-18-862-050-A
A.
AES

23-73-18 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
MODULE - CABIN ASSIGNMENT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 23-73-19-000-001-A
FIN 115RH
1.
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-19-991-00100-A - Cabin Assignment Module (115RH) - Removal/Installation)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-19-861-050-A
A.

Subtask 23-73-19-865-050-A
B.

PANEL
49VU
DESIGNATION
150RH
G02
121VU
161RH
M06
121VU
151RH
M05
4.
FIN
LOCATION
Procedure
Subtask 23-73-19-020-050-A
A.
AES
Removal of the Cabin Assignment Module (CAM)

(1)
Unlock the quick-release fasteners (2).
(2)
Remove the CAM (1).
23-73-19 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
A
110RH
FR21
FR12
115RH
N_MM_237319_4_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-19-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Cabin Assignment Module (115RH) - Removal/Installation
23-73-19 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-73-19-400-001-A
FIN 115RH
1.
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
23-73-00-740-005-A
23-73-00-860-002-A
DESIGNATION
CFDS
24-41-00-861-002-A
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
24-41-00-862-002-A
24-41-00-862-002-A-01
24-41-00-862-002-A-02

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-19-861-051-A
A.

Subtask 23-73-19-865-051-A
B.
PANEL
49VU
DESIGNATION
150RH
G02
121VU
161RH
M06
121VU
151RH
M05
4.
FIN
LOCATION
Procedure
Subtask 23-73-19-420-050-A
A.
AES
Installation of the Cabin Assignment Module (CAM)

(1)
(2)
(3)
Install the CAM (1).
(4)
Lock the quick-release fasteners (2).
23-73-19 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(5)
Subtask 23-73-19-865-053-A
B.
49VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
150RH
FIN
G02
LOCATION
121VU
161RH
M06
121VU
151RH
M05
Subtask 23-73-19-740-050-A
C.
5.
Do the BITE-test of the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS).

(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-740-005-A)
Close-up
Subtask 23-73-19-860-051-A
A.
Make sure that the required cabin layout is selected in the CAM.
(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-860-002-A)
Subtask 23-73-19-862-050-A
B.
AES

23-73-19 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
INDICATING PANEL - ATTENDANT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 23-73-22-000-001-A
Removal of the Attendant Indication Panel
FIN 320RH1, 320RH9, 320RH11
1.
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
AR CAP - BLANKING
No specific
B.
SCREWDRIVER - SMALL
REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-22-991-00100-A - Attendant Indication Panel)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-22-861-050-A
A.

Subtask 23-73-22-865-050-A
B.
49VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS
153RH
FIN
G03
LOCATION
121VU
162RH
M07
Subtask 23-73-22-865-053-A
C.
4.
Procedure
AES
23-73-22 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 23-73-22-020-051-A
A.
Removal of the Attendant Indication Panel (AIP)

(1)
(2)
AES
Remove the AIP from the Passenger Service Information Unit (PSIU)
(a)
Remove the section hose (1) from one side of the mounting rail (2).
(b)
Pull and lower the related PSIU (3) to get access to the AIP.
(c)
Apply a SCREWDRIVER - SMALL to the cover (4) of the AIP (9) and carefully remove the cover.
(d)
Remove the screws (6), the washers (5) and the nuts (7).
(e)
(f)
Remove the AIP (9).
(g)
Remove the AIP from the cabin

(a)
Apply a SCREWDRIVER - SMALL to the cover (4) of the AIP (9) and carefully remove the cover.
(b)
(c)
(d)
Remove the AIP (9).
(e)
23-73-22 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
320RH9
320RH11
320RH1
A
B
EXAMPLE
FR69
FR66
FR64
FR21
3
FR20
FR12
C
C
EXAMPLE
5
6
B
EXAMPLE
9
N_MM_237322_4_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-22-991-00100-A SHEET 1

23-73-22 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-73-22-400-001-A
Installation of the Attendant Indication Panel
FIN 320RH1, 320RH9, 320RH11
1.
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
98A25207503000
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
REFERENCE
23-73-00-740-005-A
24-41-00-861-002-A
DESIGNATION
CFDS
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
24-41-00-862-002-A
24-41-00-862-002-A-01
24-41-00-862-002-A-02

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-22-861-051-A
A.

(1)

24-41-00-861-002-A-02)
Subtask 23-73-22-865-051-A
B.
PANEL
49VU
DESIGNATION
COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS
FIN
LOCATION
153RH
G03
121VU
162RH
M07
Subtask 23-73-22-865-054-A
C.
4.
Procedure
AES
23-73-22 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 23-73-22-420-051-A
A.
Installation of the Attendant Indication Panel (AIP)

(1)
(2)
Install the AIP in the Passenger Service Information Unit (PSIU)

(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
Connect the electrical connector (8) to the AIP (9).
(f)
Attach the AIP (9) to the PSIU (3) with the screws (6), the washers (5) and the nuts (7).
(g)
Install the cover (4) on the AIP (9) and make sure that it locks in position with a click.
(h)
(i)
Install the section hose (1) with the PULLEY ASSEMBLY - SEALING CORD (98A25207503000)
on the mounting rail (2).
(j)
Make sure that the section hose is not stretched.
(k)
Move the pulley assembly quickly forward and rearward to prevent this.
Install the Attendant Indication Panel (AIP) in the cabin

(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
Connect the electrical connector (8) to AIP (9).
(f)
Attach the AIP (9) with the screws (6) and the washers (5).
(g)
Install the cover (4) on the AIP (9) and make sure that it locks in position with a click.
(h)
Subtask 23-73-22-865-056-A
B.
PANEL
49VU
DESIGNATION
COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS
FIN
LOCATION
153RH
G03
121VU
162RH
M07
Subtask 23-73-22-740-050-A
C.
5.
Do the BITE-test of the CIDS.

(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-740-005-A)
Close-up
Subtask 23-73-22-862-050-A
A.
AES

23-73-22 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
DIRECTOR - CIDS - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 23-73-34-000-001-A
FIN 101RH, 102RH
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
No specific
AR
CAP - BLANKING
No specific
AR
B.

ZONE/ACCESS
127
128
824
ZONE DESCRIPTION
C.
REFERENCE
52-41-00-010-002-A
DESIGNATION
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-34-991-00100-A - CIDS Director)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-34-010-050-A
A.
Get Access
(1)
Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) in position at zone 128.
(2)
Open the access door 824 (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-010-002-A).
Subtask 23-73-34-865-050-A
B.
PANEL
FOR FIN 101RH
49VU
121VU
FOR FIN 102RH
49VU
121VU
AES
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
150RH
G02
151RH
M05
150RH
G02
151RH
M05
23-73-34 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
4.
Procedure
Subtask 23-73-34-020-050-A
A.
AES

(1)
(2)
Lower the nuts (3).
(3)
Pull the CIDS director (5) on its rack (2) to disconnect the electrical connectors (1).
(4)
Remove the CIDS director (5) from its rack (2).
(5)
23-73-34 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
FR24A
FR20
ACCESS
DOOR 824
A
80VU
102RH
88VU
101RH
87VU
4
3
N_MM_237334_4_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-34-991-00100-A SHEET 1

CIDS Director
23-73-34 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-73-34-400-001-A
FIN 101RH, 102RH
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
1

ZONE/ACCESS
127
128
824
ZONE DESCRIPTION
C.
REFERENCE
23-73-00-740-003-A
23-73-34-000-001-A
24-41-00-861-002-A
DESIGNATION
PTP
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
24-41-00-862-002-A
24-41-00-862-002-A-01
24-41-00-862-002-A-02
52-41-00-410-002-A

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-34-860-050-A
A.

(1)
Make sure that the aircraft electrical circuits are energized (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref.
TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).
Subtask 23-73-34-865-051-A
B.
PANEL
FOR FIN 101RH
49VU
121VU
AES
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
150RH
G02
151RH
M05
23-73-34 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
PANEL
FOR FIN 102RH
49VU
DESIGNATION
121VU
FIN
LOCATION
150RH
G02
151RH
M05
Subtask 23-73-34-010-051-A
C.
4.
Get Access
(1)
Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 2M (6 FT) is in position at the access door 824 in zone 128.
(2)
Procedure
Subtask 23-73-34-420-050-A
A.
Installation of the CIDS Directors

NOTE :
(1)
(2)
The installation procedures of the two CIDS Directors are not the same.
Installation of the CIDS Director 1

(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
Install the CIDS director 1(5) on its rack (2).
(f)
Push the CIDS director 1(5) on its rack (2) to connect the electrical connectors (1).
(g)
Installation of the CIDS Director 2

(a)
Remove the CIDS Director 1 (101RH) (Ref. TASK 23-73-34-000-001-A).
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
Push the CIDS director 2(5) on its rack (2) to connect the electrical connectors (1).
(h)
(i)
Close the related circuit breakers of the CIDS Director 2 to automatically put the data content of
the CAM (Cabin Assignment Module) in the CIDS.
CAUTION :
AES
DO NOT OPEN THE CIRCUIT BREAKER OF THE CIDS DIRECTOR 2 BEFORE A

MINIMUM OF THREE MINUTES AFTER YOU CLOSE THIS CIRCUIT BREAKER.
(j)
Open the circuit breaker of the CIDS director 2.
(k)
(l)
Close the related circuit breakers of the CIDS directors 1 and 2.
23-73-34 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 23-73-34-865-052-A
B.
PANEL
FOR FIN 101RH
49VU
DESIGNATION
121VU
FOR FIN 102RH
49VU
121VU
FIN
LOCATION
150RH
G02
151RH
M05
150RH
G02
151RH
M05
Subtask 23-73-34-740-050-A
C.
5.
Do the BITE test of the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS) (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-740-003-A).
Close-up
Subtask 23-73-34-410-050-A
A.
Close Access
(1)
(2)
(3)
Subtask 23-73-34-862-050-A
B.
AES

23-73-34 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
POWER UNIT - PASSENGER READING LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 23-73-38-000-001-A
Removal of the Power Unit for the Passenger Reading Light
1.
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
No specific
QTY
AR CAP - BLANKING
1
PIN - NON METALLIC
No specific
AR
B.
DESIGNATION
REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-38-991-00100-A - Power Unit - Removal/Installation)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-38-861-050-A
A.

Subtask 23-73-38-865-050-A
B.
PANEL
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
PASSENGER
PASSENGER
PASSENGER
PASSENGER
PASSENGER
PASSENGER
DESIGNATION
READING LIGHT
READING LIGHT
READING LIGHT
READING LIGHT
READING LIGHT
READING LIGHT
FIN
6LW
5LW
4LW
3LW
2LW
1LW
LOCATION
G06
G05
G04
G03
G02
G01
Subtask 23-73-38-865-052-A
C.
PANEL
2000VU
AES
DESIGNATION
PASSENGER READING LIGHT
FIN
6LW
LOCATION
G06
23-73-38 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
PANEL
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
4.
PASSENGER
PASSENGER
PASSENGER
PASSENGER
PASSENGER
DESIGNATION
READING LIGHT
READING LIGHT
READING LIGHT
READING LIGHT
READING LIGHT
FIN
5LW
4LW
3LW
2LW
1LW
LOCATION
G05
G04
G03
G02
G01
Procedure
Subtask 23-73-38-020-050-A
A.
Removal of the power unit for the passenger reading light

(1)
Open the Passenger Service/Information Unit (PSIU).

(a)
(b)
Pull and lower the PSIU (1).

NOTE :
(2)
Disconnect the electrical connectors.

CAUTION :
(a)
Disconnect the electrical connector (4) from the PCB (2).
(b)
Disconnect the electrical connector (5) from the reading light (7).
(3)
(4)
Remove the plastic rivets (3) with a PIN - NON METALLIC.
(5)
Remove the power unit.

CAUTION :
(a)
AES
Be careful when you work on the lowered PSIU. If you use too much force, it is easy to
move the PSIU in the mounting rail too much. This can cause damage to the hinge in the
mounting rail.
BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL A PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD. DO

NOT TOUCH IT DIRECTLY. IT IS EASY TO CAUSE DAMAGE TO THIS COMPONENT.
Hold the PCB (2) at its sides and remove it from the PSIU (1).
23-73-38 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE
C
2040VU
2041VU
1
A
C
PSU
4
PIU
6
6
EXAMPLE
6
511RH
512RH
9
7
11
10
7
N_MM_237338_4_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-38-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Power Unit - Removal/Installation
23-73-38 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-73-38-400-001-A
Installation of the Power Unit for the Passenger Reading Light
1.
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
98A25207503000
AMP169994-1
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
1
CRIMPING DEVICE
Expendable Parts
FIG.ITEM
10
11
DESIGNATION
IPC-CSN
23-73-09-11-012
23-73-09-11-013
TERMINAL-CABLE
HOUSING
C.
REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
24-41-00-862-002-A
24-41-00-862-002-A-01
24-41-00-862-002-A-02
33-25-00-710-001-A

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-38-861-051-A
A.

Subtask 23-73-38-865-051-A
B.
PANEL
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
AES
PASSENGER
PASSENGER
PASSENGER
PASSENGER
PASSENGER
PASSENGER
DESIGNATION
READING LIGHT
READING LIGHT
READING LIGHT
READING LIGHT
READING LIGHT
READING LIGHT
FIN
6LW
5LW
4LW
3LW
2LW
1LW
LOCATION
G06
G05
G04
G03
G02
G01
23-73-38 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 23-73-38-865-053-A
C.
PANEL
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
4.
PASSENGER
PASSENGER
PASSENGER
PASSENGER
PASSENGER
PASSENGER
DESIGNATION
READING LIGHT
READING LIGHT
READING LIGHT
READING LIGHT
READING LIGHT
READING LIGHT
FIN
6LW
5LW
4LW
3LW
2LW
1LW
LOCATION
G06
G05
G04
G03
G02
G01
Procedure
Subtask 23-73-38-560-050-A
A.
Preparation of the Replacement Component

(1)
If necessary, make the electrical cable (6) shorter and install the electrical (IPC-CSN 23-73-09-11)
TERMINAL-CABLE (10) with the CRIMPING DEVICE (AMP169994-1).
(2)
Put the (IPC-CSN 23-73-09-11) HOUSING (11) over the cable terminal (10) and make sure that the
housings engage correctly.
Subtask 23-73-38-420-050-A
B.
Installation of the power unit for the passenger reading light

CAUTION :
(1)
BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL A PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD. DO NOT

TOUCH IT DIRECTLY. IT IS EASY TO CAUSE DAMAGE TO THIS COMPONENT.
Install the power unit.

NOTE :
(2)
(a)
Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are clean and in the correct
condition.
(b)
(c)
(d)
Carefully install the PCB (2) on the PSIU (1) with new plastic rivets (3).
Connect the electrical connectors.

CAUTION :
(3)
AES
Be careful when you work on the lowered PSIU. If you use too much force, it is easy to move
the PSIU in the mounting rail too much. This can cause damage to the hinge in the mounting
rail.
REFER TO THE MATCH MARKS MADE DURING THE REMOVAL WHEN YOU
CONNECT THE ELECTRICAL WIRES.
(a)
(b)
(c)
Connect the electrical connector (5) to the reading light (7).
(d)
Connect the electrical connector (4) to the PCB (2).
Close the PSIU.
23-73-38 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(4)
(5)
Lift the PSIU (1) and engage it in the mounting rail (8).
(6)
Install the section hose (9) with the PULLEY ASSEMBLY - SEALING CORD (98A25207503000) to the
mounting rail (8).
NOTE :
Make sure that the section hose is not expanded. Move the pulley assemble forward and
Subtask 23-73-38-865-066-A
C.
PANEL
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
PASSENGER
PASSENGER
PASSENGER
PASSENGER
PASSENGER
PASSENGER
DESIGNATION
READING LIGHT
READING LIGHT
READING LIGHT
READING LIGHT
READING LIGHT
READING LIGHT
FIN
6LW
5LW
4LW
3LW
2LW
1LW
LOCATION
G06
G05
G04
G03
G02
G01
Subtask 23-73-38-710-050-A
D.
5.
Do the operational test of the passenger reading light system.

(Ref. TASK 33-25-00-710-001-A)
Close-up
Subtask 23-73-38-862-050-A
A.
AES

23-73-38 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-73-38-960-002-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
24-42-00-862-001-A
33-25-00-710-001-A
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-38-991-00200-A - Fuses - Power Unit)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-38-861-055-A
A.

Subtask 23-73-38-865-063-A
B.
PANEL
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
PASSENGER
PASSENGER
PASSENGER
PASSENGER
PASSENGER
PASSENGER
DESIGNATION
READING LIGHT
READING LIGHT
READING LIGHT
READING LIGHT
READING LIGHT
READING LIGHT
FIN
6LW
5LW
4LW
3LW
2LW
1LW
LOCATION
G06
G05
G04
G03
G02
G01
Subtask 23-73-38-865-064-A
C.
PANEL
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
AES
PASSENGER
PASSENGER
PASSENGER
PASSENGER
PASSENGER
PASSENGER
DESIGNATION
READING LIGHT
READING LIGHT
READING LIGHT
READING LIGHT
READING LIGHT
READING LIGHT
FIN
6LW
5LW
4LW
3LW
2LW
1LW
LOCATION
G06
G05
G04
G03
G02
G01
23-73-38 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
4.
Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-38-991-00200-A - Fuses - Power Unit)
Subtask 23-73-38-960-051-A
A.
(1)
(2)
Pull and lower the PSIU (1).
(3)
Replace the fuse from the power unit (4).
Subtask 23-73-38-865-067-A
B.
PANEL
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
PASSENGER
PASSENGER
PASSENGER
PASSENGER
PASSENGER
PASSENGER
DESIGNATION
READING LIGHT
READING LIGHT
READING LIGHT
READING LIGHT
READING LIGHT
READING LIGHT
FIN
6LW
5LW
4LW
3LW
2LW
1LW
LOCATION
G06
G05
G04
G03
G02
G01
Subtask 23-73-38-710-053-A
C.
5.
Do the operational test of the Passenger Reading Light system.

(Ref. TASK 33-25-00-710-001-A)
Close-up
Subtask 23-73-38-862-053-A
A.
AES

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-001-A)
23-73-38 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
A
2040VU
EXAMPLE
2041VU
C
EXAMPLE
MOUNTING RAIL
2
1
SECTION HOSE
3
3
511RH
512RH
N_MM_237338_4_BAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-38-991-00200-A SHEET 1

Fuses - Power Unit
23-73-38 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
CRADLE - HANDSET - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 23-73-44-000-001-A
NOTE :
The procedure for the cockpit handset/cradle is the same as the procedure for the cabin handset/cradle.
NOTE :
The handset cradles have a handset cradle cover and a handset cradle mounting.
FIN 130RH, 330RH1, 330RH9, 330RH11, 132RH, 332RH1, 332RH11, 332RH9

1.
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
AR CAP - BLANKING
REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-44-991-00600-A - Handset/Cradle)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-44-861-050-A
A.

Subtask 23-73-44-865-050-A
B.
PANEL
FOR FIN 130RH
49VU
121VU
DESIGNATION
FIN
150RH
G02
151RH
M05
FOR FIN 330RH14 330RH13 330RH11 330RH9 330RH8 330RH7 330RH3 330RH1
49VU
COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS
153RH
121VU
AES
LOCATION
162RH
G03
M07
23-73-44 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 23-73-44-865-061-A
C.
4.
Procedure
Subtask 23-73-44-020-050-B
A.
AES

(1)
Lift the handset (7) from the handset cradle cover (4).
(2)
Remove the screws (6) with the washers (5).
(3)
Remove the handset cradle cover (4).
(4)
Remove and discard the cable tie (9).
(5)
Carefully pull the cable (8) and the electrical connector (10) from the cradle mounting (1).
(6)
Release the spring latches (11) and carefully disconnect the electrical connector (10).
(7)
(8)
Remove the screws (3), the washers (2) and the handset cradle mounting (1).
23-73-44 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
HOLMBERG
4
132RH
332RH
5
6
9
10
11
130RH
330RH
2
3
BECKER
9
132RH
332RH
9
10
130RH
11
330RH
2
3
N_MM_237344_4_ABD0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-44-991-00600-A SHEET 1

Handset/Cradle
23-73-44 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-73-44-400-001-A
NOTE :
The procedure for the cockpit handset/cradle is the same as the procedure for the cabin handset/cradle.
NOTE :
The handset cradles have a handset cradle cover and a handset cradle mounting.
FIN 130RH, 330RH1, 330RH9, 330RH11, 132RH, 332RH1, 332RH11, 332RH9

1.
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
DESIGNATION
No specific
08-720-LOCTITE D2617
No specific
cable tie
B.
REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
24-41-00-862-002-A
24-41-00-862-002-A-01
24-41-00-862-002-A-02

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-44-861-051-A
A.

(1)

24-41-00-861-002-A-02)
Subtask 23-73-44-865-051-A
B.
PANEL
FOR FIN 130RH
49VU
121VU
DESIGNATION
FIN
150RH
G02
151RH
M05
49VU
COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS
153RH
121VU
AES
LOCATION
162RH
G03
M07
23-73-44 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 23-73-44-865-064-A
C.
4.
Procedure
Subtask 23-73-44-420-050-B
A.

(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
Put the cable and the electrical connector (10) through the hole of the handset cradle mounting (1).
(6)
Install the handset cradle mounting (1) with the washers (2) and the screws (3).
(7)
(8)
Safety the electrical connector (10) with the spring latches (11).
CAUTION :
(9)
MAKE SURE THAT THE SPRING LATCHES CORRECTLY HOLD THE CONNECTOR IN THE
FULLY ENGAGED POSITION. THE SPRING LATCHES PREVENT UNWANTED MOVEMENT
OF THE CONNECTOR, AND THUS THE RISK OF ARCING, WHICH CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO
THE UNIT.
Install the connected electrical connector (10) on the handset cradle mounting (1).
(10) Install a new cable tie (9).

(11) Install the cable (8) in its clips on the handset cradle mounting (1).
WARNING : YOU MUST USE PLASTIC GLOVES DURING THE PREPARATION AND USE OF THE
ADHESIVE TO PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF YOUR SKIN.
(12) Put a drop of adhesive 08-720-LOCTITE D2617 into the two threaded inserts of the handset cradle
cover (4).
NOTE :
The use of adhesive is applicable for HOLMBERG handsets only.
(13) Install the handset cradle cover (4) with the washers (5) and the screws (6) on the handset cradle
mounting (1).
(14) Put the handset (7) in the handset cradle cover (4).
Subtask 23-73-44-865-052-A
B.
PANEL
DESIGNATION
FIN
49VU
COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS
153RH
121VU
AES
162RH
LOCATION
G03
M07
23-73-44 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
PANEL
FOR FIN 130RH
49VU
121VU
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
150RH
G02
151RH
M05
Subtask 23-73-44-865-065-A
C.
Subtask 23-73-44-710-050-A
D.
Do the test of the handset(s) that you have installed:

ACTION
1. FOR 130RH
In the cockpit, on the main instrument panel 301VU:
3.In the cockpit:
RESULT

. the integral light of the PA rotary knob comes on.
In the cabin, on all Attendant Indication panels (AIP):

announcement.
the message PA ALL IN USE shows.
In the cabin:
On all AIPs:
.

the cradle.
. turn the LOUDSPEAKER rotary knob ccw.
For 330RH: This is an example procedure for
one attendant station handset. The test of each
attendant station handset follows the same
procedure as the test of the forward attendantstation handset.

NOTE :
On
.
On
.
the forward AIP:

comes on.
the handset:
NOTE :
AES
The handset can have a PA pushbutton switch

and an ALL pushbutton switch installed as an
alternative to the PA ALL pushbutton switch. In
this PA + ALL configuration, it is necessary to
push the PA pushbutton switch first, and then the
ALL pushbutton switch. Then the PA ALL
function will start operation.
23-73-44 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ACTION
7.On the handset:
RESULT
On the handset:
. the dial tone stops.
On the forward AIP:
. goes off,
. the message PA ALL comes on.
In the cabin:

switches (or the PTT and the PA pushbutton
switches) at the same time.
release the PTT and the PA ALL pushbutton switches .

(or the PTT and the PA pushbutton switches).

5.
you hear a tone.
the tone stops.
In the cabin:
All indications go off.
Close-up
Subtask 23-73-44-862-050-A
A.
AES

23-73-44 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
DECODER/ENCODER UNIT A - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 23-73-46-000-001-A
FIN 200RH1, 200RH2, 200RH3, 200RH4, 200RH5, 200RH6, 200RH7, 200RH8, 200RH9, 200RH10, 200RH11, 200RH12,
200RH13, 200RH14, 200RH15, 200RH16, 200RH17, 200RH18, 200RH19, 200RH20, 200RH21, 200RH22, 200RH23,
200RH24, 200RH25, 200RH26
1.
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
AR CAP - BLANKING
No specific
AR
B.

ZONE/ACCESS
ZONE DESCRIPTION
FOR FIN 200RH1(DEU-A)

221AC
231ZW, 232ZW
241QW, 242QW
241WW, 242WW
251FW, 252FW
251MW, 252MW
251TW, 252TW
AES
23-73-46 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ZONE/ACCESS
ZONE DESCRIPTION

251ZW, 252ZW
251CX, 252CX
261AC
231JW, 232JW
231QW, 232QW
231WW, 232WW
C.
REFERENCE
23-73-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-861-002-A
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
31-32-00-860-003-A
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-46-991-00100-B - Decoder/Encoder Unit A)

25-23-42-000-001-A

25-23-48-000-001-A

25-23-42-000-002-A
AES
23-73-46 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-46-861-050-A
A.

Subtask 23-73-46-970-050-A
B.

(1)
(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-861-001-A)
(2)
Subtask 23-73-46-865-050-A
C.
49VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
155RH
FIN
G05
LOCATION
49VU
154RH
G04
121VU
168RH
M13
121VU
167RH
M12
121VU
166RH
M11
121VU
165RH
M10
121VU
164RH
M09
121VU
163RH
M08
Subtask 23-73-46-865-056-A
D.
Subtask 23-73-46-010-050-A
E.
Get Access
(1)
Put a STEPLADDER 0.5 M (1.6 FT) below the related access panel.
(2)
Removal of the forward utility area - ceiling panel

(a)
(3)
Removal of the related cove light panel

(a)
AES
FOR 200RH1 (DEU-A), 200RH2 (DEU-A)

remove 221AC (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-000-001-A)

remove 231JW 232JW.
23-73-46 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(4)
(b)

remove 231QW 232QW
(c)

remove 231WW 232WW
(d)

remove 231ZW 232ZW
(e)

remove 241QW 242QW
(f)

remove 241WW 242WW
(g)

remove 251FW 252FW
(h)

remove 251MW 252MW
(i)

remove 251TW 252TW
(j)

remove 251ZW 252ZW
(k)

remove 251CX 252CX (Ref. TASK 25-23-48-000-001-A)
Removal of the aft utility area - ceiling panel

(a)
4.

remove 261AC (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-000-002-A)
Procedure
Subtask 23-73-46-020-051-A
A.
AES
Removal of the DEU-A

(1)
Remove the locking springs (7) and disconnect the electrical connectors (2) and (3).
(2)
Push the locking catch (5) and carefully remove the DEU A (1) from the mounting bracket (6).
(3)
23-73-46 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
AES
FIGURE 23-73-46-991-00100-B SHEET 1

FR16
FR14
FR24
FR28
10
FR32
12
FR35
14
11
FR45
13
FR41
16
18
200RH9
200RH10
200RH11
200RH12
200RH13
10
11
12
13
200RH6
200RH8
200RH5
200RH4
200RH3
200RH7
200RH2
200RH1
FR57
19
24
FR53
17
FR49
15
20
22
FR63
23-73-46 PB401
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
FR66
200RH26
200RH25
200RH24
200RH23
200RH22
200RH21
200RH20
200RH19
200RH18
200RH17
200RH16
200RH15
200RH14
FR61
21
23
26
25
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
N_MM_237346_4_AANA_01_00
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
A
EXAMPLE
4
200RHA
DEU A
3
200RHB
7
2
200RHC
N_MM_237346_4_AANA_02_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-46-991-00100-B SHEET 2

23-73-46 PB401
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-73-46-400-001-A
FIN 200RH1, 200RH2, 200RH3, 200RH4, 200RH5, 200RH6, 200RH7, 200RH8, 200RH9, 200RH10, 200RH11, 200RH12,
200RH13, 200RH14, 200RH15, 200RH16, 200RH17, 200RH18, 200RH19, 200RH20, 200RH21, 200RH22, 200RH23,
200RH24, 200RH25, 200RH26
1.
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
AR STEPLADDER 0.5 M (1.6 FT)

ZONE/ACCESS
ZONE DESCRIPTION

221BC
231ZW, 232ZW
241QW, 242QW
241WW, 242WW
251FW, 252FW
251MW, 252MW
251TW, 252TW
251ZW, 252ZW
AES
23-73-46 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ZONE/ACCESS
ZONE DESCRIPTION
251CX, 252CX
261AC
231JW, 232JW
231QW, 232QW
231WW, 232WW
C.
REFERENCE
23-73-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-861-002-A
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
24-41-00-862-002-A
24-41-00-862-002-A-01
24-41-00-862-002-A-02

25-23-42-000-001-A
25-23-42-400-001-A

25-23-48-000-001-A
25-23-48-400-001-A

25-23-42-000-002-A
25-23-42-400-002-A
AES
23-73-46 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-46-860-050-A
A.

(1)
Make sure that the STEPLADDER 0.5 M (1.6 FT) is below the related access panel.
(2)
Make sure that the forward utility area - ceiling panel is removed.
(a)
(3)
AES

221BC (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-000-001-A)
Make sure that the related cove light panel is removed.

(a)

231JW, 232JW
(b)

231QW, 232QW
(c)

231WW, 232WW
(d)

231ZW, 232ZW
(e)

241QW ,242QW
(f)

241WW, 242WW
(g)

251FW, 252FW
(h)

251MW, 252MW
(i)

251TW, 252TW
(j)

251ZW, 252ZW
(k)

251CX, 252CX (Ref. TASK 25-23-48-000-001-A)
23-73-46 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(4)
Make sure that the aft utility area - ceiling panel is removed.
(a)

261AC (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-000-002-A)
Subtask 23-73-46-865-051-A
B.
49VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
155RH
FIN
G05
LOCATION
49VU
154RH
G04
121VU
168RH
M13
121VU
167RH
M12
121VU
166RH
M11
121VU
165RH
M10
121VU
164RH
M09
121VU
163RH
M08
Subtask 23-73-46-865-057-A
C.
4.
Procedure
Subtask 23-73-46-420-050-A
A.
Installation of the DEU-A

(1)
(2)
(3)
Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (2), (3) and (4).
(4)
(5)
Carefully install the DEU A (1) into the mounting bracket (6). Make sure that the DEU A (1) is
correctly aligned to prevent damage to the electrical connector (4).
(6)
Connect the electrical connectors (2) and (3) to the DEU A (1) and safety with the locking springs (7).
Subtask 23-73-46-865-052-A
B.
PANEL
49VU
DESIGNATION
155RH
G05
49VU
154RH
G04
121VU
168RH
M13
121VU
167RH
M12
121VU
166RH
M11
121VU
165RH
M10
AES
FIN
LOCATION
23-73-46 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
121VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
164RH
FIN
M09
LOCATION
121VU
163RH
M08
Subtask 23-73-46-865-055-A
C.
Subtask 23-73-46-869-050-A
D.
(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-861-001-A)
Subtask 23-73-46-710-050-A
E.
Do this test
ACTION
.
RESULT
open the circuit breaker DIR 1/2 NORM 151RH.
the message COM CIDS 1+2 FAULT goes off.
open the circuit breaker DIR 1/2 ESS 150RH.
after 10 seconds close the circuit breaker DIR 1/2 ESS

150RH.
.
close the circuit breaker DIR 1/2 NORM 151RH.
NOTE :
.

step.
after 5 minutes the CIDS CAUT light stays off.
4.On the CFDS MCDU:

. push the MENU pushbutton switch.
On the CFDS MCDU:

push the CFDS related line selection key.
push the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST related line

selection key.
push the COM related line selection key.
push the CIDS1 related line selection key.
the CIDS 1(ACT) page shows.
push the TEST related line selection key.
the CIDS 1(ACT) TEST page shows.
push the DEU A related line selection key.
the CIDS 1(ACT) CIDS DEU A TEST page shows the

message:
ATA 23-73-46
TEST IN PROGRESS.
after some seconds the message changes from:
TEST IN PROGRESS to
TEST OK.
5.
Close-up
Subtask 23-73-46-410-052-A
A.
Close Access
(1)
AES
23-73-46 PB401
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(2)
Install the forward utility area - ceiling panel.

(a)
(3)
(4)
Install the related cove light panel.

(a)

install 231JW 232JW
(b)

install 231QW 232QW
(c)

install 231WW 232WW
(d)

install 231ZW 232ZW
(e)

install 241QW 242QW
(f)

install 241WW 242WW
(g)

install 251FW 252FW
(h)

install 251MW 252MW
(i)

install 251TW 252TW
(j)

install 251ZW 252ZW
(k)

install 251CX 252CX (Ref. TASK 25-23-48-400-001-A)
Install the aft utility area - ceiling panel.

(a)
AES

install 221BC (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-400-001-A)

install 261AC (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-400-002-A)
23-73-46 PB401
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 23-73-46-862-050-A
B.
AES

23-73-46 PB401
Page 7
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
DECODER/ENCODER UNIT B - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 23-73-47-000-001-A
FIN 300RH1, 300RH3, 300RH4, 300RH5, 300RH6, 300RH7, 300RH8
1.
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
AR CAP - BLANKING
No specific
AR
B.

ZONE/ACCESS
ZONE DESCRIPTION
FOR FIN 300RH1(DEU-B)

221BC
242QW
261CC
C.
REFERENCE
23-73-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-861-002-A
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
31-32-00-860-003-A
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-47-991-00100-B - Decoder/Encoder Unit B.)

25-23-42-000-001-A

25-23-43-000-001-A
Removal of the Upper Sidewall Panel(s)

25-23-42-000-002-A
AES
23-73-47 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-47-861-050-A
A.

Subtask 23-73-47-970-050-A
B.

(1)
(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-861-001-A)
(2)
Subtask 23-73-47-865-053-A
C.
49VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS
153RH
FIN
G03
LOCATION
121VU
162RH
M07
Subtask 23-73-47-865-057-A
D.
PANEL
2000VU
2001VU
DESIGNATION
WATER SYS
VACUUM TOILET SYSTEM/VACUUM GEN
1MA
33MG
D06
A08
2001VU
VACUUM TOILET SYSTEM/VACUUM SYS
35MG
A06
2001VU
VACUUM TOILET SYSTEM/LAVATORY

POWER E
VACUUM TOILET SYSTEM LAVATORY
POWER D
POWER A
WATER SYS-DRAIN
34MG
A04
39MG
A03
32MG
A01
1MP
B05
2001VU
2001VU
2001VU
FIN
LOCATION
Subtask 23-73-47-010-050-A
E.
Get Access
(1)
(2)
Remove the forward utility-area ceiling panel.

(a)
AES
FOR 300RH1 (DEU-B)

remove 221BC (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-000-001-A)
23-73-47 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(3)
Remove the upper sidewall panel.

(a)
(4)
Remove the aft utility-area ceiling panel.

(a)
4.
FOR 300RH4 (DEU-B)

remove 242QW (Ref. TASK 25-23-43-000-001-A)
FOR 300RH5 (DEU-B), 300RH6 (DEU-B)

remove 261CC (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-000-002-A)
Procedure
CAUTION :
MAKE MATCH MARKS ON ALL THE ELECTRICAL WIRES BEFORE YOU DISCONNECT THEM.
IF YOU MAKE AN ERROR WHEN YOU CONNECT THE WIRES YOU WILL CAUSE DAMAGE TO
EQUIPMENT.
Subtask 23-73-47-020-051-A
A.
AES
Removal of the Decoder/Encoder Unit (DEU) B

(1)
Remove the locking spring (7) and disconnect the electrical connectors (2) and (3).
(2)
Press the locking catch (5) and carefully remove the DEU B (1) from the mounting tray (6).
(3)
23-73-47 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
300RH6
300RH5
A
FR67
300RH4
A
300RH1
FR42
EXAMPLE
FR16
FR14
5
4
300RHA
DEU B
3
300RHB
7
2
300RHC
N_MM_237347_4_AAN0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-47-991-00100-B SHEET 1

Decoder/Encoder Unit B.
23-73-47 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-73-47-400-001-A
FIN 300RH1, 300RH3, 300RH4, 300RH5, 300RH6, 300RH7, 300RH8
1.
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION

ZONE/ACCESS
ZONE DESCRIPTION

221BC
242QW
261CC
C.
REFERENCE
23-73-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-861-002-A
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
24-41-00-862-002-A
24-41-00-862-002-A-01
24-41-00-862-002-A-02

25-23-42-000-001-A
25-23-42-400-001-A

25-23-43-000-001-A
Removal of the Upper Sidewall Panel(s)
25-23-43-400-001-A
Installation of the Upper Sidewall Panel(s)

25-23-42-000-002-A
25-23-42-400-002-A
AES
23-73-47 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-47-860-050-A
A.

(1)

24-41-00-861-002-A-02)
(2)
(3)
Make sure that the forward utility-area ceiling panel is removed.

(a)
(4)
Make sure that the upper sidewall panel is removed.

(a)
(5)
FOR 300RH1 (DEU-B)

221BC (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-000-001-A)
FOR 300RH4 (DEU-B)

242QW (Ref. TASK 25-23-43-000-001-A)
Make sure that the aft utility-area ceiling panel is removed.

(a)

261CC (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-000-002-A)
Subtask 23-73-47-865-051-A
B.
49VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS
153RH
FIN
G03
LOCATION
121VU
162RH
M07
Subtask 23-73-47-865-058-A
C.
PANEL
2000VU
2001VU
WATER SYS
1MA
33MG
D06
A08
2001VU
35MG
A06
2001VU

POWER E
POWER D
POWER A
WATER SYS-DRAIN
34MG
A04
39MG
A03
32MG
A01
1MP
B05
2001VU
2001VU
2001VU
4.
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
Procedure
AES
23-73-47 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
CAUTION :
REFER TO THE MATCH MARKS MADE DURING THE REMOVAL WHEN YOU CONNECT THE
ELECTRICAL WIRES.
IF YOU MAKE AN ERROR WHEN YOU CONNECT THE WIRES YOU WILL CAUSE DAMAGE TO
EQUIPMENT.
Subtask 23-73-47-420-050-A
A.
Installation of the Decoder/Encoder Unit (DEU) B

(1)
(2)
(3)
Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors (2), (3) and (4).
(4)
(5)
Carefully install the DEU B (1) into the mounting tray (6). Make sure that the DEU B (1) is correctly
aligned to prevent damage to the electrical connector (4).
(6)
Connect the electrical connectors (2) and (3) to the DEU B (1) and safety with the locking springs (7).
Subtask 23-73-47-865-052-A
B.
49VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS
153RH
FIN
G03
LOCATION
121VU
162RH
M07
Subtask 23-73-47-865-059-A
C.
PANEL
2000VU
2001VU
DESIGNATION
WATER SYS
1MA
33MG
D06
A08
2001VU
35MG
A06
2001VU

POWER E
POWER D
POWER A
WATER SYS-DRAIN
34MG
A04
39MG
A03
32MG
A01
1MP
B05
2001VU
2001VU
2001VU
FIN
LOCATION
Subtask 23-73-47-869-050-A
D.
(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-861-001-A)
Subtask 23-73-47-710-050-A
E.
Do this test
ACTION
.
open the circuit breaker DIR 1/2 NORM 151RH.
AES
RESULT
23-73-47 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ACTION
open the circuit breaker DIR 1/2 ESS 150RH.
RESULT
the message COM CIDS 1+2 FAULT goes off.
after 10 seconds close the circuit breaker DIR 1/2 ESS

150RH.
.
close the circuit breaker DIR 1/2 NORM 151RH.
NOTE :
.

step.
after 5 minutes the CIDS CAUT light stays off.
4.On the CFDS MCDU:

. push the MENU pushbutton switch.
On the CFDS MCDU:

push the CFDS related line selection key.
push the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST related line

selection key.
push the COM related line selection key.
push the CIDS1 related line selection key.
the CIDS 1(ACT) page shows.
push the TEST related line selection key.
the CIDS 1(ACT) TEST page shows.
push the DEU B related line selection key.
the CIDS 1(ACT) CIDS DEU B TEST page shows the

message:
ATA 23-73-47
TEST IN PROGRESS.
after some seconds the message changes from
TEST IN PROGRESS to
TEST OK.
5.
Close-up
Subtask 23-73-47-410-052-A
A.
Close Access
(1)
(2)
Install the forward utility-area ceiling panel.

(a)
(3)
Install the upper sidewall panel.

(a)
(4)
FOR 300RH4 (DEU-B)

install 242QW (Ref. TASK 25-23-43-400-001-A)
Install the aft utility-area ceiling panel.

(a)
AES
FOR 300RH1 (DEU-B)

install 221BC (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-400-001-A)

install 261CC (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-400-002-A)
23-73-47 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 23-73-47-862-050-A
B.
AES

23-73-47 PB401
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
MOUNT - DEU A / DEU B - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 23-73-48-000-001-A
Removal of the DEU A/DEU B - Mount
1.
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
AR CAP - BLANKING
No specific
AR
B.
REFERENCE
23-73-46-000-001-A
DESIGNATION
23-73-47-000-001-A
24-41-00-861-002-A
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
25-23-42-000-001-A
25-23-42-000-002-A
25-23-48-000-001-A
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-48-991-00100-B - Mount DEU A / DEU B)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-48-861-050-A
A.

Subtask 23-73-48-865-050-A
B.
49VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
155RH
G05
49VU
154RH
G04
49VU
COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS
153RH
G03
121VU
168RH
M13
121VU
167RH
M12
121VU
166RH
M11
AES
FIN
LOCATION
23-73-48 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
121VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
165RH
FIN
M10
LOCATION
121VU
164RH
M09
121VU
163RH
M08
121VU
162RH
M07
Subtask 23-73-48-865-053-A
C.
Subtask 23-73-48-010-050-A
D.
4.
Get Access
(1)
(2)
Remove the related cove light panel (Ref. TASK 25-23-48-000-001-A), or the forward utility-area ceiling
panel (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-000-001-A), or the aft utility-area ceiling panel (Ref. TASK
25-23-42-000-002-A).
Procedure
Subtask 23-73-48-020-050-A
A.
AES
Removal of the DEU A/DEU B -Mount

(1)
Disconnect the electrical connector (2) from the DEU mount (1).
(2)
(3)
Remove the related DEU A (Ref. TASK 23-73-46-000-001-A) or DEU B (Ref. TASK 23-73-47-000-001A).
(4)
Remove the screws (3) and washers (4).
(5)
Remove the DEU mount (1).
23-73-48 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
AES
FIGURE 23-73-48-991-00100-B SHEET 1

Mount DEU A / DEU B
FR16
23-73-48 PB401
2010VU3
2010VU4
2010VU5
200RH3
DEUA
200RH4
DEUA
200RH5
DEUA
200RH6
DEUA
2010VU6
2010VU2
200RH2
DEUA
0
6
0
5
0
4
0
3
0
2
0
1
FR24
2010VU1
200RH1
DEUA
FR14
251RH6
253RH6
251RH5
253RH5
251RH4
253RH4
251RH3
253RH3
251RH2
253RH2
251RH1
253RH1
FR28
10
FR32
12
14
13
12
11
10
FR35
200RH14
DEUA
200RH13
DEUA
200RH12
DEUA
200RH11
DEUA
200RH10
DEUA
200RH9
DEUA
2010VU14
2010VU13
2010VU12
2010VU11
2010VU10
2010VU9
2010VU8
FR45
0
E
0
D
0
C
0
B
0
A
0
9
0
8
0
7
FR49
200RH8
DEUA
FR41
2010VU7
11
13
15
200RH7
DEUA
14
16
18
20
251RH14
253RH14
251RH13
253RH13
251RH12
253RH12
251RH11
253RH11
251RH10
253RH10
251RH9
253RH9
251RH8
253RH8
251RH7
253RH7
FR57
19
24
FR53
17
22
FR63
23
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
FR66
200RH26
DEUA
200RH25
DEUA
200RH24
DEUA
200RH23
DEUA
200RH22
DEUA
200RH21
DEUA
200RH20
DEUA
200RH19
DEUA
200RH18
DEUA
200RH17
DEUA
200RH16
DEUA
200RH15
DEUA
FR61
21
2014VU4
2014VU3
2014VU2
2014VU1
2010VU22
2010VU21
2010VU20
2010VU19
2010VU18
2010VU17
2010VU16
2010VU15
26
25
1
A
1
9
1
8
1
7
1
6
1
5
1
4
1
3
1
2
1
1
1
0
0
F
252RH4
254RH4
252RH3
254RH3
252RH2
254RH2
252RH1
254RH1
251RH22
253RH22
251RH21
253RH21
251RH20
253RH20
251RH19
253RH19
251RH18
253RH18
251RH17
253RH17
251RH16
253RH16
251RH15
253RH15
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
N_MM_237348_4_ABBA_01_00
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
2011VU1
7
1
351RH1
353RH1
2011VU2
7
2
351RH2
353RH2
2011VU3
7
3
351RH3
353RH3
300RH1
DEUB
300RH4
DEUB
2011VU4
7
4
351RH4
353RH4
300RH5
DEUB
2015VU1
7
5
352RH1
354RH1
300RH6
DEUB
2015VU2
7
6
352RH2
354RH2
5 1
6 1
FR67
3 2
4
2 2
FR42
FR16
FR14
1
CODING
SWITCHES
4
3
NOTE:

WITHOUT DEU
N_MM_237348_4_ABBA_02_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-48-991-00100-B SHEET 2

Mount DEU A / DEU B
23-73-48 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-73-48-400-001-A
Installation of the DEU A/DEU B - Mount
1.
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
REFERENCE
23-73-00-740-005-A
23-73-46-400-001-A
DESIGNATION
CFDS
23-73-47-400-001-A
24-41-00-861-002-A
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
24-41-00-862-002-A
24-41-00-862-002-A-01
24-41-00-862-002-A-02
25-23-42-000-001-A
25-23-42-000-002-A
25-23-42-400-001-A
25-23-42-400-002-A
25-23-48-000-001-A
25-23-48-400-001-A

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-48-860-050-A
A.
AES

(1)

24-41-00-861-002-A-02)
(2)
(3)
Make sure that the related cove light panel (Ref. TASK 25-23-48-000-001-A), or the forward utility-area
ceiling panel (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-000-001-A), or the aft utility-area ceiling panel (Ref. TASK
25-23-42-000-002-A) is removed.
23-73-48 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 23-73-48-865-051-A
B.
PANEL
49VU
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
155RH
G05
49VU
154RH
G04
49VU
COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS
153RH
G03
121VU
168RH
M13
121VU
167RH
M12
121VU
166RH
M11
121VU
165RH
M10
121VU
164RH
M09
121VU
163RH
M08
121VU
162RH
M07
Subtask 23-73-48-865-054-A
C.
4.
Procedure
Subtask 23-73-48-420-050-A
A.
Installation of the DEU A/DEU B-Mount

(1)
(2)
(3)
Install the DEU mount (1) with the screws (3) and washers (4).
(4)
(5)
(6)
Connect the electrical connector to the DEU mount (1).
(7)
Remove the cover (5) from the DEU mount (1).
(8)
Set the coding switches to the same position as shown on the label.
(9)
(10) Install the related DEU A (Ref. TASK 23-73-46-400-001-A) or DEU B (Ref. TASK 23-73-47-400-001A).
Subtask 23-73-48-865-052-A
B.
49VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
155RH
G05
49VU
154RH
G04
49VU
COM/CIDS/DEU B/ESS
153RH
G03
121VU
168RH
M13
121VU
167RH
M12
AES
FIN
LOCATION
23-73-48 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
121VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
166RH
FIN
M11
LOCATION
121VU
165RH
M10
121VU
164RH
M09
121VU
163RH
M08
121VU
162RH
M07
Subtask 23-73-48-865-055-A
C.
Subtask 23-73-48-740-050-A
D.
5.
Do the BITE-test of the CIDS.

(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-740-005-A)
Close-up
Subtask 23-73-48-410-050-A
A.
Close Access
(1)
(2)
Install the related cove light panel (Ref. TASK 25-23-48-400-001-A), or the forward utility-area ceiling
panel (Ref. TASK 25-23-42-400-001-A), or the aft utility-areaceiling panel (Ref. TASK
25-23-42-400-002-A).
Subtask 23-73-48-862-050-A
B.
AES

23-73-48 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
BOARD - PRINTED CIRCUIT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 23-73-49-000-001-A
Removal of the Printed Circuit Board
1.
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-49-991-00100-A - Printed Circuit Board 2038VUA)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-49-861-050-A
A.

Subtask 23-73-49-865-051-A
B.
PANEL
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
PASSENGER
PASSENGER
PASSENGER
PASSENGER
PASSENGER
PASSENGER
DESIGNATION
READING LIGHT
READING LIGHT
READING LIGHT
READING LIGHT
READING LIGHT
READING LIGHT
FIN
6LW
5LW
4LW
3LW
2LW
1LW
LOCATION
G06
G05
G04
G03
G02
G01
Subtask 23-73-49-865-055-A
C.
PANEL
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
AES
PASSENGER
PASSENGER
PASSENGER
PASSENGER
PASSENGER
DESIGNATION
READING LIGHT
READING LIGHT
READING LIGHT
READING LIGHT
READING LIGHT
FIN
6LW
5LW
4LW
3LW
2LW
LOCATION
G06
G05
G04
G03
G02
23-73-49 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
PANEL
2000VU
DESIGNATION
PASSENGER READING LIGHT
FIN
1LW
LOCATION
G01
Subtask 23-73-49-865-053-A
D.
49VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
155RH
G05
49VU
154RH
G04
121VU
168RH
M13
121VU
167RH
M12
121VU
166RH
M11
121VU
165RH
M10
121VU
164RH
M09
121VU
163RH
M08
4.
FIN
LOCATION
Procedure
Subtask 23-73-49-020-050-A
A.
Removal of the Printed Circuit Board (PCB) with Bulbs or LEDs and the Passenger Call Switches
(1)
(2)
Pull and lower the related Passenger Service Information Unit (PSIU) (3).
(3)
Disconnect the electrical connector (2) from the PCB (1).
(4)
Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.
(5)
Put a small screwdriver under one lock-angle (5) of the retainer (4).
(6)
Turn the screwdriver to lift the lock-angle (5) until it is released and stays up.
(7)
Do step (5) and (6) again on the opposite side of the retainer (4).
(8)
On the side of the retainer (4) that you have access to, use the screwdriver to push the lock-angle (5) in
until the retainer is released from its retaining groove.
(9)
Lift the retainer (4) up and to the side at the same time to release the retainer from the retaining
groove on the opposite side.
(10) Remove the retainer (4).

(11) Do steps (3) thru (10) again for the remaining retainers (4).
(12) Remove the PCB (1) with the Passenger Call Switches on it from the PSIU (3).
AES
23-73-49 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
A
EXAMPLE
6
A
B
2038VUA
5
2
4
4
5
D
C
INSTALLATION
3
5
REMOVAL
3
4
D
5
N_MM_237349_4_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-49-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Printed Circuit Board 2038VUA
23-73-49 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-73-49-400-001-A
Installation of the Printed Circuit Board
1.
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
98A25207503000
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
REFERENCE
23-73-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-861-002-A
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
24-41-00-862-002-A
24-41-00-862-002-A-01
24-41-00-862-002-A-02
33-25-00-710-001-A

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-49-860-051-A
A.

(1)

24-41-00-861-002-A-02)
(2)
Make sure that the applicable PSIU is open.
(3)
Make sure that the lock-angles (5) are loosely fitted on the retainers (4).
Subtask 23-73-49-865-052-A
B.
PANEL
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
AES
PASSENGER
PASSENGER
PASSENGER
PASSENGER
PASSENGER
PASSENGER
DESIGNATION
READING LIGHT
READING LIGHT
READING LIGHT
READING LIGHT
READING LIGHT
READING LIGHT
FIN
6LW
5LW
4LW
3LW
2LW
1LW
LOCATION
G06
G05
G04
G03
G02
G01
23-73-49 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 23-73-49-865-056-A
C.
PANEL
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
PASSENGER
PASSENGER
PASSENGER
PASSENGER
PASSENGER
PASSENGER
DESIGNATION
READING LIGHT
READING LIGHT
READING LIGHT
READING LIGHT
READING LIGHT
READING LIGHT
FIN
6LW
5LW
4LW
3LW
2LW
1LW
LOCATION
G06
G05
G04
G03
G02
G01
Subtask 23-73-49-865-054-A
D.
PANEL
49VU
DESIGNATION
155RH
G05
49VU
154RH
G04
121VU
168RH
M13
121VU
167RH
M12
121VU
166RH
M11
121VU
165RH
M10
121VU
164RH
M09
121VU
163RH
M08
4.
FIN
LOCATION
Procedure
Subtask 23-73-49-420-050-A
A.
Installation of the Printed Circuit Board (PCB) with Bulbs or LEDs and the Passenger Call Switches
(1)
(2)
(3)
Install the PCB (1) with the Passenger Call Switches on it.
(4)
Put the retainers (4) in position.
(5)
Apply pressure to the lock-angels (5) on the two sides of the retainers (4) and push it into the retaining
groove.
(6)
Click the clip of the lock-angle (5) into the retaining groove.
(7)
(8)
(9)
Connect the electrical connector (2) to the PCB (1).
(11) Lift the Passenger Service Information Unit (PSIU) (3) and engage it on the mounting rail (6).
(12) Install the section hose (7) with the PULLEY ASSEMBLY - SEALING CORD (98A25207503000) on the
mounting rail (6).
(13) Make sure that the section hose is not stretched.
AES
23-73-49 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(14) Move the pulley assembly quickly forward and then rearward to prevent this.
Subtask 23-73-49-865-057-A
B.
49VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
155RH
G05
49VU
154RH
G04
121VU
168RH
M13
121VU
167RH
M12
121VU
166RH
M11
121VU
165RH
M10
121VU
164RH
M09
121VU
163RH
M08
PASSENGER
PASSENGER
PASSENGER
PASSENGER
PASSENGER
PASSENGER
6LW
5LW
4LW
3LW
2LW
1LW
G06
G05
G04
G03
G02
G01
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
READING
READING
READING
READING
READING
READING
FIN
LIGHT
LIGHT
LIGHT
LIGHT
LIGHT
LIGHT
LOCATION
Subtask 23-73-49-860-052-A
C.

(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-861-001-A)
(1)
Energize the passenger reading light system.

(Ref. TASK 33-25-00-710-001-A)
(2)
Subtask 23-73-49-710-050-A
D.
Do this test
ACTION
1.In the cabin, on the related Passenger Service
Information Unit (PSIU):
On the related PSIU:
Push the passenger call pushbutton switch.
The seat row identification flashes.
Push to reset the passenger call pushbutton switch

again.
Push all the reading light pushbutton switches.
The seat row identification stays on.
All the reading lights come on.
.
.
RESULT
Push to reset all the reading light pushbutton switches .

again.
All the reading lights go off.
On the related PSIU:
Set the SEAT BELTS switch to the ON position.
The Fasten Seat Belt (FSB) sign comes on.
Set the NO SMOKING switch to the ON position.
The No Smoking (NS) sign comes on.
Set the SEAT BELTS and the NO SMOKING switch

to the OFF position.
The FSB and NS sign goes off.
AES
23-73-49 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
5.
Close-up
Subtask 23-73-49-862-050-A
A.
AES

23-73-49 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
LOUDSPEAKER - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-73-51-000-001-A
WARNING : YOU MUST BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU OPEN THE PANELS 2000VU OR 2001VU AS THESE ARE IN A
HIGH VOLTAGE AREA.
1.
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-51-991-00100-A - Loudspeaker of the PSIU)

(Ref. Fig. 23-73-51-991-00200-A - Loudspeaker of the circuit breaker panel 2001VU)
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-51-991-00500-A - Loudspeaker Lavatory)
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-51-861-050-A
A.

Subtask 23-73-51-865-050-A
B.
49VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
155RH
G05
49VU
154RH
G04
121VU
168RH
M13
121VU
167RH
M12
121VU
166RH
M11
121VU
165RH
M10
121VU
164RH
M09
121VU
163RH
M08
AES
FIN
LOCATION
23-73-51 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 23-73-51-865-088-A
C.
4.
Procedure
Subtask 23-73-51-020-050-A
A.

(1)
(2)
Remove the loudspeaker from the PSIU and from the forward entrance area
(a)
(b)
Pull and lower the related PSIU (6) to get access to the loudspeaker (2).
(c)
Disconnect the eletrical connections (1) from the loudspeaker electrical connectors (7).
(d)
Release the spring clips (3) and remove the loudspeaker (2).
Remove the loudspeaker from the aft entrance area

(a)
(b)
Pull and lower the related PSIU (6) to get access to the loudspeaker (2).
(c)
Disconnect the eletrical connections (1) from the loudspeaker electrical connectors (7).
(d)
Remove the screws (8), the washers (9) and the loudspeaker (2).
Subtask 23-73-51-020-066-A
B.

(1)
Remove the loudspeaker from the circuit breaker panel 2001VU

(a)
Release the quick release fasteners (3) and let the circuit breaker panel 2001VU (4) hang on the
detent hook (5).
(b)
Release the detent hook (5) and open the circuit breaker panel 2001VU (4).
(c)
Disconnect the electrical connections (1) from the loudspeaker electrical connectors (2).
(d)
Remove the screws (7) and the washers (8) from the loudspeaker (6).
(e)
Remove the loudspeaker (6).
Subtask 23-73-51-020-067-B
C.

(1)
AES
Remove the lavatory loudspeaker

(a)
Open the service cabinet door (1).
(b)
Remove the service box (9).
(c)
Remove the screws (8) and the service cabinet door (1).
(d)
(e)
Pull and lower the service cabinet (4).
(f)
Loosen the screw (10) and disconnect the flexible hose (11) from the air outlet.
(g)
23-73-51 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(h)
AES
Remove the loudspeaker (6) from the pins (7).
23-73-51 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
FR70
FR64
5
A
EXAMPLE
8
9
7
1
6
4
FR21
C
EXAMPLE
FR12
EXAMPLE
MOUNTING
RAIL
C
1
7
2
6
SECTION HOSE
N_MM_237351_4_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-51-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Loudspeaker of the PSIU
23-73-51 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
2001VU
A
A
7
8
FR68
1
2
6
N_MM_237351_4_ACM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-51-991-00200-A SHEET 1

Loudspeaker of the circuit breaker panel 2001VU
23-73-51 PB401
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
MIRROR
EXAMPLE
EXAMPLE
LAVATORY
2 3
4
8
2 3
B
EXAMPLE
10
11
6
RED MARK
5
N_MM_237351_4_ALM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-51-991-00500-A SHEET 1

Loudspeaker Lavatory
23-73-51 PB401
Page 6
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-73-51-400-002-A
Installation of the Loudspeaker
HIGH VOLTAGE AREA.
1.
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
98A25207503000
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
REFERENCE
23-73-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-861-002-A
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
24-41-00-862-002-A
24-41-00-862-002-A-01
24-41-00-862-002-A-02

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-51-860-050-A
A.

(1)
For loudspeaker in the PSIU:

. Make sure that the applicable PSIU is open.
(2)
For loudspeaker of the circuit panel 2001VU:

. Make sure that the circuit breaker panel 2001VU hangs on the detent hook.
(3)
For loudspeaker in the lavatories:

. Make sure that the service cabinet door is open and where applicable the service cabinet is removed.
Subtask 23-73-51-865-077-A
B.
49VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
155RH
G05
49VU
154RH
G04
AES
FIN
LOCATION
23-73-51 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
121VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
168RH
FIN
M13
LOCATION
121VU
167RH
M12
121VU
166RH
M11
121VU
165RH
M10
121VU
164RH
M09
121VU
163RH
M08
Subtask 23-73-51-865-089-A
C.
4.
Procedure
Subtask 23-73-51-420-050-A
A.
Installation of the loudspeaker

(1)
Install the loudspeaker in the PSIU and in the forward entrance area
(a)
(b)
(c)
Install the loudspeaker (2) in the PSIU (6) and make sure that the loudspeaker locks in position.
(d)
Connect the electrical connections (1) to the loudspeaker electrical connectors (7).
(e)
(f)
to the mounting rail (5).
NOTE :
(2)
Install the loudspeaker in the aft entrance area

(a)
(b)
(c)
Install the loudspeaker (2) with the screws (8) and the washers (9).
(d)
Connect the electrical connections (1) to the loudspeaker electrical connectors (7).
(e)
(f)
to the mounting rail (5).
NOTE :
AES
Make sure that the section hose is not expanded. Move the pulley assembly forward and
rearward to the prevent this.
Make sure that the section hose is not expanded. Move the pulley assembly forward and
rearward to the prevent this.
23-73-51 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 23-73-51-420-064-A
B.

(1)
Install the loudspeaker in the circuit breaker panel 2001VU

(a)
(b)
(c)
Install the loudspeaker (6) with the screws (7) and the washers (8).
(d)
Connect the electrical connections (1) to the electrical connectors (2).
(e)
Install the circuit breaker panel 2001VU (4) with the quick release fasteners (3).
Subtask 23-73-51-420-065-B
C.

(1)
Install the lavatory loudspeaker

(a)
(b)
(c)
Install the loudspeaker (6) on the pins (7).
(d)
Make sure that the loudspeaker (6) locks in position.
(e)
Connect the electrical connectors (5) to the loudspeaker (6).
NOTE :
Make sure that you connect the electrical connector with the + mark to the loudspeaker
connection with the red mark.
(f)
Lift the service cabinet (4), hold it, connect the flexible hose (11) and tighten the screw (10).
(g)
Put the service cabinet (4) in position and install the screws (2) and the washers (3).
(h)
Install the service cabinet door (1) with the screws (8).
(i)
(j)
Install the service box (9).
(k)
Close the service cabinet door (1).
Subtask 23-73-51-865-051-A
D.
PANEL
49VU
DESIGNATION
155RH
G05
49VU
154RH
G04
121VU
168RH
M13
121VU
167RH
M12
121VU
166RH
M11
121VU
165RH
M10
121VU
164RH
M09
121VU
163RH
M08
AES
FIN
LOCATION
23-73-51 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 23-73-51-865-090-A
E.
Subtask 23-73-51-869-062-A
F.
(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-861-001-A)
Subtask 23-73-51-710-059-B
G.
Do this test
ACTION
1.In the cabin, on the Programming and Test Panel
(PTP) 110RH:
RESULT
On the PTP:
push the DISPL ON membrane switch.
the CIDS menu page shows.
the SYSTEM TEST page shows.
push the CONT related membrane switch until the

message LOUDSPEAKERS shows.
push the LOUDSPEAKERS related membrane switch.
the LOUDSPEAKERS TEST page shows.
NOTE :
.
At some seat rows the passenger call and seat row

numbering lights can go off.
push the LOUDSPEAKER ON related membrane

switch.
.
.

push the CONT related membrane switch.
push the PAX CALL LAMPS related membrane

switch.

. you hear a tone.
. the tone stops.
On the PTP:
.
the PAX CALL LAMPS TEST page shows.
after some seconds the page shows the message:

PAX CALL LAMPS
ATA 23-73-14
TEST OK.
In the cabin:
.
5.
all extinguished passenger call and seat row numbering

lights come on.
Close-up
Subtask 23-73-51-862-050-A
A.
AES

23-73-51 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
SIGN - RETURN TO SEAT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 23-73-62-000-001-A
Removal of the Return to Seat sign
1.
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-62-991-00100-A - Return to Seat Sign)

(Ref. Fig. 23-73-62-991-00200-A - Return To Seat Sign)
3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-62-861-056-A
A.

Subtask 23-73-62-865-050-A
B.
49VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
155RH
FIN
G05
LOCATION
49VU
154RH
G04
49VU
150RH
G02
121VU
168RH
M13
121VU
167RH
M12
121VU
166RH
M11
121VU
165RH
M10
121VU
164RH
M09
121VU
163RH
M08
Subtask 23-73-62-865-068-A
C.
AES
23-73-62 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
4.
Procedure
Subtask 23-73-62-020-050-A
A.
Removal of the Return to Seat sign from the upper service cabinet door
(1)
Lift the handle (7) to release the latch.
(2)
Open the lower service cabinet door (6).
(3)
Remove the upper cover (1) (where applicable).
(4)
Remove the screws (5), the washers (4) and the upper service cabinet door (8).
(5)
Find the Return To Seat (RTS) sign (3).
(6)
(7)
Release the spring clips (2) and remove the RTS sign (3).
Subtask 23-73-62-020-056-A
B.
AES
Removal of the Return to Seat sign from the service cabinet door
(1)
Lift the handle (6) to release the latch.
(2)
(3)
Find the Return To Seat (RTS) sign (4).
(4)
(5)
Release the spring clips (3) and remove the RTS sign (4).
23-73-62 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE
3
10
4
5
9
7
N_MM_237362_4_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-62-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Return to Seat Sign
23-73-62 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE
N_MM_237362_4_ACM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-62-991-00200-A SHEET 1

Return To Seat Sign
23-73-62 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-73-62-000-006-A
Removal of the Return to Seat sign (LED)
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
AR CAP - BLANKING
REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-62-991-00600-A - Return To Seat-Sign with LEDs)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-62-861-059-A
A.

Subtask 23-73-62-865-065-A
B.
49VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
155RH
FIN
G05
LOCATION
49VU
154RH
G04
121VU
168RH
M13
121VU
167RH
M12
121VU
166RH
M11
121VU
165RH
M10
121VU
164RH
M09
121VU
163RH
M08
Subtask 23-73-62-865-069-A
C.
4.
Procedure
Subtask 23-73-62-020-057-A
A.
AES
Removal of the LED Return To Seat-Sign

23-73-62 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AES
(1)
(2)
Remove the nuts (4), the washers (3), the screws (2) and the restrainers (5).
(3)
Remove the screws (6) and (7) and lower the service cabinet (8).
(4)
(5)
Disconnect the electrical connector razor (13) from the razor socket (12).
(6)
Remove the screws (9) and the passenger service unit (11).
23-73-62 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
EXAMPLE
LAVATORY
EXAMPLE
A
1
EXAMPLE
13
EXAMPLE
7
8
B
EXAMPLE
2
12
11
10
3
6
5
N_MM_237362_4_BAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-62-991-00600-A SHEET 1

Return To Seat-Sign with LEDs
23-73-62 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-73-62-400-001-A
Installation of the Return to Seat sign
1.
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
23-73-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-861-002-A
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
24-41-00-862-002-A
24-41-00-862-002-A-01
24-41-00-862-002-A-02

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-62-860-050-A
A.

(1)

24-41-00-861-002-A-02)
(2)
Make sure that the service cabinet door is open.
Subtask 23-73-62-865-051-A
B.
PANEL
49VU
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
155RH
G05
49VU
154RH
G04
49VU
150RH
G02
121VU
168RH
M13
121VU
167RH
M12
121VU
163RH
M08
Subtask 23-73-62-865-070-A
C.
AES
23-73-62 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
4.
Procedure
Subtask 23-73-62-420-050-A
A.
Installation of the Return to Seat sign in the upper service cabinet door
(1)
(2)
(3)
Install the RTS sign (3) in the service unit (9).
NOTE :
Make sure that you hear a click when the RTS sign locks in position.
(4)
Install the upper service cabinet door (8) with the washers (4) and the screws (5).
(5)
Install the upper cover (1) (where applicable).
(6)
(7)
Close the lower service cabinet door (6).
Subtask 23-73-62-420-056-A
B.
Installation of the Return to Seat sign in the cabinet door

(1)
(2)
(3)
Install the RTS sign (4) in the service unit (1).
NOTE :
Make sure that you hear a click when the RTS sign locks into position.
(4)
(5)
Subtask 23-73-62-865-052-A
C.
49VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
155RH
FIN
G05
LOCATION
49VU
154RH
G04
49VU
150RH
G02
121VU
168RH
M13
121VU
167RH
M12
121VU
163RH
M08
Subtask 23-73-62-865-074-A
D.
Subtask 23-73-62-869-050-A
E.
AES
(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-861-001-A)
23-73-62 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 23-73-62-710-050-A
F.
Do this test
ACTION
In the related lavatory:
the RTS sign comes on.
set the SEAT BELTS switch to the OFF position.
5.
RESULT
Close-up
Subtask 23-73-62-862-050-A
A.
AES

23-73-62 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-73-62-400-006-A
Installation of the Return to Seat sign (LED)
1.
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
23-73-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-861-002-A
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
24-41-00-862-002-A
24-41-00-862-002-A-01
24-41-00-862-002-A-02

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-62-860-052-A
A.

(1)
Make sure that aircraft electrical circuits are energized. (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A) or (Ref. TASK
24-41-00-861-002-A-01) or (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002-A-02).
(2)
Make sure that the service cabinet door is open.
Subtask 23-73-62-865-066-A
B.
PANEL
49VU
DESIGNATION
FIN
LOCATION
155RH
G05
49VU
154RH
G04
121VU
168RH
M13
121VU
167RH
M12
121VU
166RH
M11
121VU
165RH
M10
121VU
164RH
M09
121VU
163RH
M08
Subtask 23-73-62-865-072-A
C.
AES
23-73-62 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
4.
Procedure
Subtask 23-73-62-420-057-A
A.
Installation of the LED Return To Seat-Sign

(1)
(2)
(3)
Install the passenger service unit (11) with the screws (9) at the service cabinet (8).
(4)
(5)
Connect the electrical connector razor (13) to the razor socket (12).
(6)
Install the service cabinet (8) with the screws (6) and (7).
(7)
Install the restrainers (5) with the nuts (4),the washers (3) and the screws (2).
(8)
(9)
Subtask 23-73-62-865-067-A
B.
49VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
155RH
FIN
G05
LOCATION
49VU
154RH
G04
121VU
168RH
M13
121VU
167RH
M12
121VU
166RH
M11
121VU
165RH
M10
121VU
164RH
M09
121VU
163RH
M08
Subtask 23-73-62-865-073-A
C.
Subtask 23-73-62-869-051-A
D.
23-73-00-861-001-A).
Subtask 23-73-62-710-055-A
E.
Do this operational test.
ACTION
1.On the SIGNS panel 25VU:
In the related lavatory:
the RTS sign comes on.
set the SEAT BELTS switch to the OFF position.
AES
RESULT
23-73-62 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
5.
Close-up
Subtask 23-73-62-862-055-A
A.
AES

23-73-62 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
SIGN - NO SMOKING/FASTEN SEAT BELT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 23-73-63-000-001-A
Removal of the No Smoking/Fasten Seat Belt sign from the Passenger Service Information Unit and the C/B panels
2000VU/2001VU
HIGH VOLTAGE AREA.
1.
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
QTY
DESIGNATION
No specific
B.
SCREWDRIVER - SMALL
REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-63-991-00100-A - No Smoking/Fasten Seat Belt Signs)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-63-861-052-A
A.

Subtask 23-73-63-865-050-A
B.
49VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
155RH
G05
49VU
154RH
G04
121VU
168RH
M13
121VU
167RH
M12
121VU
166RH
M11
121VU
165RH
M10
121VU
164RH
M09
AES
FIN
LOCATION
23-73-63 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
PANEL
DESIGNATION
121VU
FIN
163RH
LOCATION
M08
Subtask 23-73-63-865-074-A
C.
4.
Procedure
Subtask 23-73-63-020-050-A
A.
Removal of the No Smoking/Fasten Seat Belt (NS/FSB) sign

(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
AES
Removal of the NS/FSB sign with bulbs from the Passenger Service Information Unit (PSIU)
(a)
(b)
Pull and lower the PSIU (3) to get access to the NS/FSB sign (7).
(c)
Release the spring clips (4) with a SCREWDRIVER - SMALL and remove the lens (5).
(d)
Put identification on all the electrical wires, before you disconnect them.
(e)
Disconnect the electrical connectors (8) from the NS/FSB sign (7).
(f)
Release the spring clips (6) on both sides of the housing and remove the NS/FSB sign (7).
Removal of the NS/FSB sign with LEDs from the Passenger Service Information Unit (PSIU)
(a)
(b)
Pull and lower the PSIU (3) to get access to the NS/FSB sign (10).
(c)
Release the spring clips (9) with a SCREWDRIVER - SMALL and lower the NS/FSB sign (10).
(d)
(e)
(f)
Remove the NS/FSB sign housing (10).
Removal of the NS/FSB sign with bulbs from the C/B panels 2000VU/2001VU
(a)
Release the quick release fasteners (20) and lower the C/B panel (21).
(b)
Release the detent hook (22) and lower one side of the C/B panel (21).
(c)
Release the spring clips (12) with a SCREWDRIVER - SMALL and remove the lens (13).
(d)
(e)
(f)
Disconnect the electrical connectors (16) from the NS/FSB sign (15).
(g)
Remove the NS/FSB sign (15).
Removal of the NS/FSB sign with LEDs from the C/B panels 2000VU/2001VU
(a)
(b)
(c)
23-73-63 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(d)
AES
Remove the NS/FSB sign (18).
23-73-63 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
531RH
532RH
2001VU
533RH
535RH
Z260
CF
2000VU
3
534RH
A
FR69
Z220
FR65
FR21
FR12
A
2000VU SHOWN
(2001VU SIMILAR)
B
EXAMPLE
2
MOUNTAIN RAIL
DE
22
1
SECTION HOSE
21
20
N_MM_237363_4_AAMA_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-63-991-00100-A SHEET 1

23-73-63 PB401
Page 4
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
C
PSIU
8
6
PSIU
5
10
11
9
16
D
BULB
14
E
LED
12
19
17
15
13
18
N_MM_237363_4_AAMA_02_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-63-991-00100-A SHEET 2

23-73-63 PB401
Page 5
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-73-63-400-001-A
Installation of the No Smoking/Fasten Seat Belt sign in the Passenger Service Information Unit and the C/B panels
2000VU/2001VU
1.
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
98A25207503000
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
REFERENCE
23-73-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-861-002-A
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
24-41-00-862-002-A
24-41-00-862-002-A-01
24-41-00-862-002-A-02

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-63-860-050-A
A.

(1)

24-41-00-861-002-A-02)
(2)
Make sure that the related PSIU and/or C/B panel is open.
Subtask 23-73-63-865-051-A
B.
49VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
155RH
G05
49VU
154RH
G04
121VU
168RH
M13
121VU
167RH
M12
121VU
166RH
M11
121VU
165RH
M10
121VU
164RH
M09
121VU
163RH
M08
AES
FIN
LOCATION
23-73-63 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 23-73-63-865-076-A
C.
4.
Procedure
Subtask 23-73-63-420-050-A
A.
Installation of the No Smoking/Fasten Seat Belt (NS/FSB) sign

(1)
(2)
(3)
AES
Installation of the NS/FSB sign with bulbs in the Passenger Service Information Unit (PSIU)
(a)
(b)
(c)
Connect the electrical connectors (8) to the NS/FSB sign (7).
(d)
Install the NS/FSB sign (7) in the PSIU (3).
(e)
Make sure that the spring clips (6) lock with a click.
(f)
Install the lens (5) and make sure that the spring clips (4) lock with a click.
(g)
(h)
(i)
Installation of the NS/FSB sign with LEDs in the Passenger Service Information Unit (PSIU)
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
Install the NS/FSB sign (10) in the PSIU (3).
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
Installation of the NS/FSB sign with bulbs in the C/B panel 2000VU/2001VU
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
Install the NS/FSB sign (15) in the C/B panel (21).
(e)
(f)
Install the lens (13) and make sure that the spring clips (12) lock with a click.
(g)
(h)
Install the C/B panel (21) with the quick release fasteners (20).
23-73-63 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(4)
Installation of the NS/FSB sign with LEDs in the C/B panel 2000VU/2001VU
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
Install the NS/FSB sign (18) in the C/B panel (21).
(e)
(f)
Subtask 23-73-63-865-052-A
B.
49VU
PANEL
DESIGNATION
155RH
FIN
G05
LOCATION
49VU
154RH
G04
121VU
168RH
M13
121VU
167RH
M12
121VU
166RH
M11
121VU
165RH
M10
121VU
164RH
M09
121VU
163RH
M08
Subtask 23-73-63-865-102-A
C.
Subtask 23-73-63-869-050-A
D.
(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-861-001-A)
Subtask 23-73-63-710-050-A
E.
Do this test
ACTION
. set the SEAT BELTS switch 191RH and the NO
SMOKING switch 190RH to the ON position.
RESULT
In the cabin:
. all NO SMOKING and FASTEN SEAT BELT
(NS/FSB) signs come on.
5.
set the SEAT BELTS and NO SMOKING switch to

the OFF position.
all NS/FSB signs go off.
Close-up
Subtask 23-73-63-862-050-A
A.
AES

23-73-63 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
LIGHT - READING - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

** On A/C ALL
Task 23-73-64-000-001-A
Removal of the Reading Light
1.
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
No specific
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
REFERENCE
24-41-00-861-002-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-64-991-00100-A - Reading Light)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-64-861-052-A
A.

Subtask 23-73-64-865-056-A
B.
PANEL
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
4.
PASSENGER
PASSENGER
PASSENGER
PASSENGER
PASSENGER
PASSENGER
DESIGNATION
READING LIGHT
READING LIGHT
READING LIGHT
READING LIGHT
READING LIGHT
READING LIGHT
FIN
6LW
5LW
4LW
3LW
2LW
1LW
LOCATION
G06
G05
G04
G03
G02
G01
Procedure
Subtask 23-73-64-020-050-A
A.
Removal of the reading light

(1)
AES
Remove the bulb of the reading light.

(a)
Remove the lens (3) from the reading light (6).
(b)
Remove the bulb (4) from the reading light (6).
23-73-64 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(2)
AES
Remove the reading light.

(a)
Remove the section hose from one side of the mounting rail .
(b)
Pull and lower the related Passenger Service/Information Unit (PSIU) (2).
(c)
Disconnect the electrical connectors (5) from the reading light (6).
(d)
Remove the spring ring (1) from the reading light (6).
(e)
Remove the reading light (6) from the PSIU (2).
23-73-64 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
A
C
2040VU
2041VU
PSU
4
3
B
EXAMPLE
MOUNTING RAIL
2 2040VU
2041VU
SECTION HOSE
5
6
521RH
522RH
523RH
524RH
525RH
526RH
N_MM_237364_4_AAM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-64-991-00100-A SHEET 1

Reading Light
23-73-64 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-73-64-400-001-A
Installation of the Reading Light
1.
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
98A25207503000
B.
QTY
DESIGNATION
1
REFERENCE
23-73-64-720-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-861-002-A
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
24-41-00-862-002-A
24-41-00-862-002-A-01
24-41-00-862-002-A-02
33-25-00-710-001-A

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-64-860-050-A
A.

(1)

24-41-00-861-002-A-02)
(2)
Make sure that the related Passenger Service Information Unit (PSIU) is open.
Subtask 23-73-64-865-057-A
B.
PANEL
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
4.
PASSENGER
PASSENGER
PASSENGER
PASSENGER
PASSENGER
PASSENGER
DESIGNATION
READING LIGHT
READING LIGHT
READING LIGHT
READING LIGHT
READING LIGHT
READING LIGHT
FIN
6LW
5LW
4LW
3LW
2LW
1LW
LOCATION
G06
G05
G04
G03
G02
G01
Procedure
AES
23-73-64 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
Subtask 23-73-64-420-051-A
A.
Installation of the reading light

(1)
Install the bulb of the reading light.

CAUTION :
(2)
DO NOT TOUCH THE LAMP GLASS WITH YOUR FINGERS.

THE OILS FROM YOUR SKIN WILL QUICKLY CAUSE DETERIORATION OF THE LAMP.
IF YOU ACCIDENTALLY TOUCH THE LAMP GLASS, CLEAN IT WITH A LINT-FREE
CLOTH.
(a)
Install the bulb (4) to the reading light (6).
(b)
Install the lens (3) to the reading light (6).
Install the reading light.

(a)
(b)
(c)
Put the reading light (6) in position on the PSIU (2).
(d)
Install the spring ring (1) to attach the reading light (6) on the PSIU (2).
(e)
(f)
Connect the electrical connectors (5) to the reading light (6).
(g)
(h)
Lift the PSIU (2) and engage it in the mounting rail .
(i)
Install the section hose with the PULLEY ASSEMBLY - SEALING CORD (98A25207503000) on
the mounting rail.
(j)
Make sure that the section hose is not stretched.
(k)
Move the pulley assembly quickly forward and then rearward to prevent this.
Subtask 23-73-64-865-058-A
B.
PANEL
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
PASSENGER
PASSENGER
PASSENGER
PASSENGER
PASSENGER
PASSENGER
DESIGNATION
READING LIGHT
READING LIGHT
READING LIGHT
READING LIGHT
READING LIGHT
READING LIGHT
FIN
6LW
5LW
4LW
3LW
2LW
1LW
LOCATION
G06
G05
G04
G03
G02
G01
Subtask 23-73-64-710-050-A
C.
AES
Test
(1)
Do the operational test of the passenger reading light system.

(Ref. TASK 33-25-00-710-001-A)
(2)
Do the functional test of the passenger reading light.

(Ref. TASK 23-73-64-720-001-A)
23-73-64 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
5.
Close-up
Subtask 23-73-64-862-051-A
A.
AES

23-73-64 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
Task 23-73-64-720-001-A
1.
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory
2.

A.
REFERENCE
8PE004363-10
B.
QTY
1
ADJUSTING DEVICE
DESIGNATION
REFERENCE
23-73-00-861-001-A
DESIGNATION
24-41-00-861-002-A
24-41-00-861-002-A-01
24-41-00-861-002-A-02
24-41-00-862-002-A
24-41-00-862-002-A-01
24-41-00-862-002-A-02
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-64-991-00200-A - Adjustment of the Reading Light)

3.
Job Set-up
Subtask 23-73-64-861-050-A
A.

Subtask 23-73-64-865-059-A
B.
PANEL
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
2000VU
PASSENGER
PASSENGER
PASSENGER
PASSENGER
PASSENGER
PASSENGER
DESIGNATION
READING LIGHT
READING LIGHT
READING LIGHT
READING LIGHT
READING LIGHT
READING LIGHT
FIN
6LW
5LW
4LW
3LW
2LW
1LW
LOCATION
G06
G05
G04
G03
G02
G01
Subtask 23-73-64-010-051-A
CAUTION :
C.
AES
DO NOT TOUCH THE LAMP GLASS WITH YOUR FINGERS.

THE OILS FROM YOUR SKIN WILL QUICKLY CAUSE DETERIORATION OF THE LAMP.
IF YOU ACCIDENTALLY TOUCH THE LAMP GLASS, CLEAN IT WITH A LINT-FREE CLOTH.
Get Access
(Ref. Fig. 23-73-64-991-00200-A - Adjustment of the Reading Light)
23-73-64 PB401
Page 1
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
(1)
Carefully remove the lens (1) from the reading light (2).
Subtask 23-73-64-480-050-A
D.
Install the ADJUSTING DEVICE (8PE004363-10) (3) to the housing of the reading light (2) and turn it cw to
lock it.
Subtask 23-73-64-869-051-A
E.
4.

(1)
23-73-00-861-001-A).
(2)
On the Forward Attendant Panel (FAP) 120RH, push the MAIN ON and POWER READ pushbutton.
Procedure
Subtask 23-73-64-720-050-A
A.
Do this adjustment test.
ACTION
1.On the PSIU 2040VU and 2041VU:
RESULT
On the related reading light:
push the related pushbutton switch to on.
NOTE :
Do not adjust the angle of the beam light more

than 20 degrees in any direction.
the reading light beam will fall on the related passenger

seat.
. the light points fall to the middle of the leading edge at
the related seat.

. adjust the beam light with the adjusting device.
. push the related pushbutton switch to off.

4.Do again this procedure on all reading lights.
5.
the reading light goes off.
Close-up
Subtask 23-73-64-080-050-A
A.
Turn the adjusting device (3) ccw to release it and remove it from the reading light (2).
Subtask 23-73-64-410-051-A
B.
Close Access
(1)
Install the lens (1) to the reading light (2).
(2)
Subtask 23-73-64-869-050-A
C.
On the FAP, push the MAIN OFF and POWER READ pushbutton.
Subtask 23-73-64-862-052-A
D.
AES
23-73-64 PB401
Page 2
May 01/12
Revision n: 40
@A318/A319/A320/A321
** On A/C ALL
3
ADJUSTING
DEVICE
OPTICAL AXIS
ADJUSTMENT
N_MM_237364_4_ABM0_01_00
AES
FIGURE 23-73-64-991-00200-A SHEET 1

Adjustment of the Reading Light
23-73-64 PB401
Page 3
May 01/12
Revision n: 40

A318/A319/A320/A321 Communications Manual Chapter

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

A318/A319/A320/A321 Communications Manual Chapter

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

@A318/A319/A320/A321

AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE MANUAL

HF System - SYSTEM REPORT/TEST

BITE - LAST LEG REPORT

HF System - Electrical Bonding of the Antenna/Feeder Assembly

HF System - Electrical Bonding of the Antenna

HF System - Electrical bonding of the Fuselage/Circular Plate

HF System - Electrical Bonding on the Feeder Connector Support

HF System - Electrical bonding of the Fuselage/Circular Plate

Removal of the HF Transceiver

Removal of the HF Antenna Coupler

Removal of the HF Feeder

System - Component Location

VHF SYSTEM - ADJUSTMENT/TEST

Operational Test of the VHF System

Removal of the VHF Antennas and

Removal of the VHF Transceiver

Operational Test of the Radio Management

ACARS - Component Location in the Avionics Compartment

ACARS - Modification of Voice Communication Frequency Through the

ACARS - Data Coding

ACARS PREFLT MENU Page 2/2

ACARS DISCRETE Page 1/5 to 3/5

ACARS DISCRETE Page 4/5 to 5/5

INFLT MENU Page

ACARS UTC/DATE INIT Page

ACARS DEBUG Page

ACARS VHF DEBUG Page 1/2

ACARS VHF CAT B Page 2/2

ACARS MEMORY DUMP Page

ACARS SDU DEBUG Page 1/2

ACARS SDU DEBUG Page 2/2

ACARS File Transfer LRU Debug Page

PASSENGER ADDRESS AND ENTERTAINMENT

PASSENGER ADDRESS SYSTEM

ANNOUNCEMENT - MUSIC TAPE REPRODUCER SYSTEM

Replacement of the Audio Cassettes

Passenger Entertainment System (PES) Interconnection

Passenger Entertainment System (PES)

Main Multiplexer (MM)

Main Multiplexer (MM) Block Diagram

Main Multiplexer Unit Interface

Programming and Test Panel (PTP)

Wall Disconnect Box (WDB)

Wall Disconnect Box (WDB)

Wall Disconnect Box (WDB) Block Diagram

Wall Disconnect Box Electrical Interface

Seat Electronic Box

Seat Electronic Box Electrical Interface

Passenger Control Unit (PCU)

Passenger Control Unit (PCU) Electrical Interface Block Diagram

Passenger Control Unit Electrical Interface

Replacement of the Audio Cassettes

Replacement of the Compact Disks

BITE-Test of the Passenger Entertainment System (Music) with the

BITE-Test of the Passenger Entertainment System (Music) with the

Operational Test of the Passenger Entertainment System (Music)

Adjustment of the DIP - Switch Positions of the Main Multiplexer

PASSENGER CONTROL UNIT (PCU)

Removal of the Seat Electronic Box (SEB)

Seat Electronic Box

WALL DISCONNECT BOX (WDB)

Removal of the Digital Interface Unit (DIU)